BA LL DIN 18) 9

OF THE

PORREY BOTANICAL CLUB:

bb 2 ae SS

FouNDED BY WILLIAM H. LEGGETT, 1870.

1895.

NEW YORK:
1893.
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB,
Tue New ERA PrinTING House,
LANCASTER, PA.

.

GENERAL INDEX.

(Illustrated articles are designated by an asterisk * before the page number.)

Adiantum cuneatum, Two perfectly developed
Embryos on a single Prothallium of, 407.

Algz in the Herbarium of the Long Island Histor--
ical Society, 107.

Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appa-
lachian Mountain System, The, 455.

Amarantus blitoides, S. Wats., 70, 170.

Anatomy as a Special Department of Botany, 100.

Anthracnose of the Bean and Watermelon, Iden-
tity of, 246.

Anthracnoses, A Study of Solanaceous, 109

Aralia nudicaulis, L., var. elongata, n. var , 374

Assimilation by Plants, — sepa 148.

Aster leiophyllus, n. s

Aulisci of California, The ‘he Fo ossil, 118.

Biological Survey of Indiana, 338
Blephilia ciliata (L.), Raf., in Western New

York, 408
Block rey R. I.,in July and August, A List of
Plants found on, 231.
Botanical Congress, An International, 69.
Botanical Pinata 20, 68, 121, 169, 2©5, 297, 374,408,

Bcd e Notes from Bainbridge, Georgia, 384.
Botanists, Southern, 315.
Briofite Fossili, Su alcune, 410.

Carex arctata, Boott, var. Faxoni, Bailey, 374.

Carex, Notes on, 417.

Casting-off of the Tips of Branches of certain |
Trees, On the, *157.

Characez, Notes on New, 119.

Characez, Notes on Some, 256.

Cicuta maculata, Notes on, 441.

Composite, Studies upon Akenes and Seedlings
of Plants of the order, *1.

Contributions to American Bryology, 393°

CONTRIBUTORS:
Allen, T. F., rz
Atkinson, Geo,

a

, 258.
+» 356 357» 405, 497, 435-

Bicknell, E
Britton, E.
as - re &

Plug ‘ad
Campbell, Douglas . Aagt,
Clute, Willard N.,

Cockerell, T. D. i ; ceo s
Collins, bee a 240.

aie

‘Eaton, D. C., tnt ang. =

Embryo of Ferns, Unequal
as iirc viridiflora, A new Station for, 440. —

Ellis, J. B., 29
Evans, Alexander W., *307.
Everhart, B +» 297-

Farlow, W. G ny 107.
Faxon, Edwin, 257.
Foerste, Aug. F.,

Greene, Edward L.

ed, B. D , 20, 51, 109, 246, 250, 298, 391,
442,* 437, *485, 489.
Heller, A. A., 18, 55.
Hicks, G. H., 374
Hollick, A. ,29, "868,220, *334, 337-
Holzinger, Jo +» ¥287.
ham, R. H.,

yeh, Smith Ely, 2435 411.

ain, C. H., 211, 259.
Kearney, T. H., Jr., 253, 474-
Knowlton, F. H; 212.
Leiberg, J. B., *r12.
Linn, A. F., 258.
Matthew, W. a, 30:
Millspaugh, C. ¥. 22.
Morong, Thomas, 31, 121, 217, 260, 467.
Nash, G. V., 374 :
Pammel, L. H., 358, 441.
Penhallow, D. P., hak
Peters, John E,
Porter, Thomas ad 193, *207, *254. ae
Redfield, J. H. » 98s 410. ee

» *429-

Stevens, F. L., 252.
Sudworth, Geo. B , go.
Underwood, L. M., ar.
Vail, A. M. re
Williams, FA,

Cottonwood, On the ‘American Black, #46.

Cucurbits, Crossing of, 3

Cuscuta, A Shay of the Scale Characters of the.
Northeastern American Species of, ‘Flower of

Cypripedium arietinum, A monstrous

339-
Diatomacez, Introduction to sige
Diatomées, De la Culture artificiélle ae
Duplicate Binomials, 443.

mentation nase a
Significance in the Primary ivision of the, 408.
idium, Notes upon a new, 437.

Flora of Block Island, Notes on the, 227. :
Flora of Kentucky with a List of Plants Comeceed
in Harlan and Bell cone ee

~

1V

Flora of Luzerne county, Pa., Preliminary Report
on the, 55.

Fossil Palm from the Cretaceous Formation at
' Glen Cove, Long Island, A new, *163.

Fossil Plants as Tests of Climate, 29.

Funghi Parassiti della Piante coltivate, 297.

Fungi collected in Jamaica, Notes on Some, 295.

Fungi Cojlumbiani, 297.

Fungi, Economic, 298.

Fungi, North American, 442.

Georgia pellucida et les Espéces alliées, 494.
Grasses of Pennsylvania, A List of the, 193.

Habenaria, Beitrage zur einer Monographie der
Gattung, 2 50-

Hartwrightia Floridana, the Systematic Position
of, #28

sidlanroviaes of the common Mallow, 489.

Hepaticz, two new American, *207.

Herbiers, Sur la Conservation des, 21.

Hieracium, a neglected Species of, *120.

Hogg, Thomas, 217

Index to Recent Literature relating to American
Botany, 24, 82, 130, 172, 223, 255, 263, 299, 340,
375» 411 449, 491.

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American
Botany, ‘he, 489.

Insular Vegetation, 409.

International Botanical Congress, 298.

Ipomcea pandurata, 258.

Tridacez and other Orders—Notes upon various
Species of, 467.

Jeger Moss Herbarium, The, 335.

Kreidepflanzen, Ueber Boemische, 30.
Kryptogamen Flora, Rabenhorst’s, 260.

.

Lichens of the Black Hills and their Distribution,

349-
Listera, os new Species of, with Notes on other
> 31. .

Martindale, Isaac C., 98.

Minnesota State Herbaria, Notes from the, #238.
Mosses from Idaho, Two new Species of, *112.
Mosses, Two new American, 116,

Nasturtium Armoracia, Notes on, 290.

Newberry, John Strong, *89.

New Honors to Old Weeds, 337.

New Jersey Flora, Additions to the, 252.

Nomenclature, A simple Point in, 212.

Nomenclature, On legitimate Authorship of Cer-
tain Binomials, with other Notes on, 4o.

Orchids, An Examination of the Seeds of some
native, *183.
Organization of a Society of American Botanists,
ae Fe Ss
Orthotrichum, Notes on American Species of, 393-
Paleobotanical Papers read before the Section of

s: Geology and Geography, A. A. A. S. i-
son Meeting, 367. ce bie, ene

Phanerogams, New or Noteworthy North Ameri-
can, *277.

Photography as an Instrument for Recording the
macroscopic Characters of Micro-organisms
in artificial Cultures, 359.

Pilularia Americana, The Development of the
Sporocarp of, *141.

Plants Collected by Dr. Rusby in South America,
An Enumeration of, 137.

Plants found in the Ridgewood Water Supply of
the City of Brooklyn, 243.

Plants from Bolivia, New Genera of, *429.

Plasomen, Contribution to the probable Biology

of, 380.
Pelargoniums, Dropsical, 39t.
Polygonum, Further Notes on American Species
of, *213.
Polypodium vulgare, var. Cambricum, 21.
Proceedings of the Club, 22, 70, 128, 171, 221, 260,

446, 491. :

Proceedings of the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S.,
Madison Meeting, 360.

Proceedings of the Madison Botanical Congress,
368.

Reviews of Foreign Literature, 29, 73, 123, 220,
259, 411, 444.

Rhode Island Flora, Notes on the, 240.

Rusbya, A new Genus of Vacciniacee from
Bolivia, 67.

Salix myrtilloides, Cohesion of the Filaments in,

441.

Saxifraga aizoides, L., A new Station in New
York State for, 68. ‘

Scabiosa australis, 490.

Scabiosa australis and Reseda alba, Notes on, 22,

1 .
Seedlings, A Contribution to the Knowledge of,

123.

Senecio Robbinsii, Oakes, #19.

Serenopsis Kempii, *334.

Solandi Process of Sun Printing, The, *485,

Solanum elzagnifolium, forma albiflorum, 410.

Solidago humilis, Pursh, of the Eastern States
and its Allies, #207. .

Sporangium of Ferns in the Dispersion of Spores,
The Extent of the Annulus and the Function
of the different Parts of the, 435. 2

dared in the Roots of the Ophioglossacez,
356.

Tennessee Flora, Additions to the, 2 53-

Titles of Papers read before the Section of Botany
_any, A. A. A.S , Madison Meeting, 365.

Trifolium medium, Note on, 122.

Variation accounted for, 122.

Vasey, Dr. hay a Death of, 1
deere pruni olium, var. glo
Water Lilies, Pink, 21.

Weed Seeds, A Century of, 20, 51.
Wolle, Francis, 211.

» 218.
m, 709.

GENERIC INDEX.

Abies, 42, 45-
Abutilon, 52, 172, 232, 269, 341.
Acacia, 25.
Acalypha, 173, 237; 475, 481.
Acanthorhiza, 375.
Acer, 61, 135, 159, 165, 450, 482, 4gt.
Achatocarpus, 128.
Achillea, 11, 12, 17, 53, 63, 235-
Achyla, 346.
Achlys, 456.
Achroanthes, 32, 36, 186, 192, 480.
Acidodontium, 378.
Acmanthera, 429.
Aconitum, 376.
Acorus, 66, 238. *
Acrodiclidium, 497.
Actzea, 60, 225.
Adenocalymna, 348.
Adenostemma, 287.
Addisonia, 432, 434.
Adiantum, 67, 375, 406, 407, 408, 458, 459.
aAdicea, 480.
chmzea, 412, 491.
fEcidium, 296, 442.
/Egyphila, 88.
fEsculus, 159, 164, 165, 167, 222, 263, 500.
Afromendornica, 412.
Aganisia, 82.
Agaricus, 296, 494.
Agarista, 497-
Agave, 82, 94, 134, 172, 377) 412» 416, 491-
Ageratella, 432.
Agoseris, 416.
Agrianthus, 432.
Agrimonia, 52, 481.
Agropyrum, 54, 207, 239, 341.
Agrostemma, 52, 343-
Agrostis, 66, 200, 239, 341, 475, 478-
Ailanthus, 159, 228. ~
Aira, 201.
Albizzia, 25.
Alchemilla, 253.
Alectoria, 353-
Alethopteris, 275.
Alisma, 66, 478.
Allium, 348, 442.
Allomia, 287, 288.
Allopectus, 83.
Alnus, 65, 225, 480.
Alopecurus, 198.
Alsine, 232, 252, 277.
yssum, 232.
Amarantus, 54, 70, 73, 179, 236, 241,257,
uria, 412.
Amaurochete, 80.
Ambrosia, 2, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 13, 16, 53, 235» 25!-
Amelanchier, 85, 448, 491, 496-
Foe aga 201, 239.

2990- 3 j
Ampelopsis, 159, 168, 228, 230, 2332 300, 361, 482»
Am “ 245.

Asplenium, 18, 58, 60, 67, 239» 375» 45° 459 4 5

Anaphalis, 63, 235-
Anastrophyllum, 376.
Ancyrophorus, 80.
Andrea, 127, 273-
Andromeda, 235, 3645 4371 438, 439) 482-
Andropogon, 66, 197, 239, 478-
Aneimia, 436.

Anemia, 497-

Anemone, 60.

Anemonopsis, 225.

Aneura, 378.

Angelica, 62, 88.

Angiopteridium, 449.

Anisogonium, 492.

Anomodon, 274,

Anonymo, 472.

Antennaria, 235, 253, 296-

Anthemis, 1, 2, 3, 11, 17, 515 53» 235-
Anthoceros, 376, 378.
Anthoxanthum, 198.

Anthurium, 375.

Anychia, 480.

Aphelandra, 348.

Aphyllon, 412.

Apios, 56, 61, 233, 416.

Aplectrum, 186, 187, 192, 295-
Apocynum, 53, 344-

Arabis, 58, 61, 496.

Araceen, 25 (?).
Aralia, 62, 130, 223, 374» 482.
Araliopsis, 345.
Arbutus, 437-
Archzophyton, 95.
Arctagrostis, 341.
Arctium, 2 3s 42 52 0» 13, 17 532 235, 251-
Arctostaphylos, 86, 269, 437» 438-
Arcyria 77, 81, 82, 296.

Ardisia, 14°, 348, 377-

Arenaria, 229, 2323 4°9-

Arethusa, 32, 186, 189, 192, 295.
Arisema, 66, 295.

Aristida, ha ag 239 478» 495-
Aristolochia, 375, 477» 45°-
Armeniaca, 134.

Arracacia, 304, 365-
Arrhenatherum, 201. ee
‘Artemisia, 2, 12, 17, 63, 241, 287.
Arthrodesmus, 244. j
Arthronia, 85.
Arthroni

: iopsis, 85.
Arthrophycus, 367, 449, 453-

296
eet a 53>
379, 493-
Ascophyllum, 229.
Ascyrum, 263, 482.
Asimina, 480.

8, 492. ce

Astely 1s doty 5751 8s 26,251 Bs 39» 637839 32),
228, _ 254, 255» 286 294, 377» 499» 475» 47%
a ge a

Vi

Asterionella, 246.

Astilbe, 241, 475, 481.

Astragalus, 94, 174, 269, 285, 301, 304, 306, 377

493, 496.

Athyrium, 492.

Atrichum, 378.

Atriplex, 237.

Atropis, 341.

Atunus, 472.
_Auliscus, 118

Avena, 201.

Azalea, 64, 475, 481.

Azolla, 340.

Bacillus, 220, 243, 412.
Baclea, 496.

Bacterium, 151.
Badhamia, 76, 79, 82.
Balantiopsis, he
Baldwinia, 318.
Banisteria, 316

Baptisia, 230, 481, 492, 496.

78.
Bartonia, 64, 236, 286.
Batatas, 443.
Bauhinia, 97.
Bazzania, 452.
Befaria, 139.

Behen, 344-
Bennettites, 450.

» 375-
Betula, 60, 65, 480
Bidens, 2, 53, 59, 63, 235, 280, 281, 484.

Beehmeria, 59, 65, 175, 480.
_Bolelia, 496.

ay Bosia, 128,

_ Botrychium, 67, 127, 295, 356, 363.

Botrytis, 392.
nia, 493-

: eloua, 202, 264, 442, 495.
Bouvardia, 429.
Brachycheta, 484.
Brachyelytrum, 199, 478.
Brachymenium, 378.
Brasenia, 60, 264.
Brassavola, 492.

Brassica, 52, 232.

_ Brefeldia, 80.

_ Breutelia, 378.

shia, 361.
runella, 54, 84, 236.
2 378. —

— Cacalia, 57, 63, 269, 484.
_ Czenopteris, 492.

: ~zoma, 173-

Cesalpinia, 223, 378.

Cakile, 223, 229, 232, 443.

Caladium, 375.

Calceolaria, 492, 500.

Calamagrostis, 200, 201, 341. 4

Calamintha, 294.

Calandrinia, 135.

Calathea, 268.

Calea, 304, 378.

Calenia, 85.

Calicium, 302.

Calla, 122.

Callistemophyllum, 30.

Callithamnion, 107, 108.

Callitriche, 175, 234.

Calochortus, 340, 344, 348.

Lo ont 304.

Calopogon, 33, 34, 121, 122, 189.

Calycanthus, 161, 168, 493. 89

Calypso, 186, 187, 192, 264.

Calyptridium, 135.

Camarea, 429.

Camellia, 448.

Campanula, 23, 63, 223, 475, 483-

Camptosorus, 58, 67, 461, 478.

Campylopus, 86, 378.

Caneila, 46.

Capnoides, 475, 480.

Capnorchis, 175.

Capparis, 348.

Capriola, 202.

Capsicum, 126.

Cardamine, 344, 376.

Cardiocarpon, 95.

Carduus, 53, 63, 132, 241, 301, 492.

Carex, 66, 238, 242, 264, 284, 326, 374, 413, 417,418,

419» 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428,
429, 475, 479» 499

Carlomohria, 451, 493.

oe 43, 05, 164, 166, 167, 480. -
arpolites, 454.

Cassandra, 59, 438.

Cassia, 52, 61, 230, 481.

Cassiope, 437.

Castalia, 21, 58, 61, 129, 175, 231.

| Castanea, 99, 164, 480. .

Castilleia, ~"
Catabrosa, 264.
Catalpa, 162, 360, 443.
oe 262.

thea, 32, 33, 34, 121.
Carieva po "
Caulanthus, 493.
Caulophyllum, 480.
Cavendishia, 138.
Ceanothus, 61, 344.
Celastrophyllum 9}.
Celastrus, 25, 159.
Celtis, 162, 163, 167,
Cenchrus, 54, 196, 239 z
Centaurea, 132. ;
Cephalanthera, 35.
Cephalanthus, 59, 62, 162, 228, 234, 433. _
Cephalozia, 308.
Cephaluros, 367.
Cerastium, 61, 232, 409.
Cerasus, 481. ©
Ceratocystis, 28.
Ceratostemma, 137, 138.
Cercis, 161, 167, 481.
Cercospora, 251, 298, 341, 442.
Cereus, 416, 449.
Chamzcyparis, 362.

Chamelirium, 479.

Chamzraphis, 54, 196, 239.
Champia, 83.

pmannia, 331.
Chara, 120, 134, 176, 264.
Characium, 244
Cheilanthes, 458.
Chelone, 64, 483.
Chenopodium, 54, 237.

Vii

Chiloscyphus, 378.

Chimaphila, 64, 281.

Chlamydomonas, 226.

Chlorogalum, 377, 442.

Chondrioderma, 77, 81, 82.

Chondromyces, 27.

Chrysanthemum, 1, 2, 11, 12, 17, 53, 63, 229, 235,

251.

Chrysopogon, 197.

Chrysopsis, 477, 484.

Cibotium, 436.

Cichorium, 53, 230, 235.

Cicuta, 59, 62, 234, 367, 441, 442, 482.

Cimicifuga, 60, 225, 253, 477, 480.

Cinna, 200, 478.

Circza, 482.

Citrellus, 132, 248, 249, 358, 359-

Citrus, 366.

Cladium, 175.

Cladonia, 302, 351, 355, 364.

Cladosporium, 171, 304.

Clastoderma, 80.

Clathroptychium, 76.

Claytonia, 83, 135, 316, 3773 496

Clavija, 140.
avipes, 220.

Clematis, 60, 263, 480.

Cleome, 277, 495.

Clethra, 139, 228, 235, 474, 482.

Clintonia, 475, 480.

Clitoria, 481.

Closterium, 244.

Cnicus, 6, 13, 14, 17, 132, 235, 269.

Coccoloba, 497.

Cocconeis, 245.

Coccocypselum, 173.

Codium, 109.

Coleanthus, 342.

Coleochete, 244.

Coleosanthus, 173.

Coleosporium, 133, 298.

Colina, 493.

Colonilla, 175.

Coloptera, 94.

Collema, 354.

Colletotrichum, rog, 110, 111, 112, 226, 247, 248,

249, 250, 251.

Colliguaja, 25:

Collinsia, 83, 376.

Collinsonia, 483.

/is8 ora 286.
oloptera, 3o0r.

Colpodinin’ 24a.

Comandra, 302.

Comarum, 340.

Comatricha, 79, 269.

Commelina, of 479+

Comptonia, 228.

Condalia, 340.

Coniocybe, 302.

- Conium, 298.

Convolvulus, 53, 236, 337.

Copernicia, 169. ‘

Coprinus, 264.

Corycarpus, 475, 478.
Corydalis, 61.”

_ Crategus, 285, 481.

Craterium, 78, 79, 82.

Crepis, 83, 338.

Cribraria, 76, 79, 82.

Croomia, 331.

Crotalaria, 52, 306, 376, 385.

Crypsis, 199.

Cryptocarya, 497.

Cucubalus, 344.

Cucumis, 132, 248, 249, 358, 359.

Cucurbita, 132, 248, 358, 359.

Cunila, 65, 267, 483.

Cuphea, 269, 482.

Cuscuta, 64, 310, 311, 483, 489.

Cyathea, 436.

Cyathus, 296.

Cybianthus, 140.

Cycas, 381.

Cyclanthera, 269.

Cymbidium, 121.

Cymopterus, 223, 301.

Cynodon, 202.

Cynoglossum, 53.

Cyperella, 175.

Cyperus, 238, 479, 499-

Cypripedium, 39, 66, 132, 186, 190, 192, 264, 339,
_ 450.

Cyrilla, 446.

Cyrtoceros, 414. ‘

Cystopteris, 67, 464, 478.

Cystopus, 297, 298.

Dactylis, 204.
Dactyloporus, 494. .

Dalea, 25.

Dalibarda, 223.

Danza, 275. :
Danthonia, 202, 239, 342, 478.
+ 492-

Piasysseinn:; 483.

Datura, 53, 236.

Daucus, 52, 234.

Decodon, 228, 234.
Delphinium, 294, 493-
Dendrograptus, 414.
Dermodium, 81.
Deschampsia, 201, 342.
Desmidium, 244.
Desmodium, 304.

| Diachza, 80.

Dianthera, 25, 65.

Dianthus, 232, 343, 344-
Dichromena, 30>.
Dicksonia, 67, 239, 465, 478. .
Dicliptera, 269.

Dicranella, 273, 378-
Dicranodontium, 86.
Dicranoweisia, 273.

| Dicranum, 378, 410.

Dictyanthus, 348. Sea
Dictyophyton, 95. :
Dictyosiphon, tog.

Dictyosphzrium, 244.

Didymium, 29, 77, 78, 81, 82.
Didymopanax, 497.

Dimerosporium, 341.

Dilatris, 472.

Diodia, 53, 483.

Diodonta, 281.

Dionza, 25, 26, 83, 84, 321-

Vili

Discopleura, 229, 234-

Disporum, 475, 480.

Distichlis, 204.

Ditrichum, 112, 113, 115, 117.
Docidium, 244.

Dodecatheon, 301.

Draba, 500.

Dracocephalum, 241.
Draparnaldia, 376.

Drosera, 59, 62, 228, 234, 409, 497.
Drymaria, 304, 343.

Dryopteris, 67, 239, 462, 463, 478.
Dulichium, 66, 238, 479.
Dupontia, 342.

Eatonia, 202, 203.
Echinocactus, 84.
Echinocereus, 450.

- Echinops, 287.
Echinospermum, 53
Echinostelium, 80.
Prashse 53.

ctocarpus, 109.
Ehretia, 88. 554
Eichornia, 498.
Eleagnus, 225.
Elatine, 230, 232, 285.
Eleocharis, 56, 66, 238, 409, 479, 499-
Elephantopus, 484.
leusine, 202, 478.
Elliottia, 319.
Ellisia, 302.
Elodea, 377.
Elodes, 232, 376.
Elymus, 207, 342, 478, 495.
Emmenanthe, 375, 493.
Encelia, 304.

Eniantiophylla, 305,
Encyonema, 245.
Enerthenema, 80
Enteridium, 76, 364.
Entyloma, 252.

Epidendrum, 121, 133.

Epigza, 64, 84, 133.

Epilobium, 27, 62, 234, 241, 276, 409, 410, 482.
Epipactis, 32, 34, 35, 186, 189, 192, 440.
Epiphegus, 483.

Epithemia, 245.

Equisetum, 67, 230, 239, 377.

. Eragrostis, 203, 239, 242, 443, 478, 495.

_ Erechthites, 53, 63, 235, 484.
Eremocrinum, 301.
_Erianthus, 197, 225, 477
Erigeron, 53, 3> 2352 344, 484.

iocaulon, 59,66. ~
Eriogonum, 493.
Eriophorum, 228, 238, 283.
_ Eriophyllum, 344.
ium, 52.

_ Eryngium, 304, 500.

Eucheuma, tog.

Eunanus, 493.

Eunotia, 245.

Euonymus, 165, 482.

Eupatorium, 2, 5, 6, 7, 16, 58, 62, 131, 234, 269, 344,

378, 432+ 475, 477» 484.

Euphorbia, 27, 54, 65, 237, 304, 481.

Euphrasia, 223.

Eurhynchium, 274.

Eurygania, 137.

Eutypella, 341.

_ _Exobasidium, 364, 437, 438, 439-
Exolobus, 171. :

Fagopyrum, 65, 443.
Fagus, 42, 43, 164, 166, 480.
Falcata, 481.

Ferula, 94.

Festuca, 204, 205, 206, 242, 304, 342, 409, 495-
Fimbriaria, 301.
Fimbristemma, 348.
Fimbristylis, 414, 479.
Fissidens, 378.
Forsellesia, 493.
Fouquiera, 28.

Fragaria, 230, 233.
Fragilaria, 95, 246.
Frasera, 302, 493.
Fritillaria, 344.
Frullania, 378.

Fuchsia, 88, 269.
Fucoides, 367, 4:2, 453.
Fucus, 108, 229.

Fulgio, 82.

Fumaria, 61.

Fusarium, 250, 341, 489.

Gaillardia, 340.

Galax, 85, 477, 483.

Galinsoga, 268, 303.

Galium, 62, 234, 241, 294, 409, 475, 483.

Garugandra, 224.

Gaultheria, 64, 138, 139.

Gaultieria, 482.

Gaura, 223.

Gaylussacia, 64, 230, 235, 437, 477, 482, 407.

Geissanthus, 140.

Gentiana, 64, 94, 269.

Georgia, 494, 50r.

Geranium, 61, 230, 341.

Gerardia, 64, 236.

Geum, 62, 135.

Gilia, 378, 493, 495, 500

Glaucidium, 225.

Gleditschia, 160, 161, 167, 224.

Gleichenia, 407, 436.

Gleosporium, 109, 110, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 300.

Gloiocephala, 342. :

Glossopetalon, 493.

Glyceria, 205, 342.

Glycyrrhiza, 241.

Glyptodendron, 413, 414.

Gnaphalium, 6, 59, 63, 83, 235, 280, 475, 484.

Gomphocarpus, 276.

Gomphonema, 245.

Gonium, 246.

Goodyera, 34, 188, 189.

Gossypium, 386, 495.

Gratiola, 64.

Grimmia, 113, 114, 115.

Grindelia, 241.

Griselinia, 133.

Goniopteris, 95.

Guettarda, 348, 451.

ocladus, 159, 161, 167, 168.

Gymnocoronis, 287, 378.

Gymnosporangium, 132, 443, 499:
» 186, 188, 192, 230, 237, 480.

Gypsophila, 240, 343, 344.
Habenaria, 33, 36, 37, 38, 39, 66, 186, 190, 192,228

237, 259, 260, 268, 302 » 468,
Maduutchies, 442. ie 376 -
Halenia, 269.

Halesia, 451, 493, 495.
Hamadryas, 225.
Hamamelis, 165, 481.
Hartwrightia, 287, 288.
Hauya, 88.

Lema 65, 236, 338, 483.

2 337- ;
Helenium, 1, 3, 4, 6,8, 16, 484.
Heleochloa, 199.

Helonias, 295.
Helianthella, 305.
Helianthemum, 232, 482, 496.
Helianthus, 2, 9, 12, 17, 235, 416, 484.
Heliconia, 343.
Heliopsis, 5, 6, 12, 17, 484.
Helleborine, 33, 35.
Helminthostachys, 357.
Helonias, 263. ~
Hemiarcyria, 81, 304.
Hemicarpha, 414.
Hemidyctium, 492.
Hemitones, 93.
Hepatica, 60, 443-
Heracleum, 234.
Herberta, 378.
Heritiera, 472.
Herniaria, 282. .
Heterodictyon, 79.
Heterophyllza, 430.
Heterosporium, 224.
Heterotrichia, 81.
Heuchera, 476, 481, 495.
evea, 499.

Hexalectris, 186, 188, 192.
Hibiscus, 52, 230, 341.
Hicoria, 178, 281, 413.
Hieracium, 6, 53, 63, 120, 1775 235» 342, 484.
Hoffmannia, 348.
Hoffmanseggia, 223.
Hohenbergia, 275.
Holcus, 201, 239, 475, 478-
Holomitrium, 378.
Homalocenchrus, 197, 239, 478.
Hordeum, 207. =
Houstonia, 253, 474, 476, 483.
Hufelandia, 497.
Humulus, 237.
Hyalotheca, 244.
Hydrangea, 62, 481.
Hydrastis, 225, 475, 480.
Hydrocotyle, 62.
Hydropeltis, 60.
Hymenocallis, 470.
Hymenophyllum, 436.
Hyophila, 378.
Hypericum, 57, 61, 223, 232, 482:
Hypheene, 262.
Hypolepis, 27.
Hypopitys, 64.

_ Hypnea, 109.
Hypnum, 274.
Hypocherris, 294.
Hypoxylon, 296.
Hystrix, 66, 207, 342, 475, 478.

Icacorea, 377.
llex, 58, 59, 61, 228, 233, 362, 414, 482.
Ilysanthes, 64, 483.
Impatiens, 61, 230, 233, 409, 482.
Incolaria, 303.
Inocybe, 264.
Inula, 5, 6, 8, 16.
loxylon; 163.
Ipomeea, 25, 27, 53, 85, 258.
Iris, 56, 66, 228, 236, 237, 376, 467-_
nthus, 483.
Ischnosiphon, 268, 415.
Isopyrum, 60, 305.
um, 274.
Ivesia, 94.

uglans, 65, 165, 300, 340.
175.

i

Lotus, 493, 496-
eas Ludwigia, 234, 482. :

; é &
Juncus, 59, 66, 238, 242, 409, 453» 4775479» 499-
ungermannia, 86, 308, 309,310.

1X

Juniperus, 46, 366, 452.
Jussiza, 174, 482.

Kalmia, 64, 135, 235, 482.
Keerlia, 493.

Keeleria, 202.

Keellia, 65, 482.
Klotzschia, 497.

Krugia, 414.

Krynitzkia, 269.

Kuhnia, 173.

Kyllingia, 479.

Lachnanthes, 472.

Lactuca, 1, 3, 5,6, 15, 17, 53, 63, 235, 484.
Laminaria, 229.

Lamproderma, 77, 80.

Laphamia, 413.

Laportea, 480.

Lappula, 175, 443-

Lapula, 175.

Lathyrus, 56, 61, 133, 223, 230, 233, 262, 274.
Laurus, 46, 345.

Lecania, 85.

Lecanora, 351, 352, 354, 355- 2
Lecanosperma, 430, 434.

Lechea, 61, 475, 482.

Lecidea, 85 35%, 355.

Leersia, 27.

Legouzia, 175.

Leiophyllum, 85.

Lemna, 238 :

Lenzites, 296.

Leonurus, 54, 236. 4
Lepidium, 52, 61, 223, 232, 240, 413, 493.
Lepidozia, 307, 308, 310, a
Lepiota, 264. t
Lepismium, 268.

} Leptodontium, 378.

Leptogium, 354. '
Leptorchis, 32, 34, 65, 476, 480.
Leptostachya, 175.
Leptosyne, 88, 94, 416.
Leptosphezria, 442.
[ eptotrichum, 273.
Leptotznia, 88
Leskea, 274.
za, O, 174, 230, 294, 481, 499-
Leuconymphea, 175.
Leucampyx, 94.
Leucobryum, 87.
Leucophyllum, 340.
Leucothoé, 166.
Lewisia, 135.
Liabum, 378.
Liatris, 496.
Licea, 79.
a 409, 496.
Lilza, 340.
Lilium, 66.
Limodorum, 33, 34, 35, 121, 122, 186, 189, 192.
Limnanthemum, 230, 236.
Linaria, 54, 236, 252, 443-
Linbladia, 79.
Lindera, 295, 480.
Linnza, 409.
Linum, 239, 233, 481.
Liparis, 186, 187, 192.
Liriodendron, 60, 169, 345. ;
Listera, 31, 32, 34, 185, 186, 188, 190, 191, 192.
Lithospermum, 254. ;
Litsza, 30. ‘
Lobelia, 63, 231, 235, 269, 347) 477» 483, 484.
Leeflingia, 343, 344.
Lolium, 206.
Lonicera, 162, 167, 223.
Lo » 85. ee

Lupinus, 132, 262, 304, 305, 412.
Luzula, 223.

Lychnis, 240, 343,

Lycogala, 75, 81.

Lycopodium, 67, 239.

Lycopus, 65, 236, 204, 483.
Lycopersicum, 126,

Lygodium, 466.

Lysimachia, 64, 223, 235, 476, 483.

Macbridea, 321.
Macromitrium, 378.
Macrosporium, 392.
Madia, 412, 413.
Magnolia, 245, 362, 474, 475, 480, 501.
chra, 133.
‘Malacothrix, 301, 338.
Malaxis, 36.
Mallostoma, 348.
Malva, 52, 232, 338, 341, 490.
Malvastrum, 416.
Malveopsis, 416.
Mamillaria, 86, 174, 342, 415, 452.
Marasmus, 442.
Marattia, 366.
Mariscus, 175.
Marliera, 415.
Marsilia, 141, 147.
Masdevallia, 496.
Matricaria, 413.
Manritia, 262.
ote sme 66, ee
i 0, 52, 130, 230, 233.
Madutices, abet, -
Megalonectria, 296.
Megalopteris, 275.
Meibomia, 61, 230, 253, 475, 481.
Melampyrum, 64.
Melandrium, 240.
Melica, 203, 342, 495.
Melilotus, 52, 61, 84, 2335 341.
Melissa, 65, 231, 236, 483.
Melocactus, 86.
Melosira, 246.
Mendonica, 412.
Menispermum, 481.
Mentha, 65, 236, 241, 338.
Mentzelia, 343.
Menyanthes, 230, 236, 409.
Meridion, 246.
reat 263.
esogloia, 109.
Methaphacdne <i E
Metzgeriopsis, 127.
Michauxia, 318.
Micrasterias, 245,
_Micrampelis, 301, 362, 452.
Microlepidozia, 308.
Micromeria, 338.
- Microseris, 87.
Microstylis, 36, 186.
Mikania, 2, 7, 378.
Mimulus, 64, 377, 483, 493.
Mimusops, 140. ;
Mitchella, 62, 268, 317, 483.
sem 260, 274.
ohria, 451, 493, 495.
Mohrodendron. Av 495:
Mollugo, 52, 234 251, 480.
Monarda, 57, 65, 181, 483.
Monilia, 269, 296.

Montanoa, 378. *
ontia, 135, 409, 460.
Morza, oi

1

Mublen sia, 1 8 8, 495-
Sata, ee » 199, 199, 304, 495

x

Musa, 343.

Mycena, 264.
Myeloxylon, 220, 221,
Myelopteris, 221.
Mylia, 308.

Myosotis, 56, 64, 294.
Myosurus, 225.
Myrica, 65, 130, 135, 228, 230, 234, 237, 409.
Myrsine, 139, 140.
Myrtophyllum, 345.
Myxobacter, 27.
Myxococcus, 28.

Naias, 242.
Nasturtium, 61, 232, 240, 285, 290.
Nanomitrium, 304.
Navicula, 245.
vabasta-sag 61.

ndo, 159, 443.
Neillia, Fy
Nelumbo, 129.
Nemacladus, 496.
Nematophycus, 134.
Nemopanthes, 61.
Nepeta, 54, 236.
Nesza, 59, 62.
Neviusia, 326.
Newberrya, 93.
Nicandra, 236.
Nitella, 119, 131, 176, 258.
Nitzschia, 246.
Notholzena, 27, 95, 344-
Nymphza, 60, 175, 223, 231, 415.
Nyssa, 228, 234, 378.

Ocotea, 497.

Odontoglossum, 496.

Odontopteris, 95.

CEnothera, 27, 52, 56, 61, 125, 223, 234, 362, 442,
00,

500.
Oligonema, 304.
or rong Bade ee
noclea, 67, 127, 230, 239, 464, 465.
Ophegrapha, 302.
Ophioglossum, 67, 147, 356.
Ophiotheca, 76, 77.
oe te 76, 416
Opuntia, 87, 340, 476, 416, 443.
Orcadella, 79. :
Orchiodes, 34.
Orchis, 35, 37, 38, 39, 122, 186, 190, 192.
Oreobroma, 135.
Orobanche, 54.
Orontium, 129.
Orthotricha, 80, 81. :
Orthotrichum, 306, 367, 393, 394» 395» 396, 307, 399»
400, 401, 402, 404,
Oryzopsis, 198, 495.
Oscillaria, 243.
Osmunda, 67, 147, 239, 407, 437, 466.
Ostrya, 164, 167.
Oxalis, 6 : 6
2 OT, 230, 233, 250, 203, 341, 348, 474, 481, 497-
Oxydendrum, 482. : stad | a
Oxybaphus, 496.
Oxycoccus, 59, 64.
Oxypolis, 477, 482.
Oxytropis, 174, 306.

Pachytheca, 134.

Palmacites, 221.

Panax, 475, 482.

Pancratium, 471.

Panicularia, 205, 239- ope

Panicum, 54, 66, 19%, 194, 195, 196, 230, 318,442,
475» 479; 4772 478, 479, 495- ee

Pannaria, 354.

Paranepheliva, 500. |

Parathelium, 377.

Parathesis, 88, 348.

Xi

Parmelia, 353.
Parnassia, 27, 230.
Paronychia, 282, 338.
Parthenocissus, 452.
Paspalum, 193, 239, 318, 325, 479, 495-
Passiflora, 52, 274, 306.
Pastinaca, 52, 442.
Patellaria, 85, 377-
Pavonia, 28, 269.
Pecopteris, 95.
Pediastrum, 243, 244.
Pedicularis, 269.
Pellza, 182, 458, 497.
Pellicularia, 296.
Peltigera, 353, 354-
Penicillium, 452.
Pentagonia, 175.
Penthorum, 481.
Penstemon, 28, 94, 301, 362, 377, 378, 493-
Peperomia, 413.
Peperamium, 32, 34, 66, 186, 188, 189, 190, 191; 192,
476, 480.
Perezia, 269, 413.
Perichzna, 76, 296.
Perityle, 412, 413, 497-
Pernettya, 138, 500.
Peronospora, 298, 443.
Pertusaria, 377.
Petasites, 443.
Petalostemon, 377.
Petroselinum, 433-
Peucedanum, 88, 94.
Peziza, 296.
Phacelia, 301, 305, 378, 493 495-
Phalaris, 197, 198.
Phallogaster, 225.
Phaseolus, 126, 230, 233, 294, 304-
Phezopteris, 67, 461, 462.
Philibertia, 348.
Philonotis, 378.
Phippsia, 342.
Phieum, 199, 239.
Phlox, 56, aa, ha
Phoebe, 497.
Pholicta, 264.
Phoma, 251, 296.
Phragmites, 175, 202, 239) 443-
Phryma, 175.
Phyllanthus, 477, 482.
Phyliites, 135.
Phyllosiphon, 37-
Phylloporina, 85.
Phyllosticta, 249, 250, 341, 364, 443, 488, 497-
Physalis, 53, 64.
Physalospora, 442.
Physaria, 94.
Physarum, 78, 79, 82, 269.
Physcia, 353.
Physcomitrium, 366, 447.
Physostegia, 57, 3%
Phytolacca, 54, 237.
Picea, 29, 42.
Pilocereus, 182.
Pilosella, 120.
Pilularia, 141, 142, 144, 147, 148-
Pinus, 19, 30, 41, 42, 44, 45, 56, 66, 97, 275, 395,
. 4499497, 501.
Piper, 413,
Piptocarpha, 378.
Piptomeris, 3o0r.
queria, 269.
Pistia, 364.
Pincodians 97
lacodium, 351, 352, 354.
Plagiochila, 86, deg =
Plantago, g, 54, ay. 236, 253, 295» 3772 409:
Platanthera, 37, 38,

Platanus, 94, Sis Ws, es 172.

gt 244-
Pleuropogon, 342.

Pleurosigma, 245.

Pleuretrema, 37°.

Plowrightia, 304.

Pluchea, 230, 235, 484.

Plumbago, 139.

Poa, 204, 205, 2395 2835 342, 495-

Podostemon, 481.

Peecilandra, 497-

Pogonatum, 378.

Pogonia, 32, 66 183, 184, 186, 189, 199, 191, 192,
2372475» 480.

Polanisia, 277.

Polyblastia, 377-

Polycarpon, 343-

Polyedrium, 244.

Polygala, 61, 230, 233, 269, 294, 481-

Polygonatum, 66, 480, 487, 488.

Polygonum, 54, 59, 65, 213, 214, 215, 216, 221, 223,
231, 2379 409, 453, 480,'496.

Polymnia, 4, 6, 63.

Polypodium, 21, 67, 301, 362, 457, 478.

Polyporus, 303, 494-

Polysiphonia, 171.

Polystichum, 464.

Polystictus, 296.

Pontederia, 66, 238, 295, 452-

Populus, 43, 44» 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 65, 164, 237-

Portulaca, 52, 232.

Potamogeton, 59, 66, 229, 238, 242, 269, 270, 283,

472- :
Potentilla, 62, 69, 37, 88, 94, 239, 233, 409» 481, 493-
Prenanthes, 2, 6, 15, 17, 63, 499, 452» 484.
Primula, 69, 223-

Proserpinaca, 62, 234.

Prosopis, 500.

Protostigma. 434.

Prototaxites, 134.

Prunella, 483.

Prunus, 28, 61, 161, 167, 230, 233, 263.
Psammisia, 137-
Pseudoleskea, 274-
Pseudopecopteris, 95.
Pseudotsuga, 131.
Pseudovalsa, 341-
Pseva, 281.
Psilophyton, 27.
Psilophytum, 414.
Ptelea, 158, 167.
Pteris, 67, 230, 405, 406, 458, 478.

Ptiloria, 496.

Puccinellia, 205. -
Puccinia, 220, 298, 341, 348, 378) 4422 487, 489, 492-
Pulsatilla, 87.

Pycnanthemum, 236, 294.

Pyrenula, 377.

Pyrola, 57, 60, 64, 262, 282.

| Pyrularia, 477, 480.
Pyrus, 60, 62, 173, 233» 481-

Quercus, 60, 65, 99, 164, 166, 274, 295, 318, 346, 388,
413, 442, 480, 498. :

Raciborskia, 80

Racomitrium, 274.

Radula, 86.

Ramalina, 353-

Ramium, 175.

Ramona, 306.

Ranunculus, 52, 56, 60, 212, 213, 231, 305, 364) 4°95

496.
Raphanus, 52, 126, 223, 232.
Raphidium, 244.
Raphidonema, 226.
Raphidostegium, 274.
Ravenala, 343.

Ravenelia, 324.

Reseda, 22.

| Reticularia, 76, 80. |

Rhamnus, 482.

tr Sa.)
ae ‘Rhamphospora, 364.

Xi

Rhexia, 228, 234.

Rhipsalis, 274, 499- ¥

Rhizoctonia, 298.

Rhizomorpha, 296.

Rhizophora, 174.

Rhizopus, 176.

Rhizosolenia, 246.

Rhodochiton, 4:5.

Rhodochytrium, 274.

Rhododendron, 57, 64, 235, 346, 437, 438, 482,

Rhus, 61, 88, 159, 160, 164, 167, 223, 230, 233, 2515
294, 348, 482, 500.

Rhynchospora, 66, 238, 479» 499

Rhynchostegium, 410.

Riccia, 23.

Ricinocarpus, 175.

Rinodina, 351, 352, 355.

Rivinia, 128. \

Robinia, 160, 161, 157, 233, 499.

Rodriguezia, 499.

Reestelia, 367.

Rosa, 62, 228, 230, 233, 481.

Rostafinskia, 80.

Rotala, 482.

Rubus, 62, 129, 223, 230, 233, 278, 340, 348, 364,
499, 448, 476, 481.

Rudbeckia, 53, 83, 229, 235, 346, 484.

Rumex, 54, 237.

+ aed gre 28.

uppia, 270, 273, 4
Rusbya, 24, 67, G8 338.
Russelia, 269.

Sabal, 169, 364.

Paseo ey

Sabbatia, 64, 230.

Saccaromyces, 415.

Saccoglottis, 497.

Sagina, 230, 232, 480.

Sagittaria, 66, 231, 238, 242, 283, 478.
Salicornia, 237.

Salix, 43, 65, 87, 164, 167, 225, 237, 274, 441, 453-
Salsola, 225, 229, 237, 341.

Salvia, 269, 416.

Salvinia, 499.

Sambucus, 62, 161, 234.

Samolus, 231, 235.

Sanicula, 87, 482.

Sapindus, 345, 500.

Saponaria, 52, 232, 343.

Saprolegnia, 346.

Sarracenia, 59, 61,87, 331.

Sassafras, 65, 169, 345, 443, 481.

Saxifraga, 68, 69, 496-

_ Scabiosa, 22, 169, 170, 490.

Scandix, 241.

Scenedesmus, 243.

Schistocarpa, 378.

Schizza, 436.
Schizophyilum, 296.

Schkuria, 269.

Schlegelia, 88. :
Scirpus, 238, 284, 409, 479, 499.

- Scolopendrium, 443, 461.
Saeokulata, tn ed

500.
Septoria, 251, 298, 443.
‘Ser pias, a

enza, 169. ‘
Serenopsis, 169, 334-

Sericocarpus, 4, 6, 8, 16, 484.
Serjania, 450, 499.

Sesbania, 263.

Setaria, 196.

Sequoia, 415.

Shepherdia, 225.

Shortia, 325.

Sidalcea, 344.

Sideroxylon, 140.

| Sieglingia, 202, 479, 495.

Sigillaria, 303.

Silene, 61, 250, 263, 294, 343, 344.

Siphonychia, 382.

Siphoptychium, So.

Sirobasidium, 87. ~-

Sisymbrium, 52, 232, 252, 253, 360.

Sisyrinchium, 237, 409, 453, 467.

Sium, 62, 229, 234.

Sloanea, 88

Smilacina, 224, 230, 409.

Smilax, 66, 164, 168, 172, 237, 295, 480.

Solanum, 53, 88, 236, 275, 382, 410, 500.

Solea, 482.

Solidago, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 16, 25, 53, 56, 58, 59, 62, 63,
207, 208, 209, 210, 229, 234, 235, 286, 409, 416,
447» 475» 477, 484, 485.

Solorina, 354.

Sonchus, 53, 229, 235.

Sophoclesia, 138.

Sophora, 500.

Sorghum, 197, 443-

Sparganium, 231, 238.

Spartina, 196, 239.

S a, 232.

Spheeraclea, 496.

Spherella, 220.

Sphzroccites, 30.

Sphzrotheca, 296.

Sphzrozosma, 244.

Sphagnum, 127, 263, 273.

Sphenopteris, 95.

Sphenophyllum, 414.

Spirza, 56, 57, 59, 61, 230, 233.

Spiranthes, 34, 188, 269, 295 302, 453.

Spirogyra, 244, 348.

Sporobolus, 199, 200, 479, 495.

Spraguea, 135.

Stachys, 241, 483.

Staphylea, 159, 164, 167. ©

Staurastrum, 245.

Stauroneis, 245.

Steironema, 64, 302, 483.

Stellaria, 57, 61, 175, 240, 277, 341-

Stellularia, 175.

Stemodia, 496.

Stemonitis, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 82.

Stenotaphrum, 297.

Stenzelia, 221.

Stephanodiscus, 246.

Sterculia, 36.

Stevia, 269, 432.

Stibbum, 297.

Sticta, 353. :

Stigmatophyllon, 348.

Stipa, 198, 495.

Stipulicida, 343.

Stokesia, 83.

Strelitzia, 343.

Streptanthus, 86, 344.

Pom ia, 109.

5.

Stuartia, 226, 476, 482.

Stylosanthes, 269.

Styrax, 88, 140.

Suzeda, 229, 237.

Sullivantia, 28.

Surirella, 246.

a ap » 88, 241, 432.

yMplocos, 140, 437 :

Synedra, 245. ce.

Tabebuia, 28.
Tabellaria, 246.
Tabernemontana, 348.
‘leniopteris, 95, 275.
Tagetes, 304.
Talinum, 135.
Tanacetum, 235.

Taraxacum, 1, 5,6, 14, 17) 53, 235) 443-

Taxodium, 28, 500.
Tecoma, 54, 162.
Tellima 274.
Tessela, 246.
Tetraphis, 494.
Teucrium, 65, 236.
Thalia, 470.
Thalictrum, 269, 475, 480.
Thalloidima, 377.
Thaspium, 482.
Theloschistes, 353.
Thelopodium, 493.
Thermopsis, 304.
‘Lhibaudia 137, 138.
Thrinax, 169.
Thuidium, 274, 275.
huja, 362.
Thuya, 44.
Tillandsia, 275, 500.
Tilia, 61, 158, 164, 167.
Tilmadoche, 82.
Tinantia, 348.
Tipularia, 186, 187, 192, 416.
Tissa, 56, 61, 232, 274, 277, 361-
Todea, 437-
Tomasellia, 377.
Tonina, 416.
Townsendia, 493.
Tradescantia, 348, 470, 493-
Trautvetteria, 225, 475, 480.
Trematocarpus, 275, 347-
Trichia, 77, 81.
richocoronis, 131.
Trichodon, 117.
Trichomanes, 127, 325, 347, 466-
Trichophila, 275, 276.
Trichestema, 65, 236, 341, 413, 483-
Tridax, 269.
_ Trientalis, 294.

Trifolium, 61, 88, 122, 223, 230, 233» 253s 394s 4°9-

Triglochin, 409.
Triodia, are
Triosteum, 252, 253.
Triplasis, 202.
Tripsacum, 196.
‘Trisetum, 201, 342.
E Sabai 169.

suga, 67, 347, 478.
Tamesalania, ats,
Tubulina, 74, 76, 79, 80.
‘Tunica, 343, 344.

» 497-

Tinastions 64:
Typha, 177, 238.

Ulmus, 162, 167,169.
ota, 367.
Umbilicaria, 3545

Xill

Uncinula, 306.

Unifolium, 66.

Uniola, 203, 342.

Urceolaria, 355.

Uredo, 297, 348, 492.

Urena, 133-

Urocystis, 220, 442.
Uromyces, 226, 297, 442, 492-
Uropappus, 301, 496.

Urtica, 237.

Usnea, 353-

Ustilago, 297, 348.
Utricularia, 58, 64, 236, 288, 289, 290, 348.
Uvularia, 66.

Vacciniopsis, 433, 434.

Vaccinium, 59, 64, 129, 138, 166, 235, 409, 433) 437,

ote
Vagnera, 480.
Valeriana, 279, 500.
Valsa, 364.
Venturia, 442.
Verbascum, 54, 236, 270.
Verbena, 54, 65, 236.
Verbesina, 269, 485-
Vermicularia, 252.
Vernonia, 53, 83, 485.
Veronica, 56, 57, 64, 409, 500.
Viburnum, 62, 70, 94, 165, 234, 483.
Vicia, 241, 442.
Victoria, 500.
Viguiera, 304, 378.
Vincetoxicum, 443.
Viola, 61, 136, 232, 448, 474, 482:
Vitis, 61, 168, 233, 303, 482, 500.
Volvaria, 264.
Volvox, 246.

Waldsteinia, 442.
Washingtonia, 28.
Williamsonia, 135, 335-
Wimmeria, 348.
Winchellia, 454.
Winterania, 46.

Wistaria, +

Woodsia, 58, 67, 465.
Woodwardia, 230, 239, 459-
Wrangelia, 109.

Xanthidium, 244.

Xanthium, 10, 17, 53, 235, 251, 252, 286.
Xanthorrhiza, 225.

Xanthoxylum, 88, 131, 159, 263.
Xylosma, 348.

Xyris, 59, 66, 238.

Yucca, 276, 348, 364, 416.

Vor. XX. JANUARY, 1893. ee rie

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON, Be

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

CO N EIN a Ss
’
PAGE. : PaGe. 5)
On. Akenes and Seediings of Composite ~ PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB. . . 5-4. 4. 22 x ee

(Plates cxxxiv-cxxxviii): W. W. Rowlee. 1 | Recent Lirerarure RecattnG To AMBRI-

B pares * A K
disivaisc Bradys Wa ot Hae TC ee ee ee

Beans;*’ Contributions to the History of ee

Senecio Robbinsii, Oxkes (Plate cxxxix): Dionea muscipula; Notes on the Geology

FE EE RUBOP Ok see ae eek ~ of. Skunnemunk Mountain, N. Y.; The
Boranicat Norgs.—A Century of Weed Myxobacteriacez, 4 new order of Schizo-

Seeds; Polypodium vulgare, var. Came- mycetes; Vegetable Palzontology; The

béricum: L. BM. Underwood; On the ‘Anatomy of the Stem of Wistaria Sinen-—

Preservation of Herbaria; Pink Water- sis, and briefer notices. . . ... .. was) Se

Lilies: C. F. Millspaugh; Notes on Sca- | Reviews or Forgicn LirgraturE.—Fossil

biosa australis and Reseda alba: R. Plants as Tests of ipreeasd: Cretaceous ee

PD AREER AW OO OS BA Pee Loe Plants from: Bohefhia. © 3.40220 8 Pa ah
2.

raf a ae PUBLISHED BY THE EDITORS,
BE a Bors NEW YORK.

Tue New Era palin Howse,

oe Pa oe

‘pasion
“HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents,
“THOMAS: ‘MORONG, Phe be

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
Vol. XX. New York City and Lancaster, Pa., Jauuary 15, 1893. No. 1

Studies upon Akenes and eae of Plants of the Order Composite.

By W. W. ROWLEE.

(PLatEs CXXXIV.—CXXXVIIL.)

General Observations.

The fruit of the plants, belonging to the Order Compositz is
no less remarkabie for its variety of external form than for its
uniformity in internal structure. In the mature fruit, the calyx
and the carpellary coats are completely combined, so that they
cannot be distinguished by any structural differences. The integ- :
ument of the seed may be separated from the others, and is a deli-
cate polished membrane, wrapped rather closely around the em-

bryo. The limb of the calyx, although sometimes obsolete (Chry- a

santhemum Leucanthemum et. al.) more often appears as a crown
or cup (Anthemis arvensis et. al.) or a set of teeth or scales (Helen-—
ium autumnale et. al. ) or as a tuft of bristles or hairs (Aséer et. al.)
When the limb of the calyx takes on any of these forms it is called
the pappus. In Lactuca, Taraxacum, et. al., the pappus is raised
far above the akene by a prolongation of the calyx into a slender
beak. The akene may be terete, striate, ribbed, angled, or
winged. It may be glabrous, hairy, silky, or even spiny. It is
usually larger above and tapering downward, but this is not always

the case. There is more or less of an opening left at the base of

the akene when it falls from the receptacle through which the

hypocotyl emerges when the seed germinates. These are but — Ss

a few of the general ways in which the akene varies externally.
- To enumerate all the variations would necessitate a description

of every species.

2

The akene is one-celled, containing a single anatropous, ex-
albuminous seed with a straight embryo. The embryo conforms
in shape and size to the enclosing walls. In Bidens and Coreopsis
it is much flattened and narrows abruptly at ‘the base; in upa-
torium and Mikamia it is cylindrical; and in Helianthus, Aster and
Solidago and many others it is top-shaped, the cotyledons filling
the upper thicker portion of the akene, and these narrowed be-
low into the still narrower hypocotyl. The cotyledons are usually
longer and broader than the hypocotyl, but this is not always the
case, (as asserted in Gray’s Syn. Fl. of N. A., p. 48). In Ambrosia
the hypocotyl is very small; in As¢er, Solidago, and Coreopsis
the hypocotyl is larger, but still is much shorter and narrower
than the cotyledons; in Expatorium and Mikania it is as long, or
longer than the cotyledons, and is nearly, if not quite as broad.
The plumule is minute, but may be seen in a vertical section of the
seed. The cotyledons are closely applied to each other, their
faces being in the same plane in which the seed is flattened.

Germination begins by the growth of the hypocotyl, and its
first evidence is the protrusion of that organ through the aperture
at the base of the akene. The cotyledons enlarge, sometimes
splitting the akene and thereby emerging; sometimes, especially
in those cases where the akene is small, withdrawing entirely, and
leaving the akene a mere shell. Akenes planted out doors in
autumn germinate promptly in the spring.

The seedling always has two cotyledons which are nearly or
quite alike. They vary in size from an inch long in Ambrosia
trifida and Helianthus annuus to minute in the Artemisias and
Chrysanthemums. They are all the way from nearly sessile in
Chrysanthemum and Anthemis to long-petioled in Prenanthes and
Arctium. The bases of the petioles form a sheath around the
plumule when the seedling is young. This sheath is widely
dilated in An¢hemis, but in most cases appears as a continuation of
the hypocotyl. The cotyledons, although differing in some
respects, display a striking uniformity throughout the order. They

| vary from spatulate to orbicular; in a majority of cases, however,
being oblong. They are entire and usually narrowed abruptly
into the petiole. The midvein is usually prominent, and may run
to the apex or may fork somewhat below. In some species two

3

lateral veins follow the petiole, diverge at the base of the blade and
ramify near the margins of the leaf. They and their branches reticu-
late with the branches of the midvein. When the lateral veins are
not present the branches of the midvein reticulate with each other.
The hypocotyl is of considerable length, sometimes slightly flat-
tened. The tap-root, at first well marked, is sometimes lost among
its fibrous branches, sometimes maintaining supremacy throughout.

In one species, at least, branches arise normally from the axils of
the cotyledons (Coreopsis discoidea). In Anthemis arvensis branches
arise, if not from the cotyledons, from the axils of the first leaves.

In some species the leaves, like the cotyledons, are opposite dur-
ing the whole life of the plant. The remainder are of the two-
fifths arrangement. The first internodes may not elongate; thus is
brought about the radical leaved forms. The Phyllotaxy of these,
however, may be detected by the sequence of development.

The leaves may immediately assume very nearly the form of
the mature plant. This is the case in Anthemis arvensis. Usually,
however, there is a gradual transition in the first leaves from the
cotyledons to the leaves of the mature plant. In Chrysanthemum
Leucanthemum the.first leaves are neither like the cotyledons nor
the succeeding leaves.

In general it may be said that the first leaves show a tendency
to retain the form of the cotyledons, but have the texture of the
later leaves.

The germination of the seeds of annuals and biennials is much
more prompt than is the germination of seeds of perennials. A
much larger percentage of seeds of the former germinate also.
Their seedlings are larger and more capable of withstanding
hardships.

Several of the perennial plants of the order flower the first year.
Flelenium autumnale and Aster Nove-Anghe are among these,
The biennials store up food in their tap-root (Arctium, et al.), or in
the branches of it (Lactuca). Their leaves during the first ou
are radical and are usually of large size.

1

Germination.

The lines of inquiry undertaken in connection with 5 the ger-
mination of seeds were sions Before planting, the percentage

+

of apparently good seed matured by each species was noted. In
this case fifty good seed were taken, and the number of unfilled
seed found with them, be they more or less, was recorded.

Many fruits are provided with a pappus which serves a two-
fold purpose. It acts asa parachute and thereby assists in the
dissemination of the seed; further it causes the seed to alight
pappus end up, acting like the feathered end of an arrow. Now
the parts of the embryo are so arranged that when the seed
alights in this manner the cotyledons are up and the hypocotyl
down. ‘Thus the parts are placed in the most advantageous posi-
tion for germination.

The 50 apparently perfect seeds of each species were divided
equally, and one-half were planted with the pappus down and one-
half with the pappus up. The figures given in the 3d and 4th
columns of the accompanying table show the number which ger-
minated in each case.

In the 5th column is shown the number germinated up to
June 23. None germinated during the following summer. The
seeds were planted the previous autumn (Nov. 23).

Finally the morphology of the seedlings was studied in
different stages of development, and the peculiarities recorded in
descriptions and drawings.

The seeds of various plants of the Order were gathered, care
being taken that they be free from other seeds. Seeds were se-
lected from several vigorous plants some distance apart, where
that was practicable. The seeds were then taken from the heads
indiscriminately, and carefully examined for any external eviden- —
ces of poorness, and then by slight pressure with a needle to see
whether or not they were filled. From the observations, the fol-
lowing statements may be made.

The number of seeds which, from their general appearance,
can be detected as poor, is very variable among different species.
In Aster Nove-Anghe var. roseus and Solidago serotina the num-
ber was large. In Sericocarpus asteroides, there were 2% poor
seeds to every good one. Those which ranged from 1% poor
ones to every good one, were Ambrosia trifida and Helenium
autumnale. Two species perfected all of their seeds. These ne

were Sic hat aas Canadensis and Arctium Lappa. Of the other oe

5

species, eight perfected more and four less than one-half of the
good seed.

Excluding Aster Nove-Anglie var. roseus and Solidago serotina
(the poor seeds of which were only estimated), it was found that of
the 17 remaining species, 1321 seeds were examined, 900 of which
were good, and 471 or not quite 33 per cent. of the whole number
were poor. The statements are all based upon a study of the
seeds themselves before they were subjected to a test by germina-
tion. An estimate of the quality of seeds by a study of the ex-
ternal appearance of the seed itself must necessarily be uncertain,
and is bound to overestimate the good seed. The test by germi-
nation on the other hand may not give the full value to the vitality
of the seed, and can never overestimate the good seed contained.
In column 5 is tabulated the number of seeds germinated of the
50 supposed to be good. Four of the 50 assorted or of the 80
unassorted seeds of Aster Nove-Anghe germinated. 5 per cent.
of unassorted, 8 per cent. of assorted, is the rate of germination of
this plant. Of the seeds of /uula Helenium, 45 germinated. This
gives as its rate 70 per cent. of unassorted and 90 per cent. of as-
sorted. The percentages of these and the other species are tabu-
lated in columns 6 and 7.

Of the plants which may be considered as persistent field weeds,
but two were grown. Their percentage of germination was very
large, the first being the highest of all.

EU LARD Oe here Oe en Ee JO
Laraxacum officinale... . . umes oa 0

The way side and fence row weeds in the ores of their percent-

age of germination is as follows:

TE 1 AE a ee oe a oO
TS 0p SS PANS es ae se GD
Licey Sin eR BO ae ae BG
CONODSS Gewese eas f 58
POITIER ee ee a BG
Papa PAPCUADE es ee oe AD
Aster Nove-ANghe i i ees 5
Solidago serotina. . . . Pe

The remainder, which may not i. Feaanteneed as weeds, range
as follows:

co

Cnicus muticus . .
Prenanthes Serpentaria. .
Helenium autumnale .
Sericocarpus asteroides .
Polymnia Canadensis ee
Gnaphalium obtusifolium.. . .
Senecio vulgaris . . oy
Aster Nove-Anghe var. roseus
Flieracium venosum .
The general average is:
Persistent HEIG- WEEUS 60 i. er se ee ee
Wayside and fence row weeds 0. 60. . 3 33
Netieecs Se ee
This is direct evidence that the vitality of seeds of a species is
a factor in determining the abundance of the plant and its ability
to become a weed.

OW

— mt
G6 OH NR wD

TABLE SHOWING THE VITALITY OF SEEDs.

= | a |ebe| 2B | & [48 | ay

B | & 19 S| G2 iy (ee. | Be

SPECIES STUDIED. le Oe | ee ee ee

eg a3.| $e | 28 |eoa| 2s

2 a oad gs 2a 0.0 os

So | Gt RRR Se ee tee ee

Go eee ee ee te ee

Aster Nova-Angue ........4. 50 30 I 3 4 8 5
frenanthes Serpentaria,.....\ 50 40 9 5 14 28 15
Eupatorium perfoliatum...... 50 29 6 6 12 24 16
Ambrosia Wifae ..c.. sekcaak 50 63 13 13 26 52 23
Gnuaphalium obtusifolium..... 50 15 I fe) I 2 I
dmula Helenium ok 50 15 21 24 45 90 7oO
Polymnia Canadensis,....... 50 ° I o I 2 2
Mrtteh LO oo. ee 50 ° 19 20 39 78 78
Solidago Serotinag,......e00.- 50 Est. 7 13 20 40 I
Coreopsis discoided........... 50 28 9 16 25 5° 32
Semecio Vulgaris... ...c..0005- 50 5 a. ° oO ° °
fleliopsis helianthoides........ 50 15 20 22 42 84 65
Sericocarpus asteroides,...,.. 50 | 128 2 4 14 4
Helenium autumnale..... ven} §0 70 8 8 16 32 13
Hieracium venosum.... 2... 50 14 oO. fe} ° ° fe}
Taraxacum officinale,....... 50 8 3. 8 Il 22 19
CtCMS MUN CHE iG cs ee 50 8 at 8 19 38 53
DOUG PE oe. cerca cs 50 3 10 19 29 38 53
Aster Nove-Anglie var. roseus,| 50 | Est. 7 9 16 32 I

Descriptions of Akenes and Seedlings.
Eupatorium perfolatum, L. (Plate CXXXIV. A-D.) “Akene —
5-angled destitute of intervening ribs.” The outer wall min-—
utely perforated, 2 mm. long, black, pappus as long as the akene, _

7

of about 20 capillary bristles. Embryo small; hypocotyl as

long as or longer than the cotyledons, terete as is the whole

embryo when the cotyledons are placed face to face.*

The cotyledons of the seedling plant are small, orbicular, the
blade bent at an angle with its petiole. Petiole evident, but not
long. Hypocotyl short, tap-root branching early. The hypocotyl
soon bears roots up to the very base of the cotyledons. All the
internodes lengthen. Leaves opposite. The first, second and third
pairs are less and less petioled; the fourth pair are clasping, and
the succeeding pairs are more or less perfoliate. The first and
second internodes, and the accompaning leaves are less hairy than
the remainder of the plant. The third and succeeding pairs of
leaves take on more or less of the rugose character of the later
ones. They also resemble the leaves of the mature plant in form.
The plant does not blossom the first year, but grows to a height
of a foot or more. :
Solidago serotina, Ait. (PLarE CXXXIV. E-H.) The akene in

this species is 10-costate and somewhat hairy, about one and

three-fourth mm. long and one-third mm. wide. The pappus

is nearly twice as long as the akene. The cotyledons in the
seed are longer than the hypocotyl. The embryo tapers toward

the base.

In the seedling the cotyledons are rather small, obovate-spatu-
late, short-petioled, hypocotyl as long as or longer than the cotyl-
edons. The tap-root is soon indistinguishable from the other
roots. The first internode elongates but little. The succeeding
are gradually longer. The first leaf resembles the cotyledons
in shape, but is ciliate along the margin, while the cotyledons are
not. The hairs forming the cilia are upon the margined petioles
of all the early leaves. They are longest at the sheathing base of
the petioles, and grow shorter toward the apex of the leaf. Along
the margin of the leaf they form merely a roughness. The early
leaves are only faintly triple nerved. The tap-root is soon lost

* The statement made in the “ Synoptical Flora of North America,” (p. 48), to
the effect that the ovule becomes “an exalbuminous seed with a straight embryo, the
inferior radicle (hypocotyl) shorter and narrower than the cotyledons” is erroneous.
In several, if not all the Zupatoriums and in Mikanta scandens, the hypocotyl is as
long as or longer than the cotyledons, and nearly, if not quite as broad. |

8

among the multitude of fibrous roots. During the first year’s
growth no flowers appeared. At the end of the season there was
a decided tendency to multiply by underground shoots.

eget asterodes (L.) B. S. P. (Plate CXXXIV. I. K. L.)
Akene only slightly compressed, 2-nerved, very silky; hence
the generic name; 2 mm. long, I mm. broad; pappus more than
twice the length of the akene, unequal, ferruginous. Embryo
in vertical section, obovate. Cotyledons three times as long as
the hypocotyl.

The seedling has small cotyledons. These are elliptical, or
nearly orbicular, and smooth, petioled. Hypocotyl short. Tap-
root prominent. The first leaf assumes the general characteristics
of the laterleaves. They are hairy above, smooth below, and ciliate
along the margin of the blade and petiole.

Aster Nove-Anghe, ., var. roseus, Gray. (Plate CKXXIV. M-P.)
~ Akene compressed, hairy, 10-ribbed, ovate, one-half as long
as the soft pappus. Embryo with flattened cotyledons more
than twice the length of the abruptly downward tapering
hypocotyl.

Seedling with short hypocotyl. Cotyledons orbicular, small,
smooth, short petioled. First four or five leaves narrowed to a
petiole. The later leaves clasping. They, as well as the stem,
pubescent. First internodes lengthening only slightly ; the later
much longer. Roots appear on the hypocotyl, and the tap-root
is soon lost among them. Both this plant and the type Asver
Nove-Anghe blossom during the first year. The seedling of this
variety differs in no respect from that of the species unless it be that
the lower leaves are narrower, and the clasping ones more narrowed
above the auricled base. It would be necessary to observe more
specimens before setting this down as an established fact.

Inula Helenium, L. (Plate CXXXIV. R. S. T. U.) Akene linear,
obtuse at base, obscurely four-sided, striate, crowned at the top
with the united bases of the pappus hairs. Pappus long (8 mm.)
straw color, widely spreading from the top of the akene. Embryo
subcylindrical, cotyledons twice the length of the hypocotyl.
Seedling medium in size. Cotyledons oblong, more than

twice as long as broad ; short-petioled, smooth; hypocotyl short;

tap-root long and becoming thickened early; the first two leaves

~

9

hairy, broader and longer petioled than the cotyledons. Al-
though the leaves are of two-fifths arrangement, the first two twist
sufficiently to stand nearly at right angles to the cotyledons.
Internodes not elongated, hence the leaves appear in a rosette.
The 3d and 4th leaves are obscurely sinuate-toothed, ovate, rugose,
hairy, especially beneath. The succeeding ones are lance-ellip-
tical, more conspicuously sinuate-toothed, long-petioled.

_ The plant shows no signs of flowering the first year. The tap-
root thickens, however, preparatory to flowering the following
year.

Helenium autumnale, L. (Plate CXXXIV. V. W. X.) Akene
small, 8 or 10-costate, hairy, turbinate, crowned with the pappus
which consists of 5 or 6 chaffy pointed scales about one-half
as large as the akene.

Seedling mediocre, cotyledons oblong, about one-half as broad
as long, short petioled. Hypocotyl longer than the cotyledons:
Tap-root long, soon overtaken by the fibrous roots and lost among
them. The seeds resemble young plants of Ribgrass (Plantago
lanceolata, L.). The first and second leaves are elliptical and the
succeeding are elliptical-lanceolate, 5-nerved, sparingly toothed.
The plant is smooth throughout. The leaves although in a rosette,
are evidently of the two-fifths arrangement. Seedlings flowered
during the first year’s growth.

Ambrosia trifida, L.. (Plate CXXXV. A-F.) The “fruit” of this
species consists not only of the akene as found in other com-
posites, but is made up of the akene closely and completely in
vested by the gamophyllous involucre. It is “nut-like,’ beaked
at the top and crowned by five or six short spines in a single
series below the beak. The embryo is large and oily, obpyri-
form. It has a caruncle-like appendage at the inferior end of
the hypocotyl. The cotyledons are thick and large; the
hypocotyl small and tapering abruptly downward.

The seedlings are large, equalling in size the seedlings of
Flelianthus annuus. The cotyledons are nearly orbicular, thick,
reticulate veined, narrowed at base into a short sheathing petiole.
The hypocotyl is long and slightly flattened. The tap-root main-
tains supremacy throughout the life of the plant. Themany root- _

*

10

lets given out at the junction of the tap-root and hypocoty] are fol-
lowed by many similar ones from all parts of the primary root.
The hypocotyl sometimes attains a length of two inches, but not
often more than that. The cotyledons are at length borne on peti-
oles as long as their blades. The first pair of leaves are obtuse,
sometimes trifid, but more often only toothed. Sometimes one of
the first pair of leaves will be trifid, the other not. The succeeding
leaves are of the same nature as those of the mature plants. The
leaves show a gradation from the rounded apex of the cotyledons
to the acuminate final leaves. The plant is an annual.

Ambrosia artemisefolia,L. The seeds and seedlings of this species
differ from A. trifida, L, principally in size. The cotyledons,
hypocotyl and root are less than one-half as large as the same
parts in the larger plant. Another difference of much import-
ance in determining the character of the plant, is the presence
of buds in the axils of the lower leaves and cotyledons, and
their early development into branches. Thus, early, is the
diffuse nature of the plant determined. The buds of the lower
axils, moreover, must be one of the characters by which the
plant maintains its reputation as a persistent weed. The first
pair of leaves are “trifid” or not; sometimes one is “ trifid,”

the other not. The lobes of the leaves in A. artemis@folia are
more rounded than in A. ¢rifida from the very first.

NXanthium Canadense, Mill. (Plate CXXXV. H-M.) There are two
akenes contained within the bur-like involucre of each pistillate
head. The akenes are plano-convex, the plane side toward the
axis of the head. They are black, elliptical, and tipped with
the long protruding, but withered style. The cotyledons of the
embryo are slightly dissimilar, the one on the convex or outer
side being somewhat thicker than the other. The hypocotyl
is very short, not more than one-sixth the length of the coty-
ledons.

The seedling emerges from the bur in the same manner as the
seedling of Amérosia. Both akenes in a single head frequently
germinate, usually not at the same time, however, so the seedlings
will be at two stages of growth. The hypocotyl lengthens consid-
erably. The conspicuous tap-root gives off numerous branches.
The cotyledons are lanceolate, obtuse, somewhat narrowed at the —

°

11

base, strongly triple nerved. The first two leaves are nearly op-
posite; the succeeding become more and more distinctly alternate
until, as in the mature plant, they are of the alternate type.

Seedlings, before the first leaves develop, have the hypocotyl
bent nearly at right angles, thus causing its upper part and the
cotyledons to lie upon the surface of the ground. At this stage of
their growth there is every indication that the plant will be pros-
trate. It very soon straightens up, however, and by the time the-
first leaves are fully developed it is entirely erect. How the plant
has come to assume this peculiar habit it is difficult to see.

Anthems arvensis, L. (Plate CXXXVI. D.E. F.) Akenes roughly
ribbed, not flattened, “crowned with a very short slightly
toothed margin in place of a pappus.”

Seedling with nearly sessile oblong cotyledons. Hypocotyl
comparatively long. Tap-root evident. First two leaves pinnate. —
The succeeding bipinnate. The change from cotyledons to lobed
leaves is abrupt.

The plant is a winter annual, that is from a plant ripening in
July, seeds germinate the same autumn and remain over winter as
seedlings. A. Cotula, L. (May weed) is, on the other hand, a
summer annual. It ripens its seeds in autumn, and these do not
germinate until the following spring and early summer.
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, L. (Plate CXXXVI. A. B. C.)

~ Akene small (2 mm. long by 34 mm. wide) 8 to 15-costate.

The costa white, the intervening spaces black. Pappus none. |

Cotyledons of seedlings small, short-petioled, the petioles
united at the base into a short sheath; blade oblong, thick. First
two leaves spatulate, entire, borne on petioles nearly as long as the
blade. The later leaves are like the radical leaves of the mature
plant. The first and second leaves in this species can hardly be
said to be intermediate in form between the cotyledons and the
succeeding leaves.

Achillea Millefolium, . (Plate CXXXVI. G. H. J-) Akene ob-
compressed, margined, small. The margin white; pappus none.
Cotyledons small, nearly orbicular, closely sessile. First two

leaves small, tridentate, or the second one with two pairs of lat-

eral leaflets. Succeeding leaves like the leaves of the mature
plant.

12

Artemisia Absinthium, L. (Plate CXXXVI. K.L,M.) Akene not
~ flattened, obovate, smooth ; pappus none.
Seedlings small. Cotyledons closely sessile, 2 mm, long by
I mm. wide. First two leaves linear-oblong, thickish, entire.
The third. and frequently the fourth tridentate, the succeeding
coarsely toothed, finally compound. These seedlings may be dis-
tinguished from those of Achillea by the second and third leaves
‘being oblong, entire; and from Chrysanthemum by the third and
fourth leaves being tridentate.

Fleliopsis helianthoides (L.) B.S. P. (Plate CXX XVII. L-O.) Akene

“~~ without pappus, 3 or 4 angled [Triangular in the ray (Syn.
F. of N. A.)]. Embryo only slightly flattened.

Seedling of medium size. Cotyledons bent at the union of the
blade and petiole, blade nearly orbicular, petioles as long as their
blade. Leaves opposite, the first pair ovate-lanceolate. They
and the succeeding minutely hairy, scabrous above, smooth below ;
the later pairs ovate, somewhat toothed. The stems of seedlings
have two pubescent lines running from the axil of each leaf to the
next node above. The lines like the pairs of leaves decussate,
those of any internode being half way round the stem from the
lines of the internode below or above. The plant produced a few
flowers during the first year’s growth.

Helianthus divaricatus, L. (Plate CXXXVII. E.F.G.) Seedlings

“of this species differ very much in appearance from those of
the common sunflower (17. azuuus). They are slightly hairy,
small and slow of growth. The akene is top-shaped, smooth.
Hypocotyl of embryo short and narrower than the cotyledons.
Seedlings with short petioled cotyledons. These are ovate and

thick. The first internode elongates. First pair of leaves elliptical,
sessile, ciliate, veiny. The seedlings of this plant differ from those
of //eliopsis in the shape of the cotyledons, length of their peti-
oles, and in having the stem uniformly hairy instead of hairy in
lines as is so conspicuously the case in Heliopsis.

Coreopsis discoidea, Torr. and Gray. (Plate CXXXVII. H-K.)
Akene much flattened with 2, 3 or 4 upwardly barbed awns at
the summit, somewhat hairy; embryo much flattened; coty-
ledons oblong, twice as long as broad, narrowed rather ab-
ruptly at the base into the short slender hypocotyl.

13

The seedlings of this species and of Amérosia germinated very
promptly in the spring. The cotyledons are oblong, petioled.
Hypocotyl long, bearing a few roots at its union with the tap-root.
Branches developed from the axils of the cotyledons as well as
the succeeding leaves, thus early determining the diffuse character
of the mature plant. The first pair of leaves sparingly toothed,
longer petioled than the cotyledons. The later leaves longer
petioled and less sparingly toothed. The plant is an annual.

Cnicus arvensis (L.) Hoffm. (Plates CKXXVII. B.C. D.) Seeds
are not produced in abundance in the vicinity of Ithaca, yet
by a little search plenty can be found. They have a long
plumose pappus, are smooth and only obscurely angled.

The seedlings with which this obnoxious weed begins its life
history are innocent-appearing enough. The cotyledons although
very like those of C. lanceolatus and C. muticus are very small.
The first leaf is spiny on the margin, the succeedings ones be-
coming larger and more spiny. Roots are given off throughout
the length of the hypocotyl. The cotyledons have no prominent
mid-rib; they are ovate, fleshy and obscurely reticulate-nerved.
The early leaves are in a rosette.

Arctium Lappa, L. (Plate CXXXVIII. A-F.) The akene of the

~ Burdock is flattened parallel to the faces of the cotyledons.

The pappus is about one-half its length and is deciduous. It

is black and blistered. The hypocotyl in the seed is very

short; the cotyledons are large, filling the greater part of the
seed.

The seedling is rather large, and, like the mature plant, very
tenacious of life. The hypocotyl is short, only about one-fourth
the length of the tap-root, and one-half as long as the coty-
ledons, Prior to the development of leaves from the plumule,
the tap-root branches very sparingly, and mostly at the point of ©

union of root and hypocotyl. It evinces a disposition from the first _

to become thickened. The cotyledons are sheathing at the base,
fleshy, oblong-spatulate, obscurely emarginate, pinnately nerved,
the lateral nerves visible only after the tissue has been cleared by
Soaking in alcohol. Plumule not developed sufficiently to pro-

trude from the sheathing bases of the cotyledons. The seedling :

even at this pes ates emits the pau aad of the mature epee

14

The first leaf is intermediate in form between the cotyledons
and the mature leaves. It is ovate, obtuse, truncate or subcordate
at base, sparingly denticulate. The petiole is nearly or quite as
long as the leaf. The succeeding leaves are cordate, denticulate,
pinnately veined. The plant is strictly biennial. During the first
year there is no elongation of internodes, consequently the leaves
are all radical. The tap-root thickens and elongates, but at no
time is it profusely branched. The hypocoty! disappears, and the
tap-root appears to extend up to the bases of the leaves.

Cnicus muticus (Michx.) Pursh. (Plate CKXXVIII. G-K.) The

~ akene is dark-colored, obovate and smooth; pappus long-
plumose. The cotyledons and very small hypocotyl are oily
in the seed.

The cotyledons, when developed, are obovate, entire, rounded
at the apex, tapering toward the base, reticulately veined, with
well-marked mid-rib. Hypocotyl short; tap-root long, only slightly
branched.

The first leaves are hairy on both sides, and, like the mature
plant, bear prickles along their margins. The succeeding leaves
take on more and more the runcinate character of the radical
leaves of the mature plant. During the first year’s growth the in-
ternodes do not elongate. The tap-root thickens and branches
considerably.

Taraxacum officinale, Web. (Plate CXXXVIII. L-O.) The fruit of
the Dandelion consists of three parts, the akene, the beak and
the pappus. The beak is for the most part a growth which
takes place after the flower has withered. The akene is short,
spiny above, obovate, somewhat flattened in the plane of the
faces of the cotyledons. The hypocotyl is terete, about one-
third the length of the cotyledons. The latter are one-half as
wide as long, and when placed face to face, as in the akene,
they are sub-cylindrical.
In the seedling the cotyledons are small (5 to 8 mm.), obovate-

spatulate, apex rounded. The hypocotyl is as long as the cotyle-

dons; tap-root long, somewhat branched. The first leaves are
sinuately toothed. Only the later take on the “dens de leonis”

character. The-tap-root thickens and DIED CES, but retains supfe- .

macy during the life of the plant.

15

The plant does not blossom the first year. Several leaves ap-
pear, but in the seedlings grown there is no indication of a flower-
ing scape. As is well-known, there is never any elongation of
internodes in this species.

Prenanthes Serpentaria, Pursh. (Plate CXXXVIII. W. X. Y. Z.)
Pappus straw-colored, spreading horizontally from the top of
the akene at maturity. The akene awl-shaped, slightly flat-
tened, dark brown. The cotyledons six times the length of
the hypocotyl.

The cotyledons of the seedlings are raised upon petioles longer
than their blades.* The blade is spatulate, bent at right angles
with the petiole at their junction. The petioles unite at their base
to form a sheath around the plumule. The hypocotyl is shorter
than it appears to be on account of the united bases of the coty-
ledons appearing as its upper end. Tap-root prominent, not dif-
fusely branched. First and second leaves, long-petioled. Petioles
red, not margined. Blade broadly ovate,slightly lobed or toothed.
Third and succeeding leaves deltoid as are the radical ones of the
mature plant.

Prenanthes alba, L. Like the preceeding species except in the
seedlings grown the several parts were smaller and less in
clined to be colored.

Lactuca spicata (L.) Hitche. (Plate CXXXVIII. P-V.) Fruit not_
beaked, differing in this respect from some of the species of this
genus. Pappus one and a half times the length of the akene, dirty
white, of about 30 capillary bristles. Akene flattened and
ribbed. Seen from the side it is ovate-elliptical; from the
edge, lunate. The embryo, in conformity with the seed, is
much flattened, obovate ; the cotyledons are three or four times
the length of the hypocotyl.

The seedling is small; cotyledons elliptical, sparingly hairy,
reticulately veined ; hypocotyl short, one-half the length of the
cotyledons; tap-root branching early.

*I have in my possession a seedling plant of this species which has the petioles of —

the cotyledons united up to the blade on one side. The close cohesion of the lower

portions of the cotyledons i in the seed seems to indicate that this = often occur,

16

The first leaf is strikingly different from the cotyledons. It is
petioled, the petiole wing-margined, nearly or quite as long as the
blade. Blade orbicular, entire, erect, roughish. The second leaf
petioled like the first, the blade broadly ovate, sinuate-toothed,
subcordate, pinnately veined. The third leaf toothed along the
margined petiole, and the succeeding leaves becoming more and
more runcinate. The tap-root is branched, it and its branches
become fleshy-thickened during the first year’s growth. The
plant does not blossom during its first year’s growth. It is strictly
biennial.

Abbreviations Used in the Plates.

c. cotyledons. r2.__ branches of tap-root.
h. hypocotyl. pl. plumule.
rl, tap-root. p- pappus. oh

L, 12, 13, etc., first, second, third, etc., leaves. I prefer to call the first leaf above the

cotyledons the “ first leaf” and let the cotyledons retain their special name.
Plate CXXXIVv. :

Eupatorium perfoliatum, L.

A. Seedling from which the cotyledons have fallen (x 2). B. Younger seedling

with cotyledons (x 2). C, Fruit (x 10). D, Embryo removed from coats (x 10).
Solidago serotina, Ait. :

E. Seedling (x 2) with cotyledons and first three leaves developed. _F. Saine still

more developed (nat. size). G. Akene (x 10) with pappus. H. Vert. sect. of

same (Xx IO).
Sericocarpus asteroides (L.) B.S. P.

I. Akene (x 10) with pappus. K. Vert. sect. of same (x 10). L. Seedling with
first three leaves developed (x 2). Te

Aster Nove-Anglia, L. var. roseus, Gray.

M. Akene (x 5). N. Vert. sect. of same. O. Seedling with first two leaves
(x 2). P. Same older (x 2).

Lnula Helenium, 1.

R. Akene (x 10). S. Seedling (x 2). T. and U. Same in later stages T. (x 1%),
U. (nat. size).

Flelenium autumnazle, 1.
V. Akene (x Io) with chaffy pappus p. W. Seedling (x 2). X. Same older
(x 2).
Plate CXXXVWV.
Ambrosia trifida, 1.

A. The nut-like fruit (x 4). B. The akene with involucre removed. C. The seed

with the ovary coats removed. D, The embryo. E. Seedlings with ac meee a
fully developed. F. An older seedling. E. and. F nat. i .

4

Xanthium Canadense, Mill.
G. Fruit with hooked prickles (x 2). H. Akene from side and edge, J. Cross
sect. of cotyledons, K. Vertical sect. of same. L. Seedling. M. Same older.
L. and M. nat. size.
Plate CX XXXVI.
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, L.
A, Akene (x 8). B. Seedling (x 3). C. Same, older (nat. size),
Anthemis arvensis, L.
D. Akene (x 10). E. Seedling with first three leaves (x 2). F. Same, older
(nat. size),
Achillea Millefolium, L.
G. Akene (x 10). H. Seedling (x5). J. Same, older (x 5).
Artemisia Absinthium, L.
K. Akene (x 12) L. Seedling (x 3). M. Same, older (x 5).
Plate CXXXVII,
Cnicus arvensis (L.) Hoffm. ee
A. Akene (x 10). B, Embryo (x 10). C. Seedling (x 5). D. Same older.
flelianthus divaricatus, L, ;
E, Akene (x 3), F. Embryo (x 3). G. Seedling (nat. size).
Coreopsis discoidea, Torr. and Gr.
H. Akene (x 6). I. Embryo removed from coats (x 8). J. Seedling (x 2). K.
Same older (nat. size).
Heliopsis helianthoides Cis.) Bis. P. .
L. Akene (x 5). M. Young seedling (x 2). N. Same older (nat. size). O.
Internode of stem with two pubescent lines running from the axil of the leaf to
the point (on the next node above,) between the bases of the leaves,

Plate CXXXVIII.
Arctium Lappa, L, oe
A. Seedling with cotyledons fully developed. B. Akene (x 3). C. Vertical sec- _
tion of akene. (x 3). D. Seedling with first leaf developed. E. Seedling -
with first three leaves developed. F. Cotyledon (x 5). pak ae
Cnicus muticus (Michx.) Pursh. Ole.
G. Seedling with cotyledons fully developed. H. Seedling with first two leaves _
It and 1? developed I. Akene (x 5). K. Vertical section of aint, So: 1S ee
Taraxacum officinale, Web, | ee
L. Seedling (x 2) with cotyledons fully developed. M. Later stage of same —
with first two leaves I! 12 developed. N, Akene ‘(x 4). p. beak. O. Em-

bryo (x 6) removed from its coats and with cotyledons spread apart.
Lactuca spicata (Lam.) Hitch. , eee
P.R. and S. successive stages in the devolopment of seedling. S, Magnified three — :
times the others natural size. T. Akene, U. Same (edge) (x5). V. Embryo ed
_ Temoved from coats (x 5). es ee ee
Prenanthes Serpentaria, Pursh.

W. Seedling (x 3) X. Sameat lat

ee Winige: Cnet tine) 1)

18

Asplenium Bradleyi, Eaton.

For some time I have been interested in the relationship of
Asplenium Bradleyi, and the note by Mr. Middleton in a recent
number of the BuLLETIN has given me fresh zest in the matter.

During the summer of 1890 this rare fern was discovered by
Mr. J. K. Small, on Eozoic rocks near the junction of the Tucquan
Creek with the Susquehanna river, about eighteen miles from Lan-
caster. Last February we visited that place, and within a quarter
of a mile of the original station found two more locations for it.
On October 15, Miss E. Gertrude Halbach and myself discovered
another station at McCall’s Ferry, two miles further down the
river.

As to its relationship with A. vzride, | do not see how it can
possibly be referred to that species, of which I have at hand three
specimens, one from Owen Sound, Ontario, Canada, and two from
Smuggler’s Notch, Vermont. In these specimens the pinnae are
more or less rounded, and the fruit dots crowded on the lower side
toward the rachis. The pinnae, furthermore, are only two or three
lines long and almost as broad, while the stipes are green, except
near the base.

The pinnae of A. Bradleyi are very rarely inclined to be rounded,
even in the smallest specimens that I have seen, one from North-
west Arkansas, collected by F. L. Harvey, one from Estill county,
Kentucky, collected by John Williamson, but are considerably
longer than broad, some of them oblong-lanceolate, and others
hastate, and almost an inch long on large specimens. As indicated
in the last edition of Gray’s Manual the pinnae are more or less
auricled, a feature which is not possessed by A. viride, as far as I
have been able to learn.

The sori are pretty evenly distributed toward the centre of
the pinnae, and extend almost to the apex. The stipe, in the
what we may call typical specimens, is usually brown until within
a short distance of theapex. In others the brown extends half way
or even somewhat less, but there is always considerably more of
it than in A. viride.

Its relationship, as shown by specimens from this county, sug-
gests a connection which I have never yet heard of from any
quarter, but which I think is worth investigating. It seems to

19

stand close to both A. montanum and A. pinnatifidum. One speci-
men, nine inches high from the Tucquan, is not easily distinguished
from a pinnate form of A. pinnatifidum, which is somewhat of a
novelty and rather scarce. I am sometimes inclined to think that
it is a good variety, if not a species. If it were not for a little
frond at the base, which proves beyond a doubt that it is A. Brad-
leyi, 1 would not know where to place the above-mentioned
specimen. Besides the large, as well as some of the small forms,
have the tapering projection, which is a feature of both A. pinna-
uifidum and A. montanum, and, as with them, is sprinkled with fruit
dots to the very end.

One large specimen from McCall’s Ferry resembles A. monta-
num very much. At both stations A. Lradleyi is associated with
A. montanum and A. pinnatifidum. Are the three found in com-
pany at other places ?

The dissimilarity in character, both as described in the Manual
and by comparison with material at hand, completely debars A.
Lradleyi from being a variety of A. viride. Further exploration of
the river hills will undoubtedly bring more of it to light, and
there certainly is more of it between this part of Pennsylvania and
Kentucky. More specimens from different localities will give us
wider views on the subject.

In this connection it may be of interest to state that on No-
vember 30th I discovered Pinus pungens at McCall’s Ferry. It is
quite plentiful, and seems to be the prevailing pine.

A. A. HELLER.
Lancaster, Pa., December 7, 1892.

Senecio Robbinsii, Oakes.
By H. H. Russy.
(PLATE CXXXIX.) ie
Senecio Robbinsii, Oakes, Ms. in Herb. Columb. Coll. S. aureus, var
Robbinsii, A. Gray, in Herb. Columb. Coll. S. aureus, var. lan-
ceolatus, Oakes, Hovey’s Mag. May, 1841, and Thompson’s
Gazetteer of Vermont; T. & G. FI. N. A., ii. 492, not S. /anceo
latus, T. & G. S. aureus, var. Balsamite, T. & G. form of, Gray
Syn. FI. i. part 2, page 391. ae
From an oblique pane, erect, very slender, 2 or 5, feet high, oe

20

glabrous. Root-leaves 3 to 6, occasionally more, erect on very
slender petioles 4’ to 8’ long, the blade 114’ to 3’ in length by 1%’
to 114’ in breadth, lance-oblong, acute or obtusish, the base short-
cuneate to sub-cordate, sharply and unequally serrate; the cauline
sessile and partly clasping, but some apparently petioled by the
intervention of a more or less long, naked portion of the mid-rib,
serrate above, below laciniate toothed, to distantly lacinately lobed.
Heads mostly 8 to 12, on long, sometimes very long, slender
peduncles, 3¢’ high; scales lance-linear acutish two-thirds as long
as the disk-flowers ; akenes linear-oblong, sharply ribbed.

Occurring in wet meadows and bogs along the border of woods
or in otherwise partly shaded situations, Northern New England,
New York, also in North Carolina. Collected by Robbins at
Brownington, Vt.; T. G. White at Franconia, N. H.; Mrs. Clark
and Dr. Britton, near Mt. Marcy, in the Adirondacks; Rusby and
others at Willoughby, Vt.; and by Messrs. Small and Heller on
Roan Mountain, North Carolina.

It is a little strange that this fine species of Senecio has so long
escaped publication asa species. It is probably due to the fact
that the comparatively few botanists of the past generation who
have dared say what they thought, never saw it in a growing state.
In the herbarium it is not difficult to mistake it for S. aureus, but
not so when seen growing. During the past season it was almost
simultaneously discovered by Dr. Britton and myself, and each of
us at once resolved to describe it as a species. Mr. Oakes, who
first described it from Robbins’ specimen as a variety, had a strong
feeling that it was distinct, and wrote on the label, “If this is a

-new species I should be glad to have it called S. Robbinsii.”’ Out
of deference to Mr. Oakes, I give him credit for the species. Upon

the same sheet, Dr. Gray writes, “S. aureus, var. Robbinsii (An Sp. _ :

Nov. ?),” but in later years, misled by its great resemblance to S. |
aureus, he assigns it to a very insignificant position. ~

Botanical Notes.

A Century of Weed Seeds.—Professor Byron D. Halsted, of the
New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, New Brunswick, _
has supplemented his distributed sets of 100 American weeds by a
sets of their seeds. They are arranged in vials with pine

Zl

labels, placed in a tray about the size of an herbarium sheet.
Botanists generally should be interested in this collection, prepared
especially for use at the Agricultural Experiment Stations, where
it will prove invaluable in the determination of seeds. A few
sets of the collection may be had from Professor Halsted at $10
each.

Ln my note on Polypodium vulgare var. Cambricum, in the Sep-
tember BuLvetin, I stated that it was its first recorded station in
America. In this I was in error, as Dr. T. J. W. Burgess had al-
ready noted in 1886 (Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, iv., 10), the find-
ing of this variety at Port Simpson, British Columbia, near the
southern extremity of Alaska. I had entirely overlooked this
reference, although Dr. Burgess had kindly sent me a copy of his
paper when published. Lucien M. UNpDERWoop.

GREENCASTLE, IND., October 31, 1892.

Sur la Conservation des Herbiers —A\fred Chabert (Bull. Soc. Bot.
France, xiv., 156). Various more or less laborious methods for
the preservation of plants in herbaria are discussed at length.
Among others it is noted that paper manufactured solely of vege-
table matter and unbleached, notably that made of wood fibre is
especially valuable for preventing the ravages of insects, though it
is neither as white nor as smooth as might be wished for. It is
suggested that it might be desirable to use alum in the manufac-
ture of herbarium paper as a preventative of insect life. The au-
thor concludes, however, that one of the most efficacious, least ex-
pensive and least time-consuming of processes for the complete
extermination of herbarium pests is a semi-yearly fumigation with —
sulphur. - Aa MEV.

Pink Water Lilies-—An interesting fact concerning Castalia |
odorata, {. rosea (Pursh.) Britt., ,has just been brought to my notice.
Ona plat of low bottom land near Buffalo, Putnam Co., Ww. Va."
the plough turns up a large number of small tubers each season
that the soil is cultivated. These planted in tubs produce, much |
to the astonishment of the neighborhood, beautiful deep-pink —
water-lilies. _ How long this bottom has been drained is not

known, but the evidence adduced by the fact above stated of the | 2

existence of a pene here, inca over a century Bes is Nath in-" = ts

22

teresting; as is also the light: thrown upon the distribution of this
pretty form of the water-lily. C. F. MILLspauGu.

Notes on Scabiosa australis and Reseda alba. Referring to Mr.
Redfield’s note in the BuLLETIN regarding Scadiosa australis,
Wulf., I think it may be of interest to report an additional station
for it. I found it September 27, 1889, at Lisle, Broome county,
N. Y., perhaps twenty or thirty rods south of the D. L. & W.
Station, on the east side of the track, on the railroad ground,
where it was well established, having taken entire possession of
the ground for several rods, and in two or three different patches.
I have noticed it several times since as I was passing on the train, —
the last time being only three weeks ago, and it seems to be still
spreading. On the date above mentioned I sent some of it to
Dr. Watson, and under date of September 30th he writes: “It is
naturalized in several places in central New York and Pennsyl-
vania and perhaps should go into the Manual.” I have thought
sometimes that my calling attention to it just before the issuing of
the Manual was the reason it appeared in the appendix.

I found in June, 1890, Reseda alba, L., growing by the side of
the street in Youngstown, O. As it is not a plant that any one
would cultivate for either its beauty or its fragrance, I could not —
consider it an escape from a garden,and wondered how it got there.
There were a dozen or more plants, but I have not had opportunity
since to learn if it persists in the same place or not; I will try
and learn next summer. Has it been reported before ?

R. H. INGHAM.
Nixes, Onto, Nov. 24, 1892.

[ Reseda alba, L. is reported in Mr. David F. Day’s Catalogue of the Plants of
Buffalo, N. Y., as “spontaneousin gardens and escaping.” —Ep. ] £

Proceedings of the Club.

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 30TH, 1892.

The President in the chair and thirty-six persons present.

Dr. Britton reported a communication from E. W. McCabe to
the effect that the late Miss Phcebe McCabe had expressed a wish
that upon her death her herbarium should pass into the possession __
of the Club, for which she had always entertained a deep regard. |
Dr. Britton remarked upon. the energy with which she had collected

23

the flora of the region about White Plains, N. Y. It was unani-
mously resolved to accept the collection.

The following were elected active members: Miss Emma J.
Thompson, Dr. O. G. Harrison, Mr. C. C. Curtiss, Miss Effie A.
Southworth, Miss Jean K. Howell, Miss Theresa Gertrude Wil-
liamson, Miss Helen M. Ingersoll and Mr. Frank A. Pollard.

The first paper of the evening, entitled “The Flora of Wil- —
loughby Lake and Mountain,” was then read by Dr. Rusby. The
paper was illustrated by a number of lantern views.

The President remarked that the paper was very interesting in
its reference to new forms. Dr. Britton said that the reference to
Campanula rotundifolia recalled his observations in New York and
elsewhere that this species grew not alone on rocky banks, but in
meadows. Dr. Rusby replied that this was true to a limited
extent at Willoughby, and that the banks upon which it grew
were themselves grassy. Miss Kellogg confirmed this statement.
Mrs. Britton stated that along the Intercolonial Railway in Nova
_ Scotia she had noticed plants three feet high growing in thick
grass.

_ The second paper, entitled “The Seeds of Some Native Or-
chids,” illustrated by drawings and microscope slides, was then
read by Mr. Carlton C. Curtiss.

TuEspAy, DECEMBER 13, 1892.

Dr. Brtiton announced to the Club the death of Dr. John S.
Newberry, for many years president of the Club, which took place
on December 7th, after a prolonged illness. Dr. Britton remarked
on the invaluable services rendered to botanical science by Dr.
Newberry. A committee consisting of the president, Dr. Allen
and Dr Britton was appointed to prepare an account of his life ’
and works for publication in the BULLETIN.

Miss Helen Desmond Nelson was elected an active member
and Prof. George B. Aiton, of Minneapolis, Minn., a correspond-
ing member.

_ Reading of communications followed, the first being a paper _
by Dr. Emily L. Gregory, entitled. “Notes on Aiccia.” Some _
valuable additions were made t to our knowledge of the Jas of :

24

R. natans. The paper was illustrated by blackboard drawings and
by specimens preserved in alcohol.

The second paper was then read by Dr. N. L. Britton and was
entitled, “Notes on some Interesting Plants of the Adirondack
Mountains,” illustrated by copious specimens. The president re-
marked upon the evidence presented by this paper of the great
importance of carefully exploring well-known localities. Every
such exploration, of which an account has been presented to the
Club, had resulted in bringing to light new facts of importance.
Dr. Britton then read a short paper “On Azsdya, a new Genus of
Vacciniacee from Bolivia.” The paper was illustrated by speci-
mens of two species, as well as by a number of other interesting
members of this family from the same region. Special interest
centered in the question as to whether these plants were really
parasitical or not. Dr. Rusby was called upon for some remarks,
and expressed the opinion that they were, at most, only partially
parasitic. As he had observed these plants growing in the
Bolivian Andes, it seemed to him that the group presented indica-
tions of being but the remains of a very large group which had
formerly existed. Species in the several genera were in a number
of cases solitary or few, and other cases showed broad gaps. He

had a number of new species and probably a new genus waiting to
be described.

WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 28, 1892.
The president in the chair and nineteen persons present.
Dr. Britton exhibited a large work in two volumes on “ Seed-

lings” by Sir John Lubbock, and remarked upon the importance
of the subject and the value of the book.

Miss May Bristol was elected an active member.

The announcement paper of the evening, on “Hostile Bac-
teria,” was then read by Prof. H. W. Conn, of Wesleyan Univer-
sity.

Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.

Additions to the Cretaceous Flora of Staten Island. Arthur Hollick.

(Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island, November, 1893.) en ee
Additions to the Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California. T.S, —
_ Brandegee. (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (II.) iii. 218, reprint.

25
Four species are described as new: WDatlea trochilina, Acacia
Cahfornica, Albizzia accidentalis and Dianthera incerta.
A Double Morning Glory. (Gard. and For. v. 592.) With
illustration of double flowers of Jpomwa purpurea.

Araceen Brasilens—Die Nutsbarern und Officinellen—Theodor
Peckholt. (Pharm. Rundsch. x. 279.)

Aster and Solidago—Development of the Flower and Embryo-Sac
wn. G, W. Martin. (Bot. Gaz. xvii. 406; with plates.)

Aster and Solidago—Development of the Floral Organs in.
George Martin. (Am. Nat. xxvi. 1032.)

Lotanical Notes from Texas. EE. N. Plank. (Gard. and For. v.
579.)

Celastrus scandens. (Gard. and For. v. 568.) With plate.

Cross Fertilization—Insects attracted by fragrance or brillancy of
flowers for purposes of. Richard E. Kunze. (Canad. Entom.
1892; reprint.)

Diatomology. K.M. Cunningham. (Am. Micros. Journ. xiii.
249.)

Diatoms of the Connecticut Shore. W. A. Terry. (Am. Micros.
Journ. xiii. 25 3.) :

Die Springenden Bohnen” aus Mexico—Dritter Beitrag. Franz
Buchenau. (Abh. Natur. Ver. Bremen, xii. 577-290.)

Herr Buchenau reviews the whole subject of Mexican “ Jump-
ing Beans,” holding that Seéastiana Palmeri, Rose, the seeds of
which contain the larva of Carpocapsa saltitans is the same as S.
Pavoniana Miill. Arg., and that similar seeds are produced by
Colliguaja Brasiliensis in the Argentine Republic, the “jumping”
of these being caused by the larva of another moth, the Grapho-
litha motrix,

Dionea muscipula, Ellis—Contributions to the History of. J
M. MacFarlane ( Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. i. 7. illustrated.)

Dr. MacFarlane gives in summary the results of a number =

of years’ experiments upon the plants irrito-contractility. The

closure of the leaf is discussed as dependent upon stimuli of
mechanical, thermal, luminous, chemical and electrical nature.

Experiments show that mechanical stimuli 2 are : especially interest

26

ing, and demonstrate the peculiar sensitivity of the leaf to a series
of irritations, rather than, as generally stated, to the first impulse.
A record is given of the plants memory of impulses, and of its
memory-duration under varying temperature. A second series of
experiments show that closure is not altogether dependent upon
irritation of the sensitive hairs, the outer as well as the inner sur-
face of the leaf proving sensitive, but in a less degree. Structur-
ally, the author has especially considered the irritable hairs, and
the questions of inter-cellular passages, and of inter-cellular proto-
plasmic connections. The origin of the contractile impulse is cen-
tralized in the joint of the irritable hairs; here a first mechanical
impulse coralizes the protoplasmic elements and arranges minute
permeable areas in the contained sap,—a second stimulus begin-
ning the process of squeezing out liquid into the permeable areas,
and perhaps as well through the hair-joint cells. The discovery of
transverse strie in the cell protoplasm suggests interesting
structural relations with striped muscle. The author emphasizes,
especially, the important functions of inter-cellular protoplasmic
connection and the minor importance of cellulose extensibility.
«* * The cellulose membranes are merely secondary strengthening
sacs, that act much like the netting bags that surround rubber bel-
lows. * * That contractility, alike in the animal and vegetable
kingdoms is accomplished by migration of liquids through the
protoplasmic substance, and that this is wholly determined by the
molecular condition of the plotoplasm, irrespective of cell walls.”
The utilization of starch during the process of contraction and se-
cretion is also considered. Experiments in regard to secretion
demonstrate that any protoplasmic irritation ( including electrical )
will cause the outpouring of the digestive juices, a process that be-
comes as apparently continuous as if a nitrogenous body had
been the cause of its excitation. The paper closes with some sug-
gestive notes as to the evolution of the mechanism of Dionaea.
BasHForD DEAN.
Dionea—An Abnormal Development of the Inflorescence of. John
W. Harshberger (Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. i. 46, illus-
trated.
Distribution of the Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California.
T. S. Brandegee (Zoe, iii. 223-231).

27

Epilohium—A New. T. S. Brandegee (Zoe, ili. 242, 243, with plate).
Description and figure of &. xiveuwm from Snow Mountain,
Laké Co., Cal

ferns—Synoptical List—xit. G. S. Jewman (Bull. Bot. Depart.
Jamaica, Oct., 1892). Noteson Hypolepis Purdiana, H. repens,
Hf. nigrescens, Notholena trichomanoides, and N. ferruginea.

Flora Washingtoniensis. Wilhelm W. Suksdorf (White Salmon,
Washington, 1892). A catalogue of the Phanogamia and
Pteridophyta of Washington.

Grass of Parnassus (Am. Gard. xiii. 696). Illustration of Parnassta
palustris.

Leersia—The Genus. Theo. Holm (Bot. Gaz. xvii. 358, reprint,
illustrated).

List of Plants collected by C. S. Sheldon and M. A. Carleton in Indian

Territory in 1891. J. M. Holzinger (Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.

i. 189). Two new species, /pomea Carletoni and Euphorbia
stvictior, are described and illustrated.

Nomenclature of Plants. Katharine Brandegee (Zoe, iii. 258-261).

Notes on Collections of Cryptogams from the higher mountains of
New England. William G. Farlow (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
XXV. 387).

Notes on the Geology of Skunnemunk Mountain, Orange County, New
York. Chas. S. Prosser (Trans. N. Y., Acad. Sci. xi. 132-149).
By far the larger part of this paper is occupied by accounts of

the fossil plants found in the rocks of this locallty, by means of

which the age has been provisionally determined as Middle

Devonian. Psilophyton princeps, Daw., was particulary abundant.

Observations on the Plants of Oklahoma Territory and Adjacent Dis- e
tricts. M.A. Carleton (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 220). :

Enothera—Notes on Some Species of the Genus. Alice Eastwood _
(Zoe, iii. 248-252),

On the Myxobacteriacce a New Order of Schizomycetes. aes
Thaxter. (Bot. Gaz. xvii. 389, illustrated).

Two new species of Chondromyces are described and illustrated.

_ The genus Myxobacter i is established with one species MM. au

28

The genus J/yxococcus is also established with three species, J.

rubescens, M. virescens, and M. coralloides.

Paleontologie Vegetale. (Ouvrages publies en 1890.)—R. Zeiller.
(Extrait de |’Annuaire Geologique Universel, vii. 1I115-
1157).

This isa summary, with comments, upon most of the important
publications concerning fossil botany which appeared during the
year 1890. America is well represented by the works of Ward,
Dawson, Matthew, Fontaine, Knowlton, Holm and others, most
of which were here noted at the time of publication.

Pavonia Wrighti. (Meehan’s Month. ii. 178).:

Phlanzenpathologische Mittheilungen aus Ecuador. G. de Lagerheim.
(Zeitsch. Pflanzen. Krank., ii. 195).

Prunus tomentosa. J. G. Jack (Gard. and For. v. 580, with illus-
tration).

Rumfordia from Lower California—A new. T.S. Brandegee (Zoe,
iii. 241, 242, with plate).
Discription and figure of Rum/fordia connata.

Sullwantia Hapeman. J, M. Coulter (Bot. Gaz. xvii, 420).

Labebuia Donnell-Smithii. J. N. Rose (Bot. Gaz. xvii. 418).
A new species from Mexico and Central America, with one of.
C. E. Faxon’s beautiful plates.
Zaxodium mucronatum (Gard. Chron. xii. 646).
With illustration of the famous old Mexican Deciduous Cypress
at Sta. Maria del Tulé.
The Occasional Cross. Th. Meehan (Bot. Gaz. xvii. 420).
Trees in Winter. E. P. Powell (Am. Gard. xiii. 706, illustrated).
Two Pretty Pentstemons. F. A. Waugh (Am. Gard. xiii. 724).
Mlustrations of Pentstemon cristatus and P. confertus.

Vegetable Pathology. Report of the Chief of the Division of. (U.S

Depart. Agric., 1892). ae illustrations of Ceratocystis in
briata.

Vine Cactus in Mexico—The. (Am. Gard. xiii. 7 50). Ilustration of -
Fouquiera splendens. as

Washingtonia fils ifera. (Gardn. vaison Xii. 590,°677, papsieei

29

Weeping Spruce—The. Thomas H. Douglas (Gard. and For. v. 591).
With illustration of Picea Breweriana.

Wistaria Sinensis—The. Anatomy of the Stem of. Carlton C. Curtiss
(Journ. N. Y. Micros. Soc. viii. 79-89; three plates. Re-
printed as Contrib. Herb. Col. Coll. No. 28).

Mr. Curtiss describes at length the anatomy of the stem of this
vine, with especial reference to the secondary layers of bast which
are formed in the growth of old stems at intervals of several
years and become covered by the succeeding layers of wood. The
material which called especial attention to these studies was re-
ceived some time ago from Mr. B. Heritage, of Mickleton, N. J.

Reviews of Foreign Literature.

Fossil Plants as Tests of Climate. A. C. Seward. (Pamph.
8vo., pp. 151; Cambridge Univ. Press, London, 1892. New York,
Macmillan & Co.) This is the Sedgwick prize essay for the year
1892, and in it the author has endeavored “to consider plants as
the thermometers of the past,” in which effort he has succeeded in
bringing together practically all important references by botanical
and geological writers on the subject. Plants in spite of their
meagre palzeontological remains, as compared with animals, have
always been considered as the more trustworthy indices of climatal
changes, as they are unable to migrate with the same ease as
animals in the event of a change in temperature. They must
either perish entirely or else gradually adapt themselves to the
changed environment. 3

An introduction and historical sketch precedes the subject
matter proper, after which follow chapters on plant distribution,
Arctic vegetation, influence of external conditions upon the macro-
Scopic and microscopic structures of plants, annual rings in re- _
cent and fossil plants, Arctic fossil plants, Carboniferous Period,
Pleistocene plants and concluding remarks.

The principal question to be solved has always been whether
the evidence warranted the assumption of a uniform climate

throughout the world in past geological ages or whether there
___ Were temperature zones as we recognize them to-day. The general a
ce ig view of the Ribot undonbendix 4 indicates a uniform tem-

30

perature until as late as Tertiary times, but several minor facts
have recently received attention which would seem to qualify any
such general conclusion. The geologists, for instance, insist
upon the evidence of the existence of an ice age during the Car-
boniferous Period, and the present distribution of our alpine and
boreal plants prove to be a stumbling block every now and then
to those who think that they have reached definite conclusions in
regard to plant life and the conditions surrounding it just prior to
the Glacial Epoch. In regard to this latter part of the subject—
plant distribution—the botanist, has something to learn from the
geologist and vice versa, and several errors might have been spared
each had they recognized this fact. The subject is one which has
received more or less attention lately, and is sure to receive consid-
eration for some time to come, and we earnestly commend some of
the references here given to the careful consideration of all who
are interested in such discussion.

As a useful compend of diverse views the work is invaluable,
and the exhaustive bibliography which is appended will save
future students an immense amount of labor. This wealth of
reference is confusing, however, especially as the author contrib-
utes nothing new in the line of original investigations or conclus-
ions, and the reader is inclined to lay down the work finally with
the impression that there is a hopeless disagreement between au-
thorities on the subject of past climatal conditions on the earth as
evidenced by plant remains. Hee se

Uecber Boehmische Kreidepflanzen. Hermann Engelhardt. (Natur-
forsch. Gesellsch. d. Osterlandes, Neue Folge, Band v. 86-118
Taf. I.)

This supplements in a pleasing manner Velenovsky’s work in
the same horizon, and adds not a little to our knowledge of the
universal vegetation which flourished throughout the world in
Cretaceous times. Many species identical with those from the
Western Continent may be noted, and the author describes and
figures as new Sphaeroccites Laubei, Litsaea Bohemica, Callistem-

ophyllum Bouderi, Sterculia sp. (allied to S. aperta, Lesqx.) and
Pinus sp. Aue.

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

QFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

ARTISTS’ - PATERIALS.¥

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
To RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.

COFFIN, DEVOE & CO., 176 RANDOLPH ST.. CHICAGO.

“MEERRNS’ MONPALY.”

Every subscriber to the “Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical
Club” will need, in addition, ««MEEHANS’ MONTHLY.”
: It is a continuation of the “« Flowers and Ferns of the United
States,” in a cheap serial form, with chapters on natural history
and gardening added. The Prang Chromo of some native plant
€ach month is fully worth the whole subscription price.

Sample copy free. $200 per annum, in advance—together
with the « Bulletin,” $3.50.

THOMAS MEEHAN & SONS,

Germantown, Philadelphia.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

BOTANICAL SUPPLIES.

I have ordered Gray Herbarium Standard
Mounting Paper in EXTRA HEAVY weight
for World’s Fair use, same weight that I make
for Messrs. Pringle and Peck.

The usual weight can be supplied now or to
special advantage in early spring. Also Genus
Covers, Driers, all kinds of botanical paper,
and anything needed by botanists.

I am planning to ship paper about March 1,
prepaid to New York and Chicago, for all who
request it.

A. Bs SEH YMOUR,
Cambridge, Mass,

~The North American Pyrenomycetes.

By J. B. ELLIS and B. M. EVERHART.

With original illustrations by F. W. ANDERSON. 2,500 species of the
old genus **Sphieria,” described and arranged in accordance with the
modern ideas of classification. One thick octavo volume, with over 800
pages of printed matter and 41 full-page tinted plates illustrating the
genera ; bound in fine cloth, with stamped covers and gilt-lettered back.
Price, $8,00, with 35 cts..additional if sent by mail. Address,

J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J.

Sets of Potamogeton.

A few sets of Potamogeton are in the course of preparation
which are offered for sale to botanists who are in want of authen-
tic species named by the subscriber. The sets will include nearly
all the North American and many European species, together
with a few species of Naias. The price will range from $3.00 to
$5.00, according to their completeness.

THOMAS MORONG, —
Columbia College, New York City. —

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXXXIV.

ye

AKENES AND SEEDLINGS OF COMPOSITE.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXXXV.

<s

a

Mig ZZ Wi

a wees Sl Fp =

tS

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXXXVI.

‘AKENES AND SEEDLINGS OF COMPOSIT®.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXXXVII.

___AKENES AND SEEDLINGS OF COMPOSITA.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXXXVIII.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXXXIX

‘SENECIO ROBBINSII, OAKES.

ESTABLISHED I851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 2
205, 207, ae &: 211 Third AVE.

Corner of 18th Street, eee NEW YORK. a

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES s A
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR”

-E. March’s Szeline pana Stone
Ware. ea es

Schleicher & Schuell’s ~ Chemically
Pure and Common Solter, Paper.

|Doctor C. Scheibler’ s Saccharome
oS eR (Polariscopes). ee

Prof. Jolly’ s Specific Graig hoe
ances, etc.

‘Le Brun F: ‘Desmontes & o e
Paris, Platinum. ies

Boies ‘Tronesdorfi’s C. P. Chemicals

NEL

fica” ae “Combustion Furnaces,
Force Chemists.

_ PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

@ THE BULLETIN,

This Diiiek his? been published. consecutively since 1870, Gecibune sent four
a6 - pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly witl
- many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents” <4
England, Messrs, Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

Back Noumpers.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive,
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed t ;
run on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five y

The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII. have beer. indexed
separately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
‘for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00, Vols. XVIII. and XIX. are index
“separately. Price, $2.00, Vol. VIII. cannot now be. n aepeed weuidas oe it
planned bai Sonus: some of its ae Led

eas THE MEMOIRS.

he uliaiaie. is fixed. at $3.00 per. volume in ese The numbers
can i: be. purchased singly and an variable Les 2) be. fixed. for each. ;

Vot. xx. FEBRUARY, 1893. No.2 : 5
BULLETIN
TORREY BOTANICAL CL JB.
ae MONTHLY JOURNAL OF vane |
EpIrep BY. “ak Bare
NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON, ae :

AND OTHER MEMBERS oF THE cLuB.

CONTENTS: —

tbe Pass ea ae
A Century of American Weed Seeds siden s
2B. Halsted ,

fi he

” President,

x

“HON. ADDISON BROWN

Vice Presidents, >
THOMAS: ‘MORONG

BULLET LN

OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
Vol. XX. New York City and Lancaster, Pa., February 15, 1893. No. 2.

A new Species of Listera, with Notes on other Orchids.
By THOMAS MoRONG,

LIsTERA BOREALIS, n. sp.—Stems very delicate, 3/-5’ high, gla-
brous below, glandular pubescent and with long, silky, scattered
hairs among the inflorescence, sheathed by 2 obtuse, mem-
branous scales at the base; roots thickened, somewhat fleshy ;
leaves oval, slightly sheathing, obtuse at the apex, 4’’-8” long,
2’’-4’"’ broad, entire, bearing on the surface a few silky hairs,
otherwise very glabrous. Raceme 2 or 3 flowered. Bracts
scarcely 1’’ long, much shorter than the pedicels. Sepals and
petals nearly equal, linear, obtuse, about 2” long. Lip 4/’-5’”
long, 2” broad at the obtuse apex, ciliolate above; apical lobes
very obtuse, 1/” long, the intermediate tooth obsolete; basal
lobes %4” long, very obtuse. Column slightly incurved, 114”
long. Flowers greenish-yellow, the lip with a purplish mid-
dle, and purplish nerves radiating into the apical lobes. The
flowers and column, as well as the leaves and upper stem bear
the silky hairs mentioned, some of which are 2” long.
Collected by Miss E. Taylor at Fort Smith, Slave River, Hud-

son Bay Territory, June 28, 1892.

Self-fertilization.
Darwin seems inclined to think, if he does not absolutely assert,
that all orchids are unable to fertilize themselves, and that appears
to be the prevalent view to-day. That imsect agency is impera-
tively needed in many cases is doubtless true. The structure of
the floral organs in a large number of species is such that it is
clearly impossible for the pollen to reach its own stigma without :
artificial aid. The rostellum often very effectually interposes be-
tween the anther cells and the stigmatic cavity. There is, however,
‘More than one species in which the means of self-fertilization are
USL} PE re

32

provided, and plenty of proof that this does take place. The
plants have two strings to their bow, and one or both may be
used as a means of securing offspring, as in many Naiadacee both
propagating buds and seeds are produced, so that if one method
fails the other may be employed. It is not always true that the
pollen is so firmly agglutinated that its grains can be separated
only by a considerable force. In Lepéorchis, for instance, the
pollen masses are very loosely granular, without caudicles, glands
or connecting threads, and the grains are easily detached by the
wind or rain, and therefore liable to be conveyed to their own
stigma by such agitation. What serves to show that in this genus
self-fertilization is common is the fact that our two species produce
an abundance of ripe capsules which is not generally true in other
genera where insect agency is absolutely necessary. JL. /iliifolia
frequently occurs in our Northern woods and nearly every plant
that I have collected in the latter part of the season is well fur-
nished with fruit. This is equally the case with the several species
of Achroanthes. In several of the genera which are destitute of
caudicles and glands, I have had occasion to observe the pollen
dust scattered over the lip, column and stigma precisely as I have
seen the pollen of willows scattered over the inflorescence, suggest-
ing an analogous distribution. Another very interesting method
of self-fertilization is related by Sir Jos. Hooker in a paper which _
he read before the Royal Society of London, in 1854. The plant

which he has under review, is Listera ovata, a British species very
like our L. cordata. He found that if the rostellum is touched or
irritated when the pollen is ripe a sort of explosion occurs and |
two white viscid masses are instantly protruded, one from each
side of the apex, which coalesce and attach themselves to the
bases of the pollinia, and draw them out of their cases. The
pollen, he says, is by this means broken up, and the grains fall —
over the edge of the rostellum upon the stigmatic surface. Here
is a case which, while not at all preventing the plant from being
fertilized in the ordinary way by insects, clearly shows that the
means of self-fertilization is specially provided for. Now in the
allied genera, Gyrostachys, Peramium, Epipactis, Cathea, Arethusa —
and Pogonia, while no irritability of this kind has so far been ob- s
served, yet the caudicular discs are attached so firmly to the back _

33

of the rostellum that by bending it downwards the pollinia are
drawn out of their cases and. broken up. Supposing an insect
crawling upon the rostellum or any other weight to perform this
act, some of the pollen grains are pretty sure to be thrown upon
their own stigmas. In the three first mentioned of these genera,
at least, we find the species maturing an abundance of fruit, which
in a measure confirms the idea that self-fertilization often takes
place. But there is stronger evidence of the fact of self-fertiliza-
tion in several species of Hadenaria. In H. tridentata, the rostel-
lum, instead of being as in most species of Hladenaria, a solid
shield interposing between the anther cells and a deep stigmatic
cavity lying far underneath, is split into three club-shaped columns,
standing one on each side of the cells and one between them, ris-
ing to a level with the cells. The upper and inner surfaces of the
two lateral columns are viscid and evidently stigmatic. The pollen
is powdery and within easy reach of these contiguous stigmas.
Curiously enough, too, when the anther cells dehisce, these stig-
matic columns contract on their inner side, and may be said actually
to lean over and help themselves to the pollen. Asa matter of
fact the columns are known often to be penetrated even in the
unopened flower by pollen tubes (Gray’s Man. Ed. 6, page 506),
and they have been found still more common in the mature
flower. This structure occurs to a greater or less degree in the
allied species, H. integra and FH. nivea. With such facts as these
before us, we should be cautious how we limit all Orchidaceous
Species to a single mode of fertilization.

Nomenclature.

Calopogon, R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. Ed. 2, v. 204 (1813).

This name is antedated by Cathea, Salisbury in Trans. Hort.
Soc. i. 300 (1812), and by Limodorum, L. Gen. Pl. Ed. 2, 829 (1742),
as well as by Helleborine, Martyn (1736). Kuntze, Revisio Generum
Plantarum, 665, adopts the last name as having the right of prior-
ity, but, taking as our starting point in nomenclature, the first edi-
tion of Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum, 1753, we cannot follow him.
Limodorum must be dropped also, because Ludwig (Definitiones
Generum Plantarum, 1 737) had anticipated the Linnzan name of
1742 by adopting Limodorum from Tournefort, in application toa _
different genus from that of Linnaeus. Therefore, we must drop _

34

both Calopogon and Limodorum and apply Salisbury’s name to the
Northern species, which will accordingly stand as follows:

CATHEA TUBEROSA (L).

Limodorum tuberosum, L. Sp. Pl. 950 (1753).

Cathea pulchella, Salisb. Trans. Hort. Soc. i. 300 (1812).

Calopogon pulchellus, R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. Ed. 2, v., 204
(1813), and later authors.

Listera, R. Br—Kuntze has adopted Rafinesque’s name
“ Diphyllum” as anterior to Listera. The word originally mis-
spelled “ Diphryllum,” and several times subsequently in Ra-
finesque’s published writings, Kuntze seems to think should be re-
tained inthis form on that account, but Rafinesque himself spells it
correctly in his “ Herdarium Rafinesquianum,’ and there seems to
be no good reason why an evident misspelling should not be cor-
rected. It is, however, inadmissible as a substitute for Lzszera, as
the description given by Rafinesque in Rep. N. Y. Med. Repos.,
2nd Hexade v., 357,(1808), clearly shows. He speakes of his plant
as having “ 2 interior petals. . . bifid; lip acute, entire; capsule
filiform,’ which is entirely inapplicable to any of our published
species. There is preserved in the library of the New York
Academy of Science a curious old volume of proof plates of vari-
ous species drawn by Rafinesque, among which is a drawing of
this plant, the figure of which corresponds exactly to the author's
description. What plant was meant it is impossible to say, but it
is evidently not a species of our Listera. Stine! the nime
of Brown holds good.

Spiranthes, Richard, 1818, must give way to Gyrostachys of
Persoon, 1807, as has been well shown by Kuntze, and our species
known as Sfiranthes should be classed under the older name. es

Probably Kuntze is also correct in displacing Liparis, Richard
1818, by Leptorchis, Du Petit-Thouars, 1809, but I have not been
able to get hold of the work cited by Kuntze (Nouv. Bull. Soc.
Phil. 314-19) and cannot verify his date. .

Goodyera R. Br. (1813) is antedated by Orchiodes, Siegesbeck, |
1737 (Supp. 13) and by Peramium of Salisbury (Trans. Hort. Soc. _
i. 301) 1812. Under our rules Peramium must be substituted for
Goodyera.

Epipactis—The history of this name is a curious one, showing :

35

how tangled is the synonymy when we come to search for
priority. Kuntze in the volume already referred to cites Ludwig's
name Limodorun as the original under his system of nomenclature,
but that acute author has made a palpable mistake, for Ludwig
adopts the name from Tournefort and a reference to Tournefort’s
description and figure shows very clearly that he means a spurred
plant belonging to the genus Orchis, and Ludwig himself (Def.
Gen. Pl. Ed 2, 213) describes it as having a spur, which Lpipactis
has not. Linnzus in his description of Orchis, Gen. Pl. n. 681,
correctly cites Tournefort’s Limodorum as the same as his Orvchis.
Linnzus’ Serapias (Gen. Pl. n. 683), which equals //e//eborine, Tour-
nefort, included several genera, among them our Z/ipaciis, the origi-
nal name being retained by Bentham and Hooker for several Medi-
terranean species. Haller in 1742 (Enum. Stirp. i. 277) constituted
the genus Epipactis, followed by Crantz in 1769, Allioni in 1785,
and others. Richard afterwards still farther divided the genus,
calling the plants without glands Cephalanthera. So that we have
the three genera, Serapias, Epipactis and Cephalanthera, each of
them legitimately applied to the species now bearing those names.

The species of Epipactis occurring in Northeastern North
America, should be designated as follows:

E. viriprrtora (Hoff)

Serapias viridifiora, Hoff. Deutsch. FI. ii. 182 (1800).

E. latifolia, var. viridiffora, Irm. in Linnza xvi., 451 (1842).

E. virdiflora, Reich. Fl. Exc. 134 (1830).

£. Helleborine, var. viridens, Asa Gray, Bot. Gaz. iv. 206 (1879).

E. Helleborine, A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6, 504, (1890) not Crantz.
Dr, Gray in the volume of the Botanical Gazette referred to, notic-
ing the recent discovery of the plant at Syracuse, New York, states
that it is “exactly the Z. viridifiora of Reichenbach, well figured
in the Icones Florae Germanic which peculiar as it seems to be, is
reduced by Irmisch to a variety of £. Helleborine.” Singularly
‘nough, he at the same time adopts Crantz’ varietal name (Z. Helle-
borine, var. viridans.) Probably this was because he regarded the
Plant as essentially equivalent to the £. /atifolia of Europe, which
Linnzus had named Serapias Helleborine, var. latifolia, but the two

are quite dissimilar, and Reichenbach had good reason for separ-

ating them. “Our plant differs from that in having narrower, _

Ae ane, prea

36

longer and more tapering sepals, a lip destitute of tubercles or
callosities or lobes on either the upper or lower part, all of which
characters occur in the European &. /at#folia. So decided is the
difference upon close inspection that I have no hesitation in fol-
lowing Reichenbach and adopting Hoffman’s name, &. viridi-
flora, notwithstanding the fact that the specific name is not well
chosen to indicate the color of the flowers.

Three stations are now known for this plant. In addition to
those near Syracuse and at Buffalo New York, another has
recently been found at Toronto, Canada.

Microstylis—Nuttall’s section of Malaxis known under. this
name, as has been shown by Prof. Greene, is antedated by Ra-
finesque’s name, Achroanthes, and our Northern North Ameri-
can forms become:

A. MONOPHYLLA (L.), Greene, Pitt. ii., 183 (1891).

Ophrys monophylla, L. Sp. Pl. 947 (175 3).

' Microstylis monophylla, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1290 (1829).

A. UNIFOLIA (Mx.),- Raf. Med. Rep. 2d Hex. v. 352 (1808).
Malaxis unifolia, Mx. Fl. ii. 157 (1803).
_ Microstylis ophioglossoides, Nutt. Gen. ii. 196 (1818).

| Habenaria ciliaris and H. blzephariglottis——So far as I can see,
the specific difference between these two forms can hardly be
maintained. According to Michaux, who seems to have been the
first to mention the white colored plant, it is merely a white va-
riety of HZ. ciliaris, and this judgment appears correct. Dr. Asa
Gray, in the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New —
York, ili., 231, says that the two species “grow in similar situations
and frequently in company, and are not readily distinguished ex-
cept by the color of the flowers. But, as Prof. Hooker justly re-
marks in H. ciliaris, the lip is more thickly fringed, and the upper —
petals are likewise fringed; whereas in 7. b/ephariglottis these are —
quite naked.” Numerous specimens of the two species in the —
Columbia College Herbarium show that the lip varies in both |
species from loosely to thickly fringed, and is the same identically —
in shape. If it were the fact that in the one the petals are fringed ©
and in the other not, that might serve to distinguish them, but it —
is now well known that the petal of d/ephariglottis are commonly _
as much fringed as in ciliaris. It is vay in | var.

37

holopetala, Torr., that the petals are entire, and I find many speci-
mens of this species which show on the same plant all grades of
petals from entire to cut-toothed and fringed. So that no de-
pendence can be placed on the constancy of this character.

The very confusion into which authors have fallen in regard to
these two species is significant. Willdenow, the author of the
name dlephariglottis (Sp. Pl. iv. 9, 1805), observes “very similar to
ciliaris, but the narrow lip, the length of the highest petal and
slightly ciliate. The corolla seems to be yellow.” Dr. Torrey, in
his Compendium of 1826, briefly describes them, and the descrip-
tion of either applies perfectly well to the other, except that the
one is called “bright yellow” and the other “ pure white.” Hooker
(Exot. Bot. t. 87), calls the var. holopetala “ Habenaria blephari-
Slottis,’ and Lindley names it “ Platanthera holopetala,’ upon which
Torrey (FI, N. Y., ii. 277), who gives altogether the best descrip-
tion of the two species, remarks: “I certainly agree with Sir Wil-
liam Hooker in considering P. holopetala of Lindley as only a
variety of this (d/ephariglottis) species, which again scarcely differs
from the following (ciliaris) except in the white flowers, Lindley
has even a white variety of P. carts.” Chapman reduces it to
Al. ciliaris, var. blephariglottis.

Lindley, in his Gen. and Sp. of Orchids, seems to hice Be
matters badly, evidently knowing the species imperfectly. After
converting Orchis blephariglottis, Willd., into Platanthera holopetala, ,
he describes Platanthera ciliaris under two varieties, Viz., var. 4.
with yellow flowers, which he attributes to Alabama, and var. ,
with white flowers, which he attributes to Canada. It is to this
that Torrey refers. Lindley could distinguish his olopetala from
ciliaris only by its entire petals, which, as I have shown, is an in-
constant character. So far as color goes, even if color alone were
a sufficient ground for specific distinction, which it is not, I find in
the Herbarium on sheets of undoubted cig, Mates Siena labels from
different collectors marked, « flowers, lemon yellow,” and “ flowers,
lemon yellow, varying to cizaris.”

A careful comparison of the flowers in the two forms, as shown :
in the large collection at Columbia College, renders the following ©
arrangement the most satisfactory : oo
a ang ciliaris se R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. Ed. Pe v. 194 ay
a 13) ee ee :

38

Orchis ciliaris L. Sp. Pl. 939 (1753). Mx. FI. ii. 156 (1803).
Platanthera ciliaris, Lind\. Orchid., 292 (Aug. 1835).

Var. ALBA (Mx).
Orchis ciliaris, var. alba, Mx. F. ii. 156 (1803).
O. blephariglottis, Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 9 (1805).
Platanthera blephariglottis, Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii. 277 (1843).
Habenaria ciliaris, v. blephariglottis, Chap. Fl. 460 (1860).

Var. HOLOPETALA (Lindl).

Platanthera holopetala Lindl. Gen. and Sp. Orch. 291 (Aug,,
1835). |

Habenaria blephariglottis, Hook. Exot. Fl. t. 87 (1825).

P. blephariglottis, v. holopetala, Torr. Fl. N.Y. ii. 277 (14843).

In this connection it is a matter of interest to note an irregu- —
lar or monstrous form of AH. ciliaris which was collected in the
vicinity of New York during the last summer by Mr. Henry Og-
den. The lip is either entire or imperfectly fringed and obovate,
instead of being as in the normal form, long and deeply fringed
and long ovate. In some of the flowers the anther cells are 4, in
pairs, 2 parallel cells on one side, and 2 on the other; and in
some cases there is another cell besides, back of one of the others,
In some instances the lateral tubercle or swelling of the clinan-
drium is mounted upon one of the cells, or partly displaces its
- lower portion. Most of the flowers are entirely destitute of spurs.
Some have spurs as long as the ovary, and a few have spurs not a
quarter as long as the ovary.

This species frequently produces only a leaf the first year, flow-
ering the second year. As a result, the collector is often disap-
pointed upon going to a locality and finding no flowers where he
found an abundance the year before. I have detected a similar
habit in other species.

Habenaria flava—Dr. Asa Gray examined the Herbarium of
Gronovius containing the plant upon which Linnzeus founded this
species, and ascertained beyond a doubt that it is the same as that
which has since been called Hadenaria virescens. (See Am. Jour. —
Sci. & Arts, xxxvii. 307.) The history of its synonymy is a good _

illustration of the manner in which some plants under the old meth-_ =

ods of nomenclature have travelled about from es” to post. Dr. =

39

Gray, in the article referred to, gives an outline of the synonymy up
to 1840. It appears as O. virescens, Willd. Sp. Pl. 4, 37 (1805); as
FHabenaria herbiola, R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. Ed. 2. v. 193, (1813 );
as O. flava and O. fuscescens in Pursh (1814), and O. ézdentata in El-
liott (1824). It was subsequently named Platanthera herbiola by
Lindley in his Gen, et. Sp. Orchid., H. herdiola and, as a synonym,
HT. virescens, by Sprengel in his Systema, and then Platanthera flava
by Dr. Torrey, Bot. N. Y., and by Dr. Gray in the first edition of
his Manual. Had Dr. ies abided by the opinion expressed in
his article in the American Journal of Science, in which he says
“the specific name is certainly not happily chosen for a plant of
which Clayton observes “ floribus obsolete lutets,” but it must never-
theless be retained,’ all would have been well. In spite of this
sound dictum, however, in his Manual, Ed. 5, 499, (1867) he
rebaptizes the plantas “ Hadenaria virescens, Spreng,” adopting
Sprengel’s synonym. This he does, apparently, because “the
flowers are not yellow,” though why he should have disregarded
Sprengel’s name HW. Aeréiola, and the still older H. herbiola of R.
Br. is not clear. In the sixth edition of the Manual the same
name, “ virescens, Spreng,’ is continued. Besides all this topsy-
turvy, the species has had several other aliases. It is easy to see
why our plant synonymy is in such a state of confusion when we
find authors following their own caprices in substituting new names
for old ones. Stability can be secured only by adhering firmly to _
the principle of priority, no matter what we may think of the ap-
Propriateness of the first specific name. The species should there-
fore be named:

Habenaria flava, (L.) Gray, Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, xxxvii,
308 (1840).

Orchis flava, 1. Sp. Pl. 942, (175 3),

Cypripedium.—A single change in the names of our North
American species should be noted.

C. regine, Walt. Fl. Car. 222 (1 788).

C. album,—Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 303 (1789).

C. spectabile,Salisb. Trans. Linn. Soc. i. 78. t. 3, f. 3 (179%), -

and later authors.

40

On Legitimate Authorship of Certain Binomials with Other Notes
on Nomenclature.

By Geo. B. SUDWORTH.

Among our North American trees are several species which
bear names the authors of which custom, or a desire not to of-
fend the memory of faithful explorers and collectors, has long held
to be legitimate. In other words we have on record and in com-
mon use, names attributed to authors, who, although knowing
them thoroughly, never described the species to which they ap-
plied the name. Many such designations appear for the first time
as bare catalogue names or in narratives, and have been taken up
and ascribed to their originators in some cases with small ground
for knowing to what plant the writer applied the name. Closely re-
lated to this class of names are those with general notes or re-
marks on plant features possessed by several species in common,
and rendering it exceedingly unsafe to judge of what species the
author had in hand. Plant descriptions are highly unsatisfactory
and uncertain (without figures) when most carefully drawn, especi-
ally with variable and closely related forms; but still less tenable
are names founded upon no attempted description and upon such
running remarks as “used for a yellow dye;” “a beautiful pine ;”
“a tall tree.”

A few European collectors named our plants in the field, send-
ing their specimens to home herbaria where on examination in a
single place one might on seeing the plant with its appended label
know what species the collector met, but which in the first pub-
lished account of his journey is mentioned only by name. Fol-

lowing such lack of published data, painstaking botanists have
later figured and described the same species, taking up, with the

discoverer as the authority, the originally applied name. But > :

who, in such cases, is the one responsible to the world of botanists
at large for the validity of the name? Presumably, and in ac-
cordance with the requirements.of properly publishing a species,
the discoverer is not; for the botanists at large who cannot ex-
amine the original specimen, kept in a single herbarium, would

never have known what manner of plant was meant, except from

the one who described it and published it in some circulating :

41

medium. The discoverer is not, however, defrauded of his just
dues in not being cited as the author of a species which he named
but did not characterize; the graver responsibility of establishing
the species must rest with the describer; for it is to him that the
botanist looks for the characters of the plant. Moreover, knowing
that no one is legitimately the author of a binomial by merely en-
umerating a bare name, it is wilfully misleading to quote Jones in
our synonymy for a species when we find the characters of the
plant not published under his name and by him, but subsequently
published by Smith. A similar case is not that of a botanist who
names and draws up the characters of his plant, transmitting his
manuscript to some publishing monographer, as a part of a larger
contribution. It is eminently proper in such cases, as law and
custom has held, to credit the original describer.

The following cases are examples of plant names attributed to
authors who named the plants they discovered, but described them
either insufficiently or not at all.

Pinus ponderosa, Douglas, long attributed to David Douglas,
who discovered the tree between the Columbia and Spokane riv-
ers, Washington, in 1826, was named by this explorer (Hooker's
Companion Bot. Mag. ii. 111, 141, 1836) Pinas ponderosa, but he
nowhere described it. Douglas’ name is therefore a nomen nudum-
Two years later though (1838) Loudon (Arboretum et Frut. iv.
2243) figured and described the Bull Pine for the first time, erron-
cously I believe, appending “Douglas” to Pinus ponderosa, as
Douglas left only a written iabel accompanying his specimens de-
posited in the Herbarium of the London Horticultural Society.
Strictly, therefore, the name should be written P. ponderosa, Lou-
don. It is of the greatest interest in this connection, however, to

note that Douglas’ specimen (figured by Loudon, I. c.,) gives the
type and locality of this variable species, which is of value in
Studying the other forms already separated from the type by
Engelmann and others.

Pinus Sabiniana, Douglas (Comp. Bot. Mag. ii. 150, 1836) _

printed, however, Pinus Sabinii is a nomen nudum, and the species:

was published first by Lambert (Gen. Pinus, iii. 1 137; t. 58, 1837), | é

who should be cited as the author. he
The following eypeny ine» are also nomina cilia : Pinus grandis,

42

Douglas (1. c. 147) = Abies grandis, Lindley, being published with
characters for first time by Hooker (Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 163, 1840);
Pinus amabilis, Douglas (1. c. 93) = Adies amatilis, Forbes, estab-
lished first by Antoine (Conif. 63, 1840); and Pinus nobilis, Douglas
(I. c. 147, 1836) = Adies nobilis, Lindley, established by Lambert
(Pinus iii. 167,1837). The latter case was correctly understood
by Koch (Dendrol. ii. pt. 2, 209), who placed P. nobilis, Douglas,
at the bottom of his list of synonyms, when, if well founded, it
should not have been preceded by Loudon's Picea nodilis of later
date (1838).

Similar, but difficult cases to touch are such as Pinus contorta
(Douglas Mss. in Herb. Lond. Hort. Soc.) London iv. 2292; and £,
insignis (Douglas 1. c.) Loudon 1. c. 2265. As is clear, so far as
Douglas is concerned, these names are zomina nuda, and should, if
treated critically, be attributed to Loudon, who published them ;
credit for coining the names being given to Douglas in the his-
torical synonymy of the species.

Abies concolor, Lindley & Gordon (in Journ. Hort. Soc. Lond.
Vv. 210; Nov 15; 1850), is a name accompanied by no description,
but founded on “ Pinus concolor, Engelm.,”’ which at that time was
only an herbarium name, and not published till 1868 (Parlat. in
DeCandolle Prodr. xvi. Pt. 2, 426). The A. concolor of Lindley
& Gordon must therefore be considered a nomen nudum, which it
is in fact. The first properly published name applied to this fir
is the Picea concolor of Gordon (Pinetum 155, 1858), and the com- ~
bination Adies concolor must be attributed to Parry (Am. Nat. ix.
204, 1875), who described the species sufficiently to establish the
name. His running characterization of Adies concolor is some-
what meagre, but if carefully weighed can apply only to the White
Fir, in which case Parry becomes the author of Adies concolor
(Gord.)= Picea concolor (Gordon, 1. c. 18 58).

The following names, at present treated as synonyms, seem to —
warrant restoration as the oldest for the species:

Fagus ferruginea, Aiton (Hortus Kew. iii. 362, 1789). There
is no doubt but that Marshall sets forth the essential characters of ©
the Beech under “Fagus, the Beech Tree” (Arbustum Am. 45), :
designating our species as Fagus sylvatica atro-punicea, “« Ameti-
can Beech Tree” (|. c. 46, 1785), in the light of which Aiton’s

43

later name should be replaced by Marshall’s, which was published
four years earlier. The name for the American Beech would then
become Fagus atropunicea (Marsh.) =f. sylvatica atro-punicea,
Marsh. (I. c. 1785)= F. ferruginea, Aiton (1. c. 1789).

Carpinus Caroliniana, Walter (Flora Car. 238, 1788). The first
name applied to this species is that of Marshall, Carpinus Setulus
Virginiana (Arbustum Am. 25, 1785), antedating Walter's name
by three years. There can be no reasonable doubt as to what
- plant Marshall applied his name, either as shown in his diagnosis
of the genus Carpinus or in his description of the “American —
Hornbeam.” Walter’s long-established—but misapplied—specific
name Caroliniana should, therefore, give place to Marshall's earlier
—but .equally misapplied—Virginiana, the name for the Blue
Beech then becoming Carpinus Virginiana (Marsh.)=C. Betulus
Virginiana, Marshall (I. c. 1785)=C. Caroliniana, Walter (1. c. 1788)
=C. Americana, Lam. (Encycl. iv. 708, 1797).

Salix lasiandra, var. Fendleriana, Bebb. (Bot. Calif. ii. 84,
1880), Nuttall appears to have been the first tu describe this
Western willow, under the name Salix pentandra, var. caudata
(Sylva i. 61, t. 18, 1842), a name which is commonly cited as a
Synonym of var. /endleriana. Prof. Bebb’s reason, if any exists,
for not maintaining the older varietal name for this plant is un-
known to us at present; but as it is well known to be the original
name, it seems desirable to now reinstate Nuttall’s var. cauvdata,
which would give S. lasiandra, var. caudata (Nutt)= S. pentendra,
var. caudata, Nuttall (1. c., 1842)== S. dasiandra var. Fendleriana,
Bebb (I. ¢., 1880). :

Populus monilifera, Aiton (Hort. Kew. iii. 406, 1789). Mar-

shall describes a tree under the name Populus deltoide(Arbustum

Am., 106, 1 785), which cannot be ignored as inapplicable to one
of our Eastern Poplars. Koch (Dendrologie ii. Pt. 1, 487), doubt-_
fully referred Marshall’s species (corrected to “deltoides”’) to Popu-

lus grandidentata, Michx., and later Prof. Sargent makes ita syno-
nym of P. monilifera,a decision which, we believe, is correct. For — S
a careful examination of the various forms and stages of leafde-

velopment of this cottonwood does not require imagination to

reconcile Marshall’s description of this tree. The geographical a

range indicated by him is, moreover, in accordance with what is

44

known to be true, and certainly applies only in part to the Large-
toothed Aspen. In this event Marshall's Populus deltoide(s) (1785)
should replace Aiton’s P. monilifera (1789).

Populus balsamifera, var. candicans, A. Gray (Man. Ed. 2, 419,
1856). It has been generally conceded that the Populus Canaden-
sis of Moench (Verz. Baume, No. 81), published in 1785, was
applied to the variety of our Balm-of-Gilead, and is, therefore, an
older name than Gray's candicans by seventy-one years. The P.
balsamifera lanceolata, Marsh (1785), of the same date, and also
referred to this variety as a synonym, doubtless had better be re-
ferred to the type, the characters of which seems to fit Marshall's
description with fewer allowances than are necessary in applying
his name to the variety. The name for this variety should then
become P. balsamifera, var. Canadensis (Moench)= P. Canadensis,
Moench (I. c., 1785) =P. balsamifera, var. candicans, A. Gray (I.c.,
1856).

Thuya gigantea, Nuttall (Journ. Phil. Acad. vii. 52, 1834).
The oldest name applied to this species is the 7. péicata of Donn.
(Hort. Cantab. Ed. 6, 249, 1811); but this name was published
without description, and must be considered a omen nudum.
Lambert, however, established the name eleven years later, 1824
(Gen. Pinus, Rd. 1, ii. 19), and ten years before Nuttall applied 7.
gigantea. T. plicata, of Lambert, (1824) should, therefore, replace
T. gigantea, of Nuttall, (1834).

Pinus Banksiana Lambert (Gen. Pinus Ed, 1, 7, t. 3, 1803):
In the first edition of Aiton’s Hortus Kewensis (iii. 366, 1789) oc-
curs this trinomial, “Pinus sylvestris, divaricata,’ founded on one
of the principal characters of the Jack Pine, foliis divaricatis oblt-
quis, Habitat ad Sinum Hudsonis. There is but one other pine in
North-eastern North America, besides the Jack Pine, having two
leaves in a sheath which could have been confused, i. e., the Red |
Pine (Pinus resinosa); a species which Aiton carefully and fully
describes on the next page of the same work. As acknowledged,
moreover, by De Candolle and others, who cited the name as a
synonym of Lambert’s P. Banksiana, there can be no question but
that the Northern Jack Pine was the tree named. The name for
this pine should then be Pinus divaricata (Aiton)= P. sylvestris, di-

varicata (Aiton, l. c., 1789)=Pinus Banksianna, Lambert (1. cy

45

P. Cubensis, Grisebach (Mem. Am. Acad. viii, Pt. 2, 530, 1863).
The first account of this Southern and West Indian pine is by
Stephen Elliott, who considered it a variety of the common Lob-
lolly Pine, calling it Pinus Tada, var. heterophylla, (Sketch Bot. 5S.
C. and Ga. ii. 636, 1824). It was imperfectly known to Elliott,
who observed it only in Georgia, its later-discovered geographical
range not being known then, although he well recognized its dis-
tinctness among the other mainland pines. His description lacks
any mention of the cones, showing that he had not observed their
very distinct appearance, yet his characterization of male flowers,
leaves, bark, wood, and habitat, points unquestionably to the so-
called Cuban Pine. Fortunately, the varietal name heterophylla
is most fitting in its application to this pine, a marked feature of
the species being that its leaves occur two and three in a sheath
on the same branch. Since, therefore, the insular Pinus Cubensis
and mainland forms are now known to be the same; there appears
to be no good reason for not reinstating Elliott’s original varietal
Name in specific rank. Dr. Engelmann did not hesitate to cite
Elliott’s name as an equivalent of his own, later, P. E//ottit (Trans.
St. Louis Acad. iv. 186, t. I, 2, 3, 1879), which in now to be con-
sidered a synonym of Grisebach’s older P. Cudbensis. The name
for the Cuban Pine would then become P. heterophylla (Ell.) =P.
Teda var. heterophylla, ENiott (1. c., 1824) =P. Cubensis, Grisebach
(l. c., 1863)= P. Cubensis, var. terthocarpa, Wright (in Griseb. Cat.
Pl. Cub, 217 (1866)= P. Elfottii, Engelmann (I. c., 1879).

Abies magnifica, Murray, (Proc. Royal Hort. Soc. Lond. iii. 318,
ee ee 1863.) Murray seems to have published in 1860 another
name for this species, A. campylocarpa, three years earlier than the
now generally accepted A. magnifica. It is desirable if possible to
reinstate the older A. campylocarpa, but the foundation upon which
it rests appears to be insecure. The leaves described under A.
campylocarpa might belong equally well to the closely related A.
nobilis ; but the length of the cone noted excludes all other asso-

Ciated species. The inference then to be drawn from the fact that

no mention is made under A. campylocarpa of conspicuously ex-

Serted bracts (common to A. nodilis) points circumstantially to A. — a
magnifica as the only fir to which Murray could have applied his _

name. The Brlcertainty, however, seems too dere to warrant a

46

change of a well-known and established name, especially with re-
spect to species not too well defined. Provisionally, therefore, A.
campylocarpa may be retained as a synonym of the later, but better
founded A. magnifica.

Canella alba, Murray, (in Linn. Systema Veg. ed. 14, iv. 443,
1784.)

Linneus’ Laurus Winterana (Spec. Pl. ed. 1, 371, 1753, exclu-
sive “ Hab. in Carolina”) is the oldest name applied to this semi-
tropical Florida and West Indian tree. Gaertner (Fruct. i. 377, t
77, 1788) took up Linnaeus’ specific name Winterana under Canella,
but was not followed by subsequent authors. It is evident, how-
ever, that Gaertner’s Canella Winterana should be maintained.
Linnaeus’ Winterania Canella (Spec. Pl. ed. 2, 636, 1763) is also
an older name than Murray’s C. aléa, which if taken up would

give (Canella Canella) a combination, though that fortunately can |
now be avoided.
ForRESTRY DIVISION,
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE,
WASHINGTON, D., C.

On the American Black Cottonwood,*
By P. A. RYDBERG.
(PLaTEs CXL. anD CXLI.)

“372. Fopuus 3p... +... ; Wiest approaching the Carter
Canon, in Scott’s Bluff County, I saw, at a distance, some dark
green trees with pyramidal crowns. Not knowing any other tree
with dark foliage and pointed top growing in the region, I took
them for unusually tall specimens of Juniperus Virginiana. Coming:
a little nearer, I saw my mistake. It was a Populus, unlike all I
have seen. As the buds were very balsamiferous and the leaves”
cuneate at the base, I thought it was nothing but P. angustifolia,
which I have never seen growing. When at home, I compared it
with my specimens of this poplar, collected by Mr. T. A. Williams
in the Hat Creek Basin in North-western Nebraska, and I saw at
once the difference between the two. Although the leaves of my

*Read before the Botanical Seminar of the University of Nebraska.

47

poplar are rhomboid-ovate, cuneate at the base, and not whitened
beneath, I do believe that, if not distinct from both, it is a variety
of P. balsamifera rather than of P. angustifolia. The leaves are
rhomboid, on petioles 1-2 inches long (in P. angustifolia they are
only ¥%-1 inch.), generally long-acuminate, shining on both sides,
regularly crenate except at the cuneate base. The teeth are larger,
more distant, and more regular than in P. angustifoha. Dr. Bessey
states that the general appearance of the true P. angustifolia is
more that of a willow than of a poplar, which is not at all the
case with this. The general growth, the size, form, and color of
the trunk were somewhat between those of P. dalsamifera and P.
angulata, although most like the former. The long and slender
petioles remind one of the latter or even of the Quaking Aspen. Dr.
S. Watson says in his Revision about P. angustifolia : “Two forms are
spoken of, the Yellow Cottonwood, making fair lumber, and the
Black Cottonwood, common and extensively planted in Utah, but
the wood is considered worthless.” May be, this is the former. I saw
it growing only at one place, viz., in Carter Canon, where it grew
along the brook, together with P. angulata. The grove contained
Over 109 trees of this poplar, 40 to 60 feet high, some measuring
18 inches in diameter. Carter Canon, S. B. Co., Juiy 26.”

The above is an abstract from my list of plants, collected in
Western Nebraska, in the summer 1891, for the U. S. Department
of Agriculture. John M. Holzinger, Assistant Botanist of the
Same department, who afterwards examined my collection, wrote
me, among other things concerning this tree: “I make it, after care-
ful consideration, Populus angustifolia, James. The difficulty seems
to arise from the mature leaves: herb. material generally has
them undeveloped.” I still believe, however, the above to be dis-
tinct from P. angustifolia, James, or, at least, from what we have
been used to call so. I saw both, this summer:—my No.
372 both with undeveloped and mature leaves, and the true P.
angustifolia, on the 28th of June, at which time the leaves, although
not mature, yet had received their form. Specimens with mature
leaves are found in the herbarium of the University of Nebraska.

J udging from the material on hand, I do not hesitate to declare
them to be distinct species. Perhaps, if I had a fuller series of
Specimens, I would be of another opinion. Taking for granted

48

that they are two distinct species, or, at least, two varieties, let us
see which has the right to the name of Populus angustifolia, James.

The original description by James I have not seen, but I
must suppose that both Dr. Watson and Nuttall knew James’ tree,
and have described the same. Dr. Watson writes in his Revision
of the North American Cottonwoods:

« P. angustifolia, James. Leaves not white beneath, rhombic-
ovate to narrowly lanceolate, mostly cuneate at the base, often
small, petioles one-half inch long or less (rarely one inch), etc.”

In King’s Report, the description of Populus balsamifera, var.
angustifolia, contains among other characters:

« . , . leaves ovate-lanceolate, attenuate at the base, acute,
glabrous, crenate-serrate. Leaves varying much between the ordi-
nary growth (2’-3’ long by 8’—-12” wide, acute and often sub-
rhomboidal) and that of younger shoots where they may be 6’—8’
long and 3’ or more broad, and often cordate at base, always with
long acumination.”

Nuttall, in Silva Americana, gives about the same description,
and adds:

“The footstalks of the leaves or petioles are about three-fourths
toaninchin length. The nerves are all faint beneath and pinnate,
with no appearance of being 3-nerved at the base; the number of
these nerves or lateral vessels is twelve to fifteen on a side, at
least double the number they are in the Balsam Poplar.”

These descriptions can only apply to the form we are used to
call P. angustifolia, James. All specimens thereof found at present
in the Herbarium of the University of Nebraska, agree in
that the petioles are short, from ¥ to I inch long, and the lateral
nerves are, at least in the larger leaves, about 10-15 on each side.
(See Plate CXL.). In the specimens of my No. 372, from Carter
Canon, and of the same tree collected, this year, at Hot Springs,
S. D., the petioles are from 1-2 inches or even more, and the
lateral nerves seldom more than 8. .

As it is remarked by Dr. Watson, the leaves of the Black
Cottonwood vary considerably, especially on young shoots. All
specimens I have used for comparison are taken, however, from
trees over 20 feet high. The first leaves from the bud are generally
more or less ovate, I-2% inches long. These are followed by -

49

lanceolate leaves, 2-5 inches. All the leaves are gradually acum-
inate towards the apex, and finely crenate-serrate from base to
tip. Inthe specimens collected by Dr. Bessey, at Manitou, Col.,
July 18, 1886, the first leaves are very broad, with rounded or
even cordate base. In my own specimens from Little Elk Canon,
S. D., June 28, 1892, the leaves are small and nearly all lanceolate.

The leaves of my No. 372 differ, besides in the length of the
petiole, in being rhomboidal, always having cuneate base and an
abrupt acumination. The teeth are scarcely any from the base to
near the broadest part of the leaf, from there they are more regular
and larger than in P. angustifolia, till they disappear again at
the acumination. The specimens from Carter Canon have the
leaves twice as long as broad, and with long acumination. In
those from Hot Springs the leaves are broader (the breadth
equalling 24 or 34 of the length) with a shorter acumination.
The latter are in form like the leaves of P. Hudsonica, Michx. f.,
figured in Silva Americana, but the shoots and petioles are
not hairy. They also resemble those of the Black Cottonwood
of Europe, P. nigra (P. Hudsonica, according to Gray), which,
however, if I am not mistaken, has angled petioles. It seems to
approach the true cottonwoods in several respects.* I have
mentioned above the form of the leaves and the length of the pe-
tioles. The old bark resembles somewhat that of P. monilifera, but
is whiter. The crown, although pyramidal in form, is more exten-
Sive than in P. angustifolia, the branches being more spreading
and the leaves semi-pendent. Thetrees of P. angustifola that I
have seen were all narrowly pyramidal with ascending branches,
giving them the aspect of a willow, a fact, as is stated before,
which then has been noticed by Dr. Bessey.

What, is this cottonwood? Four alternatives present them-
Selves to me: a species distinct from P. angustzfolia, a local variety,
a mere form of the same, or a hybrid. As I have stated before,
Iam most inclined to believe the first. A local variety, produced
by the climate, it cannot very well be, as the two are growing in

*In D.C. Prod., the American Black Cottonwood is referred to the Common
Cottonwood, under the name Populus Canadensis, var. angustifolia, Wesmael. To
place our 2 angustifolia as a variety of P. Canadensis (P. monilifera) was, indeed, :
a blunder. If Wesmael had seen my No. 372, instead of the true 2 angustifolia, ——
the mistake would be, perhaps, more excusable. ae

es Pa me eee

50

the same habitat, viz.: in canons, near water, at the-same altitude,
and in the same region. A mere form, or individual variation of
the Black Cottonwood, it cannot be. Of the more than 100 trees
growing in Carter Canon, I did not see a single one that had lanceo-
late leaves with short petioles, nor a narrow crown; and at Little
Elk, where I saw about as many trees of the true P. angustifolia,
I did not notice a single one that had the long petioles and
abrupt acumination characteristic of my No. 372. At Hot Springs,
I saw only three Black Cottonwoods, and all three agreed with
those from Carter Canon, except that the leaves were broader.
Dr. Chas. E. Bessey and Prof. T. A. Williams, of South Dakota
Agricultural College, who have both seen the Black Cottonwood
several times have not seen a form like this. The fact that my No.
372, in both places was growing together with P. monilifera, might
suggest the possibility of its being a hybrid of that and P. angustifo-
“a; but the total absence of the latter tends’to show the contrary.

Believing that there are two American Black Cottonwoods, I
shall try to give the distinguishing characters:

Populus angustifolia, James.—Leaves lanceolate or ovate, grad-
ually acuminate, with cuneate, rounded, or heart-shaped base, on
short petioles (1% inch long), thickish, drying yellowish or brown-
ish, finely crenate-serrate from base to apex; lateral nerves in the
larger leaves often 10-15; crown narrowly pyramidal with ascend-
ing branches. Collected by Dr. Chas. E. Bessey, at Manitou,
Col., July 18, 1886, etc.; by T. A. Williams, in War Bonnet Canon,
June, 1890, etc.; by myself, in Little Elk Canon. (Plate CXL.)

Populus acuminata, n. sp. (No. 372 of my Nebraska Collec-
tion). Leaves more or less rhomboidal, abruptly acuminate, with
cuneate base and long petioles (1’—2’ long, or more), semi-pendent,
thinner than in the preceding, drying green; denticulation scarcely
any at the base and near the top; at the middle, regular and
larger than in the preceding; lateral nerves seldom more than 8
on each side; crown broadly pyramidal with spreading branches.
Collected by me in Carter Canon, Scott’s Bluff Co., Neb., July 25,
1891, and at Hot Springs, S. D. (Plate CXLI.)

LuTHER ACADEMY, WAHOO, Ngs., Oct. 15, 1892.

X
[ Mr. Rydberg’s description of P. angustifolia and his figure (Plate CNL.) agree
accurately with James’ type specimen, preserved in Herb, Torrey. N. L. B.]

A Century of American Weed Seeds.
By Byron D, HALSTED.

A collection of one hundred kinds of weed seeds, brought to-
gether in the shape shown in the accompanying engraving, is a
new thing in American Economic Botany.

The seeds are placed in dram metal screw-cap vials, arranged
in a shallow tray about the length and breadth of a standard

herbarium sheet, as illustrated in the cut. Each bottle bears a
number and the botanical and one or more common names of the
Species of the seed contained therein, as for example:

“No. 34. Anthemis Cotula,L. Mayweed, Dog-fennel.”

Upon the underside of the cover to the tray is pasted a full list
of the species with numbers to correspond with those upon the
vials. After the common names the letter A indicates that the
Species is annual; B, biennial; and P, perennial. Thirty-eight (38)
are native species and sixty-two (62) are from abroad, thus show-
ing a large majority of foreign origin. The annuals lead with
forty-eight (48) species; perennials next with thirty-five (35);
biennials, fifteen (15); and two (2) live either one or two years.

52

The following is the list of species :

RANuUNCULACEA —Crowfoot Family.
1. Ranunculus bulbosus, L. Buttercup. P.t+
CruciFeR &—Mustard Family.

. Barbarea vulgaris, R. Br. Yellow Rocket. B.

. Brassica nigra, (L.) Koch. Black Mustard. A.

. Brassica Sinapistrum, Boiss. Charlock. A.

Bursa pastoris, (L.) Weber, Shepherd’s Purse. A.

; Lepidium campestre, (L.) R. Br. Field Pepper-grass. es
. Lepidium Virginicum, L. Pepper-grass. A,

. Raphanus Raphanistrum, L. Wild Radish. A.

. Sisymbrium officinale (L.) Scop. Hedge Mustard. A.

OMY AMN HW DN

CARYOPHYLLACE&—Pink Family.
10. Agrostemma Githago,L. Corn Cockle. A.
11. Saponaria officinalis, L. Bouncing Bet: ¥.
3 PoRTULACACE& —Purslane Family.

12. Portulaca oleracea, L. Purslane. A.

MALVACE&—Mallow Family.
13. Adutilon Avicenna, Geertn. Velvet-leaf. A.
14. Hibiscus Trionum, L. Bladder Ketmia. A.
15. Malva rotundifolia, L.. Mallow. P.
GERANIACE2—Geranium Family.

16. Erodium cicutarium, L’Her. Storksbill. A.

LEGUMINOS&—Pea Family.
17. Cassia Chamecrista,L. Partridge Pea. A.
18. Crotalaria sagittalis, L. Rattle-box. A.
19. Medicago lupulina,, Nonesuch. B.
20. Melilotus alba, Lam. White Melilot. A-B.
21. Melilotus officinalis (L.) Lam. Sweet Clover. A-B.
RosacE&—Rose Family.
22, Agrimonia Eupatoria, L. Agrimony. P.
ONAGRACE&—Evening Primrose Family.
23. Enothera biennis, L. Evening Primrose. B.
PASsIFLORACEA:—Passion-flower Family.
24. Passiflora incarnata,L. May-pops. P.
Fico1ipEa&—Carpet-weed Family.
25. Mollugo verticillata,L. Carpet-weed. A.
UMBELLIFER&—Parsnip Family.

26. Daucus Carota,L. Wild Carrot. B..
2. Pastinaca sativa, L. Wild Parsnip. B.

53

RuBiAcE£—Madder Family.
28. Diodia teres, Walt.. Buttonweed. A.

DiesAcEa—Teasel Family.
29. Dipsacus sylvestris, Huds. Teasel. B.

Composit 4—Sunflower Family.
30. Achillea Millefolium, L. Yarrow. P.
31. Ambrosia artemisiefolia, L. Ragweed. A.
32. Ambrosia trifida, L. Great Ragweed. A.
33. Anthemis arvensis, L. Chamomile. A.
34. Anthemis Cotula, L. Mayweed. A.
35- Arctium Lappa, L. Burdock. P.
36. Bidens bipinnata, .. Spanish needles, A.
37. Bidens frondosa, L. Beggars-ticks. A.
38. Chrysanthemun Leucanthemum, L. Daisy. P.
39. Cichorium Intybus, L. Chicory, P.
40. Carduus arvensis, L. Canada Thistle. P.
41. Erechthites hieracifolia (L.) Raf. Fireweed. A.
42. Erigeron annuus (L.) Pers. Fleabane. A.
43. Erigeron Canadensis, L. Horse-weed. B.
44. Erigeron ramosus (Walt.) B.S. P. Rough Fleabane. B.
45. Hieracium aurantiacum, L. Golden Uawkweed. P.
46. Lactuca Canadensis, L. Wild Lettuce. B.
47. Lactuca Scariola,L. Prickly Lettuce. B.
48. Rudbeckia hirta,L. Cone-flower. P.
_ 49. Solidago lanceolata, L. Narrow Golden-rod. P.
50. Solidago rigida, L. Stiff Golden-rod. P.
51. Sonchus oleraceus, L. Sow Thistle. A.
52. Taraxacum officinale, Web. Dandelion. P.
53- Vernonia Noveboracensis (L.) Willd. Iron-weed. P.
54. Xanthium Canadense, Mill. Cocklebur. A.
55- Xanthium spinosum, L. Spiny Clotbur. A.

APOCYNACE&—Dogbane Family.
56. Apocynum cannabinum,L, Dogbane. P.

ASCLEPIADACEA:—Milkweed Family-
57. Asclepias Syriaca, L. Milkweed. P.

BoRRAGINACE—Borage Family.
58. Cynoglossum officinale, L. WHound’s-tongue. B.
59. Echinospermum Lappula (L.) Lehm. Stick-seed. B.
60. Echium vulgare, L. Blue-weed. B.

CoNVOLVULACE&—Morning-glory Family.
61. Convolvulus arvensis,L. Bindweed. P.
62. [pomea hederacea, Jacq. Morning-glory. A.
SoLANACEA:—Night-shade Family.
63. Datura Stramonium, L. Thornapple. A.
64. Datura Tatula,. Purple Thornapple. A.
65. Physalis Virginiana, Mill. Ground-cherry. Pe
66. Solanum Dulcamara, L. Biterswet - Po

54

SCROPHULARIACEZ —Figwort Family.
67. Linaria vulgaris, Mill. Toad-flax. P.
68. Verbascum Blattaria, L. Moth Mullein. B.
69. Verbascum Thapsus,L. Mullein. B.

OROBANCHACE2—Broom-rape Family.
70. Orobanche ramosa, L. Broom-rape. A.

BIGNONIACE&—Bignonia Family.
71, Tecoma radicans (L.) Juss. Trumpet-flower. P.
72. Verbena hastata,L. Blue Vervain. P.
73. Verbena urticefolia, L. Vervain. P.

LaBiAT2—Mint Family.
74. Brunella vulgaris, L. Heal-all. P.
75. Leonurus Cardiaca, L. Motherwort. P.
76. Nepeta Cataria, L. Catnip. P.

PLANTAGINACE#—Plantain Family.
77. Plantago lanceolata, L. Rib-grass. P.
78. Plantago major, L. Common Plantain. P.
79. Plantago Rugelii, Dec. Native Plantain. P.

AMARANTACE2—Pigweed Family.
80. Amarantus albus, L. Tumble-weed. A.
81. Amarantus chlorostachys, Willd. Amaranth, A.
82. Amarantus paniculatus, L. Branched Pigweed. A.
83. Amarantus retroflexus, L. Pigweed. A.

CHENOPODIACEZ—Goosefoot Family.
84. Chenopodium album, L, Goosefoot. A.

PHYTOLACCACEA—Pokewecd Family.
85. Phytolacca decandra, L.. Pokeroot. Scoke. A.

POLYGONACE2—Smartweed Family.
86. Polygonum Convolvulus,L. Black Bindweed. A.
87. Polygonum Pennsylvanicum, L. Smartweed. A.
88. Rumex Acetosella, L. Sorrel. P.
89. Rumex crispus, L. Curled Dock. P.
90. Rumex obtusifolius,L. Bitter Dock, P.

EvupHoRBIACEa:—Spurge Family.
91. Euphorbia maculata, L. Spotted Spurge. A.
92. Euphorbia Freslii,Guss. Spurge. A.

GRAMINE&—Grass Family.
93. Agropyrum repens (L.) Beauv. Quack-grass. P.
94. Bromus secalinus L. Chess. A.
95. Cenchrus tribuloides, L. Bur-grass. A.
96. Panicum capillare, L. Witch grass. A.
97. Panicum Crus-galli,L. Barnyard-grass. A.
98. Panicum sanguinale,L, Crab-grass. A. ©
99. Chameraphis glauca (L.) Kuntze. Fox-tail. A. :
100, Chameraphis viridis (L.) Kuntze. Green Fox-tail. A. |

5d

The hundred species are distributed among thirty-one families.
Twenty-six (26), or more than a quarter, belong to the large
weedy order Composite. Other well-represented orders are the
mustards and the grasses, each having eight species.

It is a well-known fact that weeds are often introduced into
new localities in field, and even garden seeds ; sometimes as many
as forty kinds of weed seeds have been identified in a sample of
clover seed, and grass seed is frequently no less free from foul
stuff. Therefore sets of these seeds, as shown in the engraving,
have been prepared to aid s¢ationists (pardon the coining of a new
word for station-agriculturists, station-horticulturists, station-
botanists and other station workers taken collectively) and seedsmen
in determining the exact nature of much of the impurity found in

commercial seeds.
COLLEGE EXPERIMENT STATION, NEW BRuNSWICK, N. J., Dec. 29, 1892.

Preliminary Report on the Flora of Luzerne County, Penn.
By A. A. HELLER.

We are more or less prone to consider the long-settled portions
of our country old and undesirable ground, when botanical explor-
ation is thought of. Mexico, the far West, or some other distant
point, claims our attention, and we forget that all around us is an
abundance of territory that has never been touched by a botanical
collector.

I have just begun to realize that the State of Pennsylvania is a
great botanical wilderness. Many of the counties have never been
explored, or only partially. Most of the work that has been done
is due to the untiring energy of Prof. Thos. C. Porter. Our own
county of Lancaster, which can boast of almost fifteen hundred
Species, an account of which has been published by Dr. Porter, ©
has a great tract of limestone and new ted sandstone, comprising
more than half of the county, that is sadly in need of attention.

To me, one of the most interesting of these ‘ wild’’ counties
is Luzerne, situated somewhat northeast of the centre of the State.
To the Torrey Club it is especially interesting, as it falls within the
limits of the Preliminary Catalogue, the one hundred mile — ie -
cutting through the eastern eae of ame peers es

56

During the summer. of 1888 my attention was first called to its
interesting flora, while staying at Berwick, Columbia county. The
northern part of Berwick touches the southern boundary of Lu-
zerne county. The county is cut almost in half by the Susque-
hanna river, and contains seven marked geological formations.
Within three of these, Chemung, Hamilton and Catskill forma-
tion, and in territory chiefly within the limit of glacial action, it
has been my privilege to collect, though to a very limited extent.
The terminal moraine, as I have since ascertained, makes its
appearance at Wapwallopen, about seven miles above Nescopeck,
runs in a southwesterly direction across the river, which it follows
nearly to Berwick, and thence passes into Columbia county.

On the high bluff on the right bank of the river, and almost on
the southern boundary line, is a quantity of Zissa rubra, and along
the steeply-sloping sides, numerous patches of Sedum acre. Fol-
lowing north, along the tracks of the Delaware, Lackawanna &
Western Railroad, which runs parallel to the river and canal, many
of our common plants are to be found. Here Solidago juncea
blooms earlier than at any other place where I have seen it, mak-
ing its appearance in July.

Asclepias obtusifolia is not common, only two or three plants
being observed, while a rare find in the shape of three plants of
Spirea rubra, the only ones that I have ever seen growing wild,
peeped out from the rank growth of grass and bushes. Afios
tuberosa twined over the bushes, near neighbor to Phlox maculata
and Lathyrus palustris. Down along the low margin of the canal
a tangled mass of Myosotis laxa was guarded by the large and
showy blue flag, /vs versicolor. In a little swampy place along
the river, Veronica scutellata flourished, and in drier and more
open places, Ranunculus acris and Gtnothera pumila. Growing in
the sand on the river brink, was a little patch of Ranunculus reptans,
which is completely submerged except at times of low water.

In March, 1892, I spent two days at Berwick, and, while taking
a walk along the railroad, observed a number of small pine trees
growing on the side of the bank. They were full of cones, and
close inspection satisfied me that they are Pinus echinata, although
I do not have specimens to substantiate the determination. If it

is really this pine, its appearance so far North is remarkable, at -
least at such a distance from the coast. |

5T

Crossing the river to Nescopeck, and following up the left bank
for about the same distance as on the right bank, namely, about a
mile and a half, quite a different flora is observed. One of the
first things noticed was a stalk or two of Cacalia suaveolens, and
further on an occasional plant of Physostegia Virginiana and
Hypericum ellipticum. Overhanging the river bank in deep, shady
places, were clumps of Rhododendron maximum, the recollection
of which leaves a bright spot in one’s memory, for few things are
prettier than the-sea of glossy green leaves, intermingled with the
glorious flower clusters of Rhododendron. 1 do not attach a specific
name, as it is not an easy matter to decide which Rhododendron is
the most handsome, for when I first saw the gorgeous purple
masses of R. Catawdiense at Blowing Rock and on Grandfather
Mountain, North Carolina, they seemed more beautiful than any
other, until the delicate white and pink of R. maximum appeared
almost at our very doors. Two rare finds were Séellaria uliginosa
and Pyrola chlorantha, each represented very sparingly.

Following Black Creek for a short distance beyond Nescopeck,
only a few things of interest were found, among which were Mon-
arda fistulosa, var. rubra, Veronica Virginica and two forms of
Spirea salicifolia, one with broad leaves, and the other with nar-
row ones. One day I heard of a little body of water, which was
said to be a famous place for water lilies, and rightly concluded
that other plants might be found there. Locally it is known as
the “ Pond,” and « Lily Lake,” and officially on the map as Long
Pond. It is situated some ten or twelve miles northeast of Ber-
wick, and about three miles from the river. It was visited first on
July 5, 1888, then on June 24th and July 29, 1889, by myself,
and on August 15th and 16th, 1889, by Mr. Small and myself,
and by us again on September 20, 1890. Then came an interval
of two years, until September 16th and 17th, 1892, when Miss E.
Gertrude Halbach and myself made the so far final trip, and of it
I intend especially to speak.

On the morning of September 16th we crossed from Berwick
to Nescopeck, taking the train to Pond Hill, a station nine miles
farther north. Just opposite the station, and only a few feet from ,
it, at the base of the hill which skirts the river, is an outcropping
of rocks full of imprints of crinoids and other fossils. — Upon the fig

58

rocks were found Woodsia [lvensis and a few plants each of Camp-
tosorus rhizophyllus, Asplenium Trichomanes, and Arabis lyrata.
Here Nature had been lavish with her paint-brush. Under the
trees of Cornus florida, whose bright-colored leaves lit up the
wooded hillside, was an abundance of Solidago bicolar, S. cesia,
and Lupatorium ageratoides. The fence rows were purple with
Aster Nove-Anghe. About three hundred yards from the station
the road turns to the right, through the woods, and up to the top
of the hill. Along this road the polymorphous Solidago nemoralis
was very plentiful, as was S. /anceolata and S. latifolia. S. squar-
rosa was found only occasionally.

It is to be regretted that we did not take an old road below ‘ie
present one, for along it in 1889 I found several specimens of So/?-
dago rupestris, a very rare find for Northeastern Pennsylvania.
This old road was reserved for the return trip, but at that period
time, which is no respecter of botanists, was urging us on at a
lively gait in order to catch the train. There was just one cause
for regret, and that was when we came to the station for the rare
Aster concinnus, discovered by Mr. Small and myself in 1890. The
farmer along whose fence they grew had an idea that «‘ weeds”
do not improve the appearance of fence-rows, and had cut them
down. Owing to this only two poor specimens were obtained.

The lake, a beautiful little sheet of water about two miles long
and a mile wide, is evidently a relic of the glacial period. Accord-
ing to the aneroid barometer, it is 880.feet above sea level, and
480 feet above the river. On the north it is skirted by a low
mountain ridge, on the west by gently-sloping ground, with indi-
cations that there was once an outlet on that side, and on the other
sides by low and often swampy ground. It is a veritable botanical
Paradise. The chocolate-colored water is full of little peat islands,
literally swarming with vegetation, while the shores are lined with
shrubs, and the woods full of interesting plants. A boat was pro-
cured, and a voyage of discovery begun. Among the first things
observed were the tiny yellow flowers of Uvricularia gibba rising
from a very ugly-looking mixture of peat and mud. Masses of _
roots of Castalia odorata were floating about, nuclei for the growth
of future vegetation. A very tempting-looking bush of J/ex vertt-
cillata, var. padifolia caused us to land and investigate the shore. a

59

A good supply of several forms of //ex was gathered, in addition
to Spirea salictfolia, S. tomentosa, Cassandra calyculata, Polygonum
emersum, and Vaccinium corymbosum, var. amenum. Vaccinium
disomorphum, so plentiful two years before, the taste of whose fruit
seems still to linger, was not observed. At that time the fruit was so
plentiful that its weight bent the bushes almost to the water's edge.
Pushing off again, we were soon among colonies of Xyris Caro-
“iniana, Eviocaulon septangulare, Oxycoccus macrocarpus, Eleocharis
olivacea, found nowhere else in Pennsylvania, and Juncus pelocarpus
found at one other station in the State. Winding in and out among
the bushes of Cephalanthus occidentalis and clumps of Nesea verti-
cillata, which form a sort of breakwater, we hove in sight of
‘‘ Stumptown,” as it was promptly christened, near the upper end
of the lake. It seems at one time to have been dry, or as near
dry land as is possible there, for stumps are very plentiful, and so
are lilies, their pretty white and golden cups resting lightly upon
the surface of the water. Sarracenia purpurea was searched for,
but in vain, although it is found there earlier in the season. An
almost submerged log near the shore is headquarters for Drosera
rotundifolia and D. intermedia, var. Americana, the two sometimes
growing matted together. Another landing was made, and fine
Specimens of Aster corymbosus, A. linariifolius, A. undulatus and
_other plants were collected. A hasty investigation of the opposite
or north shore yielded Polygonum hydropiperoides and Potamogeton
Nuttallii, The lengthening shadows warned us that it was
time to suspend operations, and further investigation was aban-
doned until next day.
Early the following morning we were out on the lake, getting
@ good supply of things that had merely been sampled the day
before, and looking out for new treasures. Cicuta bulbifera, Bah-
meria cylindrica, a form of Bidens cernua which I have seen no-
where else, and Coreopsis discoidea, held sway over a patch of peat.
Aster undulatus, with larger flowers than usual, and thin, broad
leaves, several forms of A. cordifolius, A. lateriflorus, var. hirsutt-—
caulis, a small flowered form of Solidago arguta, and a form of the
€xceedingly variable //ex verticillata were collected. In the hasty
Search over a field, only one plant of Guaphalium decurrens was
found, but on the edge of the woods were good fruiting specimens oe

60

of Quercus Muhlenbergii, var. humilis, and Betula lenta. A good-
sized tree of Pyrus nigra was looked for, but absence of fruit and
the lateness of the hour prevented us from making a thorough
search. This tree, observed in 1890, is twenty or twenty-five feet
high, and worthy of being included in Prof. Sargent’s Silva. A
hurried tramp through the woods added Pyrola secunda, P. elliptica,
and what is probably P. udiginosa, and fine specimens of Asplenium
platyneuron.

Altogether, 156 species were observed, with 82 on the list of
actual collection. Many more might have been added, but lack
of time prevented. As far as I have been able to learn, no other
persons have botanized in this portion of the county, or, indeed,
in any other part, unless in the extreme northeastern end about
Pittston. Thorough exploration of other portions will un-
doubtedly yield a rich and interesting flora. On the right bank of
the river, scattered about in the Catskill formation, are six or eight
small lakes, and one larger one called Harvey’s Lake. Some five
or six miles east of Long Pond are two lakes, known locally as Mud |
Pond and Three-Cornered Pond, and about ten miles east of these,
not far from the Lehigh Valley Railroad, is a nameless lake, the lar-
gest in the county. Just east of this lake is an elevated section of
Pocono sandstone, which must have a flora very similar to that of
the Pocono, as it is merely a western extension of that interesting
region.

The total number of species collected in the county thus far is
325, about one-fifth of the number that ought to be found.

LIST OF SPECIES COLLECTED.

Clematis Virginiana, L. Above Berwick.

Anemone Virginiana, L. Above Berwick.

Hepatica triloba, Chaix. Pond Hill.

Ranunculus acris, L.. Above Berwick.

Ranunculus reptans, L. Above Berwick.

Lsopyrum trifolium (L.) Britton. Long Pond.

Actea alga (L.) Mill. Long Pond.

Cimictfuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. Pond Hill.

Liriodendron Tulipifera, L. Pond Hill.

BRASENIA PURPUREA (Michx.) Long Pond.
Hydropeltis purpurea, Michx. FI. Bor. Amer. 324, t. 29 (1803).
Brasenia peltata, Pursh, Fl. Amer., Sept. 389 (1814).

Nymphea advena, Soland. Long Pond.

61

Castalia odorata (Dryand) Woody. & Wood. Long Pond.

Sarracenia purpurea, L. Long Pond.

NECKERIA SEMPERVIRENS (L.) Long Pond.
Fumaria sempervirens, L. Sp. Pl. 700 (1753).
Corydalis glauca, Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. 463 (1814).

Nasturtium hispidum (Desv.) DC. Above Berwick.

Arabis Canadensis, L. Long Pond.

Arabis lyrata,L. Pond Hill.

Lepidium Virginicum, L. Long Pond.

Lechea Leggettii, Britton & Hollick. Pond Hill.

Viola palmata, L.. Pond Hill.

Polygala verticillata, L. Long Pond.

Silene stellata (L.) Ait. Nescopeck.

Cerastium vulgatum, L, Above Berwick.

Stellaria uliginosa, Murr. Above Nescopeck.

Tissa rubra (L.) Britton. Above Berwick.

fypericum Ascyron, L. Above Berwick.

fy pericum ellipticum, Hook. Above Nescopeck.

flypericum maculatum, Walt. Above Berwick.

flypericum mutilum, L. Long Pond.

fypericum per foratum, L. Above Berwick.

flypericum Virginicum, L. Long Pond.

Tilia Americana, L. Above Berwick.

Geranium maculatum, L. Long Pond.

Oxalis stricta, L. Pond Hill.

Impatiens aurea, Mubl. Pond Hill.

llex verticillata (L.) A. Gray. Long Pond.

lex verticillata, var. padifolia (Willd.) T. & G. Long Pond.

Nemopanthes mucronata (L.) Trelease. Long Pond.

Ceanothus Americanus, L. Pond Hill.

Vitis cordifolia, Michx. Above Berwick.

Acer saccharinum, L. Long Pond.

Rhus glabra, L. Above Berwick.

Rhus radicans, L. Pond Hill.

Rhus typhina, L. Above Berwick.

Melilotus alba, Lam. Above Berwick.

Trifolium arvense, L. Long Pond.

Meibomia Canadensis (L.) Kuntze. Above Berwick.

Lespedeza hirta (L.) Ell. Pond Hill.

Lathyrus palustris, L. Above Berwick.

Amphicarpea comosa (L.) Ridd. Above Berwick.

Apios tuberosa, Mcench. Above Berwick.

Cassia nictitans, L. Above Berwick.

Prunus Americana, Marsh. Above Berwick.

Spirea rubra (Mill.) Britton, Above Berwick.

Spirea salicifolia, L. Nescopeck, Long Pond. |

Spirea tomentosa, L. Long Pond.

62

Rubus Canadensis, L. Long Pond.
Rubus hispidus,L. Long Pond.
Rubus villosus, Ait. Above Berwick.
Rubus villosus, var. montanus, Porter. Long Pond.
Geum Canadense, Jacq. Above Berwick.
Potentilla Canadensis, L. Pond Hill.
Rosa Carolina, L. Long Pond.
Rosa humilis, Marsh. Above Berwick.
Pyrus nigra (Marsh.) Sargent. Long Pond.
Hydrangea arborescens, L. Above Nescopeck.
Sedum acre, L. Above Berwick.
Drosera intermedia, Drev. & Hayne., var. Americana, D. C. Long Pond.
Drosera rotundifolia, L. Long Pond.
Proserpinaca palustris, L. Long Pond.
Nesea verticillata (L.) H.B.K. Long Pond.
LE pilobium coloratum, Muhl. Above Berwick.
LE pilobium spicatum, Lam. Nescopeck.
nothera fruticosa, L. Long Pond.
@nothera biennis, L. Pond Hill.
(Enothera pumila, L. Above Berwick.
Hydrocotyle Americana, L. Above Berwick.
Cicuta bulbifera, L. Long Pond.
Sium cicutefolium,Gmel. Long Pond.
Angelica villosa (Walt.) B.S.P. Pond Hill.
_ Aralia racemosa, L. Long Pond.
Cornus alternifolia, L. Pond Hill.
Cornus circinata, L’Hér. Pond Hill.
Cornus florida, L. Long Pond.
Sambucus Canadensis, L. Above Nescopeck.
Sambucus pubens, Michx. Above Berwick.
Viburnum acerifolium, L. Pond Hill.
Viburnum dentatum, L. Long Pond.
Cephalanthus occidentalis, 1. Long Pond.
Mitchella repens, L. Long Pond.
Galium asprellum, Michx. Above Berwick. —
Galium circezans, Michx. Long Pond,
Galium lanceolatum, Torr. Above Nescopeck.
Galium triflorum, Michx. Long Pond.
Eupatorium ageratoides, L. f. Pond Hill.
Eupatorium purpureum, L. Pond Hill.
Solidago arguta, Ait. Long Pond.
Solidago bicolor, L. Pond Hill.
Solidago cesta, L. Pond Hill.
Solidago Canadensis, L. Pond Hill.
Solidago juncea, Ait. Pond Hill.
Solidago lanceolata, L. Pond Hill.
Solidago latifolia, L. Pond Hill,

63

Solidago nemoratis, Ait. Pond Hill.
Solidago rugosa, Mill. Pond Hill.
Solidago rupestris, Raf. Pond Hill.
Solidago serotina, Ait. Above Berwick.
Solidago sguarrosa, Muhl. Pond Hill.
Aster acuminatus, Michx. Lond Pond.
Aster concinnus, Willd. Long Pond.
Aster cordifolius, L. Pond Hill.

Aster cordifolius, L., var. danceolatus, Porter. Long Pond.

Aster corymbosus, Ait. Long Pond.

Aster ericoides, 1. Pond Hill,

Aster infirmus, Michx. Pond Hill.

Aster laterifiorus (L.) Britton, var. Azrsuticawlis (Lindl.), Millsp. Long Pond.
Aster linariifolius, L. Long Pond.

Aster Nove-Anglia, L. Pond Hill.

Aster paniculatus, Lam. Pond Hill.

Aster patens, Ait. Long Pond.

Aster patens, var. phlogifolius (Muhl.) Nees. Long Pond.
Aster prenanthoides, Muh]. Pond Hill.

Aster undulatus, L. Long Pond.

LErigeron Canadensis, L. Long Pond.

Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) Benth. & Hook. Long Pond.
Gnaphalium decurrens, Ives. Long Pond.

Gnaphalium obtusifolium, L. Long Pond.

Guaphalium purpureum, L. Long Pond.

Guaphalium uliginosum, L. Long Pond.

Polymnia Canadensis, L. Pond Hill.

Coreopsis discoidea, T. & G. Long Pond.

Bidens frondosa, L. Pond Hill.

Bidens cernua,L. Long Pond.

Achillea Millefolium, L. Long Pond.

Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, L. Long Pond.
Artemisia Pontica, L.? Long Pond.

Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf. Long Pond.

Cacalia atriplicifolia, L. Pond Hill.

Cacalia suaveolens, L. Nescopeck.

Carduus lanceolatus, L. Long Pond.

Hieracium venosum,L. Long Pond.

Lactuca Canadensis, L. Above Berwick.

Prenanthes altissima, L. Long Pond.

Prenanthes Serpentaria, Pursh. Long Pond.

Lobelia cardinalis, L. Long Pond.

Lobelia inflata, L. Long Pond.

Lobelia spicata, Lam. Above Berwick.

Lobelia syphilitica, L. Pond Hill.

Campanula aparinoides, Pursh, Above Nescopeck.
ee rotundifolia, oa Above Saree

64

Gaylussacia frondosa (L.) T. & G. Long Pond.
Vaccinium corymbosum, L., var.amenum (Ait.) A Gray. Long Pond.
Vaccinium disomorphum, Bigel. Long Pond.
Vaccinium stamineum,L. Long Pond,
Vaccinium vacillans, Soland. Long Pond.
Oxycoccus macrocarpus, Pers. Long Pond.
Gaultheria procumbens, L. Long Pond.
Epigea repens,L. Long Pond.

Kalmia angustifolia, L. Long Pond.

Kalmia latifolia, L. Pond Hill.

Azalea nudifiora, L. Long Pond.

Rhododendron maximum, L. Above Nescopeck.
Pyrola chlorantha, Sw. Above Nescopeck.
Pyrola elliptica, Nutt. Long Pond.

Pyrola rotundifolia, L. Long Pond.

Pyrola secunda, L. Long Pond,

Pyrola uliginosa, Torr.? Long Pond.
Chimaphila umbellata (L.) Nutt. Pond Hill.
Hy popitys Monotropa, Crantz. Long Pond. _
Lysimachia quadrifolia, L. Above Nescopeck.
Lysimachia terrestris (L.) B.S.P. Above Berwick.
Steironema ciliatum (L.) Raf. Above Berwick.
Asclepias exaltata (L.) Muhl. Pond Hill.
Asclepias obtusifolia, Michx. Above Berwick.
Sabbatia angularis (L.) Pursh. Above Berwick.
Gentiana quinguefolia, L. Pond Hill.
Bartonia Virginica (L.) B.S.P. Long Pond,
Phlox maculata, L. Above Berwick.

Phlox paniculata, L, Long Pond.

Phlox subulata, L. Long Pond.

Myosotis laxa, Lehm. Above Berwick,

Cuscuta Gronovii, Willd. Above Berwick.
Physalis Virginiana, Mill. Above Berwick.
Scrophularia nodosa, L., var. Marylandica (L.) A. Gray. Pond Hill.
Chelone glabra, L. Above Berwick.

Mimulus ringens, L. Above Berwick.

Gratiola Virginiana,L. Above Berwick.
Ilysanthes gratioloides (L.) Benth. Above Berwick.
Veronica Americana, L. Above Berwick.
Veronica officinalis, L. Long Pond.

Veronica scutellata,L. Above Berwick.
Veronica Virginica, L. Nescopeck.

Gerardia pedicularia, L. Pond Hill.

Gerardia tenuifolia, Vahl. Long Pond.
Melampyrum lineare, Lam. Above Nescopeck.
Utricularia gibba, L. Long Pond.

Utricularia vulgaris, L. Long Pond.

65

Dianthera Americana, L. Above Berwick.
Verbena hastata, L. Pond Hill.
Verbena urticefolia, L. Pond Hill.

Mentha Canadensis, L. Above Berwick.
Mentha piperita,L, Pond Hill.

Mentha viridis, LL. Above Berwick.
Cunila Mariana, L. Pond Hill.

Kellia lanceolata (Pursh) Kuntze. Above Berwick.

Lycopus Europeus, L. Above Berwick.

Lycopus sinuatus,L. Pond Hill.

Lycopus Virginicus, L. Nescopeck.
4edeoma pulegioides (L.) Pers. Long Pond.

Melissa officinalis, L. Long Pond.

Monarda fistulosa, L.., var. rubra, A, Gray. Nescopeck.

Scutellaria galericulata, L. Long Pond,

Scutellaria lateriflora, L. Long Pond.

Physostegia Virginiana (L.) Benth, Above Nescopeck.

Trichostema dichotomum, L. Neseopeck.
Teucrium Canadense, L, Nescopeck.

Polygonum arifolium, L. Long Pond.

Polygonum emersum (Michx.) Britton. Long Pond.
Polygonum Hydropiper, L. Pond Hill.

Polygonum hydropiperoides, Michx. Long Pond.

Polygonum Pennsylvanicum, L. Pond Hill,

Polygonum punctatum, Ell Long Pond.

Polygonum sagittatum, L. Pond Hill.

Polygonum Virginianum, L. Long Pond.

Fagopyrum esculentum, Mcench. Nescopeck.

Sassafras officinale, Nees. Long Pond.

Euphorbia hypericifolia, L. Pond Hill.

Behmeria cylindrica (L.) Willd. Long Pond.

Fuglans nigra, L. Pond Hill.

Myrica asplenifolia (L.) Banks. Pond Hill.

Betula lenta, L.. Long Pond.

Betula lutea, Michx. f. Pond Hill.

Betula nigra, L. River bank, near Pond Hill.

Betula populifolia, Marsh. Long Pond.

Alnus incana (L.) Willd. Long Pond.

Alnus serrulata, Willd. Long Pond.

Carpinus Virginiana (Marsh.) Sudworth. Pond Hill.

Quercus alba, L. Pond Hill. 7

Quercus Muhlenbergii, Engelm., var. Aumilis (Marsh.) Britton. its Pond
Quercus Prinus, L. Pond Hill.

Salix cordata, Muhl. Above Berwick.

Salix tristis, Ait. Long Pond.

Populus grandidentata, Michx. Long Pond.
Leptorchis Lil; 4ilitfolia (L.) Millsp. Long Pond,

66

Corallorhiza multifiora, Nutt. Long Pond.
Gyrostachys cernua (L.) Kuntze. Pond Hill.
Gyrostachys gracilis (Bigel.) Kuntze. Nescopeck.
Peramium pubescens (Willd.) Morong. Long Pond.
Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker. Long Pond..,
Hlabenaria lacera (Michx.) R. Br. Lond Pond.
Habenaria psycodes (1...) A. Gray. Long Pond.
Habenaria tridentata (Willd.) Hook. Long Pond.
Cypripedium pubescens, Willd. Long Pond.
Dioscorea villosa, L. Long Pond.

Tris versicolor, L. Above Berwick.

Smilax rotundifolia, L. Long Pond.
Polygonatum biflorum (Walt.) Ell. Pond Hill.
Unifolium Canadense (Desf.) Greene. Long Pond.
Untfolium racemosum (1..) Britton. Pond Hill.
Lilium Philadelphicum, UL. Wong Pond.

Uvularia perfoliata, L. Long Pond.

Uvularia sesstlifolia, L. Wong Pond.

Medeola Virginica, L. Long Pond.

Pontederia cordata, LL, Long Pond.

Ayris Caroliniana, Walt. Long Pond.

Funcus acuminatus, Michx. Above Berwick.
Funcus pelocarpus, E. Meyer. Long Pond.
Arisema triphyllum (L.) Torr. Pond Hill.
Acorus Calamus, L. Above Berwick.

Alisma Plantago, L., var. triviale (Pursh) B. S. P. Above Berwick.
Sagittaria graminea, Michx. Long Pond.

Sagittaria variabilis, Engelm., forma gracilis (Pursh) Britton.
Potamogeton Nuttallii, Cham. Long Pond.

Potamogeton pusillus,L. Long Pond.

Eriocaulon septangulare, With. Long Pond.

Dulichium spathaceum (L.) Pers. Long Pond.

Eleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S. Long Pond.

Eleocharis olivacea, Torr. Long Pond.

Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S. Long Pond.
Rhynchospora alba (1..) Vahl. Long Pond.

Carex intumescens, Rudge. Pond Hill.

Carex lurida, Wahl. Pond Hill.

Panicum dichotomum, L. Nescopeck.

Panicum scoparium, Lam. N escopeck,

Panicum virgatum, L. Above Berwick.

Andropogon provincialis, Lam. Above Berwick.

Agrostis perennans (Walt.) Tuck. Long Pond.

Bromus secalinus, L. Above Berwick.

Hystrix patula, Meench. Long Pond.

Pinus rigida, Mill, Pond Hill,

Pinus Strobus,L. Pond Hill,

67

Tsuga Canadensis (L..) Carr. Pond Hill.

Lycopodium annotinum, L. Pond Hill. =
Lycopodium inundatum, L. Long Pond.

Lycopodium lucidulum, Michx. Long Pond.
Ophioglossum vulgatum, L. Long Pond.

Botrychium ternatum (Thunb.) Sw., var. o6ligum (Muhl.) Milde. Pond Hill.
Botrychium Virginianum (L.) Sw. Long Pond.
Polypodium vulgare, L. Nescopeck.

Pteris aqguilina, L. Long Pond. ¥
Adiantum pedatum, L. Long Pond.

Asplenium Filix-femina (L.) Bernh. Long Pond.
Asplenium platyneuron (1..) Oakes. Long Pond,
Asplenium Trichomanes, L. Pond Hill.

Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link. Pond Hill.
LPhegopteris connectilis (Michx.) BSP. Long Pond.
Phegopteris Dryopteris (L.) Feé. Pond Hill.
LPhegopteris hexagonoptera (L.) Feé. Long Pond.
Dryopteris acrostichoides (Michx.) Kuntze. Long Pond.
Dryopteris Novaboracensis (L.) A. Gray. Long Pond.
Dryopteris dilatata (Sw.) A. Gray. Long Pond.
Dryopteris Thelypteris (L.) A.Gray. Long Pond.
Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Sw. Pond Hill.

Onoclea sensibilis, L. Above Berwick.

Woodsia Ilvensis (L.) R. Br. Pond Hill.

Woodsia obtusa (Spreng.) Torr. Long Pond.

Dicksonia punctilobula (Michx.) A. Gray. Long Pond.
Osmunda regalis, L. Long Pond.

Lquisetum limosum, L.? Long Pond.

Lquisetum sylvaticum, L. Above Berwick.

On Rusbya, a New Genus of Vacciniacee from Bolivia.
By N. L. Britron.

Among the most interesting features of the vegetation of the
the Eastern Cordillera of the Andes is the group of epiphytic gen-
era of Vacciniacee. Dr. Rusby obtained a number of them, and —
those here described are different from the rest in the presence of
Stipules, a feature hitherto unrecorded in either Ericacea or Vac-
ciniacee. The genus here proposed will in a measure commemo-
rate his arduous and eminently successful work in exploring a
difficult region, and one hardly before visited by a botanist. —

68

RusByA, gen. nov.

Calyx tube continuous with the peduncle; campanulate, 5-

angled; the limb erect, 5-lobed; lobes triangular, acute or

acuminate; corolla tubular, narrowed above; stamens 10, nearly
equalling the corolla; flowers otherwise as in TZhemistocleia

Klotsch.

Glabrous or minutely pubescent epiphytic shrubs, with slender,
densely leafy branches; branchlets distinctly marked by the leaf-
scars; leaves coriaceous, short-petioled, linear or ovate, obtuse,
minutely apiculate, stipulate; stipules persistent, setaceous; flowers
small, solitary, slender-peduncled; peduncles minutely bracted
near the base.

Two species, natives of Eastern Bolivia:

1. R. TaxrFoL1a.—Branchlets glabrous; leaves narrowly linear, one-
nerved; peduncles 2 or 3 bracteate above the base.

Yungas, Bolivia, Rusby, No. 2692; M. Bang, No.

2. R. PEaRcEt.—Branchlets pubescent; leaves ovate or ovate-lance-
olate, pinnately nerved or indistinctly 3-nerved; peduncles I
or 2 bracteate at the base; flowers red.

Pintae (Pintoe), Bolivia, 10,000-11,000 ft., R. Pearce, Feb.
1867, Herb. Kew.; 4-6 ft. long on trees, Sandillani, 8,0o00-9000
ft., 1866, R. Pearce, Herb. Kew. Sir Joseph Hooker notes
the presence of stipules on one of these Kew sheets.

Botanical Notes.

A New Station in New York State for Saxifraga aizoides, L.—
This plant has been recorded as growing in but three or four places
in this State. During a collecting trip, I found the plant growing
in considerable abundance upon the dripping cliffs below the falls
in Salmon River, Town of Orwell, Oswego Co. The nearest sta-
tion known is the east branch of Fish Creek, Oneida Co., twenty
miles away, where it was discovered many years ago by Knieskern
and Vasey, and observed later by John A. Paine, Jr. (Cat. of Plants
found in Oneida Co. and Vicinity 1865, p. 31). The west branch
of Fish Creek and Salmon River have their sources very near to-
gether; the former, however, flows south into Oneida Lake; the e

69

latter, west into Lake Ontario. Salmon River falls (110 ft. high)
are in the south-eastern part of the town of Orwell. The river,
at the place where the fall occurs, flows west, exposing the face of
the cliff upon the north side of the ravine to the sun. It is upon
this sunny southern exposure that the plant in question grows. A
few plants were still flowering September 9, 1892, The mist from
the falls and the water from the dripping rocks above keep the at-
mosphere moist and cool.

Potentilla fruticosa also grows pendent from the fotits with the
Saxifrage, and at a distance somewhat resembles it.

Primula Mistassinica also occurs in the same place.

I searched very carefully for Pinguicula vulgaris but was unable
to detect it, and have since found out that while it has been found
at Taughhannock and at Portage with Saaifraga it has not been
reported from the Fish Creek station.. W. W. RowLEeEE.

An International Botanical Congress —Since the meeting of the
botanists at Rochester, last August, it has become evident that an
International Botanical Congress should be held in 1893 in this
country. Upon the return of Professor Underwood from Genoa,
with his report of what was done there, as well as of what was left
undone, such a Congress seemed a necessity, especially when it
was learned that the delegates to the Genoa Congress expected
one to be held in America this year, in order to complete the work
left bythem. The Columbian Exposition will doubtless bring many
botanists to this country during the year. Most of these will
attend our scientific meetings, if possible, and it seems wise to take
advantage of this, and to arrange for a formal Congress. There
being no committee to take charge of the work of preparing for
the Congress, after a consultation with a number of botanists, it
was thought advisable that the chairman of the Section of Botany
of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and
the President of the Botanical Club, Dr. Wilson, should appoint a
committee to take the matter in hand. Accordingly, on Decem-
ber th, notices were sent to the following gentlemen with the re-
quest that they serve on such committee: J. C. Arthur, L. H.
Bailey, N. L. Britton, D. H. Campbell, J. M. Coulter, B. T. Gal-
loway, Conway MacMillan, B. L. Robinson, William mong Le
M. Underwood, George Vasey.

70

May I not ask that a hearty support be given to the committee
by every botanist, to the end that the Congress may be every way
successful. CHARLES E. BEssEy,

Chairman Section G (Botany) A. A. A. S.

Amarantus blitoides, 5. Watson. During last summer (1892)
I discovered a single plant of Amarantus Odlitoides, growing
along the track of the C. R. R. of N. J., about a-half mile south of
the Sewaren, N. J., station on Long Branch Division. This plant
is new to the 100-mile range, and the seed had evidently been
brought by the cars. The plant was large and full of bloom, so
that, no doubt, the locality will be permanently established. This
species belongs in the far West, but I believe it has been reported
by D. F. Day, as introduced into the neighborhood of Buffalo, N.
Y. Professor Halsted tells me that he has seen it about New
Brunswick, N. J. L- H. LIGHTHIPE.

Viburnum prunifolium, L. var. globosum; Geo. V. Nash, n.
var.—This differs from the type in several particulars. The most
conspicuous one is in the fruit, which is globose, and but little
more than half as large—about 4% of aninch. It differs also in
the smaller cymes, and in its divaricately branching habit. The
specimen I found only grew five or six feet high. The flowers
appear before the leaves, and it was this which first drew my at-
tention to it, and led me to watch it for further differences.

Others may have found this variety also, and it is only reason-
able to suppose they have. I found it in a section where the type
grows in abundance, and it is strange that this variety has never
been noted before. There is nothing in the Columbia College
Herbarium like it, nor do I find reference in any work to such

a form. Gro. V. NASH. -
CuLiFTON, N. J., Dec. 12, 1892.

Proceedings of the Club.
TuEsDAY, JANUARY I0, 1893.
Annual meeting. The president in the chair and twenty-eight
persons present. .
The committee appointed to draw up resolutions on the life

71

and works of Professor John Strong Newberry, submitted the fol-
lowing:

Resolved, That in the death of Dr. Newberry the Torrey Bo-
tanical Club has lost an invaluable leader and friend. He was for
ten years our president. Under his inspiring leadership the Club
was greatly enlarged in numbers, in the scope of its aims, and in
its scientific work. From his earliest days he followed assiduously
the paths of science in many fields and in many ways; as student,
as traveller, as explorer, as collector, as author, investigator, or-
ganizer and teacher. He was eminent in all, but especially in his
favorite pursuits of Geology, Palaeontology and Botany. He united
many of the qualities of the greatest scientists; an inextinguish-
able thirst for knowledge, an enthusiastic love of nature, indefatig-
able industry, keen and wide observation, an exact and retentive
memory, and a reflecting and discriminating judgment, that pon-
dered and weighed with calm and philosophic care all questions,
great and small, which a vast accumulation of material in a life of
reading, study and observation, brought to the tribunal of his phil-
osophic judgment. These great qualities enabled him to do much for
Science, and, added to great aptness and facility in lucid exposition,
placed him among the foremost of instructors. We owe his mem-
Ory an endless obligation. At the meetings of the Club he con-
tributed information on every branch of Botany, stimulating in-
quiry, and enriching his remarks from vast stores of information,
drawn from many fields of scientific research, and from the recol-
lections of extensive travels, in which nothing observed seemed
ever forgotten.

Personally, he was the most charming of associates, tlle warm-
est and most loyal of friends. Many a young student will miss the
€ncouragement of his suggestions, and older ones the advantages
of his gentle and helpful criticisms. He will be remembered as
scholar, thinker, investigator, and educator; a most true gentleman,
a noble intellect, a great heart overflowing with the broadest
charity.

_ Resolved, That the sympathies of the Club be extended to the
widow and family of the deceased; and that a copy of these reso-
ieg be forwarded to them, and entered upon the minutes of the

ub.

; 5 AppIson BRowN,
Committee | N. L. Brirron.

Dr. Rusby announced the death on December 30, of Mr. Thomas
Hogg, long an active member of the Club, and for many years one of
its Vice Presidents, and remarked on his life and valuable services
to American Botany and especially to Horticulture. The President

12

referred to the great loss which the Club had sustained, both in a
scientific and a social way. It was resolved that a Committee of
three be appointed by the President to prepare suitable resolutions.
The President appointed as such Committee, Mr. E. S. Miller, Mr.
Arthur Hollick, Rev. L. H. Lighthipe.

A letter from Prof. C. Henry Kain announced the sudden death
in Camden, N. J., of Mr. I. C. Martindale, one of the Club’s most
distinguished corresponding members, and gave a brief sketch of
his life and works. The President remarked upon his personal ac-
quaintance with Mr. Martindale and testified to his high personal
qualities and scientific attainments.

Mr. A. A. Heller, of Lancaster, Pennsylvania, was elected an
active member.

Reports of the officers for last year were presented and ac-
cepted. The Recording Secretary reported 168 active members
on the roll, an increase of 25 during the year; the average attend-
ance at regular meetings was 27. The Treasurer reported the
total income of the Club during the year as $1448.24. The Editor
reported that the number of pages in the 19th volume of the
BULLETIN, published during the year, was 392, an increase over the
preceding volume of 12 pages; No. I. of the 3d volume of the
Memoirs was issued in February; No. II., containing Dr. Morong’s
revision of the North American Naiadacez, is in press. The Cur-
ator reported 3,492 specimens in the Herbarium, all from within
the 100-mile circle.

The following officers for the year 1893 were then unanimously
elected:

President, Hon. Addison Brown; Vice-Presidents, Dr. Timothy
F. Allen.and Dr. Thomas Morong; Treasurer, Mr. Henry Ogden;
Recording Secretary, Dr. H. H. Rusby; Corresponding Secretary,
Mr. John K. Small; Editor, Dr. N. L. Britton; Associate Editors, —
Dr. Emily L. Gregory, Miss Anna Murray Vail, Mr. Arthur Hol-
lick, Prof. Byron D. Halsted, Mr. A. A. Heller; Curator, Miss
Josephine E. Rogers; Librarian, Miss Effie A. Southworth.

The President appointed the following standing committees:
Committee on Finance, Mr. Justus F. Poggenburg, Mr. Wm. H.
Rudkin ; Committee on Admissions, Mr. M. M. Le Brun, Mrs. S.
B. Clarke ; Library and Herbarium Committee, The Curator, the _

73

Libarian, Miss C. A. Timmerman, Rev. L. H. Lighthipe; Com-
mittees on the Local Flora, Phanerogamia, Dr. Thomas C. Porter,
Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. H. H. Rusby; Cryptogamia, Elizabeth G.
Britton, Maria O. Le Brun, Dr. Smith Ely Jelliffe.

Prof. Byron D. Halsted read the announced paper of the even-
ing, ‘‘ Some Results of a Study of Fruit Decays,’’ illustrated by
diagrams. An abstract of the paper will be published in a subse-
quent number of the BuLLETIN. Prof. Halsted exhibited a set of
his distribution of 100 species of American weed-seeds, an account
of which appears in the present BULLETIN.

Mr. Lighthipe exhibited Amarantus blitoides from Sewaren, N.
J. (See note on p 70)

WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 25TH.

Dr. Morong in the Chair and 29 persons present. Dr. Britton
was elected Secretary pro. tem.

Prof. H. W. Conn, of Wesleyan University, was elected an active
member.

The following papers were read and illustrated by specimens and
Maps :

‘‘ Some new Species of Characez,’”” by Dr. T. F. Allen (to be
published in a subsequent number of the BULLETIN).

‘« Preliminary Report on the Flora of Luzerne County, Penna.,”’
by Mr. A. A. Heller (published in the present BuLLETIN).

‘The Mosses of White Top Mountain, Virginia,” by Mrs. N.
L. Britton. This will be incorporated in the account of the ex-
ploration of Southern Virginia prosecuted during the last summer,
to be published in a number of the MEmorrs.

The Secretary stated that the memorial of Dr. Newberry would
be presented at the second February meeting, and that Mr. J.
H. Redfield had prepared an article on the life of Mr. I. C. Martin-

dale, which would be printed in the March BuLLetin.

Reviews of Foreign Literature.

A Monograph of the Myxogastres. By George Massee.
(Methuen & Co., London, 1892. 359 pages and 12 chromo litho-
graph plates containing 313 figures.) |

74

An introductory portion, occupying twenty-seven pages, is oc-
cupied by a discussion of the affinities and classification of the
group. De Bary’s statement regarding want of relationship be-
tween this group and the fungi are matched off against each other
and finally dismissed as self-contradictory.

The writer then draws a parallel between the methods of
growth in the Myxomycetes and Mucorini, and judges that this is
sufficient to indicate affinities, quoting from De Bary: “ We find
it impossible to establish any strict homologies, but are limited to
resemblances in form, structure and mode of life.’ That the simi-
larities are sometimes striking cannot be denied, but that they should
be interpreted as indicating affinity (community of descent) is by
no means clear. It may be that Mr. Massee is acquainted with
some other kind of affinity, not involving descent, and that the
groups under discussion have this kind; indeed, it must be so, for
if not there is a direct clash between this part of the discussion
and one of his conclusions, which says: ‘There is no evidence in
favour of the supposition that the Myxogastres are degenerated
members of the vegetable kingdom, whereas the idea that fungi
originated by differentiation from chlorophyll-bearing plant ances-
tors is generally admitted.”

How this very definite and very desirable conclusion was ex-
tracted from any part of the previous discussion is an exceeding
great mystery, but the curious can find it and four other conclu-
sions, some even more mysterious, drawn up and numbered on
page 21.

The introductory portion of the book is, however, as a whole,
interesting. The existence of hybrids between species of Myxo-
mycetes is described, and a list given of the colors of the plasmodia
of a considerable number of species. Many quotations from vari-
ous investigators are here collated, and though sometimes used in
ways never contemplated by their authors, are still valuable to
those to whom the original works are not easy of access. Mr.
Massee has settled many important points to his own satisfaction,
but has ignored many facts and distinctions which will prevent his _
conclusions being widely or permanently accepted. For example, a
the terms sporangium, plasmodiocarp and zthallium, are used with
the most thorough indiscrimination. On page 26 Zudulina cylin-

7)

drica and fasciculate 7richiacee are spoken of as zthallia. The six
species of Lycogala are each described as plasmodiocarp, while the
generic characterization begins: “Sporangia zxthallioid, grouped to-
gether in an intricate manner, and forming a large plasmodiocarp in-
closed in a thick, common cortex.” These terms might easily have
been dropped if there had been no wish to preserve the distinctions
which they imply, but no, they are again and again used, with the
most bewildering impartiality, all three terms in one sentence de-
scribing the same organisms. This condition is, of course, fruitful
in peculiarities of classification and arrangement.

It is, however, as a systematic work that this volume might be
supposed to have its importance. As the author remarks in the
preface, his facilities in the way of material and types were excep-
tional, and hence the hope of a work of exceptional value was not
unwarranted. The typographic beauty of the book increases the
anticipated joy of using it, and the plates are the first to convey
an idea of the delicate and curious beauty of form and color in
this group. Fault has been found with these plates, and especially
with the coloring, but it must be said that, as a whole, compared
with previous publications, the plates are well calculated to sug-
gest correct ideas of the organisms they represent. And there is
another reason why these plates should be praised—they are
the one redeeming feature of the book.

It is a most uncomfortable realization that from what might
have been a great addition to the literature of one’s favorite group
there can come only increased confusion, and yet to say that the
whole systematic portion of this work is entirely unreliable, and
careless to the last degree, is the only way in which the truth can
be told. It is the result, no doubt, of much labor, and contains a
great and valuable supply of information; in fact, we must take it
in spite of its defects as the only comprehensive and recent work
on the subject; yet we can never have certainty nor even strong
confidence in any statement, no matter how definite. The grossest
carelessness pervades it, in the most important as well as the most
trivial matters, so that it must be interpreted with the most care-
ful eclecticism. :

An amended edition is not likely to be issued, and we must
make the best of the present one. Asa help in doing this the

76

following remarks and corrections are collated from a copy of the
work of which parts have been given practical trial. That the
supply of errors is in any way exhausted is not to be supposed,
for each attempt at use in determination unearths a large crop of
mis-statements and oversights.

In the first place there are hosts of small blunders—typo-
graphical errors they might, perhaps, be called, if they were not
so numerous and confusing. Errors in the spelling of scientific
names occur as follows:

Siphotychium (p. 31, also p. 34), for Siphoptychium; Ellisiana
(p.98), for Al/istanum,to agree in gender with Lamproderma, robusta
(p. 99), for robustum ; cinera (p. 150), for cinerea; Trevelyana (p.
202), for Zrevelyan, the original name; melanospora (p. 325), for
melanosperma, the original name; dealbata (p. 207), for dealbatum ;
Ceinkowskia (p.197, p. 307, p. 336 and p. 337, twice), for Cienkowshia.
In the preface and index this generic name is spelled correctly.

And the arithmetic is no better than the spelling. Of twenty-
five genera containing more than one species the number of species
is wrongly stated in eight: Zuéulima 11 (correct number, 12);
Enteridium 3 (5); Clathroptychium 3 (4); Cribraria 19 (20); Stemo-
nitts 23 (24); Perichena 9 (10); Ophiotheca 9 (10); Badhamia 18
(17). The author says, “ Species 3,’ under Reticularia. As only
R. lycoperdon appears, we must infer that one species was counted
three times, or that the other two were lost, perhaps by the printer.
It is, of course, a matter of small importance whether the number
of species is correctly given so long as the species are correctly
described. The above facts suggest, however, the very important
question whether the author was in the same state of mind when
he counted (?) the lines on his micrometer as when he failed to
count his species.

In the matter of citation of authorities for specific binomials
this is a pioneer work. ' All the systems previously proposed seem
to be used in different places, and several new ones. Through
this peculiar combination of methods the result is reached that
more than a quarter (118 out of 427) of the species have after
them the expressive abbreviation “Mass.” But all theories fail of
a complete explanation of this great massacre of ancient aahe ;
ties and old friends.

17

For example, we have Arcyria cinerea, Mass. Now Bulliard
applied this specific name in 1791, and Schumacher used the
binomial in 1803, and nearly all authors since then have recog-
nized this form and name. What is still more remarkable, A.
pomiformis is reduced to a synonym under A. cinerea, though ante-
dating that species by three years. There is also Stemonitis
typhina, Mass., a binomial applied in the Flora Germanica in 1788.
About ten more cases of this kind might be mentioned, where
neither the author of the specific name nor of the binomial is cited,
but some third party. The general tendency seems to be to
recognize the “ first name under the genus,” but all kinds of tastes
in such matters are consulted, as, for instance, Ophiotheca circum-
scissa, Currey (p. 131). According to the synonymy the name
Currey used was chrysosperma, Wallroth being the author of ci-
cumscissa, and Rostafinski having first made the present combi-
nation.

Those for whom “the first name under the genus” has no
special sanctity will write (p. 98) Lamproderma penetrale (Cke. &
Ellis), instead of «ZL. Ellisiana Che.” Having decided that Zrichia
persimilts, Karsten, and TJ: intermedia, Massee, are the same, zuter-
media stands as the species, and persimilis is down as a synonym,
though antedating the other name by twenty-one years.

On page 191, in a note under Zyichia verrucosa, Berk., is men-
tioned 7. adictyospora. Nospecies of this name is described, figured
or mentioned in the index. The note in which the name occurs
is taken by the author from his “ Revision of the Trichiacex,”’ and
on the same page of that paper, ina note on 7: chrysosperma is
another mention of this name, dictyospora, and still another, 7: Ar-
cheri. There seems to be no other mention of these species, which
leaves us in doubt as to whether they were lost, strayed, or stolen.
It may be that Mr. Massee had intended to apply his name,
Archeri, to L. verrucosa, and dictyospora, to T. Kalbreyeri, but this
is only a guess. 7

The species published by Rostafinski as Chondrioderma sub-
dictyospermum appears as C. dealbatum Mass., with a reference to
“Didymium dealbatum B. and C., in Herb. Berk. n. 10,756.”
Concerning this change the author remarks: “There appears to
be no good reason why Berkeley’s specific name, though only a

78

manuscript one, should have been changed by Rostafinski. Well,
if the unreasonableness of supplanting a published name by a
“ manuscript one” is not evident to Mr. Massee, why did he not
restore Stemonitis trechispora B. and C. for S. dictyospora, Rost., on
page 83? Can it be that the cause of this inconsistency was that
dealbatum could be put into another genus and have “ Mass.”
after it? The fact that “ Mass.” is written for every cause and no
cause preserves us from this suspicion, but leaves us no theory for
explaining the difference in the treatment of two exactly parallel
cases.

On page 231 is Didymium neglectum, Mass. (nov. sp).” The
fact that this name had been used by Berkeley for a species con-
sidered by our author, (p. 224) to be synonymous with D.
squamulosum, was perhaps overlooked by him—perhaps not.
Considering the variability of D. farinaceum the characters on
which the new species rests are of very uncertain value, but if it
should prove to be distinct it might be well to call it D. Masseet.

It is always well to havea species sufficiently described, but
Didymium flavidum, Peck, is especially honored in being described
twice, the first description (p. 247) purporting to be based on an
«Authentic specimen from Peck, in Herb., Kew,’ while the second
(p. 251) isacopy of Peck’s original description placed under the re-
mark, “Owing to imperfect diagnoses and absence of type speci-
mens, the following cannot be arranged in their respective sec-
tions.”

Appropriate names are a pleasant aid to the memory, but this
is hardly sufficient to justify what we find on page 263, where
having decided that three species of Craterium, vulgare, pyriforme,
~ and smznutum, should be looked upon as one, our author writes —
them all down as C. confusum, Mass.!_ Well, the species had had |
eight or ten names before, so that an additional one is a matter of
no great importance. Sticklers for priority will probably call the -
species C. minutum (Leers)—if they agree that the three are prop-
erly merged. There is another Craterium minutum (p. 273) de-
scribed by Kickx, which name must, of course, be changed. :

Physarum compressum is given as a synonym of P. nefroideum
(p. 286), but later on (p. 291) there is a long discussion as ta
whether it is not the same as P. Phillipsit.

79

Badhamia varia, Massee (p. 319), is another new name made
under the same circumstances as Craterium confusum. It includes
Badhamia hyalina, capsulifera, utricularis and magna. The author
is probably correct in uniting these species, but his new name will
scarcely be accepted in this age of the world.

Even a casual discussion of the classification would occupy
so much space that one must be contented merely to state here
the opinion that the group Peritrichie includes organisms having
only the most slender geometrical similarities, and that a natural
arrangement would compel a division into several orders, codrdi-
nate with the other three.

The genera Licea and Lindbladia are united to Tudulina,
though these are as well-defined as most of those that remain.
The value of a character is to be sought in its constancy, not in its
size, and its importance may not be impaired in one group, be-
cause it is variable in another. By reason of the fact that the
genus Licea is no longer recognized, the following note under 77d-
ulina Lindheimeri is curious: “ The type specimen is so thoroughly
crushed that it is impossible to say whether the plant is a Licea or
a Tubulina, but in all probability the latter, as there appear to be
indications of the bases of crowded sporangia.”

Physarum cespitosum, Peck, is referred to Tudulina. T. micro-
spora Cke. (Grevillea, xvi. 116) is not described as a species, nor.
mentioned as a synonym.

Regarding the validity of Mr. Wingate’s family Orcadellacee
the author says: «Iam afraid that such trivial characters are ad-
mitted as sufficient for family characteristics, those left for generic
distinctions will be reduced to inappreciable quantities.” This
solicitude for generic distinctions is very commendable, but it
should not have prevented the realization that Orcadella is about
as different from its so-called relatives as a Myxomyces without
columella and capillitium could well be.

Rostafinski’s genus /eterodictyon is united, probably with great
propriety, to Crbraria.

Stemonitis and Comatricha are united under the former name.
The distinctions previously alleged between these genera were
purely imaginary, and it is well not to separate the species until
better reasons can be found for so doing

80

In this group we have a good example of the author’s ideas
and methods of classification. The major divisions of the
Myxomycetes are first (p. 30) called orders, and their divisions
sub-orders, but here (p. 69) we have the Colwmellifere spoken of as
“the present section,’ and then “the two sub-sections.” On page
71 we have the formal headings, “Sub-sect. Stemonite’’ and
“ Sub-sect. Lamprodeme,” but no distinctions between the two
are alleged. Under the first “ sub-sect.” are Stemonitis, Siphopty-
chium, Amaurochete, Brefeldia, Rostafinskia and Reticularia ; under
the Lamprodermae come Enerthenema, Ancyrophorus, Lamproderma,
Echinostelium, Raciborskia, and Orthotricha. Under the description
of Lamproderma we read, “closely allied to Diachaea and Stemonitis,
but differing from both in having the threads of the capillitium
originating from the apex of the columella only.” On the next
page, under the first species, ZL. véolaceum ; “a very distinct and
beautiful species, characterized by having the sporangium flattened
and umbilicate, and the almost colorless capillitium springing from
every part of the columella.” Thus the first species does not
possess the only distinctive generic character, and would be a
Stemonitis if the definitions were strictly applied, and yet, by the
arrangement here followed, five genera come between Lamproderma
and Szemonitis, none of which bear any very close relation to either.
Siphoptychium has been supposed to find its nearest ally in Zudulina,
and the author goes so far as to suggest its descent from 7udbulina
cylindrica, or some closely allied form, and yet he puts it in another
order, between Stemonitis and Amaurochaete, to neither of which it
has any affinity, except the other kind which does not involve
descent.

Ancyrophorus is a recently described genus from Denmark,
allied to Exerthenema, but with the capillitium springing from the
upper part of the columella as well as from its discoid apex.
There is an undescribed American species.

Orthotricha microcephala, Wingate, has been reduced by Schroter
to Clastoderma Debaryanum, A. Blytt, but this genus is not men-
tioned, nor the species either, in the present work, though Schrot-
er’s reduction was published in 1889.

If there are any valid distinctions of generic importance De-
tween Raciborskia and Orthotricha they are not made plain by the _

81

descriptions, and it is the opinion of Raciborski that the two may
prove to be identical, yet in a note after Orthotricha Mr. Massee
says: “I am not at all convinced in my own mind as to whether
the present genus belongs to the present division or to the Peri-
trichee.” ‘Which member of that very heterogeneous group could
be imagined to have any affinity with Orthotricha is hard to guess,
but then affinity seems not to be a necessary qualification for ad-
mission into the Peritrichee.

The next “Order,” Ca/otrichee is a rather compact one, but the

limits of the included genera are utterly undefined, if we are to
believe the author’s statements. Dermodium is reduced to Lyco-
gaa, with the suggestion that D. conicum is nothing more than
Lycogala epidendrum. Hemiarcyria is reduced to Arcyria! To
reduce it to Zrichia would appear warrantable, and to reduce the
three genera, and some others, to one, would be consistent, but
there is little convenience and less reason in the present arrange-
ment. To keep the number of genera the same, perhaps, we have
a new genus, Heterotrichia, from South Carolina. All the charact-
ers alleged are possessed in greater or less degree by species in
other genera. Aemiarcyria is a much better genus, in that its
characters are more important and constant. Hemiarcyria Ellis,
Mass, separated from /. rubiformis solely on account of its warted
spores, has been re-united with that species.
In only four species of Zvichia is the number of spirals given.
Counting the spirals is rather bothersome business, and the author
is apparently not fond of mathematical exercise of this kind; still,
he might have given the figures as others have counted them.

Rostafinski’s distinction between Didymium and Chondrioderma
was sufficiently flimsy, alleging that the sporangial walls in
in Didymium always bear crystals of lime, while those of Chondrio-
derma have a more or less compacted coating of amorphous
Svanules. Reference to crystals is now dropped, leaving the only
distinction in the relative compactness of the lime. Under the
Rostafinskian method species were sometimes undecided in their
generic preferences, but by the new arrangement it will be often
difficult to tell where an individual should go, for example, C. or D.
Spumarioides is frequently covered above by a smooth plate of
lime, while on the sides and base the lime is in the form of scales,
Or €ven a fine powder.

82

Chondrioderma ochraceum, Schroter, has the lime in furfuraceous
condition, but for some reason (?) did not go with its relatives into
Didymium.

Chondrioderma and Physarum seem to get very close together.
P. brunneolum has a polished, porcelain-like wall, and lime in the
knots of the capillitium, and what is worse the lime has the form
prescribed for Badhamia! -The next species leans strongly to-
ward Tilmadoche, and the second toward Craterium.

In the way of variety of terms nothing more would be asked.
There is “‘sporangium,” “ peridium,’”’ “perithecium,” ‘ pileus,”’
and ‘ capitulum”’ (p. 234), though this last seems to be a slip for
“ capillitium.’’ On page 282, third line from bottom, “ capillitium ”’
probably means “ columella;’’ and on 192, eight lines from bottom,
‘spores ’’ should, to make sense, read ‘* spines.”’

On page 349, among explanations of plates, ‘‘ Criéraria macro-
carpa’’ seems to be a mistake for “* C. mzcrocarpa,’ a very different
species.

The index is incomplete, and even the alphabetic arrangement
is in places out of joint.

One finds, on referring to the ‘‘ Descriptions of Figures,” that
numbers 85 and 86 are “ Badhamia fusea, Mass.” It appears to
be a fine species, and we should be glad to know more of it, but
alas, there is no more, no Ladhamia, or other species, of that
name, no synonym, nothing in the index. Perhaps it is an error
for fusca? No, there is a Stemonitis, and an Arcyria, of that
name, but no Badhamia.

There are a few remarks which may become classic. Here are
two mild samples: ‘‘ Sometimes two or three sporangia are seated
on a common stem, forming a plasmodiocarp.’’ The following
concerns Fuligo varians: . ‘In the plasmodium condition often oc-
curring amongst dead leaves as a bright yellow soft moss.’’

Why argue longer about the affinities of the group ?

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.
Aganisia tonoptera (Bot. Mag. t. 7270). _ .
Agave angustissima, J. N. Rose (Gard. and For. vi. 5, 6; illus-
trated). ne

83

Alloplectus Lynchet (Bot. Mag. t. 7271).

Aster turbinellus, (Gard. and For. vi. 16; illustrated).

Black-rot der Reben—Die Bekampfung der. (B. T. Galloway

(Zeitscr. Planzenkrank. ii. 257, 258).

Botanical Notes from Texas. ¥E. N. Plank (Gard. and For. vi. 15,
16).

Botanical Section, Rochester Academy of Sciences—Report of. Miss
J. H. McGuire. (Proc. Roch. Acad. ii. 44-48).

Record of numerous localities for plants in the vicinity of
Rochester, N. Y., among them Crepis diennis, shown by Miss
Macauley from near Fairport.
Californian Plants—Two new. F. T. Bioletti (Erythea, i. 16, 17).

Guaphalium bicolor and Collinsia Franciscana.

Catalogue of the Phanerogams and Ferns of Licking County, Ohio.
Herbert L. Jones. (Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison University, vii.
I-102, with map). ts
A neatly printed list of 945 species and varieties, giving

habitats, time of flowering and localities for the newer species.

Champia parvula—Development of the Frond from the Carpospore.
B. M. Davis (Ann. Bot. vi. 339-353; one plate).

Claytonia—Distribution of the Seed in. J.C. Willis (Ann. Bot. vi.
382, 383; three figures.

Composite, Observations on the, [—Edw. L. Greene (Erythea, i. 1-4).
A discussion of the Tribe Vernoniacee. Stokesia levis (Hill)

Green is the proper designation of S. Cyanea, L’Her.; Vernonia

ciinita, Raf. (18 36) must replace V. Arkansana, D. C. (1838).

Contributions Jrom the Botanical Laboratory of the University of —
Pennsylvania. (Vol. i. No. 1, 800, pp. 73; thirteen plates;
Philadelphia, 1892).
Another medium for the presentation of the results of botan-

ical research has been inaugurated by the officers of the depart-

ment of botany in the University of Pennsylvania. The part here
noticed was received some weeks ago, and would have been re-
viewed before but for unusual demand on the time of the editor
of the BuLLETIN. It contains seven papers (I). a monstrous speci-
men of Kudbeckia hirta by Professor Rothrock, with two plates
illustrating’a remarkable instance of folial and floral prolification ;
IT. contributions to the history of Dion@a muscipula, by Dr. Mac-

84

farlane (reviewed by Dr. Bashford Dean in the January BULLE-
Tin) III. An abnormal development of the Inflorescense of Dionea,
by Mr. J. W. Harshberger; IV. Mangrove Tannin, by Professor
Trimble, a chemical study; V. Observations on Apig@a repens
by Professor Wilson, a critical investigation of the different kinds
of flowers produced by this plant; VI. A Nascent Variety of
Brunella vulgaris, by Professor Rothrock; VII. Preliminary ob-
servations on the movements of the leaves of Me/ilotus alba and
other plants, by Professor Wilson, assisted by Jesse M. Greenman,
a subject which Prof. Wilson has been investigating for several
years. He maintains as one of his principal results that the hot
sun position, in which leaves point directly towards the sun, is a
phenomenon brought about by an endeavor to reduce the amount
of transpiration, and is dependent not on light alone, but also to
a large degree on heat.

The “Contributions” are a most welcome addition to our list of
serial publications, and we hope they may be of frequent appear-
ance. N:; LB;

Echinocactus myriostigma. (Gard. Chron. xii. 789, fig. 120).

Erythea, a Journal of Botany, West American and General. Ed-
ited by Willis Linn Jepson and others, of the Department of
Botany, University of California.

The remarkable increase in interest in and the study of the
Science of Botany during the past few years is well illustrated by
the increased number of journals specifically devoted to presenting _
the results of that study. This is true, both of the Old World and
the New. Since 1885 more than fifteen different serial publications
have been commenced, and, we believe, all the older ones have

been continued, and, for the most part, increased in size and circu-

lation. And it is evident that the end of this process is not yet,
for the pressure on the pages of the journals is continually aug-
menting.

We, therefore, cordially welcome any new enterprise, begun
under competent direction, which will facilitate the presentation of
botanical information. ie

No. 1, Vol. i, of “ Erythea” is an octavo pamphlet of twenty- -

eight pages, issued at Berkeley, California, in January, 1893-

“Short articles, the results of local investigations in the field and : :

85

laboratory, will be published in every number, and will give, as is
intended, a distinctively West-American character to the journal;
it is not the purpose, however, to exclude communications from
any part of the world, nor to neglect any department of botanical
research.”

The number contains two papers by Prof. Greene, and also an
adverse criticism by him on Mr. Berthoud’s recent paper on the
dissemination of plants by the buffalo; two papers by the editor,
Mr. Jepson, one by Mr. F. F. Bioletti, and one by Mr. Marshall O.
Howe, besides several reviews and a chapter of “ Notes and News.”
The subscription price is $1.50 per year. We presume the journal
will be issued monthly, but there is no indication of the frequency
of publication in the number which lies before us. Noise. dB
Galax aphylla. (Gard. and For. v. 604, with figure).
Gottsche, Dr. C. M., Obituary. W.H. Pearson (Journ. Bot. xxx.

p. 3).

This is a most interesting account of the eminent Hepati-
cologist, who has contributed so much to the knowledge of the
liverworts of Mexico, Central America and the West Indies.
Lpomea tuberosa—A Drift seed of. W.®B. Hemsley (Ann. Bot.

Vi. 369-371; one plate).

Record of the finding of the seed of this tropical species on the
Hebrides.

Suneberries—The. G. Nicholson (Garden, xlii. 540-541).

A description of the Amelanchiers cultivated in England, ac-
companied by a colored plate of A. Canadensis.
Larrea cuneifolia e sulle Piante bussola—Sulla. G. Archangeli,

(Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital., 1893, 46-48).

Leiophyllum buxifolium. (Garden, xii. 559; illustrated).
Lichenes Epiphylli Spruceani, a cl. Spruce in regione Rio Negro
lecti, additis illis a cl Traill in regione superiore Amazonum lectis.

J. Mueller. (Journ. Linn. Soc. xxix. 322-333).

An enumeration of 64 species, with descriptions of new ones in
the genera Lecania, Calenia, Lecidea, Patellaria, Lopadium, Arthro-
nia, Arthroniopsis, Strigula and Phylloporina.

Liverworts of West Virginia, A.W. Evans. (Flora of West Vir-
inia, pp. 495-408, reprinted with one plate).

Twenty-eight oe are denna blonin eating description of

86

Plagiochila Virginica, n. sp. Owing to the severing of Dr. Mills-
paugh’s connection with the W. Va. Experiment station, the cata-
logue was printed in haste and errors have crept in ; the following
may be corrected: Radu/a, Dumortier, not Nees; /ungermanuia,
Micheli, not Michaux; Plagiochila porelloides, Lindenberg, not
Lindberg. bE. Ge

Mammillaria fissurata. (Gard. Chron. xii. 789, fig. 130.)

Mammillaria Radliaria, n. sp. (Monatsschr. Kakteenk. ii. 104-
105 ; illustrated).

Description of a new species from Mexico.

Melocactus Brongmarti. (Monats. Kakteenk. ii. 88 ; illustrated).

Mosses of West Virginia Elizabeth G. Britton, (Contributions
from the Herbarium of Columbia College, No. 32. Reprinted
from the Preliminary Catalogue of the Flora of hte: Vas pp.
484-494, two plates). J

Forty-two genera, and eighty-four species are enumerated,
mostly gathered in the vicinity of Morgantown in the month of i
July, 1892. Dicranodontium Virginicum and D. Millspaughu, are 2
described and figured as new species, the latter replacing Campy-
lopus flexuosus, Sull. (Musci. of the U.S. p. 19 not Bridel.) of the — ;
Manual. i Dis G2:

Mountain Region af Clear Lakze—The. Willis L. Jepson
(Erythea, i. 10-16). An account of the flora of the vicinity of this
lake, situated in the Coast Range, seventy miles north of the Bay
of San Francisco. A number of rare species were secured, and
among them two novelties: Streptanthus hesperidis and Arcto-
staphylos elegans. :

Musci Americe Septentrionalis, ex operibus novissimis recensitt et
methodici dispositi. Renault et Cardot (Revue Bryol. xix. 65-96,
1892, continued).

In the preface the authors claim to have arranged according to
their alliance 1350 species of North American mosses, but they do”
not include those of Mexico or Central America. This list does
not claim to be a critical revision, but simply an enumeration t
date of all the published species since the issue of the Manual, giv- 3
ing their range geographically, also indicating whether endemic or
common to both Europe and the U.S. This first part includes
710 species, the varieties not numbered. We note one erro!

87

under Leucobryum, p. 79, the authors referring L. sediforme, Muller.

as a variety under L. minus, Hpe. Either they have misunder-

stood my statements in the BULLETIN xix, pp. 189-191, or
they have recently received material agreeing with Muller’s species.

We have a portion of this material recently received and entirely

agree with Muller that Z. sediforme does not occur in the United

States. BG, Be

Novitates occidentales, I. Fdw. L. Greene (Erythea, i. 4-7).
Pulsatilla multiceps, Potentilla scopulorum, P. ambigens, P. Platt-

ensis, var. (?) leucophylla, P. Micheneri, Sanicula nemoralis, S.

Sseptentrionalis, S. saxatilis, Senecio Blochmanae and Microseris

indivisa are described as new.

Opuntia prolifera (Meechan's Month. iii. 1-2; colored plate).

Plantago media, J. Franklin Collins (Gard. and For. x. 622).
Record of the occurrence of this European species at Provi-

dence, R. I.

Preliminary List of the Flowering and Fern Plants of Lorain County,
Ohio—Additions to the Albert A. Wright. (Oberlin College,
Lab. Bull. No. 1, Suppl., pp. 11, 1893).

A list of 106 species and varieties additional to those recorded
in the list of plants of the same area, published by Prof. Wright
in 1889, with some corrections, and a number of changes in
nomenclature.
Preliminary List of the Mosses of Washington County, Pa. A. Linn

and J. S. Simonton (pp. 8, no date [1893]). One hundred

Species are enumerated.

Salix balsanifera. C.S. Sargent (Gard. and For. vi. 28; illustrated).

Sand-dune Flora of Lake Michigan, E.J. Hill (Gard. and For. vi.
15).

Sarracenia—The History of. M. T. Masters (Gard. Chron. xiii. 11,
12; illustrated).

Dr. Masters gives a very interesting account of the history of
our Pitcher-plants, from the time of Lobel (1570).

Strobasidium, Nonveau Genre a’ Hymenomycetes heterobasidies. G.
de Lagerheim and N. Patouillard (Journ. de Bot. vi. 465-469;
two figures),

Description of this new genus with two new species from
Ecuador.

88

Solanum Seaforthianum. W. Watson (Garden, xlii. 518, 519;
colored plate). :

A climbing species, native of the West Indies.

Teratological Notes. Marshall A. Howe (Erythea, i. 18, 19).

Record of medium floral prolification in Leptosyne maritima
and phyllody of pistils in Zfohum.

Umbelliferae—Studies in the Californian—I. Willis L. Jepson.

(Erythea, i. 8-10).

Angelica Caltfornica, Leptotaenia Californica, Nutt., var. platy-
carpa and Peucedanum robustum are described as new.

Woody Plants of Manhattan in their Winter Condition. A. S.

Hitchcock (pp. 20, Manhattan, Kansas, 1893).

A descriptive list of 48 trees and shrubs. Mr. Hitchcock has
followed the code of nomenclature adopted at the Rochester
Meeting of the Botanical Club of the A. A. A.S. We note one
or two deviations from those rules. Rhus Canadensis, Marsh.
(1785) is taken as the name of the Canada Sumach, but this is a
homonym of &. Canadensis, Mill.(1767). 2. aromatica, Ait. (1789),
appears to be the acceptable name. Symphoricarpos vulgaris,
Michx. (1803), is antedated by S. orbicularis, Moench. (1794).
Undescribed plants from Guatemala—X. John Donnell Smith.

(Bot. Gaz. xviii. 1-7; one plate.)

Sloanea pentagona, Xanthoxylum foliolosum, Ouratea podogyna,
Fuchsia arborescens, var.(?) megalantha ; Hauya Rodriguesii, Hauya
fleydeana, Parathests micrantha, Bumelia pleistochasia, B. liogyna,
Styrax conterminum, Ehretia Luxiana, Juanalloa Sargii, Tynanthus
Guatemaltensis, Schlegelia cornuta and Aigyphila falcata are de-
scribed as new. Potentilla Donnell-Smithii Focke, Bot. Gaz. xvi.
3, proves tobe P. heterosepala, Fritsch. Juanalloa Sargii is beauti-
fully figured from one of Mr. Faxon’s drawings.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

—PLATE. CXL,

Ly

Se Ss
= Ss SS
PNR ee,

<7}
wast q “<o aps “Vf
eR HY

CINE S

my

WD
VE -
a

_ POPULUS ANGUSTIFOLIA, JAMES,

DBERG.

POPULUS AC

INES
y ."
MAAS

*

: PY
(LED :

vi a
ERS

we ERticg

—!

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXLL

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

#“ARTISTS’ - @ATERIALS.&

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED. CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
To RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.

COFFIN, DEVOE & CO., 176 RANDOLPH ST. CHICAGO.
HERBARIUM FOR SALE.

The Herbarium of the late Dr. Ferdinand Blanchard is for sale. It consists of about
2,000 plants mounted, and 4,000-5,000 unmounted, (the latter including duplicates)
arranged in small cases, and representing largely the New England Flora. Dr.
Blanchard, however, exchanged extensively with Botanists all over the United States,
and with some English Botanists, giving his Herbarium a more general character.
The plants are in excellent condition.

_ There is alsoa good collection of United States Mosses, with some foreign species
interspersed, valued at $25.00. Offers are solicited. For } articulars address either

DR. GEORGE VASEY, or
JOHN M. HOLZINGER,
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J,

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND, INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

Sa aa

NEW YORK FUNGI.

The First Century is now ready for distribution, and others will follow as soon as
prepared. It is intended to make these sets as complete as possible in Hymenomy-
cetes. Prof. Chas. H. Peck has kindly promised to examine all species of which he
is the author. It is hoped that the science of Mycology may be rendered some service
by making accessible authentic specimens, and thus helping to avoid the multiplica-
tion of synonyms. Price for the First Century, bound, $7.00; unbound, $6.00. _For-
eign subscriptions 25 cents extra for postage. Those desiring to subscribe or seeking
further information, please address

C. L. SHEAR,
Alcove, N. 3%

CHARACEZ OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is |
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of /Vite//a, as fol-
lows: JVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; AMissouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). ‘These fascicles will be issued —
from time to time as plates can be prepared; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

LE. aes
10 East 36th St., N. Y-

The North American Pyrenomycetes.

By J. B. ELLIS and B. M. EVERHART.

With original illustrations by F. W. ANDERSON. 2,500 species of the —
old genus * Spheria,” described and arranged in accordance with the
modern ideas of classification. One thick octavo volume, with over 800 —
pages of printed matter and 41 full-page tinted plates illustrating the
genera; bound in fine cloth, with stamped covers and gilt-lettered back.
Price, $8,00, with 35 cts. additional if sent by mail. Address,

J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J:

Sets of Potamogeton.

A few sets of Potamogeton are in the course of preparation ©
which are offered for sale to botanists who are in want of authen-
tic species named by the subscriber. The sets will include nearly
all the North American and many European species, together
with a few species of Naias. The price will range from $3.00 t0
$5.00, according to their completeness.

THOMAS MORONG.
Columbia College, New York City-

ESTABLISHED 1851.

‘

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

®

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

Typ

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB,
ae Soe (1) THE BULLETIN. Ae ae
Se : This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four. :

pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. i
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for

England, Messrs, Dutau & Co., 37 Sohu Square, London, England. SHOE
: Back NumBers.—The BuLLetin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive, -
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these —
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to |
__ fun on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
_ The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed —

_ Separately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
_ for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. XVIII. and XIX: are indexed
Separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VIII. cannot now be supplied complete, but it is —
_ planned to reprint some of its numbers. .

ae (2) THE MEMOIRS. , 3
_ The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers —
_¢an also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each, -
_ Volume I contains the following papers: nt act vs
_ _ No. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Carex, by Prof.
L. H. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately. ete a eae ee
No. 2—A List of the Marine Algze hitherto observed on the Coasts of New
Jersey and Staten Island, by Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 5ocents.
No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in
_ South America, with descriptions of many new species, by Dr. Richard Spruce.
tere a Polen wires sag eee nr ee Geen eyes tat
No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits, by Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant. — Price, 50 cents. _
Volume II contains the following papers: Teor arcs

©. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding Parts, with two
es, by Professor Byron D. Halsted. Price, socents. =
_« No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates, by Anna
Murray Vail : i wae

Vou. XX. _ MARCH, 1893.

BULLETIN _ a

John’ Strong Newberry: :
_ (With Pptoapsar oo ag since
& ee ;

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB,

OFFICERS ROE. 189 3+

ee,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Skee T. F ALLEN, M. pi

eewrunee Secretary,
_ HENRY H. RUSBY, M. Ds
= ealieae of Pharmacy, New York Citys

ations
-L BRITTON, Ph. D.,

Columbia College, oad York City. |

Vice Presidents,

THOMAS MORONG, Ph. D.

‘ Lirésspontbie Secretary,
JOHN K. SMALL, |
- Columbia College, New vem, citys
‘Treasurer,
HENRY OGDEN,
ar 1 Pine Street, ee, York City

Aieciate Editors, ta

“EMILY L. Ne uy. Ph. I Dy
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, |

ARTHUR. HOLL : K, Ph. B

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

John Strong Newberry.
By N. L. Britton.

(WitH PorTRAIT AND PLATE CXLITI.)

Professor John Strong Newberry, president of this club for ten
years, and one of the most eminent scientific men of our time, died
at his residence in New Haven, Conn., during the night of De-
cember 7, 1892. He was stricken with paralysis on the 3d of
December, 1890, and while he recovered from the attack so as to
be able to return to his studies for a short time during 1891, his
recuperation was at no time sufficient to allow him to exert him-
self for more than a few hours at a time. Only those who were
closely associated with him can realize what a profound loss it vas
to the Club and to American science generally when he was taken
ill, and his death leaves a void which we are sure can never be
filled.

Professor Newberry was born at Windsor, Conn., on December
22, 1822. He was thus within about two weeks of being seventy
years of age. His family moved to Ohio during his boyhood, and
his father became interested in coal-mining, then a new industry
in that part of the country. Dr. Newberry’s first tendency to-
wards Natural Science was brought about by his observation of
the fossil plants of the roofing-shales of these coal mines. He
made a large collection of these, and they formed the nucleus of
the grand museum of Geology and Paleontology which he built
up in later years for the School of Mines of Columbia College. Some
of these specimens are still there preserved. He also was early

90°

interested in mollusca and collected the land and fresh water shells
industriously. I have been repeatedly surprised at his familiarity
with shells, but it is true that there was scarcely any group of
natural objects with which he was not conversant. He was, in-
deed, one of the “all-round” men of science, which the modern
necessity for specialization has now made almost an impossibility.

His academic education was obtained at the Western Reserve
College, from which he was graduated in 1846. He then under-
took the study of medicine at the Cleveland Medical College, and
received the degree of M. D. from that institution in 1848. The
next two years of his life were spent in study abroad, especially
in Paris, and in 1851 he returned to Cleveland and took up the
practice of medicine, which he continued for about four years.
During this period he was continually increasing his knowledge
of geology, zoology and botany, and his fondness for these sciences
was so great that when, in 1855, the opportunity was afforded him
of joining one of the government expeditions then engaged in
trans-continental surveys for the determination of the most available
route for a Pacific Railroad, he gladly accepted the position of
geologist and botanist to Lieut. Williamson’s expedition to the
Columbia River. The party sailed from New York on May 5,
1855, arrived at San Francisco May 30, and on July 9 were camped
at Benicia ready to begin active operations, which commenced the
following day. The route lay through Suisun, Marysville, up the
valley of the Sacramento River to Fort Reading, thence to the
Lower Klamath Lake on the northern boundary of California, the
Upper Klamath Lake in Southern Oregon, through the Cascade
Mountains during September, reaching the Columbia River, opposite
the place where the city of Portland now stands, on October9.
Repeated trips of a few days each off the line of the main route
were made, and large collections illustrating the natural history of a
the region were collected, accounts of all of which were published
by Dr. Newberry in Lieut. Williamson’s Report (Vol. vi. Rep. ©
Expl. and Surv. from Miss. River to Pac. Ocean, 1857), the pre- —
paration of these accounts occupying his time for more than a
year, during which he was located at Washington. Many of the
plants collected came into the possession of Dr. Torrey, and are —
in the Columbia College Herbarium. Dr. Newberry’s chapter

91

on the forest trees of Northern California and Oregon has become
a classic in the literature of North American forestry.

Shortly after the completion of his work on this expedition he
was attached to the party of Lieut. Jos. C. Ives which explored
the Colorado River in 1857-1858, as physician and naturalist.
The party assembled in San Francisco in the month of October,
1857, and sailed from that port November Ist, on a schooner for
the mouth of the Colorado River. They passed Cape St. Lucas
the seventh day out, but the progress of the vessel up the Gulf of
California was so retarded by head winds that the point of desti-
nation was not reached until November 28. The vessel was un-
loaded during the next five days, and a start made up the river in
a small steamboat which had been brought along. Fort Yuma, at
the mouth of the Gila River, was reached on January 5, 1858,
Bill William’s Fork on February 1, the «« Needles” near the mouth
of the Mohave Cafion on February 7, that of the Black Cafion on
March 8, and the Big Cafion early in April. They then left the
river, ascended the Colorado Plateau and proceeded eastward
past the San Francisco Mountains, reaching Fort Defiance on
May 22, thence to Santa Fé and Fort Leavenworth, and then to
the Atlantic Coast.

Dr. Newberry accumulated extensive collections on this expe-
dition. He wrote the Geological Report. The plants were
worked up by Drs. Gray, Torrey and Engelmann, and the Zoé-
logical Report was elaborated by Professor Baird.

In 1857 he was appointed Professor of Chemistry in the Co-
lumbian University, Washington, D. C., a position which he held,
however, for a short time only.

In 1859 he was attached to the party of Capt. J. N. Macomb
which traversed the region from Santa Fé to the junction of the
Grand and Green Rivers of the Colorado of the West. The ex-
pedition set out from Santa Fé about the middle of July, and pro-
ceeded northwestwardly up the Rio Chama and across the
divide to the headwaters of the San Juan River into southwestern
Colorado and Utah, and back by another route to Santa Fé in the
autumn. Dr. Newberry wrote the geological part of the report, —
which was, however, not published until 1876. It includes de- ne
nse and = of a large number of Triassic Acme oe

92

He became a member of the United States Sanitary Commis-
sion in June, 1861, and in September resigned from the army and
accepted the Secretaryship of the Western Division of the Com-
mission, with headquarters at Louisville, Ky. He held this very
responsible position for five years, and during that time accom-
plished little work in Natural Science, beyond increasing his
geological collections, which had now become very extensive.

On the establishment of the Chair of Geology and Palzon-
tology, in the newly-founded School of Mines of Columbia Col-
lege, in 1866, Dr. Newberry was elected Professor, a post which
he held until his death, His private collection was purchased by
the College, and liberal appropriations made for increasing it.
These, together with the materials which he was continually col-
lecting himself or receiving as donations or exchanges from other
naturalists, have made the Geological Museum of Columbia sec-
ond in importance to no other college museum in America. His
long-continued, diligent and successful researches into fossil plants
and fishes make this Museum especially strong in these two
groups, it containing a very large number of type specimens,
many of which are unique It is gratifying that these lines of
investigation are to be followed up at Columbia by two of his
students.

The Geological Professorship in the School of Mines necessi-
tated the giving of especial prominence to instruction in Economic
Geology, and the strengthening of the collections along that line.
Much of Dr. Newberry’s time was consequently occupied in this
work, and his opinion on ore deposits, quarries and useful minerals
generally, was highly prized. Calls to examine mining properties
were far more numerous than he could answer, but during every
vacation he traveled in one direction or another, so that every
mining or quarrying district in North America became known to
him. His beloved museum profited constantly during these years,
both on the economic and the purely scientific side. He never re-
garded the economic interests as the primary object of his work,
however, and a new genus of fossil plants or fishes was of far more
interest to him than a new mine.

In 1869 Dr. Newberry accepted the Directorship of the Geo-
logical Survey of Ohio, and enthusiastically devoting all his leks

93

sure time to the work, aided by a corps of competent assistants,
brought together an enormous amount of information concerning
the geology, paleontology, botany and zodlogy of the State which
has been published ina series of thick octavo volumes. He also
did considerable paleontological work for the Geological Survey
of Illinois.

He was one of the judges of Building and Ornamental Stones
at the Centennial Exhibition at Philadelphia, in 1876, and wrote
the report thereon (Group I. pp. 107-171).

In 1884 he was appointed one of the paleontologists of the
United States Geological Survey with especial reference to his
favorite studies on fossil fishes and fossil plants. Two quarto
fully illustrated monographs on fossil fishes, published in 1888 and
1889, and two yet unpublished monographs on fossil plants, re-
sulted from this appointment. :

In 1867 Dr. Newberry received the degree of LL. D. from his
Alma Mater. He was an original member of the National
Academy of Sciences ; an original member of the American As-
sociation for the Advancement of Science, and its President in
1867-68 ; President of the New York Academy of Sciences from
1868 to 1892; President of the Torrey Botanical Club, 1880 to
1890; and a foreign member of the Geological Society of London,
from which he received the Murchison Gold Medal for distinguished
Services to geological science, in 1888.

Dy, Newberry married Miss Sarah B. Gaylord in Cleveland,
Ohio, in 1848, who, with six of their seven children, five sons and
one daughter, survive him. His eldest son died some years ago.

In Botany the name of Newberry is commemorated in the
genus Newderrya, Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. viii. 55 (1864), of the
Monotropee, which must, however, give way to the previously pub-
lished flemitones, A. Gray, Bot. Williamson’s Exp. 80, Pl. XII.
(1857). Ihave had the plate of this plant Hemitones congesia,
A. Gray, Newberrya congesta, Torr., reproduced from the original,
slightly reduced, and copies of it accompany this notice (Plate
CXLII.) N. spicata, A. Gray, is another described species.
Both are from the Pacific coast.

The following species have been named in his honor:

94

Physaria Newberryi, A. Gray, Rep. Bot. Ives’ Exp. 6 (1861).
= Coulterina Newberryi, Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 931 (1891).
[Crucifer; living. ]

Celastrophyllum Newberryanum Hollick, Amboy Clays, N. J., 153
Pl. XLVIII, figs. 1-27 (Ined). [Celastrinee ; Cretaceous. ]
Astragalus Newberryi, A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. xii. 55 (1876).

[Leguminos; living.]

Potentilla Newberryi, A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. vi. 532 (1865)

: Ivesia gracilis,T. & G.; Newb. in Bot. Williamson’s Exp. 72,
Pl. XI. (1857). [Rosacee; living.]

Peucedanum Newberry, S. Wats. Amer. Nat. vii. 301 (1873)=
Ferula Newberryi,S. Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. xi. 145 (1876) =
Coloptera Newberryi, Coult. & Rose, Rev. N. A. Umbel. 49.
[ Umbellifere ; living.]

Viburnum Newberrianum, Ward, 6th Ann. Rep. Director U. S.
Geol. Surv. 557 (name only), Pl. LXIV, figs. 1o-12; Pl. LXV,
figs. 1-3 (1885). Also described and figured in Bull. U.S.
Geol. Surv. No. 37, ‘Types of the Laramie Flora,” 113, 114,
Pl. LVI, figs. 1-6 (1887). [Caprifoliacez ; Laramie.]

Leptosyne Newberryi, A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. vii. 358 (1868).
= Leptosyne Douglasi, D.C. Prodr. v. 531 (1836). [Composite;
living. }

Leucampyx Newberryi, A. Gray in Porter & Coulter, Fl. Colo. 77
(1876). [Composite ; living.].

Gentiana Newberryi, A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. xi. 84 (1876).
[Gentianez ; living.]

Pentstemon Newberryi, A. Gray, Bot. Williamson’s Exp. 82, Pl. XIV.
(1857) = P. Menziesti, var. Newberryi, A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A.
ii. Part I. 259 (1878). [Scrophularinez ; living.]

Platanus Newberryana, Heer, in Capallini and Heer, Phyl. Cret.
Nebrask. 16, Pl. I, f. 4 (1866). [Platanacez ; Cretaceous. ]
Agave Newberryi, Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, iii. 309

(1875). [Amaryllidez ; living.] a

Cordaites Newberryi (Daws.), Knowlton, Proc. U. S. National
Museum, xii. 607 (1890) = Dadoxlyon Newberryi, Dawson,
Fos. Pl. Dev. & Sil. Canada, 14, Pl. I, figs. 7-9. [Gymmnos-
perme; Devonian.]

95

Cardiocarpon Newberryi, Andrews, Geol. Surv. of Ohio, ne Pt. HT;
425, Pl. XLVI, fig. 2 (1875). [Pteridophyta; Carboniferous. }
Notholena Newberryi, D. C. Eaton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, iv. 12

(1873). [Filices; living. ]

Gontopteris Newberriana, White and Fontaine, Rep. PP., Second
Geol. Surv. Penna. 84, Pl. XXX, f. 2 (1880). [Filices; Car-
boniferous. ]

Laeniopteris Newberriana, White and Fontaine, Rep. PP., Second
Geol. Surv. Penna. g1, Pl. XXXIV, figs. 1-8 (1880). [Filices ;-
Carboniferous. ]

Odontopteris Newberryi, Lesq., Coal Flora of Penna., p. 127. [ Filices;
Carboniferous. ] :

Pseudopecopteris Newberryi, Lesq., Coal Flora of Penna., 202, PI.
XXXVI, fig. 1. [Filices; Carboniferous. ]

Pecopteris Newberryi, Lesq., Geol. Surv. of Illinois, ii. 443 (1866)
= Sphenopteris Newberryi, Lesq., Bobst. Journ. Nat. Hist. vi.
420 (1854) — Diplothmena Newberryi, Stur. Abh. K. K. Geol.
Reichsanst, vii. 124 (1877). [Filices; Carboniferous. ]

Archeophyton Newberryanum, Britton, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. iv.
124 Pl. VIT. (1888). [Alga; (?) Archean].

Dictyophyton Newberryi, Hall. Sixteenth Annual Report of the
Regents of the University of the State of New York, p. 87,
Pl. IV., figs. 1-3, (1863). [Alge; Silurian].

Fragilaria Newberryi, Ehrenb., Abh. K. K. Akad. Berlin, 1870,
p. 56, Pl. IIL., fig. 12. [Diatomacee].

Archeophyton Newberrianum, Britton, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. iv.
124, Pl. VII. (1888). [Alga;(?) Archean. ]

The following list of titles of his botanical writings is abstrac-
ted from a complete bibliography, prepared in the main by him-
self, recently revised by Prof. Jas. F. Kemp and Mr. Arthur Hol-
lick, and published in the School of Mines Quarterly.

This bibliography includes 197 titles.

LIST OF BOTANICAL PUBLICATIONS OF PROFESSOR J. S. NEWBERRY.

“On the Structure and Affinities of Certain Fossil Plants of the
Carboniferous Age.”—Proc. Amer. Asso. 1853, 157; Annals of
Science, i. 268, Ss ..

“On the Carboniferous Flora of Ohio.”—Proc. Amer. Asso.
1853, 163; Annals of Science, i. 280. -

96

“Catalogue of the Fossil Plants of Ohio.”——Annals of Science
185 3, i. 95-100.

“New Fossil Plants from Ohio.’’—Annals of Science 1853,
116-128 and 153.

“The Botany of Northern California and Oregon.’’—United
States Pacific Railroad Report, vi. Botanical Report, I-94, six-
teen plates (1857).

“Catalogue of Plants of Ohio.”—Ohio Agric. Report and
Reprint, pp. 41 (1859).

“Cretaceous and Tertiary Plants.’—Hayden’s Report on Ex-
ploration of Missouri and Yellowstone Rivers, 146 (1859-60).

“The Ancient Vegetation of North America.”—Amer. Jour.
Sci. xxix. 208 (1860).

“The American Cretaceous Flora.’”—Amer. Jour. Science,
XXX. 273 (1860).

“ Description of Fossil Plants Collected by the N. W. Boundary
Commission.’’—Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. and Reprint, pp. 19
(1863).

“Report on the Fossil Plants Collected in China by Mr.
Raphael Pumpelly.’”-—Smithsonian Contributions, 1868, p. 119,
Fie

“Notes on the Later Extinct Floras of North America.” —
Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist. ix. 1, 1870, Reprint, 8vo. p. 76.

“Notice of Fossil Plants from the Cretaceous Sandstone of
Fort Harker, Kansas, and from the Miocene of Bridge Creek,
Oregon.’’—Proc. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. i. 148 (1870).

“Notice of Angiospermous Leaf-Impression in a Red Sand-
stone Boulder Found in Excavating the Foundations of a Gas
Office in Williamsburg, L. I.”—Proc. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 1.
149-150 (1871).

“Geological Survey of Ohio.”—Vol. i. Part II. (1873), De-
scription of Fossil Plants, pp. 355-385, eight plates.

“On the Results of the Removal of Forests.”—Proc. N. Y-
Lyc. Nat. Hist. Second Series, 31 (1873).

“On the So-called Land Plants of the Lower Silurian of Ohio.”
—Amer. Jour. Sci. II. viii. 110-160 (1874).

“Devices Employed in Nature for the Distribution of the
Seeds of Plants.” —Scientific American, May, 1879. |

97

“Geological History of the North American Flora.”’—Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, vii. 74 (1880).

“On Cell Functions in Organic Structures.”—Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. i. 42 (1881~2).

“ Description of Fossil Plants from Western North America.’’—
Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, 1882, 502.

“Botany and Geology of the Country Bordering the Rio
Grande.”—Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. vii. go (1883).

“ Notes on Fossil Plants from Northern China.”—Amer. Jour.
Sci. xxvi, 123 (1883).

“ Notes on the Geology and Botany of the Country Bordering
the Northern Pacific Railroad.”—-Annals N. Y. Aéad. Sci. iii.
(1884).

“Description of Spiraxis, a Peculiar Screw-like Fossil from the
Chemung Rocks.”—Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci. iii. (June, 1885).

“Saporta’s Problematical Organisms of the Ancient Seas.”—
Review. Science (June 19, 1885).

“Pinus monophylla, Torrey and Fremont, a Variety of P.
edulis.” —Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xii. 50 (1885). :

“Flora of the Amboy Clays.’—Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xiii.
33 (1886).

“ A New Species of Bauhinia fromthe Amboy Clays.”—Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, xiii. 77, pl. 1 (1886).

“The Cretaceous Flora of North America.”—Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. v. (February, 1886). 3

“ Pinus monophylla, a Variety of P. edulis.’—Second paper,
Bull. Torr, Bot. Club, xiii. (October, 1886).

“The Ancestors of the Tulip Tree.”—Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
xiv. (January, 1887).

“Food and Fibre Plants of the North American Indians.”—
Pop. Sci. Monthly, xxxii. 31 (1887).

“Fauna and Flora of the Trias of New Jersey and the Con-
necticut Valley.”—Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. vi. 124 (1887).

“Fossil Fishes and Fossil Plants of the Triassic Rocks of New
Jersey and the Connecticut Valley.”—Monograph xiv. U. S.
Geol. Surv. (1888). : ‘

“Triassic Plants from Honduras.”—Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
Mii, 113 (1888). ee

98

«“Rhetic Plants from Honduras.”—-Amer. Jour. Sci. xxxvi.
342 (1888).

“The Laramie Group. Its Geological Relations, its Economic
Importance and its Fauna and Flora.”—Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
ix. 6 (1889).

“The Flora of the Great Falls Coal Field, Montana.”—-Amer.
Jour. Sci. (III.) xli. 191-201, Pl. XIV. (1891).

The portrait accompanying this notice is reproduced from a
photograph taken about 1886 and first published in Prof. H. F.
.Fairchild’s “History of the New York Academy of Sciences.’
It is here used by permission.

Death of Isaac C.- Martindale.

The readers of the BuLLETIN will receive with deep sorrow the
news of the sudden death of Isaac C. Martindale from apoplexy,
at his home, No. 322 Penn street, Camden, N. J.

Mr. Martindale was born in Byberry, Philadelphia county, Pa.,
July 15, 1842. _ His parents were members of the Society of
Friends, and his early education was acquired chiefly in schools
under their control. His father was a descendant of John Martin-
dell, who early settled in Bucks county, Pa. Many of the family
have become prominent in the history of that region. His ancestry
on both sides had shown literary ability which he inherited, while
there was also in him an inherent love for nature. He began the
study of natural history while on his father’s farm, and in spite of
of lack of books he acquired considerable scientific knowledge in
all its departments. He left the farm to become a clerk in a
bank at Byberry. In 1875 he was appointed Cashier of the Na- _
tional State Bank of Camden, the duties of which he performed
with great fidelity. A few years ago some of his friends estab-
lished the Camden National Bank, the cashiership of which was
confided to him. He had been for the last three years Treasurer —
of the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, a position in —
which his financial ability made him eminently useful. .

The study of botany, in whatever hours he could snatch from
his daily duties, was to him a welcome relaxation. He early made |
himself acquainted with the plants in the vicinity of Byberry. Ag

99

short tour in Europe in which his eyes were delighted by the
mountain Flora of Switzerland, and during which he made con-
siderable collections, enabled him to lay a foundation for that
extensive Herbarium which was to be his chief life-work. After
his removal to Camden, his close proximity to the rich and peculiar
Flora of the “ Jersey Pines” opened to him a new and most fasci-
nating field, in the study of which he profited by the companion-
ship and accurate local knowledge. of the lamented Charles F.
Parker. From that time onward, with most assiduous effort, most
untiring industry, and with large pecuniary outlay, he devoted
himself to the increase and perfection of an Herbarium which has
few, if any rivals among the private collections in the land.

He published in November, 1879, in the American Naturalist,
a list of plants collected on an excursion of some members of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science to the
Vicinity of Pike’s Pcak in 1878, with critical notes on various
species. In 1880 he read before the West New Jersey Surveyors’
Association a paper entitled «Notes Upon the Bartram Oak”
(Quercus heterophylla), with a summary of the literature concerning
that mooted form. He published in the proceedings of the Phila-
delphia Academy for 1880, a short paper on “Sexual Variations
in Castanea Americana.” He also prepared a most valuable “list of
the marine algz hitherto observed on the coasts of New Jersey
and Staten Island,” which was published in the first volume of the
Memoirs of the Torrey Club. For the proceedings of the Phila-
delphia Academy for November, 1883, he furnished a very just
and feeling biographical sketch of his friend Charles F. Parker,
who had died the previous September.

Although botany may be said to have been Mr. Martindale's
chief love among the sciences, and that to which he had mainly
devoted himself, it was by no means his exclusive hobby. Ento-
mology received a large share of his attention, and as early as
1863 he was elected a corresponding member of the American
Entomological Society. During his last years he devoted himself
largely to the study of Lepidoptera, and had made a collection -
which experts in that department have pronounced as very nearly

the finest in America. He was much interested in meteorology, oe
and was for a time one of the observers for the Smithsonian In-

100

stitute, and had given much labor to the investigation of the his-
tory of his nativet own (Byberry), and to the study of his family
genealogy.

It is remarkable that a man burdened with such exacting and
responsible business cares, should have been able to accomplish
so much in what were to him mere avocations, and botanists can-
not help recalling the similar instances of Dr. Wm. Darlington
and David Townsend, of West Chester, Pa., both bank officers,
and both most ardent and successful botanists. And yet it is to
be feared that Mr. Martindale overtaxed his strength, and perhaps
had he shortened his hours of labor he might have been spared
to the world for many years longer. Symptoms of failing health
had led him to resign his position, within a week or two before
his death, in order that he might find resoration by travel, and he

had intended a visit to South America.
J. H. REDFIELD.

Anatomy as a Special Department of Botany.”

By EmiLty L. GREGORY.

The question of the exact limitation and relative importance
of the various departments of botany is by no means a simple one.
To verify this assertion it is necessary only to consider briefly the
definitions given by some of the best writers of botanical text
books. In our own country there is perhaps no higher authority
than that of Asa Gray, who in his text book of 1857 says: Physi-
ology is the study of the way a living being lives and grows and
performs its various operations. The study of plants in this view
is the province of Vegetable Physiology. The study of the form
and structure of the organs or parts of the vegetable by which its
operations are performed, is the province of Structural Botany.
The two together constitute Physiological Botany,” &c. The title
page of the same book is headed “ Gray’s Lessons in Botany and
Vegetable Physiology,” and again in the text we find “ Botany is
the name of the science of the vegetable kingdom in general.”

* Read before the American Association for the Advancement of Science, Rochester .

Meeting, 1892.

101

“The study of plants as to their kinds is the province of Systema-
tic Botany, and finally, « Other departments come to view when,
we consider plants in their relations to other things, as Geographi-
cal, Agricultural, Medical, Botany and the like.”

By these definitions, vegetable physiology is not identical with
physiological botany, for the latter is made to include vegetable
physiology and structural botany, and the name of the book,
“Lessons in Botany and Vegetable Physiology,” implies that
botany, does not include vegetable physiology. Again systema-
tic botany is here made a distinct, separate department of equal
rank with physiology and structural botany. However, if we ex-
amine closely into the practical outcome of these definitions, we
shall find that except the inaccuracy of excluding vegetable physi-
ology from the subject do¢any, they correspond with the manner
of growth and development of these different departments in this
country.

If Structual Botany is understood to include two parts, namely:
the doctrine of external form and that of internal structure, it is
€asy to see in what sense Gray included structual in the province
of Physiological Botany. The doctrine if the internal structure
of plants, or Anatomy, is so closely connected with that of
physiology, that to teach the elements of either successfully, both
must be combined. It is probably not too much to say that in .
comparison with the progress made in the science of vegetable
life in other countries, we are as yet not much beyond the
elementary stage. Certainly we were not at the time Gray wrote
the above definitions. At that date systematic botany occupied
by far the most important place, and was therefore rightfuily ranked
of equal if not of greater importance than the other branches.
Also it was according to the normal method of developing a
Science to group together subjects less thoroughly understood and
less studied under a general term whose exact meaning was not
sharply defined, This term was physiology, or, as Gray puts it,
Physiological betany. There were then practically two divisions
of the science, systematic and physiological botany, a more or less
thorough knowledge of the former being necessary to a successful
Study of the lattar. This, though perhaps never before stated in
So many words, was about the actual status of the subject at that

102

date. This book was revised in 1868 with no change in the
definitions (?) In 1887 the “Lessons in Botany” were printed in
which the definitions of the various branches of the subject cor-
respond much more nearly to the present condition of the science.
Even here there is a striking lack of definiteness and precision as
compared with the definitions of the other later authors. For ex-
ample, he says: “The study of the actions of plants, or of their
parts, of the ways in which a plant lives, grows, and acts, is the
province of physiological botany or vegetable physiology.”
Notice here the use of the two terms as identical. Pfeffer defines
plant physiology as follows: ‘Physiology has the task, to find out
exactly, according to measure and number, the processes which
take place in an organism, to trace back these processes to their
origin, and to learn their signification in the economy of the organ-
ism.” The most restricted text book definition of the word physi-
ology is probably that of Wiesner’s, who says: “The province of
physiology, using the term in its restricted sense, is to trace back
all the phenomena of life to mechanical processes.” Nothing —
could be more true and at the same time comprehensible than this.
The only objection to it is, it is too restricted to cover what even
Wiesner himself includes in his text book under the head of
physiology in its restricted sense.

With the exception of this peculiar view of the province of
physiology, Wiesner’s definitions of the branches of the science
very fairly represent the present accepted use of terms and man-
ner of treatment. His exposition of the subject is briefly as fol-
lows: There are two branches which include the entire field of
scientific botany, morphology and physiology. The first concerns
itself entirely with the form relations of plants and their ports, the
second with the conditions and phenomena of the life of the plant.
Morphology is subdivided in four branches. 1. Descriptive mor-
phology, or description of the outer form of organs; 2. The inner
structure, or anatomy; 3. Development history, or tracing the de-
velopment of plant, or organ; 4. Systematic morphology, or trac- —
ing the organs back to a few types.

Physiology is subdivided in two brances: 1. Physiology in its
restricted sense as defined above; 2. Biology, or the consideration
of vital processes, which cannot, at our present stage of knowledge
be traced to any mechanical causes.

103

It is hoped a brief consideration of these views will bring us to
our subject, anatomy as a special department of botany. In regard
to the province of physiology the restriction made by Wiesner is
by no means accepted by the majority of botanists. His use of
the term biology is, I believe, peculiar to himself, as nearly all
other German botanists and text book writers use it as including
that part of botany which treats of certain phases in the life of
plants which show most clearly the difference between lifeless and
living matter; these are processes concerned in reproduction, in
prolonging the life of the individual or species, and in short in the
origin and end of living organisms. Accordlng to the present
teaching, Pfeffer’s definition of physiology covers the meaning,
and to this may be added, that it is generally subdivided into
physiology of nutrition and that of growth.

Taking up now the morphological side, it may be shown that
Weisner’s four branches may easily be reduced to two; Anatomy,
which stands in close relation to Physiology; Systematic Morph-
ology, holding the same relation to Systematic Botany. In this
way the latter includes the three branches, descriptive morphology,
development history, and the tracing organs back to a few types,
which Weisner names Systematic Morphology, but which may be
just as appropriately named Metamorphosis, leaving the term Sys-
tematic Morphology to represent the three combined. :

Of these three, the first is too well known to require proof of
its connection with Systematic Botany. The second has received
very little attention frsm our botanists, and it may be of interest to
explain briefly in what way it contributes to our knowledge of
plant classification. Again quoting from Weisner, Development
History is of service to Systematic Botany in two ways: First, by
the examination of similar organs throughout all their phases of
growth, their similarity is much more clearly shown than by sim-
ply studying them when fully grown, for example, leaves; dis-
similar ones, on the other hand, appear more distinctly and sharply
separate, as stem and root. Secondly, by the study of organs in
all their phases of growth, the leaves, by which they develop, are
made clear, and their probable relationships more easily deter-
mined than by the study of fully-developed organs and plants.
The third branch, Metamorphosis, is plainly connected with classi-

~

104

fication, it is also equally evident that it does not represent a
department of the science of the same grade as that of Anatomy.
Summing up these conclusions we practically return to the
same position which Gray assumed so long ago. As a science,
botany may be divided in two branches, morphology and physi-
ology. Practically it is divided into systematic botany and physi-
ology, or into two branches of such a character that one is and
must be represented by systematic, the other by experimental and
theoretical work. To illustrate more fully what is meant by this,
as well as to substantiate the statement, one example may be
given, the botanical work in the University of Berlin. It is well
known that there are two departments about equal in rank, physi-
ology and systematic botany. In the department of physiology,
of which Prof. Scwendener is at the head, general botany is taught,
that is, the different branches as above described as included under
the head of scientific botany ; the principal work, however, of this
department is physiological and that of the highest order. In the
other school, of which Prof. Engler has charge, systematic work
forms the main line of study, and this is known as sfecial botany.
There is no other provision for special branches, except that which
falls naturally into one or the other of these two provinces. Thus
while the instruction given in both cases necessarily is not limited
by closé lines of definition, the work really shapes itself in two
directions, and these two lines are those which represent at the
present day, the natural divisions of the subject. As to their rela-
tive importance there is not the slightest room for discussion, as
no physiologist can succeed without a fair knowledge of systematic
botany, while the reverse is equally true.
These somewhat prolix statements of more or less familiar
facts were thought necessary in order to define exactly the posi-
tion which plant anatomy holds to the remaining branches, and
its consequent relative importance. It holds a similar relation to
physiology that morphological botany does to classification. It
is no more possible to succeed in the investigation of questions
now interesting the scientific world in the province of plant physi-
ology, without a thorough knowledge of the minutest details of
internal structure, than it is to take up questions of similar import-

ance in the field of plant classification without a practical know-

105

ledge of that part of morphology on which classification mainly
depends.

At the time Gray wrote his definitions as above quoted, this
branch of the science was in its infancy; twenty years after this
date, De Bary finished his text book on “ The Comparative An-
atomy of Phanerogams and Higher Cryptogams,” which is now
the standard authority on anatomical questions. Fifteen years
have passed since De Bary’s book was published, and during this
time much progress has been made in this branch. Such progress
in any department renders necessary a corresponding growth in
text books and in methods of treatment. Whatever may be true
of text books in general, it is believed safe to say that the English
written text books of the day are singularly deficient in this respect.
Abstruse and difficult physiological problems are introduced to
students illy-prepared to handle them, while they try to meet the
deficiency by a partial description of anatomical characteristics, a
knowledge of which is necessary even to a comprehension of the
questions. Not only must the standard of text books be raised,
but the methods of instruction must be improved if we expect to
cope successfully with some of the most interesting problems of
the day.

For example, such subjects as twining stems, transmission of
stimulus, nutation, and other intricate questions are often given
to the students who have completed an elementary course in what
we term type work, or sometimes, general botany, which includes
a bird’s-eye view of the various classes of plants with only the
merest elements of anatomical training. Expensive pieces of ap-
paratus are exhibited and their manner of working explained to
students whose training is wholly inadequate to enable them to
Make an intelligent use of such apparatus.

Assuming the truth of our statements it is comparatively easy
to find an explanation for this condition. Very few of our insti-
tutions of learning recognize the “Science of the Vegetable
Kingdom” as a separate independent subject, and still fewer have
any conception of its real nature, of its position in other countries,
and of its importance in reference both to the practical and theo-
retical questions of the day. It is, however, not so easy ina
limited space to show clearly in what manner anatomy is so closely

106

connected with physiology, and in this way to verify the state-
ments made. One or two illustrations may be taken from the
prominent discussions now occupying plant physiologists.
Anatomy may be divided into, or it consists of two parts, that
of the cell, and that of tissues. In the study of the cell, for con-
venience, it is treated as wall and contents. With the contents as
the seat of life, or Lebens-trager, are connected most of the ques-
tions concerning nutrition or the changes undergone in substance
used as food. With the wall, as well as with certain parts of the
contents, are connected questions of organized structure among
which are some of the most absorbing interest and in whose solu-
tion some of the keenest thinkers of the time are employed.
Wiesner has recently published a book entitled “The Elemen-
tary Structure and Growth of Living Substance,” in which he pro-
poses a theory in several respects directly opposed to the accepted
one which is known as the micellar theory of Naegeli. For ex-
ample, according to the latter theory, the units of structure or
micellae of organized matter are held together by the law of at-
traction and the cause of enlargement of such structures on taking
in water is due to the penetration of water between the micellae
of the substance composing the structure. According to Wiesner
the units of structure are held together by fine protoplasmic strings,
and as water is drawn away, by evaporation, the interstices between
the units are filled with air; if water be added it is taken into the
units themselves, which become enlarged proportionately; the
change in volume caused by change in water contents depends,
therefore, on change in the diameter of the units, and not on the
lengthening or shortening of the protoplasmic strings. .
Physiology treats of how a living organism grows and performs
its various actions; this question, therefore, lies at the very founda-
tion of physiology, as on it depends largely the manner of
growth and other forms of motion. This will be seen by
considering such subjects as the law of leaf position. Were
Wiesner’s theory the correct one, Schwendener’s law, which is
based upon Naegeli’s theory would fall to the ground, and another
reason must be sought in consonance with the facts. The posi-
tion and authority of Wiesner is too well known to require mention _
here, and it is probably equally well known how strong are the _
arguments against most of the peculiar views which he advocates.

107

Other illustrations may be given to show the connection be- —
tween a knowledge of the anatomy of tissues and that of their
physiology. If a leaflet of the sensitive plant be touched in a
certain way, it closes, and one after another all the remaining
_ leaflets follow its example in regular order of succession. How
is the effect communicated from the first leaf to the second and
soon? This question has already occupied much time and energy
in its attempted solution, but how can one hope to be able to add
anything to that already known about it, without a thorough
knowledge of the anatomy of the tissues through which the stim-
ulus passes! Another more hackneyed subject, but even better
than this as an illustration, is the so-called water question. If any
one doubts the necessity of training in anatomy as requisite to
physiological study, let him attempt to explain the present theory
of the ascent of water through the trunks of high trees, to a per-
son ignorant of plant anatomy.

In one of the editions of Gray’s structural botany in speaking
of the various departments of the science, he says: “A complete
system of classification can only be made when.our knowledge of
all the other departments becomes complete.” If this is the end
toward which we are all striving, the importance of a propor-
tionate and symmetrical development of the various branches can
hardly be over-estimated.

Notes on Some Algz in the Herbarium of the Long Island Historical
Society,

By w. G. FARLOW.

Recently I received from Dr. Jelliffe some specimens of marine
alge from the collections of Mr. J. Hooper, Mr. Calverly and Col.
Pike, now in the Herbarium of the Long Island Natural History
Society, and since several of the species are scarcely to be found
in other herbaria, the following notes may be of interest.

Of Callithamnion Dietziea, Hooper, three specimens, were sent.
That numbered 109 is the type specimen, and out of it was cut a
piece which is now the only specimen of the species in the Harvey
Collection in Trinity College, Dublin. Another specimen without |

108

number marked merely Cad/. Dietzie, Hooper, appears to be the
same thing, although much faded and not in especially good con-
dition. No. 108, however, called also Dietzie, does not seem to
me to belong to that species but to be rather C. dyssoideum. The
fourth specimen is marked “cum fructu.” It is in reality sterile,
and what was probably mistaken for fruit is nothing but the more
densely colored chromatophor which is collected at the nodes.
This specimen hardly can be referred to Deetsig, although it is
too young and undeveloped to enable one to say exactly to what
species it belongs. The two specimens from Herb. Hooper and
that in Herb. Harvey appear tobe the only authentic originals in
existence, and none of them have cystocarpic fruit. Ihave recently
been able to examine again the specimen in Herb. Harvey, and
although in my Marine Algze of New England, p. 127, it did not
seem to me that I was warranted in trusting to my memory in
expressing a decided opinion on a specimen which I had not seen
for several years, a recent reéxamination only confirms the opinion
which I originally formed, viz: that C. Dietzt@ is in reality a very |
slender form of C. Baileyi, Harvey, rather than a distinct species
related to C. corymbosum and C. versicolor, the view adopted by
Harvey in the Nereis, ii, 236. JI have no doubt that several of my
specimens of C. Baileyi var. laxa, collected at Wood’s Holl are
identical with the originals of C. Dzetzi@ in Herb. Hooper. The
great variability of C. Baileyz, well known to all who have collected
largely on the New England coast, would hardly be suspected by
those who have seen merely herbarium specimens.

Two specimens marked Fucus canaliculatus, collected by Col.
Pike, at Fort Hamilton and Astoria, were sent by Dr. Jelliffe.
The specimens certainly had all the appearance of belonging to
this species, although the conceptacles were so young that it was
not possible for me to decide whether the structure was that of
Pelvetia, in which genus the species is now placed by algologists.
P. canaliculatus is a very common species of Europe, but has not
yet been found with certainty in the United States. Whether it is

possible that there is an error in localities as given by Col. Pike

could, probably, be easily settled by Brooklyn algologists, for the
species should be easily ith sori at Fort Hamilton by collectors
at the present time.

109

Ectocarpus Dietzie, Harvey, and FE. Hooperi, Harvey. Unfor-
tunately, the originals of these two species in Herb. Hooper and
Herb. Harvey are all sterile, and it is practically out of the ques-
tion that future algologists should ever be able to recognize them
again, there being nothing specifically characteristic in the sterile
plants. All that one can say is, that of the two specimens of £.
Hoopert in Herb. Hooper, one, No. 590, agrees with Harvey’s
figure in the Nereis in having short spinose ramuli, but No. 55
does not agree at all with the figure. Exactly what either of
them is cannot be determined from the original specimens, and £.
Flooperi,as well as E. Dietzie, should be dropped from the list of
known L£etocarpi. The original specimen of Lctocarpus lutosus,
Harvey, from Herb. Hooper, shows that the specimens from
Wood’s Holl, mentioned in the Marine Alge of New England,
were correctly determined.

Codium tomentosum, Stackhouse——A specimen of this species
is labelled Greenport, L. I., but the locality needs confirmation.
This alga is common in many parts of the world, and the New
England coast is one of the comparatively few places where it is
not known to occur. It appears more probable, seeing how com-
monly specimens of the species are found in collections, that there
is an error in the label than that its presence in Long Island Sound
should have escaped the observation of the numerous collectors in
that region.

The specimens of Wrangelia filicina, Harvey, and Hypnea Wur-
demanni, Harvey, are to be referred respectively to Wrangelia pe-
nicilata and Eucheuma isiforme as stated in the Nereis. The
Striaria attenuata of Herb. Hooper is not that species, but Dzc-
tyosiphon feniculaceus, Greville, and Mesoglota multifida from the
Same source is Mesogloia divaricata Kuetzing.

A Study of Solanaceous Anthracnoses.

The tomato, pepper and egg-plant are three vegetable fruits
belonging, as is well-known, to the same family (Solanacez) of
plants. Two anthracnoses are recorded upon the tomato, namely :
Gleosporium fomoides, Sacc., and Colletotrichum Lycopersect, Chest.

The pepper has two also, Gleosporium piperatum, E. & E., and | :

110

Colletotrichum nigrum, E. & Hals. Upon the egg-plant are like-
wise two, the Glwosporium Melongene, E. & Hals., and a Colleto-
trichum, sp., found by the writer for the first time the past season
in the trial plots of a large seed-grower, and, for reasons developed
in this paper, remains unnamed as such.

It will be seen that there is a G/wosportum and a Colletotrichum
upon each of the three Solanaceous plants.

By means of inoculations the G/wosporium of the tomato has
been made to grow upon the egg-plant, and, what is of more in-
terest, also upon the pear, banana, bean, quince and grape, while
there was a mutual exchange effected with the apple; that is, the
Gleosporium fructigenum, Berk., was successfully transferred to
the tomato, as well as the native tomato Gleosporinm to the
apple when it produced the true ripe-rot.

No attempts were made, from lack of proper virus at the time,
to grow the egg-plant G/wosporium upon any other fruit. The
pepper G/lwosporium, however, was taken to the banana, pear,
grape, persimmon, and a mutual exchange was made with the
apple in the Glwosporium fructigenum, Berk. We have therefore,
the ripe-rot of the apple thriving upon the tomato and the pepper,
and it was grown also upon the egg-plant.

By an axiom it would seem to be concluded that the three
species of G/wosporium, which have no real structural differences,
and recorded for the three Solanaceous plants are reducible to one,
and that that one is the old and familiar bitter-rot of the apple,
namely; Gleosporium fructigenum, Berk. Three years ago Miss
Southworth, while in the Division of Pathology of the Department
of Agriculture, proved in a similar manner that this bitter-rot was
identical with an anthracnose of the grape, and because the affected
grapes were not bitter, but nearly mature when diseased, the name
ripe-rot was proposed. This term is well adapted for the further
expansion ofthe species, and the specific name of fructigenum given
by Berkeley is almost prophetic.

The accompanying engraving was made from a photograph of
one of the inoculations of the pepper ripe-rot germs from the
apple. The appearance to the eye of the anthracnosed pepper
was quite different from that of the apple, but the condition of
flesh texture and character of the skin, etc., were very unlike,

fit

which accounted for the more rapid growth in the pepper and the
greater shrinking of the diseased area. However the microscopic
structures were the same in both and the individual acervuli

similar.
Less work was done with the Col/etotrichums of the three
plants under consideration because of lack of virus and of time

and opportunity to use it. The Colletotrichum ot the egg-plant
was easily grown upon the pepper. It also thrived upon the bean,
producing pod-spots, and in turn the native Pod-spot Fungus
(Colletotrichum Lindemuthianum S. & M.) was grown upon the
€gg-plant. This was a direct exchange and carries with it a
double weight of proof. The Colletotrichum of the bean was
grown upon the pear, and the one native to the pear flourished

112

upon the tomato. This one of the pear and the pod-spot
Colletotrichum of the bean were at the same time introduced upon
different areas of a citron, and the two in growing produced a
blending anthracnose blotch made up of a single species of
Colletotrichum. It is therefore shown that the chain of evidence is
strong that all three of the Solanaceous plants are preyed upon by
the same Colletotrichum, and that it is the one so familiar to truck
growers as the pod-spot fungus, namely, Colletotrichum Lindemutht
anum,S.& M. Whatever differences in appearance upon the various
hosts there may be they seem entirely due to the varying condi-
tions which attend the growth of the anthracnose. The microscope
is not sufficent to distinguish from which host the fungus has
been taken for inspection.

If these cultures give the true relation of the anthracnoses it is
evident that the view now held by mycologists may need some
modifications to fit the facts. In an economic aspect the informa-

tion has its value as it shows a close connection between the .

anthracnoses of the several garden crops. ‘That is, one fruit does
not blight to its own kind alone. A decaying tomato or apple is
neither its brother’s nor its cousin’s keeper.

| Byron D. HALsTeED.

Two New Species of Mosses from Idaho.
By J. B. LEIBERG.
(PLares CXLIIL—CXLIV.)

DiITRICHUM MONTANUM n. sp.—Plants czspitulose, I-2 cm. in
“length, fastigiately branching from the base, above more or
less dichotomous. Monoicus, seldom synoicus; antheridia
terminal on the apex of the basilar branches and of short
axillary branchlets, few, without paraphyses; perigonial leaves
3-5, of two sorts, short, serrulate, concave, apiculate, costate,
loosely areolate bracts, and longer, broadly costate, canaliculate
ones, more compactly areolate, resembling the stem leaves
but shorter, the two sorts occurring together, and now the one
and now the other enclosing the antheridia.

Stem leaves erect or slightly curved, lanceolate below, chan-
neled and subulate above with a narrow lamina of two to three
rows of cells, subserrulate and inflexed margin of two rows of
cells, apex coarsely toothed; costa broad, strong, ceasing below

ys

113

the apex, above more or less concave on the upper face, convex
on the back, flattened below; a row of parenchyma cells (Deuter)
all around on the outside and a more or less continuous one
through the centre of the costa, the sclerenchyma cells (Stereiden)
very small and confined to the interior of the nerve; areolation
above and in the middle of hyaline or chlorophyllose, thick-walled
quadrate cells, rectangular below, yellowish at the insertion ; outer
perichaetial leaves similar to the stem leaves, the inner broadly
sheathing. Pedicel pale yellow, 1.52.5 cm. long, usually twisted
a few times when dry. Capsule 2-3 mm. in length, light orange
or brown, red and narrowed at the mouth, erect, elliptical; when
dry very much compressed laterally, with a few longitudinal
wrinkles. Teeth of peristome cleft to the base into two semiterete
equal segments, minutely papillose with a faint median line, rather
obscured and distantly articulate, at the falling of the lid inter-
twisting and breaking away at the articulations, attached to a
short, minutely-punctulate, protruding basilar membrane. Annu-
lus double, narrow, dehiscent, of two rows of cells. Lid elongated,
conical, reddish, 4-1 the length of the capsule. Calyptra long,
subulate, mostly persistent and falling with the lid, light greenish,
the expanded portion narrow and about % the length of the
capsule.*

Habitat.—On broken soil, upturned tree-roots, etc., in moun-
tain regions at all elevations up to at least 8,000 feet. Kootenai
Co., Idaho, J. B. Leiberg, No. 126, 1889; Suoqualmie Pass, Cas-
cone C. V. Piper, No. 119, August, 1891.

GRIMMIA PACHYPHYLLA, n. sp. § Rhabdogrimmia. In wide, dense,
~ inflated mats, grayish or yellowish green above, dirty yellow
or brown below, repeatedly dichotomous, subsimple plants
intermixed, erect or sometimes ascending from a decumbent
base, abundantly radiculose to above the primary innovations,
robust, 5-12 cm. in height. Leaves closely imbricate when

dry, spreading when moist and the upper portion more or less
recurved, oblong or broadly lanceolate from an erect open

* Specimens sent by me to J. Breidler, at Vienna, and compared by him with the
type of Ditrichum Knappii (Jur.) at the Herbarium of the Hof-Museum differ from
that type in the clearly-defined, smaller vein, the cells of the upper part of the leaf
being larger and more quadrate, the margins incurved. This new species seems to
be quite distinct. from D. sbbcceegesn: — like it in its inflorescence and general ap-
PESrEaee ie _ E.G. Brirron. —

114

base, not clasping, shortly decurrent at the basal angles, cari-
nate above and reflexed on the margins, strongly costate, the
nerve pluri-stratose, more or less channeled, above becoming
laminoid and gradually narrowing into a long straight or flex-
uous hair with a few weak salient or appressed teeth; cells of
the areolation elongated-rectangular below, broader, sub-
graduate in the middle, small-graduate above, chlorophyllose,
all sinuous and the cell walls very thick and dense and re-
markably elastic; the margin of the leaf of two or three rows
of nearly graduate cells, and the extreme base and decurrent
angles of a few irregular, oblong or subrhombic, ones. Inflor-
escence dioicous; ¢ plants growing mixed with the 9 usually
somewhat shorter and more branched, occurring but sparingly ;
antheridial buds in the axils of the innovations, occasionally
terminal on very short lateral branchlets, perigonial bracts 3-4,
short, acute, thinly costate; cells of the upper half of the bract,
narrow, short-rectangular or quadrate, sinuous, chlorophyllose,
of the lower half broad-rectangular, straight, hyaline; anther-
idia large, numerous without paraphyses; archegonial inflor-
escence from secondary branches, sometimes direct from the
axils of the innovations.

Capsule oval or oblong 2-5 mm. long, often two from the same
perichetium, pendent on a twisted pedicel, 0.5—1 cm. in length, red
and narrowed at the mouth, with a distinct collum, substrumose,
at least when fresh and mature, erect when dry and pedicel more
strongly twisted, longitudinally wrinkled, the ridges prominent,
continuous or interrupted, 4-8 in number; perichetial leaves only
sheathing to a little above the vaginule, otherwise similar to the
stem leaves; lid red, subulate, 44-3 of the length of the capsule.
Calyptra 4-5 lobed covering the lid only.

Teeth of peristome cleft to below the middle into two seg-
ments, sometimes merely lacunose along the median line, thin,
minutely papillose above the middle when fresh, articulations few,
incurved when dry. Annulus simple, of two rows of thin cells,
narrow, strongly persistent, detaching in fragments.

Habitat granite, gneissoid and slate rocks throughout Kootenai
Co., Idaho. J. B. Leiberg, No. 250, 1890-92. Characterized
from living specimens.

A fine form of the Rhabdogrimmia section, most nearly related
to Grimmia decipiens (Schultz), Lind., from which species it differs
mainly in its dioicous inflorescence, its open leaf base, smoother
hairy point, its broader basilar, its shorter medial, and its quadrate-

115

apical areolation, its pluri-stratose nerve, the longer beak of its lid,
its narrow and persistent annulus, and the peristome incurved’

when dry.
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
(PLATE CXLIII.)
DITRICHUM MONTANUM, LEIBERG.

Fig. 1. Plant natural size.
Fig. 2. Capsule with lid and portion of pedicel.
Fig. 3. Calyptra.
Fig. 4. a, Cross-section of capsule at maturity; 4 b. same when old and dry.
Fig. 5. a. Peristome; 5. b. basilar membrane; 5. c. reticulation of capsule at

mouth ; 5. d. same near base.

Fig. 6. One of the sheathing pericheetial leaves. :

Fig. 7. Apex of leaf with margin rolled back; 7. a. fragment of upper one-third
of leaf; 7. b, fragment of central portion of leaf; 7. c. same at base.

Fig. 8. Outline of a stem leaf.

Fig. 9. Two-perigonial leaves with antheridia, __

Fig. 10. a., 10. b. and 10. c. sections of the costa and portions of the lamina of a
stem leaf.

Fig. 11. Fragment of leaf from near apex to show double row of marginal cells.

Fig. 12. Male bud.

All the figures, except No. 1, highly magnified.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig,
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

OO ON An pW NH

om
Lond

12.

(PLATE CXLIV.)
GRIMMIA PACHYPHYLLA, LEIBERG.

. A plant of natural size showing usual mode of branching.
. One of the sub-simple plants growing with the normal form of Fig. 1.
. Fragment of a branch showing usual position of antheridial inflorescence.

Calyptra.

- Capsule and perichetium.

. The inner antheridial bract.

. An antheridium

. An old and dry capsule.

. A stem-leaf.

. Fragment of leaf margin from near apex of leaf.
. Upper areolation. : ‘i

Medial areolation.

. Basilar areolation, about 450.

Cells of the angles and extreme leaf base.
Section, unprepared, from upper portion of leaf under low magnification.
Section from middle of leaf treated with dilute nitric acid to bring into

view the pluristratose charactor of costa.
Fig. 17. Hair point of leaf.
Fig. 18. Section from lower portion of leaf,
Fig. 19. Three of the teeth of the peristome with fragment of annulus.

116

All figures except I and 2 highly magnified.
Figs. 11, 12, 13 and 14 treated with hot dilute nitric acid to show true forms of
cells.

Two New American Mosses.
By G. N. BEsT.

BuxBAUMIA PIPERI, n. sp. Dioicous; stemless; leaves reduced to
yellowish ovate-oblong or palmate, crenate-laciniate bracts;
areolation oblong-hexagonal; bracts of fertile plants pro-
ducing long rhizoids, enveloping the fleshy vaginale in a felt-
like mass. Seta about I cm., arcuate or flexuose, warty, ob-
liquely inserted. Capsule inclined, ovate-oblong, unsymmetric,
greenish becoming pale yellow; section broadly elliptical ;
upper surface not deeply impressed nor strongly margined ;
neck distinct; cuticle thin, not glossy or but slightly so, rolling
back in segments after the loosening of the broadly conical,
obtuse operculum. Columella adherent. The membran-
aceous endostome composed of linear, papillose, hyaline,
fluted segments, lightly cohering by their thickened margins,

-forming a truncated cone. Peristome of a single layer, with
rudiments of a second deeply inserted; teeth linear, reddish or
dirty white, papillose, articulated, revolute, lightly connate,
fitting into the endostomial grooves, as long or nearly so as.
the segments. Pseudannulus usually of 3 layers, the inner
showing traces of teeth more or less distinct. Spores of me-
dium size.

Hab. On rotten wood, or on ground covered with woody
oes in mountainous regions, probably not rare in the North
and West, but either overlooked or when found referred to B.
aphylla or B. wndustata. Mason Co. Wash., Mr. C. V. Piper.
Kootenai Co. Idaho, Mr. ]. B. Leibérg. Barisan XVii. 126;

XVili. 49.

Remarks: B. Pipert is intermediate between B. aphylla and B.
indusiata. The shorter and more curved pedicel, the more erect
capsule not markedly depressed nor strongly margined, peristome
of a single well developed layer, spores larger, readily separate it
from the former. The more symmetrical capsule, peristome of 4
layers, the outer successively shorter, of B. ixdusiata mark it as
distinct from the latter. In 2. aphylla the operculum is usually
thimble-shaped, the peristome rudimentary.

Not a little practice is required to manipulate the peristomes
and endostomes of these peculiarly interesting plants with satis-

117

faction. The teeth, as soon as they are removed from the grooves

of the endostome, in their upper two-thirds, curve outwardly so

that their margins approximate, thus becoming obtusely trique-
trous, the segments behaving in like manner.

Dirricuum AmBIcuuM, n. sp. Dioicous; loosely caspitose; stem
rather stout, about I cm. long, arcuate-erect, with one or more
innovations. Leaves pale yellow, shining, crispate when dry,
accrescent upwards, lanceolate-subulate, patent-subsecund,
flexuose ; lower erect at the half-clasping short base, lanceolate;
upper with oblong-erect bases, long lanceolate-subulate, con-
cave, the slightly thickened-involute margins sinuate-dentate;
the perichetial with longer sheathing bases, not abruptly nar-
rowed: costa percurrent and dentate on the back in the upper
third. Areolation linear, oblong, indistinct above; walls thick,
tortuous, striate Seta reddish below, paler above, long, flexu-
ose. Capsule cylindrical, 0.3 cm. long, narrow, straight or
slightly curved, reddish, dark brown when deoperculate.
Operculum conical-rostrate, blunt, nearly or quite erect, about
one-third the length of the capsule. Exothecial cells quad-
rate-oblong, thick-walled, irregular with a row of smaller ovate-
quadrate cells at the mouth. Teeth reddish, long, straight,
papillose, nearly or quite split to the rather broad-basal mem-
brane; legs filiform except at the slightly flattened connate
bases, equal and regular. Annulus large, adherent.

Habitat: moist banks. Mason Co., Washington, Mr. C. V.
Piper.

Remarks: Somewhat larger and with firmer cells, yet the
leaves of D. ambiguum bear a certain resemblance to those of the’
variable D. ‘ortile (Schrad.) Hampe, the capsule and lid to J.
tenutfolium (Schrad.) Lindb. ( Zrichodon cylindricus, Schimp.), while
the peristome differs from that of either. In D. éortile the leaves
are reflexed to the middle, the capsule oblong-cylindrical, the
operculum conical, short-beaked, and the peristome of a more rudi-
mentary type. In D. senuifolium the exothecial cells are linear-
rhomboidal, the teeth flattened to above the middle, roughened
but not papillose,* the squarrose leaves abruptly narrowed, and
the basal membrane not as wide. Notwithstanding .the tortuloid
peristome this moss is evidently a Ditrichum, most closely allied

to D. tenuifolium, yet quite distinct.
Rosemont, N. J.

* Braithwaite’s British Moss Flora, i. 97.

118

The Fossil Aulisci of California.

By J. DEBY.

It may be of interest to American microscopists to know that
nearly one-third of all known species or forms of the Diatomace-
ous genus Azliscus are to be found in the fossil deposits of Cali-
fornia. The Santa Monica and San Redondo earths are the rich-
est localities in the world for these beautiful little forms. I add
from personal observations, a list of the California known forms.

Auliscus antiquus, Ratt.
A. Biddulphia, Kitt.
Var. prominens, Ratt.
A. celatus, Bail.
Var. major.
Var. constricta.
A, compositus, A. Sm.
A. decoratus, Ratt.
Var. affinis, Ratt.
A, elaboratus, Ralfs,
A. elegans, Ratt.
Var. Californica, A. Sm. .
Var. Grunowi2, Ratt.
. eximius, Ratt.
. gractllimus, Ratt.

By a

. Hardmanianus, Grev.
Var. futilés, Ratt.
Var. difurcata, Ratt.

. insignis, Cleve.

. ntestinalts, A. 8.

. Foynsonii, A. S.

Macreanus, Grey.

. mirabilis, Grev.

. ovalis, W. Arnott,

A, punctatus, Bail.

A. pruinosus, Bail.

A, sculptus, Ralfs.

A, speciosus, A. Sm,

A. Stockharatit, Jan.—A. racemosus, Ralfs.

A, subreticulatus, Ratt.

A, subspectosus, Ratt.,

=) oS ae

besides a few undetermined and probably new forms seen by
myself and by my friend, Dr. D. B. Ward, of Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

119

The above list comprises 31 named forms, all of which are in
my collection, but out of which the Rev. Francis Wolle, in his Dia-
tomacea of North America, only mentions 17, leaving 14 ignored.
He, however, adds A. incertus, A. Sm. as from Santa Monica and
A. Peruvianus, Grev. from “ California,’ as fossil? He also men-
tions A. mutabilis, Grev. from Monterey, but no such species
of Greville exists. Probably A. miradilis was intended. It is
seen from the above that 33 forms of Azlisci are at present
known from the California diatomaceous deposits, which, during
the earlier tertiary periods, must have been the veritable metropolis
of the species of this interesting genus.

As I propose preparing a revision of the Auw/scz in general, I
should be glad to receive any additions to the above list from
Californian localities, or the loan of any supposed new forms to

, be added to the existing ones.
31 BELSIZE AVENUE,
Lonpon, N. W.

Notes on New Characez.
By. t>- Fi ALLEN:

A new species of Nitella from the Valley of Mexico, collected
in December, by Mr. Pringle, I decide to name MVitella formosa.
It may be described concisely as Nitella diarthrodactyla, homoeo-
phylla, monoica, flabellata, gymnocarpa, closely related to J.
tenuissima, Kiitz. It has the appearance of a gigantic ¢enuzssima,
attaining the size of 12 to 18 inches in length and diffusely
branched. It differs, however, from ‘¢enutssima, not only as re-
gards its size, but in that the fruit is subterminal only. The
oospore is slightly larger than /enuisstma, in the new species
averaging about .340 mm. long by .305 mm. wide, with seven
striae. The membrane of the oospore is minutely granular, while
that of zenuissima-is covered with much coarser granules or
reticulations. '

I have also received from Japan a new JVitella, which is allied
to our Mitella oligospira, and as in our species, the oogonium is
single. The terminal extremities of the enveloping cells of the
oospore become contracted, leaving spaces between the cells be-

neath the coronula of mature specimens; the oospore is .340 by a

120

.285 mm., and its membrane is covered with conical elevations.
This species I call VV. Japonica.

A new variety of Chara Hydropitys, which I propose to call
var. Mexicana, has been collected by Mr. Pringle. The stem and
leaves are very slender, the stem .260 mm. diameter, the leaves
-230 mm. in diameter. The leaves are ten in number in the verticil,
with six or seven nodes, the lowest of which is naked: three or four
of the nodes are corticated: there is usually one naked terminal
with four or five bracts, like a tuft, all of equal size. The antheridium
.245 mm. in diameter, the oospore .435 mm. long by .245 mm. wide,
with nine or ten faint stri. The spines on the stem are very small
and scattered, broad at the base .o4o mm. broad and .035 mm.
long.

A new variety of Chara gymnopitys, to be known as var.
Keukenis, from Lake Keuka in the State of New York. The cor-
tex of the stem is irregular, the plants very small, and, from this
locality, very much encrusted with lime. The oospore is .440 mm.
long by .260 mm. wide, with nine very faint strie. The antheridium
is .300 mm. in diameter.

A Neglected Species of Hieracium.
By N. L. Britton,

(PLATE CXLYV.)

HrerActuM GREENH, Porter and Britton, n. sp.

Pilosella spathulata, Sch. Bip. Flora, xlv. 439 (1862), not H. spath-
ulatum, Sheel. HH. Marianum, var. spathulatum, A. Gray, Syn.
Fl. i. Part ii. 455 (1886).

Stem glabrous up to the branches, erect, rather slender, leafless -
or rarely with 1 or 2 leaves, 11%4°-2%4° high. Radical leaves tufted,
ascending, broadly spathulate, oblong or obovate, obtuse at the
apex, narrowed at the base, mostly petioled, glandular-denticulate
or entire, villous-pubescent or somewhat hispid on both sides,
4’—7’ long, 1’~2’ wide; heads corymbose-paniculate, several or
numerous, 30—40-flowered, rather slender-peduncled, 8/10” broad;
peduncles and branches canescent-tomentose and glandular ; in-
volucre 5” high, its bracts in 1 series, linear, acute, densely. pilose
and glandular; flowers bright yellow; achenes columnar, truncate;
pappus not copious, brownish.

121

In dry soil, Tuscarora Mountain, Huntingdon Co., 1845 (Porter);
Two-Top Mountain, Franklin Co., Penn., 1846 (Traill Green) ;
Mountains of Clinton Co., Penn., 1842 (McMinn); Peaks of Otter,
Virginia (Britton). May-June.

Differs from. A. venosum, L., in its more elongated, villous-
pubescent leaves, stouter stem, larger heads and very pilose and
glandular, principal bracts of the involucre.

Differs from H. Marianum, Willd., in its entirely glabrous, leaf-
less or very rarely 1~2-leaved stem, larger heads and _ pilose-
glandular involucre.

Botanical Notes.

Note Explanatory—Several wide-awake botanists have noticed
a mistake in nomenclature made in my article on “ Orchids” in
the February number of the BULLETIN, and uttered remonstrances.
It is a good sign to see that innovators are held responsible for a
strict application of their own principles, and I am quite ready to
confess it when I go astray. On page 33, Cathea, of Salisbury, is
substituted for Calopogon, of Robert Brown. This is entirely
wrong if we follow the rules recently adopted at Rochester and
accept the Species Plantarum of Linnzeus of 1753 as our start-
ing point. The name in that case should be Limodorum tuberosum,
LAap. Pi. 950(175 3). The mistake in the text arose from a /apsus
emendationis. That article was written before the Rochester meet-
ing, and designed as a paper to be read before the A. A. A. S.
Botanical Club. At that time I had taken Linnzus’ first edi-
tion of the Genera (1737), as my starting point for genera, and
under that rule Cathea would be correct. Unfortunately in the
revision of the paper for the BULLETIN, I neglected to make the
Proper correction for this genus, although it was done in other
parts of the same paper.

A word further may be said in regard to Limodorum. The de-
Viation from the Linnazan name seems to have began with Swartz
in 1799 (Act. Ups. vi. 78), who adopted it from Tournefort. He
was followed by Willdenow in 1805 (Sp. PI. iv. pt. i. 105), who
called our plant Cymbidium pulchellum, and applied the name
Limodorum mainly to various species of Epidendrum, which he sep-
arated from that genus. Subsequently L. C. Richard applied this

122

name to a single European species (Ovchis adortiva L.), in which
he has been followed by Bentham and Hooker. So far as I know,
Michaux is the only botanist since the time of Swartz who has
adhered to the Linnzean name Lzmodorum tuberosum. Everybody
has followed in the wake of Brown and called the plant Calopogon
pulchellum. Tuomas Morona.

Note on Trifolium medium.—We received last July from Mr. ~
Ira Parker, of Houlton, Me., some very interesting specimens of
Trifolium medium, L.. in which the heads were replaced by com-
pound umbels, more or less completely formed. The specimens
showed every gradation from compound umbels with very short
pedicels to those with pedicels fully two inches long. The flowers
were all pale, smaller than normal and apparently abortive.

Mr. Parker informs us that several stalks from the same root
were similarly malformed. The tendency to vary in the direction
of a compound umbel is an interesting confirmation of the general
belief that the head is a sessile umbel. F. L. Harvey.
Orono, ME., JAN. 15, 93.

Variegation accounted for—Last week some Callas were ©
brought to me because of their peculiar construction and colora-
tion. One stalk had, for example, a large spathe and two smaller
ones within, thus constituting what is commonly known as a
“double” calla. Another stalk had a “bloom”’ with the ordinary
single spathe, but close to and enclosing it was a leaf that might
at first be easily mistaken for the ordinary spathe. It, however,
had a petiole of an inch in length, and the venation was strictly
that of a calla leaf, while in color it was white with the exception
of the tip and the outer border, which was green. A leaf separate
from the examples above mentioned was also brought. It had
the long petiole and the ordinary shape of a calla leaf, but fully a
quarter of the central portion of the blade was white, and the
etiolated part blended gradually with the surrounding green. The
three samples gave the whole story of the intimate condition be-
tween the spathe and the ordinary calla leaf, and the ‘“ variega-
tion” of the latter seemed only a result of a tendency to become a
spathe in color, if not in shape. Byron D. HALSTED.

RutGers CoLtecE, Jan. 27, 1893. bas

123

Reviews of Foreign Literature.

A Contribution to our Knowledge of Seedlings. By Sir John
Lubbock, Bart. M.P Fo Ros... D: Ci Ly D. (Kegan Paul,
Trench, Triibner & Co., London, 1892).

Sir John Lubbock has in this work made a very important con-
tribution to our knowledge of plants. The work occupies a field
which has heretofore received comparatively little attention.
Works upon systematic botany have been compiled repeatedly,
until now Bentham and Hooker's “Genera Plantarum” may fairly
be supposed to include nearly all the forms of spermatophytes en-
titled to stand as genera. In the meantime there remains much
to be done in the way of research upon the life-histories of these
plants, especially upon the structure of the embryo and its germi-
nation. It is into this field that Sir John Lubbock has pushed
with characteristic vigor, and the result is this work “On Seed-
lings” in two volumes, and each volume of over 600 pages.

In the short preface the author briefly states the subject of
his work, and mentions those who have assisted him in it. The
first 77 pages are devoted to an introduction consisting of gener-
alizations upon the several parts of the embryo both before and
during germination. Following this are about I119 pages, de-
voted, Ist, to seeds and their germination in the order as a whole,
and 2d, a detailed description of the seed, their germination, and
the seedlings of the species studied in the order. Species repre-
senting nearly every order in Bentham and Hooker’s “Genera
Plantarum” were studied. The arrangement of orders is the same
as in that work, of which, indeed, this work on seedlings might
well be considered a fitting supplement. The following are the
orders in which the largest number of species were studied: Ra-
nunculacez, 26 species; Cruciferee, 57 sp.; Malvacex, 26 sp.; Le-
guminosz, 95 sp.; Rosacee 22 sp.; Onagrariee, 20 sp.; Compo-
“site, 91 sp.; Labiate, 25 sp. A third part of the work is devoted
to the bibliography of the subject in two divisions, Ist, general;
2d, special. Finally, a full index is appended.

The introduction is the part of the work that will excite most
attention. Many facts are incorporated in it which have already
been recorded, especially that part of the descriptions which de-

tail the development ane! structure of the ovule and the agers a.

124

of the parts of the embryo in the seed; yet the author has ven-
tured to go farther than anyone before him, and has pointed out
just how different forms of embryo have originated. This gives
to the old facts a new charm. As the author informs us on the
first page, these propositions have already been made in the
“Jour. Linn. Soc. Vols. xxii.-xxiv.,” and as he now reprints them,
we feel assured that his confidence in his own interpretation of
nature is not shaken by subsequent observation and reflection.
All may not agree with him in his interpretations, but no one can
question his accuracy of observation. It remains for his critics to
draw conclusions which will harmonize better with the facts.
Some of these propositions may be profitably mentioned.

1. The inversion of the ovule is of advantage to the plant in
that it brings the micropyle in such a position as to increase the
probability of fertilization. Here the author confirms the con-
clusions of others and promises “to enter into the question more
fully on a future occasion.” The writer of this review has sug-
gested an entirely different explanation of this modification of the
ovule and seed, i. e., that it is due to the advantage gained by the
correlation of the parts of the embryo, to the external appendages
of the seed, thereby securing a favorable position for the embryo
during germination. (See “Science Vol. xx. No. 504, September
30, 1892.”)

2. Unequal, unsymmetrical, lobed, and auricled cotyledons are
to be explained by the crowding of the embryo in the seed, and
its tendency to occupy all the available space within the coats.

3. The position of the embryo is often changed to accommodate
its parts to the form of the seed. Embryos with accumbent and
incumbent parts are, in many cases, thereby explained. «Now
if from the form of the pods, or for any other reason, it is an ad-
vantage that the seed should be compressed, then the thickness
of the cotyledons remaining the same, it is better that the radicle
should be accumbent; while on the other hand, in a thicker or
globular seed the incumbent arrangement is most convenient.”
In general, the author believes that the form of the seed determines
the form of the embryo. :

4. It seems desirable that the cotyledons should be raised above _
the surface of the ground. This leads to a correspondence between
the length of the hypocoty] and the length of petiole of the coty-

125

ledons. The general rule is then “ that the cotyledons are sessile
when they are raised by the growth of the hypocotyl, while they
are petiolate when they take their origin close to the ground.”
Connate petioles serve the purpose of forming a stronger support
for the cotyledons than would be afforded if they remained separate.

5. Narrowness of the cotyledons or their division into narrow
segments is attributed to the greater facility with which they
may be withdrawn from the seed-coats. Also, narrowness of the
cotyledons in some cases “ enables the plant to make them lie
conveniently in a globose seed.”

The generalizations with which each order is introduced, are
especially interesting and valuable. Here, as well as in the de-
scription of each species, the cotyledons are given prominence.
The Onagrariez is as fair a choice among the orders as could be
made. The seedlings of quite a number of its species have coty-
ledons in which a secondary growth occurs. The seedlings of
nothera Bistorta are described as follows:

‘Immediately after germination the cotyledons are oblong,
obtuse, entire, sessile with a few long, scattered, glandular hairs,
especially at the base. Hypocotyl with a few glandular hairs at
the apex. Cotyledons often unequal, owing to their greater or
less development in the seed, and one folding over the other.

“Six days after germination the base has become elongated,
petiole-like, and glandular-pubescent, suddenly narrowed to a
short petiole, or subsessile; the upper half remains rotund and
glabrous except at the base and possibly a few short hairs under-
neath.

“Eight days after germination (fig. 367) they have elongated 3
considerably, the upper true cotyledonary part enlarging, but
otherwise remaining unaltered, while the foliar basal and narrow
part has become linear, entire or sometimes with a minute tooth
on either side, glandular-pubescent, suddenly narrowed at the very
base.

“ The lower portion elongates greatly, and the ultimate stage
of the cotyledons (fig. 368) is linear, tapering at the base into a
petiole; upper part or true cotyledon rotund or oval, entire gla-
brous, very short without midrib, lower part linear terminating
abruptly in the upper part, tapering gradually to the base, with
one or two minute and distant teeth on each side, thinly hairy, .

126

greyish-green with an evident midrib sunk on the upper surface,
and prominent beneath; petiole subterete, flattened above, very
thinly hairy, or at length nearly glabrous.

“First eight leaves radical, alternate, linear, obtuse, tapering at
the base into the petiole, thinly silky with appressed pubescence,
minutely and distantly toothed at the margin, greyish green, more
or less distinctly marked near the margin with black dots, with a
very distinct, colorless mid-rib, flattened above, thinly hairy at the
margins, colorless. (Thirty-four days after germination.)”

One of the striking features of the volumes to students
especially interested in American plants, is the small number of
North American species studied. Descriptions of seedlings of
several garden vegetables are included. Among these, most
prominent, perhaps, are the common radish (Raphanus sativus),
common bean (Phaseolus vulgaris, tomato (Lycopersicum esculentum)
and pepper (Capsicum sp.). Seedlings of many cultivated orna-
mental species are studied. Many of the species are rarely seen
outside of Kew Gardens.

The author uses the old term “radicle” as a name for the axis
of the embryo while in the seed, but steadily applies the word
“hypocotyl” to the same organ during germination. The be-
ginnings of the root-system of the plant is scarcely touched upon,
although the origin of the first roots have been shown by Holm
(Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. Vol. ii. No. 3) to determine in a consid-
erable measure the habit of the plant.

The volumes are profusely illustrated with outline sketches.

All will agree, I think, that more such books are needed. Itis —
only when as careful researches are made upon the life-histories of
seed producing plants, as cryptogamic botanists find themselves
obliged to make upon the lower plants, that we shall discover how

much yet remains to be done to complete our knowledge of the e

Spermaphytes. There are many fields as inviting as was the one
chosen by Sir John Lubbock. W. W. RowL_Lee.

On the Simplest Form of Moss. Karl Goebel. (Ann. Bot. vi.
355-360, Plate XXII. 1892). . .

The author considers Buxbaumia an almost ideally simple
moss, because the sexual organs are borne almost directly on the ©
_ protonema, in this approaching the ferns. The protonema is said

127

to be similar to that of certain species of Zrichomanes, and is
compared with that of Sphagnum, Andreea and Metzgeriopsis. The
Sporogonium is said to be most nearly allied to that of Diphyscium,
and to possess no true seta, as the calyptra is ruptured by the ex-
pansion of the theca, and not by the elongation of the pedicel, as
in the true Bryinee. The plate illustrates the variation of the
sporophylls in Onxoclea Struthiopteris, and Botrychium Lunaria.
The alliance with Diphyscium is contrary to the views of Lindberg
and Braithwaite, though more in harmony with those of all the
older authors, and most modern ones. Also the growth of the
sexual organs upon the protonema, and the complexity and vari-
ability of the peristome would seem rather to indicate a higher
organization.

The paper noticed above abounds in theories of the most
slender probability, stated as ascertained facts. For example, in a
paragraph of eleven lines (p. 357) the following propositions are
given.

1. The organization of the sporogonium of Burbaumia “is
rudimentary as compared with that of the true Bryinez.”’

2. “It somewhat recalls that of Sphagnum and Andreea.”

3. “It has no true seta, but merely an absorbent organ which
penetrates into the rudimentary stem of the moss-plant.”

4. “This organ gives off a number of rhizoids which absorb
nourishment from the stem.”

5. “Consequently in this form the calyptra is ruptured, not by
the elongation of the seta as in the Bryinez, but by the expansion
of the theca of the sporogonium.”

As Professor Goebel gives no reasons for his inferences, dis-
cussion is out of the question. The apparent statements of fact
are contrary to the conditions observed in a recent study of Bux-
| baumia, which gives, in the main, the same results as those of
Schimper, from whose descriptions and plates it appears that the
capsule (especially of B. indusiata) is, if anything, the most com-
plex of any of the mosses; the seta is entirely homologous with
that of other mosses, does not give off rhizoids, but fits into a
socket of the short stem, and ruptures the calyptra by elongation.

The fact that the marginal cells of the leaves of Buxbaumia
grow out into long filaments is given as a reason for supposing a

hat the leaves of this genus are in some way more fr otonemal i

128

than those of other mosses, regardless of the facts that 4. Havanica
has entire leaves, and that there are plenty of instances among
mosses and hepaticz where the marginal cells and even those of
other parts of the leaf are produced into cilia. Indeed, Professor
Goebel seems here to have undertaken a gratuitous labor, for all
are agreed that the plant body in mosses and foliose hepaticz
grows from the protonema. The peculiarity of Buxrbaumia in the
respect seems to be that it does not grow so large.

The strangest thing about Sw«daumia is, perhaps, its physio-
logical arrangement. The sexual generation, instead of leading
the life of a parasite upon its parent, as in other mosses, is richly
provided with chlorophyll, and apparently needs the parent only
as a means of attachment to the substratum. O. F. Cook.

Bulletin de l Herbier Boisster. Sous la Direction de Eugéne
Autran, Conservateur de 1’ Herbier. (Tome i. No. 1, 8vo. pp.
32, avec deux planches, Geneve, 1893).

We chronicle with much pleasure and interest, the appearance
of another new journal, published under the auspices of the great
herbarium of M. Boissier at Chambesy, near Geneva. It is planned
to issue the Bulletin as material becomes available, and to produce
a volume of 400 pages each year. The first number contains two
papers: (I) Les Genres Achatocarpus, Triana et Bosia, L., et leur
Place dans le Systeme Naturel by Dr. Hans Schinz and M. Au-
tran, illustrated by two plates. Achatocarpus is a South Ameri-
can genus placed by Triana in relationship with Azvina in the
Phytolacacezee, where MM. Schinz and Autran conclude it be-
longs. It isreferred by Bentham and Hooker to the Amaran-
taceze and by Baillon to the caries sees Four new species
are described, all Paraguayan.

The second paper is by Dr. Geo. E. Post, and is Part V. of
his descriptions of and notes on Syrian plants. Nik Ss

Proceedings of the Club.

Turspay, FEBRUARY 14TH, 1893.

The President in the chair and thirty-five persons present.
Mrs. L. Briick, of Hoboken, N. J., and Mr. Geo. M. Beringer, _
of Camden, N. J., were elected active members. 2

129

The assent of the Club was given to a proposition of the
Council of the Scientific Alliance of New York, that a joint meet-
ing be held in memory of Prof. John S. Newberry.

The first paper of the evening was then read by Dr. H. H.
Rusby, entitled «Account of some new Species of Polypetale
from Bolivia.” The paper was a report upon the study of 280
numbers collected by Mr. Miguel Bang, representing 271 species
and varieties, of which 58 were unknown and 4 others were repre-
sented only by manuscript names or by names published without
descriptions. The specimens of these new species were exhibited,
a number of them being compared with other specimens exhibited
of related species. Dr. Rusby announced that his method of
publishing his enumeration of Mr. Bang’s plants would be in sets
of 1000 numbers, each set being published in two parts, each part
to constitute a number of the Memoirs of the Club. The first
part, running through the Composit of the first thousand num-
bers, would occupy a number of the next volume of the Memoirs.

The second paper was then presented by Mr. Henry Kraemer,
being his report as chairman of the Field Committee for 1892.
The report was remarkably full in the enumeration of every detail
connected with the work of the committee, and was filed with the
Secretary.

Dr. Britton spoke of two forms of Vaccinium vacillans, co!-
lected at Forked River, N. J., and exhibiting two markedly distinct
forms of corolla. His attempts to associate these with the corres-
ponding fruits had not up to the present proven satisfactory. He
also referred to the Rudus villosus, var. (?) Aumifusus, which had
now turned up in a number of localities.

An interesting discussion followed on the appearance and habit
of the Velumbo lutea. Mr. Rudkin, in reply to a question by the
President, stated that the plant had not only held its own at
Swartzwood Pond, N. J., but had increased greatly. It was found
in full bloom about the 1st of August. The flowers are 9 or 10
inches in diameter, and the petals are few and loose as compared
with those of Castalia; the largest leaves are 2 feet or more in
diameter. Dr. Morong remarked upon the great length and in-
creasing thickness downward of the portion of the plant which

was imbedded in the mud; in this respect it is similar to the ~

Orontium aquaticum. So large and thick are these portions that =

130

the plant bears removal very well, being capable of transportation
to long distances.

Dr. Britton exhibited a copy of Prof. Conway Macmillan’s
“Metaspermz of the Valley of the Minnesota,’ which he re-
garded as the most extensive and complete local flora ever pro-
duced. It is published by the Geological Survey of the State of
Minnesota.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, FEBRUARY 22d.

Vice President Morong in the Chair and seventeen persons
present.

The following papers were read:

«A Memorial of Professor John Strong Newberry,” by N. L.
Britton. The paper was illustrated by specimens of plants named
in honor of Prof. Newberry and by a portrait, and is published in
this number of the BULLETIN. Remarks were made by Dr. Arthur
Mead Edwards, Mr. Lighthipe and the Chairman.

«Notes on some plants of the Yadkin River Valley, N. C.,” by
John K. Small. The paper was copiously illustrated by specimens
and was discussed by Dr. Britton and Dr. Morong.

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.
Additions to the State (Indiana) Flora from Putnam County. Lu-
cien M. Underwood (Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1891, 89-91).
Eustichia Norvegica is reported from sandstone rocks at
Fern, the fourth station in America.
Bread-Fruit Trees in North America. F.H. Knowlton (Science
XL. 24, 25).

The author traces the former existence of the genus Artocarpus
through the North American continent to Greenland, in cre-
taceous and tertiary times, as evidenced by remains which are
manifestly to be referred to this genus, although classed by differ-
ent authors at various times under the genera Myrica and Aralia.

At,
Characee of America. T.F. Allen (Part II. Fascicle 1, large 8vo.,

p. 8, 14 plates; published by the author, 10 E. 36th St., New
York).

The first part of Dr. Allen’ s work on our Characea was pub-

lished several years ago. It deals with the morphology, life his- ;

131

_tory and affinities of the group, their classification, and contains a
tabular key for the identification of genera and species. This first
installment of Part II. deals with eight species of Mitel/a, several of
which are new. It is begun by a revised synoptical key to the
thirteen species which Dr. Allen now has from America, five of
which he has made known. Fourteen plates are issued with the
fascicle, eight of them lithographs and six photogravures, made
directly from herbarium specimens, and illustrating very well the

habit and mode of branching of the plants. . si ae Be»
Composite—Observations on the—IT, Edward L. Greene (Erythea,
1. 41-45).

Prof. Greene refers his recently proposed genus Diolettia to
Trichocoronis and discusses Eupatorium and its allied genera.
Conifere—Notes on West American,1. J. G. Lemmon (Erythea, i-

48-5 2).

Mr. Lemmon describes his new varieties of Psewdotsuga taxi-
Jolia; one, var. suberosa from Arizona and New Mexico; the other,
var. elongata from the base of Mt. Hood, Oregon. He also takes
issue with Dr. M. T. Masters as to the common name of this tree,
Maintaining that it should be Douglas Spruce, not Douglas Fir.

Corky Excrescenses on the Stems of Zanthoxylum—The Nature and
Development of. C. A. Barber (Annals of Botany, vi. No. 22)
The author first describes the development of the thorn at

whose base the corky cushion always originates. The thorn is

said to complete its growth during the first summer, growing from

a zone of meristematic cells near its base. In the autumn begins .

the development of the cork-cells, probably from the same meri-

stem which produced the cells of the thorn, though the author
does not expressly state this. Yearly deposits of this cork-tissue
are made which he compares to the annual rings of Pinus
stems. As this cushion increases, the tissues near the base of
the thorn gradually weaken; finally a rupture occurs by which
it is detached, sometimes leaving a slight scar. In regard to
the biological significance of this corky growth no explanation
is attempted; as to determine this he says a careful study of the
plants in their native surroundings is necessary. In some general

notes on cork formation in thorns of different plants, several ex-

planations of other authors are given. In conclusion, the author | oS

132

gives a list of plants whose thorns have basal cork formation. This

list is taken in part from Gamble’s manual of Indian timbers and,

in part, from specimens found in museums and botanical gardens.
Bids oe

Crossing of Cucurbits, L. H. Pammel (Bull. 19, lowa Exp. Station).

Prof. Pammel records the results of a large number of tests in
crossing pumpkin (Cucurbita Pepo), squash (C. maxima), water-
melon (Citrellus vulgaris), musk melons (Cucumis Melo), and cu-
cumbers (Cucumis sativus). While there was great variability in
some species as in the pumpkins and squashes, this was due to the
seed used and not an immediate effect of crossing. The result of
the cross is seen only in the offspring, not in the fruit.

B.D. 31

Cypripedium fasciculatum, var. pusillum. (Bot. Mag. t. 7275).
Dr. Hooker refers C. pusillum Rolfe, Kew. Bull., 1892, 211, to
this species.

Distribution of Tropical Ferns in Peninsular Florida. Lucien M.
Underwood. (Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1891, 83-89).

Ecloge Botanica, No. z. Edward L. Greene. (Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Phila. 1892, 357-365 ; issued Feb. 6, 1893).

This contribution of Prof. Greene is devoted to (1) New or
Noteworthy Thistles, in which the conclusion is expressed that all
our species should be included in the Linnzan genus Carduus, the
name Cyicus being applicable only to Centaurea benedicta. Most
of the Eastern species have already been named under Carduus ;
the others are here transferred and ten new ones characterized,
which will much facilitate the naming of undetermined material ;
(2) Three new Perennial Lupines: Lupinus floribundus from Colo-
rado, L. gracilentus and L. Covillei from California. Nid Bs

Economic Fungi—Fascicle V. Profs. Seymour and Earle. This
contribution, embracing numbers 201 to 250, includes thirteen
families of plants among the hosts, two of which, the Rosacea and
Conifere are largely represented, the former containing the
eecidial and the latter teleutosporic forms of several species of
Gymnosporangium. The mycologist will be particularly interested
in the specimens of G. Bermudianum (Farl.) Earle, which strangely ,
has both the zcidial and teleutospore form upon the same galls

133

of the jimpson as found by Mr. Earle in Mississippi. Professor
Galloway’s new species, Coleosporium Pini is included and many
other interesting Uredinez. ‘i Ae Bae 5

Epidendrum spondianum (Bot. Mag. t. 7,273).
Native of Jamaica and Costa Rica.

Lpigea repens (Mechan’s Month. iii. 17, 18; colored plate).

flora of Mt. Orizaba. Henry E. Seaton. (Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.
1891, 80-92).

Gases in Living Plants. J. C. Arthur. (Amer. Nat. xxvii. 1-8;
98-105).

Glumifioren des nordlichen Ohio. "do. Classen. (Pharm. Rundsch.
X1. 33-34).
A list of 70 Cyperaceze and 78 Graminez from the northern

counties of Ohio.

Grasses of Pennsylvania—List of the. Thos. C. Porter. (Leaflet,
PP: 4). : | .
A list of 166 species and varieties accompanying the exhibi-
tion of the specimens of Pennsylvania Grasses, prepared by Eros,
Porter for the State Agricultural Societies exhibit at the Columbian
Exposition.

Griselinia—Revision der Gattung. P.Taubert. (Engl. Bot. Jahr.

XVi. 386-392).

Description of seven species of this New Zealand and South
American genus of Myrtacee. We are interested in observing
that Dr. Taubert adopts the parenthetical citation of previous
authors.

Hardwoods of Onda ae Francis E. Lloyd. (Hardwood, iii.
10-11). Notes on fourteen species.

Lathyrus sylvestris, A New Fodder Plant. (Bull. 2, Va. Exp. Sta-
tion.) The whole bulletin is given to the merits of this plant
for fodder.

Malvaceen—Beitragé sur Systematik der. M ax Giirke (Engler’s Bot.

Jahrb. xvi. 330-385).
A new treatment of the genera JMadachra and wi Se

134

Morphological Notes. S. B. Parish (Erythea, i, 45-47; E. L.
Greene, |. c. 52).
Description of lateral flowering in Agave Americana, and re-
marks on the nature of the petiolar glands in Armeniaca vulgaris,
which, it is suggested, represent the petiolules of reduced leaflets.

Nematophycus Storriei, nov. sp. C. A. Barber (Ann. Bot. vi.. 329-

338, Pl. XIX. XX).

The plant originally described by Dawson as Prototaxites, from
the Devonian rocks of Canada, and afterwards studied and re-
named by Carruthers as Mematophycus, on account of its evident
algal affinities, were made the subject of close microscopic exami-
nation by the author, in connection with specimens of Pachytheca.
Asa matter of interest it may be here noted that these genera,
and Chara, are almost the only fossil algze in which well defined
structure is apparent, and the first two were long suspected to be
merely parts of the same plants. The specimens of Wematophycus
upon which the new species is founded, were obtained from the
Tymawr quarry at Cardiff, Wales, in rocks ofthe Wenlock (Upper
Silurian)* age, associated with remains previously indentified as
Pachytheca.

In addition to the full description of the new species a descrip-
tion is given, for the purposes of comparison, of V. Logani (Daw.)
Carruthers, and in the plates both species are made the subjects of
numerous studies in longitudinal and transverse sections.

Ys cia ©

Occurrence of Certain Western Plants at Columbus, Ohio. Aug.

D. Selby (Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1891, 74-76).

Ornamental and Timber Trees. (Bul. 24, Minn. Exp. Station).
This is a large work designed to encourage the growing of de-
sirable plants adapted to the northern conditions. Full lists,in the
notes for each sort, are given for deciduous trees, evergreen trees,
shrubs, vines and climbing plants, herbaceous plants followed by
tables of hardiness.

Paleobotany of the Cretaceous Formation on Staten Island—
Additions to the. Arthur Hollick. (Reprint, Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. xii. 1-12, Pl. I-IV.) In this contribution the author supple-
ments a previous contribution on the palzontology of the same

region, but here giving special attention to the fossil plants. Alist

135

of some forty species is given, in which, excluding seeds and
fruits of uncertain affinities, there are seven new species described,
viz: Myrica Davisi, M. grandifolia, Platanus Aquehongensis,
Kalmia Brittoniana, Acer minutus, Wailliamsonia (7) Rtesw, and
Phyllites poinsettioides. All species enumerated are figured in the
accompanying plates, and many of them are recognized as identi-
cal with the species described and figured by Prof. Heer from the
Atane and Patoot beds of Greenland, by Prof. Leo Lesquereux
from the Cretaceous of the Western United States, and by
Ettingshausen and Velenoosky in Europe. Another important
link in the chain of vegetation during Cretaceous times is thus
established.

Pammel’s Fungus of Texas Root-rot of Cotton—Method of ob-
taining pure cultures of. Geo.-F. Atkinson (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 16-19).

Plant Dispersion by the Buffalo. (Erythea, i. 47, 48).

An anonymous letter is published, its author agreeing with the
criticisms of Professor Green on a recent article on this subject.

Plante Lehmanniane in Guatemala, Costa Rica, Columbia,
Ecuador etc., collecte—Leguminose, Marc Micheli. (Kngl. Bot.
Jahrb. xvi, Heft. 3, Beiblatt, 1-9.)

An annotated list of a large number of species, all previously
described.

Portulacee—A Rearrangement of American. Thomas Howell
(Erythea, i. 29-41).

This valuable paper is in the nature of a synoptical revision of
the American species of the order. Its principal feature is the
proposal of a new genus, Ovcobroma, including 10 species taken
out of Lewisia, Claytonia,Talinum and Calandrinia, all acaulescent
perennials with scapose stems jointed at the base and fleshy, edi-
ble roots.

Mr. Howell also refers a considerable number of the West
Coast plants which have hitherto been in Claytoma to Monta,
agreeing in this with the views recently expressed by Prof. Greene.
Calyptridium nudum, Greene, is referred to Spraguea, and Spraguea
multiceps is a new species. N. L. B.

Prolification und Phyllodie bei Geum rival. E. Busherer (Ber.
Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. x. 571-576; one plate).

136

Ranunculacee—A Comparative Study of the Roots of. Fred. B.
Maxwell. (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 8-16; 41-47. Three plates).

Rio de La Plata; Its Basin, Geography and Inhabitants. Thomas
Morong. (Bull. Amer. Geograph. Soc. xxiv. 479-509).
Delivered originally as a lecture before the American Geo-

graphical Society, and now printed as an article in its Bulletin,

accompanied by a map of the region traversed. This is a run- -
ning account of a trip made by the author up the rivers Plata,

Parana and Paraguay in the year 1888, and a sojourn for the two

following years at Asuncion, the capital of Paraguay. Brief de-

scriptions are given of Montevideo, Buenos Aires and Asuncion,
the manners of their inhabitants, the character of the pampas and
campos, and the characteristics of the rivers and the vegetation
upon their banks, ending with a short account of the wild tribes of
Indians inhabiting the wilderness of the Gran Chaco in Paraguay.

Root-Pressure—An Apparatus for Determining the Periodicity of.
M. B. Thomas (Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1891, 82, 83).

Root Rotwf Alfalfa. (Bull. 22 Texas Exp. Station).
A new and serious trouble of fungous origin not yet well
known on Medicago sativa.

Vacation in the Hawauan Islands. D.H. Campbell. (Bot. Gaz.
XVii. 410-416; xviii. 19-25).

Viole Chilenses—Ein Beitrag zur Systematik der Gatting Viola.
Karl Reiche. (Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xvi. 403-448).
A descriptive list of 46 species of Chilian Violets, several of
which are new.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXLII.

HEMITONES CONGESTA, A. GRAY.

NEWBERRYA CONGESTA, TORR.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXLIITI,

' DITRICHUM MONTANUM, LEIBERG.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXLIV.

SIRI

Ee

(ay
#
i
joe
Py
0.0,
SaHs

GRIMMIA PACHYPHYLLA, LEIBERG. _

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXLV.

HIERACIUM GREENII, PORTER AND BRITTON.

NEW YORK FUNGI.

The First Century is now ready for distribution, and others will follow as soon as
prepared. It is intended to make these sets as complete as possible in Hymenomy-
cetes. Prof. Chas. H. Peck has kindly promised to examine all species of which he
is the author. It is hoped that the science of Mycology may be rendered some service
by making accessible authentic specimens, and thus helping to avoid the multiplica-
tion of synonyms. Price for the First Century, bound, $7.00; unbound, $6.00. For-
eign subscriptions 25 cents extra for postage. Those desiring to subscribe or seeking

further information, please address
C. L. SHEAR,
Alcove, N. Y,

CHARACEZ OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of WVitel/a, as fol-
lows: WVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missouriensis, Allen; fiexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

Se we = edad EN
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

~The North American Pyrenomycetes.

By J. B. ELLIS and B. M. EVERHART.

With original illustrations by F. W. ANDERSON. 2,500 species of the
old genus ** Sphveria,” described and arranged in accordance with the
modern ideas of classification. One thick octavo volume, with over 800
pages of printed matter and 41 full-page tinted plates illustrating the
genera; bound in fine cloth, with stamped covers and gilt-lettered back.
Price, $8,00, with 35 cts. additional if sent by mail. Address,

J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J.
Sets of Potamogeton.

A few sets of Potamogeton are in the course of preparation
which are offered for sale to botanists who are in want of authen-
tic species named by the subscriber. The sets will include nearly
all the North American and many European species, together
with a few species of Naias. The price will range from $3.00 to
$5.00, according to their completeness.

THOMAS MORONG.
Columbia College, New York City.

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

“ARTISTS - PATERIALS.

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
TO RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.

COFFIN, DEVOE & CO,, 176 RANDOLPH ST. CHICAGO.

ean

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

ESTABLISHED 1851.

-

EIMER & AMEND,

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & arr Third Ave.,

Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR :

E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
— Ware. aes pe eke
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.

Doctor c. Scheibler’ $ Saccharome- ee
ters (Polariscopes). See te
_| Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gents Bale
ances, etc. AEE
Le Brun F. Heuhonthe & er a,

Paris, Platinum.

ware, Povtas from the Raval Berlin ak Hicioeck Facroties, 3 oh
ian and German een: ae ict ae Moray, P

: | ~ PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs, DuLau & Co., 37 Sohu Square, London, England.
_ Back Numpers.—The Buttetin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive,
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these

five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to —
a Yun on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00, Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed
separately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had

for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. XVIII. and XIX. are indexed

_ Separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VIII. cannot now be supplied complete, but it is

planned to reprint some of its numbers. or

@ THE MEMOIRS. : 5
The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance, The mpatbey See
3 WAAR rad kc Atlan ad i arc Magn cenaheres soe
_ Volume I contains the following papers: :

ee No. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Cores, by P Prof S
__L.H. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately.

No. 2.—A List of the Marine Alge hitherto observed on the Coasts of New
Jersey and Staten Island, by Isaac C. Martindale. Price, s0 Cents. °F 7s

___No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rasiy a “inl
> South supa’ ios with mapa ara of lama! new iain bic Dr. Richard. ee Price,
75 cents. ree
No. 4—On Seedless Fruits, by Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant. | Price, ses cents.
Volume II contains the following papers: .

No. 1.—On vata Food Materials i io Buds pen Srosnting Pars with » 9

en ee APRIL, 1898.
oo BULLEN

roe OF THE. ROR Sa

et Rookie: of ee Plants Collected

_ Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America,
1886: NV. L. Britton

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1893.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

ae . _~“Vice Presidents, ;
Pee rE ALLEN, MD. =: THOMAS MORONG, Ph. De

Be | Recording Ricketorgi3 : = cre rae | Corresponding Secretary,
_ HENRY H, RUSBY, M. D,, | Pao oo a JORNY KR SMALL.
7 College of Pharmacy, New. York Gye Oe Columbia College, New York City.
Editor, Sakae : op - hepa ‘Treasurer,
_ L. BRITTON, Ph. ee Oe So 2 BEMRY OGDEN,
; Be ce Bs Pine Ser ‘New ‘York City.

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in
South America, 1885-1886,—X XIII,

(Continued from Vol. XIX., page 374.)
VACCINIACEA.

Psammisia leucostoma, Benth.; Meisn. in Mart, Fl. Bras. vii. 127.
Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2038). The same as Spruce, No. 2465 from
Brazil.

Psammisia paucifiora, Griseb. in Pl. Lechl. Exc. 2386. Mapiri,
5,000 ft. (2037). The same as Lechler, 2386 from Peru. This
may be a Macleania as indicated by Bentham and Hooker, Gen,
Ply it. S67.

EURYGANIA ELLIPTICA (R. & P.) (Thibaudia elliptica, R. & P. Fi.
Per. iv. t. 384, f. B). Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2219); Yungas, 4,000
ft. (2034).

CERATOSTEMMA Hooker, Britton. (Zhibaudia elliptica, Hook. Icon.
Pl. t. 108, not R. & P.). Mapiri, 10,000 ft. (2036).

CERATOSTEMMA MANDONI, n. sp. Sect. Euceratostemma. Ramis
glabris, striatis; foliis breviter petiolatis, integris, ovatis vel
ovato-oblongis, approximatis, concoloribus, supra glabris,
subter parce nigro-punctatis, utriusque obtusis, I-1.5 cm.
longis, 5-8 mm. latis, 5-venosis; pedunculis, calycibusque to-
mentosis; floribus terminalibus, solitariis geminibusve, 3 cm.
longis; calyx 5-fidus, lobi lanceolati, acuti; corolla exttis
puberulenta, cylindracea, apice 5-fida, calyce 4-5-plo longiora.

138

Mapiri, 10,000 ft. (2632). Same as Mandon’s 748, and prob-
ably the same as Lechler’s 2693 and 2585 from Gatchapota, Peru,
Herb. Kew.

CERATOSTEMMA SERRATA, n. sp. Sect. Siphonandra. Ramulis
rugosulis, glabris; foliis breviter petiolatis, ovato-oblongis,
utrinque pallidis, subter parce nigro-punctatis, apice acutis, basi
rotundatis, margine remote denticulatis, 5-8 cm. longis, 3-4
cm. latis; floribus axillaribus, umbellatis, 3-4 cm. longis; caly-
cibus oblongo-campanulatis, breviter 5-dentatis; corollis glabris,
cylindraceis, calyce 2-3-plo longioribus, apice 5-dentatis.

_ -Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (2035).

CAVENDISHIA PUBESCENS (H. B. K.) (Zhibaudia pubescens, H. B. K.
Nov. Gen. ili. 273). Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2033).

Cavendishia, sp. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2403).

Vaccinium empetrifolium, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. iii. 263, t. 248 ?
Unduavi, 10,000 ft. (2022).
Vaccinium floribundum, 1. B. K.,1. c. 266, t. 251. Mapiri, 10,000
ft. (2028). The same as Mandon’s 551.
Vaccinium didynanthum, Dun. in D.C. Prodr. vii. 575. Mapiri,
10,000 ft. (2026):
Vaccinium epacridifolium, Benth. Pl. Hares 221. Mapiri, 10,000
ft. (2027). |
Vaccinium polystachyum, Benth, |. c. 140. Mapiri, 10,000 ft.
(2024).
Vaccinium pernettioides, Griseb. in Lechler Pl. Excs. 2113a. Yun-
gas, 6,000 ft. (2029). The same as Lechler’s 211 3a.
Vaccinium, sp. Ingenio del Oro (2021). 3
Sophoclesia, sp. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2696). «
Rusbya taxifolia, Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xx. 68. Yanges,
4,000 ft. (2692).
ERICACEE.

Pernettya Pentlandu, D. C. Prodr. vii. 587. Sorata, 13,000 ft.
(2017) Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2018.)

Pernettya Pentlandu, D. C. var. parvifolia (Benth.) Wedd. Chlor.
And. ii. 170. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (2023). :

Gaultheria anastomosans (L. f.) H. B. K. Nov. Gen. iii, 285.
thier ek 6,000 ft. oe 2095). ‘

139

Gaultheria cordifolia, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. iii. 285, t. 261. Yungas,
6,000 ft. (2016).

Gaultheria brachybotrys, D. C. Prodr, vii. 595. Sorata, 13,000 ft.
(2014).

Gaultheria rufescens, D. C. Prodr. vii. 595. Unduavi, 8,000 ft.
(2013); 10,000 ft. (201 1). The same as Mandon’s 557.

Gaultheria reticulata, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. iii. 284. Ingenio del
Oro, 10,000 ft. (2030).

Gaultheria glabra, D. C. Prodr. vii. 596. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2015).

Gaultheria tomentosa, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. iii. 287, t. 262. Undu-
avi, 8,000 ft. (2032). The same as Mandon’s 559.

Gaultheria Pinchinchensis, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 225. Yungas, 6,000
ft. (2012).

Gaultheria conferta, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 219. Unduavi, 10,000 ft.
(2020).

Gaultheria vaccinioides, Griseb. P|. Lechler Excs. 1900. Unduavi,
10,000 ft. (2019); Ingenio del Oro, 10,000 ft. (2031).

Befaria glauca, H. & B. Pl. AZquin. ii. 118,t. 177. | Mapiri, 5,000
ft. (2010); Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2123).
Clethra fimbriata, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. iii. 290, t. 264. Unduavi,
12,000 ft. (2073). The same as Mandon’s 562. é
Clethra Brasiliensis, Cham. Linnea, viii. 510. Yungas, 6,000 ft.
(2091).

PLUMBAGINE.

Plumbago scandens, L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 215. Tacna, Chili (1158);

Yungas, 6,000 ft. (1917 and 1073).
MyrSINEz.

Myrsine dependens (R. & P.) Spreng. Syst. i. 664. (J. ciliata, H,
B. K.) Unduavi, 10,000 ft. (2491.)

Myrsine erythroxyloides, Benth. Voy. Sulph. 123. Guanai, 2,000 ft.
(867).

Myrsine latifolia (R. & P.) Spreng. Syst. i. 664. Yungas, 4,000
ft. (868). : :

140

Myrsine Gardneriana, A.D. C. Ann. Sci. Nat. (II) xvi. 86.
Yungas, 4,000 ft. (866 and 869). The same as Spruce’s No. 4251,

GEISSANTHUS BOLivIANA, n. sp. Arbor glabra. Foliis oblanceolatis,
coriaceis, integris, multinervis, subtus dilute viridis, apice ob-
tusis, base cuneatis, 15-20 cm. longis, 5-8 cm. latis; petiolis.
crassis, 2 cm. longis; floribus 2-3 mm. latis, dense paniculatis ;
paniculis 10-15 cm. longis; calycibus campanulatis, punctatis, 5-
lobatis, tubo lobis zequalibus ; corollis calyce duplo longioribus.

Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (562). Related to Spruce’s No. 5176, Herb.
Kew.

Cybianthus, sp. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2346). Collected only in fruit.
Cybrianthus, sp. Guanai, 2,000 ft. (1218). Collected only in fruit.

I did not match either of these at Kew. In all probability they
are undescribed species.

Ardisia acuminata, Willd. Sp. Pl. i. 1062. Junction of the Rivers.
Beni and Madre de Dios (2490).

Clavyja spathulata, R. &. P. Syst. Fl. Per. i. 285 (?). Junction of
Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios (2650).

Clavija lancifolia, Desf. Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. 402, t. 14-
Guanai, 2,000 ft. (1219).

SAPOTACEA.

Mimusops Surinamensis, Mig. in Mart. F]. Bras. vii. 43. Junction

of the Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios (729).

Lucuma procera, Mart.; A. D. C. Prodr. viii. 170. Falls of the
Madeira, Brazil (2618).
Sideroxylon, sp. Junction of the Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios
(2703). |
STYRACE.
Styrax ovatum (R. & P.) A. D. C. Prodr. viii. 267. Yan
6,000 ft. (838).
Symplocos Matthewsti, A. D. C. Prodr. viii. 250. Mapiri, 5,000 ft.
(2686).
Symplocos, sp. Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2685).
OLEACE.

Jasminum grandiflorum, L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2,9. Yungas, 6,000 ft.
(1244). Cultivated and escaped.

141

The Development of the Sporocarp of Pilularia Americana, A. Br.

By DoucLas HoucGHTon CAMPBELL.
(PLATE CXLVL)

Pilularia Americana is by no means uncommon in California,
and is said to be especially abundant in the Sacramento Valley.
Last spring a quantity of fresh specimens, collected near Suisun,
were sent me by Mrs. Brandegee, and as they bore numerous
sporocarps, in all stages of develoyment, it seemed a good oppor-
tunity to attempt to clear up some obscure points in the early de-
velopment of the sporocarps of the Marsiliacez.

Without microtome sections, it is quite impossible to study
the earliest stages satisfactorily on account of their small size, and
because they are completely buried in a mass of hairs that cover
the growing point of the stem, and all of the younger parts in its
vicinity. Those hairs cannot be removed from the young sporo-
carp and interfere very seriously with a clear view of it.

Our knowledge of the development of the sporocarp of Pilu-
Jaria is based mainly upon the work of Sachs,* Goebel,t and Ju-
ranyi,t and that of Marsilia upon Russow’s investigations.§ The
origin of the sporocarp itself, however, and the formation of the
cavities in which the sporangia are borne, was not clearly under-
stood.

By imbedding in paraffine in the usual way and sectioning
with a microtome, no trouble was experienced in getting a com-
plete series of preparations that showed all the details, and the re-
sults of a study of these is here given. In preparing the speci-
mens for sectioning, the growing tips of the fruiting plants were
treated for two or three hours with a I per cent. aqueous solution
of chromic acid, washed, stained 7” /ofo with alum cochineal, and
after sectioning, stained on the slide with alcoholic Bismarck-
brown; my usual method of preparing sections of young tissues.

* Sachs, Text-Book of Botany, 2 ed., pp. 455-460.
+ Goebel, « Outlines,” p. 240, foot note.
_ tJuranyi. The original paper in Hungarian. Reported in Just’s Jahresbericht,
Jahrgang 1879, p. 416.
§Russow. Histologie und Entwickelungsgeschichte der Sporenfrucht von Mar- |
ilia. Dorpat, 1871.

142

The creeping stem of Pilularia grows from a single tetrahe-
dral apical cell, from which three series of segments are cut off, as
in most ferns. Two of these series give rise to the two rows of
leaves, and from the third, roots only are formed. The stem
branches freely, the branches arising close behind its apex.

Leaves of two kinds are formed, fertile and sterile; the former
differ from the latter simply in bearing a sporocarp. The foliar na-
ture of the sporocarp has been inferred from analogy with the
ferns, and also from a study of the position of the older sporocarps
but the way in which it originates from the leaf was not known.
Juranyi* states that in P. globulifera, the formation of the fruit be-
gins, only after the leaf has reached a considerable size. My own
observations on P. Americana do not confirm this. On the con-
trary, the yonng fruit begins to develop almost as soon as the leaf
can be recognized, and while it is still close to the apex of the
stem, long before it is large enough to be seen with the naked eye.

The young leaf, like the stem, grows from a tetrahedral apical
cell. Growth at first is stronger upon the outer side, and in con- *
sequence, even at a very early stage, the leaf is strongly coiled,
as in all the homosporous Leptosporangiates. In the fertile
leaves, however, before this curvature has become very pro-
nounced, a protuberance may be noticed upon its inner face, not
far above the base. (Fig. 1, M.) This originates from the growth
of a single cell (x), which acts as an apical cell in the same way as
that of the apex of the body of the leaf. This protuberance is the
young sporocarp which at this stage is clearly seen to be simply
a segment or branch of the fertile leaf.

The young sporocarp enlarges rapidly after its formation and
assumes the form of a blunt cone. Next, on the side turned to-
ward the sterile segment of the leaf which bears it, a slight promi-
-nence is noticed (Fig. 2, F.), and about the same time two similar
lateral prominences are formed. As in the sterile segment growth
is stronger on one side (here the side turned away from the sterile
segment), and in consequence the sporocarp bends over toward
the sterile segment of the leaf. The apex of the young sporocarp
(Fig. 2, F.), together with the three prominences referred to, en-
close a slightly depressed area which is top of the young sporo-

#1... ¢,

143

carp. The four prominences (including the original apex of the
fertile segment), are beyond doubt to be regarded as leaflets,
which, however, are never much elevated above the surface of the
young fruit, and in this first stage form four slightly elevated
ridges.

A little later (Fig. 3), these become more prominent, and a
slight depression or pit is formed between the base of each and
the cells occupying the top of the young sporocarp. These pits
are separated laterally by the coherent margins of the leaflets
which extend to the axis of the sporocarp and are continuous
with it. The young fruit now enlarges rapidly, and as it does so
the depressions deepen owing to the elongation of the leaflets,
and also to that of the cells of the axis of the sporocarp, which
form a sort of columella running through the center.

The leaflets, or as we will now call them, lobes, are only free
at their tips; and as the edges are in contact from the first and
extend to the axis, the clefts between them and the axis form four
‘deep cavities that open by as many pores at points opposite the
tips of the lobes. These pits correspond to the ‘ canals” de-
scribed by Russow in the fruit of Marsilia.

Juranyi states that these cavities are caused by a splitting
apart of the cells of the inner tissue of the sporocarp, and that
the communication with the outside is brought about by the sub-
sequent separation of the cells at the apex of the sporocarp; that
is, that the cavities are endogenous in origin. Doubt has been
expressed as to the accuracy of these statements, and Goebel
States that his observations do not bear them out.

A study of longitudinal sections of the young sporocarp
show beyond doubt the strictly external origin of these cavities.

Up to the time that the cavities begin to form, the young
fruit is composed of a uniform, small-celled parenchyma, but a little —
later, however, the primary tissue systems are differentiated, and
the separation of the body of the sporocarp from its peduncle
becomes evident. About the same time the axial cells in
the basal part of the sporocarp extending into the peduncle,
elongate and form the beginning of the single fibro-vascular bundle
that traverses the peduncle and joins that of the sterile ae of
the leaf near its base.

144

The peduncle grows rapidly and becomes several times longer
than the sporocarp itself—(Fig 5). The growth upon the upper
side of the latter is stronger than upon the lower side, and in con-
sequnce, it becomes bent over, nearly or quite at right angles to
the peduncle. With the enlargement of the sporocarp the cavi-:
ties within become deeper and wider in a direction parallel to the
broad surfaces of the lobes; but the radial growth of these keeps
pace with the longitudinal growth, so that the space between the
inner surface of the lobe and the columella, is very narrow. The
growth is especially active in the inner epidermal cells, which pro-
ject more or less and form a cushion running vertically along the
median line of each lobe. This cushion is the sorus (Fig. 5.6.8. ),
and as its surface cells develop into the sporangia, it nearly fills
the cavity in which it lies. A tranverse section at this time shows
that the portions separating the cavities are composed of about
four layers of cells.

The fibro-vascular bundle which traverses the center of the pe-
duncle divides into four branches at the base of the sporocarp, and —
one of these goes to each lobe and forms a sort of midrib (Fig.
6.). Later each of these bundles sends off two lateral branches
that follow the margins of the lobe. A cross section of a sporo-
carp at this stage (see Fig. 9), shows these as groups of small cells
at nearly equal distances from each other, one at the center of the
lobe, the others close to its margin. By this time the epidermal
cells of the outside of the sporocarp begin to thicken. This is the
first indication of the hard shell found in the ripe fruit.

While these changes are going on in the outer tissues of the
sporocarp, the sporangia have begun to develop from the surface
cells of the sori. -Active growth begins in these cells, which be-
come elevated as papillze above the surface of the sorus. This is
most marked in the basal or older cells, but proceeds rapidly to-
ward the upper end of the sorus. While in a general way we may
say that the sporangia arise in acropetal succession, still
new ones arise later among the earlier formed ones, without refer-
ence to their position; indeed all of the surface cells of the sori
may be regarded as potentially, at least, sporangium mother-cells.

There is a good deal of variation in Pi/u/aria, as in many ferns,

as to the direction of the first division walls in the young sporan- : s

145

gium, and it seems to me that too much stress has been laid upon
this by some writers.

In the earlier sporangia the first division walls are usually
strongly oblique, but even here the first wall may be transverse
(see Fig. 7, a.), as usually happens in the Polypodiaceze. Several
oblique walls now arise which meet each other in such a way that
the terminal cell has much the form of an ordinary tetrahedral
apical cell. Soon, however, a wall is formed parallel to the outer
wall of the terminal cell, and thus an inner cell (Fig. 7 Ga); male
archesporium, is cut off. The archesporium is formed relatively
earlier in the first formed sporangia which are almost sessile,
while in the later ones, where they are more crowded, the pedi-
cel is much better developed (Fig. 10).

From the archesporium the tapetal cells (t.), are cut off in the
usual way, and subsequently these divide by both radial and tan-
gential walls into a large number of cells. For the most part
there is but one set of tangential divisions, but sometimes there
is a second one in some of the cells, so that at these points the
tapetum is three cells thick.

The central cell divides by an oblique wall into two cells and
these each divide twice more, and sometimes some or all of the
resulting cells may divide again, so that the whole number of the
resulting spore mother-cells ranges from eight to sixteen.

When the full number is complete the cells separate owing to
the partial disintegration of the division walls, and, at the same
time, the walls of the tapetal cells become completely absorbed
and their contents form a mass of protoplasm in which the sepa-
rated spore mother-cells are imbedded. These now increase
somewhat in size and become globular as the pressure of the sur-
rounding cells is removed. The sporangium has now increased a
good deal in size and the spore mother-cells do not completely
fill it. .

In fresh sporangia the tapetal-cells appear completely disor-
_ ganized, but when stained sections are examined it is evident
enough that the protoplasm and nuclei of the cells persist un-
changed, and the further development shows that the protoplasm
and nuclei of the tapetum probably play an important part in ya
further growth of the spores. - ee ree

146

The division of each of the spore mother-cells into four shows
nothing peculiar. The nucleus divides twice before any division
of the protoplasm takes place, and the four daughter-nuclei ar-
range themselves at equal distances from each other near the peri-
phery of the cell, after which division walls are formed simultane-
ously between them, and the resulting spores are of the tetra-
hedral type.

Up to this point the sporangia are all alike, but now a differ-
ence is noticed between those in the lower and those in the upper
part of the sporocarp. The former develops into macrosporangia,
the latter into microsporangia. In the latter all of the young
spores come to maturity, but in the former one spore very early
begins to grow faster than the others, which finally shrivel up and
develop no further. The young macrospore is at first nearly
globular, but soon becomes oval, and finally completely fills the
sporangium. In its early stages the membrane is thin, but as it
grows it becomes very thick. A slight examination shows that
the spore is surrounded by a layer of protoplasm, in which are im-
bedded a great many nuclei. This protoplasm is no doubt that
derived from the tapetum, and its position indicates that it, with
its included nuclei, is actively concerned in the nourishment of the
growing macrospore. This office is probably two-fold; first to pro-
vide material or the growth of the spore contents, and secondly to
deposit upon the outside of the spore the material for the formation
of the peculiar and highly specialized spore coat, characteristic of the
Marsiliaceze. The development of the spore membrane seems to
be the same in the microspores, but owing to their smaller size
‘is not so easy to trace out. The wall of the sporangium remains.
but one cell thick, and shows no traces of the annulus found in all
the terrestrial leptosporangiate ferns. This complete disappearance
is in allprobability to be traced to a loss of function. In the ter-
restrial ferns, the opening of the sporangium is brought about by
drying up, and the contraction of the annulus by drying is the
principal factor in the process. In the Marsiliacez, on the con-
trary, the sporangium only opens when its walls are dissolved by
the action of water. Possibly further search will show some trace of
an annulus in the earlier stages of the sporangium, but I could
discover none, either in the young or ripe sporangia.

147

As the sporocarp ripens the outer cells become very hard, es-
pecially the first layer of hypodermal cells (Fig. 12, b.), whose
walls become finally so much thickened that the cell cavities are
almost completely obliterated. The second hypodermal layer
also has its walls more or less thickened, but not nearly to the
Same extent.

The ripe sporocarp is about 3 mm. in diameter, and the pe-
duncle about as long and bent downward, so that the sporocarp is
partially or completely buried in the earth. When perfectly ripe
it splits into four valves corresponding to the lobes or ‘leaflets of
which it is made up. This splitting follows the median line of
the partitions in the sporocarp.

A comparison of the foregoing statements with the corres-
ponding points in the development of Jarsilia, so far as the latter
is known, show, as might be expected, close resemblances. There
seems no doubt that the sporocarp is simply a portion of a leaf,
bearing much the same relation to the sterile part that the fertile
pinne of Ophioglossum or Osmunda for example, do the sterile
part of the leaf. We may perhaps more aptly compare it to such
a fern as Onoclea, which is really more nearly related. The struc-
ture of one of the spore-bearing leaf segments of O. senstbilts for
instance, is very similar, indeed, to the sporocarp of Pilularia, ex-
cept that the sporangia are borne upon the lower and not upon
the upper side of the leaf. As the Marsiliacez are in all probabil-
ity descendants of forms related to the Polypodiacez, the origin
of these peculiar points is probably to be looked for in forms hav-
ing fertile leaves of a type similar to Onoclca.

On comparing Pilularia Americana with P. globulifera, of Eu-
rope, less difference was found than is generally supposed.* Ex-
cept the longer peduncle of the fruit of the former and a slightly
diminished development of the wall of the macrospore, I could see
no difference. In size my specimens were little, if any, inferior to
specimens of P. globulifera studied by me in Europe, either as re-
gards the leaves or the sporocarp; and, almost without exception,
the sporocarp was four-chambered as in that species, instead of
three-chambered as described in the text-books. The absence of |

* Goebel, L. et 240. ndeewend, «Qur Native Ferns and Their Allies,” 3d. a a

ed., pp. 126-127, Watson, “ Botany of California,” Vol. i ii, Pp» 352:

148

a well marked constriction in the macrospore is due simply to a
slightly diminished development of the outer layers of the
spore-wall in the upper part of the spore, and a trace of this can
always be found in the older spores. At any rate the two species
must be regarded as very closely related.

Explanation of Plate CXLVI.

The magnification is indicated before each figure.

Fig. 1. The base of a very young fertile leaf of Pilularia Americana, showing
the beginning of the sporocarp, m. its apical cell.

Fig. 2. Longitudinal section of an older sporocarp—F. F. two of t' e young lobes.

Fig. 3. A similar section of a somewhat older sporocarp.

Fig. 4. A still older sporocarp, in which the cavities are well developed.

Fig. 5. Longitudinal section of on older sporocarp, including the peduncle. S. S.
sori; H. hairs; fb. fibro-vascular bundle of the peduncle.

Fig. 6. Longitudinal section of about the same age as in Fig. 5, but at right an-
gles to the peduncle.

Fig. 7. Longitudinal section of the young sorus, a. b. c. young sporangia.

Fig. 8. Transverse section of an older sporocarp, showing the four cavities.

Fig. 9. A single cavity from a somewhat younger one.

Figs. 10, 11, Young sporangia, t. the tapetum.

Fig. 12. Part of the wall of a nearly full grown sporocarp, a. b. c. the outer
thick-walled cells.

Free Nitrogen Assimilation by Plants.
By H. W. Conn.

The study of bacteriology has introduced to us an entirely new
realm of knowledge. Twenty-five years ago the scientific world
had little conception of the great change that was to be made in
our knowledge of the processes of nature by the development of
the study of micro-organisms. That bacteria were the cause of cer-
tain diseases was even then strongly believed by many and had
been definitely proved in a few cases. But that micro-organisms,
in general, lay at the foundation of many of the most important
physiological processes of nature was not even dreamed of. The dif-
ficulty of research in this line made it possible for only a very

149

few to accomplish anything. About ten years ago Robert Koch
invented a method of obtaining pure cultures which has placed
this line of investigation within the reach of all.. The simplifica-
tion of the methods of obtaining pure cultures has produced an
immense stimulus in this branch of study and has turned hundreds.
of observers towards investigation in this direction. The study of
the last ten years has been modifying our ideas with marvelous
rapidity. That bacteria produce disease is demonstrated beyond
question, but we are beginning to realize that this is only a small
part of the purposes they fulfill, We are learning that it is to the
action of these organisms that many of the normal processes in
nature are due, and that it is to their agency that the growth of
plant life of the higher orders is largely indebted. One of the
most recent and most surprising discoveries has been the relation
of bacteria to the process of nitrogen assimilation.

It is well known to all botanists that nitrogen is an absolutely
necessary food for plants and animals. It is known further that
the animal kingdom obtains all of its nitrogen from plants, and
that plants obtain their nitrogen from the soil in the form of cer-
tain salts, the chief of which are nitrates. Now, it is an undoubted
fact, that the nitrogen factor of the soil upon which plants can de-
pend, is little by little becoming exhausted through various agen-
cies. In the first place, all of the nitrogenous parts of plants
which are used by man as food, find their way eventually into the
sewage, thence to the river, and finally to the ocean; and once
reaching the ocean, the nitrogen is lost, so far as the terrestrial
vegetation is concerned. Moreover, it has been shown that the
various processes of putrefaction are slowly turning the complex
nitrogen compounds into simpler ones, and eventually eliminating
the nitrogen into the air in a free form. Inasmuch as all organic
compounds, animal and vegetable alike, are subject to these putre-
factive agencies, it is evident that a large amount of the nitrogen
factor of the soil must, in this way, pass out into the air as free
nitrogen. The extent of this loss is unknown, but it is doubtless.
considerable. Plainly, unless there is some way of getting the
nitrogen back from the air to the soil again, the soil is doomed to
exhaustion. But it has seemed to be the result of many experi-

ments that plants in their ordinary vegetation are capable of ob-

150

taining nitrogen from the soil alone, and are unable to use the free
nitrogen of the atmosphere. Putting all of these facts together, it
has seemed to science that the nitrogen store upon which plants
can draw is being used up and must be sometime exhausted, thus
putting an end to vegetation.

Practically our agriculturists have for some time experienced
the difficulties arising from this source. Many soils under long
cultivation have become largely exhausted of their nitrogen sup-
ply, and the farmer appreciates more and more the necessity of
nitrogen fertilizers. These are now brought from long distances.
The nitrate beds of Chili and the guano beds of the South Pacific
are the chief stores from which this valued food is obtained. But
even the nitrogen beds have their limits, and as the need for ni-
trogen on our cultivated soils becomes greater through exhaus-
tion, the price of nitrogen must become greater also. One writer
has said that the explosion of powder in a gun does more injury
than the bullet. The latter only kills a man, the former aids in
in using up the nitrogen store which cannot be replaced and is
a lasting injury to mankind. It is very plain from all of this that
there is a great need for.some means of obtaining nitrogen for
our soils besides the store of nitrates‘in our nitrate beds. Curi-
ously enough, the bacteriologists are to-day pointing out the me-
thod by which this problem can be solved.

As mentioned above, it was the conclusion of many experi-
ments that the higher plants cannot make use of free nitrogen
from the air. Up to 1880 all experiments seemed to point to the
same direction. At about that period, however, experiments
with certain of the legumes began to show an increase in the ni-
trogen in plants beyond that which was fed to them in their food.
The experiments were at first rather indefinite and strongly denied,
but as the decade from 1880 to 1890 passed they became more
numerous and conclusive until, finally, it was a definitely estab-
lished fact that many of the legumes can in some way obtain ni-
trogen from some source besides the soil. In 1888 Hellriegel and
Wilfarth, in a series of careful experiments upon the subject,
studied the relation of this nitrogen assimilation to the production
of tubercles upon the roots of plants. Pea plants and other le-

gumes have been for a long time known to develop small nodules

151

on their roots, and experiments of Hellriegel and others showed
a parallel between the development of these root tubercles and the
power of obtaining nitrogen in large quantities. It was Hellriegel,
also, who first demonstrated that these root tubercles were abnor-
mal products on the roots of the pea, produced there by certain
organisms in the soil. Hellriegel found, for instance, that peas
growing in sterilized soil produced no tubercles and fixed no ni-
trogen, while peas growing in a similar sterilized soil but watered
with water in which ordinary soil had been standing for awhile
(soil infusion), did develop tubercles and fixed nitrogen. The
same soil infusion when sterilized was not able to cause the pro-
duction of tubercles. From all of this it was evident that the
tubercles were produced upon the roots of the peas through the
agency of some of the organisms in the soil.

A microscopic study of these root tubercles soon attested the
same conclusion. It was found that the tuberacles were filled with
small organisms related to bacteria, and that the development of
the tubercles was parallel to the developement of these organisms.
The organisms are somewhat different from normal bacteria and
have been called bacteroids.

According to the investigations of Prazmowski in 1890, the
development and growth of the tubercles are as follows: Bacter-
zum radiciola lives normally in the earth and collects in numbers
on the outside of the roots of various legumes. Some of the or-
ganisms succeed in forcing their way into the tissues of the young
roots, though they are not able to pierce the older roots. Fora
while they may remain in the root as free bacteria, but the plant
plasma seems to exert an injurious influence upon them, for very
soon a thin membrane is formed around the bacteria masses, in-
closing them like a pouch, Prazmowski thinks that this mem-
brane is a product of the bacteria themselves, formed for the pur-
pose of protecting them from the injurious action of the plant tis-
sue. The bacteria, which do not succeed in getting into one of
these pouches, soon cease to grow and degenerate into irregular
forms called bacteroids. The bulk of the bacteria, however, be-
come inclosed in the membrane, after which they continue their
growth with much vigor. The pouches begin to grow in thread-
like masses, and these make their way among the cells of the root.

152

The thread branches more or less as it lengthens, and its various
filiments grow through and between the cells, soon permeating the
root with a fine, branching filament, which looks much like the
mycelium of a mould. This bacteria pouch has been regarded as
the hypha of some low fungus, but instead of being a mycelium
growth of a mould the thread is nothing more than a large branch-
ing colony of bacteria enclosed in a thin membrane.

The growth of this colony of bacteria among the cells of the
root stimulates these cells to an unusual growth. They multiply
more rapidly than usual, and thus soon produce a swelling on the
root which is the beginning of the tubercle. While this rapid
multiplication of root cells is going on, the bacteria pouch contin-
ues to grow and swells out into rounded vesicles within the cells
which lie at the center of the forming tubercle, until most of them
become filled with these expanded portions of the bacteria thread.
Meantime the root cells of the plant have been rapidly growing,
and form around the cells containing the bacteria, several layers
of smaller cells, which develop into a hard, corky covering, forming
a coat around the tubercle. This seems to be impervious to the
bacteria thread, and confines the bacteria within its limits.

The bacteria colony now undergoes a change. Although
Prazmowski has not been able to follow the details of the process, it
is thought that the vesicles in the central cells swell until the mem-
brane covering the bacteria is so thin that it bursts, and the bac-
teria are themselves extruded into the plasma of the root cells.
At all events the vesicles disappear and there appears in their place
what is called the bacteroid tissue. His interpretation is that the
vesicles burst, and the bacteria coming into the cell plasma are im-
- mediately checked in their growth by the injurious influence
of this plasma and begin to undergo involution changes. In-
stead of multiplying in the normal manner, they assume various.
abnormal forms which have no further power of growth. They
become, in short, the bacteroids which have been found by many
observers, filling the central cells of the tubercle. The bacteria re-
tain their power of growth only so long as they remain in the pro-
tecting covering of the membrane.

The tubercle by this time is pretty well formed. The outer
cells have undergone quite an extended growth and differentiation,

153

so ‘that the tubercle is really a structure of a rather high grade of
plant tissue. The tubercle itself is thus really a growth of the
root cells of the plant and not a growth of bacteria. In the cen-
ter of this mass of plant tissue are a large number of cells which
are completely filled with the so-called bacteroids. These bac-
teroids give to the tubercle at this stage a flesh-red color. Some
of these central cells are so completely filled with them that
nothing else can be seen, while others may still show the cell nu-
cleus. In others spaces begin to appear in the body of the cell.
The appearance of the spaces marks a new stage in the history of
the tubercle and indicates that the bacteroids are beginning to be
absorbed by the plant. The cell plasma soon assumes a network
structure, and from this time the bacteroids entirely cease their
activities and begin to disappear rapidly. After a little they are
completely absorbed by the substance of the plant, and the tuber-
cles are left as empty pouches. The tubercles have now changed
their appearance again and assume a somewhat grayish green
color.

This practically ends the history of the tubercle. In most
cases some of the bacteria seem to remain within their original
membrane and, therefore, are still capable of growing. These
may or may not set up a secondary growth, but it amounts to
little, for by this time time the plant has usually blossomed,
ripened its seeds, and the root is beginning to die. The tubercle
is immediately attacked by the putrefactive bacteria in the soil
and becomes decomposed.

Since the work of Prazmowski other observers have studied
the same problem. Pure cultures of the root organism have been
obtained and used by artificial inoculation. Water cultures have
been made where the process can be better studied. The general
result has confirmed the idea above outlined, and proved conclu-
sively that the tubercles are the result of the action of micro-or-
ganisms in the soil.

There has been more or less dispute in regard to the actual
nature of these organisms. Fora time they were thought to be
parts of the roots of the legumes, but this idea was soon aban-
doned, and they were regarded as the hyphz of moulds. Later
their relation to bacteria was rendered extremely probable, and

154

this is the generally accepted view to-day. The organisms do not
act like ordinary bacteria, since they grow in a different way and
have a somewhat different form. It is a matter of comparatively
little importance, however, whether the organisms are regarded as
true bacteria or simply as related organisms. The significant fact
is that they are colorless microscopic organisms, living in the soil,
belonging to the low fungi and having the remarkable functions
above pointed out.

The work of the last two years has shown further that there
are a number of different species of these root organisms and that
different species of legumes are associated with different species
of these bacteroids. The organism which produces the root tu-
bercles of the lupine will not produce the root tubercle of the pea,
and, although the subject has not been as yet very thoroughly
cleared up or studied very widely, it seems that nearly all of the
different species of legumes are associated with different forms of
organisms in the soil. It has followed from this that special soils
are especially adapted for the growth of certain species of legumes.
A soil for instance in which the lupine has been growing is much
better adapted for the production of tubercles on lupine roots
than it is for the production of tubercles on the roots of the pea,
simply because the soil is already filled with the organisms which
can grow in the lupine and not yet provided with that growing in
the pea. It requires thus a culture of a year or two to develop in
the soil a sufficient quantity of the appropriate species of bacteria
to render the growth of any species of legume especially advan-
tageous. The special work of bacteriologists at the present time
is turned largely in the\direction of determining the facts in re-
gard to this matter of bacteria species associated with the different
species of legumes.

It is plain from the above that the production of root tubercles
is not a normal feature of the life of the pea plant, and that the bac-
teria have some peculiar relation to the higher organism. It is,
however, hardly proper to regard their relation as that of a parasite
and its host. It is true that the bacteria grow in the root of the
legume and doubtless obtain sustenance therefrom, but the higher

organism does not suffer from the parasitism and the relation of: @

_the two organisms is rather that which is known as symbiosis,i.€2

155

relation in which each organism gains advantage. So far as the
bacteria are concerned, they doubtless gain a place for developing
a breeding pouch, and perhaps gain some sustenance from the
root of the pea. So far as the pea plant is concerned, the presence
of the organism makes possible the assimilation of free nitrogen.
In all of the experiments which have been carried on it has been
found that the production of the tubercles is necessary to enable
the legumes to assimilate nitrogen. Where the legumes develop
without tabercles on account of the lack of bacteria in the soil, no
nitrogen was assimilated, and where the tubercles were very abund-
ant, much nitrogen was taken from the air. It is plain then that
the pea plant obtains a considerable advantage from its association
with the lower organism.

As to the method by means of which this association of organ-
isms extracts the free nitrogen from the air, we are as yet in the dark.
That it is free nitrogen that is assimilated by the plant and not
combined nitrogen, has been demonstrated by the experiments of
the last two years, but where the nitrogen is first fixed is as yet a
question. It has been suggested that the bacteria themselves
take the nitrogen out of the air and store it up in these tubercles; it
has been suggested that the bacteria stimulate the legumes in such
a way as to enable the legume to seize the free nitrogen from the
air and store it in the roots; and it has been suggested that the
assimilation of the nitrogen is a matter of the combined action of
the bacteria and the legume life together. Which of these possibil-
ities is the proper one science has not yet indicated, but it has
been satisfactorily proved that through the combined life of the bac-
teria in the root of the pea plant nitrogen is taken from the air and
stored up in the roots of the pea plant in the form of nitrogen
compounds of high complexity. che

The work on this subject of nitrogen assimilation at the outset
seemed to indicate that the family of legumes alone possess the
power of absorbing nitrogen from the air. Undoubtedly, this fam-
ily possesses this power to a greater extent than any other family
of plants, but it is still a question whether the same power is not
developed in certain other plants. Upon this matter experiment-
ers are not in agreement at the present time, for while some ex-
periments have plainly pointed to a nitrogen assimilation of non

156

legumes, the results are somewhat indefinite, and it is diffi-
cult at present to determine the truth. Be this as it may, the fact
still remains that it is to legumes chiefly that we must look for the
restocking of our soils with nitrogen.

It has been a difficult matter to make any very valuable quan-
titative tests upon this power of bacteria and legumes to assimi-
late nitrogen from the air. Still, within the last year or two quite
a number of extended experiments have been turned in this direc-
tion. Experiments have shown in the first place, that in regard to
some of the legumes at least, a greater amount of nitrogen can be
assimilated through the agency of the bacteria alone than can be
assimilated by the same plants if they are fed with nitrogen foods.
The same species of legumes are grown under two conditions, in
both cases supplied with the organism which produces its root
tubercles, and in the one experiment fed with nitrogen foods in
the form of nitrates, and in the other not thus fed. The result
shows a considerable difference to the advantage of the plants that
are not fed with nitrates. The amount of nitrogen which can be
assimilated and fixed in the soil by these legumes is really very
great. In experiments with scarlet clover it has been found that a
plant will assimilate from the air more than twelve times the amount
of nitrogen in the seed. In one of the most recent experiments it
has been found that by the use of beans a single crop assimilates
and fixes in the soil 225 pounds of nitrogen per acre, equivalent
to about 1400 pounds of nitrate of soda. These figures are very
striking and suggestive, and they show plainly what a very great
agent in the fixation of nitrogen the legume plants can become
when properly associated with their appropriate species of bacteria.
Peas, beans, cow peas, alfalfa, vetch and clover appear thus far to
be the most valuable plants for this purpose, but other legumes
serve the same purpose.

These experiments promise to be of the most incalulable
value to the agriculturist and to the agricltural interests of the
world in the future. They offer to our farmers a means of get-
ting nitrogen without going to the expense of buying it, of enrich-
ing their soil by simply cultivating upon it plants which experi-
ment has shown most appropriate to the soils in question. They
emphasize the value of clover as a crop to precede wheat, and ex-

157

+

plain the great nutritive value of clover hay. Indeed, bacteriol-
ogists are now beginning to wonder if it has not been through the
agency of these micro-organisms that the large nitrate beds of the
world have been deposited. The nitrate beds of Chili-are vast in
extent, and it has been already suggested that these beds owe
their deposition to the agency of some microbes, to bacteria asso-
ciated with higher plants which have grown in these localities in
past ages. If so, we see even more forcibly that at the very
foundation the life of the world is dependent on the action of bac-
teria.
WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY.

On the Casting-off of the Tips of Branches of Certain Trees—
Part Il,
By Auc. F. FOERSTE.
(PLATES CXLVII. anpD CXLVIII.)

In “‘Gray’s Structural and Systematic Botany,’*page 44, may
be found the following passage:

“When a terminal bud is formed* this is commonly the strong-
€st or among the stronger. But in many cases it habitually or
commonly fads to appear.t{ In the Elm the bud axillary to the
last leaf of the season takes its place. In the common Lilac a
pair of buds, which were in the axils of the uppermost of the op-
posite leaves, seem to replace the terminal bud, which se/dom+ de-
velops.”

On page 49 are the following words:

“In other cases, on the contrary, the branches grow on idefi-
nitely until arrested by the cold of autumn; . . . the later-formed
upper portion most commonly perishing from the apex downward —
for a certain length 2x the winter.t The Rose and Raspberry, and,
among trees, the Sumac and Honey-Locust, are good illustrations
of this sort.”*

In the September (1892) number of this journal the writer had
occasion to show that the reason why the terminal bud fads to

* Incidentally the author is chiefly referring to the scaly buds of ri Se enon
+ Not italicized in the original.

158

appear in some ligneous plants was because at an earlier date, be-
fore terminal scaly buds were formed, the tips of the branches had
fallen off at well marked joints. This was shown to be the case
not only in the Elm, but also in other species.

In the common Lilac the terminal scaly buds fail to appear,
simply on account of the fact that at an early date the tips
of the branches wither, though remaining more or less attached to
the stem.

As regards the perishing from the apex downward for a cer-
tain length zz winter, this is no doubt true of the Rose and the
Raspberry; but in the case of the Sumac and Honey Locust it
just as certainly is false, since in the case of both these plants
the tips of the branches are cast off at well marked joints before
the close of summer, as will be seen in the following paragraphs.

The preceding passages have not been quoted in a spirit of
criticism, but in order to show that the subject of the casting-off
of the tips of branches, although a common occurrence, has not
yet received all the attention it deserves.

In the présent paper it is desired to emphasize two facts,
that this casting-off of tips occurs in widely different families, and
that in certain minor groups of plants, or sections of families, the
habit is common to many species, while in other groups scaly ter-
minal buds are the rule. It is believed that the presence or ab-
sence of terminal scars on winter twigs has additional interest,
since their existence may assist greatly in the determination of
trees in winter, as suggested by the writer in another paper re-
cently.

In the following notes, unless otherwise specified, the obser-
vations refer to plants growing in the vicinity of Dayton, O., the
examinations and figures were all made during the first week of
August.

Tila Americana (Fig. 5). See, also, Fig. 6, Plate CXXXIL,
of this journal, showing the same species during its winter months.
Fig. 7 of the same plate shows one of the very few tips of Zilia
platyphylios, still remaining attached to its branch ws ie the vist
days of May, at Heidelberg, Germany.

Ptelea trifoliata (Fig. 20). The petioles are light green, the.
bark of the twigs is of an almost chocolate brown color. Theter-

159

minal scar is roundly angulate, similar to that of Rhus glabra and
Gymnocladus dioica. Xanthoxylum Americanum has terminal
buds rising but little above the surface of the stem, and covered
with a thick coating of short red hairs.

Ailanthus glandulosus was figured (Fig. 5) on Plate CXXXII.
of this journal.

Ampelopsis quinquefolia (Fig. 26). This plant is a curious case
of sympodial growth. After a node bearing a leaf but no tendril,
there are quite normally two nodes bearing a leaf and also a ten-
dril, then follows a node again without a tendril. The leaves have
the appearance of being alternate, distichous. Where there is no
tendril the leaf axil quite commonly contains a well developed
scaly bud. Now it was a curious fact in all the observed cases
that where the tips of the branches were absent, the scar belonged
to that node where there should be no tendril. This is well worthy
of note since in August many of the tendrils of this plant have
fallen off and left scars, though these are much smaller than the
terminal scars. In case of the grape it was very difficult to get
Satisfactory tips of branches, since these tips were still growing, or
had been eaten off by animals. In a very few cases I noticed,
as in Ampelopsis, a scar where the node should bear no ten-
dril, and I have figured one of these (Fig. 24). Celastrus scan-
dens in September showed terminal scars only on the shorter,
stronger branches, but later, in November, almost all branches
showed terminal scars.

“lisculus glabra (Fig. 14) and 4sculus Hippocastanum (Fig. 4
of Plate CXXXIL.), will be discussed at the close of this paper.
Staphylea trifolia (Fig 12, see also Fig. 3 of Plate CXXXIL of this
journal), has a very peculiar terminal scar, owing to the fact that
the uppermost pair of buds have so compressed the sides of the
terminal scar as to very much decrease its diameter in one direc-
tion and to give it the form noticed in the figure. The central por-
tion is depressed. The figure shows the stipules. Species of
Negundo and Acer have terminal scaly buds.

Rhus glabra, (Fig. 21) has a roundly-angulate terminal scar.
The fruited tips of this species remain on the plant all winter,
dying back as far as the first leaf bud, as may be expected in the
case of any fruited tip of a stem, ee did not fall off after the

160

seeds were ripened (as is usually the case). All branches not ter-
minated with flower clusters, cast off their tips at well marked
scars. Rhus copallina sheds a tip about 15 mm. long, consisting
of three or four leaves with very hairy, strong petioles and very
small and narrow, almost needle-like leaflets, 3-4 mm. long. Khus
aromatica (Fig. 18) casts off its leaves at a point a little above the
base of the petiole; the portion remaining attached to the stem is
rather appressed, and hides the subtended bud during its earlier
development. The terminal scar is found at the end of a round,
rod-like tip, which may be produced quite a distance beyond the
point of attachment of the uppermost remaining leaf. Rhus radi-
cans has terminal scaly buds.

Robinia Pseudacacia (Fig. 3). The terminal scar is somewhat ir-
regular, owing to the angulate character of the branches. In con-
sequence of shrinking, subsequent to the falling off of the tip, the
terminal scar is quite puckered up, as is also the case with Gledit-
schia triacanthos. The figure shows the top of the branch still at-
tached, but withering, and the position of the scar is already indi-
cated by the fact that the yellow color of the withering part stops
abruptly at a plane bounding the green portion further down which
is to remain. Even before the slightest withering has commenced,
it is already possible to see at what node the plane of separation is
to be by the fact that whereas the last leaf of the remaining por-
tion develops rapidly. into a full sized leaf, the next succeeding leaf
which is to fall off shows retarded growth at a very early stage,
while the tip is still green.

During the first week of August all the tips of the higher branches
had fallen off. This was true also of the lower branches, where the
tree was fully developed. Occasionally, however, the lower
branches were more vigorous, and were still continuing growth, or
were preparing to also cast off their tips. From one of these lower
branches the figure was taken. In young growth, or in fresh
shoots from cut down stumps, the tips of the branches were often
present in the middle of August, but in the middle of September
all the tips seemed to be shed. In the axils of the leaves are little

-raised circular scars, left by axillary buds which are cast off ata
very early stage of their development. In the figure these are
shown in all except the lowest axil. In very vigorous shoots

161

these buds develop into leafy branches during the same season. It is
especially to be noted that the lower branches of a tree are often
still growing after the tips of all the upper branches have
been cast off. Gleditschia triacanthos (Fig. 6) shows all the
features just noted of Rodinia The only bud which is visible in
the axil of the leaves is extra-axillary, being situated a short dis-
tance above the axil. This bud is cast off as a rule, at an early
Stage, or on very vigorous branches, develops into a leafy branch
during the same season. The extra-axillary compound thorn of
this tree is morphologically equivalent to these buds. As a rule
the thorns are developed chiefly along the middle portion of each
year’s growth, but occasionally the thorns occur even at the upper-
most axils destined to remain. In that case the terminal scar is
formed just above the last thorn. The visible buds therefore, of
both Robinia and Gleditschia, (unless they be represented by thorns
or develop into leaf branches the same season) are cast off. The
buds which continue the growth of the branch are hidden away
beneath the petioles of the leaves at this time of the year, so that
the cast off buds are in reality the uppermost ones of a series of a
Superposed bud. Gymmnocladus dioica, (Fig. 7) has a roundly angu-
late terminal scar. The superposed buds are sunken in pits, and
often drop out. This is especially true of the largest bud in the axil
of the last remaining leaf, this bud being the uppermost one of its
series, and hence, lying next to the terminal scar. Cercis Canadensis,
(Fig. 2) has a little rounded terminal scar. The last remaining
leaf has a petiole placing itself in line with the stem, as is quite
commonly the case where the phyllotaxy is alternate and disti-
chous. A glance at the figures on the accompanying plates will
readily show this. It is not uncommon to find more than one bud
even in the last remaining axil, and the larger of these superposed
buds, the upper one of the series, lies then i Sita the terminal
Scar.

Prunus Americana (Fig. 19) shows very distinct terminal scars.
It is more usual for ligneous Rosacez to have terminal scaly
buds, so the present exception is worth noting. ae

Calycanthus floridus (Fig. 25) has well marked terminal sca e

It was impossible to determine satisfactorily whether Sam-
bucus Canadensis ever had terminal scars or not. In the .

162 .

early days of August many branches were still growing. Later
in the year some branches were found terminated by scars, but
these seemed to be caused by the breaking off of the fruited
flower clusters at the ends of the branches. Lonicera flava (Fig.
22) has the tips withering away, but not falling off at a well
marked scar. The dried up tips may be seen between the upper
pair of leaf buds.

Cephalanthus occidentalis has its branches almost invariably ter-
minated by inflorescences, a part of which have never developed °
into flowers. The few tips with flower buds show shriveled-up
leaves at the ends of stems, drying back a little, thus giving rise
to sympodial growth.

Catalpa speciosa, Warder, was figured (Figs. 1, 2) on Plate
CXXXIL. of this journal. During the early days of August most
of the tips had been cast off; here and there the very short,
shriveled remains embracing only a few nodes were still attached
to the stem. The tips of a few of the lower branches were grow-
ing vigorously and did not lose their tips until later during the
month. It was impossible to get satisfactory specimens from 7Ze-
coma radicans. Many branches were still growing when exam-
ined. Where there were terminal scars it was often possible to
ascribe these to the falling of the flower clusters, where fruiting
had not set in. One case was found where apparently the leafy
tips of a branch had fallen off, but the case was not altogether sat-
isfactory.

Diospyros Virginiana, with its shriveled-up tip, was figured
(Fig. 9) on Plate CXXXII. of this journal. Terminal scars are
also common.

Ulmus Americana (Fig. 10 and Fig. 8 of Plate CXXXII. of
this journal) and Ulmus fulva (Fig. 8) both lose the tips of their
branches, indeed, quite early in the year. Ulmus campestris was
observed at Heidelberg, Germany, to have lost about one-third of
its tips during the last week of May, although the future plane of
separation was becoming visible in the remainder. Celts occt-

dentalis (Fig. 11) also shows the terminal scar. A little feature
was noted which will well serve to readily distinguish this tree in
winter time, when other aids are not at hand. The scaly bud in
the axil of the last remaining leaf is quite strongly bent away from

163

its leaf and recurved over the terminal scar, the bud itself giving
evidence of this curvature. The appressed nature of the remain-
ing buds is also worthy of note.

It has already been remarked here several times that the lower
branches of trees seem to be more vigorous and frequently are still
growing when all the upper branches have already cast off their
tips. In the case of Celtis occidentalis this found expression in an-
other way. A number of trees were found early in August, on the
* Germantown road, on the way to the Soldiers’ Home, which had
lost all the tips of this year’s normally produced branches. But
in the case of many of the lower branches the uppermost scaly bud
had not waited till next year for its development, but had renewed
growth during the same season. In August the tips of even this
second crop of branches had been already cast off in many cases.
But here and there the tips were still attached, though turning yel-
low in color and giving evidence of the location of the future
plane of separation. The tips included only a few nodes, and
were 4-6 mm. long.

Morus rubra (Fig. 4) has well developed terminal scars, with a
depressed central portion. The milky juice of the bark will also
serve to distinguish the species when the leaves are gone. In
winter the twigs of Zila have a similar appearance, but its
terminal scar has no depressed centre.

loxylon pomiferum (Fig. 1) was found during the first days of
August to have: cast the tips of all the more mature branches.
But where the hedges had been cut and a fresh crop of branches
had appeared many branches were still growing, and the tips were
therefore vigorous. Later in the year this younger crop of
branches also lost its tips. In the more mature trees all the
branches had lost their tips in September.

Platanus occidentalis (Fig. 9) is one of the more interesting
of trees which shed the tips of their branches, owing to the
fact that the lower part of the connate stipules forms a sheath em-
bracing the stem, That portion of the tip which is destined to fall
off, ceases growth quite soon and withers; being surrounded by the
sheath of the stipules, it may be either entirely included within the
same or it may project a little from the sheath (Fig. A). After
a time both the tip of the branch and the surrounding stipular

164

sheath fall off and a terminal scar is left (Fig. B). Both stages
were visible during the first week of August. The uppermost sub-
petiolar bud continues the growth of the branch; this is, however,
an axillary bud. It does not become visible until the leaves of
that part of the stem which remains have fallen off.

Corylus Americana (Fig. 15) casts off its tips while they are
still small. One of these tips is here figured. The axillary scaly
buds are small and oval or rounded, showing but three or four
scales exteriorly; the base of the leaves is distinctly and strongly
heart shaped. Ostrya Virginica (Fig. 16) has long, pointed axil-
lary scaly buds, showing six or more scales exteriorly. The peti-
oles about equal the buds in length. The lower half of the leaves
is wedge-shaped, with a narrow base. The tip of the leaves is
long, almost awl-pointed. Carpinus Virginiana (Fig. 17) has
ovate obtuse scaly axillary buds. The petiole of the leaves is
more than three times as long as the subtended scaly buds. The
lower half of the leaves is much less evidently wedge-shaped, and
the base is more rounded than in the last species. The short,
almost abruptly pointed tip of the leaves is quite a useful distin-
guishing feature. In all three species just enumerated, the termi-
nal scar is very tiny, and often difficult to find. Their leaves are
alternate, and distichous. In the scaly buds this phyllotaxy is ob-
scured by the fact that most of the scales represent stipules, and
hence occur in pairs; on this account the distichous arrangement
of the elements of the bud cannot be readily made’ out. This
characteristic will serve to distinguish these genera from the or-
dinary distichous plants during winter months. Species of Quercus,
Castanea and Fagus show terminal scaly buds.

Some species of Sa/ix show terminal scars (Fig. 13) | Observed
species of Populus have terminal scaly buds.

Some species of Svzz/ax show at times a short shriveled up rem-
nant of the tip of the branches, at others a terminal scar (Fig. 23).

The best cases of groups of plants casting off the tips of their
branches quite generally are the Leguminosz, Urticacez, the Car-
pineze among Cupuliferz, perhaps the Bignoniacez, and to a lesser ©
degree the genera Zilia, Staphylea and Aesculus, the sections Su-
mac and Lobadium of Rhus, possibly the Vitacez in part, and ap-
parently a fair proportion of the species of the genus Sa/zx.

165

The preceding list includes 23 genera in which the cast-
ing off of the tips has been noted with certainty. The list is
by no means complete for the northeastern United States, but in-
cludes chiefly such plants as the writer could find growing near
Dayton, Ohio, and use for the purposes of illustration. They cer-
tainly indicate that the method of securing determinate growth by
the casting off of the tips of branches (usually early in the summer,
and quite generally before the first of August) is a fairly common
and normal one, and as such is worthy of mention in discussions
of the habits of trees.

One of the most interesting features about the growth of trees
is the shortness of the period of development of the twigs of the
year. The winter months at Bainbridge, in Georgia, have been
unusually severe this year (1893), so that the vegetation was de-
cidedly backward. At the beginning of March very few leaves
had made their appearance on trees. At the close of this month
quite a number had already developed their terminal scaly buds,
or had begun to cast off the tips of their branches. In some cases
the terminal buds were seen in but little more than two weeks
after the leaves began to appear. The following notes were taken
at the end of March: 4sculus Pavia had well formed terminal
buds; the exterior pair of scales of these buds show a leaf-like tip
at first, but this falls off at an early date at a scar having about
the level of the top of the bud at this time. Careful search for
terminal scars did not reveal any which could not be referred to
the casting off of flower peduncles after the period of flowering.
“4. glabra is probably in the same case, and it is equally likely
that the supposed terminal scars of sculus Hippocastanum are
caused by the falling off of flower peduncles, although I was try-
ing to guard against this error at the time the first part of this
paper was written.

Enonymus Americanus in one case had dao the inter-
nodes Of the scaly bud so much as to elevate the innermost scales
120 mm. above the base of the former winter bud. The leafy por-
tion was 300 mm. long and consisted of 6 pairs of leaves. The
terminal bud was already formed. Acer saccharinum, Hamamelis
Virginica, Cornus florida and Viburnum prunifolium had already ter- |
minal scaly buds. The less vigorous branches of /uglans nigra

166

had ceased producing new leaves. Several species of oaks had
already developed far enough to show terminal buds on many
trees while on others the leaves had not yet begun to make their
appearance.

Quercus nigra furnished a good example of a plant which has
most of the nodes for next year’s growth already indicated in the
bud. The stipules of 14 leaves showed distinctly that they had
formed part of the scaly bud during the winter, and this was, not
improbably, also true of most of the stipules farther up. It is evi-
dent therefore, that the growth of the new crop of branches was little
more than the development of the leaves whose position was
already determined in the winter bud. Many beeches, Fagus,
ferruginea, had formed their terminal buds, although these were
still very small and did not at all resemble the winter buds.

Regarding the early development of terminal scaly buds it may
be observed that at the time of their detection they are far from
being fully developed, and they are often still very dissimilar from
their fully grown winter form. Moreover at the time of their first
detection the internodes of the new year’s twigs have not yet fin-
ished their growth, so that the terminal bud is already indicated
at a time when the full length of the twig has not yet. been at-
tained.

Vaccinium tenellum at the end of March was shedding the tiny
tips of the branches consisting of two or three very minute leaves.
Carpinus Virginiana was shedding tips about 3 mm. long, some-
times longer, of which the leaf elements could be recognized more
readily. Although the old branches of Leucothoe axillaris gave
evidence that they had shed their tips during the preceding year,
the new crop of branches had scarcely started in March.

Both methods of terminating the growth of the year, that by
means of the formation of terminal scaly buds, and that of casting
off the tips of branches, are employed very early in the year, as
just seen. When, however, a ligneous plant does not terminate
its growth until late in the year, the casting off of the tips of the
branches seems to be the rule, where killing back of the tips does
not obtain. It would be interesting to learn how many ligneous
‘plants develop terminal scaly buds after the first of June, for ex-
ample, in a more northern climate. It is believed that the casting

167

off of the tips of branches would be much more common after that
date.

Description of Plates CXLVII. and CXLVIII.

Fig. 1. Joxylon pomiferum; with a tounded protuberance at the side of the
bud. :

Fig. 2, Cercis Canadensis ; with superposed buds in the last axil.

Fig. 3. Rodinia Pseudacacia ; with the tip destined to be cast off still in posi-
tion, but with the future plane of separation already indicated; at @ is the upper one
of the series of superposed buds, destined to be cast off, and to leave a small protuber-
ance as at 4,

Fig. 4. Morus rubra; with magnified view of the terminal scar, with a de-
pressed centre.

Fig. §. Zilia Americana.

Fig. 6. Gleditschia triacanthos; at a, is the upper one of the series of superposed
buds destined to be cast off, as at 4; the remaining buds of the series are usually all
sub-petiolar ; in the axil of the last remaining leaf, the figure shows the next lower bud,
just peeping from beneath the base of the petiole; an upper view of this portion of the
branch, somewhat enlarged, isadded. The thorn is the equivalent of the upper super-
posed bud which usually drops off before the close of August.

Fig. 7. Gymnocladus dioica; with only the uppermost of the superposed buds
of the last remaining axil visible in the figure.

Fig. 8. Ulmus fulva.

Fig. 9. Platanus occidentalis: two figures; the upper one still retaining the
shriveled up tip of the branch, with the enclosing stipules belonging to the last re-
maining leaf. In the lower figure these have been cast off.

Fig. 10. Ulmus Americana. oe

Fig. 11. Celtis occideptalis; the upper-axillary bud strongly recurved, a distin-
tinguishing feature of this genus. :

Fig. 12. Staphylea trifolia; showing the stipules belonging to the upper pair of
remaining leaves; also a magnifled end view of the terminal scar.

Fig. 13. Salix.

Fig. 14. -£sculus glabra; when the end of the twig does not fall away, and
when there has been no flower cluster, a scaly bud terminates the stem.

~~ Fig. 15. Corylus Americana; with a drawing of the small tip which has been
cast off.

Fig. 16. Ostrya Virginica.

Fig. 17. Carpinus Virginiana.

Fig : ph iat two figures. The Seiich in most cases is termi-
nated by a flowering catkin destined to blossom next year. :

Fig. 19. Prunus Americana.

Fig. 20. Prelea trifoliata,

Fig. 21 Rhus gan The branches are often terminated by. the remnants of :
last season’s flower clusters.

Fig. 22, Lonicera flava, with the shriveled up ee of thie branch th adhering.

168

Fig. 23. Smilax hispida ; with a terminal scar. Often the tip of the branches
simply shrivels up, and a part or all remains attached to the remainder of the stem.

Fig. 24. Vitis.

Fig. 25. Calycanthus floridus.

Fig. 26. Ampelopsis quinguefolia.

In all the figures ¢. sc. indicates the terminal scar; s/r. ¢/., the shriveled tips re-
maining in case of some plants, and ¢, the scar left by the casting off of the tendrils,

A new Fossil Palm from the Cretaceous Formation at Glen Cove,
Long Island.

By ARTHUR HOLLICK.

(PLATE CXLIX.)

For some years past the writer has been engaged in the study
of the Cretaceous formation of this vicinity, particularly on Staten
and Long Islands, and a considerable amount of material repre-
senting the fossil flora of that formation has been collected. The
specimens from Staten Island have already been described, *
—those from Long Island it is hoped to describe in full in the near
future, but in the meantime it has been thought best to publish in
advance the accompanying description and plate.

Probably the greatest surprise experienced in the study of the
above mentioned material was in the discovery of an undoubted
palm leaf. The significance of this discovery from the geological
standpoint need not here receive more than brief mention, as this

will be fully discussed elsewhere. It is sufficient to say that the
other fossil leaves associated with it show the geological horizon
to be the equivalent of the Amboy clays of New Jersey and other
middle Cretaceous strata in America and Europe, from none of
which have palms been definitely recorded. In fact the presence
of palms in lower and middle Cretaceous strata is so rare, if not
entirely wanting, that this discovery seems to warrant special at-
tention. They appear in great abundance in upper Cretaceous.
and Tertiary rocks, and their sudden appearance without any ap-
parent ancestry has always been a puzzle. The significance of
the find may therefore be appreciated.

* Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. xi. 96-103, Plates i-iv. and xii. 1-12, Plates i—iv- .

169

The specimen in question evidently belongs with the tribe
Coryphez, and its nearest living allies are to looked for in the
genera Jrithrinax, Copernicia, Thrinax or Serenea (Sabal). The
imperfect condition of our specimen does not admit of accurate
comparison, but there seems to be but little doubt that it is allied to
this group, and as we find associated with it leaves of trees which
demonstrate that they were the ancestors of our living Lirioden-
aron, Platanus, Sassafras, etc., we are certainly within the bounds
of reason when we infer that we have here one of the ancestors of
our Southern “ Palmetto,” as I have indicated in the generic name.
The specific name has been adopted in honor of Prof. Jas. F,
Kemp, of Columbia College, to whom the credit for finding the
specimen is due.

Serenopsis, N. Gen.

Leaves small, fan-shaped, deeply pinnatifid, palmately about 18
divided. Rays tapering to acute tips and broadening into blunt
wedge-shaped bases.

SERENOPSIS Kempil. Leaves circular or sub-cordate in outline,
. somewhat longer than broad, 3 to 3% inches in diameter.

Rays radiating in all directions from the sub-triangular apex

of the petiole; confluent for a distance of about 4% to 4 inch

from the petiole, then divergent; central ones about 2% inches
long, outer (lower) ones about % inch long; average width
about ,; inch; margins entire (?); nervation obscure.

Only a single specimen was found. The two figures represent
counterparts of the same one.

Botanical Notes.

Scabtiosa australis, Wulf—Mr. Redfield will find on page 46 of.
the Cayuga Flora a statement of the thorough establishment of
Scabiosa australis, not only near Farley’s Point, Cayuga Lake, but
all along the lake shore meadows of Union Springs for five miles.
Moreover, a full description of the species is given in the Flora,
and the date of its first discovery (the first in America, probably),
viz., 1881; also a reference to the possible dissemination of it from
the little botanic garden of David Thomas, civil engineer and

170

clever naturalist, who, with other members of the Society of
Friends, made their home in this very locality over eighty years
ago. He was the author of Ul/mus racemosa, a characteristic tree
of Central New York. In the herbarium of J. J. Thomas the
writer found a specimen of this Scadiosa collected from the garden
of David Thomas nearly seventy years since. There is no ques-
tion but that the weed has come to stay. It forms a turf of its own
in favorable localities, and is more abundant about Union Springs
than ten years ago. I have since found it in the township of
Montezuma, twenty miles north.
L. S. Jr. UNIveRsiTy, PALO ALTO. W. R. DUDLEY.

Amarantus blitoides, WWatson.—Mr. Lighthipe’s note in the
February BULLETIN announcing the occurrence of Amarantus bli-
toides in New Jersey within the “one hundred mile limit,’
prompts me to say that this species is well established within the
corporate limits of New York city. It is to be found along the
Hudson River Railroad track about Kingsbridge, Mount St. Vin-
cent and Fort Washington, and doubtless at other points even
nearer to the city proper. It grows on the gravelly road-bed,
sometimes even between the rails, and on the adjoining em-
bankments.

EuGeneE P. BICKNELL.

Death of Dr. Vasey—Dr. George Vasey, Botanist of the
United States Department of Agriculture, died at his home in
Washington, D. C., after a brief illness, on March 4th, in his
seventy-first year. Dr. Vasey’s acquaintance with North Ameri-
can Grasses was probably unequalled by that of any living botan-
ist. All the later years of his life have been devoted to their
study, and his publications upon them have been numerous and
varied. A sketch of his life will appear in a subsequent issue of
the BULLETIN.

Dr. Vasey is succeeded by Mr. F. V. Coville, who has been for
several years his assistant, and no better choice could have been
made in filling the position left vacant. Mr. Coville brings to
the post the enthusiasm and activity of youth, high botanical
sagacity, tact, a capital scientific education and good administra-
tive ability. He will well represent American Science both here
and abroad. ee

171

Proceedings of the Club.
Tuespay, Marcu 14, 1893.

The President in the chair and twenty-six persons present.

The Editor announced that a paper by Prof. L. M. Under-
wood, on the Bibliography of Hepaticology, would form part 1 of
Vol. IV. of the Memorrs, and that Dr. Rusby’s first publications
upon. Mr. Bang’s Bolivian collections would form the third part
of Vol. III.

Dr. Morong exhibited the interesting fruit of a species of the
Asclepiadaceous genus Exolodus from Paraguay, and remarked
upon the habits of the plant.

The following active members were elected: Mr. Theodore
G. White, Mr. Louis Froelich, Mr. Rudolph Weber, Mr. Steward-
son Brown, Mr. Joseph D. Crawford.

The announced papers of the evening were then read as fol-
lows: “Notes on Cladosporium fulvum, by Miss Effie A. South-
worth. This fungus is a parasite of the tomato plant, most injur-
ious in the winter season to hot-house plants, thus being especially
destructive from an economic point of view. The fungus appar-
ently grows entirely between the cells, and commonly makes its
appearance protruding through the stomata. The first appear-
ance is that of whitish spots on the under sides of the leaves,
which soon turn yellow, yellow spots at the same time devel-
oping opposite these upon the upper surface. The Bordeaux

mixture is especially valuable in treatment. Miss Southworth
presented a very interesting life history of the plant, well illus-
trated by blackboard drawing.

“Some Theories about Osmosis,” by Dr. Emily L. Gregory.
This paper will be published in a subsequent issue of the But-
LETIN.

“Preliminary Notes on the Atlantic Coast Species of Polysi-
Phonia,” by Mr. Carlton C. Curtiss.

WeEpneEspay, MARCH 29, 1893.
Vice President Morong in the chair and twenty-eight persons
present.
Dr. D. T. Millspaugh of 89 Hamilton Place, Paterson, N. J.,
and Prof. Elmer E. Sherman of South Orange, N. J., were elected
active members.

172

The following communications were then presented:

By Mr. Arthur Hollick, “On Palm Leaves from the Creta-
ceous Strata at Glen Cove, L. I.” The paper is printed in the
present BULLETIN.

By Dr. Thomas Morong, on “The North American Species of
Smilax.” The paper was fully illustrated by numerous specimens
and was discussed by Messrs. Hollick, Curtiss and Rusby.

By Dr. Britton and Mr. Kraemer, “On a Collection of Plants
made by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S. A., in the Vicinity of
Fort Huachuca, Arizona.” Several species new to the United
States Flora were presented.

The presentation by the editor of a copy of Dr. Morong’s
Monograph of the North American Naiadacee, Memorrs, Vol.
III, Part 2, elicited an expression of thanks from the author to
members of the Club for their assistance, by which it had been
possible for his work to become published.

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.
Abutilon— Ueber die Gattung. A Garcke (Engler’s Bot. Jahrb.
xv. 480-492). ,
Agave filifera. \. Miinzer (Monatsb. Kakteenk. iii. 17).

Note on the flowering of this species in the Berlin Botanical
Garden.

Botanical Congress—An International, Chas. E. Bessey (Amer.
Nat. 1893, 279).
Dr. Bessey, as Vice President of the Section of Botany, A. A.
A. S., has appointed a committee of eleven botanists to arrange
for an international Botanical Congress to be held at Madison
next August.

Buttonwood—The. J. T. Rothrock (Forest Leaves, iv. 5, 6).
With a fine illustration of Platanus occidentalis.

Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Vascular Cryptogams, found
in and near Lackawanna and Wyoming Valleys, Pa. William
R. Dudley and Charles O. Thurston (Wilkes-Barre, Pa., 1892).
This is substantially a reprint of the preliminary list published
in 1887 by Prof. Dudley (then of Cornell, now of the Leland Stan-

ford University, Cal.), in the Proceedings of the Lackawanna Insti-_ ;

173

tute of Scranton, altered and enlarged by the addition of species
since collected, with the aid of Prof. C. O. Thurston, of the Wyom-
ing Seminary at Kingston. The typography is excellent, and the
style of the whole and the paper are all that can be desired. The
number of additional species reported is not as great, however, as
_ might have been expected. Of the few rare ones new to Pennsyl-
vania Pyrus sambucifolia, Cham. and Schlecht., discovered near
Luzerne by Prof. Thurston, who has kindly sent me a specimen,
is, perhaps, the most interesting. His description of the spot
where it was found excludes all suspicion of escape from culture.
The only thing that mars the value of this beautiful catalogue is
that no herbarium exists behind it, by which its contents could be
verified. ; Pe oe ig

Coccocypselum hirsutum (Bot. Mag. t. 7278).
Native of Central America and Trinidad.
Composite, Observations on the—III. Edward L. Greene (Ery-
thea, i. 53-56).
Discussion of the characters and relationships of the genera
Coleosanthus and Kuhnia.

Cornels or Dogwoods. (Garden, xliii. 152.) Cornus florida is
figured, and a number of other species mentioned.
Development of Spermagonia in Caeoma nitens. H. M. Richards.

(Proc. Amer. Acad.)

This contribution from the Cryptogamic Laboratory of Har-
vard University (xix) shows that the spermagonia start “ from an
outgrowth between and not in the epidermal cells of the host.”
The pressure induced by the multiplication of fungous cells causes
a breaking away and final absorption of the adjoining epidermal
cells and the abnormal increase in size of those surrounding the
forming spermagonium. A plate adds emphasis to the details of
the process as described in the paper. By DH.
Flora of Cumberland, Md. (5 pages, no author given [Howard

Shriver]; no date given [1892].)

An alphabetical list of several hundred species collected for the
Cumberland High School.

Immigrant Plants in Los Angeles County, California. Anstruther

Davidson (Erythea, i. 56-61; aepine

174

Jusst@a repens of Linneus. F.von Mueller (Erythea, i. 61, 62).

Prof. Greene prints a letter from Baron von Mueller, calling
attention to the fact that the true /usszea repens, L., occurs only in
. India, and that the North American plant so-called is probably /.
diffusa, Forsk.

Lespedeza—The North American Species of. N. L. Britton.
(Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. xii. 57-68; reprinted as Contrib.
Herb. Col. Coll. No. 34.)

Twelve species are recognized and concisely described. Notes
are given on distribution and on type specimens. Two new
varieties are proposed.

Lichens of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania—Preliminary Enumer- |
ation of the. A. A. Heller (pp. 4, Lancaster, 1893).
A list of 78 species, with localities and habitats.

Loco—Some Observations upon. Dr. Mayo (Bull. Kans. Agric. Exp.

Sta. No. 35).

The author concludes that the “Loco” disease is the result
of malnutrition caused by the affected animals eating freely of
Astragalus mollissimus, or Oxytropis Lamberti. The presence of.
any narcotic principle in these plants is doubted.

Mangrove-tree—The. (Garden and Forest, vi. 97).

With two illustrations of Rhizophora Mangle, one showing the
tree rising from a mass of underbrush, the other showing the
lower part of the trunk and the roots.

Mamillaria prismatica. (Bot. Mag. t. 7279).
Native of Mexico. A species of the group Amhalonium.

Metasperme of the Minnesota Valley. Conway MacMillan. (Rept-
Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. Botanical Series, i. cloth, pp-
826, two maps; Minneapolis, Minn., dated Dec. 29, 1892).

In his preface the author expresses satisfaction at the action of
the Botanical Club of the A. A. A.S., taken at the Rochester
meeting of 1892, in its endeavor to establish nomenclature “ upon
some other than a personal basis,’’ and states that the initial date,
1753, would have been adopted by him, for genera as well as
species, in this work, had not most of it been in type when the
Club’s action was taken. In order to comply with the principle,

175

however, the following list is inserted for the convenience of those
who may wish to note the necessary changes:

Mariscus, Hall. (1742). = Cladium, P. Br. (1756).

Cyperella, Cram. (1 744). == Juncodes, Adans. (1763).

Ramaium, Rumpf. (1747). = Boehmeria, Jacq. (1763).

Stellularia, Linn. (1748). = Stellaria, Linn. (1753).

Leuconymphea, Ludw. (1737). = Castalia, Salisb. (1805).

Nymphea, Ludw. (1737). = Nymphea, Salisb. (1805).

Capnorchis, Ludw. (1737). = Bikukulla, Adans. (1 763).

Cracca, Linn. (1747). = Colonilla, Adans. (1763).*

Ricinocarpus, Burm. (1737). = Acalypha, Linn. (175 3).

Stellaria, Ludw. (1737). = Callitriche, Linn. (1753).

Lapula, Hall. (1745). = Lappula, Moench. (1794).

Leptostachya, Mitch. (1 748). = Phryma, Linn. (1753).

Pentagonia, Sieg. (1737). = Legousia, Dur. (1782).

The rule which excepts duplicate binomials, as Phragmites
Phragmites (Linn.) from the law of priority, is also gracefully ac-
cepted, and wherever such binomials are found in the work the
request is made that the second oldest specific name be used,
although the author was not and is not now in sympathy with any
such exception. The above binomial would thus become Phrag-
mites vulgaris (Lam.).

An exceedingly terse and sharp enunciation of the author's
views in regard to the question of nomenclature may be found
under the heading “ Citation of authors of genera and species ”
beginning on p. 11, which is worthy of attention from all who still
believe in the « position of naming-plants-as-one-pleases.”’ In
tracing the history of the movement towards a stable system of
nomenclature in America, Prof. Britton is given undue prominence.
The argument was begun by Prof. Greene.

In its general classification the work is not only well abreast
of the times, but far ahead of all our manuals and text books.
All schemes of classification are necessarily evanescent or at least
_Should be sufficiently elastic to permit of interpolation or amend-
ment whenever newly discovered facts render it advisable or neces-
Sary, and, as the author says: “ While, therefore, the constant
shifting from one classification to another is exasperating to the
* Cracca, L., appears in the “ Species Plantarum” of 1753,

: : _

176

conservative student, it is nevertheless a necessary result of ad-
vancing information, and to refuse to consider the new systems
which may be put forth in scientific fashion, is as unreasonable as
it was in those days when the railway carriages were first brought
into use for one to insist upon traveling by the old stage lines of
an earlier mechanical era.”

The author believes that “the eye should be cast forward in-
stead of backward, that the future should receive consideration as
well as the past.” He also evinces no consideration for those who
would leave all changes and innovations in nomenclature and classi-
fication to monographers. He believes that the public has a right
to demand the best and most advanced ideas and convictions,
even in local floras and catalogues, and in this we are in hearty
accord, as it is mostly through these that a large number of lay
botanists must receive such education, the ordinary text book
being necessarily years behind the times.

The scheme of classification adopted in this work is based upon
the most recent investigations in plant morphology.

Two main groups are recognized: A. PrRoropuyta and B.
METAPHYTA, based upon the absence or presence of sexuality.
Exact limits between the two are necessarily impracticable, on ac-
count of the presence of transition forms, some of which seem to
indicate a progressive development from the lower to the higher
group—others which appear to be undergoing a retrograde meta-
morphosis. The Metaphyta are divided into 1. GAMopHyTA and
11. SPOROPHYTA, dependent upon the development of the fertilized
ovum. As examples of i. are given “the lower Zygophyta and
Oophyta of Bessey, plants like the pond-scum (Zygnema) or the
black-mould (Rhizopus, Mucor).” -Division ii. would therefore
comprise practically all plants with which we are familiar in the
entire range of botany, except what we have been in the habit of
calling the Protophyta and lower Thallophyta. In the Sporo-
phyta three “alliances” are recognized:

. (1). Thallophyta, which includes the seaweeds, fresh water
algae, and the higher spore-fruit-producing fungi, such as mush-
rooms and puff balls.

(2). Archegoniate, which includes such forms as Chara and
Nitella, the Hepaticae, the Musci, the Filices and their allies,
Cycads, Conifers, etc.

177

(3). Metaspermz, which includes all those plants formerly
classed under Angiosperme, or, in the words of the author, ex-
amples of the Metaspermz may be selected from the great mass
of plants which contain their seeds in a closed “ovary,” better
named “carpellum.” These, then, are alone what have been con-
sidered by the author in the present work. Even our old and ap-
parently firmly established friends the Mono- and Dicotyledones
have been transferred to a more subordinate position than they
once held, and we find the metasperme divided primarly into
Chalazagamez, consisting of the single genus Casuarina, and Poro-
gamez, which includes all the other Metasperme and in which
the Mono- and Dicotyledons are at last permitted to figure as sub-
divisions. The former are not subject to any further subdivis-
ions, but the latter are arranged, in accordance with the morphol-
ogy of the perianth into Archichlamydaz [ Polypetale and Apeta-_
lz], and Metachlamydee [Gamopetale]. The skeleton scheme
of classification would thus appear :

A. Protophyta.
B. Metaphyta.
I, GAMOPHYTA.

II. SPOROPHYTA.
(1) THALLOPHYTA,

(2) ARCHEGONIAT#,
(3) METASPERMé.
Metasperme.,
(a) Chalazagamec.
(b) Porogamez.
1, Monocotyledones.

2. Dicotyledones.
Archichlamydez.

Metachlamydez.

Under this arrangement the list begins with Porogamee
(Monocotyledones), Family Typhacee, Genus Zypha, Species 7.
latifolia, Linn. and terminates with Family Composite, Genus
LTieracium, Species H. Canadense, Michx. The total number of
families enumerated is 106, genera 407, and species and varieties
1,174.

The number of changes in long established names is neces-
sarily considerable. Most of them have, however, already been
adopted by other progressive botanists and have appeared in print

178

elsewhere. We note with some amusement that the author's
rigid conscientiousness has caused him to take up Rafinesque’s
misprint name “ Scoria,’ instead of “A/icoria,’ as he originally
wrote it. The limitations of many genera and families are cur-
tailed or extended, as the case may be, and several old genera are
revived.

The bibliography and synonomy cover families, genera and
species and evince an immense amount of careful and conscien-
tious research, which will save many hours of labor to future
workers in metaspermic botany for which they owe the author a
heavy debt of gratitude. An innovation which will be welcomed
by many is the citation, under the genus, of any fossil form which
may have been identified. In this connection the geological
horizon, locality and authority are given.

Following the list is a general description of the region, which in-
cludes its geographical location, physiography, distribution of forest
and prairie, soil, climate and geological history. The palzobotanist
will find in the chapter entitled, “ Relationships of the Metaspermic
Flora of the Minnesota Valley,” much of interest and more or less
food for thought. The old problems in regard to plant dissemina-
tion and distribution are again brought forward. “How did the
present plant inhabitants enter the Minnesota Valley?” ‘What
relation does this modern plant-population bear to the more ancient
one which was overwhelmed by the glacial detritus, piled 250 feet
thick over the old level of the country?” “Under what laws did
the repopulation of the Valley progress?” “Along what routes
did the incoming plants travel?” etc. The author begins this
discussion by calling attention to the constant condition of strain
or tension that exists between plants or groups of plants in the
struggle for existence—in other words their “ dynamic inter-rela-
tion.” Such a condition he thinks should be recognized more fully
in terminology and suggests that instead of speaking ofa ‘‘ northern”
group of plants we should designate it as the “ south-bound”
group, and similarly a southern group might be called a “ zorth-
bound” group, as these plants, already established in the north or
south, as the case may be, have probably reached their limits of
extension to the north and south respectively, and whatever
further extension is to be accomplished must be southward for the

179

northern plants and northward for the southern plants. A line or
area of tension is thus formed, and if the world in general is con-
sidered, two main tension areas or zones will be apparent, one to
the north and another to the south of the equator. In these
zones of tension, where the competition between northern and
southern forms is greatest, transitional floras are to be found. In
the Minnesota valley the author notes the fact, which has received
attention in other localities, that the southern or north-bound
plants are largely endemic, or in other words American in type,
while the northern or south-bound ones are generally less so, in
other words foreign in type.

The division of the earth into natural vegetation regions has
been attempted by several authorities, notably by Griesebach,
Engler and Drude, all of whose regional classifications are given
in full and discussed in so far as North America is concerned.
The author’s conclusions are that there isa greater homogeneity in
the regions of the northern than in those of the southern hemi-
sphere, the reasons being both geographical and geological.
Geographically the facilities for migration and commingling are
much more favorable in the northern than they are in the south-
ern hemisphere, which latter consists of a series of isolated areas,
whereas the former is practically a compact circle of land sur-
rounding the pole, broken only by narrow bodies or arms of
water. Geologically all the evidence is in favor of a closer rela-
tionship in recent times between Asia and North America than
between the latter and Europe, and modern biological researches
strongly emphasize the evidence. It has long been a well recog-
nized fact that the plants of Greenland are remarkably distinct
from those of Scandinavia, whereas the floras of Alaska and North-
eastern Asia show but slight differences one to the other. The
glaciation of the Ice Age also had a profound influence in modi-
fying the distribution of the plants which previous to that time oc-
cupied the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions. In North America,
where the mountain chains extend north and south, these plants
could migrate or remain undisturbed to the south of the ice sheet;
whereas in the old world, where the mountain systems are largely
east and west, such plants would. be cut off from any means of
southward migration and would necessarily perish. «Decimation

180

of old world species would thus result in the conditions of differ-
ence as seen to-day between the old world and North America.”

Returning again to the subject of “ Pressures and Tensions,”
the conclusion is reached that, “ Under the positive equatorial
pressure opposed by the negative polar pressures, a segregation of
metaspermic plants would take place,” that is, the weaker or older
types of plant life would gradually find themselves crowded out in
the struggle for existence. Another result which the author
emphasizes is that the weaker ones are forced to fight in the front,
and as an example of this principle cites the line between forest
and prairie in the Minnesota valley, where he says: “It is not the
characteristic grass of the prairie that grows close up to the char-
acteristic tree of the forest, but between the two there is a zone of
plants not perfectly established in either forest or prairie. This
transitional formation * * * is generally composed of species
weaker than the characteristic plants of either formation.”

Under the present climatological conditions the author sssumes,
just why he does not make apparent, that the equatorial pressure
is increasing, while that of the poles is decreasing, and that the
line of tension is thus gradually progressing towards higher lati-
tudes, although liable to local fluctuations due to physical and
biological causes. In effect, this is putting into a somewhat dif-
ferent shape the observation of recent investigators, that there is
an apparent gradual northward movement of our flora, which has
been ascribed to a continuous amelioration of climate since Glacial
times.

The influence of this pressure is also discussed in its relation
to the specialization of the structure and habitat. Thus the least
specialized plants, the aquatic, occupy the least specialized habitat,
whilst amongst the most highly specialized, as for instance, the
epiphytic orchids in the group of Monocotyledones, occupy the
most highly specialized habitat.

Secondary longitudinal tensions, which are lines due to local
geography, and minor tensions, due to the influence of topography
in limited localities, are also discussed.

Under the heading “ Outlines of Metaspermic History in the
Northern Hemisphere” may be found a brief resume of what is _
known in regard to the development of the higher forms of vege- —

181

table life since Jurassic times, with special reference to the Creta-
ceous or Tertiary floras which have been identified in the region
under discussion. With the advent of the Ice Age of course all
these were destroyed except such as could migrate or exist south-
ward. The author concludes. that of all these “none showed
greater capacity for variation and improvement than the ancestral
forms of the modern dominant family of the Composite,” whose
seeds could fly before the prevailing north winds or attach them-
selves to the fur of migrating animals, and would be assisted on
their return by similar influences. Necessarily the changes in
soil, climate and topography would so alter the conditions that a
majority of the species could not exist over the region once occu-
pied by them. Others perished by the way, and most of them
were modified in one direction or another in their Tertiary south-
ward migration and their subsequent northward migration in recent
times.

At the present day the same or similar forces are at work chang-
ing or modifying the distribution and structure of plants, but a
new element, the influence of man, is now at work. Thus in the
Minnesota valley he is responsible, according to the author, for the
introduction and establishment of 130 alien forms and the exter-
mination of many native ones from localities where they were once
abundant.

Under the statistical discussion of the facts, which occupies
about 150 pages, at the close of the volume, may be found a great
many interesting and often significant results and comparisons,
which want of space does not permit us to review.

A complete family, generic and specific index, with syno-
nyms in italics, terminates the work. It could hardly be rendered
more exhaustive, and may be taken as a type of what such books
should be. We trust that the author has in mind a work which
shall cover the Archegoniatz and that it will be carried to comple-

tion in the same thorough, conscientious and progressive spirit.
Fis:

Monarda fistulosa—Notes on, and the Phenomenon of Fertilization
in the Flowers of. Thomas Meehan, Ida A. Keller (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1892, 449-454; one plate; reprinted).

182

Monterey Bay—A Month on the Shores of. Marshall A. Howe
(Erythea, i. 63-68).
A contribution to the local sivélovy of the California coast
with a list of about 105 species collected.

Musci Americe Septentrionals, ex operibus novissimis recensiti et
Methodice dispositi. WRenauld et Cardot (Rev. Bryol. xx. 1-32,
1893).

This second part completes the check-list of North American
mosses, with 1370 numbers. The resume at the end states that
675 are endemic; 297 occur in Europe and Siberia; 348 in Europe
alone, and 12 in Siberia alone; 91 in the West Indies, Mexico,
or South America, and 76 in Japan. We are sorry for the col-
lector who attempts to exchange or complete his herbarium with
this as a basis. We note a certain carelessness of citation, for
which Macoun’s Catalogue is responsible, asin the case of 7. Hlem-
mingu, Austin (not L. & J.). We had supposed H/. Bergenense,
Aust. was a synonymn of #7. hygrophilum (Jur.) Sch., but we find
both cited as 1230 and 1253. Nos. 1189~119I1 are credited to
L. & J., not to Austin as they shoyld be, HY. Oakesi, to Schimper,
not to Sullivant, and 7. Pyrenaicum, which antedates it, according
to Lindberg, is ignored.

In fact the whole catalogue shows that we are in need of a
new American check-list, on the basis of the Rochester Code, in
which some effort shall be made to sift the good from the bad,
and the typography shall be less straining to the eyes than the
one just printed. We shall hope to see it issued by American
authors. E.G, Bs.

Opening of the Buds of some Woody Plants—A. S. Hitchcock
(Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vi. 133-141; four plates; re-
printed).

Pellea gracilis (Meehan’s Monthly, ili. 33, plate 3).

Pilocereus Melocactus—K. Schumann (Monatsb. Kakteenk. iit.
30-25).

Native of Brazil.

NEW YORK FUNGI.

The First Century is now ready for distribution, and others will follow as soon as
prepared. It is intended to make these sets as complete as possible in Hymenomy-
cetes. Prof. Chas. H. Peck has kindly promised to examine all species of which he
is the author. It is hoped that the science of Mycology may be rendered some service
by making accessible authentic specimens, and thus helping to avoid the multiplica-
tion of synonyms. Price for the First Century, bound, $7.00; unbound, $6.00. For-
eign subscriptions 25 cents extra for postage. Those desiring to subscribe or seeking

further information, please address
C. L. SHEAR,
Alcove, N. Y.

CHARACE/ OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of Wited/a, as fol-
lows: Witella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipii, Allen; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

gb pe age ee OF = 8s
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

~The North American Pyrenomycetes,

By J. B. ELLIS and B. M. EVERHART.

With original illustrations by. F. W. ANDERSON. 2,500 species of the
old genus ““Spheria,” described and arranged in accordance with the
modern ideas of classification. One thick octavo volume, with over 800
pages of printed matter and 41 full-page tinted plates illustrating the
genera; bound in fine cloth, with stamped covers and gilt-lettered back.
Price, $8,00, with 35 cts. additional if sent by mail. Address,

J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J.
VIRGINIA PLANTS.

During the coming spring and summer I shall collect along the south-
ern boundary of Virginia, from the coast to the mountains, a region un-
explored botanically, and one that will beyond a doubt yield a number
of new and many rare plants. An endeavor will also be made to obtain
all the new species, about a dozen in all, collected by myself and others
during the past three years in adjacent territory. An effort will be made
not only to keep up the standard of previous collections, but also to im-
prove upon them in every way possible. Anyone desiring sets, should

please address
A. A. HELLER,

411 W. Wainut St., Lancaster, Pa.

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

“ ARTISTS’ - @ATERIALS.

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED. CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
TO RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.

COFFIN, DEVOE & CO, 176 RANDOLPH ST., CHICAGO.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J,

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
; WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.
DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXLVI.

12.
oO wai
: AUT TT
x150
.x900- DH. Campbell. del.

DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPOROCARP OF PILULARIA AMERICANA,
A. BR.—DOUGLAS H. CAMPBELL,

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXLVII.

ON THE CASTING-OFF OF THE TIPS OF TWIGS.—A. F. FOERSTE.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXLVIIL.

VEEN Bs NY tsc aS .
ee tgs
MTS

fa
zy,

; Fig: 15, S5 ,

a hy Se

© g

ON THE CASTING-OFF OF THE TIPS OF TWIGS.—A. F. FOERSTE.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CXLIX,

SERENOPSIS KEMPII, HOLLICK. ~

ESTABLISHED 1851.

ELMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, oo

205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave,,

Corner of 18th Street, : # - NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
_ OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

Te ‘March's Sele Chemical Scone
Schleicher & Schuell’s Coaniaue i
f | Pure and Common F ilter Paper.
3 sDocatte C. Scheibler’s Sa

> ters (Polariscopes). ae
| Prof Jolly’ s Specific, Gravicy Bal
ances, ete. Pee
Le Brun F. Desmontes 8 Co, of
Paris, Platinum. ‘

jan ae pitti Glass :
a Hammered ‘Platina, eek, a ‘Weights, epee Vouk 's
Burners and ‘Combu tion Furnaces, | Apparatus and Chemicals for
oe Chemists. SOs

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.
@) TSE BULLETIN. © .

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with
_ many full page illustrations were a The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, to shillings. Agents for
‘England, Messrs, DuLau & Co., 37 Sohu Square, London, England.

_. Back NuMBErS.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive, —
‘in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
~ five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
- yun on as one volume (Vol. VIL), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed
2 separately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
e for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. XVIIE. and XIX. are indexed ok
separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VIII. cannot + now be ‘supplied eee but it is”
siaeeh to reprint some of its eae :

2 ae “MEMOIRS. oy
ae The arerevg price is fixed at $3.00 per. vohivae | in advance. T he ‘iuahese -
rs can also be purchased singly and an invariable a will be fixed for each, ce re
Rr Volume z contains the following papers: sees time ree

No. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Speci of the Genus Carex, by Prof :
sihazapege ee :

s (Plates.

sis

te

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

ips Wace Reimar : ;
_ ALLEN, M. D. ag nN THOMAS: MORONG, Ph. pet

ie Secretary, : er epee ae Eprieiiaatear eae
"HENRY H; RUSBY,M.D, ©. JOHN -K. SMALL,
“i Roliege of Pharmacy, New York Cit ity. eg : ee - Columbia College, New York ee :
Editor, SCA TE Mattes cope soe _ Treasurer, : ‘
N. J. BRITFONE PD 2 | HENRY eee

- Columbia. College, New York City. Re Ga ye

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orchids.
By CARLTON C. CuRrTISS.

(PLaATEs CL.-CLII.)

During the past year some research has been made, at the
Suggestion of Dr. Britton, on the seeds of the North American :
Orchids to determine their structure and to note what additional
characters of classification and relationship the seeds themselves
might afford.

The seeds are membranous, rather elongated capsules, loosely
embracing an elliptical, ovate or pyriform nucellus. In organiza-
tion they indicate a low type of flowering plant. The nucellus is
composed of a large number of polyhedral cells, which are filled
with a granular, amber-colored mass, imbedded in which is a great
abundance of oily matter. The embryo is exalbuminous, and no
cotyledon and radicle are formed. The Orchid seeds, therefore,
are of interest as furnishing an example of the arrested stage of
embryonic development. With germination the cells of the nucel-
lus divide, and eventually form tuber-like buds that ultimately
Sive rise to the plant. In this peculiarity the Orchid resembles
many saprophytes. Especially in the structure and outward ap-
pearance of its seed does it closely resemble those of several
Ericacee, particularly Monotropa. The nucellus is generally an
excellent illustration of the geometrical arrangement of cells in
vegetable growth. Two or more confocal periclines are associated
with a usually larger number of orthogonal hyperbolic trajectories.
See Pogonia ophioglossoides (and fig. 17, Plate CLI.).

184

Surrounding the nucellus is the integument. Before fertiliza-
tion it presents the usual form as seen in the oyules of other
plants, but after fertilization it develops rapidly, assuming an in-
flated sac-like form, and in the majority of species greatly ex-
ceeds the nucellus in its growth. The seeds are anatropous and
sessile ; and when removed from the placenta the location of the
hilum is marked by an opening. This is caused by the shrinking
or, possibly, by the partial absorption of the chalaza, remains of
which may still be seen in the ripened seed. This leaves the in-
tegument alone connected with the placenta. The free ends,
therefore, lend to the seeds the appearance of an arillus, the open-
ing at what seems to be the apex being due to the bending in of
the cells of the inflated integument as they approach the hilum.
The testa is the conspicuous feature of the seed, and with the
embryo furnishes one of the family features or distinguish-
ing characters of the order. It is composed of cells of varying
forms, as seen in the plates. The outer margins of the cell wall
are much thickened. Thus the testa presents in its outward as-
pect a ribbed surface, and gives to the seed a cage-like appearance.
In Pogonta ophioglossoides the so-called ribs (thickenings) do not
correspond to the cell divisions, but form long bands over the
length of the testa, branching and running together somewhat at
either extremity, (fig. 19, Plate CLII.). The sides of the cells,
as well as all the other margins, are extremely delicate and color-
less. The inner face of the cell often receives an elegant sculp-
turing from delicate bands that are quite characteristic of the
several species in which they occur. These lines are noticeably
stronger towards the base of the testa in some species, quite
fading out atthe apex. This faulty development of the nucellus to-
gether with the delicacy of the seed coat is doubtless the cause of
the relative scarcity of Orchids. Remembering the large number
of pods usually produced by each plant and that each pod: con-
tains something like six thousand seeds, we realize the enormous
fatality among the seeds. This is not in any way connected with
a lack of fertilization. The classical work of Darwin has demon-
strated the completeness of this process, were it necessary to go
back to the flower to ascertain the fact. The whole appearance
of the seed is that of a waif, poorly developed and insufficiently

185

protected to retain its vitality, in the extremes of our climate. It
would appear that the seed is not in surroundings congenial to
its nature, and has not yet been able to adapt itself to its en-
vironment. This also doubtless explains the paucity of species
found in the Northern United States. The seeds are beautiful
objects under the microscope. Elegant in outline their beauty is
enhanced by the graceful curves of the cell-margins, which often
wind into fantastic figures, or build up the testa with cells of
mathematical exactness. The clearness of the cell wall in some
species (Listera cordata) reminds one of the valves of a diatom,
while a study of the delicate markings on the inner surface of the
cell, tax not a little the patience and skill of the microscopist.

I have been greatly interested in the examination of specimens
of the so-called Vanilla Bean, gathered in various parts of the
world. The value of these pods varies greatly, dependent upon
the locality in which they grow. So close is their resemblance,
however, that the merchants have great difficulty in distinguish-
ing them. The testa is very thick and strong. Instead of a
ribbed surface the whole outer wall, save a slit-like central portion,
is evenly thickened and forms a heavy plate. Save in this partic-
ular and their dark reddish brown color, the seeds are identical in
structure with those of our native orchids. The resemblance of the
eight specimens examined is very close. With perhaps two excep-
tions, the seeds would appear to belong to the same species. In
the other specimens some variations were noticeable, probably due
to climate. The constancy of these features as a basis of distin-
guishing them would necessitate a wider comparison than I have
been able to make.

In examining the seeds of our Eastern orchids examples were
chosen in each case that as far as possible would be typical of the
species. The estimates are made upon normally developed seeds,
which were not distorted by luxuriant growth or dwarfed by un-
toward circumstances. I believe that a wider study of the forms
will make no material change in the data presented. In all pos-
sible cases comparison of fruit from widely separate localities has
been made, and with rare occurrence has marked variation of the
seed been manifest. Occasionally the sculpturing of the cell-wall
changes, and often the variation of the cell dimensions is consid-

186

erable, so that the values given in the measurements of the cells,
which are the averages of the cells taken from base to apex of about
twenty specimens in every case, cannot be found applicable to all
cases, but I trust that the proportion which these figures form will
be found to be very constant. Such has been the experience in
all cases examined. Furthermore, it should be said that having
selected as carefully as possible a seed that illustrated most fully
the characters of its species, it was drawn as it actually existed.
No attempt has been made to introduce into the drawings the
salient points of the species that were not already present. So
that while some features may not be well brought out I judge that
this course will result in a truer representation of the seeds and in
less liability to error.

Looking at the seeds as a whole, a unity of form, structure, and
organization appear as constant features of family relationship.
A comparison of the seeds, however, reveals wide variation and
establishes relationship as told by the seeds themselves widely
differing from that of the Manuals of Botany. In some instances
the relative positions of genera remained unchanged. More often
not only does a misplacement of genera seem manifest, but a total
disarrangement of tribal relations results. By a comparison of the
figures and their explanations the natural relationship of the species
as based upon the seed characters at once becomes apparent.
Two extreme types are manifest; the one characterized by its
elongated tapering testa and elongated cells. Of this Zipularia is
the type, to which stand related more or less closely, as is shown
by the plates, Aplectrum and Calypso, Gyrostachys and Peramium,
Cypripedium, Pogonia and Orchis. The opposing type is charac-
terized by obovoid or inflated teste and shorter cells often equilat-
eral. Of this Corallorhiza or Hexalectris may be taken as the
type, and as related would appear Listera, Achroanthes and Liparis,
Habenaria, Arethusa and Epipactis and Limodorum.

The genera have been taken up in the sequence followed in
the Sixth Edition of Dr. Asa Gray’s Manual of Botany, of the
Northern United States.

1. ACHROANTHES, Raf.
Achroanthes unifolia (Michx.) Raf. (Microstylis ophioglossoides,

Nutt.) Testa obovoid, about twice as long as thick, averaging =

187

0.343 X 0.19 mm. Cells irregularly polygonal, becoming longer
and narrower toward the summit, about twice as long as wide,
averaging 0.047 X 0.022 mm. (Plate CL., figs. 1, 1a.)

2. Liparis, Richard.
Liparis liltifolia (L.) Richard. Testa oblong, slightly narrowed
at base, about three times as long as thick, averaging 0.35 X 0.12
mm. Cells regular, oblong, about three times as long as wide,
averaging 0.05 X 0.017 mm. (Plate CL., fig. 2.)

3. Carypso, Salisb.

Calypso bulbosa(L.) Reichenb. (Calypso borealis, Salisb.) Testa
oblong, tapering towards apex, about five times as long as thick,
averaging 0.59 X 0.125 mm. Cells regular, oblong, averaging
0.085 X 0.025 mm., thus over three times as long as broad. Inner
cell wall finely reticulated. (Plate CL., figs. 3, 3 a.)

4. TIPULARIA, Nutt.

Lipularia unifolia (Muhl.) B. S. P. (Zipularia discolor, Nutt.)
Testa oblong, acute, about four and a half times as long as thick,
averaging 0.534 X 0.121 mm. Cells regular, oblong, about ten
times as long as wide, averaging 0.15 X 0.015 mm, Inner cell
wall closely, at times loosely reticulated. (Plate CL., figs. 4, 4a.)

5. APLECTRUM, Nutt.

Aplectrum spicatum (Walt.) B. S. P. (Aplectrum hiemale, Nutt.)
Testa fusiform, about nine times as long as thick, averaging 1.36
*0.153mm. Cells irregularly oblong, about eight times as long
as wide, averaging 0.125 X 0.0168 mm. Inner cell wall banded
with delicate parallel or branching lines. (Plate CL., figs. 5, 5 a.)

6. CoRALLORHIzA, Haller.

Corallorhiza innata, R.Br. Testa obovoid, about twice as long
as thick, averaging 0.48 X 0.23 mm. Cells oblong, becoming
polygonal at the apex, about twice as long as wide, averaging
0.069 X 0.037 mm. Inner cell-walls sparsely banded, lines very
irregular and obscure. (Plate CL., figs. 6, 6a.)

Corallorhiza multiflora, Nutt. Testa oblong-obovoid, about
five times as long as thick, averaging 0.70 X 0.172 mm. Cells
longer and narrower than in innata, about three times as long as
wide, averaging 0.065 X 0.021 mm. Inner cell-wall banded with
parallel sometimes anastomosing or branching lines. (Plate CL.,
figs. 7, 7a.)

188

7. HEXALECTRIS, Raf.
flexalectris aphyllus, Raf. Testa elliptical, obtuse, about twice
as long as thick, averaging 0.485 X 0.221 mm. Cells elongated,
becoming polygonal towards apex, about three times as long as
wide, averaging 0.065 X 0.0196 mm. Inner cell wall marked by
excessively branching lines. (Plate CLI, figs. 8, 8a.)

7A. BLETIA, R. P.

Lletia verecunda, Sw. Testa obovoid, about one and a half
times as long as thick, averaging 0.231 X 0.171 mm. Cells poly-
gonal, about one and a half times as long as broad, averaging
0.061 X 0.041 mm. Added for comparison with Hexalectris.
(Plate CLI., fig. 9.)

8. LisTERA, R. Br.

Listera cordata (L.) R. Br. Testa oblong-fusiform, about three
and one-half times as long as thick, averaging 0.845 < 0.25 mm.
Cells square or polygonal, about one and a half times as long as
wide, averaging 0.032 X 0.025 mm. (Plate CLI, fig. 10.)

Listera australis, Lindl. ‘Testa subrotund, about one and a half
times as long as thick, averaging 0.362 X 0.20 mm. Cells poly-
gonal, rather longer than broad, averaging 0.036 X 0.028 mm.
(Plate CLI, fig. 11.)

Listera convallarioides (Sw.) Nutt. Testa obovoid, about
twice as long as thick, averaging 0.412 X 0.207 mm. Cells poly-

gonal, somewhat longer than broad, averaging 0.034 X 0.026 mm.
(Plate CLI., fig. 12.)

g. GyRostTacuys, Persoon.

Gyrostachys cernua (L.) Kuntze. (Spiranthes cernua, Richard.)
Testa oblong, contracted towards apex, over four times longer
than thick, averaging 0.541 X 0.112 mm. Cells regular, oblong,
shorter towards apex, about seven times longer than wide, averag-
ing 0.132 X 0.019 mm. Inner cell wall marked by delicate, paral-
lel, subdistant lines. (Plate CLL, figs. 13, 1 3a.)

10. PERAMIUM, Salisbury.

Peramium repens (L.) Salisb. (Goodyera repens, R. Br.). Testa
elongated, slightly fusiform, about seven times longer than thick,
averaging 0.877 X 0.123 mm. Cells square to oblong, somewhat

irregular, about three times longer than broad, averaging 0.052 *
0.019 mm. (Plate CLI, fig. 14.) :

189

Peramium pubescens (L.) (Goodyera pubescens, R. Br.). Testa
elongated, tapering towards apex, about ten times longer than
thick, averaging 0.91 X 0.084 mm. Cells regular, elongated,
about eight and a half times longer than broad, averaging 0.121 X
0.014.mm. (Plate CLL, fig. 15.)

11. Eprpactis, Hoff.
Epipactis viridiflora (Hoff.) Reich. (£. Helleborine, var. viridens,
A. Gray). Testa elongated, somewhat fusiform, about five times
longer than thick, averaging 1.31 < 0.261 mm. Cells polygonal,
becoming hexagonal towards base, about twice as long as broad,
averaging 0.048 X 0.018 mm. (Plate CLI, figs. 16 and 16a.)

12. ARETHUSA, L.

Arethusa bulbosa, L. Testa oblong, less than twice as long as
thick, averaging 0.45 X 0.243 mm. Cells oblong to square,
smaller towards base, over twice as long as wide, averaging
0.0425 X 0.0171 mm. (Plates CLI. CLII., figs. 17a and 17.)

13. LimoporuM, L.

Limodorum tuberosum, L. (Calopogon pulchellus, R. Br.) Testa
oblong, tapering at apex and base, about three times as long as
thick, averaging 0.723 X 0.207 mm. Cells regular, oblong, about
two and a half times as long as wide, averaging 0.033 X 0.014
mm. (Plate CLIL., fig. 18.)

14. PoGonta, Juss.

Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker. Testa oblong, tapering at
apex, ribbed by longitudinal bands that branch at base and apex,
about seven times as long as thick, averaging 1.23 X 0.183 mm.
Cells oblong, hexagonal, about three times longer than wide,
averaging 0.0946 X 0.0298 mm. Inner cell wall banded by deli-
cate lines that usually fade out above nucellus. (Plate CLIL., figs.
19, 19 a.)

Pogonia trianthophorus (Sw.) B. S. P.(Pogonia pendula, Lindl.)
Testa oblong, about as long as thick, averaging 0.570 X 0.197
mm. Cells oblong or polygonal, about two and a half times
longer than wide, averaging 0.0525 0.0226 mm. Inner cell wall
banded with branching, irregular, sub-distant lines. A variable
form, sometimes longer and narrower, or with inflated summit and
contracted base, having little in common with the seeds of the
species of Eupogonia. (Plate CLIL., figs. 20, 20 a.)

190

Pogonia verticillata (Willd.) Nutt. Testa oblong, about six
times longer than thick, averaging 1.16 X 0.176 mm. Cells ob-
long, about five times longer than broad, averaging 0.110 X 0.0236
mm. (Plate CLII., fig. 21.)

Pogonia affinis, Austin. Testa oblong, about six and a half
times longer than thick, averaging 1.183 X 0.170 mm. Cells ob-
long, about five times longer than broad, averaging 0.117 X 0.0255
mm. (Plate CLII., fig. 22.)

15. Orcuis, L.

Orchis spectabilis, L. Testa oblong, slightly tapering at ends,
about four and a half times longer than thick, averaging 0.57 0.12
mm. Cells regular, oblong, about five times longer than wide,
averaging 0.117 X 0.022 mm. (Plate CLIL., fig. 23.)

16. HaBenariA, Willd.
flabenaria ciharis (L.) R. Br. Testa oblong, about two and a
half times as long as thick, averaging 0.452 X 0.18 mm. Cells
oblong or polyhedral, about three times longer than wide, averag-
ing 0.0496 X 0.0157 mm. (Plate CLIL., fig. 24.)

17. CYPRIPEDIUM, L.

Cypripedium pubescens, Willd. Testa elongated-fusiform, about
five times as long as thick, averaging 1.35 X 0.25 mm. Cells ob-
long, about five times longer than wide, averaging 0.14 X 0.023
mm. (Plate CLIL., figs. 25, 25a.)

In determining species the seeds are not an uncertain element.
While it would not be possible to take any one seed, and from it
alone locate its position, not a collection of seeds from any fruit
has failed to indicate such pronounced individual characters as to
render a confusion of species possible. Consider, for example,
such troublesome species as Peramium repens and P. pubescens.
While the generic features are pronounced in all the seeds, in each
species is apparent certain individual characters that sharply
separate them. The more graceful proportions and nicer fitting
of cells, together with their elongation and narrowness, easily dis-
tinguish Peramium pubescens. In Peramium repens the cells are
shorter, often quite equilateral and intercellular spaces abound.
In the species of Listera examined the same specific differences
exist. In Liéstera cordata is noted a decided departure from Listera

191

australis and L. convallarioides in its elongated testa and the
squareness of its cells. The relationship of Listera convallarioides
and L. australis is altogether too close. Of Léstera australis but
indifferent specimens were procurable, and the figure may not be
typical. It is separated from convallarioides by a longer cell and
less rotund testa, and the seed indicates that it is in closer relation
with L. cordata than is L. convallarioides.

It may be worthy of note that the seeds often appeared as in-
dicative of the character or disposition of the plant. In the case
of Peramium the seeds of the two species examined did not always
show constant and pronounced features, and there was an obvious
tendency to variation, and assumption of characters common to
both.

In Pogonia the reverse isto be noted. By reference to the figures
it will be seen how strongly the individual features of each species
are manifested. These pronounced characters indicate a decided
bent in the plant life that has made a sharp demarkation of species.
And we would expect to find the species widely separated and
rigidly fixed, as is the fact. In the case of Pogonia affinis and
Pogonia verticillata no noteworthy difference exists. The form of
seed, character of cell, wall and nucellus are identical. It is to be
seriously doubted if any tangible distinction can be maintained be-
tween these two species. Furthermore such is the disposition of
the genus that we would expect pronounced features to character-
ize the species. It should be said that but one specimen, and that
an excellent one, was examined. I would consider it a favor to
receive mature fruit of this plant.

In examining these seeds one fact came out very clearly, i. e.
the importance of the fruit as one of the prime factors of classifica-
tion. This would naturally be the case, for the fruit is the con-
summation of the plant life. Inthe nucellus rests the occult power
to produce its kind; here also is lodged the impetus to change
and variation. Cliniate and soil and cultivation may assist the
plant in its departure from the parent type, but that restlessness
which renders the classification of some genera so difficult, is due
more to the hidden force lodged by the plant in the nucellus than
all other combined influences. It seems reasonable, therefore,
that something of this inherent disposition of the plant that is to

192

be, ought to be manifest in the seed and so serve as a truer index
to its position and relationship. And this fact, it seems to me, ap-
pears with unmistakable clearness in the case of our Eastern
Orchids.

Explanation of Plates.

PLATE CL,

Fig. 1. Testa of Acroanthes unifolia X 100. :

Fig. 1a. Same showing sculpturing of inner cell wall of testa be

Fig. 2. Liparis liliifolia, seed \< 100.

Fig. 3. Calypso bulbosa, seed < 60.

Fig. 3a. Same showing sculpturing of inner cell wall of testa )< 325.

Fig. 4. Tipularia unifolia, seed X< 100.

Fig. 4a. Same showing sculpturing of inner cell wall of testa Be |

Fig. 5. Aplectrum spicatum, seed 35-

Fig. 5a. Same showing sculpturing of inner cell wall of testa < 180.

Fig. 6. Corallorhiza innata, seed Sei

Fig. 6a. Same showing sculpturing on inner cell wall of testa )< $26.

Fig. 7. Corallorhiza multiflora, seed x Tig

Fig. 7a. Same showing sculpturing of inner cell wall of testa XX 325.
PLATE CLI.

Fig. 8. Hexalectris aphyllus, seed > I00.

Fig. 8a, Same showing sculpturing on inner cell wall of testa < 175.

Fig. 9. Bletia verecunda, seed 100,

Fig. 10. Listera cordata, seed < 100.

Fig. 11. Listera australis, seed X 100.

Fig. 12, Listera convallarioides, seed x I00.

Fig. 13. Gyrostachys cernua, seed <I20.

Fig. 13a. Same showing the sculpturing on inner cell wall of testa 175-

Fig. 14. Peramium repens, seed 88.

Fig. 15. Peramium pubuscens, seed ee 88

Fig. 16. Epipactis viridifiora, seed 30.

Fig. 16a. Same showing cell wall over nucellus S< 200,

Fig. 17a, Nucellus of same showing arragement of cells X 175.
PLATE CLII.

Fig. 17. Arethusa bulbosa, seed >< 100.

Fig. 18. Limodorum tuberosum, seed X< 100.

Fig. 19. Pogonia ophioglossoides, seed x 55-

Fig. 19a. Same showing sculpturing on inner cell wall of testa ~ 17%.

Fig. 20. Pogonia trianthophorus, seed 100,

Fig. 20a. Same showing sculpturing on inner cell wall of testa bes

Fig. 21. Pogonia verticillata, seed BS.

Fig. 22. Pogonia affinis, seed < 55:

Fig. 23. Orchis spectabilis, seed < 60,

Fig. 24. Habenaria ciliaris, seed \< 75.

Fig. 25. Cypripedium pubescens, seed ae

Fig. 25a. Same showing cell wall over nucellus X 100,

193

A List of the Grasses of Pennsylvania.

By Tuos. C. Porter.

At the request of the Pennsylvania Board of Managers for the
World’s Fair, the author prepared a suite of all the grasses known
to grow beyond culture within the bounds of the State, and these,
mounted on card-boards, are now on exhibition in their building
at Chicago. But, as no way seems to be open, through the parties
who have the matter in charge, for issuing in pamphlet form for
distribution a list copied from what 1s printed on the card-boards,
he has deemed it his right to seek a channel in the pages of the
BuLLetin for putting on record and making accessible to the pub-
lic the results of his labors. The list that follows, much enlarged
by additional notes, is in fact a new work.

In it, the names of the counties in which the species were col-
lected are given, with the names of the collectors. Wherever the
latter are wanting that of the author is to be supposed. All these
species thus noted can be verified by specimens in the Pennsylva-
nia Herbarium of Lafayette College, either by a single one, or by
several from different stations in the same county.

Besides this, the Flora of Darlington, for Chester county; that
of Barton, for Philadelphia, and the Catalogues of Dr. George
Smith, for Delaware; of Dr. I. S. Moyer, for Bucks, and of Pro-
fessors Dudley and Thurston, for Lackawanna and Luzerne, are
cited in brackets.

The numbers attached to the species correspond with those on
the card-boards of the Chicago exhibit.

1. PAsPALUM sETACEUM, Mx.—In damp, sandy soils.—Delaware,
Dr. Geo. Smith ; Chester, Porter, (Fl. Cestrica); Philadelphia ;
Lancaster; Dauphin; Lebanon; Bucks, (Moyer’s Cat.) ; North-
ampton.

2. PASPALUM Lave, Mx.—Same habitat as the preceding —Dela-
ware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Lancaster ; York ;
Lebanon ; Northampton.

3. Panicum FILIFORME, Linn.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) ; Chester
(Fl. Cestrica) ; Lancaster; Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.) ; Crawford,
Garber.

12.

+3:

14.

15.

16.

194

PANICUM GLABRUM (Schrad.) Gaud.—Nat. from Eu. Common,—
Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston's
Cat.); Dauphin; Lycoming, Heder; Erie, Garder.

. PANICUM SANGUINALE, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. Very common

throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica) ;
Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster; Franklin ;
Huntingdon.

PANICUM XANTHOPHYsUM, Gray.—lIn the northeastern counties.
Rare.—Lycoming, on “dry slate hills,” McMinn: Luzerne
and Lackawanna, Dudley.

. PANICUM DEPAUPERATUM, Muhl.—On dry hillsides. Frequent

throughout.—Delaware; Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Lancaster ;
Lebanon, Small; Bucks (Moyer's Cat.); Schuylkill; Lycom-
ing, J2cMinn ; Tioga, Garber; Venango, Garber.

. Panicum scopariuM, Lam.—Not common.—Lancaster; Ches-

ter; Northampton, at a few stations.
Panicum picHoTomum, Linn.—Common throughout. Exceed-
ingly variable—Delaware; Chester; Lancaster; Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.) ; Northampton.

PANICUM DICHOTOMUM, L., var. BARBULATUM (Michx.) Vasey.—
Chester; Lancaster; Northampton.—Often found with the
typical form.

PANICUM RAMULOSUM, Michx. (?}—In woods. Frequent
throughout.—Chester; Lancaster; Northampton; Carbon,
Kraut ; Huntingdon.

PANICUM RAMULOsUM, Michx. (?), var. viRIDE (Vasey.}—Lan-
caster; Chester; Northampton.—A delicate grass, entirely
glabrous, with slender culms and linear or lance-linear leaves.
Growing with the typical form.

Panicum WaAtteRI, Poir. (P. /atifolium of Am. authors, not of
Linnzus.)—Frequent throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) ;
Chester (Fl. Cestrica) ; Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton ;
Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.); Huntingdon ; Bedford;
Small; Carbon, Kraut.

Pantcum WALTERI, Poir., var. MOLLE (Vasey.)—Rare.—Bucks,
H. F. Ruth ; Northampton; Luzerne (Dudley and -Thurston’s
Cat.). :

17.

18.

19.

20.

22.

195

PANICUM COMMUTATUM, Schultes.—Rare.—Lancaster; North-
ampton.

PANICUM. SPHROCARPON, Ell_—Not common.—Chester ;
Northampton; Luzerne, Heller.

PANICUM UNCIPHYLLUM, Trin.—Chester, on the serpentine bar-
rens south of Oxford.

PANICUM CLANDESTINUM, Linn.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.);
Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Northampton; Lancaster; Franklin;
Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.)—Frequent through-
out.

. PANICUM CLANDESTINUM, L., var. PEDUNCULATUM, Torr.—Phila-

delphia, Dr. Jos. Leidy ; Lancaster; Chester; Franklin; Hunt-
ingdon; Venango, Garver.
Panicum viscipuM, Ell.—Delaware, at Tinicum, ihe H.

_ Smith.

23

24.

25.

26.

an.

28.

29.

30.

Ais

PANICUM MICROCARPON, Muhl.-\ Delaware; Charles E. Smith;
Chester (FI. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Lancaster; Perry,
on the shores of the Susquehanna.

PANICUM CAPILLARE, Linn.—Common Hiteuchout —Delaware
(Smith’s Cat.); Chester; Bucks; Lancaster; Northampton;
Huntingdon.
PANICUM CAPILLARE, L.., var. FLEXILE, Gattinger—Very rare.
—Lancaster, in a swamp near Dillerville. The only known
station in the State.

PANICUM PROLIFERUM, Lam.—Not uncommon.—Delaware
(Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Lancaster; Dauphin;
Northampton.

PANICUM MILIACEUM, Linn.—Fug. from Eu.—Dauphin; Lan-
caster; Luzerne, Sya// and Heller.

PANICUM VERRUCOsSUM, Muhl.—Very rare.—Delaware, at Tini-
cum, the only station known in the State.

PANicuM ANcEPS, Michx.—Not common.—Delaware (Smith's
Cat.); Chester (FI. Cestrica); Lancaster; Lebanon, Smadl;
Bucks, Diffenbaugh ; Lehigh; Northampton.

PANICUM AGROsTOIDES, Muhl.—Common in wet places.—Dela-
ware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s
Cat.); Lancaster; Dauphin; Northampton.

Panicum vircatum, Linn.—On rocky shores. Throughout

°

Ce

33.
34.

35-

36.

37:

38.

39.

40.

Al.

196

the State-—Delaware (Smith's Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica) ;
Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Luzerne, Heller; Dau-
phin; Huntingdon, Lowrie ; Erie, Clinton, Garber.

Panicum Crus-GALut, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. .Common.—Dela-
ware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester; Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.) ; Lancas-
ter; Franklin; Northampton.

PANICUM AMARUM, EIl., var. Minor, Vasey & Scribner.—Phila-

delphia, Diffendbaugh. A plant of the coast of New Jersey, —
introduced and spreading from ballast-heaps.

CHAMERAPHIS VERTICILLATA(L.). (Se¢aria verticillata, Beauv.).
—Adv. from Eu. Not common.—Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.);
Northampton ; Lancaster.

CHAMRAPHIS GLAUCA(L.) Kuntze. (Setaria glauca, Beauv.).—
Nat.from Eu. Common throughout.—Delaware(Smith’sCat.); .
Chester; Philadelphia (Barton’s Flora); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.);
Lancaster; Huntingdon, Lowrie ; Northampton.
CHAMARAPHIS VIRIDIS (L.). (Setaria viridis, Beauv.).—Nat.
from Eu. Very common throughout——Delaware (Smith’s
Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); North-
ampton; Franklin; Lancaster.

CHAM#RAPHIS Iraica(L.) Kuntze. (Seéaria Italica, Kunth).—
Adv. from Eu. Escaped from. culture.—Chester (Fl. Cestrica);
Northampton; Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat); Lycom-
ing, Small and Heller.

CENCHRUS TRIBULOIDES, Linn.—Chester (FI. Cestrica); Dela-
ware (Smith’s Cat.); Bucks, (Moyer’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley
and Thurston’s Cat.); Dauphin; Lancaster; Northampton —
Sandy river banks and fields.

SPARTINA CYNOSUROIDES (Linn.) Willd——Not common. Rocky
shores of the large rivers —Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Philadelphia,
E. Diffenbaugh ; Bucks, H. F. Ruth; York; Dauphin; Alle-
gheny, Knipe; Venango, Kraut; Erie, fabian.

SPARTINA JUNCEA (Michx.) Willd.—A salt-marsh plant, com-
mon on the New Jersey coast. Introduced upon ballast-
grounds.—Philadelphia, Diffendaugh.

TRIPSACUM DACTYLOIDES, Linn.—Rare and local._—Berks, near
Reading, Dr. J. P. Hiester; Chester, in the Great Valley, es
Cestrica); Lancaster, on the Lower Susquehanna.

*

197

42. ZizANIA Aquatica, Linn.—Swampy margins of rivers.—Dela-
ware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Philadelphia; Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Lancaster, above Shock’s Mill.

43. HOMALOCENCHRUS VIRGINICUS (Willd.) Britton—Common in
wet places.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica) ;
Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster; Franklin,
_ Traill Green ; nee Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s

Cat.).
44. HoMALOCENCHRUs ORYZOIDES (Linn.) Poll——Frequent through-

out.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.); North-
ampton; Lancaster.

45. ERIANTHUS ALOPECUROIDES (Linn.) Ell.—Very rare aid local.—
Bucks, Burk, J. C. Martindale.

46. ANDROPOGON PROVINCIALIS, Lam., (A. furcatus, Muhl.).—Com-
mon throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Ces-
trica); Philadelphia (Barton’s Flora); Lancaster; Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.) ; Northampton; Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s
Cat.); Huntingdon, Lowrie.

47. ANDROPOGON scopaARIUs, Michx.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) ;
Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Philadelphia (Barton’s Fl.); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Luzerne (Dudley and Thurs-
ton’s Cat.); Lancaster; Dauphin; Lebanon, Sma//; Centre,
Rothrock ; Blair, Becking ; Erie, Clinton—-Common over the
whole State.

48. ANpRopocon Vircinicus, Linn—Not frequent.—Delaware
(Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Philadelphia (Barton’s
Fl.); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Lancaster; Northampton; Luzerne
(Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.).

49. ANDROPOGON GLoMERATUs (Walt.), B. S. P—Rare.—Delaware,
Charles E. Smith ; Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Lancaster.

50. CHRYSopoGon NuTANS (Linn.) Benth.—On rocky banks; fre-
quent.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster; Luzerne (Dudley
and Thurston’s Cat.); Huntingdon, Backing.

50a. Sorghum HALAPENSE (Linn.) Pers. —Fugitive. Eacaped
from culture.—Philadelphia, Burk.

51. PHaLaris Canarrensis, Linn.—Fug. from Eu.—Lancaster;
Philadelphia, Charles E. Smith; N orthampton, Zj/er.

*

198

52. PHALARIS ARUNDINACEA, Linn.—In wet places. Common
throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Philadelphia (Barton’s
F'l.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Lancaster; Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.);
Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.); Huntingdon, Lowrie.

53. ANTHOXANTHUM OpoRATUM, Linn.—Nat. from Eu.—Common
throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica);
Philadelphia; Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.}; Berks; Monroe; Blair,
Lowrie.

54. ALOPECURUS GENICULATUS, Linn.—Fug. from Eu.—Philadel-
phia, Difenbaugh.—On the ballast heaps.

55. ALOPECURUS GENICULATUS, Linn., var. ARISTULATUS (Michx.), :
Munro.—Rare and local Dietneage (Smith’s Cat.); Hunting-
don; Luzerne, Thurston.

56. ARISTIDA DICHOTOMA, Linn.—Common throughont.—Dela-
ware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester; Lancaster; Lebanon; Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Philadelphia (Barton’s Fl.); Northampton.

57. ARISTIDA GRACILIS, ELL.—Dry roadsides. Less common than
the former.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica) ;
Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster; Franklin.

58. ARISTIDA PURPURASCENS, Poir.—Not common.—Bucks (Moy-
er’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster; York.—On sandy river-
banks.

59. STIPA AVENACEA, Linn.—Very rare and local.—Delaware;
Chester, /. /. Carter; Philadelphia, Diffendaugh.

60. ORYZOPSIS MELANOCARPA, Muhl.—Frequent. In rocky woods.
—Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Philadelphia, Chas. E. Smith ; Lan-
caster; Luzerne, Small and Heller; Huntingdon, Lowrie.

61. ORYZOPSIS ASPERIFOLIA, Michx.—Rare.—Monroe; Luzerne
Dudley and Thurston's Cat.); Huntingdon; Blair, Lowrie;
Erie, Guttenberg.

62. ORYzopPsIS JUNCEA (Michx.) B. S. P-—Very rare. In the moun-
tain regions.—Monroe, near Naomi Pines; Luzerne, Rothrock.

63. Mitium erFusum, Linn.—Rare. In the northern counties.—
Wayne, Garber ; Sullivan, Chas. E. Smith ; Mercer, Garber.

64. MUHLENBERGIA SOBOLIFERA (Muhl.) Trin.—Frequent through-
out. In rocky woods.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl.
Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster ;
Huntingdon, Lowrie.

199

65. MUHLENBERGIA RACEMOSA (Michx.) B.S. P.—In bogs. Not
common.—Chester (Fl. Cestrica): Bucks, H. /: Ruth ; Lancas-
‘ter; Monroe; Lycoming, McMinn ; Crawford, Garber.

66, Muntensercia Mexicana (Linn.) Trin—Common through-
out.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster; Franklin; Hunt-
ingdon ; Clearfield, McMinn.

67. MUHLENBERGIA SYLVATICA (Torr.) T. and G.—Frequent through-
out—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Lancaster; Lebanon, Small; Clearfield, Mc-
Minn.

68. MUHLENBERGIA TENUIFLORA (Willd.) B. S. P—Not rare. In
rocky woods.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) ; Chester (Fl. Cestrica);
Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Huntingdon; Blair,
Lowrie.

69. MUHLENBERGIA DIFFUSA, Schreb._Common throughout.—Del-
aware (Smith’s Cat.) ; Chester (Fl. Cestrica) ; Bucks, (Moyer’s
Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster; Blair, Becking ; Hunting-
don, Lowrie.

70. MUHLENBERGIA CAPILLARIS, Kunth—Very rare—Lancaster,
at Safe Harbor, the only station known in the State (Oct. 8,
1864). :

71. BRACHYELYTRUM arIsTosuM (Michx.) B. S. P.—Common
throughout. In rocky woods.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) ;
Chester (FI. Cestrica) ; Lancaster; Northampton.

72. HELEOCHLOA scHa@norpEs (Linn.) Host.—Nat. from Eu.—
Philadelphia (Crypsis Virginica of Barton’s F1., I, p. 45), James,
Burk, Diffenbaugh; Delaware, Dr. G. Smith; Lancaster, at
Columbia, Garber.

73. PHLEUM PRATENSE, Linn.—Nat. from Eu.—Common through-
out.—Lancaster, Sma//; Franklin; Northampton.

74. SPOROBOLUS ASPER (Michx.) Kunth.—Rare. On sandy river-
banks.—Dauphin; Lancaster; Montgomery, Diéffenbaugh;
Northampton.

75. SPOROBOLUS VAGIN&:FLORUS (Torr.) Vasey —Common through-
out.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica) ; Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Lancaster; Northampton; Huntingdon;

76.

77-
78,

79.

80.

81.

82.

83.

84.

85.

200

Sporoso.us Inpicus (L.) R. Br.—From Trop. Am.—Phila-
delphla, C. F. Parker —Spreading to waste places from the
ballast-heaps.

SPOROBOLUS HETEROLEPIS, Gray.—Very rare and local.—Lan-
caster, near New Texas, /. /. Carter. The only station known.
SPOROBOLUS CRYPTANDRUS (Torr.) Gray.—Erie, on Presque
Isle, Garber, (Sept. 1868).

AGROSTIS PERENNANS (Walt.) Tuck.—Common throughout.
In damp woods.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Ces-
trica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston's
Cat.); Northampton; Dauphin; Lancaster; Centre, Lowrie ;
Huntingdon, Becking.

AGROSTIS HIEMALIS (Walt.) B. S. P—Frequent throughout.—
Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moy-
er’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.); Monroe;
Lancaster.
AGROSTIS CANINA, Linn.—Rare. In the mountain regions.—
Northampton; Dauphin, Smal; Blair, Lowrie.

AGrostTis ALBA, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. Frequent throughout.
—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.); Mon-
roe; Lycoming; Huntingdon, Lowrie ; Lycoming.

AGrosTis ALBA, Linn., var. VULGARIS (With.) Thurber.—
Frequent throughout. Everywhere with the typical form.
Northampton; Monroe.

CINNA ARUNDINACEA, Linn.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) Chester
(Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Lackawanna (Dudley and
Thurston’s Cat.); Lancaster; Northampton; Huntingdon;
Blair, Backing.

CINNA PENDULA, Trin.—Rather frequent on the mountains of
the northern counties——Monroe; Lackawanna; Huntingdon,
Garber; Blair, Lowrie.

86, CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS (Michx.) Beauv.—Abundant in

87. CALAMAGROSTIS CONFINIS, Nutt.—Very rare and local—Ly-

the mountain-swamps of the State-—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.);
Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (7. ¥. Ruth); Northampton;
Lancaster; Dauphin; Carbon; Monroe; Elk, McMinn ; Tioga,
Garber; Venango, Garver; Erie, Garder.

coming, in a bog near Muncy, McMinn (1865).
!

83.

89.

go.

Ql.
92.

93.

94.

95.

96.

97.

98.

201

CALAMAGROSTIS NUTTALLIANA, Steud.—Rather frequent in bogs

and damp woods.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (FI. Ces-
trica); Bucks, H. & Ruth; Monroe; Lancaster; Lebanon, Hel-
fer; Dauphin; Huntingdon.

CALAMAGROSTIS PorTERI, Gray.—Local and not common.—
Huntingdon. Discovered by the author in dry woods on the
hills along the Little Juniata river near Barree Forge, Aug. 12,
1862. Afterwards it was found on Warrior's Ridge, by /. &.
Lowrie, near Warriorsmark in the same county. It was also
reported in Prof. Dudley’s Flora as growing in Cayuga Co.,
N. Y. Specimens of the preceding species which sometimes
has the leaves bearded below the junction of the blades with
the sheath have been mistaken for it.

AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (Linn.) Link.—Erie, G. W. Chinton.—A
coast-plant collected on Presque Isle, the only station known
in the State.

AIRA PRa&cox, Linn.—Adv. from Eu. Northampton, near
Bethlehem, io¢—the only known station.

AIRA CARYOPHYLLEA, Linn.—Fug. from Eu.—Philadelphia, on
ballast-heaps, 7. C. Martindale.

DESCHAMPSIA FLEXUOSA (Linn.) Griseb—Not frequent. On
rocky banks and cliffs——Lackawanna (Dudley and Thurston’s
Cat.); Monroe, Knipe ; Lancaster; Franklin.

Descnampsia caspirosa (Linn.) Beauv.—Very rare and local.
—Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Lancaster ; Monroe, Zraill Green.
Hotcus Lanatus, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. Frequent through-
out.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley and piprston: s Cat.); North-
ampton; Lancaster. .

TRisetum PenNsyLvanicum (Linn.) B.S. P—In swamps.
Sparingly throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl.
Cestrica) ; Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Dauphin;
Lancaster ; Lycoming, McMinn.

AVENA striata, Michx.—Very rare. A northern species.—
Sullivan, Aubrey H. Smith, Chas. E. Smith; Elk, McMinn.

ARRHENATHERUM ELATIUS (Linn.) Mert. and Koch.—Adv.
from Eu. Rare. Found occasionally along roadsides and in

woods.—Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Lancaster, Small; Recthamtn
ton.

202

99. Dantuonia spicata (Linn.) Beauv.—Very common through-
out. In open woods and on dry hillsides.—Delaware (Smith’s
Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Monroe ;
Lycoming, McMinn.

100. DANTHONIA CoMPRESSA, Austin.—Rare. A mountain species.
—Monroe, Britton; Berks; Crawford; Lackawanna; Lycom-
ing, McMinn. coro .

101. DANTHONIA SERICEA, Nutt—Lycoming, McMinn. ‘On
dry slate hills.” Very rare.

102. CaprioLa Dactyton(L.) Kuntze. (Cyuodon Dactylon, Pers.).
—Introduced from Europe and spreading from ballast-heaps.—
Philadelphia, Dzfenbaugh; Bucks, at Bristol, Difendaugh;
Bethlehem, ABechdo/t—Abundant in the South.

103. BOUTELOUA CURTIPENDULA (Michx.) A. Gray.—Rare.—Chester
(Fl. Cestrica); Northampton; Lancaster; Huntingdon, Lowrie.

104. ELrusine Inpica (Linn.) Geert.—Nat. from India. Very
common throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl.
Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley and Thurs-
ton’s Cat.); Northampton; Huntingdon, Low/rie.

105. Ereusine AEcyptiaca (Willd.) Pers.—Adv. from Eu.—Dela-
ware, “established at some places and spreading,’ Dr. G.
Smith; Philadelphia, Diffendaugh.—Spreading from ballast-
heaps. -

106, SIEGLINGIA FLAVA (L.) Kuntze. (TZriodia sesleroides, Benth.).—
Frequent throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl.
Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Lancaster; Northampton;
Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.); Huntingdon.

107. TRIPLASIS PURPUREA (Walt.) Beauv.—Erie, on Presque Isle,
Garber—A coast-plant. The only station known in Pennsyl-
vania.

108. PHRAGMITES VULGARIS (Lam.) B. S. P.—Rare and local.—.
Delaware, Dr. G. Smith ; Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Erie, on Pres-
que Isle, Garver.

109. Ka:LeriA crIsTATA, Pers.—Very rare—Found only on Camp-
bell’s Ledge, on the Susquehanna river above Moeanaqua
(Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.), Dudley.

110. Eatonia Pennsytvanica (Spreng.) A. Gray.—Frequent —
throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) ; Chester (Fl. Cestrica);
Bucks, 7. #. Ruth ; Northampton; Lancaster; Tioga, Garber. —

203

111. Earonra optusaTA (Michx.) A. Gray—Rare and local.—
Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Lancaster.

112, Earonra DupLeyi, Vasey.—Rather frequent in the central
mountain-region.—Lancaster; Lehigh, Garver ; Monroe, Brit-
ton ; Huntingdon, Lowrie.

113. ERAGROSTIS HYPNOIDES (Lam.) B.S. P.—Common along sandy
river-shores.—Franklin ; Lancaster; Bucks, H. / Ruth ; Tioga,
Garber ; Huntingdon, Lowrie ; Northampton.

ERAGROSTIS MINOR, Host.—Adv. from Eu. Rare—Franklin,
Traill Green; Bucks.

114. ERAGROstTIS Major, Host.—Nat.from Eu. Frequent through-
out.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Philadelphia, Diffenbaugh ;
Lancaster; Franklin; Huntingdon, Lowrie.

115. Eracrostis prtosa (Linn.) Beauv.—Nat. from Europe. Fre-
quent throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (FI.
Cestrica); Monroe, Kuipe; Lancaster; Franklin, frail Green ;
Fayette, Garder.

116. Eracrostis Pursuit, Schrad. Frequent in the eastern coun-
ties. On sandy river-banks.——Northampton; Dauphin; Lan-
caster, Heller. ;

117. EraGrostis FRAnkKu, Meyer—Rare and_local.—Chester,
Canby ; Lancaster; Monroe, Knipe ; Northampton.

118. ERAGROSTIS CAPILLARIS (Linn.) Nees——Frequent through-
out.—Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); North-
ampton ; Lancaster; Huntingdon, Lowrie, Boecking.

ERAGROSTIS PECTINACEA (Michx.) A. Gray—Rare. Bucks,
Ll. C. Martindale.

119. ERaGRostis PECTINACEA (Michx.) A. Gray, var. SPECTABILIS,
A.Gray. Frequent in the eastern counties —Delaware (Smith's
Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); North-
ampton; Philadelphia, James ; Lancaster.

120. MeLica mutica, Willd—Berks, near Reading, Dr. J. P.
fiester; Lancaster, at Safe Harbor.—Very rare and local.

121, UNIOLA LatiFoLIA, Michx.—Rare and local.—Lancaster,
shores of the Susquehanna, Diffenbaugh, Heller.

122. UNIOLA Laxa (Linn.) B. S. P—Very rare and local.—Dela-
ware, at Tinicum, Chas. E. Smith; Bedford, Aubrey H. Smith.

204

123. DisTICHLIs spicata (Linn.) Greene.—Philadelphia, Parker—
From the ballast-heaps. Common on the sea-coast of New
Jersey.

124. DACTYLIS GLOMERATA, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. Escaped from
culture and common throughout.—Northampton.

BrIzZA MAXIMA, Linn.?—Lancaster, on the roadside near
‘Smithville, Swza//—Fug. from Eu.

125. Festuca Myvurus, Linn.—Nat. from Eu.—Bucks, near Quak-
ertown, Dr. J. B. Brinton—the only station known in Pennsyl-
vania. Common in Southern New Jersey.

126. Poa annua, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. Common throughout—
Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moy-
er’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.); Northamp-
ton; Lancaster; Huntingdon, Lowrie; Blair, Boecking.

127. PoA compressa, Linn.—Frequent throughout.—Delaware
(Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.);
Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.); Northampton; Lan-
caster; Franklin; Allegheny, Avipe.

128. Poa seERoTINA, Ehrh.—Rare and_ local.—Tioga, Garber;
Crawford, McMinn.

129. Poa pPRATENSIS, Linn—Nat. From Eu. Very common
_throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica);
Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.);
Northampton; Lancaster; Franklin; Blair, Boecking; Erie,
Garber.

130. Poa Triviauis, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. Frequent throughout.
—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moy-
er’s Cat.); Philadelphia, James; Northampton; Lancaster ;
Centre, Boecking ; Clinton, McMinn.

131. PoA syLvEsTrRis, Gray.—Rare and local.__Bucks, Garber;
Wayne, Garber; Chester, at Valley Forge, Diffenbaugh; Lan-
caster.

132. POA DEBILIS, Torr.—Very rare-——Monroe, Brinton, at Naomi
Pines, the only known station.

133. Poa atsopes, Gray.—Very rare.—Sullivan, on the Loyalsock,
Chas. E. Smith.

134. Poa FLExuosa, Muhl.—Rare and local.—Sullivan, on the

. Loyalsock, Chas. £. Smith; Lackawanna, near Moscow,
Thurston ; Lancaster, Bart and Martic Townships.

205

135. PoA BREvIFOLIA, Muhl—-Not common. On rocky river-
banks. Flowers early. — Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester
(Fl. Cestrica); Bucks, H. F. Ruth; Philadelphia, Difenbaugh ;
Northampton; Lancaster; Huntingdon.

136. PANICcULARIA CANADENSIS (Michx.) Kuntze. (Glyceria Cana-
densis, Trin.)—Frequent in the swamps of the mountain-re-
gions.—Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Lancas-
ter; Schuylkill; Monroe; Centre.

137. PANICULARIA OBTUSA (Nutt.) Kuntze—Rare and _ local_—
Clearfield, McMinn; Monroe, near Tobyhanna Mills.

138. PANICULARIA ELONGATA (Torr.) Kuntze.—Frequent along
the mountain-streams of the Alleghenies—Bucks (Moyer’s
Cat.); Carbon; Monroe; Franklin; Tioga, Garber ; Cameron.

139. PANICULARIA NERVATA (Willd.) Kuntze-—Common through-
out.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Luzerne (Dudley and Thurston’s Cat.); Monroe;
Lancaster; Tioga, Garver; Huntingdon, Lowrie.

140, PanicuLaria PALLIDA (Eddy) Kuntze.—Rare and local.—
Philadelphia, Dr. Jos. Leidy: Bucks, Fretz; Monroe; Wayne,
Garber.

141. Pantcucarta Americana (Torr.) MacMillan —(Glyceria arun-
dinacea, Kunth).—Not common.—Lancaster, Bart township;
Bucks, H. F. Ruth; Northampton; Monroe; Tioga, Garber;
Huntingdon, Lowrie; Clarion, Garber.

143. PANICULARIA FLUITANS (Linn.) Kuntze.—Frequent in shallow
waters throughout the State-—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester
(FI. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Franklin; Lancaster ;
Northampton; Huntingdon.

144. PANICULARIA BREVIFOLIA (Muhl.). (Glyceria acutiflora, Torr.)
Very rare and local.—Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Huntingdon.

145. PUCCINELLIA DISTANS (Linn.) Parl_—Philadelphia, Diffenbaugh.
A species of the sea-coast, introduced and spreading from the
heaps of ballast.

145. Festuca ocrortora, Walt. (7. senella, Willd.).—Not common.
In dry soils——Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.);
Northampton ; Lancaster; Huntingdon, Lowrie; Erie, Garber.

146. Festuca purtuscuta, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. Rare—Bucks

206

(Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton, /iot, Garber; Chester, Burk;
Erie, Garver.

147. Festuca ELATIOR, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. Common through-
out.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Franklin; Northampton; Lancaster; Hunting-
don, Lowrie ; Blair, Boecking.

148 FESTUCA NUTANS, Spreng.—Frequent throughout. In rocky
woods.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Bucks
(Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster; Huntingdon, Lowrie;
Venango, Garber.

149. Bromus sEcALINUS, Linn.—Adv. from Eu. F requent
throughout——Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica);
Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Luzerne and Lackawanna (Dudley and
Thurston’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancaster; Franklin; Hunt-
ingdon, Lovie.

150. Bromus RAcEmosus, Linn.— Adv. from Eu. Common
throughout—Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Philadelphia; Lancaster;
Northampton.

151. Bromus MOLus, Linn.—Fug. from Eu. Very rare.—Ches-
ter, Canby.

152. Bromus Katmu, Gray.— Rare.— Northampton; Bucks,
fretz; Lancaster, Small; Huntingdon, Lowrie; Venango,
Garber.

153. Bromus citiatus, Linn—Common throughout. In rocky
woods.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Phila-
delphia, 7. C. Martindale ; Northampton; Lancaster.

154. Bromus PurGANS, Linn.—Frequent throughout. On banks
of streams. Flowers much later than B. ciiatus.—Northamp-
ton; Huntingdon, Lowrie.

155. Bromus sTERILIs, Linn—Adv. from Eu. Not common.—
Philadelphia, Canby, Chas. E. Smith, Northampton, at Easton.

156. Bromus TEcroruM, Linn—Adv. from Europe.—Rare—
Northampton, streets of Easton.

157. LOLIUM PERENNE, Linn.—Nat. from Eu. Frequent through-
out.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) ; Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Phila-
delphia, Chas. E. Smith ; Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.) ; Northampton ;
Lancaster; Franklin.

158. Lotium TEMULENTUM, Linn.—Adv. from Eu. Very rare— ee

Philadelphia, Chas. E. Smith ; Northampton, near Easton. —

207

159. AGROPYRUM REPENS (Linn.) Beauv.—Nat. from Eu. Fre-
quent throughout.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (FI.
Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Philadelphia ; Northampton ;
Lancaster.

AGROPYRUM VIoLacEuM (Horn.) Lange.—Rare and local._—
Huntingdon, in the barrens near Birmingham, Miss Davis ;
Venango, Garber.

160. AGRoPpyRUM CANINUM (Linn.) Roem. and Seb ery rare
and local._—Monroe, near Pocono Summit.

161. Hordeum jusatum, Linn.—Fug. from Eu.—Berks, Oderly ;
Philadelphia, Diffendaugh.

162. Erymus Virarinicus, Linn.—Frequent throughout.—Dela-
ware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Philadelphia
(Barton’s Fl.); Bucks (Moyer’s Fl.); Northampton; Lancas-
ter; Franklin; Blair, Lowrie.

163. Erymus Canapensis, Linn.—Common throughout. On river-
banks.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) ; Chester (Fl. Cestrica); Phila-
delphia (Barton’s Fl.); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton ;
Lancaster; Bedford, Small.

164. Etymus CaNnapensis, Linn., var. GLAucIFoLIus,, A. Gray.
Frequent on rocky banks and cliffs along rivers—Northamp-
ton; Dauphin.

165. ELymus striatus, Willd—Frequent along the banks of
streams. Delaware (Smith’s Cat.); Chester (Fl. Cestrica) ;
Northampton; Franklin; Huntingdon.

166. Hystrix patuts, Meench. (Asprella Hystrix, Willd.). Fre-
quent throughout the State.—Delaware (Smith’s Cat.) ; Chester
(Fl. Cestrica); Bucks (Moyer’s Cat.); Northampton; Lancas-
ter; Franklin; Luzerne, Heller; Huntingdon, Lowrie.

Solidago humilis, Pursh, of the Eastern States, and its Allies.
(Prates CLIII-CLV.)

Solidago Virgaurea, I.. has long been regarded as native in
the higher latitudes of North America, and appears as such in the
Flora of Torrey and Gray. In the 5th edition of his Manual,
which covers less territory, Dr. Gray admits the species, but re-
stricts it to two varieties, alpina, Bigelow, and humilis (Pursh).

208

In the Synoptical Flora Bigelow’s variety alone is retained and
Pursh’s humilis restored to specific rank, but with its compass so
enlarged as to embrace a number of diverse and ambiguous forms,
amongst which are some that cannot be distinguished from Euro-
pean specimens of S. Virgaurea on the one hand, and are clearly
separated, on the other, from S. humilis by their more robust
habit, broader leaves and sharp-pointed involucral scales.

A recent study of these perplexing goldenrods in the herbaria
of Columbia College, Lafayette College and the Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Sciences, and especially in the large collec-
tions made during the last two or three years by Messrs. Rand
and Redfield on Mount Desert Island, Maine, has led me to dis-
pose of them as follows:

Solidago Virgaurea, ..—In his description of the type of the
species De Candolle (Prod. v. 3 38) writes: “ mire varians, sed
veris. in plures species non divellenda et imo varietatibus vix inter
sé satis dwersis conflata” —words that well express its behavior
also on this side of the Atlantic.

Specimens collected at the Willey House, Notch of the White
Mountains, N. H., by Oakes, Pringle, Edwin Faxon and others,
and on Willoughby Mountain, Vt., by Rusby, tally with forms
brought from the Isle of Wight and Sunningdale, England, by Dr.
and Mrs. Britton, whilst others collected by Dr. Morong in the
mountains of New Hampshire, and on Mt. Desert Island by Rand
and Redfield, are very like the varieties angustifolia, Gaud. and
ericetorum, DC. of the Old World, and in their foliage approach
typical S. humilis of the New. (Plate CLIITI.)

Besides those already recognized, I venture to characterize ee

several more varieties, peculiar to our flora. nie.
Solidago Virgaurea, L., var. RaNDU, n. var. More or less”

glutinous ; stems stout, erect, 1-2 ft. high, often. dark purple,

puberulent, or sometimes glabrate below; radical and lower leaves

obovate or oblanceolate, acute, serrate, cauline lanceolate or
elliptical-lanceolate, sparingly serrate or entire, glabrous; inflor- —
escence an ample branched panicle or loose virgate thyrse ; heads
3 lines or more long; outer scales of the involucre mostly ovate or
lance-ovate and bluntish, sometimes almost linear and acute, inner
ones oblong-linear, yellowish, with scarious margins and acute or

209

acuminate tips; achenes pubescent or nearly smooth._Named in
honor of Mr. Edward L. Rand.

Rather common on the mountains of Northern New Eng-
land and New York; abundant on Mt. Desert Island, Me., Rand
and Redfield; shores of Lake Champlain, Vt., Pringle. Passes
gradually into the next.

Solidago Virgaurea, 1, var. monticola. (S. puberula, Nutt., var.

monticola, Porter, BULLETIN xix. 129.)

Stems 3 to 12 inches high, often slender; inflorescence a
short, compact or sometimes loose thryse, 2 to 4 inches long;
heads 1% to 3 lines long; scales of the involucre variable, ovate
and bluntish or oblong and obtuse, inner ones not elongated.

Common on the highest points of Mt. Desert Island, Rand
and Redfield; Mt. Kineo, Me., Porter; summit of Mt. Monad-
nock (el. 3169 ft.), Deane ; Willoughby Mountain, Vt., Rusby.

Solidago Virgaurea, L.,var. REDFIELDII, n. var —Very glutinous.
Stems stout snd rigid, 16-18 inches high ; leaves thickish or cori-
aceous ; branches of the panicle starting from half way down the
stem or even from the base, strict, erect, bearing short clusters of
heads in the upper bracts; heads small, 2-3 lines long; scales of
the involucre short, more or less scarious. Its inflorescence is
strikingly like that of S. juncea, Ait., var. vamosa, Porter and Brit-
ton.—Named in honor of Mr. John H. Redfield.

Western Mt. and Frenchman Camp Road, Mt. Desert Island,
Me., Rand and Redfield; Summit Rock, Indian Pass, Adiron-
dacks, N.Y. (el. 2600 ft.), Dr. Britton.

Solidago Virgaurea, L., var. GILMANI (A. Gray).

Solidago humilis, Pursh_—Stems slender, strict, minutely puber-
ulent above, 4-18 inches high, the dwarf and taller ones growing
together and often from the same roots, leafy; radical and lower
‘leaves narrowly oblanceolate, and attenuated downward into
slightly-margined petioles, serrulate above the middle, cauline ones
lance-linear, entire, acute, glabrous; inflorescence glutinous, in the

dwarf forms a short raceme, in the taller ones a loose or compact, _

virgate thyrse 5-8 inches long; heads 3-4% lines high ; scales ¢
the involucre oblong-linear, obtuse, or the inner ones acutish,
sometimes golden-yellow ; achenes pubescent. (Plate CLV).

On the rocky shores of rivers. Onion a eae Vermont, Rob-

210

bins, Oakes ; McCall’s Ferry, on the Susquehanna, York Co., Pa.,
Porter; Great Falls of the Potomac, Vasey.

This is the type of the species according to Dr. Gray, and it
agrees with the description in Pursh’s Flora. In Northern New
England and New York, and further northward and westward, in
the Rocky Mountains and beyond, occur forms with broader
leaves, smaller heads of flowers and shorter and more obtuse invo-
lucral scales, which have been placed under S. humilis. But they
vary much, and their relations to the type must be left to future
investigation.

The variety microcaphala, Porter (BULLETIN xix. 129), which
was founded on a single specimen, proves to be on closer inspection
a remarkable form of S. nemoralis, Ait.

Solidago alpestris, Wald. and Kit. (S. Virgaurea, L., var. al-
pestris (Koch), L. and var. alpina, Bigelow).—Alpine; stem glabrous
or somewhat pubescent, 3-10 inches high, in the larger forms
often bent, angular; radical leaves obovate, appressed-serrate
above the middle, obtuse or acute, cauline oblanceolate or spatu-
late, of equal size, or 2 or 3 of the uppermost larger, longer and
spreading, narrowed toward the base, obtuse or acute, sparingly
serrate, distant; inflorescence a short raceme or thyrse with clus-
ters of a few heads in the axils of the long upper leaves; heads 3-
4 lines high; scales of the involucre acute; rays variable in length
and breadth; achenes pubescent. (Plate CLIV.)

Summits of Mt. Katahdin, Me., the White Mountains, N. H.,
and Mt. Marcy (5 300 ft.) and Mt. McIntyre (5100 it.) Nes

At the highest elevations dwarfing obscures some of its charac-
ters, but the abundance of fine specimens obtained last summer

by Dr. Britton in the Adirondacks exhibits the species in its full-

est development, and on comparing them with S. alpestris from
the Swiss and Carpathian Alps of Europe and the Altai Moun-
tains of Asia the differences are so slight that the two must be re-
garded as identical. And such a conclusion ought to cause no
surprise, when we consider the notable company of Old World
alpines which occupy the same mountain-tops. This only adds
one more to the number. From the polymorphous S. Virgaurea
of Linnzus, spread over Europe at lower altitudes, the divergence
is so wide that it may well be counted a good species. Koch

*

211

himself was inclined to think so, as appears from his remark in
the Flora Germanica (p. 341): “Varietates hic enumerate plures,
ut mihi videtur, species constituunt, sed hucusque nondum satis obser-
vate sunt.”

Dr. Gray was inclined to connect our plant with the other
European alpine variety, Camérica, but that has oblong-lanceolate
leaves which are pilose on both sides. Tuos. C. PorTER.

Francis Wolle,

After a painful and protracted illness, Rev. Francis Wolle died
at his home in Bethlehem, Pa., February roth.

He was born at Jacobsburg, Northampton Co., Pa., December
17,1817. His ancestors, for two generations, were conspicuously
associated with the Moravian Society, and during his long and
useful life he was always prominent in Moravian church and edu-
cational affairs. Although a few of his earlier years were spent in
business, he soon turned his attention to teaching as his life-work,
and in 1857 he became vice principal of the celebrated Moravian
Seminary for Young Ladies at Bethlehem, Pa. In 1861 he be-
came principal of the institution, and conducted its affairs with
marked ability until 1881, when the increasing infirmities of age
necessitated his seeking rest. ; |

From his childhood the study of natural history was his favorite
pursuit, and after his retirement from active professional work, in
1881, he devoted himself to it with more ardor than ever. He
was especially known among botanists as an authority upon fresh-
water algz and desmids. In 1884 he published his “ Desmids of
the United States and list of Pediastrums.” The volume con-
tained 1100 illustrations on 53 colored plates. This was followed
in 1887 by two volumes on “ The Fresh-Water Alge of the United
States, complemental to Desmids of the United States.” This
work was illustrated by 117 colored plates, embracing 2300 figures.
In 1891 he brought out a work upon the “ Diatomacee of the
United States.” This contained 2 300 figures on 120 plates. All
of the illustrations enumerated were photo-lithographs from India
ink sketches made by the author. During 1892 there appeared a
revised and enlarged edition of the “ Desmids of the United States.”

His contributions to cryptogamic botany are recognized by

212

scientists at home and abroad as standard works of great value.
The particular field of his investigations had previously been but
little worked, but his labors have stimulated research in these very
attractive by-paths of science. He will long be remembered by
those who were his friends and correspondents, for his kindliness
of heart, as well as for his conscientious care in the department of
science to which he devoted the energies of his later years.
C. H. Kain.

A Simple Point in Nomenclature.

In these later days it may be said that the “air is filled” with
discussions on this perplexing subject, and we have all sorts of
suggested reforms looking toward the ultimate stability of our
plant-names. The Committee appointed by the American Asso-
ciation will undoubtedly give us a valuable set of working rules
at the approaching Madison meeting, but while they are concern-
ing themselves with the weightier problems, I take the liberty of
calling to their attention a very small point upon which it would
perhaps be well to have an authoritative ruling. This question is:
When it is desired to question either of the members of a plant-
name, where shall the question mark be placed? This seems a
very trivial question, but, judging from the variation in its use, it
is not properly appreciated.

Suppose for example that a botanist is working up a collection
of plants and finds one which seems to be Ranunculus aquatilis, L.,
but the material is not sufficient to be positive. In a printed
enumeration how will this doubt be expressed? The following
forms [given as models] have all been abundantly observed:
? Ranunculus aquatilis, L.; Ranunculus ? aquatilis,L.; Ranunculus
aquatilis? L.; Ranunculus aquatilis, L.?, with the further variation
of placing them all in brackets.

If, as is ordinarily understood, the interrogation mark questions
the word which it follows, we shall clearly have a state of affairs
not only contradictory but ngt contemplated in many cases. In
a great majority of instances it is probable that the intention is to
question the species, but such indiscriminate use of the question
mark can only lead to confusion, when it is remembered that there
are at least three separate and distinct things which it is some-

213

times desirable to question. These are the genus, the species,

and the authority. If it was always understood that the mark

cast doubt upon the word which it immediately followed, it could

be used with an exactness which it does not now admit of. Is it

not worth while for the committee to formulate a rule which will

embody the above facts? F. H. Know ron.
U.S. Nationat Museum, March 25, 1893.

[It would seem that the interrogation mark placed as in the
first and fourth of Mr. Sudworth’s models should indicate that the |
author is in doubt whether he is or is not referring to the Ranun-
culus aquatilis of Linnzus; placed as in the second model would
indicate that doubt is thrown on Ranunculus aquatilis belonging
in the genus Ranunculus, and would ordinarily only be employed
in the first description of a plant. We see no particular applica-
tion for the third method.—Ep. ]

Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum.

By Joun K. SMALL,
(PLATE CLVI.)

Since the publication of my Preliminary List of American
Species of Polygonum in the BuLLETIN of December, 1892, I have
had an opportunity to examine and study, among other collections,
those of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada
and the California Academy of Sciences. The former is rich in
specimens from the territory north of the United States, and the
latter is remarkably well stocked with rare and interesting Western
material, as well as some of the very scarce species from the Andes
of South America.

The following notes and descriptions of new forms are the re-
sult of some observations on the different. species recorded below.
I also take occasion in this place to ask collectors, in whatever
part of the country they may be, to gather all the forms of the
genus under consideration that they may meet with during the
coming season.

POLyconum SAWATCHENSE, n. sp. Annual; more or less scurfy or

papillose throughout, of a dull green color; stem erect, striate,
obscurely four-angled and four-winged below the ocrez,

214

branched from the base, .6-1.5 dm. tall; leaves narrowly
obovate below, almost linear above, .5—2 cm. long; .1—.4 cm.
broad, sessile, with conspicuous articulations at the junctions
with the ocree, acute at the apex, acuminate at the base,
strongly revolute, much the same length even to the summit
of the stem; mid-rib very prominent beneath and generally
wing-like; ocreze funnel-form, lacerate to about the middle; in-
florescence of axillary clusters extending to the very base of
the stem, and bearing from one to four flowers; flowers rather
large; calyx five-parted, green, only slightly lighter on the
borders; style very short, three-parted, the divisions hardly
perceptible; achene triquetrous, oblong, rather blunt at both
ends, smooth and very glossy.

-A well marked species of the Avicularia section collected by
Brandegee on the Sawatch Range, Colorado. The specimens are
in the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences.
POLYGONUM PUNCTATUM, EIl., var. ECILIATUM, n. var. More robust

than the species, less scurfy throughout, erect, much branched;
leaves lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, rather broad, less punc-
tate than the normal form; ocrez cylindric, loose, long, strictly
entire and free from bristles; the narrow racemes, as well as

the upper parts of the pedicels, dark reddish-purple; achene
broadly oblong, finely but plainly reticulated.

Differs from the species principally in its glossy appearance,
owing to the absence of the usual scurfy surface, perfectly smooth
and eciliate ocrez, and the slightly narrower and more reticulated
achene. The color of the flowers and racemes, though of less
consequence, is very striking.

Collected by Mr. Pringle in wet places, Valley of Toluca in the
State of Mexico. No. 4213.

POLYGONUM PERSICARIOIDES, H.B. K. This sub-tropical species
heretofore so imperfectly known, has been discovered in Lower
California, by Mr. Brandegee, at two localities, namely, San Jose del
Cabo and Sierra de San Francisquito. It ought to be found in
Southern California and the States to the east.

Mr. Pringle, in his last Mexican journey, encountered a pecu-
liar form of this species. The stems are several from an oblique
root-stalk, simple or nearly so, leaves shorter, broader and less
acute than in the normal form, and the narrow racemes fewer
flowered. The habitat is given as wet meadows, Valley of Toluca,
State of Mexico, No. 4218.

215

POLYGONUM HYDROPIPEROIDES, Michx., var. STRIGOSUM, Small.
Very common in slow streams, swamps, etc., in the San Bernardino
Valley, California, according to Mr. S. B. Parish, who has col-
lected fine specimens and records its flowering season as October
and November. Mr. J. W. Congdon has also gathered it at
Visalia, Tulare county, California, which is some distance north of
the San Bernardino Valley. The variety holds its character in
every respect.

As we have it now from different points east of the Mississippi
River and from two localities near the Pacific coast, we may ex-
pect it to be found in the future at intermediate places.

P. hydropiperoides, as well as the variety strigosum, has an al-
most invariable character which, it seems, has never been re-
corded. The stem or branches always produce, at the distance of
three-fourths of an inch or less above the angle of branching, a
node with a leaf and ocrea, thus making an internode several
times shorter than normal length.

POLYGONUM LITTORALE, Link. Although this species has found
no place in the text-books or other botanies of our country it is
not uncommon. Usually, it has been confounded with either P.
erectum or P. aviculare, neither of which it resembles so closely as
to render such a confusion excusable. The examination of ma-
terial, in different herbaria, under the above mentioned names will
doubtless show that the species is not rare. I find a number of
botanists, feeling that no allowence was made for this form, have
left it unnamed in their collections. P. Zttorale is more woody than
P. erectum and P. aviculare. It spreads out extensively, one plant
often covering several square yards. Its achene is much broader |
and less pointed, and also of a darker color (almost black), less re-
ticulated and more shining than that of P. aviculare. Specimens
in the Herbarium of the Geological Survey of Canada give us a
considerable Northern extension of the range, Macoun having
found it in British America at Silver City, on the Rocky Moun-
tains, and on open praries near Walsh, N. W. T.

PoLyGonum Ravi, Babington. For the present we will have to
consider this as an introduced and naturalized plant. But as it is
appearing from so many and widely separated localities it may yet
Prove to be native. It grows plentifully on the coasts of Europe

216

in company with P. maritimum, with which it has always been
confounded here. PP. maritimum is common to-.both Europe and
America, and there is no reason why P. Rayi should not be also.
It is true that this species is closely related to P. maritimum, but
it can readily be distinguished by the more acute achene which
protrudes farther beyond the calyx, by the longer internodes, the
flat and fewer veined leaves, and the few veined ocreez. The whole
plant is also less glaucous. We now have it well represented in
British America, as: the following stations will indicate: sea
beaches, Brackley Point, Prince Edward Island (Macoun) ; sandy
beaches, Bass River, N. B. (Fowler); Jupiter River, Anticosti, P.
Q.(Macoun). The most interesting locality is Qualicum, Van-
couver Island (Macoun).

PoLtyconum AusTIN#, Greene. The range of this once ob-
scure species is gradually being brought to light. Sometime after
its discovery on the sage-brush plains in Northern California by
Mrs. Austin, the plant was picked up by the U. S. Geological
Surveys in the Yellowstone Park, Wyoming. This specimen
found its way to the National Herbarium at Washington and re-
mained there undetermined. I now find that the species was
discovered in British America by Dawson at South Kootanie
Pass, On the Rocky Mountains, one year previous to its collec-
tion in California. This specimen is preserved in the Herbarium
of the Geological Survey of Canada, having been erroneously de-
termined as P. zenue, var. latifolium. P. Austine is a remarkably
clear species, holding the characters given to it originally by Prof.
Greene (Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. i. 212), with one minor exception.
I find that often the achene at maturity slightly surpasses the calyx.

Po_yconuM KeLLoccu, Greene. Before my preliminary paper
on the genus was printed I had not seen Prof. Greene’s type
nor a specimen of what he referred to his new species. Being
- thus unable to tell exactly what he included under P. Kelloggu,
I temporarily placed all forms related to P. iwzbricatum under
that species. As I have lately become fully acquainted with
this plant I can now map out the following geographical
range for it—Washington; Shamania County (Suksdorf): Cali-
fornia; Modoc county (Mrs. Austin), Lake County, Snow moun-
tains (Brandegee), Donner Lake, Mariposa County, Yosemite

217

(Bolander), Placer County (Carpenter): Utah; Parley’s Park, 6500
ft. (Watson, 1062 in part), Alta Wahsatch mountains 10,000 ft.
(Jones, 1105): Colorado: Bear Creek valley, near Empire, 10,000
ft. (Patterson).

Thomas Hogg.

Mr. Thomas Hogg, an active and highly esteemed member of
the Torrey Botanical Club, died suddenly of angina pectoris, on
the 30th of December, 1892. He was born in London, February
6, 1820, and came to this country with his father, Thomas
Hogg, Senior, when only 9 months old. From his earliest years
his natural taste for the study of plants and horticultural pursuits
was fostered by his surroundings. His father was long engaged
in the management of gardens and greenhouse culture before
leaving England, and was all his life afterwards a successful
nurseryman and florist in the city of New York. In this business
he was assisted by Thomas Hogg, Junior, and his brother James,
who took charge of his establishment at his death in 1855, and
for many years subsequently conducted the business on their own
account.

Mr. Hogg was made United States Marshal in the year 1862,
and in that capacity paid a visit to Japan, in which country he re-
mained eight years. At the end of that period he resigned his
office and returned home. Shortly after, however, he was invited
by the Japanese Government to return to the Island and take
office in the Custom House, which he did, spending two years
more in that service. During his long sojourn in Japan, he spent
much time in travelling over the Islands and studying their flora,
his official position giving him unusual facilities for exploration
and collection. He made a large collection of Japanese trees,
shrubs and herbaceous plants, such as he thought adapted to cul-
ture in our country. These he shipped to New York, many of
them subsequently finding their way to England. Among those
which proved to be adapted to our climate, are many of the
choicest Japanese plants which ornament our gardens to-day,
which he was the first to introduce.

In this manner Mr. Hogg acquired that familiarity with hor-
ticulture for which he was noted, and about which his advice was

218

often sought. He was a diligent reader of horticultural publica-
tions, and frequently contributed articles of interest to our garden
periodicals, keeping almost to the last day of his life well informed
as to all the movements in floriculture in all parts of the world.

After withdrawing from business, Mr. Hogg led a retired life,
but lost none of his love for his favorite studies, for his leisure was
spent in botanical and other scientific investigations. Much of
his time was spent in visiting various libraries and florists’ estab-
Ilshments in this city, and on several occasions he went abroad
and visited the most celebrated botanical gardens in Europe. His
last years were much broken by ill health caused by an attack of
the influenza in Paris some two years since, from the effects of
which he never fully recovered.

In manner Mr. Hogg was grave, dignified and reserved, but

he was invariably cheerful, and genial and kindly in spirit. Among

congenial companions his conversation was sprightly, and often
strikingly original and interesting, but his modesty was so great that
few except such companions ever learned how rich were his stores
of knowledge, not only upon his favorite subjects, but also upon a
wide range of other topics. His conversation sparkled with hu-
morous anecdotes and shrewd observations upon the various
people and scenes which he had encountered in the course of his
long life.

Mr. Hogg was admitted to membership in the Torrey Botanical
Club in 1882. In 1886 he was elected Vice President of the Club,
and chosen annually to the same office until the time of his death,
except during the year 1891, when he was absent in Europe. He
was seldom absent from the meetings when at home, and fre-
quently participated actively in the proceedings and discussions,
greatly contributing to the interest of the occasion’ by his perti-
nent and entertaining remarks. Tuomas Morone.

Death of Dr. George Vasey.

Dr. George Vasey, Botanist of the United States Department
of Agriculture and Honorary Curator of the National Herbarium,
died at his home in Washington, March 4, 1893, after an illness
of only a few days duration, of acute peritonitis. He had been

absent from his office but four days, and the news of his death 3

219

» came with almost equal suddenness to those at a distance from
Washington and those intimately associated with him in his work.

At the request of Dr. Vasey’s family, his friend Mr. William
M. Canby has undertaken the preparation of a biographical
memoir, to contain a more extended account of Dr. Vasey’s life,
work, and publications; and to him have been intrusted the data
requisite for its compilation. It is necessary here, therefore, to
give only an outline of his career.

George Vasey was born near Scarborough, England, February
28, 1822, of English parents; and in the following year was
brought by them to America. His boyhood was spent in Central
New York, where from his acquaintance with Dr. P. D. Knieskern,
of Oriskany, he became interested at the early age of sixteen years
in the study of the local flora. In 1847 he received the degree of
Doctor of Medicine at Pittsfield, Massachusetts, and from 1848 to
1868 was engaged in the practice of his profession, residing during
the principal part of that period in Northern Illinois.

As this point in Dr, Vasey’s life his botanical knowledge, which
had previously been held subsidiary to his profession of medicine,
took upon itself a new character. In 1868 he accompanied Major
J. W. Powell, in the position of botanist, on an exploring expedi-
tion to Colorado. A second similar expedition to the same region
followed during the next year; in 1870 he was placed in charge
of the Museum of the Illinois Natural History Society at Bloom-
ington; and in 1872 he was called to Washington as Botanist of
the United States Department of Agriculture. From this time
until his death his efforts were devoted earnestly and unremittingly
to his work, new as a profession, but old as a cherished pursuit.

The age of fifty seems late for the beginning of a scientific
career. Up to that time Dr. Vasey had published only a few un-
important notes, but his preparation had been long, faithful, and
opportune. He now began to publish papers one by one, at first
on the subject of trees, afterward principally devoted to the
Graminee, His activity seemed to increase with his age, and
during the last year of his life he probably produced more matter
for publication than during any earlier period of equal length.
The second part of the “ Grasses of the Pacific Slope” was already
in the printer’s hands at the time of his death, and the manuscript

220

for the concluding brochure of his “ Monograph of the Grasses of
the United States” was so near completion that it can be edited
according to its author’s plan.

Dr. Vasey’s principal publications are too well known to re-
quire comment here, but we cannot omit a reference to the
greatest and most lasting monument to his memory, the National
Herbarium. To building up this great collection he devoted his
most faithful energies, and the future student of American botany
will give him well deserved honor for this bounteous legacy.

FREDERICK VERNON COVILLE.

Reviews of Foreign Literature.

Les Maladies Cryptogamiques des Cereales. Par J. Loverdo,
Paris, 1892. This work of 300 pages and 35 figures, treats of the
fungi parasitic upon wheat, rye, maize, barley, oats, sorghum,
millet, rice and buckwheat, and under each species, the enemy, in
the order of history, exterior characters, botanical aspect, condi-
tion of development, effect of the disease, and means of defense.
Under bacteria, Bacillus Sorghi, Burl., is treated at length with
figures after Kellerman. The Ustilaginee are largely considered
on pages 40 to 145, ten of the Ustz/agos proper receiving treatment,
three Ziletias and Urocystis occulta. The chapter upon the penetra-
tion of the ustilago germ is an interesting review of the modern
view established by DeBary, Brefeld and others with its important
economic bearings. Less space is given to the Uredinee than the
smuts, only Puccinia graminis, P. rubigo-vera, P. coronata, P.
Sorght and P. purpurea being given in particular. The figures are
not of the best, those after DeBary and Cavara being much better
than those d’apres nature. The Ascomycetes brought to the
front are Erysiphe graminis, Spherella exitralis, and, of course,
the Ergot (Claviceps purpurea), over thirty pages being given to
this with several of Tulasne’s cuts. A few pages are devoted to
the imperfect forms of Helminthosporiums and Septorias. The
practical vegetable pathologist can find in this work much to in-
terest him at very small expense. B. DOH,

On the Genus Myeloxylon, Brong. A. C Seward. (Ann. Bot.

vii. 1-20, Pl. 1, 2.) The author gives the results obtained from a 3

221

microscopic examination of specimens of Myeloxylon from the
Millstone Grit of the British Carboniferous. Similar or identical
wood from other localities have been classed at different times as a
palm, a fern and a cycad and have been described under the
generic names Palmacites, Myelopteris, Medullosa, Stenzelia. The
author’s conclusions are that the true position of Myeloxylon is in-
‘termediate between the ferns and cycads, but most closely allied
to the latter. re Yay 2

Proceedings of the Club.
TuEspAY EvENING, APRIL IITH, 1893.

Vice-President Morong in the chair and 27 persons present.

The following members were appointed to serve as the Field
Committee for the season of 1893:

Dr. Thos. Morong, Mr. Henry Kraemer, Rev. Geo. D. Hulst,
Dr. Jeannette B. Greene, Miss L. R. Heller.

Dr. H. H. Rusby and Dr. Thos. Morong were appointed dele-
gates to the Council of the Scientific Alliance of New York for the
year May, 1893—May, 1894, to serve with the President of the
Club.

The following persons were elected Active Members:

Miss Susan Travers, Riverdale, New York City; Mr. Samuel
Henshaw, West Brighton, Staten Island, New York; Mr. Henry
A. Siebrecht, New Rochelle, New York; Prof. Fred. W. Sering-
haus, 954 Eighth Ave., New York City.

The following papers were then presented.

By Prof. Byron D. Halsted, “Some Results with Fungicides,”
illustrated by lantern slides.

By Mr. John K. Small «Further Notes on American Species
of Polygonum,” illustrated by specimens. The paper is published
in this number of the BULLETIN.

By Mr. A. A. Heller, “The United States Department of Agri-
culture Expedition to Idaho in 1892,” illustrated by specimens and
a map.

Dr. Thos. C. Porter described his collection of the Grasses of
Pennsylvania, made for the Pennsylvania State Agricultural So-
ciety, for exhibition at the World’s Columbian Exhibition at Chi-
cago. A list of these Grasses, giving their distribution in the
State is printed in this number of the BULLETIN.

222

Dr. Britton exhibited a specimen of the base of a Horse Chest-
nut tree, sculus Hippocastanum, obtained by Mr. Walter C. Kerr
at Tompkinsville, Staten Island, and first described at a recent
meeting of the Natural Science Association of Staten Island.
The specimen showed a remarkable development of adventitious
buds arising from the cambium, the wood having almost entirely
decayed away. There are more than 100 of these buds on the
specimen which is about one foot high and ten inches wide.
The length of some of the shoots indicates that these buds have
been forming for at least two years.

Dr. Britton announced the death in Geneva, Switzerland, of M.
Alphonse DeCandolle, an Honorary Member of the Club, and one
of the most eminent botanists of the century. He alluded to M.
DeCandolle’s invaluable scientific work and moved the appoint-
ment of a committee to draw up a suitable minute for record in
the proceedings of the Club and for transmission to his son, M.
Casimir DeCandolle. The motion was seconded and carried.
The Chairman appointed Dr. Britton and Dr. Rusby as such Com-
mittee.

Dr. Morong distributed copies of the circular of the Instruction
Committee, giving the programme for the summer course in Bot-
any carried on by the Committee in codperation with the College
of Pharmacy of the City of New York.

Turspay Eveninc, APRIL 25TH, 1893.

Vice-President Morong in the chair and 43 persons present.

The meeting was held on this evening instead of the following
in order to give members of the Club opportunity to participate
in the ceremonies attending the unveiling of the monument to
John James Audubon, at the American Museum of Natural His-
tory, which were conducted on Wednesday evening, April 26.

Dr. Morong presented a report for the committee appointed to
prepare a statement regarding the death of Mr. Thos. Hogg. This
statement will be found upon another page of the BULLETIN.

Mr. Cornelius Van Brunt presented the announced paper of
the evening on “ Botany and Photography.” The paper reported
the result of an extended series of experiments in photographing

plants in flower, and was illustrated by a large number of lantern © :

223

slides, from which it was evident that the experiments had been
highly successful. Many of the slides had been colored by Mrs.
Van Brunt, and the accuracy and delicacy of the coloring was
much admired.

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.

Acarocecidien und Acurodomatien—Einige neue. G. de Lagerheirm
(Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. x. 611-619).

Bacteria in the Dairy. H.W.Conn (5th Ann. Rep. Storrs School
Agric. Exp. Sta. 106-126).
Cesalpinia—The Genus. E. M. Fisher (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 121-123).

Mr. Fisher has followed up the suggestion made in the But-
LETIN, vol. xix. p. 345, that the species of Hoffmanseggia, so criti-
cally described by him (Contr. Nat. Herb. i. No. 5), should be re-
ferred to Cesalpinia, and now transfers them all to this genus.

Contributions to the Life Histories of Plants. No. VIII. Thomas
Meehan (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1892, 366-386).

This paper consists of observations on the following subjects:
Luphrasia officinalis; Notes on Gaura and G2nothera: The Carpel-
lary Structure of Nymphaea; On the Sexual Characters of Rhus ;
Rubus Chamemorus; Dalibarda repens; On some Morpholog-
ical Distinctions in the Genera of Ericaceze; Vitality of Seeds,
Lysimachia atropurpurea ;. Campanula rotundifolia ; Cornus Cana-
densis ; Aralia hispida; Luzula campestris; Cakile Americana; Hy-
pericum ellipticum ; Trifolium hybridum ; Lathyrus maritimus ; Loni-
cera cerulea,; Raphanus sativus; On the Nature of the Verruce
in some Convolvulacee; Polygonum cilinode; Aster Tatarica.
Contributions to Western Botany, No. 3. Marcus E. Jones (Zoe.

iii. 28 3-309).

Notes on a large number the species, the following described
as new: Lepidium heterophyllum; Astragalus diphysus, var. latus ;
A. Beckwithii, var. purpureus; A. Dodgianus; A. Ibapensis; A.
Peabodianus; A. Toanus,; A. atratus, var. stenophyllus; Cymopterus
Lbapensis, and Primula Broadheade.

224

Diatomacee of Minnesota, Inter-Glacial Peat. Benj. W. Thomas
(Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. Twentieth Ann. Rept.
(1891), 290-320).

The discovery of diatoms in a peat bed, in Blue Earth county,
Minn., interbedded between glacial clays, is described and about
100 species are listed. They are all fresh water, and with few
exceptions, living species. The clays above and below the peat
are of marine origin. The list is the work of H. L. Smith, and ac-
companying it are a series of critical notes, which are of great
value for reference and comparison. A chapter upon methods of
preparation, by Dr. C. Johnston, is also appended. As Ts
fungi common in 1892 in Iowa. 1. H. Pammel (Agric. Sci. Jan-

uary, 1893).

A long list arranged under the several orders of the most de-
structive fungi of last year in Central Iowa.

fungus—A_ Parasitic (Heterosporium asperatum). Geo. Massee
(Am. Jour. Mic. February, 1893). ;

This treats of the eterosporium as parasitic upon Similacina
stellata, accompanied by a full page plate, giving details of the
structure of the fungus.

Grasses—Some Diseases of. W.C. Stevens (Kan. Univ. Quart. Jan-

uary, 1893).

The grass fungus parasites with regard to their effects are
grouped: (1) as those destructive to host tissues, Puccinias as
examples ; (2) those producing abnormal growths, corn smut as il-
lustration ; (3) destroying the chlorophyll, and (4) those attacking
the ovaries, as the ergots. Three microphotograph plates illus-
trate the points made.

Leguminosengattungen—Zur Kenntniss einige. P. Taubert (Ber.

Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. x. 6 37-642).

The genus Garugandra, Griseb, found on a tree of the Argen-
tine Republic and Bolivia, is referred to Gleditschia and figured.
Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley. A. P. Morgan (Jour. Cincin-

nati Soc. Nat. Hist. xv., Nos. 3-4).

This is the first of a series of papers; characterizes the group;
lists the species with descriptions under two orders, namely: Li-

225

ceacee and Reticulariacee and records five new species with
figures of them in a single plate.

Phalloid—A New. A. P. Morgan (Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat.
Hist. xv., Nos. 3 and 4). Phallogaster as a new genus is de-
scribed and under it Phallogaster saccatus, Morgan, n. sp. A
full page plate is given of the same.

Phyllogaster saccatus—Note on. Roland Thaxter (Bot. Gaz. xviii.
117-121, one plate).

Revision dér Kleineren Ranunculaceen-Gattungen Myosurus, Traut-
vetteria, Hamadryas, Glaucidium, Hydrastis, Eranthis, Coptis,
Anemonopsis, Actea, Cimicifuga and Xanthorrhiza—E. Huth
(Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. xvi. 278-324).

For a critical review of this important paper, we would refer to

Prof. Greene in Erythea, i. 70.

Root Tubercles of Indigenous and exotic Legumes in Virgin Soil of
Northwest. H.L. Bolley (Agric. Sci. February, 1893).

Twenty-one native species of Leguminosz are named as bearing
tubercles, the character of the soil, usually in Dakota, being given
for each host. In like manner sixteen exotic species of the same
order are listed as bearing the tubercles. Non-leguminous plants
as Alnus, Shepherdia and Eleagnus are mentioned as bearing
nodules upon their roots.

Russian Thistle and other Troublesome Weeds in the Wheat Region
of Minnesota and South Dakota. L. H. Dewey (U.S. Dept.
Agric., Farmer’s Bulletin No. 10 pp. 16, two plates).

The “ Russian Thistle” or “Russian Cactus” is Sadsola Kali,
L., var. Zragus, D.C., closely related to the saltwort of the sea-
beaches, and thus neither a thistle nor a cactus. It has long been
a pernicious weed in the wheat regions of Russia and became in-
troduced into those of our Northwest about fifteen years ago.
It has now spread over some 30,000 square miles and is the
cause of much financial loss and endless trouble.

Salix balsamifera, Edward L. Rand (Garden and Forest, vi. 105).

Schneeflora des Pichincha. Ein Beitrag'sur Kenntniss der Nivalen
__ Algen und Pilze. G. de Lagerheim (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell.
X. 517-5 34, one plate). |

226

Description of new species in the genera Chlamydomonas, Ra-
plidonema, and of a new genus, Se/enotilla, with a list other plants
of low organization from the snows of this Equador mountain
peak.

Sereno Watson. George Lincoln Goodale (Proc. Amer. Acad.
Arts and Sci. xxvii. 403-416).
A biographical notice with portrait and a list of Dr. Watson’s
published papers.

Slime-molds and Club-root. A.B. Seymour (American Gardening,
xiv. 160).

Some Bean Diseases. 5. A. Beach (A thesis in the Botanical De-
partment of Iowa Agric. College for the master’s degree).

This is an extensive paper upon the Bean Pod Spot (Colleto-
trichum Lindemuthianum (S. & M.} B. & C)., giving the distribution
and character of the disease and its appearance upon pods, leaves,
seed and seedlings. Field experiments were made with fungicides,
and comparisons of results are given in the chapter closing with a
bibliography of the subject.

Brief mention is added of a bacterial bean blight and of the
Bean Rust (Uromyces Phaseoli (Pers.) Wint). Six full page plates
are given. The same matter appears as Bull. 48 of the Geneva,
N. Y., Exp. Station pp. 305-333. B. D. H.
Stuartia—Geo. Nicholson (Garden, xliii. 172). With a figure of

Stuartia Virginica.

The New Botany. Lester F. Ward (Science, xxi. 43, 44).

This article is in the nature of a plea for the more systematic
study of plant affinities rather than plant differences. The author
urges the necessity for the study of fossil plants in order that we
may understand the ancestry of our living plants and how these
came to be what we now find them. The mere determination of
plants, either living or fossil, is of course necessary, but in order
to appreciate fully what these determinations mean, a close study
of their affinities is necessary, and this can only be done by a close
comparison of living and fossil forms. A. H.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

No,

No,

. Io,

II,

College.

A Preliminary List of North American Species of Cyferus, with Descriptions
of New Forms, By N. 1. Baton (i880),. bcc es 25 cents.

Cerastium arvense, L., and its North American Varieties, By Arthur Hol-
lick and N. L. Britton (1887). (Out of print.)

Plant Notes from Temiscouata County, Canada. By J. I. Northrop (1887).
(Out of print.)

A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N. L. Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887),. ..... . +. 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CS) OOS ee ee oe . .25cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . . 25 cents.

A Recent Discovery of Hybrid Oaks on Staten Island. By Arthur Hollick
CIBSS oe ee es ee a 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888, By N, L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . .. . 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology—An Enumeration of the Mosses Col-
lected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By Elizabeth
G. Britton. (Out of print.)

Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 77ssa,

Adans, By N. L. Britton (1889), ........+.. . . 25 cents.
The Genus £veocharis in North America. By N. L. Britton (1889),
25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CNBR G ss Sey he a ee eee . , @§ cents.
A List of State and Local Floras of the United States and British America.
By Ni 1, Betton (10003 oe Sp eo a ee $1.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Ok (8890) ee ke ee eee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North ‘Asueslaien Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
(SOOO YS se pie yi. ote Se ae . . . 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos, Morong (1891),
25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, II. A supplementary Enumeration of
Mosses collected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By
Elizabeth G. Britton (1891), ...... ers inva 6 56 Oe

No.

No.

as:

36.

37:

Notes on North American Halorage. By Thos. Morong (1891), .25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

CR er ek geek ye
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulez. By Thos. Morong
RONOt) 3 peti oe ee a 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L., Britton
Cena es a ee a . . 25 cents.
The American Species of the Genus Anemone and the Genera which have
been referred to it. By N. L. Britton ( THON oe a. vo 17 ah CODbar
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
ins Clouse). hk, Se ga ere een Pee nine ela ies 25 cents.

A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus Aetsomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North

Americs, By N. is Britton (1809), = 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
te UO (NGOS, NS ree ra icra pe eh COnU
The Anatomy of the Stem of Wistaria Sinensis. By Carlton C, Curtiss
ISOS rr ee ay ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton -
C1892), St ere Gs is ars Gay Sst eas ea eens ene 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
WA CEBGE Ye ee a es 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small.
RRC ee ee ee ee re 25 cents.

West Virginia Mosses. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1892), .. . . 25 cents,
A New Species of Zistera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos, Morong.

CEOOS eos he See gs oe a ae 25 cents,
The North American Species of Lespedeza. By N. L. Britton (1893)
25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893)... . ... 3... ... $1.50.

An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orchids, By Carlton C. Curtiss
CES) se ee or eg ee ee . 25 cents.

Further Notes on American Species of folygonum. By John K, Small
CRBS) sks eve ele en ce ae - + + + « 25 conte.

The whole series with the exception of Nos. 2, 3, 6 and ro will be supplied
for $s.

Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889), by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2.

Address
DR. THOS. MORONG,

Curator of the Herbarium, Columbia College,
NEW YORE CITY.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CL.

SEEDS OF SOME NATIVE ORCHIDS—C. C. CURTISS. oe

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLI

16a :
SEEDS OF SOME NATIVE ORCHIDS—C, C. CURTISS.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLII.

SEEDS OF SOME NATIVE ORCHIDS—C. C. CURTISS.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICALJCLUB.—PLATE CLIII.

¢

\\
NY) Yd
wy
Ye ay if
AY WE
<< xy 1 fi

Whi, ¥
‘ 1/ | » &,
SW Wiz

7, Ys

SOLIDAGO VIRGA-AUREA, L.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLIV,

SOLIDAGO ALPESTRIS, W. & K.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLV.

SOLIDAGO HUMILIS, PURSH.

_~

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLVI.

POLYGONUM SAWATCHENSE, SMALL, :

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

. MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave.,

Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK. :

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE psireD STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

E. March’s Scline Chemical Stone
Ware. Mena: ee
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.
Doctor C. Scheibler’: S$ Saccharome- Bs
ters (Polariscopes). Ne eee
Prof, Jolly’s Specific Gravity, Bal f
ances, etc. ene
Le Bron F. Desens & hs aS
(Paris; Platinum.
H. "Tronesdorff” "3 CP: Chemicals.

SPECIALTIES: BE ORES ‘Apparatus, ‘Normal Graduated. Glass-
ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bo he
jan, and German Glassware, ‘Filter Papers, Agate N

Hammered Platina, Balances and eae ree phe:

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN. is

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four —
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with ©

many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for

_ England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Sohu Square, London, England. ae
; Back NumsBers.—The BuLietin was published from 1870 to 1875, inciediee

in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these ”

ae five volumes:is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to —

__run on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five years.

The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII, have been indexed

separately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. XVIII. and XIX. are indexed

separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VIII. cannot now be supplied complete, but it is ee
Us planned to opie some of its ‘Pumbers.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.
- The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. ‘The numbers
by also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each.

ae _ Volume I contains the following papers :

No. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Coren, by Prof,
ey. This cannot now be had separately.

—A List of the Marine Alge hitherto coated on the oe of
Jersey and Staten Island, _ by Isaac C. Martindale. Price, socents.

Yo. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatic collected by Dr. H. H. Ri r y. 2
sonth Roomtics, with mail ac: of saad coma S Dr. Richard cd
Dosis ape

wae I conbans the Blloning ps papers:

No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds wand Surrounding Parts vi
plates, by Professor Byron D. Halsted, Price, 50 cents.

0. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with, two by
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. ee ; 0 ples,

Vor. XX. “JUNE, 1808 No.6

BY LLETI De :
TORREY BOTANICAL Cs

A sapeecte!: JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

Epitep BY

N ATHAN TEL LORD BRITTON,

“ANDI OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB. -

(CONTENTS:
hiss is ‘

Notes on the Flora of Block Jslinds Ww. we pave. oF ForEIGN Lak. —Dela_
Pally vie ae oa Oe ages or cor age ce caress tok

A List of Plants found on Block Island, Reise sr Monogra
in July and August: W. W. Bailey and
nities Ga Eee ce
ep emtemiecseddes: hrs Coles:

ane:

iitwosk Water Sauls of the aes of 4
Brooklyn: Sith Rep Fellte ok Rais :* : =
Identity of Anthracnose of the Bean and | Thos. -Morong. in Paraguay, 1888-1899; ;
.. Watermelon: Byron D. Halsted oo 246 He Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bo~
_ Some New Weed Fungi: Byron D. Halsted 250 livia: by ae Bang ; Fossil Diatoms in.
Additions to the New Jersey, Flora: =: © ae ne
| Stevens 4
Additions to the Lainie ni Flora:

a wie RU SA Ne ee ce

- THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
te ae ite

Es rats Vice Presidents, — _ pte
a ‘e 7 ~*

TF) ALLEN, M.-D. : ‘THOMAS MORONG, Ph. D: i
: ¢ a is - ca ;
| Recording Secretary, wee PG ak avedouting Secretary

- HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D, JOHN K. SMALL, —
College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College; New York SY,
Editor, ‘Treasurer, Ay
NETS BRITTON Pas ther HENRY OGDEN,
‘Columbia eis New York. City.

1x Pine Street, New York City.

: Le Editors, :
"EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph.D, = = ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. By
__ANNA MURRAY VAIL, =-—=«iRBYRO HALSTED, See D.
he A. HELLER. :

Leister, | Librarian, Fs

"JOSEPHINE 1 E. pene EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH.

s Committee on Finance,
—yustus FB : POGGENBURG, - ek ae , ®, a ee we. 1. RUDKIN,

= _-M. M. LE BRUN,- ae “MRS. ee “CLARKE,
: = Brondway, New York City. ee a Ww. Bist Strect, ‘New York City.

aan

Ostia we | Library and Herbarinin Comite oe ae ghee
ip JOSEPHINE. 4 ee ROGERS, — _ MILLIE TIMMERMAN,
- EFFIE- A SOUTHWORTH, Rev. L. He LIGHTHIPE.

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
Vol. XX. Lancaster, Pa., June 17, 1803. No. 6,

Notes on the Flora of Block Island.
By W. W. BAILEY.

It had always been my ambition to botanize an island. I have
envied Crusoe his leisure and opportunity. The possibility of
compassing such a task commends it to the ambitious; one does
not, as on a continent, feel appalled by the vast extent of the field.
It seems a mere matter of faithful unremitting labor.

The island is of peculiar construction, indeed a vast terminal
moraine. There is no rock iz sifu, but only a multitudinous mass
of bowlders, pebbles, sand and clay. The bowlders are of various
formation, many of them erratic from a long distance. Black
magnetic sand is common on the beach. Some of the springs are
strongly impregnated with iron. The island, viewed from Beacon
Hill, looks like a petrified sea. It presents a most surprising un-
dulating surface, and almost every valley or depression holds a
pond or bog.

The cliffs of the south shore are very wonderful. Here we
obtain a natural section and can view the strata, for rain, frost,
and the action of the sea have denuded the land. I was often
reminded of scenes in Nevada.

The mass of the bluff is of pure clay of a pale slate color.
Over this is a loose deposit of bowlders and pebbles; over these
again the loam. The cliffs, if one may so call them, have
weathered into most fanciful shapes; minarets, towers, pinnacles,
are piled up at random. Often a huge bowlder has lost its bed-
ding and been hurled into the abyss. Again, one will be noticed
poised too perilously near the brink; it is a mere question of time

228

when it falls. Onthe most prominent bluff of all stands the south-
east lighthouse. The keepers assured us that the sea was surely
encroaching on the land.

I have never seen so changeable a shore. On one day the
beach would be firm, hard sand; the next a mass of rattling peb-
bles. One could scarcely believe it was the same place.

The bogs and pond holes had a perennial fascination for me.
There are said to be some three hundred on the island, and I can
well believe it. They are filled with pond lilies, and surely there is
no place in the world where they are finer. Occasionally a pink
one turns up.

About these pond-holes grow, in the peat, a great variety of
interesting plants. Two species of sundew were found, the Dyvos-
era rotundifolia,and D. intermedia var. Americana. Rhexia Virginica
was common. I never before saw so much of the ragged orchis
_ (Habenaria lacera). Everywhere the swamp loose-strife, Decodom, _
was abundant. Here, too, could be seen quantities of /vis versico-
lor, three Eviophorums, cat-tails, sedges and grasses.

The prevailing shrub in the swamps was Cephalanthus occident-
alis. In smaller quantities grew Rosa Carolina, and Clethra alnifolia.
We found one bush only of what appeared to be lex levigata.
Willows were by no means common, and no species of A/nus was
seen at all. Think of growing up without a knowledge of alder-
tags! Trees of any sort are extremely scarce. Those there are,
appear, with rare exceptions, to have been planted. Mr. J. F.
Collins and myself, however, found a few small tupeloes, Vyss@
aquatica. White poplars are the trees most cultivated. I saw _
besides a few Adanthus trees and locusts. Protected apple- —
orchards do well. I found also one lone and stunted hickory. _
There is no sign anywhere of a conifer. Here and there one — :
meets with good clumps of bayberry (MJyrica cerifera), but Comp- —
tonia was not seen at all.

On the whole the flora, considering the situation, seemed tO —
me very rich. We identified 294 species of plants and have some
dozen or more things yet to determine. Then, too, the early —
season no doubt would reveal many things, while we lost nearly —
all the Asters; I think there are probably six or eight of these. —

The region might well be mapped out into districts, as, of the

229

bogs, the many fresh ponds, the Great Salt Pond, the meadows,
the cliffs, and.the shore. One might, indeed, include another
province, in the range: of the Alga, these, however, from the
changeable nature of the shore, are not.so abundant as. in many
places along our coasts. Still we found glorious specimens of
Ascophyllum, Fucus, and Laminaria.

Near the beach, of course, one finds Avagallis arvensis, a cos-
mopolitan plant. Here, too, are Cakile edentula ; the curious sea-
sand-wort, Arenaria peploides ; sow thistle,. Sonchus asper ; Sueda,
Salsola,and Solidago sempervirens. The last grows magnificently,
but was hardly in flower even when I left. I found in‘all seven
species of golden-rod on the island, as will be seen by the ap-
pended list. Solidago lanceolata is, I think, the commonest weed
on the island. It covers whole pastures and fringes every road.
In some places the S. Caroliniana was about as common. We
noticed quite a difference in the time of flowering of the two
species, the last preceding the S. /anceolata by perhaps a week.

There is the usual host of weeds, among which the wild carrot
is preéminently first. Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, is a good
second. Now and then one meets with a clump of Rudbeckid
hirta. \t is misnamed “ox-eye” throughout Rhode Island.
There were four species of thistle, the Canada” being well to the
front.

My habit was to jot down in a note book, as I walked, what-
ever plants I saw, the walk being mainly for the special purpose
of discovery. I also collected somewhat. For one week, long to
be remembered by us both, I had the assistance of my young
friend, Mr. J. F. Collins, of Providence.

Incidentally we observed the butterflies, finding, to our surprise,
a large number of specimens of Janonia cenia. Hitherto it has
been only sporadically found in the State. The abundance of
Papilio Asterias is explained from the prevalence of Umbelliferz.
The carrot and Siwm cicutefolium are everywhere. Nothing um-
belliferous probably ever escapes the larva of Asterias, though I
never happened to see it on Discopleura, so frequent here. Danais
Archippus had found out that Asclepias Syriaca was here and
hung his green and gold chrysalis on the leaves.

Among the plants new to Rhode Island, we found Potamogeton

230

pulcher, and Gaylussacia dumosa, var. hirtella, There are seven
ferns on our list,among them Woodwardia areolata. Although we
found only its barren frond, we feel quite sure that no Oxoclea de-
ceived us. The two can be discriminated when placed side by
side; we saw no Preris aguilina. There were several Eguisetums,
and a number of mosses and lichens. Nota single plant of the
lily family presented itself. This seems peculiar. One might at
least expect some Smilacina. Among the orchids, besides the
“ragged” already mentioned, we had Gyrostachys precox, G. sim-
plex and G. gracilis.

I have spoken of the total absence of Liliacez. It is curious
to notice this non-appearance of the commonest plants of the main
land. Thus, there were no Lespedezas, Mcibomias, nor Baptistas.
Not a specimen of Hibiscus Moscheutos was seen, nor any of the
gentians, nor Sadéatias ; Gentianacee are represented by Lim-
nanthemum and Menyanthes. Elatine Americana was abundant
in and around Sands, Pond. Sagina procumbens formed verdant
clumps about the little springs on the cliffs. Linum striatum was
abundant in the swamps. I saw no true Geranium, but the family
Geraniacee was represented by Oxalis corniculata var. stricta, and
by /mpatiens biflora. Ampelopsis quinquefolia was so uncommon as
to be called rare. Rhus radicans, while not so common as on the
mainland, was far too abundant. Rhus venenata was not seen at
all, though many localities seemed favorable for it. Polygala poly-
gama, and P. viridescens were common. There were no Lupines
nor Cassias, but Lathyrus maritimus throve on the southern cliffs, and
we found also the genera Phaseolus, Medicago and Trifolium.
Among the clovers was Ziifolium hybridum, now seen everywhere
in New England.

Rosacee were represented by Spirea tomentosa and S. salict-

folia, Prunus maritima, several species of Rubus, Fragaria vesca, the

usual weedy Potentillas, and Rosa Carolina. The last formed quite

abundant copses. We saw no Saxifragacez, which seems a little —

odd. I expected Parnassia at least. Myriophyllum pinnatum, was
found in especially fine condition. Among Composite was the

camphor-weed, Pluchea camphorata, growing with unusual vigor.

To me it smells of anything but camphor. I was surprised to find —
Cichorium Intybus well established. As a rule, it is somewhat —

231

local in Rhode Island, and does not make itself at home as in
Eastern Massachussetts. It is, with its large, deep-blue heads, a
highly ornamental nuisance. I saw but one Lobelia, the common
Indian tobacco, L. inflata. Among Primulacez I was glad to find
a fine bed of Samolus. It grows in the sand near the Great Salt
Pond.

The Labiatze were represented by eleven genera and thirteen
species—a good showing—among them was Melissa officinalis.
Polygonum was another genus with full ranks. We recorded eight
species. The surprising height of some plants was noticeable;
thus some Sparganiums and Sagittarias were the giants of their
race. I havea list of 28 grasses, and am sure that a number
more might be found. Both Mr. Collins and .myself rigorously
excluded everything from our catalogue of which we had any
lingering doubt.

I found myself speculating much, and perhaps wildly, as to the
origin and remote history of these insular plants. How came
they here? Are they in some cases descendants of old conti-
nental forms existing while yet Block Island was part of the main-
land? On the other hand, did birds, winds, tide-currents, or the
operations of man introduce them? Of course we can account for
the presence of grasses and weeds. But how about the endemic
Species? The flora seems to me pretty full for the situation.
Those who consult the following list will be struck by its length
and by the curious lacune.

A List of Plants found on Block Island, R.!., in July and August.

By W. W. BAILEY AND J. F. CoLvins.
(From July 19th to end of August, 1892.)

RANUNCULACE&.

1. Ranunculus Cyméalaria, Pursh. Abundant about the Great Salt Pond,Aug.

2, Ranunculus repens, L.

3. Ranunculus acris, L.

NYMPH AACE.

4. Castalia odorata (Dryand.) Woody. and Wood. Extremely abundant in
nearly all the numerous fresh water ponds. Flowers in some instances measur-
ing from 7 to 9 inches in diameter. Occasionally pink.

5- Vymphea advena (Soland.), Greene. Quite common.

te
o

8

232

CRUCIFER#.,

. Alyssum maritimum, L. About yards. Barely Escaped.
. Nasturtium officinale, R. Br. Abundant about springs. East side.
. Stsymbrium officinale (L.) Scop.

Brassica Sinapistrum, Boiss,

. Brassica alba (L.) Boiss.

Brassica nigra (L.) Koch.
Brassica campestris, L.
Bursa pastoris (L.) Weber.
Lepidium Virginicum, L.

. Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook. Very common on sea beaches.
. Raphanus Raphanistrum, L.

CISTACE,

. Helianthemum majus (L.) B.S. P.

VIOLACEA,
Viola obligua, Hill.

. Viola sagittata, Ait.

Viola primulefolia, L.
Viola lanceolata, L. The violets were, of course, all out of flower.

CARYOPHYLLACEA,

. Dianthus Armeria, L.

Saponaria officinalis, L.

. Arenaria serpyllifolia, L.

. Arenaria peploides,L. In occasional large patches on the beaches.
. Alsine media, L.

. Cerastium vulgatum, L.

. Sagina procumbens, L. Springs on south cliffs.

. Tissa rubra (L.) Britton.

Tissa marina (1.) Britton.
. Spergula arvensis, L.
PORTULACACE.,
Portulaca oleracea, L.
ELATINACEA,

Elatine Americana (Pursh.) Arn. Borders of Sands Pond. Common. ~

HYPERICACE,
Hypericum perforatum, L.

. Hypericum maculatum, Walt.

. Hypericum mutilum, L.

. Hypericum gentianoides (L.) B.S. P.
. Llodes Virginica (L.) Nutt.

- MALVACEA,
Malva rotundifolia, L.

Abutilon Avicenne, Gertn.

233

LINACEA.

41. Linum striatum, Walt, Very common in the bogs. July.
42, Linum usitatissimum, L.

GERANIE,

43. Oxalis coruiculata, L., Var. stricta (L.) Sav.
44. Impatiens biflora, Walt.

ILICINE.
45. Ulex levigata (Pursh.) A. Gray.

VITACEA,
46. Vitis Labrusca, L.

47. Ampelopsis quinguefolia (L.) Michx. Quite rare.
ANACARDIACE,

48. Rhus copallina, L.
49. Rhus radicans, L.

POLYGALACE/,

50. Polygala viridescens, L.
51. Polygala polygama, Walt.
LEGUMINOS.
52. Trifolium arvense, L.
53. Trifolium pratense, L.
54. Trifolium repens, L.
55. Trifolium hybridum, L.
56. Melilotus alba, Lam.
57: Medicago sativa, L. Scarce.
58. Robinia pseudacacia, L. Occasional about houses.
59. Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel. Common on the beaches and bluffs.
60. Apios tuberosa, Moench, Occasional.
61. Phaseolus helvolus, L. Occasional.

ROSACEA,

62. Prunus maritima, Wang. Common.
63. Prunus Virginiana, L. A few specimens only.
64. Spirea salicifolia, L. Occasional.
65. Spire@a tomentosa, L. Occasional.
66. Rudus occidentalis, L.

67. Rubus villosus, Ait,

68. Rubus Canadensis, L.

69. Rubus hispidus, L.

70. Fragaria vesca, L. Common.

71. Potentilla Norvegica, L.

72. Potentilla argentea, L.

73- Potentilla Canadensis, L.

74. Rosa Carolina, L.

75. Rosa lucida, Ehrh.

76. Pyrus arbutifolia (L.) L. f. Rare.

77-
78.

79:
80.
81.

82.

107.

234

DROSERACE.
Drosera rotundifolia, L. Very common.
Drosera intermedia, Hayne, Var. Americana, D.C. Very common,
HALORAGE#.

Myriophyllum pinnatum (Walt.) B.S. P. Common.
Proserpinaca palustris, L. Common.
Callitriche verna, L.

MELASTOMACE&,

Rhexia Virginica, L. Very common.

LYTHRACEA.

. Decodon verticillatus (L.) Ell. Very abundant.

ONAGRACEAE,
Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell. Common.

. Epilobium lineare, Muhl.

. LE pilobium coloratum, Muhl.

. Epilobium adenocaulon, Haussk. The most common species.
. Anothera biennis, L.

FICOIDE.

. Mollugo verticillata, L.

UMBELLIFER,

. Daucus Carota, L. The most common weed,
. Heracleum lanatum, Michx. Southern cliffs.
. Stumm cicutaefolium, Gmelin. Very abundant.

Cicuta maculata, L. Occasional.
Discopleura capillacea, D.C. Very abundant.

CORNACEA,

. Nyssa aquatica, L, A very few scattered trees in a sheltered valley.

CAPR IFOLIACEA:.
Sambucus Canadensis, L. Rather frequent.
Viburnum molle, Michx. A few specimens only.
RUBIACEA.
Cephalanthus occidentalis, L. Filling most of the pond holes.
Galium trifidum, L. Common.

COMPOSIT,

. Eupatorium teucriifolium, Willd.

LEupatorium perfoliatum, L.

Solidago sempervirens, L.

Solidago rugosa, Mill.

Solidago juncea, Ait.

Solidago Canadensis, L.

Solidago nemoralis, Ait.

Solidago lanceolata, L, Excessively common.

235

108. Solidago Caroliniana (L.) B.S. P. Nearly as much so.

109. Aster levis, L.

110. Aster vimineus, Lam.

111. Lrigeron Canadensis, L.

112. Lrigeron ramosus (Walt.) B.S. P.

113. Pluchea camphorata (L.) D.C. Abundant and thrifty about Great Salt
Pond. August.

114. Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Hook.

115. Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) Benth. and Hook.

116. Guaphalium obtusifolium, L.

117, Gnaphalium uliginosum, L.

118. Ambrosia artemisiefolia, L.

119. Xanthium Canadense, Mill.

120. Rudbechkia hirta, L. *

121. Helianthus tuberosus, L. Sparingly escaped.

122. Bidens frondosa, L.

123. Bidens cernua, L.

124. Bidens levis (L.) B. S. P.

125. Anthemis Cotula (L.) D.C,

126. Achillea Millefolium, L. (Pink variety common.)

127. Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum, L. Abundant.

128. Zanacetum vulgare, L.

129. Erechthites hieracifolia (L.) Raf. About Salt Pond.

130. Arctium Lappa, L.

131. Cnicus lanceolatus (L.) Hoff.

132. Cnicus horridulus, Pursh.

133. Cnicus altissimus (L.) Willd., var. discolor (Spreng.) Gray.

134. Cnicus arvensis (L.) Hoff.

135. Cichorium Intybus, L. Quite common.

136. Hieracium Gronovii, L.

137. Taraxacum officinale, Weber.

138. Lactuca Canadensis, L.

139. Lactuca spicata (Lam.) Hitche.

140. Sonchus oleraceus, L.

141. Sonchus asper (L.) Willd. Common on South cliffs.

\ probable, but not surely identified.

LOBELIACE,
142. Lobelia inflata, L.
ERICACEA,

143. Gaylussacia dumosa (L.) Torr. & Gray, var. hirtella (Ait.) A. Gray.
144. Vaccinium macrocarpon, Ait.
145. Andromeda ligustrina (L.) Muhl. Occasional.
146. Kalmia angustifolia, L. Occasional.
147. Rhododendron viscosum (1.) Torr. Occasional.
148. Clethra alnifolia, L. Rather common.
PRIMULACE.
149. Lysimachia terrestris (L.) B.S. P. Common.

150. Anagallis arvensis, L. Common, ae
151. Samolus floribundus, H. B. K. Near the Salt Pond.

174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181.

182,
183.
184.
185.

186,
187.

236

ASCLEPIADACE,

. Asclepias Syriaca, L. Common,

GENTIANACE,
Bartonia Virginica (L.) B. S. P.
Menyanthes trifoliata, L,
Limnanthenum lacunosum (Vent.) Gris.

CONVOLVULACEA,

. Convolvulus sepium, L.

SOLANACE,

Solanum nigrum, L. Common and thrifty.

. Nicandra physatoides, Gaertn. Found in one place only.

Datura Tatula, L.
SCROPHULARIACE,

. Verbascum Thapsus, L.
. Linaria Canadensis (L.) Dumont.

Linaria vulgaris, Mill.
Llysanthes gratioloides (L.) Benth.
Gerardia purpurea, L.

. Utricularia vulgaris, L.

VERBENACE,

. Verbena urticefolia, L. Occasional.
. Verbena hastata, L. Very common.

LABIATA,

. Lrichostema dichotomum, L.
. Leucrium Canadense, L.
. Mentha piperita, L.

Mentha arvensis, L.
Lycopus Virginicus, L.

. Lycopus sinuatus, Ell.

Pycnanthemum linifolium, Pursh. Scarce.

Melissa officinalis, L. Escaped.

Hedeoma pulegioides (L.) Pers.

Nepeta Cataria, L.

Scutellaria laterifora, L.

Scutellaria galericulata, L.

Brunella vulgaris, L.

Leonurus Cardiaca, L.
PLANTAGINACE&,

Flantago major, L.

Plantago Rugelii, Decaisne.

Plantago lanceolata, L.

Plantago Patagonica, Juss., var. aristata (Nutt.) Grey.
AMARANTACEA

Amarantus retroflexus, L.
Amarantus albus, is

221.

237

CHENOPODIACEA.

. Chenopodium album, L.

. Atriplex patula, L.

. Salicornia herbacea, L.

. Sueda linearis (Ell.) Mog.
. Salsola Kali, L.

PHYTOLACCACE.

. Phytolacca decandra, 1.

POLYGONACE.

. Rumex crispus, L.

. Rumex Actosella, L.

Polygonum aviculare, L.
Polygonum erectum, L.

. Polygonum Pennsylvanicum, L.

. Lolygonum Persicaria, L.

- Polygonum hydropiperoides, Michx.
. Polygonum Hydropiper, L.

. Polygonum sagittatum, L.

Polygonum dumetorum, L,, var. scandens (L.) Gray.

EUPHORBIACE#,

. Euphorbia polygonifolia, L.
. Euphorbia maculata, L.
. Acalypha Virginica, L.

URTICACE,

. Humulus Lupulus, L.
. Urtica dioica, L. .

MYRICACE#,

. Myrica cerifera, L. Hardly common.

SALICACEA,

Salix. Several species apparently introduced.
Populus alba, L. About most houses.

ORCHIDACE#.,

Gyrostachys precox (Walt.) Kuntze. August.

Gyrostachys gracilis (Bigel.) Kuntze. August.

Gyrostachys simplex (Gray) Kuntze. August.

Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker. July—August.
Habenaria tridentata (Willd.) Hook. Very common. July.
Habenaria lacera (Michx.) R. Br. Very common. July.

IRIDACE,

Lris versicolor, L. Common.

. Sisyrhynchium anceps, Cav.

‘ LILIACE,
Smilax glauca, Walt.

238

PONTEDERIACE/.
222. Fontederia cordata, L. July, August. Very common.

XYRIDACEZ.
223. Ayris Caroliniana, Walt. August. Very Common.

JUNCACEZ,
224. Funcus effusus, L.
225. Funcus marginatus, Rostk.
226. Funcus tenuis, Willd.
227. Funcus bufonius, L.
228. Funcus pelocarpus, E. Meyer.
229. Funcus Canadensis, J. Gay., var. longicaudatus. Engelm.

TYPHACE&.
230. Typha latifolia, L.

231. Typha angustifolia, L.
232. Sparganium eurycarpum, Engelm.,
233. Sparganium simplex, Hudson.

ARACEA,
234. Acorus Calamus, L.
LEMNACE&,
235. Lemna minor, L.
ALISMACE.

236. Sagittaria variabilis, Engelm. Common and thrifty.

NAIADACE#,

237. Lotamogeton hybridus, Michx.
238. Potamogeton pulcher, Tuckerm.

CYPERACE,
239. Cyperus Nuttallii, Torr.
240. Cyperus filiculmis, Vahl.
241. Cyperus dentatus, Torr.
242. Cyperus strigosus, L.
243. Dulichium spathaceum ( L.) Pers.
244. Eleocharis ovata €Willd.) R. Br.
245. Scirpus Americanus, Pers,
246. Scirpus robustus, Pursh.
247. Eriophorum cyperinum, L.
248. Eriophorum Virginicum, L.
249. Eriophorum gracile, Koch.
250. Rynchospora alba (L.) Vahl.
251. Rynchospora glomerata (L.) Vahl.
252. Carex bullata, Schk.
253. Carex lurida, Wahl.
254. Carex Pseudo-cyperus, L. var. comosa (Boott.) W. Boott.
255. Carex straminea, Willd.

239

GRAMINEA,

256. Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Willd.
257. Spartina juncea (Michx.) Willd.

258. Spartina stricta, Roth, var. g/aéra (Muhl.) Gray.
259. Paspalum setaceum, Michx.

260. Panicum sanguinale, L,

261. Panicum proliferum, Lam.

262. Panicum capillare, L.

263. Panicum vigatum, L.

264. Panicum clandestinum, L.

265. Panicum dichotomum, L,

267, Panicum Crus-Galli, L,

268. Chameraphis glauca (L.) Kuretze.

269. Cenchrus tribuloides, L.

270. Homalocenchrus oryzoides (L.) Poll.

271. Andropogon scoparius, Michx.

272. Aristida dichotoma, L.

273. Phleum pratense, L.

274. Agrostis alba, L.

275. Agrostis canina, L.

276. Ammophila arundinacea (L.) Host.

577. Holcus lanatus, L. :

278. Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauy. :
279. Lhragmites vulgaris (Lam.) B. S. P.

280. Eragrostis pectinacea (Michx.) Gray.

282. Poa annua, L.

283. Panicularia Canadensis (Michx.) Kuntze.

284. Panicularia obtusa (Nutt.) Kuntze.

285. Agropyrum repens (L.) Beauy.

EQUISETACE/:.
286. Eguisetum arvense, L.

FILICES.

287. Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore.

288. Asplenium Lilix-femina (L.) Bernh,
Dryopteris Thelypteris (L.) A. Gray.

290. Dryoperis Noveboracense (L.) A. Gray.
291. Onoclea Senstbtlis, L.

292. Dicksonia punctilobula (Michx.) A. Gray.
293. Osmunda cinnamomea, L.

2

LYCOPODIACE:.
294. Lycopodium inundatum, L.

240

Notes on the Rhode Island Flora.
By J. F. Couuins.

Since the publication of the « Plants of R. I.” in 1888, many
additions have been reported to the author, Mr. Bennett, although
it is safe to say there has been very little active work on our State
flora since that date. Upon determining the specimens collected
by me the past season I find more than 35 species among them
not previously recorded as occurring in Rhode Island. Added to
these an equal number detected in the two preceding years, and
we have a list of 70 species (and varieties) collected by a person
who has but a few hours each week to devote to botanical work.
Does this not point to « Little Rhody ” as still being an interest-
ing field for the local collector ?

The greater part of the specimens were collected within the
city limits, but little time being found in which to take trips of
any length outside. Consequently, as might be expected, the
wastes have yielded a large portion, many of which have not fully
demonstrated their ability to persist, while of others only single
plants have been found. It is my object in these brief notes to
mention only some of the more interesting additions and only
those collected by me either alone or in company with others.
All are represented by specimens in my herbarium, and where
duplicates were obtained they have usually been placed in Brown
University Herbarium also. Unless otherwise noted all species
were collected in this city in 1892.

Nasturtium lacustre, A. Gray, 1890.

Lepidium intermedium, A. Gray, with L. Virginicum and L. ruderale.

Gypsophila murals, L., at one station in the southwestern por-
tion of the city, where it has been slowly spreading for the
past three seasons, but is still confined to a very limited area
in a sandy field.

Lychnis diurna, Sibth.,a peculiar form which Dr. Robinson in-
forms me is known to European seedmen as Melandrium
diurnum, var. crassifolium. Wastes only.

Stellaria graminea, L., quite common in grassy places along road-
sides, and similar situations. 1884, 1891, etc.

241

The station for Lotus corniculatus (Bot. Gaz. xvii., 229) from
which only three specimens were obtained in June was obliterated
soon afterwards.

‘Glycyrrhiza lepidota, Nutt., Cove Lands, J. L. Bennett, 1891; G.
H. Leland and J. F. Collins, 1892.

Vicia hirsuta (L.) Koch., a dozen or more specimens obtained.
Leland and Collins.

Astilbe Japonica, Miq., seemingly well established and spreading at
one station, 1890,—’91,—’92.

Lpilobium adenocaulon, Haussk., appears to have escaped detec-
tion until July 9th. Since that date I have found it at sev-
eral stations about the city. At suburban Elmwood it seems
to be a common species, particularly on the east shore of
Mashapaug pond, where no other Lpilobium was noticed. In
some woods near the pond it grows with E. coloratum, Muhl.
It has undoubtedly been heretofore confounded with the latter
species.

Scandix Pecten-veneris, L., 1890, J. F. C.; 1892, Leland and Col-
lins,

Symphoricarpos racemosus, Michx.; at one station for several years.
Possibly an escape.

Galium tricorne, With., several specimens; W. W. Bailey, Leland,
Collins.

Grindelia squarrosa, Dunal, and Artemisia Ludoviciana, Nutt.
Growing together, abundant and apparently well established
On wastes.
The latter first noticed at another station while collecting with

Prof. Bailey.

Carduus nutans, 1.. Since 1890, G. Bailey, Bennett, Leland, Col-
lins.

Mentha Canadensis, L.., var. glabrata, Benth. Shore of Mashapaug
Pond.
Dracocephalum parvifiorum, Nutt. <A single thrifty plant which
has fruited abundantly in a place where it is not likely to be

destroyed. W. W. Bailey, Collins.

Stachys annua, L. Wastes at one station.

Stachys Germanica, L. Wastes, 1890, G. Bailey, Collins.

This has not to my knowledge been detected since.
Amarantus blitoides, Wats., several times on wastes.

242

Juncus Canadensis, J. Gay, var. coarctatus, Engelm. Wet shores, etc.
Elmwood, 1890-91-92; Benedict pond, 1892. Quite abun-
dant at both these stations. .

Sagittaria natans, Mx. var. (?) gracillima, Wats. In the summer
of 1889, while canoeing and collecting on the Ten Mile river
above the old Hunt’s Grain Mills, in E. Providence, R.I., I no-
ticed large patches of a plant whose long, narrow, delicate
leaves floated from 1-3 feet of their length on the surface of
the water. Paddling a little farther I soon detected the flowers
and obtained a few good specimens. In examining the plants
later in the day I was unable to determine the species from any
book at hand, and they were temporarily pigeon-holed. Be-
fore an opportunity occurred to again look them over, the
6th edition of Gray’s Manual appeared, in which the above-
named variety was described. This proved to fit my speci-
mens, and the following season I obtained more and better
ones, but without fruit, although the plants were abundant.
The river at the place mentioned has been generally consid-

ered as the boundary between Massachusetts and Rhode Island,

but according to the latest topographical map (surveyed in 1888)

the river flows wholly within the borders of the latter State after

‘once entering at Lebanon, yet nowhere north of Hunt’s Mills is

it more than a quarter of a mile from Massachusetts. Specimens

are in the Brown University and Gray Herbaria.

Potamogeton pulcher, Tuck. Found to be one of the commonest
pond weeds in many of the pond holes on Block Island. W-
W. Bailey and Collins. When collected it was supposed to be
the first record for Rhode Island. It was, however, reported
from Wakefield in 1890 (to Mr. Bennett).

Naias gracillima (A. Br.) Morong. Benedict pond, also elsewhere

by other collectors.
Carex virescens, Muhl. var. costata, Dewey, 1890.
C. laxifiora, Lam., var. varians, Bailey. Cumberland, 1886; Provi- —
dence, 1892.
C. laxiflora, Lam., var. latifolia, Boott., 1891.
C. echinata, Murray, var. angustata, Bailey.
Eragrostis Purshii, Schrader. Abundant along the railway and in —
woods at Elmwood, R. I., 1884-90-92.

243

Festuca elatior, ..,and also the variety pratensis, Gray. Grassy
places, 1889-91-92.

PROVIDENCE, R. I.

A Preliminary List of the Plants found in the Ridgewood Water Supply
of the City of Brooklyn, King’s County, N. Y,

By SmitH ELy JELLIFFE.

Since the Ist of November, 1892, weekly examinations have
been made of the plant life in the drinking water of Brooklyn.
The water was taken from the tap of the third-story of a house
near Prospect Park. One day in each week it was allowed to run
for 24 hours through a filter. The residue was then collected and
examined during the week and then kept in glass vials for future
comparative study. The following list is a preliminary one, the
research being intended to cover the space of one year.

SCHIZOMYCETES.

The examination for bacteria was only partial and purely ex-
perimental, Esmarchsproll’s were made once each month, but the
isolation of the various colonies was not completely carried out.
Bacillus fluorescens, liquefaciens. This bacterium has been preva-

lent in every month’s supply thus far examined.

Bacillus fluorescens, non liquefaciens. Wess frequent than the first,
still constant.

Bacillus vielaceus, Once only observed.

Bacillus subtilis, Cohn. Present throughout the time of the exam-
inations.

CYANOPHYCE.

Oscillaria limosa, Ag. Found throughout February.

Oscillaria tretichi, Kitz. Infrequent.

O. aeruigeneo-cerulea, Kiitz. December 17, 1892.

CHLOROPHYCE.
Scenedesmus caudatus, Corda. Frequent throughout the six |
months.

S. dimorphus, Kiitz. January 18th.
Pediastrum Boryanum (Turp.) Mengh. November, March.

244

P. Ehrenberghu (Corda) A. Br. November, March.

P. pertusum, Kitz. December.

Raphidium polymorphum, Fres. Frequent throughout the six
months.
var. sigmoidea, Rab. January Ist and 18, 1893.
var. aciculare, A. Br. January 1, 1893.

Polyedrium longispinum (Pertz.) Rab. Occasional.

Characium Negelit, A. Br. Observed once only, diagnosis un-
certain.

Pleurococcus vulgaris, Menegh. Infrequent.

Dictyospherium Ehrenberghu, Nag. Occasional.

Spirogyra tenuissima (Hass.) Kiitz. During the latter part of
January and during February the water was very low in the
reservoirs and this species appeared in great quantities.

S. varians (Hass.) Kiitz. With the former but in much smaller
quantities.

Coleochete soluta, Prings. December 17th—24th. What seemed
to be a broken fragment of this plant.

DESMIDE.

fTyalotheca dissiliens (Smith) Breb. Common from January 29, on.

Desmidium aptogonium, Breb. With Hyalotheca dissiliens.

D. Baileyi(Ralfs) Wolle. Only once observed. April 15.

Spherozosma filiforme, Rab. Occasional.

S. excavatum, Ralfs. Occasional.

S. spinulosum, Deep.? A plant that resembled this was observed
Dec.2:

Closterium gracile, Breb. Infrequent.

C. striolatum, Ehrb. Occasional.

C. Diane, Ehrb. Frequent.

C. rostratum, Ehrb. Common.

Docidium Trabecula (Ehrb.) Nag. Common lately.

Cosmarium moniliforme, Ralfs. Infrequent.

C. Becku, Wille. Scarce.

Xanthidium cristatum (Breb.) Ralfs. November 27, 1892.

X. antelopeum (Breb.) Kiitz. Occasional.

Arthrodesmus Incus (Ehrb.) Hass. Occasional.

A. octocornis, Ehrb. Infrequent.

245

Micrasterias Torreyi (Bailey) Ralfs. November 23, 1892.
M. radiosa (Ag.) Ralfs. Occasional.

M. denticulata (Breb.) Ralfs. April, 1893.

M. fimbriata, Ralfs. Occasional.

M. Americana (Ehrb.) Kiitz. Occasional.
Staurastrum dejectum, Breb. November and April.
S. brevispinum, Breb. Frequent.

S. aristiferum, Ralfs. J nfrequent.

S. brachiatum, Ralfs. Infrequent.

S. cuspidatum, Breb. » December, 2-24.

S. polymorphum, Breb. Infrequent.

S. crenulatum, Naeg. Common.

S. punctulatum, Breb. December 2.

S. hirsutum (Ehrb.) Breb. April.

S. Arctiscon, Ehrb. F requent.

DIATOMACE.

Amphora ovalis, Kiitz. December 1 ‘e

Lncyonema ventricosa, Kiitz. Not rare.

Stauroneis anceps, Ehtb. Infrequent.

Navicula cuspidata, Kiitz. Not common.

NV. dilatata, Ehrb. December 17.

NV. gibba (Kiitz.) Ehrb. Frequent.

LV. radiosa, Kiitz. Frequent.

NV. rhyncocephala, Keeog

LV. viridis, Kiitz. Small forms, infrequent.

Pleurosigma Spenceri, W. Sm. Occasional.

Pleurosigma, sp. indet.

Amphiprora ornata, Bailey. Frequent.

Gomphonema acuminatum, Ehrb. Frequent, var. coronata, Ehrb.—
December 17.

G. capitatum, Ehrb. February 11.

Cocconeis Pediculus, Ehrb. April.

Lpithemia gibba (Ehrb.) Kitz. December 2.

Lunotia tridentula, Ehrb. ?

Synedra pulchella, Kiitz. Frequent.

S. Ulna (Nitzsch.) Ehrb. Common.

Synedra, sp. indet. Common.

246

Fragilaria capucina, Desmaz. Common.

Asterionella formosa, Hass. Very common.

Meridion circulare, Ag. Infrequent.

Tabellaria fenestrata, Kitz. Very common.

I. floculosa (Roth.) Kitz. Very common.

Surirella elegans, Ehrb. This large species appeared when the
water was very low with Spirogyra tenuissima.

Nitzschia, sp. indet.

Melosira granulata (Ehrb.) Ralfs. Very common.

M. varians, Ag. Infrequent.

KRhizosolenia gracilis, H. L. S. Not infrequent.

Lessela interrupta, Ehrb. Placed here provisionally.

Stephanodiscus minutus, Grun. Frequent.

Volvox globator, L. One specimen noted in November.

Gonium pectorale, L. Infrequent.

196 6TH AVE. BROOKLYN, N, Y.

Identity of Anthracnose of the Bean and Watermelon.

By Byron D. HA.LstTep.

The Fungus causing the spotting of bean pods shown in figure I,
was first observed by Lindemuth at Popplesdorf in 1875. It was

Fic. I,.—BEANS WITH POD-SPOT.

named Gleosporium Lindemuthianum in his honor by Saccardo
and Magnus and described in Michelia, i. 129. In 1878 in his

247

Report of the Section of Vegatable Pathology for 1887 Professor
Scribner records the presence of seta in the acervuli and suggests
that the species might be placed in the genus Colletotrichum.
Briosi and Cavara in 1889 made the transfer of the species to that
genus and the name became Colletotrichum Lindemuthianum (S.
& M.), Brio. & Cav., and as such is published as No. 50 in “ Briosi
and Cavara Funghi Parassiti Della Piante Cultivati.” Of special.
interest in this connection is the statement made by Professor

FIG. 2.—RIND ROT OF WATERMELON.

_ Scribner in the Report previously cited that, « In this country the
disease attacks watermelon rinds as well as beans.” Farlow records
it as upon the watermelon.*

Turning now to the Anthracnose of the watermelon shown in
figure 2, it is found that three species of Gloeosporium are recorded
for Cucurbitaceous fruits, the G. Lagenarium (Pass.), Sacc. & Roum.
only requiring attention.

ce

* Host. Ind. part 1, p. 47. :

248

In Farlow’s Host Index this species is recorded for the follow-
ing Cucurbits: Citrellus vulgaris (Watermelon), Cucumis Melo
(Muskmelon), Cucumis sativus (Cucumber), Cucurbita Pepo (Pump-
kin), and Cucurbita sp. (Squashes).

Early last summer a serious blight of the muskmelon found at
Port Monmouth, N. J., by the writer was traced to a Colletotrichum
which agreed in all particulars with the one upon the bean.
Blighted foliage of the watermelon gathered the season before
upon examination showed the same characteristics of acervuli,
spores and sete. A blight of cucumbers bitterly complained of
in 1890 through the central portion of the State was due to the
same anthracnose.

The seemingly perfect agreement of the fungus of these three
cucurbit hosts with the Colletotrichum of the bean suggested
that the sete of the so-called Gleosporium Lagenarium had been
overlooked and inoculations were made for further evidence in the
matter. Itwas not difficult to transfer the watermelon anthracnose
to the bean. But the points that may be of interest were the re-
sults with a third fruit because admitting of parallel inoculations
for both the bean and the watermelon. |

Citrons small enough to go under a medium sized tall bell-
jar were selected and at first inoculations were made from the
watermelon here and there under the skin of the citron, the virus
taking quite uniformly and growing luxuriantly.

The Colletotrchum virus was taken from the bean and applied
to the citron at a few points upon the side of an ink line drawn
lengthwise of the fruit, while similar inoculations were made from
the watermeion on the other side. Both grew with about equal
rapidity and when prolonged the results blended showing identical
results as shown in figure 3. In short the appearance to the naked
eye was the same and the microscope showed no differences. The
work was repeated with uniform results.

Specimen No, 1173, 6. Ellis, N. A. F., were destributed as
“ Gleosporium Lindemuthianum, S. & M., on watermelon rinds, Wis-

consin, Sept., 1885, Prof. A. B. Seymour,” Ata later date a new ~ :

label was issued changing the species to Glwosporium Lagenarium

(Pass.). These specimens show an abundance of sete in the ae
acervuli and in all points agree with the virus as above used for

inoculation.

249

Years later specimens No. 2448, Ellis N. A. F., were destributed
as Gleosporium Lagenarium (Pass.), var. folticolum, E. & E., a being
upon Cucumis sativus leaves, and 4, upon Citrellus vulgaris foliage.
There is also added leaves of muskmelon with the same fungus.

These all are first-class samples of apparently one and the
same Colletotrichum, with a Phyllosticta associated with it upon
the muskmelon. A note accompanies the specimens as follows:
“ Briosi and Cavara in their Funghi Parassiti No. 100; place this

FIG, 3.—CITRON INOCULATED FROM BOTH BEAN AND WATERMELON.

in Colletotrichum (C. oligochetum, Cav.), but if, as we think, this is
only a foliicolous form of G. Lagenarium it should be C. Lagenarium
(Pass.).”

An examination of Cavara’s species does not’ show marked
Points of difference from the Colletotrichum treated above under
Gleosporium Lagenarium. According to the author the smaller
Spores and basidia, but chiefly the presence of seta, serve to sepa-
rate this from Gleosporinm Lagenarium. In other words, he fails
to realize that under further study the sete have been found in the

250

so-called Glwosporium Lagenarium as they were in Glwosporium
Lindemuthianum, and both become Colletotrichums and what is
more they are probably the same species.

It then remains to see what the name of the combined species
shall be. The species under consideration was first published in
1868 by G. Passerini in Erbario Crittigamico Italiano as follows:
“Fusarium Lagenarium, Pass. Minutum plerumque orbiculare sub
epidermis nascens; sporae tereti-oblongate, rectz vel curvule inter-
dum oblongo-subclavate, nucleo grumoso foete pallescentes €
basidiis brevissimis densissimeque nascentes epiderme rupta cirr-
hose diffluentes, demum in acervos irregulares aurantiacos effuse.
Auf Fruchten einer Lagenaria.”

This is prior to the Glwosporium Lindemuthianum, of Saccardo
and Magnus, and therefore the species for the anthracnose of the
melon and the bean becomes Colletotrichnm Lagenarium (Pass.),
as suggested by Ellis in 1890 in his xxv. century of N. A. F. No.
2448.

The following is the synonomy:

Fusarium Lagenarium, Passerini (1868).

Gleosporium Lagenarium (Pass.) Sacc. & Roum. (1880).
Colletotrichum Lindemuthianum (S. & M.) Briosi & Cavara (1889).
Colletotiichum Lagenarium (Pass.) E. & Hals., 1893.

Some New Weed Fungi.

By Byron D. HALsTep.

The fungi below described are being distributed in Seymour

and Earle’s «« Economic Fungi” Fascicles VI.—VIII.

PHYLLOSTICA PALLIDA. Spots large, pale, indefinite; pycnidia usually —
epiphyllous, dark brown, punctiform, abundant, 45-170 win
diameter; ostiolum distinct, dark-bordered; spores oblong,
mostly straight 4-7 by 1.5-2" On leaves of Silene noctiflora.
Syracuse, N. Y., August, 1892. F. L. Stevens.

PHYLLOSTICTA GUTTULAT&. Spots ash-colored, usually covering
whole leaflet; pycnidia large, numerous, black; ostiolum —
prominent; spores oval, pointed, 9-10 by 3-4 /., 2-guttulate. —
On stems and leaves of Oxalis corniculata, L., var. stricta (L-)y
‘Sav. New Brunswick, N. J., July, 1892. A. D. Selby.

. 251

PHoma AMARANTHI. Spots large, indefinite; pycnidia dark brown,
irregular, often confluent, prominent, much scattered; spores
oval, hyaline, 13-16” by 10-12. On stems of Amarantus
chlomstachys. New Brunswick, N. J., October, 1892. a Payee
Kelsey.

SePTORIA CHRYSANTHEMI. Spots well-defined, dark, equally con-
spicuous upon both sides of the leaf; pycnidia scattered, ellip-
soid (70-160 v.), pale brown; spores often bent with one end
blunt, 14-30 by 1.5-2 », hyaline, 3-5-septate. On leaves of
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum. Milltown, N. J., June, 1892.
F. L. Stevens.

TUBERCULARIA Ruois. Spots large, brown, concentric, often con-
fluent, becoming apparently worm-eaten; sporodochia disc-
shaped, pinkish, scattered; spores hyaline, slightly curved, 6-8
by 2-3. On leaves of Rhus radicans,L. New Brunswick,
N. J., September, 1882. F. L. Stevens.

Coryneum Ruos, Spots ill-defined, brownish-yellow; acervuli
large, scattered; spores fusoid, triseptate, slightly bent, sub-

‘ hyaline, 20-30 by 2.5-5 ». On leaves of Rhus radicans, L.
New Brunswick, N. J., September, 1892. F. L. Stevens.

CeRCospora Moitusinis. Spots indefinite, yellowish, turning to
brown; hyphze amphigenous, fasciculate from a brownish
base, sub-flexuous, 50-60 by 4-5 “. Conidia very long and
slender, tapering, hyaline, slightly curved, multiseptate, 150-
450 by 3-4” On leaves of Mollugo verticillata, L. Short
Hills, N. J., September, 1892.

Cercospora ArcTI-AMBROSIE. Spots minute, brown, angular, usu-
ally with a white center; hyphae amphigenous, fasciculate from
a dark base, geniculate, cylindrical, 80-100 by 3-5“; conidia

hyaline, curved, tapering, multiseptate, 50-125 by 2.5-3.5 ¢ ve

On leaves of Arctium Lappa and Ambrosia trifida. New Bruns-
wick, N. J., September, 1892. F. L. Stevens.

CoLterorricuum Xanrut. Acervuli very large, the affected portion
of the stem swollen, often bent, and the surface having a pink
color. Setze stout, bent, septate, not numerous ; spores oblong,
Straight, 12-15 by 4-5 ». On stems of Xanthium Canadense.
Near Cape May, N. J., September, 1892. :

252

COLLETOTRICHUM VERMICULARIOIDES. Spots variable, often con-
fluent, border ash-colored with a dark center. Acervuli
abundant with numerous black, rigid sete. Spores oval,
hyaline, 12-15 by 4-5“. The dark hyphe at the base of the
acervuli give the outward appearance of a Vermicularia, hence
its name. On leaves and stems of Linaria vulgaris, Mill. New
Brunswick, N. J., September, 1892.

Entytoma ALsINEs. Spots indefinite, pale; conidia fasciculate,
filiform, 50-90 by 2 +, spores globose, thin-walled, hyaline,
smooth, 12-18 « On Alsine media. New Brunswick, N. J.,
July, 1892.

Additions to the New Jersey Flora.

Three species of plants, not heretofore recorded for the State
of New Jersey, have been found in the vicinity of New Braneyic’
in considerable numbers during the two past years.

The first of these was seen by Mr. J. A. Kelsey in 1891, but
no attempt at classification was made till the following year, when
it was determined as Sisymbrium Alliaria (L.) Scop. Only two
small bunches of it were seen, one under a cliff close to the bank
of the Raritan River, and the other near by on top of the cliff.
Later in the season it was discovered that the plant was liberally
distributed over an area of several square miles of the adjoining
country, and in some places was so abundant as to be considered
a weed by the farmers, who, recognizing its affinity to the Cruci-
fez, had already christened it White Mustard. The Manual gives
the locality of this plant as “ near Georgetown, D. C.”

Triosteum angustifolium, L., credited by the Manual with grow-
ing anywhere from Virginia to Illinois and from Missouri to Ala-
bama, was found by the writer in abundance in moist woods near
Milltown, N. J., in June 1892, and in August the fruiting plants
were collected at Rocky Hill, N. J., where they were abundant and
very conspicuous on account of the bright color of the drupes.

Scutellaria parvula, Michx., was found in 1892 at Piscataway,

N. J., in small quantity, and was very abundant on the cliffs om

253

the banks of the Raritan just north of New Brunswick, where it

has been noticed for several years.
F. L. STEVENS.
NEw Brunswick, N. J., April 17, 1893.

[The discovery of Triosteum angustifolium in Central New Jer-
sey is of much interest because it connects the outlying station
long known at Glen Cove, Long Island (BULLETIN, i. 41, ii. 2),
with those in Pennsylvania and Virginia; Scw¢ellaria parvila and
Sisymbrium Alliaria were both collected at New Brunswick by
Miss Anna M. Vail in 1890, but the station does not seem to have
been recorded ; the latter has long been known from Long Island
(BULLETIN, i. 22, xi. 83) and Westchester county, N. Y. (BULLE-
TIN, vi. 100), N. L. B.]

Additions to the Tennessee Flora.

Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. var. cordifolia (Pursh.) Gray. This
plant grows in rich soil on a wooded bluff of the Tennessee River,
about one mile below Knoxville.’ It was first collected by me in
September, 1890; and, again, in the same month of the following
year. So far as I know, this Cimicifuga has never before been
found outside of North Carolina. It differs considerably from C.
vacemosa in its period of flowering, the latter being out of flower”
here by the first of July, usually earlier. It it entirely odorless,
and is readily distinguished from the type by its large, cordate
leaflets.

Metbomia ochroleuca (M. A. Curtis) Kuntze. I collected a
single specimen of this Meisomia in a dry, open wood near Knox-

ville, August 29, 1890. I have never seen it since. The range of _ a

this species is thus extended west of the Alleghanies.

Alchemilla arvensis (L.) Scop., is abundantly naturalized in dry
fields about Knoxville, It grows with Zifolium procumbens, var.
minus, Houstonia minima, Plantago heterophylla, etc., and appears
as if indigenous.

Antennaria plantaginifolia (Linn.) Hook, var. monocephala,
Torr. and Gray.—Early in April, 1891, I came upon a peculiar
form of Antennaria plantaginifolia growing on a bank in a wooded
glen near Knoxville.

254

There were about thirty plants, all pistillate, growing with the
ordinary form. I collected several specimens, but was unable to
“place” the plant to my satisfaction, and laid itaside.. A short time
ago my friend, Prof. A. Ruth, sent a specimen to Dr. N. L. Britton
for determination. By him it was referred to A. plantaginifola
(Linn.) Hook., var. monocephala, Torr. & Gray, heretofore known
only from Louisiana. The variety differs from the type in several
particulars. The single heads are about twice as great in diameter.
The cauline leaves are narrower and more appressed and bract-like.
The involucral scales are narrower and taper from nearthe base to the
more or less acute apex. They are quite conspicuously marked with
crimson below the scarious tips. In habit of growth and in size
and form of the root-leaves, there seems to be no departure from
the type. There were no transition forms among the specimens
observed. If the characters above stated are constant, this Avz/fen-
naria should be maintained as a good variety.

Lithospermum tuberosum, Rugel. Collected near Knoxville by
Prof. F. Lamson-Scribner in April, 1890. In the same month of
the following year, collected by myself on the summit of a wooded
bluff, a short distance above Knoxville. Corresponds, in every par-
ticular, to Florida specimens of A. H. Curtiss’ collection. Distri-
bution, according to the Synoptical Flora, Fla. and Tex.

T. H. Kearney, JR.

UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE, Knoxville.

* Aster leiophyllus, n. sp.
(PLATE CLVITI.)

By the further study of living plants in the field and of dried
specimens from new and distant localities; I am now convinced
that the Aster published by me in the BuLLETIN, xvi. 67, as A.
cordifolius, L.., var. levigatus, is a distinct species, and, since /evt-
gatus cannot be retained because of former use, I have chosen
another name of similar meaning. Although the new species ©
bears a general resemblance to A. cordifolius and sometimes grows
with it, no forms intermediate have been discovered. The leaves, —
in the fresh state, are usually thickish and leathery, and perfectly
smooth, with a greasy feel, but in the dried state are much thinner,

255

when the raised veins on the under surface renders it somewhat
roughish to the touch. The broadly-margined petioles are also
strikingly characteristic, so that Dr. Gray, to whom the plant was
sent a short time before his death, wrote me that he had never
seen before an As¢er with just such leaves.

No specimens of it have reached me from New England. As
far as known its range extends from Southern New York and
Northern New Jersey through Pennsylvania and Western Mary-
land to Eastern Kentucky and Ohio, but it is likely to be observed
west and south of these limits.

, Var. LANCEOLATUS (A. cordifolius, var. lanceolatus, Porter, BuL-
LETIN, xvi. 68.

Var. INCISUS (Britton), A. cordifolius, var. tncisus, Britton, BuL-
LETIN, Xix. 224. ,

To the stations for the latter given by Dr. Britton may be
added Moosic Lake, Lackawanna County, Pa., where I collected
it in 1884.

It may be of interest also to mention that two northern species.
of the same genus have been lately found in this neighborhood, A.
Patulus, Lam., at Bethlehem by E. A. Rau, and A. amethystinus,

Nutt., on the Delaware near Easton, by A. A. Tyler.
Tuomas C. PorTER.

Botanical Notes,

Our Index to Recent literature relating to American Botany.
An editorial in the « Botanical Gazette” for May makes flattering
reference to this department of the BuLLETIN, but expresses the
wish that something more extensive and complete might be fur-
nished for recording the writings of American botanists—some-
thing on the plan of Just’s «« Botanical Jahreshericht,” which forms
two thick octavo volumes each year, and is supposed to record
and abstract all botanical writings the world over, but which has
always been markedly deficient in its allusions to American publi-
cations, and which is always from 18 to 30 months behind the
time.

The suggestion appears to us as a very happy one, and the ~
Present editors of the BULLETIN would gladly see it carried out. —

-

256

The pressure on our pages for the publication of original matter is
such that it has at times been seriously debated whether we ought
not to abandon the “ Index,” and the labor of keeping it up and
attempting to scan all the periodical literature of the day, has made
most serious inroads upon our time. We believe that we have
recorded the great bulk of botanical papers relating to American
plants during the time the “ Index” has been carried along (1886-
1893), but that there have been noteworthy omissions is certain,
and we have been forced to notice hundreds of articles by title
only, which would have been abstracted, if there had been more
time and space.

One method of carrying out the Gazette’s suggestion, and it
may be the most practical method, so far as the preparation of the
material goes, would be for persons at each of the botanical cen-
tres to make themselves responsible for certain of the journals and
society publications, abstract the papers therein and send the ab-
stracts to a central point to be collated and arranged: the ab-
stracts to be written on blanks prepared for the purpose. It would
be necessary for some one to act as editor-in-chief, and that there
should be a large number of abstractors as associates. The first
thing to be done would be to ascertain just what periodicals were
regularly received at each of the centres participating in the work,
and then to assign the periodicals. The books and pamphlets
printed as such would naturally be assigned to persons whose
work lay along the lines of the subjects treated. As to publica-
tion, we conceive that this should be regularly conducted at inter-
vals, say of three months, which would make in effect another bo-
tanical journal. The “Gazette” doubts that this would pay for

itself from subscriptions. But would not this be an appropriate

organ for the «‘ Botanical Society of America,” proposed by Pro-
fessor Bailey at the Rochester meeting of the American Associa-
tion, and for the organization of which a committee was then ap-
pointed? (See BULLETIN xix. 294.) We believe that there are as
many as 200 botanists in America who would be willing to form
such an organization with dues at five dollars per annum, which
would provide an income of $1000 irrespective of sales, and the
number of botanists in the country is steadily increasing. Such a —
sum as this would warrant the printing and distribution of 600 or
700 pages annually. oe

257

It is interesting to note that when the “Index” was com-
menced the ‘‘Gazette” expressed the hope that there would be
sufficient matter to “keep this department always full, but we
doubt it.” (Bot. Gaz. xi. 66.)

Sphagna Boreali-Americana Exsiccata. Prospectus—The under-
signed propose to issue, about two years from the present time,
sets of specimens of North American Sphagna. The number
of species attributed to the United States and British America is
now nearly fifty, and many of them have never been distributed.

Many of the species are represented by several varieties; so
that for anything like a full series, there should be at least one
hundred forms in the collection; perhaps one hundred and thirty
would be a better estimate. It is proposed to prepare not less
than sixty sets of the specimens, and to offer a set to each person
who may supply three or more acceptable forms in quantity suffi-
cient for distribution. The remaining sets will be used for foreign
exchanges, and for sale at a price to be named hereafter. Promises
of assistance have been received already from Mrs. E. G. Britton
of Columbia College, Prof. John Macoun of Canada, Dr. W. A.
Setchell and Dr. A. W. Evans of New Haven, Dr. A. W. Chap-
man of Florida, Mr. J. K. Small of Lancaster, Penn., Mr. Edward
L. Rand of Boston, and others, and there is every reason to hope
that the collection may be made to include nearly all the known
Species of temperate North America.

Most of the species the undersigned feel competent to identify;
any that are in the least degree doubtful will be submitted to Dr.
C. Warnstorf, the most learned living sphagnologist, for final de-
termination.

A few hints as to preserving specimens may be offered. All
the plants for one series of sixty specimens should be gathered at
one time and place, to avoid the chance of mixing two different
forms under one number. The plants of dense habits of growth
should be separated into broad, thin specimens while fresh, cleaned
of foreign matter, and preserved in botanizing portfolios in the
usual manner, taking care not to subject them to any severe com-
Pression. Just enough pressure to keep them flat is enough.
Floating plants, such as the plumose forms of S. cuspidatum, are
best prepared by spreading the specimens on letter-paper, as is

258

usual in preserving the more delicate seaweeds. If the collector has
no means of pressing the specimens, they may be gathered in bulk,
and, when air-dried, sent in packages to Professor Eaton, who can
have them softened and spread out for drying at some convenient
time. Care should be taken to note the place and time of each col-
lecting, and the approximate height of the station above sea-level.

The cooperation of American Botanists is respectfully asked
for; and letters or collections may be addressed to either of the

undersigned. DanieL C. EATON.
YALE UNIVERSITY, New Haven, Conn.
EpwIn Faxon.
317 LAMARTINE STREET, JAMAICA PLAIN, Mass., April, 1893.

Note on some Characee.—The first fascicules of the second
part of the “Characee of America’’ was issued at the close of
1892. I omitted to affix any date, so that this notice seems neces-
sary to secure priority for the new species therein described. i-
tella formosa, Allen, described as a new species in this volume of
the BULLETIN, p. 119, now turns out to be a form of WV. hyalina,
A. Br., related to WV. hyalina, var. Engelmanni, A. Br., first described
as VV. Engelmanni, A. Br. I have recently had the opportunity to
examine the Engelmann collection of Characee belonging to the
Shaw School of Botany, in St. Louis. This collection is rich in
types of A. Braun’s species; it contains one fine specimen of AV.
Engelmanni, of which I have secured photographs.

—T. F. ALLEN.

Ipomea pandurata. Not long ago my attention was drawn
to a huge root, which was unearthed by the workmen in the
cemetery of this place (Springfield, Ohio). On examination it
proved to belong to the above named species. This particular root
is remarkable only for its size. I have never heard of the root of |
this species reaching the size of the one I am describing, therefore I |
think it worthy of record. Professor Gray says the root often weighs
from ten to twenty pounds. The weight of the specimen here
was found to be twenty-five pounds. The length was about two ~
and a half feet, and the diameter over six inches at. the thickest _
part. Flowers of this “ Man-of-the-Earth” have been observed
annually for twenty-nine years at the place where the root was —
dug up. A. F, Linn,

‘WITTENBERG COLLEGE, May 15, 1893. ee

259

Reviews of Foreign Literature.

De la Culture artificielle des Diatomees. Dr. P. Miquel. (Le
Diatomiste, 1892-93, pp. 93-99; 121-128; 149-156; 165-172.)

In this series of articles just completed Dr. Miquel records,
with great minuteness, the results of his experiments in propagat-
ing diatoms in the laboratory. He starts out by stating that in
order to cultivate diatoms successfully, it is necessary to provide
them with two kinds of food—saline food and organic food. Then
follow formule for such nutritive fluids, and directions in detail for
using them, together with suggestions as to light, temperature and
sterilization of the culture fluid so as to prevent the growth of
organisms which are inimical to the growth of the diatoms. The
experiments include marine as well as fresh water cultures, and in
the concluding article directions are given for the construction of
culture cells, so that the various stages of growth may be watched
under the microscope.

Not they least interesting portion of the paper is that which
relates to the production of strange and abnormal varieties by
varying the character of the culture fluid. These varieties Dr.
Miquel calls “ teratological growths.” He states that he has fol-
lowed them to the third generation, and describes some of the
remarkable variations in form which resulted.

Within the last few years much attention bas been given to the
life history of diatoms, but no article bearing upon that subject
has lately appeared that is likely to attract more attention than
this. Dr. Miquel’s experiments have suggested new lines of re-
search, and they will doubtless be reported by other diatomists.
The results of these observations will be watched with interest.
The experiments in regard to “ teratological growths,” in particu-
lar, may clear up much of the present obscurity in regard to
species, and may result in bringing together many now regarded
as distinct. Co dick,

Bettrage zur einer Monographie der Gattung Habenaria, Willd.
F. Kranzlin. (Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. xvi. 52-223.) This contribu-
tion towards a monograph of the genus Hadenaria enumerates 347
Species, mostly South American, African and Asiatic. The only
species noted for the United States are two Southern species, /.

260

_ guinqueseta (Mx.) under the name H. Michauxii, Nutt., and #.
repens, Nutt.

An interesting question in nomenclature is suggested by the
author’s use of 7. fimdbriata, Wight, for a species of the East In-
dies. Wight in 1852 adopted this name apparently under the im-
pression that the Platanthera fimbriata of Willdenow, applied to
a different genus, which would leave him at liberty to use it for
Habenaria. But the name fiériata must be rejected both in this
case as well as in the case of our own fimébriata, so-called, as it
was employed by Aiton in 1813 as a synonym of H. psycodes (L.),
Asa Gray. See

Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen Flora, Part 21, pp. 449-512 (1893),
Mniacez and Meeseacez. Several changes in the genus J/mmm
which affect our North American species are of interest: J. Selt-
geri, Milde (1869), and JZ. rugicum, Laurer (1827), are separated
from JV. affine, Bland, the leaves of the former being long-de-
current at base with the marginal teeth one-celled, the second in-
distinctly toothed with base short-decurrent, and the last also
short-decurrent, but the teeth composed of 2-4 cells. None of
the older names adopted by Lindberg are accepted. E. G. B.

Proceedings of the Club.
Tugspay Eveninc, May 9TH, 1893.

The President in the chair and 32 persons present.

Miss Gertrude Appleby, of New York, was elected an Active
Member.

The committee appointed at the meeting of April 11th, 1893,
to draw up a suitable minute regarding the death of M. Alphonse -
De Candolle for publication in the proceedings of the Club, pre-
sented the following report, which was accepted: os

M. Alphonse De Candolle, an Honorary Member of this Club _
and one of the most eminent botanists of our time, died at Geneva, : c
Switzerland, April 4th, 1893, in the 87th year of his age. oe

He was born at Paris, but resided most of his life in and near
Geneva. He was a son of the equally famous Augustin Pyramus
De Candolle, and was associated with him in much of the botani-

261

cal work that has made the family name a household word in the
science of all countries.

On the death of his father in 1841 he succeeded to the author-
ship and editorship of the “Prodromus systematis naturalis regni
vegetabilis,” the great work in which the elder De Candolle hoped
to concisely describe all the known plants of the world, his name
appearing on the title page of the eighth volume, issued in 1841,
and continuing up to the issue of the seventeenth, in 1873, when
the work was abandoned, its place being taken by the “ Monogra-
phiz Phanerogamorum,” a series of seven thick volumes of which
has been printed. Among his earliest works is the noteworthy
“Monographie des Campanulées,” a quarto of 384 pages and 20
plates, issued in 1830, M. De Candolle being then but 24 years
old. In later years he devoted himself to the study of geographi-
cal distribution, and in 1855 his‘*Geographie botanique raisonée”’
appeared in two volumes of 1366 pages. He was the moving
spirit in the International Botanical Congress, held at Paris in
1867, when the modern laws of botanical nomenclature were
framed ; and if these had been carried out in the way they were
intended, there would have been no necessity for the recent move-
ments to secure a stable system of plant names. More recently
he has critically investigated the origin and history of cultivated
plants, and published numerous papers on this subject, bringing
together in his “ Origin of Cultivated Plants,” in 1882, about all
the reliable information that was then extant.

In view of the loss which botanical science has experienced by
his death, we recommend the adoption of the following resolution :

Resolved, That by the death of Alphonse De Candolle, after a
long life rich in contributions to the knowledge of mankind,
botanical science has suffered an irreparable loss; and

Resolved, That the sympathy of the Torrey Boranicat Cxvs is
extended to the family of the deceased savant.

N. L. Britron,
Henry H. Russy,
Committee.

The Acting Secretary directed attention to the prospectus of
the Hodgkins Fund Prizes for investigations and essays on the
nature of atmospheric air, issued by the Smithsonian Institution.

262

Mr. Small exhibited specimens of Catharinea crispa from Atlan-
tic Highlands, N. J., adding another to the few localities known
for this moss. It occurred in abundance at this station.

Mr. Theodore G. White read a paper entitled ‘ Preliminary
Notes on the North American Species of Lathyrus,” illustrated by
specimens. The paper was discussed by Judge Brown and Dr.
Morong.

Dr. Britton delivered an illustrated lecture on the “ Structure
and Classification of Grasses.”

WEDNESDAY EVENING, May 3IST, 1893.

Vice-President Morong in the chair and 21 persons present.

Dr. Morong exhibited fruits of the Doum palm, Hyphene
Thibetica, brought by Miss Vail from Egypt; also a fruit of J/au-
vitta flexuosa, the Miniti or Ita palm of Brazil.

Dr. Britton remarked on Pyrola oxypetala, Austin, known only
from the original station at Deposit, Delaware County, N. Y., and
exhibited one of the type specimens. He also stated that in
company with Professor Porter he had observed at the Nocka-
mixon Rocks, Bucks county, Penna.,on May 30th, Senecio aureus,
L., and Senecio Balsamite, Muhl, growing side by side in a marshy
meadow; the former was in full bloom, while the latter showed
no signs of expanding its involucre. He maintained that it is a
distinct species, and not a variety of S. aureus.

Dr. Britton also showed a copy of a pamphlet entitled “ The
Torrey Festival,’ which contains an account of the proceedings at
the dinner given to Dr. Torrey, December 20, 1867, by the Bo-
tanical Club of New York, under which name the Torrey Botan-
ical Club first met, in commemoration of the completion, in 1817,
of the ‘Catalogue of Plants Growing within Thirty Miles of New
York.”

The announced paper of the evening was by Mr. John K. Small
and Miss Anna Murray Vail, on “A Report of the Exploration of
Southern Virginia during the Summer of 1892.’ Herbarium

specimens of the more interesting species collected were shown, — .

among them some 12 new to the range of Gray’s Manual. The -
paper will be published in the MEmorrs. ae
Mr. Lighthipe reported Lupinus perennis with white flowers

263

from near Princeton, N. J., Helonias bullata from the same local-
ity, and Mertensia Virginica from Rocky Hill, N. J.

Dr. Morong reported Silene Pennsylvanica with white flowers
from Woodhaven, Long Island.

A general discussion on the occurrence of albinism followed, in
which remarks were made by Dr. Morong, Miss Vail, Mrs. Britton
and Mr. Lighthipe.

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.

Adventitious Budding in Aisculus Hippocastanum. Walter C. Kerr

(Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island, April 8, 1893).

Ascyrum Crux-Andree (Meehan’s Month, iii. 65).
Bacteria in Vegetable Tissue—Non-Parasitic. ". L. Russell (Bot.

Gaz. xviii. 93).

Beitrage zur Kenntniss exotischer Sphagna. C. Warnstorf. (Hed-
wigia, 1893, 1-17, plates i-iv. reprinted).

Several corrections of American specimens and species are
made, and all those who have been sending material to Dr. Warn-
storf for naming will do well to consult this publication. Several
changes are made in Macoun’s Canadian mosses, and the range
of several species is extended. S. Labradorense, Warnst., S. Lind-
bergu, Schpr., S. Floridanum, Cardot, S. Mendocinum, S. & L., S.
Dusenii, C. Jensen, S. Girgensohnit, Russ., var. and S. Garébert, L.
& J., are described and figured.

Botanical Laboratory in Pharmaceutical Manufacture—The work

Ya. John S. Wright (Science xxi. 183).
Botanical Notes from Texas. E. N. Plank. (Gard. and For. vi.

162.) Notes on Sesbania Cavanillesii, S. veswaria, Oxalis di-

chondrefolia, Prunus Caroliniana, Xanthoxylum Fagara, Cle-

matis Drummondii and others.
Botanical Survey of Nebraska. Report on Collections made in 189

(bp. 46, Univ. Neb. 1893). :

This pamphlet contains (1) Flora of the Sand Hill Region of
Sheridan and Cherry Counties, and List of Plants collected on
a Journey through the Sand Hills in July and August, 1892, by
Jared G. Smith and Roscoe Pound, including sixteen plants new

264

to the State ; (2) Notes on the Canon Flora of Sioux County with
List of Plants collected in July and August, 1892, by A. F. Woods,
with some twenty additions to the State Flora, Volvaria viscosa,
Clements and Mycena acutoconica, Clements, being two new Fungi;
(3) Miscellaneous Additions to the Flora of the State, and new or
noteworthy Species from various Localities including Coprimus
granulosus, Inocybe tuberosa, Pholiota speciosa and Lepiota avellanea,
new species described by Mr. Clements.

Bouteloua—Les Fleurs des. H. Baillon (Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn.

Paris, i. 1087, 1088).

Brasenia peltata, Pursh—The Glandular Hairs of. \da A. Keller.
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1893, 188).

Calypso borealis (Gard. Chron. xiii. 421).

Carex baccans C.B. Clarke (Bot. Mag. t. 7288). -

Carnivorous Plants—Recent Studies of. Jared G. Smith. (Am.

Nat. xxvii. 413).
Catabrosa aquatica—Les Fleurs du. H. Baillon (Bull. Mem. Paris,

i. 1072).

Cattleya tricolor. (Bot. Mag. t. 7287).
Chara—Description of a new fossil Species of. F. H. Knowlton

(Bot. Gaz. xviii. 141-142; illustrated).

Chara Stantoni. From the Upper Cretaceous of Wyoming.
Contribution to the Biology of the Organism causing Leguminous Tuber-

cles. Geo. F. Atkinson (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 157-166; three plates).
Corallorhiza—The Genus. M. B. Thomas (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 166—

170 two plates).

Cretaceous Plant Population—The Probable Physiognomy of the.

Conway McMillan (Am. Nat. xxvii. 336).

Cypripedium Chamberlaini. W.H. Gower (Garden, xliii. 304 with
colored plate). ae
Cypripedium spectabile—Is it poisonous to the touch? WHenry J. |

Jesup (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 142-143).

Referring to a note in the BULLETIN, vi. 15, Prof. Jesup adduces
facts in support of the theory that this plant may excite symptoms —
similar to poisoning by Rhus. a
Datos para el estudio de la produccion del Chicle. Fernando AL

tamirano (E] Estudio, iv. 251). :

With illustration of Asclepias laungniosa, H. B. K.

265

Decay in the Apple Barrel. B. D. Halsted (Pop. Sci. Month.
xlili. 76, illustrated).

Enumeration of the Plants collected by Dr. Thomas Morong in Para-
guay, 1338-90. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton with
the assistance of Miss Anna Murray Vail. Contributions from
the Herbarium of Columbia College, No. 35 (Annals New
York Acad. Sci. vii. 45-280).

This handsomely printed volume of 235 pages describes that
portion of the Paraguayan flora which was collected by Dr. Morong
during a recent visit of two years to that country. In the course
of that time the region within a hundred miles of Asuncion, and
the uninhabited portions of the Gran Chaco wilderness, for 400
miles up the little known Pilcomayo River, was very thoroughly
searched. The collection, including the Mosses, foots up not
quite 1000 species, nearly one-tenth of which are new. It repre-
sents 106 orders, the most numerous being the Composite, Le-
guminose, Graminee, Cyperacee, Euphorbiacee, Solanacee,
Malvacee and Filices, which are the most common orders in
South America. Of the five species of Palms enumerated, two
are described as new to science; of the thirty-six Euphorbiacee,
five; of the ten Myrtacez, four; and of the ten Asclepiadacee,
five, the most remarkable, perhaps, being the last. The new
species are described by Drs. Britton and Morong, and all the de-
terminations were made after a careful comparison of the plants
with the collections at Columbia College and Kew. In this labor
the authors were assisted by such eminent European botanists as
J. G. Baker, Edmund Baker, A. Cogniaux, N. E. Brown, M. T.
Masters, A. F ranchet, Casimir De Candolle and R. A. Rolfe, so
that there js every reason for regarding the identification of the
Species as correct. A large part of the value of this enumeration
lies in the notes, which are very full. The peculiarities of nearly
all the species named in measurement, color, habitat, habit, and
other interesting particulars concerning their economical uses and
Surroundings, are taken from the field notes of Dr. Morong, which
were made while the specimens were fresh, and after many in-
quir'es made among the natives of the country as to the local »
names and uses. There is scarcely a species given which might
- fot at once be identified by any visiting botanist from these notes

266

here given, so that future explorers of this region will have an
easy time of it, so far as this enumeration goes.

It should be placed on record as a happy circumstance that a
North American botanist in this distant and not easily accessible
South American country should have met with such remarkable
success as attended the work of Dr. Morong. After a voyage of
seventy days across the Atlantic, in which not a single storm oc-
curred, and after a sojourn of two years, much of it spent in a
remote wilderness inhabited only by roving Indians and wild
animals, with not a mishap or a single day’s illness to detract from
his good fortune, the collector circumnavigates the South Ameri-
can continent, and returns to his own land in perfect health. Of
the 12,000 or more specimens collected, not one is lost, and within
three years from the time of his return the whole collection is
collated, enumerated and published—a fact which is thought to
be without a parallel. A: Hi

Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang with
descriptions of new Genera and Species. Henry H. Rusby
(Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 1ii. pp. 67; issued April 27, 1893).
The collections made by Dr. Rusby in Eastern Bolivia during

the years 1885 and 1886 proved so rich in novelties, and in species

hitherto very little known, that he determined, if it should be-
come possible to supplement his material by additional specimens
from the same region, and this was the more especially desirable
from the fact that owing to the conditions under which Dr. Rusby
made his way through the country, he was able in many instances
to bring away but a single specimen of a species. Opportunity
for continuing his work was afforded in 1889 by the engagement
of Miguel Bang, a Danish gardener of La Paz, to collect material
in bulk and ship it to New York. The results have more than
justified the arrangement, for in addition to securing some of the
best things obtained by Dr. Rusby a very large number of addi-
tional new species have been obtained, and most of them in suf-
ficient quantity to make up twenty complete sets, which have

been placed in the principal herbaria of America and Europe. a
The present paper enumerates the Polypetala and Gamope- —

tale up to Lobeliacee of Mr. Bang’s numbers from 1 to 1000, —

and describes 90 species as new, besides defining a number of

267

nomina nuda. The remainder of the plants included between
these numbers will form a second paper, to be issued in the
autumn of the present year on Dr. Rusby’s return from Europe,
where he is now engaged in making comparisons with named
material at Kew and Berlin, and subsequent papers will complete
the account of the collections, the accumulation of which, it is
hoped, will continue over several years longer. Mr. Bang’s num-
bers have now reached about 2000, and taken together with Dr.
Rusby’s collection represent over 3500 species. These, with the
collections of Mandon and Weddell, the best sets of which are in
the Paris Herbarium, and those of Pearce and Pentland at Kew,
probably indicate about 5000 species from Bolivia. Dr. Otto
Kuntze has recently made some collections in the territory, and
we understand is now engaged in their determination. It isa
cherished plan of Dr. Rusby and the writer to ultimately bring
an account of all this material together in the form of a Flora of
Bolivia; but time alone will show whether this enterprise can be
brought to a successful termination. N.L. B.

Lrythronium—The Range of Variation in Species of. M. E. Meads
(Bot. Gaz. xviii. 134-138; one plate).

Flora of Montreal Island—Changes in the. Robert Campbell
(Can. Record Sci. v. 294).

forests of the South—The. Henry L. Tolman (Gard. and For.
vi. 158),

Fossil Diatoms in Philadelphia beneath the New Girls’ Normal School
Building —Marine clays overlying fresh-water clays at some other
localities. Lewis Woolman (Microscopical Bulletin, ix. 33-34).
The author calls attention to the fact that in most of the clays

that lie immediately beneath the surface of the old city proper,

and which have an elevation of less than 40 feet above mean high
tide, there is a considerable showing of sponge spicules and dia-
toms. The diatoms are both fresh-water and marine, the latter
predominating. There is given a list of 31 species from the de- —
posit at Thirteenth and Spring Garden streets, found thirteen feet
beneath the surface. C. H. K.

frost Freaks of the Dittany. Lester F. Ward (Bot. Gaz. xviii.
183-186; one plate).
Note on Cunila Mariana as a “ frost-weed.”’

268

Galinsoga parviflora in Italia—Sulla. P. Bargagli (Bull. Soc.
Bot. Ital. 1893, 151).

George Vasey: A Biographical Sketch. Wm. N. Canby and J. N.
Rose (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 170-183, with portrait).

Habenaria fimbriata. Henry G. Jesup (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 189, 190,
illustrated). :

Note on flowers of this species with the lip entire
Hardwood Trees of Ilinois—Notes on the, VI., VII. J. Schneck

(Hardwood, iii. Nos. 4, 5).

Herbarium—The Growth of the General. (Quarterly Bull. Univ.
Minn. i. 70.)

How to Know the Wild Flowers. Mrs. William Starr Dana, illus-
trated by Marion Satterlee (298 pages, 1893, Chas. Scribner's
Sons). ;

This attractive little book merits the success which it has al-
ready met with, not only for its numerous and excellent illustra-
tions, but for the clear and simple descriptions of our common
flowers, as well as for the interesting information of a scientific or
literary nature. The arrangement is by colors, and seasons and
the habits, uses and popular names receive due mention. There
are 104 full-page illustrations, which alone would make it easy to
recognize most of the pretty wild flowers. E. Gc 8:

Hybrid Oak—Another. A. S. Hitchcock (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 110;
with plate). The record of the discovery of an interesting
tree near Manhattan, Kansas.

Hymenomycetee of Orleans Co., N. Y. Chas. E. Fairman (Proc.
Rochester Acad. Sci. ii. 154). 126 species are catalogued.
Lagoa Santa (Bresil) Etude Geographique Botanique. "ug.

Warming (Rev. Gen. de Bot. v. 145; with illustrations).

Lepismium Knightii, Pfr. (Monats. Kakteenk. iii. 40; with illus-
tration).

Liliaceens Brasiliens—Die Officinellen. Theodor Peckholt (Pharm.
Rundsch. xi. 80).

Marantacee nonnulle Ecuadorienses. . Eggers (Bot. Centralbl. —
liii. 305). Calathea Petersenii, C. Sodiroi and Ischnosiphon
Morle are described as new, and two of the species illustrated.

Mitchella repens. (Meehan’s Month. iii. 49, with colored illustra;
tion.)

269

Mexico—Additions to the Phenogamic Flora of. B. L. Robinson
and H. E. Seaton (Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. xxviii. 103).
New species are described in the genera /halictrum, Polygala,

Abutilon, Pavonia, Astragalus, Stylosanthes, Cotyledon, Sedum,

Cuphea, Fuchsia, Cyclanthera, Piqueria, Stevia, Eupatorium, Brick-

ellia, Sabazia, Verbesina, Ti vridax, Schkuria, Senecio, Cacalia, Cnicus,

Perezia, Lobelia, Arctostaphylos, Gentiana, Halenia, Krynitzkia,

Russelia, Castilleia, Pedicularis, Dicliptera, Salvia, Spiranthes, and

Dioscorea.

Monilia fructigena—On. James Ellis Humphrey (Bot. Gaz. xviil.
85, with plate).

Myxomycetes—On two new or emperfectly known. W.C. Sturgis
(Bot. Gaz. xviii. 186, 187, one plate).

Description and illustration of Comatricha cespitosa, n. sp.,and
Physarum sulphureum, Alb. & Schw.

Natadacee of North America. Thomas Morong (Mem. Torr. Bot.
Club, vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 65, 55 plates; issued March 15, 1893).

So little has been done with the order named above, since the
work of Chamisso in Linnza, vol. 2, 1827, and the 3d Mantissa of
Roemer and Schultes, which appeared after the Linnza, though
in the same year, that one feels constrained to welcome a publica-
tion on it, especially coming. from an author who has studied it
for many years; and if we cannot agree in all points with him,
we at least know it is the outcome of honest work and ripe judg-
ment.

The difficulties attending the order, especially its principal genus
(Potamogeton), are by no means small, and while we advance
slowly in the acquired knowledge of it, it may be trusted, that it is
sure,

In another place (*) I have mentioned more particularly the
geographical distribution of Dr. Morong’s Monograph, and I pro-
pose to take up some other points here.

The question of hybrids has lately been much written on in
Great Britain, and while it would be ridiculous to deny the exist-
ence of natural hybrids, I do not believe they are as common as as- |
serted. Of course, those who support it have a strong position, as it

* Journal of Botany, 1893.

270

is exceedingly difficult to prove they are not, without years of careful
work. I have myself made bees produce hybrids between l’erbas-
cum floccosum, and V. Thapsus, L., and when these hybrids flow-
ered I found the bees showed evident preference for their flowers,
over those of either parent. In Potamogeton I have attempted to
hybridize with several species, but as yet without success. I have
had plants named as continental hybrids for Britain, one of whose
supposed parents does not exist as an indigenous species (or other-
wise ?) in our own country ; this is met by the hybrid-man by sup-
posing that its parent did exist but has died out. Geology clearly
tells us that many species did exist in many parts where they cer-
tainly are not known to exist now, so here again we have a diffi-
culty to find an adequate answer, and the query of proof is greater
still. Within easy walk of my home Potamogeton densus, P. per-
foliatus and P. crispus grow in a mill-head, and adjacent stream in
beds intermixed, yet for twenty years I have never seen a speci-
men that I could not refer with safety to either species. The
water is in rather rapid movement, I admit, and doubtless a still
ditch or pond would be more likely to produce hybrids, especially
if teeming with pond-life; but the fact remains that the three
species are in actual and continuous contact.

After hybrids, the question of species naturally occurs to one.
No one ever has, and probably never will, be able to define what
constitutes a species. Mr. H. C. Watson, in his various works on
the geographical distribution of the British Flora, attacks the
species maker very severely, but he owns it is because it interferes
with the collation of other Floras, and with the certainty of the
plants so-called being separated by other botanists, and so leading
to errors in recorded distribution. The difference between 4
species of Bentham, and one of Gandoger is very great, and while

the one overlooks natural distinctions, the other creates impossible

differences. Looking through Dr. Morong’s Monograph with
these matters before one, what seems to present itself, is; that in
the other genera, such as Ruppia, and Zannichellia, Dr. Morong
is less given to divide than in Pofamogeton, yet if we carefully
contrast the characters of P. pectinatus, and P. latifolius, Morong,

they seem less striking than those between some of the above _

named two genera.

271

We miss “P. plantagineus, Du Croz, var. Jamaicensis,’ Griseb.
which occurs in St. Domingo, and Hog Island, Bahamas fide
Baker in Herb. Kew. I have not seen this variety in fruit, though
the general habit and texture of leaves are certainly like Du Croz,
plant, which, however, must bear the name of P. coloratus, Hornm.
(1813).

P. occidentalis, Sieb., P. fluitans, Griseb, is another not named,
occurring in Porto Rico; St. Domingo, Jamaica, Martinique and
Cuba.

Dr. Morong considers me in error in saying “I believe P.
Nuttallit, Cham., to be P. Oakesianus, Robbins.” Perhaps he is
right, but I have never yet been able to trace the specimen on
. which Chamisso founded the species.

The query as to the name P. Claytonit, Tuck., must bear will, I
think, be disposed of by its being hereafter found that it is repre-
sented by P. ephydrum, Rafinesque (1808); if so, this will long
antedate any other name.

I am thoroughly in accord with the writer in retaining at pres-
ent Tuckerman’s P. donchites. It has yet to be shown what the two
or three ? forms passing under the name of P. fluitans, Roth, in Eu-
rope represent; and though a certain amount of feeling has been
imparted into the fwitans discussion, this neither helps on the truth
or theme ; only patient work will elucidate these difficulties. But
in the next, P. Faxoni, 1 cannot agree with Dr. Morong. Certainly
different plants have been distributed, with but two specimens
seen by me, and on which I grounded the opinion quoted by Dr.
Morong, the upper leaves might well have been taken off P. Clay:
Zoni, and the leaves were about identical with Irish specimens of
vufescens ; while later specimens I am unable to seperate from
lonchites.

The hybrid difficulty is well shown by P. spathuleformis, Mor-
ong. Here what certainly seems a certain amount of injustice to
Dr. Morong comes in, because the mere fact of publication by
Mr. Fryer of Dr. Morong’s herbarium name of P. varians constitutes
the name of the plant without doubt, if recognized as a species,
and we must write P. varians, F ryer.

As to P. Mlinoensis, I quite agree with Mr. Fryer in joining this
to the ducens group, in contradiction to Dr. Tiselius, who puts it
to P. ( Jiuitans) lonchites.

272

The very puzzling specimens from Wenham Pond, Mass.,
would, I think, be placed to P. undulatus, Wolfgang (P. perfoliatus
X crispus, according to Mr. Fryer); but here comes in a very im-
portant question: supposing this to be an admitted fact, and also
admitting that P. crispus, L., is an introduced plant to U.S. A.,
then the Wenham plant must be a very recent production of hy-
bridity ; the plant will well bear careful study.

It would be a matter of some interest to trace back to the

earliest date possible the specimens of P. crispus gathered in North
America; my friend, N. C. Melvill, has a specimen from “ Phila-
delphia, 1841-2,” gathered by “ Gavin, Wakon and Kilvington.”
In marking a map of the world (on Mercator’s projection) with
the localities of P. crvispus, it will at once be seen that, leaving the
United States localities out, all fall within the right hand side of
the 10° of west longitude. On the one hand, the British Isles
seem the nearest to North America; on the other, Queensland in
Australia. I have not seen it from New Zealand. It is certainly
the most likely species to become transported to other lands, by
its hardened winter-buds, which will equally bear exposure on dry
mud or being frozen in ice. My friend, Mr. Straher, informs me
that he finds that wherever horses have access to ponds there P.
crispus is found, but where they are fenced round and not acces-
sible to them, he has never found it; this is the result of the ex-
amination of a large number of ponds in Surrey. I cannot
myself say I have ever noticed this, and it should be verified over
a larger extent of country.

Dr. Morong makes the P. pusillus, var. major, Fries, into a spe-
cies, under the name of P. major (Fries) Morong. To this I
cannot assent, as there is already an undoubted specific name ine
P. Friesti, Ruprecht, of which I have seen numerous specimens
from Ruprecht’s own hand. I cannot say that I see the need of
dropping P. hybridus, Michx., because Pentagna (not Thuillier), in
Inst. Bot. 2, p. 289, 1787,so named a plant which is not Michaux’s. 3

P. pectinatus, L., and its allied species, or what we choose to
call them, will give plenty of work to botanists for some time.

Applying Dr. Morong’s own test, his name P. /atifolius is not
admissible, as Robbins overlooked that there was already a P. pec
tinatus, var. latifolius, Meyer, Ch. Hann (1836), therefore his name

273

could not be admitted, and being an error at first must not be re-
produced. .

There are some forms of fectinatus that the author has not en-
tered, 7.¢.: P. tenuifolius, H. B. K., “« New Mexico;” P. angustissi-
mus, H. B. K., « Mexico,’ and P. vaginatus, Turcz., “ Saskatche-
wan, Bourgeau, 1858.” *

Doubtless the genera Ruppia and Zannichellia will bear further
study the world over. Under Zostera there is another innovation
in nomenclature that we cannot pass by. If Dr. Morong in 1886
was uncertain of the rank his Z. /a#folia should bear, and he does
not feel certain until 1893 of its specific rank (or anyhow has not
published so), then I maintain that Watson’s Z. Pacifica (1891)
must take precedence.

Lastly, but not leastly, are the plates to be named; how they
were done, and the Monograph produced at the price is a puzzle
only our good friends themselves can solve.

That they will be of immense use in America especially, goes
without saying; the large majority of them are characteristic of
the forms they represent; to me, the least so, is that of P. confer-
voides, Reich. (P. Tuckermanni, Robbins). Doubtless Dr. Mo-
rong meant them to be popular (I mean in the scientific sense,
not paste and scissors one), and they fully bear out these require-
ments. I warmly congratulate my good friend on this publica-
tion, and trust that at no distant date a second edition may be
called for, and if so, we in Europe will do our best ‘to help its
author. The domain of science is the seeking of truth ; and petty
jealousies are the most miserable outcome possible of it—this all
who love nature for herself should ignore.

ARTHUR BENNETT.
Newfoundland and Labrador Plants. A.C. Waghorne (pp 3. 1893).

This is a prospectus of sets of plants collected by Rev. Mr.
Waghorne in N ewfoundland and on the Labrador, and now offered
for sale. A list of the species of Sphagnum is appended. His
address is New Harbor, Newfoundland.

Notes on Canadian Bryology. N.C. Kindberg (Ottawa Nat. vii.

17-23). Andrea sparsifolia, Zett. var. sublevis, Dicranoweisia

obliqua, Dicranella polaris, D. cerviculatula, Leptotrichum tomen-

* Kihlman in Bot. Notiser, p. 85 (1887).

274

tosum, Racomitrium fasciculare, Brid. var. haplocladon, Mnium

glabrescens, Leskea Moseri, Anomodon platyphyllus, Pseudoleskea —

atricha, Thuidium pseudo-abietinum, Th. abietinum pachycladon,

Tsothecuum myosuroides brevinerve, and I. hylocomioides, Eurhyn-

chium subscabridum, E. subintegrifolium, E. Revelstokense, E,

serrulatum ericense, and E. hispidifolium, E. pseudoserrulatum,

Raphidostegium pseudorecurvans, and Hypnum Alaske are de-

scribed as new.

Notes on Mexican Travel i. ii. iii. C. G. Pringle (Gard. & For. vi.
172, 182, 203).

Notes on North American Trees, xxx. C. S. S. (Gard. & For. vi. 130).
The author claims Anxamonis dichotoma as the older specific

name for the tree known as Azamonis punctata.

Notes on the Hardwood Trees of Illinois. J. Schneck (Hardwood
iii. No. 6).

Notes on the Staten Island Flora. Wm. T. Davis (Proc. Nat. Sci.
Assoc. Staten Island, April 8, 1893).

Nouvelle Note sur 1 Aciachne. HH. Baillon (Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn.
Paris, i. 1073).

Novitates occidentales—I1. Edw. L. Greene (Erythea, i. 105-107).
Lathyrus violaceus, L. letiflorus, Tellima paar, Tissa Talinum
and Z: valida are characterized as new.

Passiflora cerulea—The Tendrils of. D.T. MacDougal (Bot. Gaz.
XViil. 123-129).

This is*the second part of the paper, continued from the same
journal, vol. xvii. p. 205).
Quercus macrocarpa—The over-cup Oak. J. T. Rothrock (Forest

Leaves, iv. 22, illustrated).

Ranunculacee—A Comparative Study of the Roots of. Fred. B.
Maywell (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 97, cont. from p. 47 with two plates).

Rhipsalis—Beschreibungen neuer Arten der Gattung. K. Schu-
mann (Monats. Kakteenk. iii. 33).

Rhodochytrium, nov. gen. Eine Uebergangsform von den Protococca-
ceen zu den Chytridiaceen. G. A. Lagerheim (Bot. Zeit. hi.
43, with one plate).

Rytidosperma—Sur le. H. Baillon (Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris,
i. 1088).

Salix balsamifera. O. A. Farwell (Gard. and For. vi. 149). _

275

Segregation of Trees—On the Local. Robert Ridgway (Gard. and

For. vi. 148). .

Solanum mgrum. L.— Sulle forme di. A.Goiran. (Bull. Soc. Bot.

Ital. 1893, 180).

Southern Appalachian Hardwoods. III. H. B. Wetzell (Hard-

wood, ili. Nos. 5, 6).

Spore—The Limitation of the Term. Conway MacMillan (Bot.

Gaz. xviii. 130-134).
lable Mountain Pine—The. Thos. C. Porter (Gard, and For. vi.
| 204). Note on the distribution of Pinus pungens.
leniopteroid Fern and its Allies—A New. David White (Bull.
— Geol. Soc. Am. iv. 119-132, pl. 1).

A new species, 7 eniopteris Missouriensis, from the Lower Coal
Measures of the Carboniferous in Henry Co., Mo., is described
and figured, with notes on its probable generic and specific allies,
and a diagramatic presentation of the supposed genology and
relations of the group, beginning with the Lower Devonian
Megalopteris and terminating, in its greatest extension, with
Danea in the Jurassic. It appears to be intermediate in its char-

acters between Zeniopteris and Alethopteris. A. H.
Thuidium intermedium, Philibert (Revue Bryologique, xx. 33,
1893).

Six pages are devoted to the group of 7huidium tamariscinum
including 1. delicatulum, T. recognitum, and a new species, 7.
intermedium, characterized by revolute leaf margins like 7? del-
catulum, with the veins of the stem-leaves disappearing in the
middle of the leaf, the terminal cell papillose, as in our two
American species, the perichztium not ciliate as in 7) recognitum,
and the annulus persistent, of indistinct, small, square cells as in
Z: camariscinum. An excellent key accompanies the description.

E.G. B.
Tillandsia angusta der Flora Fluminensis—Die. Fritz Miiller

(Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. x. 447-451):

A description of this Brazilian plant referred by Mez to the
Senus fHohenbergia.

Trematocarpus—Ueber der Gattung. A. Zahlbruckner (Verh. k.

k. zodl.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xliii. Sitzungs. 6, 7).

Trichopila sanguinolenta (Bot. Mag. t. 7281). Native of Equador.

276

Trichophilus Nenie eine neue epizoische Alge. G. de Lagerheim
(Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. x. 514-517).

Vegetation of Hot Springs. J. Christian Bay (Bot. Ga XViil.
187-189).

Vegetation of the Summit of Mount Hamilton. Edw. L. Greene
(Erythea, i. 77-97).

A list of 212 species collected and observed about the Lick
Observatory. Prof. Greene refers Gomphocarpus tomentosus, A.
Gray, to Asclepias as A. Californica, and makes several other
changes in nomenclature. The enumeration abounds in critical
notes.

White Variety of the Fireweed. A.¥. Winn (Can. Record Sci.
Vv. 300).

Note on Epidlobium spicatum forma canescens.
Umbellifere—Studies in Californian. M7. W. L. Jepson (Erythea, 1.

62, 63).

Yuccas and their Pollination—Further Studies of. Wm. Trelease
(4th Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 181-226; twenty-three
plates).
Record of a large number of observations on various species,

supplementary to the work of Dr. Engelmann and Prof. Riley.

The name Y. glauca, Nutt in Frazer’s Cat. (1813) is adopted in

place of Y. angustifolia, Pursh (1814).

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLVII,

ASTER LEIOPHYLLUS, PORTER.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

No.

No.

No.

10,

a 8

» 12.

» a3.

» 14.

re

. 16.

» 17.

18:

College.

A Preliminary List of North American Species of Cyferus, with Descriptions
of New Forms, By N. L. Britton (1880) oe ae 25 cents,

Cerastium arvense, 1, and its North American Varieties. By Arthur Hol-
lick and N. L, Britton (1887). (Out of print.)

Plant Notes from Temiscouata County, Canada. By J. I. Northrop (1887).
(Out of print.)

A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N. L. Britton and H, H. Rusby (1887),. ......... 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CRODO Ne a ca hae as es . . 25cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus /icoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . . 25 cents.

A Recent Discovery of Hybrid Oaks on Staten Island. By Arthur Hollick
CIBRBy es ee ee ee, 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton,

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . .. . 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology—An Enumeration of the Mosses Col-
lected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By Elizabeth
G. Britton. (Out of print.)

Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,

Adans: By N. U. Brita (1889), a a 25 cents.
The Genus Z£éeocharis in North America. By N. L. Britton (1889),
25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CEBG oye eis UN ela eet ear . . . 25 cents,
A List of State and Local Floras of the United States and British America.
ay: hs Bitton (1B), a ak Be ees $r.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Ock-(9800) a ee ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
GO) re es ee Oe ee es 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891),
25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, II. A supplementary Enumeration of
Mosses collected by Mr. John B, Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By
Blieabeth G. Britton (ifgr); a i ek dieses

No.

No.

. 19.

. Ae

36.

37:

Notes on North American Halorage. By Thos. Morong (1891), .25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

(RD) Pi Sa ee J ee
Notes on the North American Species of Hrincaiieck. By Thos. Morong
(801). a ee ee ee ee _ . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CICBT YS re ee ee oe On Ceres

The American Species of the Genus Anemone and the Genes which have
been referred to it. By N. L. Britton (1891),. . .. . . 25 cents.
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Res (i oe eee ee a eee 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus AZeibomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America. By N. L. Britton (1892),. . 2 2 - + ee ee ts 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
Fy Bitton Cag. Oe eas te , 25 cents,
The Anatomy of the Stem of Wisteria Sinensis. By Castton C. Curtiss

Cat SO ae ee ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. _ By N. L. Britton
CHEDS oa ee er ee 25 cents.

Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Bitten (1897) a ae ee eS 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small.
(HOUR a i a eee 25 cents.
West Virginia Mosses. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1892), . . . . 25 cents.
A New Species of Lis¢era, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong-

(1803), ee Pe eee 25 cents,
The North American Species of Lespedeza. By N. L. Britton (1893)
25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893)... . - 2-0 + + ++? $1.50.

An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orchids. By Carlton C. Curtiss

CiOSe i ee ee Be
Further Notes on American Species of Seaman By John K, Small
CRS ch a ee ee ee 25 cents.

‘The whole series with the exception of Nos. 2, 3, 6 and ro will be supplied —
for $5.

Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889), by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2. :

Address
DR. THOS. MORONG,

Curator of the Herbarium, Columbia College, =
NEW YORK CITY.

FOR SALE. waite

A ZENTMAYER PORTABLE MICROSCOPE,

IN PERFECT ORDER,

For $100.00. - - - Catalogue Price, $147.50.
Including THREE OBJECTIVES, 1} in., } in., and } in.
Also an Abbé Condenser, Glass Stage, and Neat Walnut Case.

Address the Editors of the Bulletin, °° Wm. Wales, Fort Lee, N. J.
CHARACEZ OF. AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVited/a, as fol-
lows: JVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missourtensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
Slomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be preparéd; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

TS. ALLIEN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

~The North American Pyrenomycetes.

By J. B. ELLIS and B. M. EVERHART.

With original illustrations by F. W. ANDERSON. 2,500 species of the
old genus ** Spheria,” described and arranged in accordance with the
modern ideas of classification. One thick octavo volume, with over 800
pages of printed matter and 41 full-page tinted plates illustrating the
genera ; bound in fine cloth, with stamped covers and gilt-lettered back.
Price, $8,00, with 35 cts. additional if sent by mail. Address,

J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J.

VIRGINIA PLANTS.

During the coming spring and summer I shall collect along the south-
ern boundary of Virginia, from the coast to the mountains, a region un-
explored botanically, and one that will beyond a doubt yield a number
of new and many rare plants. An endeavor will also be made to obtain
all the new species, about a dozen in all, collected by myself and others
during the past three years in adjacent territory. An effort will be made
not only to keep up the standard of previous collections, but also to im-
prove upon them in every way possible. Anyone desiring sets, should

please address
A. A. HELLER,
411 W. Walnut St., Lancaster, Pa.

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852,

‘OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

ARTISTS’ - @ATERIALS.¥

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

- CORRESPONDENCE INVITED. CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPRTME NTS
TO RESPONSIBLE PRTIES.

COFFIN, DEVOE & CO, 176 RANDOLPH ST. CHICAGO.

PLANTS OF PARAGUAY.

Two Partial Sets of my PARAGUAY PLANTS remain undis-
tributed and are offered for sale at

$10 PER HUNDRED SPECIMENS.
THOMAS MORONG,

COLUMBIA COLLEGE,
NEw YorRK CITY.

ae eet

WILLIAM WALES. Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES. —

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S Al-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

ESTABLISHED 1851. *

-EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND. IMPORTERS OF
Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,
205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave.,

Corner of 18th Street, _ oe NEW YORK: : € z

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE NITED stare. :
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR
E. March's Seeline Chemical Stone
ra Weare. ee
Schleicher & Schuell’s “Chemically. ;

Pure and Common Filter Paper. |
: Dioeray C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- 4
ters (Polariscopes). ae

Prof, Jolly’s — Gravity Bale

ances, etc.

ic Brun F. Desmontes & i 4

Paris, Pletinon:

H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. 7 é

SPECIALTIES. tc Bacitrioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass
ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Be
jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars,

ae Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bun
ate Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Ae and es icals-
Sugar Chemists, . : . Say ae

LABORATORY © oOUTEITS: ne
; FERTILIZERS, ASSAVERS, , UNIVERSITIES 10 0
Giass-Bowin, | E T “HIN

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription | price is $2 per annum.
Terms for-England and the Continent of Europe, ro shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs, DuLAu & Co., 37 Sohu Square, London, England.
Back Numpers.—The Bu.ietin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive,

in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. ‘The price of these

- five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
_ fun on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed
separately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. XVIII. and XIX. are indexed
separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VITI. cannot now be supplied seine is but it i,
‘planned to reprint some of its numbers.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $ 3,00 per volume in advance. The numbers
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for ee:

Volume I contains the following papers: a

“No. 12-Studies of the Types of various Species of the Giese Carex, by
L. H. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately. 2}

No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algzx hitherto observed on. the Coasts « of
_ Jersey and Staten Island, by Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. i

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H.

_ South America, with sess of sis a new species, by Dr. Scie bane

ake 75 cents. pee

* No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits, by Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant, _ Price, go cents

eS Volume II contains the following papers : -
No. 1,—On Reserve Food Materials in ‘Bade on Surrounding Parts bebo

ee ary by Professor Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents, te

Ne, 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with: two,
= siarey Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 CERES

a No. 3.—Studies mn the Germination of Some No
plates, ie Sheik Holm. Relic $1.00.

CREO Seee:
Sov eeehes "Thos, Morong.

VoL. XX.

The Winter Buds of ee
CRXE.): Fokn M. Holzinger
| Noteson Nasturtium

JULY, 1893.

BULLETIN

OF THE

xs alias (

_ THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB,
| OFFICERS FOR 1893.

President,
_ HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents,

]. F. ALLEN, M. D. THOMAS MORONG, Ph. D.
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
ra = HENRY. Hf, “RUSHY, oF. Dy << JOHN K. SMALL,

__ College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City.
Editor, Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D, ==. | ~—-HENRY OGDEN,

Columbia College, New York City. 11 Pine age bh New York iss

: ne _ Associate Editors, cone
(aes: EMILY i: GREGORY, Ph.D, ae, _ ARTHUR HDLLICK: Ph. B.,
ae a ae re ALA. HELLER.

“Curator, Ce res Ge a
_ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, _-EFFIE A SOUTHWORTH.

regs Committe on. tees : 5 eee. :
ae jusrus F. = FOGGENBURG, ae ee WM. H, RUDKIN.
Ie ey ete Committee on : ewe is

; MM. LE EBKUN, UL: - MRS. s. B CLARKE, es
: se Broatway, ‘New York City, see : x W. ar ievne New Pgs City. eo

: ZDiiewry ond Herbarium Commer, =
ee _ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, MIL
_ EFFIE A. + SOUPE WORTH,

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
Vol. XX. Lancaster, Pa., July 15, 1803. No. 7.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams—VII.

By N. L. Britton.

(PLATE CLVIII.)

Jacksonia, Raf. Med. Rep. (II.) v. 352 (1808). Professor
Greene has argued in Pittonia, ii. 174 and 274 that this name
should replace Polanisia, Raf. Journ. Phys. Ixxxix. 98 (1819), but
I cannot see that his position is tenable. Jacksonia is published
at the place above cited as follows: __

_ Jacksonia (trifoliata)—Cleome dodecandra, L. Now Cleome
dodecandra, L. Sp. Pl. 672° is a well-known Indian species.
Rafinesque evidently followed Michaux in supposing that it was
North American, and Cleome dodecandra, Michx. F|. Bor. Amer.
li. 32 (1803) is indubitably the same as Polanisia graveolens, Raf.
Amer. Journ. Sci. i. 379 (1819), and not at all the plant of Lin-
neus. In matters of nomenclature we must be exact, and so it
Seems to me that /acksonia, Raf., can only apply to the Asiatic,
Linnean, Cleome dodecandya. 1 do not find any allusion to Jack-
Sonia in subsequent writings of Rafinesque, and presume that he

_ discovered his error.

Alsine, L. Sp. Pl. 272 (1753). I note that this generic name
must, on the recognition of priority of place, and the beginning of
nomenclature in 1753, cieany displace Stellaria, L. Sp. Pl. 421
(1753).

As given in the Species Plantarum, the Linnean Alsine is
composed of A. media (Stellaria media, = and A. por’ |

now referred to Lissa,

278

Rubus setosus, Bigel. Fl. Bost. Ed. 2, 198 (1824). R. hispidus, _
var. setosus, T. & G. Fl. N. A. i. 456 (1840). 2. Aispidus, var.
suberectus, Peck, Ann. Rep. State Bot. N. Y. for 1890, 31
(1891).

I have recently had my attention directed to this plant by the
examination of some of Prof. Charles H. Peck’s material from
Northern New York. He, in collecting it, saw at once that it was
different from any of the ordinary Ruéz, and being unaware of Dr.
Bigelow’s previous description of it as a species, proposed it as a
variety of R. hispidus as cited above, a position which had been
earlier maintained by Torrey and Gray. The plant is strikingly -
different in appearance and habit from R. hispidus, being much
stouter, larger leaved, suberect or ascending, the older wood most
densely clothed with slender, stiff, slightly reflexed bristles, and i
have no evidence that it is evergreen. Its range, as I now know
it, is from Quebec to Southern New York and Pennsylvania, as the
following citations of localities will indicate: Quebec (according
to Bigelow); Thetford Center, Vt. (Jesup); Morehouseville,
Caroga, Lake Pleasant and Brown Tract, Adirondack moun-
tains, N. Y. (Peck); near Riverdale, New York City (Bick-
nell); Sudbury, Mass. (Bigelow); Cambridge, Mass. (Nuttall);
Pocono Plateau, Penna. (Britton). The flowers as indicated by
Dr. Bigelow’s and Mr. Bicknell’s specimens are small. The fruit
is reddish-black and about 1 cm. high. The leaflets are mostly
acute or short-acuminate, generally 5 on the leaves of the sterile

shoots and 3 on the flowering branches, short-petiolulate or se¢s-
sile.

Rubus villosus, Ait. var. humifusus, T. & G. Fl. N. A. i. 455 (1849).
R. Canadensis, var. invisus, Bailey, Am. Gard. xii. 83 (1891). |
Some two years since, when Prof. L. H. Bailey was engaged

in studying the Rudi which have been brought into cultivation -

for their fruits, he asked my opinion of the plant here alluded to, —
based on the specimens which had served as the type of the de-
scription, and other material’which he at that time submitted. |

examined the specimens and reached the conclusion, in which he. 6
subsequently concurred after seeing them, that it was all referable ee
to R. Canadensis, L. I had not then seen the plant growing:

Since then I have observed it growing in several places, and numer-

279

ous field observations together with the accumulation of many
herbarium specimens have convinced me that it is distinct from
either R. villosus or R. Canadensis, as indicated by Prof. Bailey
from Prof. Dudley’s observations (Am. Gard. loc. cit). The plant
is exceedingly abundant on dry wooded hills in Southwestern
Virginia, where it was pointed out to me by Miss Vail and Mr.
Small, who had noted its characters, and where A. Canadensis was
not observed at all. It is also very plentiful on the Highlands of
Navesink, N. J., in the woods; occurs in Pennsylvania and Central
New York, and some of the type material was gathered by Dr.
Torrey at West Point, N. Y.

Its range is doubtless much wider, however, than above indi-
cated. It is a procumbent or ascending species, pubescent or -
nearly glabrous, the stem slender, sparingly prickly, the upper -
leaves almost invariably unifoliolate, and the racemes but I-few-
flowered. The leaflets are broadly ovate or oval, acute or more
commonly obtuse, thin, the terminal ones usually cordate, or all
of them rounded or obtuse at the base; the fruit is small in all the
specimens seen by me. The plant appears to be always a dry
' woods species.

The specific name humifusus has already twice been used in
the genus. I therefore propose that this plant be knownas R. .
INVIsus (Bailey). Two possible older names by Tratteninck are
doubtfully cited by Torrey and Gray as synonyms of their var.
humifusus, but I cannot satisfy myself that either of them applies
to the plant.

R. Canadensis and its several varieties are, in so far as I have
observed them, always strictly trailing, glabrous or nearly so, occur
in open, sunny, sandy or rocky soil, have larger acute or acutish
leaflets, the uppermost sometimes unifoliolate, but commonly
3-foliolate, the racemes several-flowered, borne at the ends of
crect or ascending branches, the fruit large, sweet and succulent, |
and with that of R. cuneifolius our best blackberries.

Valeriana pauciflora, Michx. Mr. R. H. Ingraham, of Niles,
Ohio, after reading my note on this species (BULLETIN, xix. 223),
obligingly sent me perfectly ripe fruits from a specimen collected
by him near Indianapolis, Ind., which have the pappus elongated
and plumose as in the other species of the genus, thus showing

280

that my surmise that they do not elongate was erroneous. These
fruits are narrower and much more lanceolate in outline than those
of Professor Porter's specimen from Millersville, Pa., and many of
them are slender-pedicelled.

GNnaPHALIUM HELLERI, n. sp. G. polycephalum, var. 8., T. and G.
Fl. N. A. ii.

Similar to G. obtusifolium, L. and G. decurrens, lves, corymbosely
or somewhat paniculately branched above, 1 14°-2° high, the stem
and branches densely glandular-pubescent, not tomentose. Leaves
oblong-lanceolate, sessile, acuminate at both ends, green and his-
pidulous above, white-tomentose beneath, the larger about 5 cm.
long and 1 cm. wide, the uppermost much smaller and narrower;
heads very numerous, corymbose or corymbose-paniculate, sessile
or nearly so in the clusters, about 2%’ broad; involucre oblong
or becoming campanulate, 6 mm. high, its bracts bright white, to-
mentose, the outer oblong, the inner linear-oblong, all obtuse; pap-
pus bristles distinct to the base, separately deciduous; achenes
glabrous.

In fields, Southeastern Virginia (Heller) to Georgia (Boykin).

_ The Genus Coreopsis, L. The close affinity of Coreopsis to
Bidens has repeatedly been commented upon by modern authors,
and it has been more than once maintained that the two should be
regarded as congeneric. The principal diagnostic character which
has been taken as separating them is the downwardly barbed
pappus-awns of Bidens, the species with awned pappus which have
been admitted into Coreopsis, having the awns upwardly barbed.
This character has been found to completely fail in the case of
Bidens frondosa, L., which, as it occurs along the Lower Delaware
River in Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Delaware, has the awns

either upwardly or downwardly barbed, and I have observed down-

wardly barbed awns in Coreopsis discoidea.

It is also stated by Dr. Gray that some of the species included _
by him in the Synoptical Flora in Coreopsis hybridize with Bidens

Frondosa.
For all this, it is my opinion that the genus Coreopsis should

be maintained for the original types C. verticillata, C. tripterts, C. é
auriculata, C. lanceolata and their allies, which have a pappus of gee

two short usually unbarbed teeth, a coroniform border or 0, and
that those which have a pappus of awns upwardly or downwardly ©
barbed should be referred to Bidens. The last six species of

281

Coreopsis in Dr. Gray’s arrangement in the Synoptical Flora would
thus go to Bidens, with species of which they have everything
else in common. Their names would then be as follows:

BIDENs coronata (L.) Fisch. fide Steudel. Coreopsis coronata, L.

Sp. Pl Ed. 2;.138:1 (1763). Coreopsis aurea, Ait. Hort. Kew.

lil. 252 (1789).

’ BIDENS TRICHOSPERMA (Michx.). Coreopsis trichosperma, Michx. F1.
Bor. Amer. ii. 139 (1803). :

V VAR. TENUILOBA (A, Gray).. C. trichosperma, var. tenuiloba, A,
Gray, Syn. Fl. i. Part 2, 295 (1884).

It appears to me as though further observation would demon-
strate specific characters for this plant.

’ BIDENS ARISTOSA (Michx.). Coreopsis aristosa, Michx. Fl. Bor.
Amer. ii. 140 ( 1803). Coreopsis aristata, Willd. Sp. Pl. iii.
2253 (1804).

V BIDENS INVOLUCRATA (Nutt.). Coreopsis involucrata, Nutt. Journ.

__ Phil. Acad. vii. 74 (1834).

* BIDENS BIDENTOIDES (Nutt.). Dzodonta bidentoides, Nutt. Trans.

Amer. Phil. Soc. (IL) vii. 361 (1841). Coreopsis bidentoides, T.

and G. Fl. N. A: ii. 339 (1842).

’ Bivens DISCOIDEA (T. and G.). Coreopsis discoidea, T. and G. Fl. .
N. A. ii. 339 (1842).

Pseva, Raf. In his review of the botanical writings of Pursh,
Elliott, Nuttall and others, published in the Journal de Physique,
Ixxxix, 256262 (1819), Rafinesque states that Chzmaphila, Pursh,
(1814) is antedated by Pseva, Raf. Med. Rep. 1809. This is al-
luded to by Pfeiffer in the «« Nomenclator,’ and the name has been
taken up and Chimaphila displaced by Dr. Kuntze (Rev. Gen. Pl.,
390), although neither of these authors appear to.,have seen Ra-
finesque’s papers in the Medical Repository. There were several
of these, published from 1805 to 1810. 1 wish to record here that
I have recently gone over these papers line by line and can find
no allusion to Pseva in any of them, nor have I met with the
name in any of Rafinesque’s writings except at the place where
he claims it as noted above. It would thus appear to date from _
1819 only, and not to interfere with Climaphila. Rafinesque evi- —
dently derived it from the aboriginal name Pipsissewa, as in the
case of Hicoria. ee a

282

Pyrola oxypetala, C. F. Austin, in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 302 (1867).
~ [Plate CLVIIL.]

The specimens on which this species is based were collected on
hills at Deposit, Delaware county, N. Y., by Mr. Austin in 1860,
and so far as I am informed, nothing like them has ever been
found anywhere else. From Mr. Austin’s original label and manu-
script description preserved with a type specimen in the Her-
barium of Columbia College, it would appear that he obtained
very little of it, as he says it was “very rare.” The plant is dis-
tinguished from all its congeners by its acuminate petals and
spreading or ascending flowers. Dr. Torrey has annotated the
herbarium sheet “ abnormal form of P. chlorantha?” and Dr. Gray
in his Synoptical Flora remarks “ anomalous, perhaps monstrous.”
Whatever its relation to other species may be, the characters of
the original specimen are distinct enough, and in order to direct
attention anew to this interesting form I have thought it worth
while to present an illustration in the hope that some one may
encounter it again.

Anagallis cerulea, Schreb. This is maintained as a species
distinct from the common A. arvensis, L, by Koch, the authors of
the last edition of the London Catalogue of British Plants and
other European botanists. Its character is not alone its blue
corolla, but that the corolla-segments are glabrous, those of A.
arvensis being glandular-ciliate. Babington) who refers it to a
variety of A. arvensis as does Ledebour, suggests that it is proba-
bly distinct. It would be well if those who have the opportunity
would carefully examine these plants in the field and record their |
observations. Both the red and blue-flowered pee app ae
- occur in North America.

Paronychia pusilla, Greene, Pittonia, i. 302, Fl. Fran. 131, from
‘‘an isolated outcropping of rock in the mouth of a cafion open-
ing to the plains at the eastern base of Mt. Diablo, near Bethany, ©
Cal.,” is Herniaria cinerea, D. C., a plant of Southern Europe. |

283

Notes From the Minnesota State Herbaria.
I. SOME EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES.
By EpMUND P. SHELDON.

_ (PiatTe CLIX.)

Potamogeton Vaseyi, Robbins, in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 485 (1867).
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Specimens of the

fruiting form with floating leaves were found in Chisago lake,

Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, July, 1892).

Potamogeton Illinoensis, Morong, Bot. Gaz. v. 50 (1880).

Hitherto Minnesota collections of this species have been made
only on the southern border of the State. It has been found at
Lake Minnewaska, Pope county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1891),
and at Green lake, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug.,
1892).

v SAGITTARIA CUNEATA, n. sp. Aquatic, rooting in the sand; leaves
long-petioled, sagittate or rarely oblong-lanceolate; blade float-
ing, small, 2-3 inches in length, with linear lobes; phyllodia
submerged, of two forms, either linear-attenuate and reaching
nearly to the surface of the water, or lanceolate and clustered
at the base; scape slender, terete, 2-3 feet in length, bearing
whorls of flowers at the surface of the water; pedicels divergent,
extended, ternate, with often a fourth in the upper whorls;
bracts connate, lanceolate-ovate, acute; filaments glandular- .
thickened, not pubescent, shorter than the ovate anthers;
achenia cuneate, short, one-half line in length, with minute
retrorse beak above, outer and inner margins with single,
tumid crests. [Plate CLIX.] :

Abundant in shallow water of East Battle Lake, Otter Tail
county, Minn., from which locality the type specimen is described. —
Found also in Mollie Stark and Blanche Lakes of the same county
(E. P.S., Aug., 1892). ;
Poa debilis, Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii. 459 (1843).

Not previously reported from Minnesota. Abundant in open,
sandy soil near Mora, Kanabec county, Minn. (E. P.S., July, 1892).
Lviophorum Virginicum, Linn. Spec. i. 52 (1753).

Not previously reported from Minnesota. Swamps and peat-

ee oe near Little Lake, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug.,
ee eee : a

284

Scirpus maritimus, Linn. Spec. i. 50 (1753).

Not previously reported from Minnesota. It was found grow-
ing in saline marshes and around edges of swamps near Willmar,
Kandiyohi county, Minn. (W. D. Frost, July, 1892).

Carex Norvegica, Willd. Spec. iv. 227 (1804).

Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected in marshy
ground near Irving Chase Lake, Cass county, Minn. (Mac M. and
Sheld., Aug., 1890). In specimens from this collection the
terminal spike is distinctly long-contracted below with the stami-
nate flowers. It is remarkable that this plant, which has hitherto
bcen reported for North America as occurring only in Maine
and northward, should be found in the heart of the Minnesota
forest.

Carex stricta, Lam. var. decora, Bailey, Bot. Gaz. xiii. 85 (1888).
Not previously reported from Minnesota. Common in sandy

soil near Brainerd, Crow Wing county, Minn., and near Nichols,

Aitkin county, Minn. (E. P. S., June, 1892). This variety seems

‘to prefer upland, sandy places. It is frequently seen on the pine-

barrens near the two above localities.

Carex exilis, Dewey, Am. Journ. Sci. Ser. I. xiv. 35 (1828).

Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected in a
tamarack swamp near Twin Lake, Hennepin county, Minn. (E. P.
S., Sept., 1890), and in low, swampy ground west of Brainerd,
Crow Wing county, Minn. (E. P. S., June. 1892). |
Carex flava, Linn. Spec. i. 975 (1753).

Not previously reported from Minnesota. Typical specimens
of this species were found in abundance on the shores of many of
the lakes of Otter Tail county, Minn. (E. P. S., Aug., rig)
CAREX ALBURSINA, N. sp.

C. laxiflora, Lam. var. latifolia, Boott. Ill. 38 (1858). Not tC ye
folia, Schkr. Car. i. 104 (1801), which is a later name OF C. aes
plantaginea, Lam. Ency. Meth. iii. 392 (1789).
Not previously reported from Minnesota. This plant prefers s

moist edges of deep woods. It is abundant near Wilton, Wasec@

county, Minn. (E. P. S., June, 1891), and in the neighborhood of a

Mahtomedi, on the shore of White Bear Lake, ea ‘<

ee Minn. (E. P. S., July, 1892).

285

The tall aspect of the plant, with its broad leaves mostly clus-
tered at the base, together with the broad bracts and sessile stami-
nate spikes, seem to mark this as a distinct species.

VERYSIMUM SYRTICOLUM, n. sp.

Glaucous throughout, with close, appressed hairs; stems up-
right, rigid, branching from the base, 1-2%4 feet high; leaves
rigid, sparse, linear-lanceolate, sparingly denticulate, 1-2 inches in
length, early deciduous; flowers small, 3-4 lines in length ; stigma
conspicuously two-lobed ; pods narrow, short, 6-15 lines in length,
mostly tumid at the base, erect or slightly spreading on short,
diverging pedicels, which are 214-3 lines in length.

The locality of the type is on the high, sandy banks of Lake
Benton, Lincoln county, Minn., where 1 collected it in August,
1891. During August, 1892, I found it sparingly on the gravelly
shores of Pelican Lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. This species
resembles £. inconspicuum (S. Wats.) MacM., but the glaucous,
Strict aspect and short pods fully characterize it.

Nasturtium obtusum, Nutt. in T. and G. Fl. i. 74 (1838).

Not previously reported from Minnesota. Frequent in low,
marshy ground near Fergus Falls, Otter Tail county, Minn. (E. P.
S., Aug., 1892).

Crategus punctata, Jacq. Hort. Vindob. i. 10 (1770).

Not previously reported from Minnesota, although occurring —
frequently in Illinois, some portions of Wisconsin, and Eastern
Missouri. A number of scattered bushes were found growing on
open hillsides near Center City, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C.
Taylor, June, 1892). :

Astralagus multifiorus (Pursh) A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 226

1866). :

Not previously reported from Minnesota. This plant was
found in abundance on the sandy shores of Lakes Belmont and
Eagle, Otter Tail county, Minn. (E. P. S., Aug., 1892). It has
a bushy, bunched habit of growth. The bunches are frequently
2-3 feet in diameter. This adds another to the list of eastward
traveling, Rocky Mountain plants growing in Minnesota. :
Llatine Americana (Pursh) Arn. Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Sci.

i. 430 (1830). | i

Not previously reported from Minnesota. This plant was

286

found in abundance, growing in 2-6 inches of water at Linn Lake,

Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892).

Bartonia Virginica (Linn.) B. S. P. Prel.-Cat. N.Y. (1888).

Not previously reported from Minnesota. Found growing
among moss in a peat-bog near Zumbrota, Goodhue county, Minn.
(C. A. Ballard, Aug., 1892).

Collomia linearis, Nutt. Gen. i. 126 (1818).

Abundant on the shores of Mille Lacs Lake, Aitkin and Mille
Lacs counties, Minn. (E. P.S., Aug., 1892). Plants collected by
Dr.J. H.Sandberg, near Red Wing, Goodhue county, Minn. (Aug.,
1885) and referred by him to this species are a large-leaved, bushy
form. These two Eastern Minnesota collections represent, so far
as is known, the only Minnesota localities of this western and
northern species.

Solidago ulmifolia, Muhl. in Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 2060 (1804).
Heretofore the only Minnesota collections of this plant have

been made along the southeastern border of the State. It is

abundant by roadsides and borders of woods near Lakes Lida and

Pelican, Otter Tail county, Minn. (E. P. S., Aug., 1892).

Aster laterifforus (Linn.) Britt. var. THyrsorpEus (A. Gray). A.
diffusus, Ait., var. thyrsoideus, A. Gray, Syn. FI. i. II. 187 (1888).
Not previously reported from Minnesota. This plant prefers

sandy edges of woods. It-is abundant near Lakes Belmont and

Eagle, in the Leaf Hill district of Otter Tail county, Minn. (E. P.

S., Aug., 1892).

ASTER INCANOPILOsUS (Lindl.).

A. ramulosus, Lindl. var. incanopilosus, ee in DC. Prodr. v.
243 (1836).

A. multiflorus, Ait. var. commutatus, T. and G. FI. ii. £24 (1841)

A. commutatus, A. Gray, Syn. F). i. ii. 185 (1888).

Not previously reported from Minnesota. This large-capitate
species of the section Squarrosa is common on the dry prairie nile
of Otter Tail county, Minn. (E. P. S., Aug., 1892).

Xanthium Canadense, Mill. var. echinatum (Murt.) A. Gray, Sy! 4
Fl. i. II. 252 (1888). ;
This plant is common on the sandy shores of the lakes of Min- :

nesota. Typical specimens of LX. yori gah! Mill., prefer cic -

sides, fields and other open places. on

287

Artemisia serrata, Nutt. Gen. ii. 142 (1818).

Reported as occurring from Illinois to Dakota, but probably
never before collected in Minnesota. It was found in low swampy
ground near Taylor’s Falls, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor,
_ Aug., 1892).

Echinops spherocephalus, Linn. Spec. i. 814 (1753).

This European composite has been introduced in the néigh-
borhood of St. Anthony Park, Ramsey county, Minn. (Dr. Otto
Lugger, Sept., 1891, and Oct., 1892). It is becoming thoroughly
established. To my knowledge this is the first recorded occur-
rence of the plant in North America.

The Systematic Position of Hartwrightia Floridana.
By Joun M. HoLzincER,

(PLaTE CLX.) |

Dr. Gray established this monotypical genus of the order Com-
Posita on plants communicated by Dr. S. Hart Wright, who col-
lected them in sphagnous swamps in Volusia county, Florida, in
November, 1886. Since that time the plant seems not to have
been collected. again, except by Mr. Otto Vesterlund, who in No-
vember, 1889, found it near Pittman, Lake county, just west of the
locality at which Dr. Wright discovered it. Is it possible that this
is the full range of this plant? It seems that after the lapse of six
years it ought to have turned up at more stations. It is more
likely that the plant has been found, but could not be identified,
and that this is the real reason for the meagre data concerning its
distribution. ‘ ;

The genus Hartwrightia is first described in Proc. Am. Acad.
xxiii. 264 (May 209, 1888). It is there referred to the Piqueriex,
With Gymnocoronis and Adenostemma as the nearest related genera,
being supposed to be the only member of this subtribe within our
limits. But the plant has evidently appendiculate anthers, and so_
Should stand in the next subtribe, the Ageratea. The nearest
allied genus is Ad/omia, with which it has in common two charac-
ters, namely, absence of pappus, and the number of involucral

’

288

bracts small. The latter in both genera are in two series, pro-
vided we count as a second series the 2 or 3 quite short outer
bracts at the base of the anthodia of Hartwrightta. The genus
therefore should be inserted after A//omia, in Durand’s Index,
under number 2441 b. This disposition is concurred in by the
late Dr. Sereno Watson, whose kindly counsel in this and other
matters is gratefully acknowledged.

Explanation of Plate CLX.

FHlartwrightia Floridana, A. Gray.
. An anthodium.
. A floret. z :
. A corolla, laid open, viewed from within.
. An anther, showing the appendage at the apex.
- An achenium. ‘
The style and stigmas, viewed from two directions.
. Cross-section of an achenium.

mmo aoo Pp

The Winter Buds of Utricularia.
By JoHn M. HOLzincEr.

(Plate CLXI.)

In the summer of 1891 Dr. J. H. Sandberg, collecting in
Northern Minnesota, sent to the United States Department of
Agriculture a Utricularia (No. 516) which seems to be Utricularia
intermedia, Hayne, though the details of leaves do not agree

with Reichenbach’s figures of this species. The specimens all — a
have the good hibernacula or winter buds, to which reference
is made in Gray’s Synoptical Flora, Vol. ii., Part I, p. 315, a8
“hybernacular tuber-like buds.” In these specimens they are ee
about 6 mm. in diameter, and of the shape of a small bird’s at Sere

They consist of numerous broadly palmate scales (Fig. c), crowded a
along the short axis, and standing out at right angles from it. os
These scales are beset along the margin with tufts of bristles;
which, falling on the outside of the bud, give it the appearance of a
a small hairy cocoon. Its structure thus hardly warrants the us¢

of the term “ tuber-like.” pe eee

289

The only specimen in the National Herbarium, among the all
species of this genus that has a single winter bud represented, is
one of U. intermedia collected by Engelmann in Germany in 1829;
showing how little attention collectors have paid to this interest-
ing organ on the submerged stems of U*ricularia. Young leaves
—for this is what these bristle-margined bodies from the buds
seem to be—from Engelmann’s specimen agree exactly with those
from the Minnesota plants. At first orbicular, passing nearly
around the axis, and having only a few primary incisions, they
soon begin to branch out dichotomously, the bunches of bristles
marking the apices of the leaf-divisions. This is shown in Engel-
mann’s specimen, in which the bud begins to develop ordinary
leaves at one end. The tufts of bristles thus at last become scat-
tered, and persist as sharp teeth along the edges of the narrow
leaf-divisions.

Reichenbach, in Icones Fl. Germ., figures two hibernacula of |
Utricularia vulgaris, representing them as of about twice the diameter
as those of U. intermedia. Under U. mayor he states that he collected
the hibernacula of this species abundantly near Leipzig, but found
them never glutinous as in U. vulgaris. No figure of these buds
is given. But for U. minor there is figured a leaf with a bud
(“gemma”), which may be partly developed hibernaculum. The
bud opens circinately, as do the growing ends of the ordinary leaf-
bearing branches in the Minnesota plants (see Fig. a). And in
Case of the hibernacula this mode of unfolding appears improbable
till established by observation. Reichenbach describes and figures
two more species, U. intermedia and U. Bremii, but in neither case
Sives a reference or a figure of hibernacula.

Some discrepancies should be mentioned between the leaves and
bladder-appendages of U. intermedia, as figured in Reichenbach,
and as actually appearing in the specimens. In the figure the leaf
divisions are represented as tapering uniformly like spines, and
show no mid-vein ; in the Minnesota specimens the leaf divisions
are more ribbon-like, narrowing to a point only near the apex, and
there is a distinct vein running to the apex of each division (Fig.
b). The bladder in Reichenbach’s figure has strong few-toothed
appendages about one-third the length of the bladder; in the
plant under consideration these appendages are as long or longer —

290

than the bladder, and are very slender branching filaments (Figs.
€, £), somewhat like those figured in Reichenbach for U. minor,
but with branches more slender and more numerous. The figure
and the specimens agree in that the base of the flowering stem
sends out two kinds of simple or nearly simple branches, one
bearing only leaves, the other, more slender, bearing the bladders.
In the fresh specimens these latter branches are seen to be fur-
nished with leaves also, but these are smaller and more distinct
than on the other branches. And the bladders, in fact, develop
on these more scattered leaves, some of the leaf divisions always
remaining distinct. This also is not well shown in Reichenbach’s
figure.

The hibernacular buds, finally, in this species may occur either
on the leafy branches or on those with bladders. There is gen-
erally one, rarely more than two, on a plant, so far as appears
from the specimens in hand. And they are always on a naked
stalk or branch one to two inches long.

In the close observation of the presence, structure and develop-—
ment of the hibernacula in the different North American spécies
of Utricularia, there is open an inviting field to some enterprising
field botanists favorably located for such a task.

Explanation of Plate CXLI.

Utricularia intermedia.
a. A plant, reduced y.
b. Leaf, enlarged.
c. Scale from bud, enlarged.
d,e. Bladder-bearing leaves, enlarged.

Notes on Nasturtium Armoracia.

By CuHarues A. DAVIs.

Three years ago the attention of the writer was incidentally

attracted to this plant, and a series of observations was made on
the occurrence on it of pinnatifid leaves, the results of which were: |
published in the BuLLETIN. va:

Since that time the plant has been the source of much interests oo

from various structural peculiarities, of which no previous study :

201

has apparently been published. The description of the species,
as given in the revised edition of Gray's Manual, is as follows:
“ Root-leaves very large, oblong, crenate, rarely pinnatifid, those
of the stem lanceolate; fruiting pedicels ascending ; pods globular
(seldom formed); style very short. Roots large and long.”

It has been pointed out already that the pinnatifid leaves are
not “rarely” but normally present in the spring and fall. In
addition, the quoted description should be amended by mention
of the fact that the lower stem leaves are invariably pinnately dis-
sected, and gradually pass through pinnatifid and notched forms
until near the top they are simply lanceolate with crenate and
toothed margins. Of hundreds of floweri ng stems examined, all had
this peculiar arrangement of stem leaves, and extended observation
has tended to confirm the opinion that the plant was originally
semi-aquatic, which, at the time of flowering, was accustomed to
stand knee-deep, as it were, in water. As a further proof of the —
value of structural peculiarities as indices of the former habits of
plants, it may be well to note that very vigorous flowering plants of
the species under consideration have been observed growing in
ditches and on the margins of ponds, which, though full in the
spring and fall, are dry or nearly so in the summer. These
plants, at the time the notes were made, stood in water which was
of such depth that the dissected leaves were nearly all covered.

By far the most interesting characters of this plant, how-
ver, are its provisions for propagation and the preservation
of the species. As noted in the description quoted from the
Manual, the pods are seldom formed. When formed they ane
without seeds and soon disappear, apparently falling off, leav-
ing the pedicels fast to the axis of inflorescence. The cause
of this failure to mature seed does not appear. The flowers
are freely visited by insects, pollen is present in the anthers and
seems abundant, and the ovary and ovules are apparently entirely |
normal. A possible cause of the lack of seeds suggested itself
when the stigma was studied. This organ is covered with numer-
©us Comparatively long hairs, which may prevent the pollen from
reaching the stigmatic surface, or it may be that. the pollen, in
order to fertilize the ovules, has to fall directly on the tips of these
hairs. In either case it would seem highly probable that now and

292

then seeds would mature, but a careful examination of a large
amount of material failed to show such mature seeds. It is also
possible that the peculiar structure of the stigma makes it impos-
sible for the commion insects which visit the plant to produce pol-
lination, and that the peculiar insect developed along with the
plant was left behind when it was brought from Europe. . To one
familiar with the peculiar readiness with which the plant propa-
gates from the root, or even the smallest fraction of it, the absence
of seeds capable of germination is not a great surprise, for the
plant is well protected against extermination in this way.

The root, so called, has many of the characteristics of a rhizoma
and develops buds and leaves from any part that is exposed to
the light, or whenever the plant needs an increase of leaf surface.
If all parts of the plant except the tips of the roots are destroyed
each one of these tips may become one or more plants. If the
root be placed on top of the ground it soon becomes green on the
upper side at least, and clusters of leaves and rootlets appear.
Oftentimes horizontal branches at some distance below the sur-
face will send up vertical branches having small scales at regular
intervals in place of leaves, thus forming a vertical rootstock. In
one of a series of experiments undertaken to test the possibilities
of the plant in this direction, thirteen pieces of the smaller parts
of a root were taken, varying from five to nine mm. in diameter
and cut into irregular lengths, varying from six mm. to three cm.
These were placed in a tightly covered fruit jar, containing a little
moisture and left exposed to the light for two weeks or a little
longer. At the end of that time twelve of the pieces had green
sprouts from one mm. to seven cm. long, measuring the longest
leaf, besides numerous rootlets, growing from the points where the

buds started out. One piece twenty-five mm. long had eleven

well defined buds and sprouts on it, but no rootlets. To one piece

a small fibrous branch was attached, and it also bore a vigorous

sprout. At the present writing, more than two months after the |

fragments of root were placed in the jar, the plants which sprung :
from them are still alive, although the parent roots have rotted. haa
Each of the plantlets has a short thick base, almost like a bulb,

which is green in color and shows the scars of leaves which have

fallen. In structure and position this part of the plantlet is identi-

293

cal with the tap-root of the plant, as it grows under normal con-
ditions. The readiness of the root to send out buds and grow, is
not of much use to the plant in bringing about a rapid and wide
distribution of the species, in the undisturbed condition, for the
roots do not spread widely, growing asa rule vertically downward,
so that a plant and its descendants would be years in spreading a
few feet in a lateral direction. :
Having no seeds the plant would be handicapped unless some
other way of propagation than root-division were developed. The
emergency has been met in a manner that is as interesting as rare.
Soon after the plant has ceased flowering, and the form of ripening
seeds is gone through with, supernumerary buds appear in the axils
of the leaves on the upper part of the stem and of those subtend-
ing the branches of the inflorescence. These buds grow into very
short, acaulescent in fact, branches as the season progresses, and
give the old flowering stems the appearance of being diseased. A
careful examination of these short branches shows them to be
made up of clusters of little leaves, closely resembling seedlings.
Each of the older leaves in the cluster has the base of its petiole
thickened, and taken together the reserve food supply of one of
the branches is considerable. When broken from the parent stem
and placed in water these branchlets at once send out roots and are
ready to take their chances in life with much greater likelihood of
- Success than the ordinary seedling. A single flowering stem will
often develop more than a hundred of these plantlets, all of which
are capable of taking root if opportunity offers. Just when or how
the plantlets separate from the stem has not been determined, but
most likely they fall with the old flowering stem to the ground.
Or into the water, and being set free by the breaking up of the
stem, are driven ashore by the wind, where they readily take root.
The fact that this provision of the plant for maintaining itself has
been developed, leads to some interesting speculations as to the
Origin of the habit, whether not maturing seeds was the cause or
the effect of the other habit, but like many other questions it
would seem as if this one would have to go unanswered until
our knowledge increases.

Notes on the Flora of Southern New Jersey.

The following notes, unless otherwise stated, refer to the plants
of Atlantic county, N. J., and as these plants have been collected
since 1889, for the most part, the notes are to be considered as
supplementary to the notes in Prof. N. L. Britton’s Catalog of
- Plants Found in New Jersey.

Delphinum Consolida, L. White flowers common at May’s Landing.

Polygala polygama, Walt. Collected with F. E. Lloyd near Egg
Harbor'City. The only place I have found it in Atlantic
county.

Silene inflata, Smith. May’s Landing.

Silene noctiflora, L. May’s Landing and Elwood.

Rhus typhina, L. Weymouth and May’s+«Landing, and also aie .
the road between these places.

Lespedeza angustifolia (Pursh) Ell. Atsion and Indian Mills, Bur-
lington county, and abundant in Atlantic county.

Phaseolus polystachyus (L.) B.S. P. Avon-by-the-Sea, Monmouth

| county.

Galium verum, L. May’s Landing, one place ani

Aster gracilis, Nutt. Pancoast Mills.

Aster Nove-Anghe,. Rare. Elwood and Pleasantville only.

Hypocheris radicata, L. Has become naturalized at Pleasantville.
Also found at Avon-by-the-Sea, Monmouth county.

Trientalis Americana (Pers.) Pursh. May’s Landing. Not common —
in Atlantic county,

Exythrea ramosissima, Pers. Brigantine Beach. Quite abundant. oe

August, 1891. Be
Myosotis laxa, Lehm. Not common. One place May’s Landing
and one place Pleasantville. : a
Lycopus sessilifolius, A. Gray. Near Great Egg Harbor River, below oe
May’s Landing. <A locality further south and on a ‘different ee
river from the other reported localities. tes
Pycnanthemum muticum (Michx.) Pers. Pleasantville.
Pycnanthemum Virginicum (L.) B.S. P. Elwood only.
Calamintha; an introduced species. Elwood. One place in afl
May 30, 1892.

295

Plantago Patagonica, Jacq., var. aristata (Michx.) A.Gray. Found
everywhere and is increasing rapidly.

Lindera Benzoin (1...) Meisn. Pleasantville and Elwood. I have
carefully looked for it in the early spring, and I am sure that
it is not common in Atlantic county.

Quercus. Near May’s Landing. Collected with J. C. Gifford.
It is apparently Q. Phellos, L., X Q. iicifolia, Wang.

Aplectrum spicatum (Walt.) B.S. P. Princeton, Mercer county.

Speiranthes simplex, A. Gray. Elwood.

-Arethusa bulbosa, L. Near Princeton Junction, Mercer county.

Smilax laurifolia, L. May’s Landing and Pleasantville.

felonias bullata, LL. Pleasantville. Not “frequent” in Atlantic
county, so far as my experience goes.

Pontederia cordata, L., var. angustifolia; Pursh. In Great Egg
Harbor River, above May’s Landing.

Arisema triphyllum (L.) Torr. Pleasantville, abundant in one
locality. ;

Selaginella apus (L.) Spring. Common at Pleasantville and at
May’s Landing.

Botrychium ternatum (Thunb.), Sw., var. ob/iguum (Muhl.) Milde. .
and var. dissectum (Spreng.) Milde., were found growing to-
gether in one locality at Pleasantville. So far as my experi-
ence goes no Botrychium can be said to be “frequent”’ in
Atlantic county.

Aspidium Noveboracense (L.) Sw. May’s Landing.

Aspidium spinulosum, Sw., var. intermedium (Willd.) D. C. Eaton.
In cedar-swamp, Pleasantville, abundant in one place and ever-
green. Joun E. Perers.
PLESANTVILLE, N. J.

Notes on some Fungi collected in Jamaica.
By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Although the ferns and mosses of this island have received a
considerable share of attention, the fungi, so far as I can learn from
available literature, have been almost entirely neglected. Mr. J.
B. Ellis, of Newfield, has’ lately been most kind in identifying
Jamaican fungi for me, and the results already attained show that

296

there is plenty to be found that is new or interesting. Some new
species await description—four have already been described in the
Journal of the Institute of Jamaica, 1892-93, but the following notes
on species already known (with one exception) may serve as a
slight contribution to the flora:

I.
2.

. Spherotheca pannosa (Wallr.) Lev. On rose, Kingston (De

Ecidium Euphorbia, Pers. East street, Kingston.

Agaricus campestris, L. Dr. Plaxton informs me that during
September, 1891, mushrooms of the ordinary species were
gathered in abundance in the grounds of the Lunatic
Asylum, Kingston.

. Antennaria Robbinsii, B. & M. Dr. Strachan gave me a twig

infested with this.

. Arcyria incarnata (Pers.) Balaclava, parish of St. Elizabeth.
. Aschersonia turbinata, Berk. On leaves of Tangerine orange

at Mandeville (1,950 ft. alt).

. Cyathus striatus (Huds.) Mandeville.

. Didymium clavus, A. & S. Balaclava.

. Hypoxylon Broomeianim, B. & C. Ona log, Balaclava.
. Hypoxylon Howeianum, Pk. On a fence, Mandeville.
. Lensites striata, Sw. Ona railway tie, Balaclava. Also found

in Kingston.

. Megalonectria pseudotrichia (Schw.) Mandeville.
. Monilia candida, Bon., form. On decaying Zea Mays (from

Pedro) in Kingston.

. Pellicularia Koleroga,Cooke. On leaves of coffee, near Mande-

ville.

. Perichena depressa, Lib. Kingston.
. Pesiza Dochmia, B. & C. Found at Cherry Garden by Mr.

Marescaux. Mr. Ellis tells me it was originally found in ie
Cuba. ,

. Phoma leguminum, West.’ East street, Kingston. a
. Polystictus versicolor, Fr. Moneague. A variety of the same

on a stump at Mandeville.

. Rhizomorpha subcorticale, Pers. Balaclava. a8
. Schizophyllum commune, Fr. Kingston, Moneague and bei He

clava.

Spiele Identified by Mr. B, T. peeyiela

297

21. Stilbum flavidum, Cooke. On coffee leaves received from Mr.
G. Massy, of Richmond Vale, Trinity Ville.

22. Uredo Viale, Lag. On grape vine, Kingston and environs,
abundant.

23. Uromyces Euphorbig, C. & P. East street, Kingston, growing
with the 4cidium (No. 1).

24. Ustilago affinis, Ell. & Ev. On Stenotaphrum Americanum
Schr, (identified by Dr. Vasey) at Mandeville. This is a
new species, of which Mr. Ellis writes: “Very near U.
virens, Cke., but spores rather larger and lighter colored,

and not granular roughened.” (In litt., Nov. 10, 1892.)
INSTITUTE OF JAMAICA,
KINGsTON, JAMAICA, January 13, 1893.

Botanical Notes.

. fungi Columbiani.—Owing to our inability to supply any more
sets of the Norto AMERICAN FuncI, we have concluded to issue a
second edition of this collection, under the name of Func1 CoLum-
BIANI, in order to distinguish it from N. A. F., 1st edition, series 2d.

The specimens in this 2d edition will not be in bound books,
but will be distributed loose, and will be supplied at $6.00 per 100
orCentury. We shall issue only 60 copies. This 2d edition will not
interfere with the 1st edition (Cents. I-XXIX.), which will be con-
tinued as material comes to hand. Species not in edition Ist will
not be issued in edition 2d, unless there is enough for both, so as
not to do injustice to the subscribers to edition 1st by obliging
_ them to buy edition 2d also. |

The numbers of any given species in the 2d edition will not ne-
cessarily be the same as those of these same species in Ist edition.
We expect to have Century 1st ready by the end of this year. The
Species will have printed labels, as in edition 1st.

].-B. Extis,

NEWFIELD, N. J. B. M. EverHART.

Funghi Parassiti delle Piante Coltivate-—G. Briosi and F. Ca-

vara, Pavia, Italy. Fascicolo IX. (Nos. 201 to 226) of this collec-
tion of fungi contains oie aaa of Cystopus candidus and C Bliti:

298

and several rusts including Puccinia bullata on Conium, a species
that may be expected upon our celery at any time. Two root
fungi are represented, namely: Sclerotinia Libertiana, Fl., and
Rhizoctonia violacea, Tul. Only one species bears the name of the
publishers— Septoria Chrysanthemi, Cavara, on Chrys. Japonicum.
The specimens are accompanied by a bibliography, synonomy,
engraving giving various details and copious notes. __ B. D. H.

Economic Fungi—By A.B. Seymour and F. S. Earle. Fasci-
cles vi.—viii. (Nos. 251-400) are devoted to parasites on weeds,
and are “auxiliary to the experiment station exhibit of weeds at
the Columbian Exposition at Chicago, with the codperation of
Byron D. Halsted,” etc. The 150 species of fungi represent in
their hosts 36 families of plants.

The order most largely represented is naturally the Composite,

as it is the great weed family, but some others, as the Crucifere,

Polygonaceze and Graminez are not far behind. There are 10!
species of hosts. Some species of fungi are represented upon two
or more hosts, as Cystopus candidus, wpon three crucifers; Perone-—
spora Halstedit, upon four composites ; Colecosporium [pomee, upon
three Jpomeas, and Puccinia Polygoni-amphibii, wpon three smart-
weeds. Eleven new species are distributed (published elsewhere
in the BuLtetin). One of these found upon two related hosts has
_ been given a hyphen-word for the genera of the hosts, namely, —
Cercospora Arcti-Ambrosie, Hals. : :
One of the points of special interest is the considerable number
of seedling hosts. Fungi are very likely most effective in check-
ing weeds when the attack is early. The seed-leaves are often e
the first organ to be attacked, and some specimens illustrate this
important point. Se
The collection is neatly mounted and substantially bound, and
the editors should feel proud of their superior work. N.L. Be
International Botanical Congress. The following notice is issued

by Prof. J. C. Arthur, chairman of a committee recently appointed a
by Prof. C. E. Bessey, Vice-President of the Section of Botany, —
A ACATS : oe
An International Botanical Congress will be held at Madison, ee
Wis., U.S. A., beginning August 23, 1893, and continuing chet
or more days. All botanists are eligible to membership, and are

299

earnestly requested to attend the sessions, so far as possible. A
membership fee of two dollars will be required.

The purpose of the Congress is the presentation and discussion
of botanical questions of general interest relating to the advance-
ment of the science. It is expected that the International Stand-
ing Committee on Nomenclature, appointed last year at the Genoa
Congress, will present its first report at thistime. Papers embody-
ing research will not be received, but such papers, whether by
American or foreign botanists, may be presented before the Bo-
tanical Section or the Botanical Club of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, which holds its annual meeting
preceding that of the Congress (August 17 to 24).

Reduced rates of travel by steamship or railway cannot be pro-
vided by the Congress, but special rates can be obtained for the
World’s Columbian Exposition at Chicago. Madison is reached
by several lines of railway from Chicago, and is distant only about
four hours,

It is hoped that societies will send delegates to the Congress.
It is requested that all persons intending to be present notify the
chairman of the committee of arrangements at as early a date as
_ Possible.

’ Another circular giving further information and alsoa program —
of the sessions will be issued in July.

‘J. C. Artuur, LaFayette, Ind.
L. H. Baey, Ithaca, N. Y.
N. L. Brirron, New York, N. Y.

D. H. Campsett, Menlo Park, Cal.

. J. M. Courter, Lake Forest, IIl.
Committee; F. V. Covitte, Washington, D. C.

B. T. Gattoway, Washington, D. C. ;
onway MacMittan, Minneapolis, Minn.
. L. Rosrnson, Cambridge, Mass.

. M. Unperwoon, Greencastle, Ind.

oS
B
Se

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.

Albert Kellogg (Zo#, iv. 1), with portrait.

Alien Plants in California. WV. . Jepson (Erythea, i. 140).

Amorpha fruticosa—The Range of. John M. Holzinger (Erythea,
i. 131), .

300

Ampelopsis quinguefolia—Notes on a Variety of. E. B. Knerr.
(Bot. Gaz. xviii. 70, 71).
Description of a new variety, var. vitacea, the form of the
Virginia creeper which does not cling to supports. i:

Analytical Keys to the Genera and Species of the Fresh Water Alga
and the Desmidie of the United States. Alfred C. Stokes (8
vo. pp. 116, one plate ; Portland, Conn., 1893).

Dr. Stokes is an adept in the compiling of artificial keys, as we
have had occasion to note in examining his publications in the
Journal of the Trenton Natural History Society. That such keys
are important time-saving devices must be apparent to every one,
and when constructed with the accuracy of Dr. Stokes they become
important factors in the rapid determination of genera and species.
The only danger in their use lies in the fact that they cannot, as
a rule, cover quite all the variations which some species exhibit.
The present work is*based on the wigs of the late Dr. Francis
Wolle. N.S.

A New Fashion in Writing Plant Names. Edward L. Greene
(Erythea, i. 138).
A discussion of the decapitalization of specific names and the
omission of the comma between the name and the author cited.

Anthracnose of Fruit—A New. G. ¥. Atkinson (Cornell Exp. Sta-

tion Bul. 49).

Professor Atkinson figures and describes a new twig disease
under the name of Glwosporium cingulatum. The methods of
separating the fungus and making pure cultures are fully detailed.
In the same bulletin may be found interesting notes upon the Ce-
cospora of celery blight. B, Dee

Black Walnut—The. J. T. Rothroak (Forest Leaves, iv. By
With illustrations of Juglans nigra. eae
Botanical Writings of Edward L. Greene—The. Katharine ] Brann,
degee (Zoé, iv. 63). ee
Bromelia Argentina. J.G. Baker (Hooker's Icon. Pl. xxiii. P ; oe
2258). A new species from the Argentine Republic.

Bromelia fastuosa. W. Watson (Gard. and For. vii. 224, illus:
trated). :

501

Californian Cryptogams—Two. Marshall A. Howe (Erythea, i.
IT2).
fimbriaria nudata is described as new, and an illustration of
a peculiar form of Polypodium Californicum is given.

Carduus edulis—Habitat of. : Edward L. Greene (Erythea, i, 143).

Check-List of the Plants of Gray's Manual. Compiled by John A

Allen (Cambridge, 1893).

This little pamphlet is a list of the 3,781 species contained in
the last edition of Gray’s Manual with addition of 140 species,
either new, introduced or recently reported to be within its limits.
Colorado Plants—Notes on Some. Alice Eastwood (Zoé, iv. 2).

Phacelia splendens and Pentstemon Moffatii are described as

new.

Contributions to Wosteia Botany. M. E. Jones (Zoé, iv. 22, with
one plate).

Notes on some species of Astragalus, of which A. anisus, A.
Wetherilli, A. cicade, A. Preussti, var. latus and var. sulcatus, A.
_ pictus, var. angustus, and A. patens are described as new. Notes
on Neilia, Coloptera, Cymopterus, Zauschneria and Dodecatheon are
given. Eremocrinum is a new genus in the Liliaceze, with one
species, E. albomarginatum.

Corrections in Nomenclature—I., [7. Edward L. Greene (Erythea.
1. 114, 136).
The first article deals with the Australian genus Piptomeris,

Turcz., to which the name of Jacksonia was inadmissibly applied.

The second includes notes on the genus Uvopappus, on Malaco- |

thrix parviflora and Micrampeles Rusbyi, the latter a correction of

MW. macrocarpa, Britton. |

Enumeration of the Lichens found in New Bedford, Massachusetts,
and its Vicinity from 1862 to 1892, by Henry Willey. (Printed

for the author. New Bedford, Massachusetts. E. Anthony s

& Sons. 1892.) aoe
This pamphlet of thirty-nine pages is taken up with a great —

deal of anticipation as a last word from America’s veteran lichen-

ologist, and the anticipation is more than realized on a careful pe 2
rusal of the list. The author states in his preface that such lists

302

are not usually of much importance, but he has produced a list
that will certainly remain classic and of great stimulus to future
investigators. A brief description of the region explored is found
with brief notes upon the floral and geological characteristics
especially bearing upon the question of lichen habitat. The au-
thor indulges in a few remarks of regret regarding the acceptance
of the “ Schwendener theory”’ by “ American professors,” charging
them with a lack of acquaintanceship with the anti-Schwendener
lichenological writings, but, as it is remarked, «the last words have
not been said upon this question,” so perhaps it would be best not
to pursue a controversy now a quarter of a century old. The au-
thor’s parting instructions no doubt contain their atom of truth
which we deem better not to have been expressed in such a place.

Fifty-six genera and 369 species are enumerated; following, in
the main, the classification of the Genera Lichenum; of this num-
ber. 39 species were new when discovered “by the author.” A
few further new species are noted:

Biatora Papillarie and B. Cladoniscum, both parasitic upon
Cladonia Papillaria; B. terrena, B. rubido-fusca, Opegrapha cimer-
ascens, Calictum pallidellum and Coniocybe gracilescens.

It is to be hoped that the list before us will bean incentive ee
further work in this field of Cryptogamic botany. In closing this
brief review we express our regrets that the author’s failing eye
sight shall deprive us of further results of his long continued and
critical work. S. E. J:

Enumeration des Hepatiques Connues jusgu’ ici aux Antilles Fran-
caises. EE. Bescherelle (Journ. de Bot. vii. pp. 174, 183).
One hundred and forty-eight species are recorded. _

Flowers and Insects—X,. Charles Robertson (Bot. Gaz. xviil. 47—
54): :
Notes on the insects observed visiting Steironema lanceolatum,
S. longifolium, Frasera Carolinensis, Ellisia Nyctelea, Comandra um-—

bellata, Spiranthes gracilis, Orchis spectabilis and Habenaria leuco-
phea.

Fungi of Blowing Rock, N.C. Geo. F. Atkinson and Hermann ee
Schrenk (Journ. Elisha Mitchell, Sci. Soc. ix. 95-107). |
Two hundred and fifty-four species are enumerated.

308

fungus from the Coal Measures—A New. H. Herzer (Am. Geol.

xi. 365, 366, PI. ix.).

This is a poorly prepared description of a supposed fungus
growth found under the bark of a Sigi//aria, from the Zoar Lime-
stone, Tuscarawas county, Ohio. A wretched plate accompanies the
article, which we are told represents the new genus and species,
Incolaria securiformis. Mention is also made of another species
which is to be described in a forthcoming paper. We trust that
both.the plate and text of the latter will prove to be executed
with reasonable care, as it is by reason of such as are now before
us that doubt and discredit are thrown upon many valid and im-
portant discoveries. A. H.

Galinsoga parvifiora—Zur Geschichte der Einwanderung von. Fr.
Buchenau (Abhand. Nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. 551).

Generic Nomenclature. 4H. Baillon (Erythea, i. 116).

Grape—The Frost or River Bank. \.H. Bailey (Am. Gard. xiv.
321). With illustration of Vitis riparia and notes on the types
of several other species.

Influence of Anesthetics on Plant Tr vanspiration. Albert Schneider
(Bot. Gaz. xviii. 56-69; one plate).

/s Polyporus carnivorous? ©. ¥. Cook (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 76-78).
Mr. Cook expresses hesitation in accepting Prof. Conway

MacMillan’s conclusion that Polyporus digests animal matter.

Kakteen der Grand Mesa in West Colorado—Die. C. A. Purpus
(Monats. Kakteenk. iii. 49).

Kansas Trees—A Preliminary Report upon the Variety and Distribu-
tion of. S.C. Mason (Pamph. pp. 16; reprinted from the 8th
Bien. Rep. Kansas State Board Agric. 259-274, 1891-92).

An account of the geographical and altitudinal distribution. of

Kansas trees, with notes on the species.

Leaf Variation—TIts Extent and Significance. Mrs. W. A, Keller-
man (Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist. xvi. 49, with one plate).

Lichens of Ohio. ¥.. E. Bogue (Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist. xvi.

37).
One hundred and sixty-six species are listed.

es

304

Mosses of Mt. Desert Island. Theo. G. White (Bull. Gray Mem.
Bot. Chap. Agaz. Ass. i. 2).

Mycology—Report by Dr. James E. Humphrey. (Mass. State
Agric. Exp. Sta. 1892).

With five plates illustrating Sclerotinia Libertiana, Erysiphe

Cichoracearum, Cladosporium cucumerinum and Plowrightia morbosa.

Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley—II. A. P. Morgan (Journ.
Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi. 13, illustrated).
Forty-three species are enumerated. The new species de-

scribed are Hemiarcyria plumosa, H. ablata, H. funalis and Ol-

gonema fulvum. One new genus with one species, Calonema

aureum, is also described.

Nanomitrium, Lindb—Sur le genre. “H. Philibert (Revue Bryol.

Xx. 49, 1893).

A very interesting comparison of JV. ¢enerum with our three
species confirms the specific rank of all, and especially of V.
megalosporum (Aust.), which Lindberg had referred to it as a syno-
nym. In sending specimens to M. Philibert, I called his attention
to the fact that the spore-measurements of WV. megalosporum are
double the size of those given by Limpricht for MV. cenerum, but
having poor specimens of the latter, I could not make the com-
plete series of comparisons which he has made. The descrip-
tions will be found very complete, and include N. equinoctiale,
Spruce. E. G. B.

New or Little Known Plants Collected on Mount Orizaba in the

Summer of 1891. Henry E. Seaton (Proc. Amer. Acad.
XXVili. 116, reprint).

The new species are Drymaria filiformis, Astragalus Orisabe,
Desmodium subsessile, Phaseolus Esperanze, Eryngium Seatont, I
Arracacia nudicaulis, Viguiera pedunculata, Encelia stricta, Calea

multiradiata, Tagetes linifolia, Euphorbia ramosa, Mahlegherey Sea- a
toni and Festuca rubra, var. Schlechtendahlii. fas

New Plants of the Pacific Coast—l. Thomas Howell (Erythea, i me}

ae cee
Species of Thermopsis, Lupinus, Triflinm and Astragalus are o 5
described as new.

305

Note sur une Cyperacee entophile. G. de Lagerheim (Journ. de
Bot. vii. 181). Dichromena ciliata, Vahl, is the species noted.
Notes on the Flora of Texas. 1. H. Pammel (Proc. Iowa Acad.
» Sei. 1892, 62-76). Enumeration of 291 species, with locali-
ities.
Notes on the Pollination of Cucurbits. L. H. Pammel (Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 1892, 79).

Notes on West American Umbellifere—IIT. Jolin M. Coulter and
J. N. Rose (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 54-56).
An account of some of Capt. J. Donnell-Smith’s Guatemala
plants; Avracacia Luxeana is a new species and Eniantiophylla a
new genus of one species, &. Heydeana

Notes on North American Conifere—II. J. G. Lemmon (Erythea,
i. 134). Notes on Pinus Engelmanni, Carr. and its synonymy.

Novitates Occidentales—III, Ydward L. Greene (Erythea, i. 125).
Lsopyrum occidentale, var. coloratum, Ranunculus Californicus,
var. crasstfolius, Lupinus eminens, L. tricolor, L. propinguus,
Helianthella castanea and Phacelia imbricata are the new spe-
cies described.

_ Gdema of the Tomato. G. F. Atkinson (Cornell Univ. Ag. Exp.

Sta. Bull. 53).

This is a swelling of portions of the tomato plant, due to ex-
cess of water and is a favored by: 1. Insufficient light. 2.
Excess of soil water. 3. Soil temperature too near that of the
air. The long nights, short days and cloudy weather of winter
induce the cedema, especially if the soil is kept wet and of nearly
the same temperature as the air above. Artificial cedema was
produced in cut stems when water was forced into them through

a hydrant hose. This process, and the microscopic structure of

the abnormal cushions of cedematic plants are well illustrated in —
eight full page plates. The lack of light, excess of moisture and
deficient soil temperature develop a weakened condition in the
plant that may predispose it to attacks from fungi. The unnatu-
ral enlargement of the cells is a manifest weakness, or in the words ©

of the investigator, « yale can babel themselves to death.”
B. D.

506

Ohio Erysiphte—The. A.D. Selby (Bull. No. 3 (Tech. Series)

Ohio Exp. Station). ;

Professor Selby monographs the powdery mildews. of Ohio,
treating of twenty-four species, one of which. Uncinula Columbiana,
upon Scutellaria lateriflora is new and is illustrated in a plate.
One associates our anniversary year with the name. __B. D. H.

Orthotrichum Sturmi and O. rupestre—WNotes on. P. Culmann

(Rev. Bryol. xx. 58, 1893).

Two new varieties are described from European specimens.
O. Sturmti, var. reticulatum is based on the teeth being reticulated,
not papillose; and rupestre var. lamelliferum on the presence of a
preperistome, composed of basal lamella as in O. cupulatum.
These lamellz are papillose and composed of two or three joints
reaching .o2—.038 mm. above the annulus. They were also noted
in O. Sturmit, though smooth. E.G, BL.

Passiflora Jenmani. Maxwell T. Masters (Hooker's Icon. Pl. xxiii.
Pl. 2270). :

A. new species of British Guiana.

Phenological Notes for 1892. 1. H. Pammel (Proc. Iowa Acad. ©
Sci. 1892, 46-61).
Tabulation of a very large number of observations on the —

earliest appearance of leaves and flowers.

Plants Injurious to Stock—Some. Thomas A. Williams (South
Dakota Agric. Coll. Exp. Sta. Bull. No. 33). - |
Illustrations are given of Astragalus mollissimus, Oxytropts Lam-

berti, Crotalaria sagittalis, etc.

Quebracho. E. L. Baker (Hardwood, iii. June 10, 1893).

Relation of Frost to certain Plants. 1. H. Pammel (Proc. lowa —
Acad. Sci. 1892, 77-79). a

Ramona—A second Species of the Genus. Edward L. Greene
(Erythea, i. 144). :

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

No,

10,

College.

A Preliminary List of North American Species of Cyperus, with Descriptions
of New Forms, By N. L. Britton (1886),. ........ 25 cents.

Cerastium arvense, L..,and its North American Varieties. By Arthur Hol-
lick and N. L, Britton (1887). (Out of print.)

Plant Notes from Temiscouata County, Canada. By J. I. Northrop (1887).
(Out of print.)

A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N. L. Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887), . cece. sine ey 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
SD eG a ee ee ee . . 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Aicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . . 25 cents.

A Recent Discovery of Hybrid Oaks on Staten Island. By Arthur Hollick
CIBBSS ee a a ee 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . .. . 25 cents,

Contributions to American Bryology—An Enumeration of the Mosses Col-
lected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By Elizabeth
G. Britton. (Out of print.)

Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,

Adans. By N, L, Britton (1889), .. 2. + «+ ++ . . 25 cents.
The Genus Eleocharis in North America. By N. L. Britton (1889),
25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(9880) 55 GA bib Oe eae eae . . . 25 cents,
A List of State and Lota Floras of the United States and British America.
By Ns 1. Briton (3060 535 ns Be eta ye tent $x.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus weaker By Wm. E. Wheel-
ck Citgo) a ee a -, 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy Now, American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
Os Sey Sie ese ee ee » 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891),
25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, II. A supplementary Enumeration of
Mosses collected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By —
Elizabeth G. Britton (1891), ..-. ++ ee + ters a

No. 37.

Notes on North American Haloragee. By Thos. Morong (1 891), .25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

CRE a we a oe a ae we .. . .25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocauleze. By Thos. Morong
Clea a ee On ary SO a ges, . 3 4 25 cents:
New or Shc North Atiatican Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
RUE ses cae Vo, gore et eh eo “oo P28 Cente:
The American Species of the Genus Deeks and the Genera which have
been referred to it. By N. L. Britton (1891),,. . . .. .. . 25 cents.

Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
WR CI ee ee eS a 2. i> Oe ene
A Preliminary List of the Species of etn Gents Meibomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
Agence. De Net: Bitten (180s) ee ea 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
Etim CIOGE es ee ee a . 25 cents,
The Anatomy of the Stem of Wistaria Stains: hi Carlten C. Curtiss

(50D ka ee eee ee eae ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
Re ek ee vn aN ne 25 cents.

Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
SL AOGS oc oa Ok eo ag) Wo a ee 25 cents.

A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small.

CTMOMI ar Rae ein Se els pee ee ee 25 cents,
West Virginia Mosses. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1892), .. . . 25 cents.
A New Species of Lis¢era, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong.

OMS oS ee re en LRA ee 25 cents,
The North American Species of Lesfedeza. By N, L. Britton (1893)

25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893)... . 09. 2 0. eee ne $1.50.

An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orehids. By Carlton C. Curtiss

CDOS YO nt ee ee tes (a5 Se
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K, Small
CONDENS ns ae wk ke a g Cae ee 25 cant:

The whole series with the exception of Nos. 2, 3, 6 and ro will be supplied

for $5.

Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889), by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2. :

Address

DR. THos. MORONG,
Curator of the Herbarium, Columbia College,
NEW YORE CRTs

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLVIIL.

PYROLA OXYPETALA, AUSTIN.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB—PLATE CLX,

HARTWRIGHTIA FLORIDANA, A. GRAY.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLXL

wn
Q

DO smrshe St. ee
UTRICULARIA INTERMEDIA, HAYNE.

FOR SALE. bac

A ZENTMAYER PORTABLE MICROSCOPE,

IN PERFECT ORDER,
For 3100.00. - - - Catalogue Price, $147.50.
Including THREE OBJECTIVES, 1} in., $ in., and } in,
Also an Abbé Condenser, Glass Stage, and Neat Walnut Case.

Address the Editors of the Bulletin, °° Wm. Wales, Fort Lee, N. J.

CHARACEA: OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of Mite//a, as fol-
lows: Witella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
Slomerulifera, A, Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

DD. Ee. aaa,
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

The North American Pyrenomycetes.

By J. B. ELLIS and B. M. EVERHART.

With original illustrations by F. W. ANDERSON. 2,500 species of the
old genus * Spheria,” described and arranged in accordance with the
modern ideas of classification. One thick octavo volume, with over 800
pages of printed matter and 41 full-page tinted plates illustrating the
genera ; bound in fine cloth, with stamped covers and gilt-lettered back.
Price, $8,00, with 35 cts. additional if sent by mail. Address,

J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J.
VIRGINIA PLANTS.

During the coming spring and summer I shall collect along the south-
€rn boundary of Virginia, from the coast to the mountains, a region un-
explored botanically, and one that will beyond a doubt yield a number
of new and many rare plants. An endeavor will also be made to obtain
all the new species, about a dozen in all, collected by myself and others
during the past three years in adjacent territory. An effort will be made
not only to keep up the standard of previous collections, but also to im-
Prove upon them in every way possible. Anyone desiring sets, should

please address
A. A. HELLER,
411 W. Wainut St., Lancaster, Pa.

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

“€ARTISTS’ - PATERIALS

_ Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPRTMENTS
TO RESPONSIBLE PRTIES.

COFFIN, DEVOE & CO, 176 RANDOLPH ST. CHICAGO.

PLANTS OF PARAGUAY.

‘Two Partial Sets of my PARAGUAY PLANTS remain —
tributed and are offered for sale at

$10 PER HUNDRED SPECIMENS.
THOMAS MORONG,

COLUMBIA COLLEGE,
NEw YoRK CITY.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

-MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED ‘OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave.,

Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED Penn
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR Foe:

E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
Ware. A ; eae
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically

Pure and Common Filter Paper. ot
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ae
ters (Polariscopes). is |
| Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bak io
‘ances, etc. ete
Le Brun F. Desmontes & hase, e os
Paris, Platinum. : se i
H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemical. poe

SPECIALTIES: 2h cesta Apparatus, Normal Goiduated Glass.
ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen ‘Factories, Bohem
jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure

Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’
Burners and Combes Furnaces, Sse tus and Chemicals -
ag Chemists. ee eae

LABORATORY ‘ourrits ae

; : ? a ASSAYER : un re
ae Gass Browne, —

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(x) THE BULLETIN. 3

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
‘pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with —
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. a
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for —
England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Sohu Square, London, England. A
_. Back Numpers.—The BuLtetin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive, —
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
Tun on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed
= separately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. XVIII. and XIX. are indexed
= ‘separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VIII. cannot now be supplied es but it a4
ie ‘Deans to reprint some of its numbers.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

es ; ‘The REN ISCrbe price is fixed at $3.00 per volume i in advance. “The numbers
: can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will- be aa for wigeth :

aS Volume I contains the following papers:

Ra. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Cares, by. Pro.
» H. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately.

No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algae hitherto observed ‘on the Sistas. of New
ersey and Staten Island, by Isaac C. Martindale. © ‘Price, so cents.

‘ No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepaticze collected by Dr. H. He. hea a
non Ancie with sale of cn Aid species, - Dr. Richard sera isaac

a ee sa causlinststie to ce Paes ot "Virgina, with ‘two > plates, by A
ey Vail. and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents, sc:

‘No. 3.—Stndies in the Germination. of Some ‘North: ‘Aseecitat ‘Plants,
“were by sear hcattt ie $1. 1.00.

Mew. XX. ==, AUGUST, 1893, No.8.

BULLETIN. =

Torrey Boranical CLUB,

A HONE Ss JOURNAL OF BOTANY. |

‘EDITED: ‘BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND. OTHER, MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

oC o N an EN N x oe

a PAGE,
Two new Meck Hapasiee ‘@ue Ses lo
CLXIt.-cixu. ): Alexander W. Evans. 3°97 | SEC
A Study of the Scale-characters of the North- _
_ SaStern Amierican Species of Cuscuta |. ogy, P
_ (Plates cixtv, -cLxv): W. D. Matthew . 310 |
“Southern Botanists: 7, Lamson-Scribner - ie
, Some furt

her Notes upon Serenopsis Kempit
: "(Plate cixvr.): Arthur Hollick .. 2.
(‘The Jeger Moss Herbarium ; Elizabeth G.
_ Britton ee .
New Honors to Old” | Weeds: Ed

: Greene

“THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB,
OFFICERS FOR 1893.

President,
HON. ADDISON. BROWN. -

: Vice Presidents,
TF. ALLEN, M. D. _ THOMAS MORONG, Ph. D.

HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., - JOHN K. SMALL, ~ sew
College of Pharmacy, New York ky Columbia College, New York City. epee
: Editor, ri: “ Treasurer, be yt
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D, -~.* HENRY OGDEN,

Columbia College, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City.

por Editors, wee

"EMILY Ez, GREGORY, Ep. Diy ‘ARTHUR HOLLICK, Phe Be
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, eels i _ BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. | D.,
A Aw. HELLER, ; at

Curator, | ee es ‘Librarian, -
_ JOSEPHINE Be ROGERS. ‘EFFIE , SOUTHWORTH.

: “Ginbeleles on Pevawek!
_ Jestus F. FOGGENBURG, :

we — H, von

Bae Committee on Admissions. ae as
— M. M. LE BRUN, a ae Ae “MRS. S.1 Nes CLARKE,
y ‘0 Broadway, ‘New y York City. oe ee Bp ow Best Sarees, New Nori Gey.

| Library and Herbarium Committee, oes

- JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, | CECILIA a os
EEE 4. / SOUTHWO H, | :

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XX. Lancaster, Pa., August 10, 1893. No. 8.

Two new American Hepatice.
By ALEXANDER W, EVANS.

(PLates CLXITI.-CLXIII.)

LEPIDOZIA SPHAGNICOLA, n. sp. Dioicous, densely cespitose,

brownish-green varying to pale green; stems suberect, irre-
gularly pinnate above, obtuse or very rarely terminating in a
leafless flagellum; in transverse section orbicular, 6 cells in
diameter, cortical cells about 12-seriate, slightly convex out-
ward, about the same size as the inner cells, but with thicker
walls; lateral branches short, leafy, usually obtuse; postical
branches, when present, flagellate, hyaline, leafless, radiculose ;
tadicles fasciculate, few in number in the upper part of the
plant, simple or irregularly branched, sometimes ending in a
spheroidal expansion especially on the flagella; stem-leaves
mostly distant, transversely inserted, quadrate, deeply 4-parted
to within about 2 cells of the base, sinuses narrow, lobes
subequal, lanceolate, strongly incurved, ending in a single cell
and from 2 to 4 cells wide at base, usually entire, but sometimes
bearing a small tooth (composed of from 1 to 3 cells) on the
antical leaf-margin near the base; branch leaves similar to the
stem-leaves, imbricated, more rarely bearing an antical tooth ;
stem-under leaves rectangular, subequally 4-parted to within I
or 2 cells of the base, lobes subulate, 1 cell broad at the apex
and usually 2 cells broad at the base; branch-under leaves sim-
ilar to those of the stem, but usually smaller and only twice or
thrice divided, with one of the lateral lobes longer and broader
than the others; perianth terminal on a short postical branch
given off from the lower part of the stem; bracts in 3 to 5
rows, those of the outer rows small, irregular in shape, usually
bifid, ciliate, those of the inner 2 rows much larger, extending ©

308

beyond the middle of the perianth, ovate, irregularly lobed and
ciliate in the upper part; perianth ovate-fusiform, composed
of a single layer of cells, strongly curved postically in the
upper part, deeply 3-carinate with obtuse grooves and keels,
the mouth strongly contracted and plicate, ciliate; ripe capsule
and andreecia not found.

Stems 0.5-1 cm. long, 0.09-0.12 mm. in diameter; leaves
about 0.3 mm. long and 0.2 mm. wide; leaf-cells rectangular or
quadrate, with thickened walls, mostly between 0.025 and 0.028
mm. long and between 0.014 and 0.016 mm. wide; under leaves
of the stem 0.09-0.12 mm. long, and 0.14—0.16 mm. wide; inner
perichetial bracts 2.5 mm. long and 1 mm. wide; perianth about
4 mm. long and I mm. wide.

Hab.—Among Sphagna in a bog. often accompanied by
Mylia anomala (Hook.) S. F. Gray ; Lebanon Swamp, Bethany,
Connecticut (A. W. E., 1892).

Lepidozia sphagnicola belongs to Dr. Spruce’s sub-genus Micro-'
Lepidozia, of which our only other Northern representative is L.
setacea (Web.) Mitt. It differs from this species, which it somewhat
resembles at first sight, in its larger size, in its deeply four-parted
leaves, whose lobes are often 3 or 4 cells wide at base, in its 4-
parted stem-underleaves, in its much larger perichaetial bracts,
which are not deeply laciniate, and in its long, strongly carinate
perianth with contracted mouth.

The species of Lepidozia occurring in the United States may be —
recognized from their leaves as follows:
Leaf-segments extending to about the middle. Z. reptans (L.) Dum.

Leaf-segments extending to near the base.
Segments 4, 2-4 cells wide at base, basal membrane about 2 cells high. L.
sphagnicola, n. sp.
Segments mostly 3, 2 cells wide at base, basal membrane 2-5 cells high, “L
setacea (Web.) Mitt.
Segments 2 or 3, 2 cells wide at base, basal membrane less than one cell high.
L. chetophylla, Spruce, var. tenuis, Pears.*

JUNGERMANNIA NovaE-CasarEx, n. sp. Dioicous, pale green,
~ varying to dark green or yellowish, growing in loose tufts OF
scattered about the bases of bog-plants; stems prostrate,
simple or rarely dichotomous, bearing scattered, whitish radicles
PEE e ee

*Hepaticee Natalenses, Christ. Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandl. 1886, No. 3 P- 7? 7

tab. v. ( fungermannia nematodes, Gottsche in Wright’s Hep. Cubenses ; Cephalosia

nematodes, Aust.in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. vol. vi. p. 302; Lepidosta nematodes, ce

Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. p. 366, not ZL. memoides, Tayl. Syn. Hep. p- 717):

309

in the lower part; leaves of the sterile stems usually distant,
plane, quadrate or broadly ovate-quadrate, more or less nar-
rowed at the base and very obliquely inserted, not decurrent,
divided by an obtuse or lunulate sinus into 2 unequal, usually
obtuse lobes, the antical being the larger, margins entire;
leaves of the fruiting stems broader, less obliquely inserted
often imbricated, irregularly 2-4-lobed, increasing in size to-
ward the perianth; underleaves occasionally present, lanceo-
late or ovate-lanceolate, entire, free or connate with one or
both adjacent side-leaves; 9 bracts large, often broader than
long, quadrate or orbicular-quadrate, 3-4-parted with narrow
sinuses, lobes acute or obtuse, entire, sinuate or somewhat
subdivided; bracteole single, ovate or obovate, entire or 2-
lobed, connate with the innermost bract; perianth terminal,
long-exserted, erect, cylindrical, obtusely 5-carinate to below
the middle, composed of a single layer of cells in the upper
three-fourths, thence of 2 layers down to very near the base,
where it becomes 3 or 4 cells in thickness, the mouth con-
tracted, minutely and irregularly denticulate; capsule small,
Oval; spores muriculate, reddish-brown, elaters similarly col-
ored; perigonial spike tinged with purple, at first terminal but
later innovating from the apex; bracts 2 to § pairs, imbricated,
complicate, bilobed with obtuse lobes and_ sinus, oligan-
drous; gemmiparous stems small, or often depauperate, bear-
ing the minute oval gemmz at their apices and on the margins
of modified upper leaves. :

_ Sterile stems about 1 cm. long and 0.18 mm.—Oo.25 mm. in
diameter; fertile stems longer and thicker; leaves of the sterile
stems usually between 0.9 and 1.1 mm. in length and breadth;
leaf-cells medium-sized, polygonal, thin-walled, usually between
0.034 and 0.046 mm. in diameter in middle of leaf, but sometimes
below 0,030 mm. and more rarely above 0.050 mm. ; inner peri-
chaetial bracts 2-2.5 mm. long and 1.75—2 mm. wide; perianth 3
mm. long and 0.8 mm. wide; spores mostly 0.012-0.014 mm. in
diameter ; elaters 0.1 mm. long and 0.008 mm. thick. .

Hab.—In peat bogs; Atsion and Pleasant Mills, New Jersey
(A. W. E.); in a wet path through boggy ground, East Haven,
Connecticut (A. W. E.).

In spite of the occasional presence of underleaves, this species
bears some resemblance to Jungermanmia incisa, Schrad.; it differs
from that species most markedly in its pale color and looser habit,
in its usually 2-lobed and explanate leaves with entire margins,
and in its cylindrical perianth ; its leaf-cells, too, are larger, less

chlorophyllose, and with thinner walls.
New Haven, Conn.

Re

310

Explanation of Plates,
(PLaTE CLXIL)
Lepidozia sphagnicola, n. sp.
Fig. 1. Plants, natural size.
Fig. 2. Part of stem, postical view.
Fig. 3. Stem-leaf.
Fig. 4. Branch-leaf.
Fig. 5. Stem-underleaf.
Figs. 6-8. Branch-underleaves.
Fig. 9. Inner bract.
Fig. 10. Perianth.

(PLaTE CLXIIL.)
Fungermannia Nove-Cesarea, n. sp.

Fig. 1. Plants, uatural size,

Fig. 2. Apex of stem with perianth, postical’view.

Fig. 3. Antheridial stem, antical view. ,
Figs. 4-5. Parts of sterile stems, postical view.

Figs. 6-7. Perichaetial bracts (fig. 7 showing connate. bracteole).
Fig. 8. Transverse section of perianth,
Fig. 9. Teeth from mouth of perianth,

A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American
Species of Cuscuta.

By W. D. MaTrHEew.
(PLates CLXIV.-CLXV.)

In the schemes for the classification of Cuscuta, the scale-
characters are given but small prominence, though it would seem
that as a convenient means of distinguishing the species one from
another they may be of considerable service. They vary a great
deal in the different species, but are apparently quite constant in
each and seem to belong to two or three distinct types. The
classification here made is intended rather as a key than as any
attempt at a systematic division. as

The scales may be separated from the first into two types, one Di
of which is deeply crenulate, the other fringed with processes: os
To the first class belong the two introduced species, C. epi 4

311

and C. £pithymum; to the second all our native species. The
latter may be divided into those with ovate scales and short, irreg-
ular processes, of which C. arvensis is a type; and those with
ribbon-shaped scales and long regular processes, of which C.
Gronovit is a type. One species, C. cuspidata, is intermediate in
scale-characters between these two divisions, though nearer to
the type of arvensis; and three others have the scales greatly re-
duced, of which one, C. Coryli, is closely connected with C. a-
decora, of the arvensis type; another, C. Polygonorum, seems related
to C. arvensis itself; and the third, C. Cephalanthi, has the scales
of moderate size and also of this type.

The long-fringed scales are remarkable in their shape, and are
fringed thickly at the tip, but very sparingly towards the base,
with long rounded processes. In‘two of the species, C. Gronovii
and C. rostrata, they appear softer and more flexible than in the
other two; but the chief reliance in separating these must be
Placed on the corolla lobes and on the serrate bracts which sur-
round the calyx in the two last species.

While this division of our Northeastern American species is
by no means as exact as that ordinarily given; yet as it depends
only on characters observable in the dissected flower, it may be
found at times more convenient than that based on the position
of the withered corolla on the fruit, a point only seen in fruiting
specimens, and then not always easy to determine, as the corolla
in some species soon falls away.

DIVISION OF CUSCUTA ACCORDING TO SCALE-CHARACTERS.

I. Scales crenulate,
* Scales not incurved, less than one-half as long as the corolla-tube, crenulate at
sen an Ene he at he 1. C. Epilinum.

* Scales strongly. incurved, about one-half the tube length, crenulate to the
hase 2. C Epithymum.

Pe Unie ati ie iar Sees Rear,

anaes i ah UE oak feet "hee ange Ces ne gee ray Oe gt paeg ee Low ha ads, ae eek!

* Scales large, ovate, isaeiiy fringed to the base with short, irregular processez.

+ Corolla lobes recurved, acute, aslongastube.. . . 3. ©. arvensis.
++ Corolla lobes incurved, broad triangular, half as long as tube. _
4. C. indecora.

iss Beales small or nearly aborted (but apparently similar in general type to the

last division).

t Scales variable, almost aborted, tips of corolla lobes inflexed.
5. C. Coryli.

312

+4 Scales small, irregularly fringed, lobes of corolla ovate, less than one-

half length of tube, their tips not incurved . . . 6. C. Cephalanthi.
+++ Scales reduced to a couple of hairs on each side of the attached part
OF te Siament ee et ... 7 C, Polygonorum.

*%% Scales of moderate size, fringed to the base with rather short, regular hairs.
Corolla lobes acute, half the length of the tube, . . . 8. C. cuspidata.
#*%* Scales loag, fringed chiefly at the tip, sparingly towards the base, with
long regular processes.

+ Processes rather softer and more flexible; no serrate bracts on calyx.
' ¢ Corolla lobes nearly as long as tube. . . . . 9. C. Gronovit.
tt Corolla lobes less than half as long as tube . . 10, C. rostrata.

tt} Processes stiffer and rounder; serrate bracts surrounding calyx.

¢ Corolla lobes ovate ; bracts few in number, broad and serrate.
11. C. compacta.
t}{Corolla lobes acute; bracts numerous, narrow, serrate, re-
curved at tip 12. C. glomerata,

ORS, ee. ded eee ee ees Soe ee oe oe

Following is a short description of the characters of each
species, with special reference to the scale characters. For amore
complete description of other characters, reference should be made
to Engelmann’s studies on the genus:

C. Epriinum.—Flowers sessile, 5-parted, in small round dense
heads. Calyx of 5 broad-pointed spreading sepals, as long as the
corolla tube. Corolla lobes half as long as tube, broad, blunt-
pointed. Stigmas filiform; stamens with short filaments and
_ broad anthers. ‘Scales less than half length of tube, divided at
centre, fringed at ends with about 4 or 5 deep’ crenulations, thin
in substance. Capsule regularly circumscissile, capped by the
withered corolla.

C. Epiraymum.—Flowers 5-parted, sessile in small round dense
heads. Calyx of narrow pointed sepals, 2% length of corolla tube-
Lobes of corolla nearly as long as tube, rather broad, acute _
pointed. Stigmas filiform; stamens with short filaments and long
anthers, the two lobes of the latter strongly furrowed. Scales
thin, strongly incurved, half length of tube, fringed nearly to the
base with deep irregular crenulations. Capsule regularly circum-
scissile, capped by the withered corolla.

C. ARVENSIS.—Flowers 5-parted, on short pedicels, in rather loose
clusters. Calyx lobes very broad and blunt pointed, not exceed-
ing corolla tube. Corolla lobes recurved, acute, as long as. tube.
Stigmas round (as they are in all the succeeding species); anthers
broad. Scales large, confluent at base, broad-ovate, equalling OF

313

exceeding tube, profusely fringed from tip to base with short ir-
regular processes.

C. INDECORA.—Flowers in large loose clusters. Calyx lobes
ovate, pointed, shorter than corolla tube. Corolla bell-shaped,
lobes triangular, minutely crenulate, two-thirds length of tube,
their tips incurved. Scales large, broad, ovate, confluent, irregu-
larly, fringed with short processes to the base.

C. Coryi1.—Flowers in loose clusters, 4-5 parted. Calyx
lobes triangular to lanceolate, equalling length of corolla tube.
Corolla narrow bell-shaped, lobes acute, minutely crenulate, about
equalling length of tube, strongly inflexed. Scales very small and
thin, separate at base, with a few short hairs on each side.

C. CepHALANTHI.—Flowers 5-parted, in rather dense clusters.
Calyx lobes ovate, % length of corolla tube. Lobes of corolla
blunt, ovate, spreading, half the length of tube. Scales about half
the length of tube, fringed chiefly at tip with irregular short hairs.

C. Potyconorum.—Flowers 4-5-parted, in loose clusters.
Calyx lobes Narrow, ovate. Corolla lobes triangular, longer than
tube. Scales almost obsolete, consisting of two or three hairs on
each side of the attached part of the filament; they are so small
and thin as to be almost indistinguishable.

C. cusprpata.—Flowers in large branching clusters, long and
narrow, with two or three bracts at base. Calyx in specimen ex-
amined of five lanceolate lobes, % length of corolla tube. Lobes
of corolla lanceolate-triangular half length of tube. Scales nar-
row and long, % to % length of tube, confluent at base, fringed
from tip to base with short, moderately regular processes.

C. Gronovit.—Flowers 5-parted, bell-shaped, in small clusters.
Calyx 2% length of corolla tube of 5 long, ovate lobes. Corolla
lobes nearly equalling length of tube, rounded, ovate, spreading.
Scales narrow, ribbon-like, equalling or slightly exceeding the tube,
fringed thickly at tip and very sparingly along the sides, with long
cylindrical. processes, each about half the length of the scale.

C. Rosrrata.—Flowers large, loosely clustered. Calyx of 5
broad, ovate-triangular lobes, about ¥% length of corolla tube.
Corolla lobes broadly ovate, about % length of tube. Scales some-
what variable, ribbon-shaped to spatulate, fringed at tip and spar-
ingly on the sides with processes similar to those of the last species.

314

C. compacta.—Flowers sessile in dense masses, having 3 or 4
solid-ribbed rhombiform bracts, and a calyx of 5 separate sepals,
which are oblong, blunt-pointed, thinner than the bracts, other-
wise very similar to them. Corolla lobes ovate, about % length
of tube. Scales half the length of tube, generally more or less
ribbon-like, fringed chiefly at tip with long processes, which are
somewhat rounder and stiffer than in the two preceding species.

C. GLOMERATA.—Flowers sessile in very dense cylindtical
masses, having numerous, narrow, strongly ribbed, recurved serrate
bracts, and calyx of five separate sepals, which are like the bracts,
but broader and less strongly ribbed. Corolla lobes lanceolate-
triangular, 1% length of tube, which scarcely exceeds the calyx
bracts. Scales ribbon-like, 24 length of tube, fringed copiously at
tip, sparsely on sides, with processes like those of the last species.

Description of Plaies CLXIV. and CLXV.

Fig. 1, a-c, C. Epilinum—ia, corolla laid open 5; Ib, calyx laid open 5; I¢
ovary < 5; Id, scale and stamen SX 12.

Fig. 2, a-e, C. Epithymum—za, corolla laid open >< 6; 2b, calyx laid aye 6; 2c,
ovary 6; 2d, scale & 15; 2e, anther < 15.

Fig. 3, a-c, C. arvensis—3a, corolla laid open < 9; 3b, calyx laid open X 9; 3%
scale < II.

- Fig. 4, a-e, C. indecora—aga, corolla laid open > 4; 4b, calyx laid open 4; 4%
ovary X 4; 4d, scale 12; 4e, anther and corolla lobe > 12.

Fig. 5, a-d, C. Cory/i—sa, corolla laid open <6; 5b, calyx laid open <6; 5¢, Ovary
X6; 5d, scale X15.

Fig. 6, a-d, C. Cephalanthi—6a, corolla laid open >< 3; 6b, calyx Jaid open X 35%
ovary <9; 6d, scales and stamens 9.

Fig. 7, a-c, C, Polygonorum—Za, corolla laid open < 6; ab, calyx laid open < 6;

'. 7c, scale-and anther 12.

Fig. 8, a-f, C. cuspidata—8a, corolla laid open X 5; 8b, calyx laid open * 53 8c,
ovary X 5; 8d, scale 12; 8e, bract X 3; 8f, flowers < 4.

Fig. 9, a-d, C. Gronovii—ga, corolla laid open 9; 9b, calyx laid open X 53 9°
ovary X 9; 9d, scale X 10, t

Fig. 10, a=d, C. rostrata—toa, corolla laid open < 5; 9b, calyx laid open X55
Ovary X 5; 9d, seale X I1.

“Fig. 11, a-e, C. compacta—t1a, corolla laid open 5; 1b, sepal x 5; 1c, bract
5; 11d, ovary; 11e, scale < 9. ;

Fig. 12, a-e, C. glomerata—t2a, corolla laid open X 5; 12b, sepal X 5; 3 12e, bracts -
X 53 2d, ovary X 5; 12e, scales x 12.

315

Southern Botanists.*
By F. LAMsSon-SCRIBNER,

Ladies and Gentlemen: At this season (March 26th) there may
be found in our rich woodlands, brightening the deep shades with
its pure white flowers, a little plant known to botanists the world
over as Jeffersonia.

A more delicate tribute cannot be paid a worker in the science
of botany than to name for him some new or undescribed plant.
Only those who by their direct labors have increased our knowl-
edge of the vegetable kingdom, or who have in some way mate-
tially aided in the advancement of the science, have been thus»
honored.

It is the purpose of this lecture to pass in review some of
those who have been thus distinguished in the annals of Amer-
ican botany, or who have thus become identified with the plants
of the Southern States. The number is far too great for all to be
included in a popular lecture, nor can I claim your time to say all
that I would like to say of those even who are ranked most
prominent.

Jeffersonia diphylla commemorates one whose name and fame
are so well known to all that I scarcely need more than mention
him. Although Jefferson was not a botanist, his recognition of
the science and the successsul encouragement which he gave to
its prosecution will ever be remembered by botanists in the plant
Which bears his name. In the development of our nation and
national politics this name will ever stand among the first and
foremost, and in the development of natural history in America it
holds a no less prominent position. “It is probable,” says G.
Brown Goode, “that no two men have done so much for science
in this country as Jefferson and Agassiz; not so much by their
direct contributions to knowledge as by the immense weight they
Save to scientific interests by their advocacy.”+

To Jefferson’s interest and influence was due the organization
of the first government exploring expedition, that of Lewis and

* A lecture delivered at the University of Tennessee, March 26, 1889. :
+“The Beginnings of Natural History in America.” Liberal use has been made
Of this address by Prof. Goode in the preparation of this lecture. pe) FG en

* i

316

Clark, into the far Northwest—the precursor of all like enter-
prises carried on by the general government, culminating in the
_ present magnificent Geological Survey,

A little incident illustrating Jefferson’s scientific enthusiasm is
thus related. On going to Philadelphia to be inaugurated Vice-
President, he carried with him a collection of fossil bones which
he had obtained in Green Brier county, Virginia, together with a
paper in which were formulated the results of his studies upon
them. This was published in the Transactions of the American
Philosophical Society, and the animal which the bones illustrated
is still known as Megalonyx Jeffersoni. The spectacle of an
American statesman coming to take part as a central figure in the
greatest political ceremony of our country, bringing with him a
lot of bones and an original contribution to science is one long to
be remembered, and is not likely soon to be repeated. Botanists
have done well to preserve in their special field the memory Of
this man, remarkable as he was great.

A tropical American genus of woody climbers, Banisteria of
Linnzus, was dedicated to John Bannister, who settled in Virginia
some time prior to 1668, and who published in 1686 a “Catalogus
Plantarum in Virginia Observatarum,” which was the first system:
atic paper upon natural history emanating from America. l¢
was an artist, for with his notes and dried specimens transmitted
to Bishop Compton and John Ray, of England, he sent drawings
of the rare species which he found... Ray says of Bannister in his
« Historia’ Plantarum,” “erudissimus vir et consummatissimus
Botanicus.”

The memory of John Bannister is still cherished in Virginia
where his descendants are numerous.

That attractive little spring flower Claytonia Virginiana, which
enjoys the honor of having been the first to fall into the hands of
Dr. Gray, when a student, to be analyzed by him, and which with
one or two others disputes the right to be recognized as the “ May
Flower” of our ancestors, keeps fresh in our memories one of the
earliest devotees of botanical science in America, John Clayton, of
Virginia. For fifty years Clayton was clerk of Gloucester county ee
and during all this period he spent a great deal of time in exploring oe
the region about him and in describing the plants which he found. a

317

He was a correspondent of Gronovius and also of the great
Linneus, both of whom afforded him much aid in his ‘botanical
pursuits. Clayton’s ‘‘ Flora Virginiana,” the first of its kind in
this country, began to appear in 1739, subsequent portions being
published in 1743 and 1762. At the time of his death he left
two volumes of manuscripts, and an herbarium with marginal
notes and references for the engraver who should prepare the
plates for his proposed work. All this material, the result of many
years of labor, was destroyed by fire during the Revolutionary War,
and thus perished what was probably one of the most important
works on American botany written before the days of Gray and
Torrey.

The author of the first work written in America on the princi-
ples of science (Botany and Zoology), was, like Clayton, a resi-
dent of Virginia. The low-creeping, evergreen vine, known to
very one as Partridge-berry, was named by Linnzus in honor of
this author, Mitchella repens. Dr. John Mitchell was born in
England, but he early came to Virginia where he spent nearly fifty
years practicing medicine and promoting science. He was a man
of broad culture and was one of the earliest chemists and physicists
in America. His political and botanical writings were numerous
and were always well received, and Mitchell’s map of North America
is still an authority in boundary matters. It has been said of
Mitchell and Clayton that together they gave to the botany of
Virginia a distinguished lustre.

Mark Catesbey spent a dozen years in Virginia and the Caro-
linas, from 1712 to 1725, collecting and making paintings of birds
and plants, and his magnificent, illustrated work on the Natural
History of Carolina, Florida and the Bahamas, is still of very
§reat value to students. A Rubiaceous genus of the Antilles
perpetuates his name.

John Bartram, whose home was near Philadelphia, but who
extended his botanical explorations into some of the Southern
States, was styled by Linnzeus “the greatest natural botanist in
the world.” He was made botanist to His Majesty for the Flor-
idas by George III., and was given a pension of 50 pounds a
year. He was a collector rather than an investigator, and did
botany great service by supplying plants and seeds to Linnaeus and

318

other European botanists. He is best remembered in the so-
called Bartram oak, Quercus heterophylla, and in the unique bo-
tanic garden which he established on the banks of the Schuylkill,
near Philadelphia.

An herbaceous plant of the Old World, Michauxia, com-
memorates the author of the first “Flora of North America,’ and
the most untiring explorer this country has ever seen. Although
André Michaux the elder cannot be ranked as a Southern botan-
ist, as he spent only a few years in the Southern States, he so
identified himself with our flora, and being the first botanist to
cross the mountains, in 1795, from the East into Tennessee and
Kentucky, that we cannot pass him wholly unmentioned.

Of the 1700 species of plants enumerated in Gattinger's
“Tennessee Flora,’ over 135 were originally described and named
by Michaux, and many of these were found by him, some for the
first time, within our State limits. Michaux, with his son’s assist-
ance did more than any other man to diffuse a knowledge of our
forest trees, particularly the oaks. His “Flora” was published in
1803.

Passing over a number of names scarcely less noteworthy
than those already mentioned, we come to those who have been
most active in the investigation of Southern plants within the
present century. :

A yellow-flowered composite plant of the sand hills of Georg!a
and Florida, named by Nuttall, Baldzwinia multiffora, calls up be-
fore us one of our pioneers in the field of botany, Dr. William
Baldwin. Dr. Baldwin was born in Pennsylvania in 1779, edu-
eated at the University of that State, and in 1811 removed to
Georgia. He was a man much beloved by his associates, of whom
Stephen Elliott was one, and was possessed with a most amiable
character. He studied very minutely the difficult family of
sedges, and the yet more difficult genera of grasses, Paspalum
and Panicum. One of his best botanical papers was published

the Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., of Phila., and another in the American
Journal of Science, the first relating to sedges, the second pee -
grasses. He was appointed botanist to the expedition under Mar
Maj. Long, but his health, never very strong, failed completely eee

during the journey to the field, and he died at Franklin, Mo.,

319

in the forty-first year of his age. His collections of Southern
plants are now in the Herbarium of the Acd. Nat. Sci., of Phila.,
- Where they are guarded with care and justly prized.

Muhlenberg, in Nuttall’s “Genera Plantarum,” did honog to
one of the most distinguished of our early botanists by naming for
Stephen Elliott, a shrub of the Heath family, which grows in the
dry, rich soils of Southern Georgia, El/iottia racemosa. Elliott
was born at Beaufort, S. C., in 1771. He was educated at Yale,
and while a senior in college he was spoken of as being possessed
of more science and general information than was often found in
one of his age and standing. He graduated with one of the high-
est honors, and returning home applied himself to agricultural
pursuits. The people of his State, recognizing his marked ability,
elected him first to the State Legislature, and then to the Senate.
While a member of the latter body he took a leading part in all
important business, and was the originator of the “free school
system” of South Carolina, and the Bank Bill creating the “« Bank
of the State.”

He was for a time President of the South Carolina College and
later Professor of Botany and Natural History in the Charleston
Medical College. He was the first, and during his lifetime the
only President of the Philosophical Society of Charleston. The ver-
Satility and vigor of Mr. Elliott's mind may be seen in the variety
of attainments in which he excelled. Beginning his career as a
legislator, in which capacity he served for many years, he took
Prominent and leading parts in many of the important measures
of his day. And it was while engaged in public and in engrossing
financial business that he found time for literary and scientific
Pursuits, which alone would have placed him in the foremost rank
_ among men of letters.

Botanists remember and esteem Elliott for his grand work
entitled a «Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia,”
Published in two volumes in 1823 and 1824. The technical de-
Scriptions of the species enumerated are given in both Latin and
English, and these in each case are followed by a more extended
account in English in which are given the habitat, time of flower-
'ng, local names and often the reputed medicinal properties and
other points of historical interest. The whole work, embracing ©

320

1349 pages, together with a dozen finely executed plates illustrat-
ing 48 species of sedges and grasses, exhibits great scientific ac-
curacy and an unusual amount of care in its preparation. Such
was the work which the author modestly styles a “sketch.” It
was the chief authority among botanists for this latitude prior to
the appearance of Chapman’s “Flora of the Southern States,” in
1860, and to-day it is one of the works which all working botanists
feel that they must possess or be able to consult. Until one has
written a book, and . especially a book where almost every line is
the statement of a fact learned, for the most part, from original
observation, can they appreciate the amount of patience and labor
involved in the preparation of such a work as Elliott’s “Sketch of —
the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia.”

In the preface to the second volume, Elliott, in acknowledging
his indebtedness to others for assistance, briefly refers to several
botanists who come within the scope of this lecture, and I cannot
do better than to quote Elliott’s own words in speaking of them.
“To those who have aided in collecting the plants from which
this sketch has been compiled, the author feels his manifold obli-
gations; he wishes to express them particularly to Mr. James
Jackson, of Louisville, Ga., from whom he has received many new
and many rare plants and whose notes have always rendered his
specimens more valuable. To Samuel Boykin, of Milledgeville,
who, residing in a most interesting district of country, has added
much to the author’s knowledge of its flora by the valuable col-
lections of specimens occasionally sent him. }

“To Mr. N. Herbemont, of Columbia, S. C., for many speci”
mens of rare plants collected around Columbia and in the uppet
districts of Carolina.

“To Dr. William Baldwin, of the United States Navy, a bot
anists of distinguished talents and indefatigable activity, who while

residing in the southern districts of Georgia, communicated many ~

new species published in the earlier portions of the “« Sketch.” :

“ But principally to the late Dr. James McBride, a tribute 1s
due, not only for the services which he himself actually rendered,
but for the contributions whieh he induced others to offer. Dex, 2
votedly attached to science, he had the talent to make it popular —
_ wherever his influence extended. Profoundly skilled in his pro- —

321

fession and high in the confidence of his fellow citizens, he fell a
victim to the fatigues and exposure of an extensive practice. In
the midst of a brilliant career, with prospects of increasing useful-
ness and extended reputation, he died at the early age of 33.”

In dedicating to this gentleman the genus, Macoridea, Elliott
says, “I have named this genus in commemoration of the late Dr.
James McBride, whose untimely death, medicine and natural his-
tory and an admiring country equally deplore.”

There are a namber of plants in our flora, both among
phanerogams and cryptogams which have been named for Rev.
Moses A. Curtis, of North Carolina, a most acute botanist and a
gentleman whose character and ability reflect honor upon the
State in which he lived. Curtis was born in Berkshire county,
Massachusetts, in 1808, and at the age of 22 came to Wilming-
ton, N. C., as a tutor in the family of Governor Dudley. He
began at once to devote himself to the study of the flora of that
region, which was especially rich and interesting. Close up to
the village reached the pine forests, abounding in strange plants
that charmed the eye and filled the portfolios of the enthusiastic
young botanist. His quick eye and assiduity may be judged by
the fact that in little more than two seasons during his brief hours
of leisure he made a collection of over a thousand species, or
rather more than half the number described in Elliott’s Botany.
The result of these two years’ investigation appeared in 1834, in
Curtis's “Enumeration of the Plants Growing Spontaneously
around Wilmington, N. C.,” published in the Boston Journal of
Natural H istory. This first contribution to botany by Dr. Curtis
was more than a mere catalogue, and it attracted the favorable
Notice of his teachers and correspondents. It was so thorough
that after the lapse of half a century only about 50 species have
been added to his list. Among some of the new plants which he
found near Wilmington was the curious and very local Dionea
muscipula, or Venus fly-trap. Week after week he would visit the
savannas, and, lying at full length upon the ground, would watch
the peculiarities of this plant, and the description which he gave
of its habits in his first published work has been many times
quoted during the last 50 years, showing that he possessed the
gift of accurate and entertaining description to a marked degree.

322

In 1835 Curtis was ordained to the ministry of the Episcopal
Church and immediately entered upon mission work in Western
North Carolina. He spent a year in this work, and while thus en-
gaged he took advantage of his journeying in the solitary woods
to pursue his botanical researches. He traveled mostly in a sulky
which was so arranged that his collecting portfolios could be
placed under the cushion of the seat. As he came across speci-
mens he would gather them, put them into the portfolios, and so
by the end of his journey he had secured a goodly number of
ready pressed plants for future study or for mounting in his her-
barium. In 1849 he again visited the mountain region, and in
1841 it was said of him by Dr. Gray that “no living botanist was
so well acquainted with the vegetation of the Sotithern Alleghany
mountains, or has explored those of North Carolina more exten-
sively.”

Dr. Curtis’ method as a student was that of a broad-minded
scientist ; just to name a flower and preserve it was to him but the
beginning of his work. His earliest records show that he studied
the relations of plant life to geologic and climatic surroundings.
The study of botanical geography was begun with his career as 4
botanist and continued throughout, extending over 38 years. The
account he gives us in his “ Woody Plants” is to-day the best
guide to the natural climatological divisions of the State which
has ever been published. He also directed his attention to the
numerous economic questions which met him in his intimate ac-
quaintance with the treasures of the field and forest. It was this
feature of his labors alone which brought him an audience in his ©
adopted State. His “ Woody Plants,” published as a part of the
State Geological and Natural History Survey in 1860, at once be-
came a popular manual for the farmer and the woodsman, and for
the amateur botanist a key to the more conspicuous trees and
shrubs useful for their fruit or timber or as ornaments. The pre
face of this little work is an introduction to the geographical dis-

tribution of plants in the State and shows what a thorough ac :

quaintance its author had with the broad subject.
Although Dr. Curtis is known as a man who was intimately

acquainted with the flowering plants of the South, it is through a

his great knowledge of cryptogams, especially of fungi, that he

323

became most widely known and justly famous. This very diffi-
cult branch of botany had few votaries in Curtis’s time, and there
was no text-book on the subject published in. America. ° Pro-
vided, however, with the two well-known works of Schweinitz,
Curtis addressed himself to what was for him a labor of love. He
was painstaking and accurate in his methods, and the microscopic
work necessary for the determination of species became with him
a triumph of skill. Few were the botanists with whom he could
compare specimens or exchange notes. _ He pursued this specialty
without the stimulus now offered by special societies, and for the
greater part of his career absolutely without an audience. It was
intense love for the work which led him up to the highest station
occupied by any American botanist. Dr. Curtis gave particular
attention to the edible species of fungi. He communicated to the
“ Gardeners’ Chronicle” for October 9th, 1869, an article on the
“Edible Fungi of North Carolina,” and left in manuscript a very
complete illustrated work on “Esculent Fungi.” Every one
knows the palatable and wholesome character of the common
mushroom or pink gill, but few are aware that there are other
kinds growing in our fields and woods that are more finely
flavored and just as wholesome. In his catalogue of the plants of
North Carolina, Curtis indicates 111 species of edible fungi known
to inhabit that State, and he remarks elsewhere that he has no
doubt that there exist 40 or 50 more.

In a letter to Berkeley, of England, Curtis writes: “In Octo-
ber, 1866, while on the Cumberland Mountains in Tennessee,
although with little leisure for examination during the two days
Spent there, I counted 18 species of edible fungi. Of the four or
five species that I collected for the table, all who partook of them
declared them most emphatically delicious. On my return
home, while stopping a few hours at a station in Virginia, I gath-
fred eight good species within a hundred yards of the depot.

d so it seems to be throughout the country. Hill and plain,
mountain and valley, fields and pastures, swarm with a profusion
°f good nutritious fungi which are allowed to decay where they
ati up, because people do not know how, or are afraid, to use

em,” :

In 1867 the State published as a part of the Geological and

324

Natural History Survey, a “Catalogue of the Indigenous and
Naturalized Plants of North Carolina,’ by Dr. Curtis. This Cata-
logue included 4,800 species, and was the first attempt made by
any botanist in this country to enumerate the cryptogams as well
as the flowering plants, and its appearance was a matter of much
scientific congratulation. This work was the result of 25 years of
botanical study over a territory of 50,000 square miles.

The most important purely scientific papers of Dr, Curtis were
his contributions to the mycology of North America, published in
several volumes of Silliman’s Journal.

A genus of plants, Ravenelia, belonging to the same family as
the rust of wheat, perpetuates the name of Dr. Henry W. Ravenel,
of South Carolina. At the time of his death, less than four years
ago, there were among American botanists none more respected
and beloved and few whose scientific work covered so many years
of activity.

Born with a fondness for natural history, Ravenel pursued his
botanical studies with great earnestness and enthusiasm during
the whole of his long life. He made extensive collections of
plants, but he was no ordinary collector, heaping up rough ma-
terial to be exchanged for specimens to be counted rather than
studied. He was a most accurate observer, and always noted the
habits and peculiarities of the plants he gathered. There was not
a group of plants, no matter how small, which escaped his obsef-
vation. He not only studied critically the phanerogams of his
State, but he collected and studied as far as it was possible in his
time and in a region remote from large libraries, mosses, lichens,
alge and fungi. He was a zealous follower of Dr. Curtis, and be —
came recognized as authority on the species of fungi in the South- :
ern States, for no one possessed such an intimate acquaintance —
with them. He discovered many new flowering plants and a sur
prisingly large number of cryptogams. His interest in the latter
group brought him into correspondence with the leading mycolo- f
gists of Europe, and Ravenel became nearly as well known abr oad :
as at home. He is best known to the botanists of to-day by his
_ published sets of fungi, a dozen volumes or more, which are ROW =
rare and exceedingly valuable. His writings are not numerousy ss
but they are characterized by thoroughness and indicate an active —

325

mind which went beyond mere descriptions and inquired into
causes as well as results. His work was not solely for the scien-
tific world; he was for many years botanist to the State Board of
Agriculture and an editor of an agricultural paper. His popular
articles on the grasses of the South are of special interest and
value, for he devoted much attention to these plants and appre-
ciated their agricultural importance. He is spoken of as having
been a man whose life was full of kindness to all about him and an
example of what a botanist should be.

Among the Southern botanists who have worked in this field
and become identified with Southern plants are many who have

_attained distinction through their labors, but of whom I have not
the time to speak. I must, however, mention the names of Lind-
heimer and Fendler, whose collections have become classical
through the publication of Engelmann and Gray; of William F.
Feay, of Georgia, whose devotedness to botany led to a number
of interesting discoveries; of Prof. John L. Riddell, who for many
years resided at Mobile, and whose name is indelibly associated
with botany through the genus Riddellia; of S. B. Buckley, who
discovered and published many new species of Southern plants,
and for whom Buckleya distichophylla, a graceful Santalaceous
shrub of the mountains of North Carolina was named; of Dr. C.
W. Short, of Kentucky, justly famous in his time and whose ser-
vices were recognized by Dr. Gray in that extremely rare plant
found only near Roan Mt., Shortia galacifolia; of John Williamson,
of Kentucky, the artist botanist whose “Fern Etchings’’ gained
him a world-wide reputation; of Le Conte, of Georgia, who mono-
graphed our species of the genus Paspalum; and lastly, but by
no means least, of Dr. Engelman, of St. Louis, Mo., whose botanical
Works placed him in the first rank of men of science and whose
publications will always be essential to every working botanist.

Passing over these thus briefly, we come to those who are yet
living and still active in the cause.

We cannot omit speaking of Judge M. Thomas Peters, of
Moulton, Ala., although he is no longer actively engaged in
botany, Judge Peters was one of the first to draw the attention
of botanists to the ferns of his State and was the discoverer of that

beautiful little species named in his honor, Zyichomanes Petersii. —

326

There are numerous private as well as public herbaria, both in
this country and in Europe, that owe many of the treasures they
possess to the kindness and generosity of Judge Peters. He
brought to light that rare and curious sedge, Carex Boottiana, and
he was one of the earliest students of the fungi of Alabama. His
collections of this class of plants as well as his botanical library
he donated to. the Alabama State University. "

The discoverer of the very rare NMeviusia Alabamensts, the
Rev. R. Nevius, should be named in passing, although he is now
stationed on the Pacific coast. He communicated many interest-
ing Southern plants to Dr. Gray, and in his new field of labor he
is continuing his botanical studies, paying particular attention to
mosses.
Louisiana is at this time the fortunate possessor of a most in-
dustrious and acute botanist in the person of Rev. A. B. Langlois,
of St. Martinsville. Mr. Langlois was born in France in 1832,
and he began. his botanical studies in. that country, for before
coming to America in 1855, he had made an herbarium of some
1200 species. He spent nearly two years in Cincinnati complet-
ing his ecclesiastical education, and then located at Point-a-la-
Hache, La., where he remained for thirty years. The locality
being near the delta of the Mississippi was one of peculiar botan-
ical interest, and Mr. Langlois succeeded in discovering many
rare and some new species of plants. Langlois has carried om
his botanical studies under circumstances which would have de-
terred many from undertaking them. He has been entirely cut
off from botanical associates, and the climate of his region is SO
moist as to render the drying of specimens most difficult. Upon
going to Point-a-la-Hache, he at once renewed his botanical work,

but being entirely without books and wholly unacquainted with

any American botanist, he sent his first collections, numbering
some 300 species, to France to be named, but he never heard .
from them or received one word of encouragment. Evidently 3
disheartened he dropped the study of plants for twenty years;*

period which he now looks upon with deep regret. In 187 ane

began again the study, first with only Wood’s “ Manual,” and g
then with Chapman’s “Southern Flora.” Langlois thus relates ee
his progress from this time, «By accident I learned that there

327

’
was a botanist, Dr. Puissant, at the Ecclesiastical Seminary of
Troy, N. Y., and I immediately wrote to him offering Southern
plants for Northern ones, and I received from the doctor about
500 species. Soon after I found out there was published here a
“ Botanical Gazette,” for which I immediately subscribed. From
this journal I learned many things unknown to me before;
through its advertisements I got plants from Eggert, of Missouri,
Pringle, of Vermont, and a check-list from Patterson, of Illinois.
Then I began to know and appreciate the advantages of having
correspondents. The ones who have been of greatest service to
me in phanerogams are Morong, of Massachusetts, Wibbe, of
New York, and later, J. Donnell Smith, of Baltimore. In grasses
‘Ihave been assisted by Dr. Vasey, of Washington, and in Cyper-
acez by Connant. :

“In 1884, through the kindness of Mr. Lehnert, of Washing-
ton, I began the study of mosses, liverworts and lichens, and in
the latter part of 1885, at the suggestion of Mr. Scribner, I began
the study of fungi. I soon acquired a deep interest in these
plants, and have been greatly aided in their study by Prof. Ellis,
of New Jersey. The mycological flora of Louisiana being so rich
and at the same time so poorly known, I have for the past three
years given almost my entire attention to it. Every day I make
new discoveries, and I am yet far from having exhausted this in-
tensely interesting part of the Louisiana flora.” Mr. Langlois has
Now an herbarium containing some 5000 species of North Ameri-
can plants, including 1214 species of Phanerogams and vascular
‘typtogams of his State. So far as his State is concerned, this
work has been done single-handed. About a year ago, Langlois

Published a catalogue of Louisiana plants which embraced the ~

fungi he had found, now numbering 1200 species. Langlois’
collections are widely distributed in the herbaria of this country
and in France, and his specimens are highly valued by all who
Possess them. :

I have been thus particular in speaking of Mr. Langlois, not
Only to show the interest that may be acquired in the study of
botany, but also to show what may be accomplished under condi-
tions most adverse. Mr. Langlois is now rector of St. Martin’s

- church, St. Martinsville, La.

o

328

For many years botanists of this country, when they have
wished specimens of Southern plants or have desired to learn
more about them, have turned by almost common consent to Dr.
Chas. Mohr, a druggist of Mobile, Alabama, a German by birth.
An assiduous explorer and collector, an acute observer of plants
-and a generous correspondent, freely communicating to others
the results of his labors, Dr. Mohr has won the esteem and
confidence of all American botanists. Nor is his reputation con-
fined to this side of the Atlantic, for some of his botanical com-
munications to the German scientific journals have been trans-
lated into all the leading languages of Europe. What he has
accomplished for the science of botany has been done in the
hours of recreation which he could command in a pretty hard
struggle for an existence in his calling as pharmacist. During
the first years of his residence in this country, from 1857 to 1865,
he devoted the limited hours he could spare for rest or recreation
to the study of mosses, and the specimens he collected of these
plants were sent to the leading bryologists of this country and
Europe. He greatly assisted Lesquereux and James by furnish-
ing material for their work on the mosses of North America,
and the many new species which he found were published in
the BuLterin or THE Torrey Boranicat Cius under the title of ©
“Contributions to the Bryology of the United States.”

In 1886 Mohr acquired the valuable herbarium of Dr. J. Rid-
dell, of Louisiana, author of a “ Catalogue of the Plants of Louisi- —
ana” and of a “Synopsis of the Plants of the West.” This her-
barium contained the extensive collections of Dr. Josiah Hale, of
Alexandria, Louisiana, as well as those of Prof. W. M. Carpenter,
and was to Mohr “a mine of wealth and information.” At about
the same time he had placed in his hands for determination the —
valuable collection of Dr. Denney, of Luggsville, La., from which 4
he got a glimpse of the richness of the arboreal flora of Southert —
Alabama beyond the pine belt proper. The study of this collec —
tion inspired him with a special interest in woody plants and ta
forestry, and his work in this field of botany now stands second
tonone. The results of a season spent in the field of 1877 form ;
the chapter on the “Forests of Alabama,” published in 1878 1
Birney’s Handbook. This paper more systematically arrang

329

corrected, and new points of special interest to the subject added,
was afterwards published separately.

For atime connected with the State Grange, Dr. Mohr directed
his attention to the grasses and forage plants, with particular
reference to those best adapted for cultivation in the coast region
of the Gulf States. In this connection he first pointed out the
value of Mexican clover and Lespedeza striata. His investiga-
tions on these plants were fully published in the reports of the U.
S. Department of Agriculture. He also communicated frequent
articles to the local papers on this and kindred subjects.

Many interesting waifs from foreign countries have been in-
troduced on ship’s ballast around Mobile, and the studies Mohr
made of these plants led to the publication in the “Botanical
Gazette” of a paper “on the plants introduced into the Gulf
States.” Further experiences on the same subject gained during
the succeeding ten years furnished the theme for an article pub-
lished last August in the « Pharmaceutical Revue” (German), on
“Plant immigration in the Southern States through the aid of
animals or accidently by man.”

In 1880 Dr. Mohr was called upon by Prof. Sargent to under-
take the investigation of the forests of the Gulf States, in regard to
their timber resources and other products and the industries de-
Pendent on them. This work kept him engaged in the field dur-
ing all of one season and part of another. The results of his ob-
Servations were reported to Prof. Sargent and published in the
ninth volume of the Tenth Census report. While in the field
Mohr discovered several new species and rediscovered a number
that had long been lost sight of. His observations also furnished
him materials for an article on forest trees of the Gulf region pub-
lished in Vol. I of the American Journal of Forestry, and another
on “ The Forests of the South and their Bearing upon the Inter-
€sts of Agriculture,” which was read at the meeting of the South-
€rn Interstate Immigration Association at Nashville. :

In 1878 Prof. E. A, Smith, of the State Geological Survey,
placed in Dr. Mohr’s hands the plants he had collected during his
field work, and from that time dates Mohr’s undertaking to get
4p an herbarium for the Survey to be placed in the museum of
the University of Alabama. Uniting his own collections with

330

those of Prof. Smith as a basis, the work has progressed so that
now the herbarium contains something over 2200 species of
flowering plants and ferns, nearly completely illustrating the entire
State Flora.

In 1882 or 1883, Dr. Mohr was engaged by the Louisville R.
R. Co. to collect and report upon the products of the forest and
fields along the line of its road within the State. The collections
made formed a most interesting and attractive feature in the Ex-
position held at Atlanta and at Louisville, and in 1884-85 they
were again exhibited at New Orleans. An account of the material
gathered was published in a pamphlet entitled «The Natural
Resources of Alabama,” one of the few papers of its kind which
possesses real scientific merit and in no way can mislead the
reader or prospective settler.

A paper on the “Resiniferous Pines of the South and the
Manufacture of Naval Stores,” published in the Pharmaceutical Re-
view, attracted the attention of the present chief of the Forestry
Division of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and led to the
engagement of Mohr to prepare for the Department a series of
exhaustive monographs on the Southern pines of economic im-
portance, to form a part of a report to be devoted to the biology -
of North American timber trees.

Mohr is possessed with a true scientific spirit and great enthu-
siasm in his botanical work. By the amount he has accom-
plished it is very evident that he has well improved his hours of
leisure and doubtless stolen much time from his hours of needed
recreation. But in this day and generation one cannot stop to
recreate, for if he does, some more zealous worker will win the
prize he seeks. Success from true merit seems now to depend i
upon one’s powers of endurance. :

Mohr has the distinction of having gone out of the beaten —
track of systematic botanjsts and considered the plants he studied —
from an economic aspect. He has not only increased the sum of —
our knowledge, but he has added to our powers of direct useful- s
ness. I would say to those who, in referring to botany, are ever
asking the question “cud bono?” carefully read the writings a :
‘Dr. Mohr; they afford a most able answer. _ re

A leguminous plant found only in Florida was named by eo

331

Torrey and Gray, Chapmania, in honor of him who is now the
oldest of living botanists, Dr. A. W. Chapman, of Appalachicola,
Florida.

On the 16th of May, almost sixty years ago, there landed at _
Savannah, Georgia, a young man from New England, who has
since gained a world-wide reputation as a botanist and become
‘more than all others identified with the plants of the South. The
day following his arrival, in a stroll beyond the city limits he
found that curious pitcher plant, Serracenia variolaris, and with
the aid of Eaton’s « Manual” he determined its name. This was
the starting point of a botanical career which culminated in 1860
in the production of Chapman’s ‘Southern Flora.”

In 1835 Dr. Chapman settled in Florida, where he has since
resided, and during all these years his interest in or love for his
chosen science has never for a moment flagged. He has always
been isolated from association with botanists, if we except the
brief companionship which he enjoyed with Mr. H. B. Croom,
whose botanical services have been commemorated in the genus
Croomia; but he has numbered among his correspondents all the .
prominent botanists in this country and many in Europe. Only
Seven of these were ever known to him personally, and he has
outlived them all.

Dr. Chapman thus writes me, by request, concerning the origin
of his principal publication—the ‘Southern Flora.” He says:

“TI believe the « Flora’ owes its existence to a suggestion of
mine to Dr. Curtis about the year 1856, that we needed for the
South a work something like what Gray had made for the North,
and that he (Curtis) was just the man to do it. But at that time
his hands were full of toadstools and he was rusty among the
Phanerogams, and so turned over the matter to me, while promis-
ing every assistance in his power if I would undertake the job.
My time also was fully occupied with my professional duties dur-
ing the day, but I concluded to try my hand at it, after office
hours, by way of experiment. Well, I succeeded better than I
had anticipated, and was encouraged to go on, and so night after

- Night, from 9 to 12 or 2 o'clock, for nearly three years, until
‘Finis’ was reached, found me at work. In the summer of 1859 I
_ took my manuscript to Cambridge and consulted with Gray about

332

further proceedings, the result of which was that I concluded to
be my own publisher. I went to the University Press, selected
the neat typography in which the work is dressed and set the
printers to work—remaining with Gray, proof-reading and correct-
ing until November, when I turned the concluding pages over to
Prof. Eaton and came home. The work was issued just before
the war began, and I heard nothing more of it for four years,
when Dr. Gray smuggled through the lines a budget of friendly ©
notices of the work which appeared during those years in the
periodicals of this country and Europe, and all at once I awoke to
bigness.”

Since 1860 Dr. Chapman’s Flora has been the standard botany
for the Southern States, ranking with Gray’s “ Manual” for the
States of the North. Early in 1883 Dr. Chapman published a
reprint of the work, to which he added a supplement in order to
include the many plants discovered within the range covered by
the Flora, particularly in Florida, since the publication of the first
edition. And now at the advanced age of 80 years, the doctor is
actively engaged in the preparation of another edition of his Flora
to meet the changes which have been made in recent years in
systems of arrangement and in nomenclature. It was only the
other day that I received a letter from him asking the loan of
some specimens from the Gattinger Collection in order that he
might settle for himself some determinations that had been
brought into question. I do not know how far this new edition
has progressed, but it is the hope of all botanists that this ven-
erable, most courteous and faithful worker may live to again write
the word finis and see the full fruition of his labor.

The rich and varied flora of our own State has been made
known to the world by Dr. A. Gattinger, of Nashville, through
his publication entitled “Tennessee Flora.” Dr. Gattinger came
to this State some 42 years ago and was located for a time here
in the East, but he soon went to Nashville, where he has since
resided. During all these years he has been an industrious col-
lector and close observer of Tennessee plants, making many jour
neys to inaccessible or out-of-the-way places to discover some —
variety or increase his knowledge of plant distribution. Quite
_ number of new species have been found by him and several of

333

these bear his name. His herbarium, of which the University of
Tennessee is now the fortunate possessor, was one of the finest
private collections in the country. It numbers between three and
four thousand species, besides a large stock of duplicates which
can be used in making further accessions to the herbarium proper.
The Flora.of Tennessee and the general Flora east of the Missis-
sippi are well represented in it. The collection has been enriched
through exchanges with many prominent botanists, both North
and South.

Dr. Gattinger has directed special attention to the grasses of ~
Tennessee, and he contributed the most important chapters in
Killebrew’s work on these plants. -

_ His “Flora of Tennessee,” published in 1887, is a work of
excellent merit and at once stamps its author as a botanist of the
first order. In speaking of his experience, in the preface to the
“Flora,” he says «I am yet in possession of specimens collected
in 1849, when I first took up my residence in East Tennessee as
a practicing physician. Placed as I was in those early days amid
unfamiliar modes of life, with no access to intellectual resources,
Without information about the condition and advance of scientific
affairs in this country, my botanical progress could for many years
be no other than tedious and slow; but I kept up the pursuit,
which since early school years had been to me a source of pleasure
and consolation. His “Flora” is based upon botanical collections
made exclusively by himself during 38 years’ residence in the
State. In it some space is given to a description of the physical
characters of the State and the peculiar flora of each division, and
the habitat and date of flowering of the species enumerated is
8iven. To the students of botany within the State it is indispen-
Sable. It has not been my good fortune to meet Dr. Gattinger,
but he is a most agreeable correspondent and his letters bespeak
@ man of high culture and refinement. .

He has accomplished much by his industry and passionate
love for his chosen work, and there are few names better known
or held in greater esteem by the working botanists of the country
than that of Dr. Gattinger, of Tennessee. i"

The list of Southern botanists is a long one, and contain
many honorable and even brilliant names. I would that [ were

334

better able to speak of them as they deserve, but I have already
put your patience to a test, and-must now leave the subject with
the feeling, which I know is shared by some of you, that “the half
has not been told.”

Some further Notes upon Serenopsis Kempii.

By ARTHUR HOLLICK.

(PLATE CLXVL)

In a previous paper* I described and figured a supposed new
fossil palm, from the Cretaceous formation at Glen Cove, Long
Island, under the name Serenopsis Kempii. Since that paper was
published, another specimen, in a better state of preservation, has
been found, from an examination of which some additional facts
of interest have been obtained.

The two specimens are alike, except that in the one now under
consideration there are thin rays or filaments irregularly inter-
spersed between and apparently proceeding from the lower parts
of many of the main rays. These are either absent in the original
specimens, or else so poorly preserved as to be invisible. They
appear to be portions of the main rays which have become sepaf-
ated or split off. It may also be noted that in places there appeat
to be indications of reticulation between the rays, as if they might
have been connected by a membrane. If so it must have been
exceedingly thin, and a careful examination of the specimens does
does not warrant us in assuming it. I am inclined to think that
the filamentous rays and apparent reticulations are merely pOft-
tions of the main rays which have been partly torn off, leaving —
fragmentary connections. This appearance is strikingly like that
which many palm leaves assume upon approaching maturity.
Prof. Lester F. Ward, of the United States Geological Survey,
from whom I requested an opinion concerning the probable affin-
ities of the plant, does not think it a palm, but suggests that it is
more likely to be allied to the organisms which have been called

*« A ne Fossil Palm from the Cretaceous Formation at Glen Cove, Long Island”
(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xx. 168, 169, Pl. CXLIX. } : :

835

Williamsonia, whose affinities are exceedingly problematic. Thus
far it has not been found attached to any stem, but the triangular
apex is identical with that of many palms and is different from
any part of any Williamsonia which I have had the opportunity to
examine. It is to be hoped that future discoveries may include
other parts of the plant and that its true nature and affinities may
be determined beyond question.

The Jeger Moss Herbarium.

Jeger and Sauerbecks’ «Genera et Species Muscorum System-

atici Disposita; seu Adumbratio flore muscorum totius orbis ter-
rarum,’ was published serially between 1870 and 1878, in the
Jahresbericht of the St. Gallischen naturwissenschaftlichen gesell-
schaft in St. Gall, Switzerland. It is a bulky volume of 1550
pages, which are not consecutive, being those of the original pub-
lication, A list compiled from it isin use at Kew as a shelf index.
Besides the names, the original citations are given, with the geo-
graphical distribution and the numbers of the exsiccate in which
the specimens have been distributed. The collection made by
Dr. Jeger includes most of the numbers cited, and up to a recent
date was in the possession of the Boissier Herbarium at Geneva.
Through the kindness of M. Barbey, who offered the collection to
us, and the generosity of several friends, it has recently been pur-
chased and presented to the Herbarium of Columbia College.
It is undoubtedly the most complete collection of exotic mosses
in this country, occupying about 90 cubic feet. It is packed in
large pasteboard boxes, the specimens laid loose in species covers
of the standard size. We shall incorporate it into the general
herbarium, designating the specimens by an appropriate stamp.
The most valuable of the European Exsiccate are contained in it,
there being such sets as the following :

Breutel, Musci Frondosi Exsiccate.

Breutel, Flora Germanica Kryptogamica.
Rabenhorst, Bryotheca Europea.

H. Miiller, Westphalischen Laubmoose.

Wartman u. Schenk, Schweizerische Kryptogamen.

336

Limpricht, Bryotheca Silesiaca.

Jack, Leiner u Stitzenberger, Arypiecemen Badens.
Wilson, Musci Brittanici.

De Notaris, Erbario Crittogamico Italiano.

Husnot, Musci Galliz.

F. Gravet, Bryotheca Belgica.

V. F. Brotherus, Musci Fennici Exsiccatz.

W. Ph. Schimper, Un. itini. crypt.

Molendo, Univ. itin. crypt.

Of tropical American there are Spruce, Amazonici et Andini,
a duplicate set, as Dr. Spruce sold his own private collection to
us last winter; a set of F. Miiller’s Mexican mosses, with auto-
graph labels, also a duplicate, as we had a fine set from the
Meisner Herbarium; a set of Wright’s Cuban mosses; of Ber-
nouilli’s Guatemala; Lindig’s New Grenada; and a set from
Venezuela, collected by Wullschlagel. Of North American sets
there are only three, all duplicates. Sullivant’s Musci Allegha-
nienses, and two sets of Sullivant and Lesquereux Musci Boreali
Americani, 2d edition (1869), one of which we would gladly
exchange for the first edition, which is still one of our desiderata.
Among Jzger’s own specimens isa set of his Musci Hispanici,
and the cleistocarpous mosses which he described in his “ Musci
Cleistocarpici” are very fully represented.

Besides these, there are many autograph specimens from well-
known bryologists, such as Schimper, J. and K. Mueller, Hampe,
Winter, Juratzka, Hornschuh, Pfeffer, Bauer, Blytt, Brotherus,
Reinhardt, Ruthe, Lorentz, Bamberger, Breidler, Milde, Molendo,
Venturi, Mitten, Wilson, etc., including portions of many valuable
types.

Of. the exotic mosses, other than American and European,
there are sets from Greenland collected by Melhose, from Madeira
by Bauer, from Java by Van Oorschot and Lacoste, from Australia
and New Zealand by King, from the Auckland Islands by Knight
and St. Clair, from the Himalayas by Jacquement, from India,
Sikkim by Kurz, the East Indies, Nepaul and New Zealand by Sit
J. D. Hooker, Japan by Savatier, Ceylon by Hooker and Mitner,
New South Wales by Wallich and others. See

: EvizaBETH G. BRITTON.

337

New Honors to Old Weeds.

By Epw. L. GREENE.

The modern history of Californian botany was taken up by men
who had never seen the field of their researches, and who had no
conception of the number of foreign plants that had become
naturalized in this part from Europe a hundred years ago. Many
of these had not made their appearance in New England, and
were unfamiliar to New England botanists. Several such plants,
well-known to botanists in general for several centuries, obtained
new names at the hands of writers of the East, as if they had been
quite new to science. Dr. Britton, in the last issue of this jour-
nal, has been able to identify as old, one of my own supposed
new plants; and IJ may here be allowed to indicate that botanists of
note have added to synonymy in this manner, before me. Asa
Gray, in his day, gave new names to not less than five extremely
common and familiar weeds of the Old World, the specimens of
which had come to him from this unsuspected habitat of California.

When, nearly twenty years ago, the present writer sent him
Convolvulus arvensis from California, his letter in answer shows
that he had considered this to be an exclusively Californian species,
the C Californicus, of Choisy; and when, a few weeks later, the
real C. Californicus was transmitted, he named this C. So/danella,
an Old World species. But errors of this kind, of which he and
other so-called “authorities” on West American botany have
made scores and hundreds, do not come directly under my head-
ing, being errors that did not go into print. The Old World
Convolvulus to which Dr. Gray gave.a new name, as a new species,
and in the wrong genus at that, is a grain field weed, as common
in California as in Europe—C. pentapetaloides, Linn., which he
Named Breweria minima (Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 228). This error
he some years afterward discovered and corrected. But there is
One seeming more inexcusable which has not yet been corrected,
_ though it was detected by me while Dr. Gray was still living; for
I was loath to call his attention to a mistake, the discovery of
Which by another would naturally be somewhat humiliating. I
refer to a new name that he gave toa plant of such ancient and

ee

338

world-wide repute ‘as Pennyroyal, the Mentha Pulegium of Lin-
neus. In this error Dr. Kellogg, it must be admitted, led the
way; for when the plant appeared to him he named it as a new
Hedeoma, H. purpurea (Proc. Calif. Acad. v. 52). In working up
the Labiate for the State Survey volumes, after having examined
this plant minutely, Dr. Gray simply transferred it to the Cali-
fornian genus Jficromeria, where, as he remarks, it is “ anoma-
lous ;” and so it stands to-day in the Synoptical Flora, as MJ/icro-
meria purpurea, Gray. It is abundant not only on that island in
the San Joaquin River, whence Dr. Kellogg and Dr. Gray had it,
but also in several parts of Middle California rather remote from
that station; and not more than one species of mint, JZ. pzperita, has
been more familiarly known in all countries during many centuries.

A dozen years ago I found by the wayside, in Berkeley, a
Cichoriacea new to me, and of which no account was given in the
State Survey volumes, or in any other American book ; but, sus-
pecting it of alien derivation, I soon found it to be Crepis virens,
Linn., one of the most cosmopolitan members of its genus. But
Dr. Gray twice mistook this plant for a new species, assigning it
two new names, one in each of two distinct genera. It is his
Malacothrix crepoides (Pac. R. Rep. xii. 49), and Crepis Coopert
(Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 214); and it was a friendly fortune which
permitted him to make this correction of a humiliating two-fold
error with his own pen. Even Malva parviflora was by this
author new-named JZ. obtusa when first it went to him from Cali-
fornia.

_ Iam said to have given the new name Paronychia pusilla to
an obscure weed of Southern Europe, of which the real name ‘is
Herniaria cinerea. It is the only instance in which I have honored
an old weed with a new name; and as I have worked upon the
Californian flora now nearly as many years as Asa Gray did, my
record in this respect seems not likely to prove worse than his,
to say the least.

Botanical Notes.

A Biological Survey of Indiata—At the last meeting of the
Indiana Academy of Science, at Terre Haute, a Biological Survey

339
was established for the State of Indiana, and a board of Directors
appointed to organize the survey and outline the preliminary
work ordered by the Academy.

It is the purpose of the Botanical Division during the present
year to make such additions and corrections to the published
“Catalogue of the Plants of Indiana” as are possible, and to se-
cure definite information regarding the distribution of such rare
forms as are there published. Specimens illustrating the distribu-
tion or occurrence of any plant within the limits of the State must
be deposited with the survey before any notice of their belonging
to the State Flora can be published. This will insure the ability
to verify in future any fact published by the survey. In sending
Such material it is desirable that notes on the station, habitat,
Fange and abundance of the plant be noted, together with any
_ other information that will be of value. .

In addition to the flowering plants and ferns covered in the
above, it is the intention of the Division to commence the study
of the distribution of the lower cryptogams, concerning which ~
almost nothing has been published from Indiana. While collec-
tions will be made of all forms, special attention will be given at
Present to the study of (1) Mosses, (2) Hepatice, and (3) Parasitic
Fungi. Specimens are earnestly desired of all species, even those
that are most common, from all portions of the State. It is desir-
able to state with each species the data indicated above, with par-
ticular reference to the habitat. In the case of parasitic fungi, it
is necessary to indicate the host, and to include sufficient quantity
of the host plant, that doubtful determinations may be verified.
The Director has been promised the assistance of specialists in the
Study of material accumulated. Prof. Lucien M. Underwood is
the Director of this Division.

A Monstrous Flower of Cypripedium arietinum.—During the
early part of June of the present year, while visiting a newly-
discovered locality for the rare Cypripedium arietinum, near Mt.
Pleasant, Mich., Mr. H. T. Blodgett found a monstrous flower of
the species, which he placed at my disposal for study. The flower
Was not fully expanded when found, but the parts were fully grown |
and soon unfolded. It was remarkable in having the side petals,
_ Which are linear and of a brownish color in the normal flower,

340

transformed into sac-like inflated bodies, closely resembling the
lip, but differing from it in being smaller with wider and rounder
openings, and in not having the edges rolled in. The coloring of
these side petals was like that of the lip, pinkish with lines of deep
red. The tip of the lip was pushed in upon itself until it was half
inverted, partly filling the cavity of the lip. The lip was also flat-
tened and broadened more than usual. The whole plant was
rather small, but not unusually so. The other floral organs were

normal. | Cyares A. Davis.
ALMA CoLLEGE, ALMA, MICH., July, 1893.

'
Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.

Azolla filiculoides—On the Development of. Douglas H.. Camp-
bell (Ann. Bot. vii. 155-187; three plates).

Sisanical Notes from Taxis en VL _IX. EN. Plank (Gard.. and
For. vi. pp. 272; 283).

Mention is made of Opuntia Engelmanni, O. leptocaulis, Jw
glans rupestris, Leucophyllum Texanum, Condalia obovata, Gail-
lardia pulchella, Rubus trivialis and others.

Alluding to cypress-trees, the author suggests that the so-
called cypress-knees are probably only abortive attempts of the
species to reproduce itself from its roots. At Lake Charles, La.,
the knees of some small cypress-trees were observed bearing
twigs and leaves.

California Plants—Notes on: IV. S. B. Parish (Zoé, iii. 352-354):
Remarks on Calochortus venustus and Lilea subulata. ee
Caryopsis——On the Development of the. Rodney H. True (Bot.
Gaz. xviii. 212 ; with three plates). :
Comarum palustre. (Meehan’s Month. iii. 97).
With illustration of the Marsh Cinquefoil. .
Contribution to the Biology of the Organism causing Leguminous —
Tubercles. Geo. F. Atkinson (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 226, 257). ae
Corrections and Additions to Moses Craig’s Catalogue of the. Uncult-
vated Flowering Plants Growing on the Ohio State University
Grounds. WV. A. Kellermann and W. C. Werner (Bull. No. 25
Ohio oe Ex. Sta. 1893). ) oo

341

Difference between the common Salt-wort and the Russian Thistle.
L. H. Dewey (Bot, Gaz. xviii. 275).

A comparison of the characters of Salsola Kali, L. and the
var. Tragus, D. C.

Dioon pectinatum (Gard. Chron. xiii. 718, illustrated).
Europaeischen Uredineen auf der Hochebene von Quito—Ueber das
Vorkommen von. G. von Lagerheim (Bot. Centralbl. liv.
324).
Puccinia coronata and P. graminis are recorded as occurring
in Ecuador and Fusarium uredinis is described as new. °

Fertilization—Notes on. Alice J. Merritt (Zoé, iii. 311, 312).

Californica.

flora of Denver, Colorado—A popular. Alice Eastwood (Zoé Pub.
Co., San Francisco, no date). —
This little Flora, or more properly cheeklist, enumerates, with

Short notes, 484 Phaenogamous plants growing near Denver.

ae fee

344-349).
Flowers and Insects—XT. Charles Robertson (Bot. Gaz. xviii.
267-274). : es
Notes on the insects observed visiting Stelaria media, Malva
rotundifolia, Abutilon Avicenne, Hibiscus lasiocarpus, H. Trionum,
Geranium Carolinianum, Oxalis violacea and Melilotus alba.
Fungi—New Californian. J.B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart (Erythea,
“ I45-I 47).
Descriptions of new species in the genera Limerosporium,
Metaspheria, Eutypella, Pseudovalsa, Phyllosticta and Cercospora.
General Notes of a Trip through Southeastern Utah. Alice East-
wood (Zoé, iii. 354-361). ere :
Grasses of the Pacific Slope, including Alaska and the Adjacent
Islands. Part II. Geo. Vasey (U. S. Dept. Agric:, Div. of
Botany, Bull. No. 13, pp. 50, 50 plates). o—
The second part of this beautifully illustrated work consists of
plates and descriptions of the following grasses: Agropyrum di-
vergens, Agrostis foliosa, A. microphylla, Arctagrostis latifolia,
Airopis Lemmoni, Bromus Orcuttianus, B. Suksdorfii, Calamagrostis

342

arctica, C. neglecta, C. sylvestris, var. longifolia, Coleanthus subtilis,
Colpodium pendulinum, Danthonia Californica, Deschampsia elon-
gata, D. holciformis, Dupontia Fischeri, D. psilosantha, var. flaves-
cens, Elymus arenarius, E. condensatus, E. triticoides, Festuca micro-
stachys, F. subulata, F. viridula, Glyccria paucifora, Hystrix Cali-
Sornica, Melica bromoides, M. bulbosa, M. frutescens, M. fugax, M.
Harfordi, M. stricta, Phippsia algida, Pleuropogon Californicum, P.
refractum, Poa arctica, P. argentea, P. Bolanderi, P. Californica, P.
confinis, P. Douglas, P. glumaris, P. Howellit, P. Kelloggu, P. ma-
crantha, P. nervosa, P. pulchella, var. major, P. purpurascens, a
Thurberiana, -P. unilateralis, Trisetum barbatum and Uniola Pal-
mert. The descriptions are mainly drawn up by Mr. L. H.
Dewey.

Glowcephala epiphylla. Geo. Massee (Grevillea, xxi. 33, 34, illus-
trated).
A new genus and species from Jamaica.

Fieracium Pilosella (Gard, and For. vi. 290).
The record of this little European species found by Miss Mary —

Hunnewell growing spontaneously on roadsides at Wellesley,

Mass.

Index Hepaticarum, Part [—Bibliography. Wucien Marcus Un-
derwood. (Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iv. pp. 1-91, June, 1893).
This is the first of a series of three papers, the second of

which is to be an index to all the species described, with a refer-

ence to each to the genera recognized at the present time; and
the third a classified arrangement of the species to show our
present knowledge of their geographic distribution. Besides the

84 pages of authors and titles in the first part, there is a synoptic

index to the bibliography, in which Germany leads the list in the

number of systematic papers. It is hoped that the further parts
will not be long delayed. :

Key to Kansas Trees in their Winter Condition. A. S. Hitchcock
(Eighth Bien. Rep. Kan. St. Bd. Agr. 1893).

An emendment and enlargement of Dr. Britton’s description
of this species, drawn from new material.

343

Mariposa County as a Botanical District-—IV. J. W. Congdon

(Zoé, iii. 314-325).

This part of Mr. Congdon’s paper deals with the subalpine re-
gion, and enumerates 295 species inhabiting it.

Menizelia affinis as a Field Weed. “Edward L. Greene (Erythea, a
= 188).
Musee.—A Synopsis of the Genera and Species of. J. G. Baker
_ (Ann. Bot. vii. 189-222),

This is a very important contribution to our knowledge of the
Banana Family. The genera are Heliconia with 29 species, all of
Tropical America, H. platystachys of the West Indes and Guate-
mala being described as new, Svrelitsia with 4 species, all of Cape
Colony, Ravenala with 2 species, one Madagascan, the other of
Northern South America, and Musa, with 32 species, all of the
Old World. The banana, J. Sapientium in its wild seed-bearing
form (JZ. senunifera, Lour.), Mr. Baker concludes probably extends
from Behar and the Eastern Himalayas to the Philippine and
Malay Archipelagos. oe og SS

North American Silenee and Polycarpe.—tThe. B. L. Robinson
— (Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., xxviii. 124-155, reprint ;

Contrib. Gray Herb., New Series, No. V.).

This is a treatment of the genera and species of these tribes of
the Caryophyllacez, preliminary: to their description in the con-
tinuation of Dr. Asa Gray’s Synoptical Flora of North America.
It includes Dianthus with 5 species, Gysophila with 2, Zznica with
1, Saponaria with 2, Silene with 50, two of them described as new,
Lychnis with 1 5, L. Taylore being a new one from Arctic America.
Agrostemma with 1, Drymaria with 5, Polycarpon with 2, Lef-
4ingia with 3 and Stpulicida with 1 species. The arrangement
and method of the paper is much the same as that followed by
Dr. Gray ina similar work. The citation of genera is carried
back to the first edition of Linnaeus’ Genera Plantarum (1737) in
©pposition to the agreements reached at Rochester and Genoa,
where the first edition of the Species Plantarum (1753) was decided
upon as best. The original authors of species are not cited in
_ Parenthesis, which is also contrary to the Rochester code. We
4ppend a few notes on the plants described by Dr. Robinson.

344

Dianthus prolifer, L., has been found as far west as Cleveland,
Ohio (H. C. Beardslee, 1891). Déanthus Armeria, L., Lynch-
burg, Marion and Eggleston’s Springs, Va.; Tunica Saxifraga
(L.) Scop., Flushing, Long Island (Schrenk, 1879); Gypsophila
muralis, L,., Staten Island, Deerfield, Mass. (Miss L. R. Heller,
1886); Elmwood, R.I. (J. F. Collins, 1890-92). Silene Gallica,
L. Sp. Pl. 417, stands on the page of that work after the one
where S. Auglica is published ; Silene Cucubalus, Wibel (1799),
was first published by Linnzeus as Cucubalus Behen in 1753,
but there is a St/ene Behen, also of Linnzeus; it was next pub-
lished as Behen vulgaris by Moench (Meth. 709, 1794), and
should be cited S. vadgaris {Moench) Garcke, FI. Deutsch, Ed.
9, 64 (1869); the plant is exceedingly abundant in Northern
New Jersey, and extends to Tennessee (Scribner, 1890) ; the
name Silene alba, Muhl. Cat. 45 (1813), known to apply to
Cucubalus niveus, Nutt. (1818), is rejected as “seminudum ;”
from this we infer that Dr. Robinson would reject all the
names in Muhlenberg’s Catologue, for this is as well identified
as any of them; in this view a large number of familiar names
would have to be abandoned; Silene stellata (L..) Ait., extends
to North Carolina (Small, 1892, Heller, 1890); Sz/ene nutans»
L., is an addition to our adventive flora, found on Mt. Desert;
Silene Pennsylvanica, Michx. (1803), is antedated by S. Caro-
finiana, Walt. (1788), and the plants are the same (vid. BULLETIN
xviii. 268); Silene Menziesii, Hook., and S. Scouleri, extend
eastward to Nebraska (Williams, 1890, Webber, 1889); Lef-
lingia Texana, Hook., extends to Nebraska (Webber, 1889).

Silene incompta, Gray, is reduced S. Bridgesti, Rohrb., S. plcata,
Wats., to S. Yhurberi, Wats., Lychnis Californica, Wats., be-
comes S. Watsoni, Robinson, S. Macounii and S. monantha,

_ Wats., are referred to S. Douglasii as varieties. _N. L. B.

Notholena tenera.—A new Station for, S. B. Parish (Erythea, 1.
153-154). | ;

Novitates occidentales—IV. Edward L. Greene (Erythea, i. 147-
Descriptions of new species in the genera Streptanthus, Car-

damine, Sidalcea, Ceanothus, Eriophyllum, Erigeron, Eupatorium, —

Apocynum, Asclepias, Muilla, Calochortus and Fritillarias

345

Preliminary Contribution to Our Knowledge of the Cretaceous Forma-
mation on Long Island and Eastward. Arthur Hollick (Trans.

Be Yc Acad, Sei; si, 239-337 PL Vi)

This paper follows a previous one by the same author on
“ Plant Distribution as a Factor in the Interpretation of Geological
Phenomena, with Special Reference to Long Island and Vicinity,”
and may be considered as a demonstration of some of the points
which were previously merely surmised as probable.

An historical sketch and bibliography of early researches in
the cretaceous of Eastern North America is given, after which the
author gives the results of his personal investigations of the plant
remains found on the north shore of Long Island, notably in the
vicinity of Glen Cove. The results obtained prove the existénce
there of cretaceous strata beyond doubt, and give indications of
their’ former existence at other points along the north shore of
the Island. The author is able to identify many of the fossil
leaves with those previously found in the cretaceous of New
Jersey, Staten Island and Martha’s Vineyard.

The following are figured: Liriodendron simplex, Newb.;
Laurus Plutonia, Heer; Myrtophyllum (Eucalyptus ?) Geinitst, Heer ;
Sapindus Morrisoni, Lesq.; Dalbergia Rinkiana, Heer.; Magnolia
Capellini, Heer.; M. speciosa, Heer.; Sassafras (Araliopsis) acutilo-
bum, Lesq., and Diospyros primeva, Heer. N. L. B.
Plant Distribution as a Factor in the Interpretation of Geological

Phenomena, with Special Reference to Long Island and Vicinity.

Arthur Hollick (Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., xii. 189-202).

The author discusses the occurrence of the pine barren flora
On Staten Island, Long Island, Nantucket and in Southeastern
New England, and endeavors to reason how it came to the latter
region. As no trace of it is to be found on the mainland between
New Jersey and Rhode Island, the conclusion is reached that it
must have spread from Long Island. It is at this point that the
8eological part of the discussion enters, and from the conditions
BOW existing it is inferred that the land connection must have ex-
isted between Long Island and Southeastern New England in re-
‘Cent geological times, thus affording a land area over which the
flora migrated from the southward on the retreat of the conti-
ental glacier. wee oka Bs

346

Quercus densiflora—Extended Range of. Barclay Hazard (Erythea,
i. 159, 160).

Remarks on the Genoa Congress. Otto Kuntze (Erythea, i. 155—
i

Report of Botanical Section. (Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. ii. 176.)
Among other interesting items, Rhododendron maximum is re-

ported from Penfield, N. Y.,a station north of its usual habitat.

Report of the Botanist—Seventh Annual. Charles E. Bessey (Ne-
braska Sta. Bd. Agric., 1893).
Notes on and illustrations of the weeds of Nebraska. A pre-
liminary description of the native and introduced grasses of Ne-
braska enumerates 154 species, many of them also illustrated.

Rudbeckia hirta—Variation in Ray-flowers in. Florence Beckwith
(Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. ii. 170, illustrated).

Saprolegniacee of the United States with Notes on other Spectes.—

J. E. Humphrey (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. Reprint.)

This monograph of eighty-four pages and seven full quarto
plates is a valuable contribution to the previously very limited
knowledge of an obscure but very interesting, important and pe-
culiar group of Fungi. The subjects of non-sexual reproduction
and sexual reproduction receive full treatment, the various points
being brought out with the aid of superior lithographs of the
stuctures studied. Following the chapter upon occurrence and
distribution of the Saprolegniacez is the systematic portion. There
is a key to the genera, and under each genus a key to the species.
Eleven species, for example, are given of Saprolegnia; S. Tre-
leaseana being new; fifteen of Achlya, with the following described
for the first time: A. Americana, A. megasperma and A. papillosa.
A full bibliography concludes the work. B. Dew.

Sedum radiatum—Note on. Thomas Howell (Erythea, i. 144).

Senecio aureus—The Embryo-sac and Embryo of. D. M. Mottier
(Bot. Gaz. xxiii. 245-253 ; three plates).

Shrubs of Northeastern America. Charles S. Newhall (G, P. Put
nam’s Sons, New York, 1893, 8vo, 249 pages, illustrated).

This is the second of the series planned by the author, for pre- = |
senting in a popular way handbooks of our native woody plants.

The first — of the trees, and the third is to preset the vines.

347

In all the volumes the illustrations are by the author, and though
imperfect and suggestive rather than accurate, yet they will un-
doubtedly be helpful, and add to the attractiveness of the book.
We regret that justice has not been done to several of our most
attractive shrubs, such as the Laurels. All the drawings are
natural size, however, and occupy full pages. The text has broad
margins and large type. Besides the descriptions of each species,
historical and economic notes occur here and there. Three guides
or keys will enable the beginner to analyze any shrub by leaf,
fruit or flower, and a chapter explanatory of the terms is also
given. The author also advocates in his preface the planting of
Native shrubs, advice which will be heartily endorsed by all lovers
of our beautiful wild tangles and copses; but the list given as
worthy of cultivation seems meagre and lacking in some of the
most ornamental. BG B.

Stomata and Palisade Cells of Leaves. F.C. Stewart (Proc. Iowa

Acad. Sci., 1892, 80-84.

Symbiosis and Mutualism in Lichens. Roscoe Pound (Am. Nat.

XXVii. 509).

Lrematocarpus— The Genus. A.Zahlbruckner and W. B. Hemsley

(Ann. Bot. vii. 289, 290).

This is an interesting discussion of the nature of certain ori-
fices in the capsule-wall of Lobelia macrostachys, H. and A., on
Which plant Dr. Zahlbruckner founded his genus Zvematocarpus.
In alluding to the proposed genus in a former number of “ Annals
of Botany,” Mr. Hemsley maintained that the orifices, taken by
Dr. Zahlbruckner as pores of dehiscence, were actually the work
of insects. Dr. Zahlbruckner now defends his original position,
but Mr. Hemsley still maintains the opinion that the pores are not
normal, and Dr. Stapf is to investigate the anatomy of the capsule.

The further developments of the investigations are awaited with
interest, eee Be 5B

Trichomanes Potersii. (Meehan’s Month. iii. 81, with colored
illustration.) .

Tsuga Pattoniana (Gardn. Chron. xiii. 659, with figure).

Two New Plants from Washington. B. L. Robinson and HE,

Seaton. (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 237).

348

Allium FHendersoni and Calochortus ciliatus are described as new.

Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. John Donnell Smith. (Bot.
Gaz. xviii. 197, with 3 plates). Species of Capparis, Xylosma,
Stigmatophyllon, Oxalis, Wimmeria, Rubus, Mallostoma, Hoff-
mannia, Guettarda, Parathesis, Ardisia, Tabernemontana, Phili-
bertia, Asclepias, Dictyanthus, Fimbristemma, Utriculana,
Adenocalymna (?), Aphelandra, Tradescantia and eke. are
described as new.

Uredinee and Ustilaginee.—Description of new Species of —I. P.
Dietel (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 25 3-256).
Description of new species in the genera nee: Puccinia and

Uredo.

Utricularia longifolia. (Gard. Chron. xiii.-718). With illustration
of the above species, a native of British Guiana.

Variety of the Western Sumach—On a. W. L. Jepson (Erythea
i. 40). Description of Rhus trilobata, Nutt. var. guinata, n. vat.

Views of a working Botanist on the new American Rules of Nomen-
clature. J. W. Congdon (Zoé, iii. 339).

Weed Seeds found in Clover Seed—A Key for the Tdentification of.
F. C. Stewart (Proc. lowa Acad. Sci., 1892, 84-90, illustrated).

Yucca Insects and Yucca Pollination—Further Notes on. C.V-
Riley (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., viii. 42), with illustration of
Yucca Whipplet.

Zoospores in Spirogyra condensata. ..-B. Bridgman (Erythea, 1.

- 128).

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

No. to,

No. 11,

No. 12.
No. 13.
No. 14.
No. 15.
. No. 16,
No, 17

.

No, 18,

College.

A Preliminary List of North American Species of Cyferus, with Descriptions
of New Forms. By N. L. Britton (1886),......... 25 cents.

Cerastium arvense, L., and its North American Varieties. By Arthur Hol-
lick and N. L, Britton (1887). (Out of print.)

Plant Notes from Temiscouata County, Canada. By J. I. Northrop (1887).

~ (Out of print.)

A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N. L. Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887),.........5-> 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CIBBS) 8 a ee ee . . 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . . 25 cents.

A Recent Discovery of Hybrid Oaks on Staten Island. By Arthur Hollick
VOROON ee geek pe ee 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in ‘the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888, By N. L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . .. 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology—An Enumeration of the Mosses Col-
lected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By Elizabeth
G. Britton. (Out of print.)

Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,

Adans.: By N. 1. Briton (1880), . os ek ek 25 cents.
The Genus £ieocharis in North America. By N. L. Britton (1889),
25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
UE a eee ees . . + 25 cents,
A List of State and Local Floras of the United States and British America.
By ND, Benda fideo: Po eee ee $r.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Gena Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Ok (Beds ce a ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North Aiedoids Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton.
(1890), Be SE ee Py ee, cee ede Be te 2 Sr ad Seen ee re 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891),
25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, Il. A supplementary Enumeration of
Mosses collected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By
Elizabeth G. Britton (1891), he poe ees 8 ay Rae so BS COO.

No. 22.

No. 35.

No. 36.
No. 37.

No. 38,

Notes on North American Halorage. By Thos. Morong (1891), .25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

CUBOR Se eee Se eee ee eas , (ir 25 Sen
Notes onthe North American Spactee. of Eriocaulee. By Thos, Morong
ORE a er ee es se 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CRO Boek ns se ae oe i ee ee 25 cents.
The American Species of the Genus Anemone and the Genera which have
been referred to it. By N. L. Britton (1891),. . 2... :.. .25 cents.
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Ries (1892), . . ‘ iene i

A Preliminary List of the Species = the: Gene? neibouith occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
Aimerga.:. . By N.Y. Britton (1862)) eee 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.

Ly Britton (189a)y os . . , 25 cents.
The Anatomy of the Stem of Wistaria ‘Sta suath By Carlten C. Curtiss
(1892), ee ae tga Mes MO ae aT a? En uae On ee, aN aaa et Pater: |. cents.
New or Noteworthy North Asean Phanerogams, VI. “Be N. L. Britton
Cl6Ga eS ek Seba ee ee es ee ee 25 cents.

Ranunculus repens and its Bistern North American Allies. By N. L.
Britton. (1699) ee ee a . 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small.

CBs ee ee eee ee 25 cents.
West Virginia Mosses. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1892), .. . . 25 cents.
A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong:

RGGI ee ee ee we 25 cents.
The North American Species of Lesfedeza. By N. L. Britton (1893)

25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N, L. Britton, with the assistance of

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893)... . ... ++ ++ $1.50.
An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orchids. By Carlton C. Curtiss
CSG Re ee, ee ee eee , 25 cents.
Further Notes on American Scaulag of Polygonum. By John K. Small
CesT eh jog 5 ee
New or Noteworthy North American Piknecipinn VIL. By N. L. Britton
(Se ee ee ee a ee ee 25 cents.

The whole series with the exception of Nos. 2, 3, 6 and 10 will be supplied ,

for $5.

Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889), by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2.

Address

DR. THOS. MORONG,
Curator of the Herbarium, Columbia College, _
NEW YORK CITY. —

FOR SALE. « 18

A ZENTMAYER PORTABLE MICROSCOPE,

IN PERFECT ORDER,

For 3100.00. - - - Catalogue Price, $147.50.
Including THREE OBJECTIVES, 1} in., } in., and } in.
Also an Abbé Condenser, Glass Stage, and Neat Walnut Case.

Address the Editors of the Bulletin, °° Wm. Wales, Fort Lee, N. J.
CHARACEA OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of /Vite//a, as fol-
lows: Nitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; lankin-
shipii, Allen; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
slomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

TT. =. ATaLeN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

North American Pyrenomycetes.

By J. B. ELLIS and B. M. EVERHART. :

With original illustrations by F. W. ANDERSON. 2,500 species of the
old genus * Spheria,” described and arranged in accordance with the
modern ideas of classification. One thick octavo volume, with over 800
Pages of printed matter and 4r full-page tinted plates illustrating the
genera ; bound in fine cloth, with stamped covers and gilt-lettered back.

Price, $8,00, with 35 cts. additional if sent by mail. Address,

J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J.

VIRGINIA PLANTS.

During the present spring and summer I shall collect along the south-
€tn boundary of Virginia, from the coast to the mountains, a region un-
€xplored botanically, and one that will beyond a doubt yield a number
of new and many rare plants. An endeavor will also be made to obtain
“ the new species, about a dozen in all, collected by myself and others

uring the past three years in adjacent territory. An effort will be made
not only to keep up the standard of previous collections, but also to im-
Prove upon them in every way possible. Anyone desiring sets, should

Please address
A. A. HELLER,
411 W. Wainut St., Lancaster, Pa.

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York. :

#@ARTISTS’ - PATERIALS.%

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED. CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
TO RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.

COFFIN, DEVOE & CO., 176 RANDOLPH ST.. CHICAGO.

PLANTS..OF PARAGUAY,

Two Partial Sets of my PARAGUAY PLANTS remain undis-
tributed and are offered for sale at

$10 PER HUNDRED SPECIMENS.
THOMAS MORONG,

COLUMBIA COLLEGE,
New YorK CITY.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVE».

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S Al-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLXII.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLXIIL.

JUNGERMANNIA NOVA-CASARE, EVANS.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLXIV,

<A
‘i

STUDIES IN CUSCUTA—W. D. MATTHEW.

-

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLXV.

_ STUDIES IN CUSCUTA—W. D. MATTHEW.

:
-
\Y “
| E
i; =

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, :

205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave.,

Corner of 18th Street, ele Pas NEW YORK. : :

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR :

E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone :
Ware. | . i

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically ; ‘
Pure and Common Filter Paper.
Doctor C. Scheibler’s ‘Saccharome-— ; .
ters (Polariscopes). a

Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bal- 5
ances, Ste: <*
1 Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., of —
Paris, Platinum. ae.

Cr, Tronesdorf’s C. bie Chemicals.

SPECIALTIES. cmc Apparatus, | Normal Graduated oe =
- Ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem- _

jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure.

Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, ‘Copperware, Bunsen’s
Burners and Combasrio: tee re and Chemical ae
Sugar Chemists. :

“LaDoRaT(

TORY OUTRITS-

- PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN. ;
- This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning wife four
‘pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly Ww
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum,
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. © Agents: for a
England, Messrs, DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.
oe Back Numpers.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
_, in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowe
run on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five year:
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed
- Separately, and a general index to them’ printed in pamphlet form, which may be
for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols, XVIII. and XIX. are indexes
separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VIII. cannot now be ee complete, See it is
papacd to reprint some of its numbers. oe

_ (g) THE MEMOIRS.

<2 he subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. . The
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each, |

Volume I contains the following papers :

Be No. 1.—Stndies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Cares,
LH. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately. ‘

_. . No. 2A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed o on the Coasts @ f New
Jersey « and Staten Island, by Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. =

he Ie 2 Ary Enumeration of the Hepatic collected by Dr. H.

5 - South America, with seickaaars of many new species, eg Dr. Richard Spr
Lae 75 cents.

No. 4.—On Seedless Fraits, by Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant, Pace, 5 o
Volume IT contains the following papers: pte Or Ales

hee No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds Bae ‘Srimundibe! Pata A
rs plates, b y Professor Byron D.. Halsted. Price, 50 cents.

2 No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with tw
ae oes Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents.

ae 0. 3-—-Studies m the Germination of weer’ ‘North heals Plants
plates, by Theodor Holm. Price, $1.00. —

cays No gk coe at of the Nort
Dr. William E. Wheeloc 3

na

SEPTEMBER, 1893,

OF THE _

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF nora.

2

_ President,
“HON. ADDISON BROWN. os

Vice Presents, .

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Lichens of the Black Hills and their Distribution.*

By THOMAS A. WILLIAMS,

The thoughts presented in this paper are based upon a short
study of the specimens in three collections from the Black Hills of
South Dakota. The first of these was made by Dr. C. E. Bessey
in the summer of 1891 at Custer City; the second by myself in
August of the same year in the region surrounding Rapid City;
and the third by P. A. Rydberg during the summer of 1892
mainly at and near Custer City.

One of the first points brought out by a study of the lichen
flora of the Black Hills is that the number of rock lichens is, com-
paratively, very large, while tree-loving species are very Scarce.
Of the 83 species and varieties determined, 44, or more than 53
Per cent., have so far been found on rocks only; 22, or nearly 27
Per cent., grow on earth, while but 8, or less than 10 per cent., are
found growing on trees exclusively. Six forms occur on both
trees and rocks, one on both earth and rocks, one on both earth
and rotten logs, and one parasitic on the thallus of various —
Cladoniz.

_ Comparing this with a list of lichens found in Eastern Ne-
braska, the difference is at once seen to be quite striking. In this
i latter list, which consists of 115 species and varieties, 32, or nearly
28 per cent., grow on rocks; 68, or nearly 58 per cent, grow on

—*Read before the Section of Botany, A. A. A. Ss. Madison Meeting, August, 1893. :

350

trees ; 13, or a little more than 9 per cent., are found growing on
earth, and two species are parasitic. On the other hand, if we
compare the Black Hills list with one by Henry Willey, based
upon collections made in the Rocky Mountains by Dr. Coulter,
found in the report of the latter in the United States Geological
Survey of the Territories, we find a greater similarity, so far as
distribution is concerned. In this case 34, or about 52 per cent.,
were collected on rocks; 18, or nearly 28 per cent., on earth; 12
or more than 18 per cent., on trees, and a single species on both
trees and rocks. These numbers may be readily followed out in
_ the appended table:

———

NUMBERS. PER CENTS.
ue i
a a a ic a.
eo po ol ede ee oe
HABITAT. ss - = =
ne 5 eee 2 z
eee | So tg | ee
ea) aa Z aa] a =
i Wet ol a ee ea 8 | 68 12 10 58 18
OR FOC ee rs 44 32 53 28 Sf
On trees.and récks) 32s ae HE Bae aN I ‘ Me eee
in Matta oo fi en eens eee SW | ele 9 | 8
On'earth and rocks, 2 See I a goed pois ep Eee ee
On Garth and: wood... eee: I poy Se pe
POTASING sO Ge es ee I 2 pth
Tres ee ee

Twenty-five of the lichens found in the Black Hills are found
also in Eastern Nebraska and 20 are found in the Rocky Moun-
tains, while the Rocky Mountain list contains 16 species found in
Eastern Nebraska. Nine forms are common to the three regions.

It would seem from this that the proportion of species com-
mon to the Black Hills and Eastern Nebraska and to the former
locality and the Rocky Mountains is nearly the same when the
numbers in all the lists are considered. From undetermined ma-
terial on hand, however, it is very evident. that when thoroughly
worked up, the lichen flora of the Black Hills will show a great
many more species found also in the Rocky Mountains.*

cerns %

* Most of the specimens examined have come from the eastern side of the Hills)

and we may expect more Rocky Mountain forms from the western side, for eee
= later.

351

Of the 25 lichens common to Eastern Nebraska and the Black
Hills, 10 are found on rocks, 5 on earth and 4 on trees. Of the
20 common to the Black Hills and Rocky Mountains, 11 grow on
rocks, § on soil and but 3 on trees.

The 83 species and varieties found in the Black Hills belong
to 22 genera, the three largest being Lecanora with 16 representa-
tives, Placodium with 10, and Cladonia with 7, though Lecidea, in
the Tuckermanian sense, when well worked over will probably
give nearly or quite as many species as Lecanora. The lichens of
the Rocky Mountain list are distributed among 17 genera, the
three largest being Lecanora with 17 species and varieties, Placo-
dium with 10 and Lecidea with 8.

Fourteen of the 17 genera are also found in the Black Hills
and 13 in Eastern Nebraska, 12 of these being common to all
three regions. The Nebraska list includes 31 genera.

Turning now to the distribution given by Tuckerman* to the
Species found in the Black Hills, and 45 are found to be general
throughout the United States, 24 are Alpine or sub-Alpine, 6 are
peculiar to the Pacific Coast, 3 to the Atlantic Coast, 3 to the
great plains, and one a local form of a widely distributed species.
One species, Rinodina mamilana, Tuckerm., has only been re-
Ported from the Sandwich Islands and the Galapagos Islands.
Again, 43 of the species have been reported from Arctic America,
while but 26 have been found in the Southern States, and 10 of
the 26 are found only in the mountains, leaving but 16 that can
really be said to belong to the South, and these are all included
in those species whose distribution is said to be general through-
Out the United States. Sixty-two species are found in Europe,
being either Alpine, sub-Alpine or confined to the North of
of Europe. Seven species are peculiar to the United States.

A comparison of the Black Hills list with Tuckerman’s
Lichens of California, Oregon and the Rocky Mountains, shows
that 24 of the species occur on the coast, while 30 are found in
the Rocky Mountains, the 30 including nearly every one of the
24 reported from the coast. From this list and the one by Mr.
Willey it may be seen that in all 34 species of the Black Hills

list have been found in the Rocky Mountains.
* Synopsis North American Lichens, Parts I. and II.

352

From the foregoing the following facts may be gleaned:

1. In the lichen flora of the Black Hills the rock lichens
greatly predominate and have a more general distribution, the
earth forms coming next.

2. This lichen flora is essentiaily northern in character.

3. It is more closely allied to the flora of the Rocky Moun-
tains than to that of Eastern Nebraska and Dakota and hence, of
course, to that of the Mississippi Valley.

4. That though intermediate between the lichen flora of the
Rocky Mountains and that of the Mississippi Valley, it is not so
distinctly so as the geographical position of the Black Hills region
might lead us to expect. oes

The explanation of these conclusions can be found, undoubt-
edly, in the climate and geological make-up and history of the
Black Hills region. The wide stretch of prairie, with its hot dry
winds, lying between the Black Hills and the Lower Missouri
Valley, as well as the Mississippi Valley proper, is not favorable
to the development and growth of tree-loving species, even when
plenty of trees are to be found. On the other hand, saxicoline
and terricoline species survive because better protected and more
likely to get enough moisture to retain life even in times of exces-
sive drought. This condition of things would break the connec-
tion between the Black Hills and Mississippi Valley floras, and
would tend to prohibit an interchange of forms except those few
earth and rock forms able to exist.

East and south of the Black Hills lies the famous Bad Land
region of South Dakota and Nebraska. This region is subject to
hot, dry winds, mainly from the south or southeast, which strike
the Black Hills on the east and south. As a result tree lichens
are scarce in this part of the Hills, becoming more and more
plentiful as we go farther into the heart of the region. The
larger part of the tree lichens in the collections examined came
from the cafions and gulches well up in the Hills. Rock lichens,
particularly species of Placodium, Lecanora and Rinodina, are com-
mon all along the eastern edge of the Hills, as well as in the foot
hills bordering them. : é

Geologically, the Black Hills are largely composed of various
kinds of sandstone, limestone and granite, all of which furnish |

353

substrata very favorable to lichen growth. This is particularly
true of the sandstones, which usually furnish the greatest variety
of forms, as well as quantity of individual species, Furthermore,
the Black Hills are very old, geologically speaking, and once cov-
ered a much greater area than at the present time, with probably
closer connections with the Rocky Mountains. Alpine and north-
“érn forms common to these regions very likely came in with the
same influx of species that sprinkled the mountain tops of both
sides of our continent with closely allied forms.

List of Species and Warieties.

Ramalina pollinaria, Ach. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey.) :

Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. ? always infertile. Trees, Custer City (Ryd-
berg, Bessey); Rapid City.

Alectoria jubata (L) Fr. var. implexa, Fr. Trees Custer City (Bessey).

Theloschistes polycarpus (Ehrh.) Tuckerm. Trees, Rapid City. “a

Larmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. Common on trees, Custer City (Rydberg); Rapid
City. :

Parmelia olivacea ( L.) Ach. var. panniformis, Nyl. Rocks, Custer City (Bessey).

Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach. Common on trees and rocks. Mostly infertile, ex-
cept on the latter substrate. Custer City (Rydberg); Rapid City.

Parmelia conspersa (Ehrh.) Ach. Common on stones. Custer City (Bessey);
Rapid City.

Farmelia molliuscula, Ach. High, dry and sterile soil near Rapid City. Also com-
mon in the Bad Lands of Nebraska and the Dakotas.

Physcia pulverulenta (Schreb.) Nyl. Trees. Rapid City.

Physcia pulverulenta (Schreb.) Nyl. var. muscigena (Whinb.) Scher. On earth
among moss at bases of trees. Custer City (Bessey).

Lhyscia stellaris (L.) Tuckerm. Trees and rocks. Rapid City.

Umbiticaria rugifera, Nyl (2). Rocks. Rapid City.

Umbilicaria As att a ate Plentiful on rocks. Custer City (Rydberg) ;
Rapid City. :

Umbilicaria Muhlenbergii (Ach.) Tuckerm., var. @/pina, Tuckerm, Rocks.
Rapid City; Custer City (Bessey). :

Umbiticaria vellea (L.) Nyl. Rocks. Rapid City.

Umbilicaria pustulata (L.) Hoffm. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey). iy

Sticta amplissima (Scop.) Mass. Trunks of trees and rocks. Custer City (Bes-
Sey); Rapid City.

Pultiger ASH REG EN Hoffm. Earth among moss. Custer City (Rydberg);
Rapid City. eae

Peltigera horizontalis (L.) Hoffm. Earth, etc. Custer City (Bessey) ; Rapid City.

Peitigera rufescens (Neck.) Hoffm. Earth, etc. Custer City (Bessey) ; Rapid City.

Peltigera canina (L.) Hoffm. Earth, ete. Custer City (Bessey); Rapid City. —

Feltigera canina (L.) Hoffm., var. spongiosa, Tuckerm. Earth among moss in

deep cafions above Rapid City.

304

Peltigera canina (L.), Hoffm., var. membranacea, Ach. Earth, etc. Rapid City.

Solorina saccata (L.) Ach. Moist earth among moss on rocks in deep cafions.
Plentiful. Rapid City.

Pannaria nigra (Huds.) Nyl. Common on rocks, particularly limestone. Rapid
City. :

Collema pulposum (Bernh.) Nyl. (?) Moist earth. Rapid City.

Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) Fr. Among moss. Rapid City.

Leptogium dactylinum, Tuckerm. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey) ; ‘Rape City.

Leptogium pulchellum (Ach.) Nyl. (?) Rocks and among moss. Rapid City.

Placodium elegans (Link) DC, Plentiful on rocks. Custer City (Rydberg, Bes-
sey); Rapid City. ae

LPlacodium murorum (Hoffm.) DC., var. miniatum,Tuckerm. Rocks. Custer City
(Bessey) ; Rapid City.

Placodium cirrochroum (Ach.) Hepp. This beautiful species occurs plentifully on
rocks at Rapid City, but is always sterile.

Placodium fulgens (Sw.) DC. Sterile and calcareous soils, Rapid City. Not rare,
but not nearly so plentiful as in the Bad Lands.

Placodium fulgens (Sw.) DC., var. bracteatum, Ach. With the species. ;

Placodium mycrophyllinum, Tuckerm. Dead wood and bark of trees, Custer City
(Rydberg); Rapid City. A common species.

Placodium citrinum (Hoffm.) Leight. Very plentiful on rocks. Custer City (Bes-
sey); Rapid City.

Placodium ferrugineum (Huds.) Hepp., var. Bolanderi, Tuckerm. Rocks. Custer
City (Bessey), rare.

Placodium vitellinum (Ehrh.) Neg. and Hepp. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey) +
Rapid City. Not uncommon. : ;

Lecanora rubina (Vill.) Ach. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey, Rydberg); Rapid
City. Very common.

Lecanora rubina (Vill.) Ach., var. opaca, Ach. With the species.

Lecanora muralis (Schreb.) Scheer. Rocks. Rapid City. :

Lecanora muralis (Schreb.) Scher., var. saxicola, Scher. Rocks. Rapid City.
Not uncommon. ‘

Lecanora frustulata (Dicks.) Mass. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey), and what 1s
probably this species at Rapid City.

Lecanora sordida (Pers.) Th. Fr. Rocks. Rapid City.

Lecanora subfusca (L.) Ach. Trees, wood and stone. Rapid City.

Lecanora Haydeni, Ach. Rocks and dead wood. Rapid yen Not uncommon and
very variable.

Lecanora melanaspis (Wahl.) Ach. Rocks. Rapid City, and what seems to be the
same thing at Custer City (Bessey). Rare.

Lecanora cinerea (L.) Sommerf. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey); Rapid City
Common.

Lecanora caicarea (L.) Sommerf. Rocks. Rapid City.

Lecanora chlorophana (Wahl.) Ach. Rocks. Rapid City.

Lecanora xanthophana, Nyl. Rocks. Rapid City. Common. a

Lecanora xanthophana, Nyl., var. dealbata, Tuckerm. Rocks. Rapid sae? ens -
occurs with the species. :

355

Lecanora glaucocarpa (Wahl.) Ach. Rocks. Rapid City. Common. sae
Lecanora fuscata (Schrad.) Th. Fr. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey) ; Rapid City
Very common.

Rinodina oreina (Ach.) Mass, Rocks, Custer City (Bessey); Rapid City. A
very common species.

Kinodina mamillana, Tuckerm. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey). A single speci-

men, evidently this Sandwich Island species. : :

Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyl. Earth and rocks. Rapid City. Exceedingly common.

Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyl. var. gyfsacea, Nyl. Calcareous earth near Rapid
City. It occurs in great abundance in the Bad Lands.

Urceolaria Scruposa, var. parasitica, Sommerf. On thallus of various species of
Cladonia, Rapid City, and also common in the Bad Lands.

Cladonia alcicornis (Lightf.) Fleerk. Sandy soils. Rapid City. Not uncommon.
Cladonia cariosa (Ach.) Spreng. Earth. Custer City (Rydberg); Rapid City.
. Abundant. ‘ :
Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. Earth, etc. Custer City (Bessey, Rydberg); Rapid

City.
"Ohdenie pyxidata (L). Fr. var. pocillum, Ach. catod Rapid City. Not un-
common. is
Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. tudeformis, Fr. Earth and rotten logs. Rapid
City. Common,
ini, Sracilis (L.) Nyl. var. verticillata, Fr. Earth. Custer City (Rydberg);
Rapid City. Not uncommon. Lae
Cladonia macilenta (Ehrh.) Hoffm. Dead wood, etc. Rapid City. Ee
Biatora Russellit, Tuckerman. Rocks and earth. Rapid City. Very plentiful.
Biatora decipiens (Ehrh.) Fr. Calcareous earth. Rapid City. Ae
Biatora coarctata (Sw.) Tuckerm. Rocks. Custer City ( Reser #4 Rapid City.
Biatora hypnophila (Turn.) Tuckerm. Moss, ete. Rapid City.
Lecideg caruleo-nigricans (Lightf.) Scher. Earth. Rapid City. Common.
Lecidea tessellata, Floerk. Rocks. . Custer City (Bessey); Rapid City. Common.
Lecidea Ppolycarpa, Fr. Rocks. Rapid City. z
Lecidea lapicida, Fr, Rocks. Rapid City (Bessey); Rapid City. oe
Lecidea enteroleuca, Fr. Trees and rocks. Custer City (Bessey); Rapid City, hi
ceedingly common and variable. Be
Lecideq Morio, Scher. Rocks. Custer City (Bessey) ; Rapid City. ee
Buellia albo-atra (Hoffm.) Th. Fr., var. saxicola, Fr, What seems to .
etyon rocks. Rapid City. Rare. oe
Buellia parasema (Ach.) Th. Fr. Trees. Rapid City. ee
Buellia fe Shi Th. Fr. Rocks, Custer City (Bessey) ; sene eae
Buellia petrea (Flot.) Tuckerm., var. M@ontagnei (Flot.). Tuckerm.
Custer City (Bessey); Rapid City. Common, Ss Ap ot
Melis pagcopiicc ay rien Rocks. Custer City (Bessey); Rapid City.
STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE,
Brookins, SouTH DAKOTA.

356,

Symbiosis in the Roots of the Ophioglossacez.*

By Gero, F. ATKINSON.

* While studying the structure of the root of Botrychium Vir-
gimanum, yellowish protoplasmic masses in certain cells of the
cortical parenchyma, producing a strong contrast with the starch
content of the other cells of the cortex, attracted my attention.
Close examination and treatment with reagents showed the exist-
ence in the cortical parenchyma of the root of a symbiotic fungus
stimulating the cells to the development of a rich protoplasmic
content. .

The organism is located at quite a definite portion of the cor-
tical parenchyma, about one-third to one-half the distance from
the epidermis to the central cylinder. In transections of the root
it appears in the form of a ring entirely encircling the root, or
only occupying an arc of a circle. From this localized center
numerous threads extend to the epidermis and the outside of the
root.
Since the roots of the Ophioglossacez do not possess root-hairs,
or only a slight development of them, it occurred to me that pos-
sibly the presence of this symbiotic organism was universal in the
roots of the order. Accordingly, several species, both of Botry-
chium and Ophioglossum, most of them in the Horace Mann her-
barium of Cornell University, were examined. In all of them the
presence of the fungus was determined.

The species examined, together with the localities, are here
appended : ;

Botrychium matricariefolium, B. ternatum and B. Virginianum, from

New York.

B. lanceolatum, Massachusetts and Vermont.
Bb. subbifoliatum, Hawaiian Islands.

B. Lunaria, Clova Mountains.

Botrychium (No. 484, Drummond's Collection, Boston Soc. Nat.

Hist.) Louisiana.

Ophioglossum vulgatum, New York and suburbs of Paris.

i

* Read before the Section of Botany, A. A. A. S., Madison Meeting, August, 1893- :

‘

357

O. Lusitanicum, Sardinia and Island of Madeira.
O. palmatum, Eastern Cuba.
O. pendulum, Oahu, Hawaiian Islands.

_A note accompanies the latter to the effect that it was col-
lected on trees, which is quite strong evidence of the probablé
necessity for the presence of this symbiont.

It thus appears that in the Ophioglossacee throughout the
world, there exists a close symbiotic relationship with this organ-
ism, in all probability an accompaniment, or the cause’ of, the
absence of root-hairs, which may have disappeared through lack
of the necessity for such absorbent organs.

No specimens of Helminthostachys were at hand to examine,
but I think we may confidently expect to find the organisni in
this genus also. |

It may still be a question how much influence this symbiont
has had on the symplicity of structure found in the Ophioglos-
Sacez, and what effect this would then have on the phylogenetic

Position of the order.
Boranica DEPARTMENT, CORNELL UNIVERSITY.

Photography as an Instrument for recording the macroscopic Char-
acters of Micro-organisms in artificial Cultures.”

By Gero. F. ATKINSON.

Many species of micro-organisms in artificial nutrient media
Present, in the. growth of the colonies, characteristic peculiarities
of form. These macroscopic appearances are frequently of great
value when employed as differential characters. Some species,
specially of fungi, when viewed by transmitted light, present im-
portant characters in the fine radiating threads and the general
arrangement of the colony as a whole. The comparative density
also of the colony is frequently quite constant.

A method of accurately recording these macroscopic charac-
ters would be a valuable aid in descriptions and comparative
Study.

beacon ee OE a
* Read before the Section of Botany, A. A. A. S., Madison Meeting, August, 1893.

558 |

Where the growth is colorless, not very dense and peculiar
for the fineness of its meshes or radiations, it would be difficult
to photograph the colonies by ordinary methods of exposure,
since there is little difference in color between the medium and
the object.

A sensitive plate in an ordinary camera exposed to a plate
culture by perpendicular rays of transmitted light shows little dif-
ferentiation between the medium and colonies after development.
The differentiation is also weak in the ground glass.

When, however, the perpendicular rays of light are cut off, and
oblique rays from several directions are thrown through the plate -
culture upon the sensitive plate, the colonies are differentiated
strongly in all their exquisite forms and tracings. The culture
plates (Petrie dishes) or tubes, are inserted in an opening in the
end of a box, which is painted perfectly black on the inside.
Sliding boards, in a grooved frame, each cut to clamp over half
the Petrie dish and lined with black velvety stuff hold the plate
culture in position. The lens of the camera is pointed toward a
window with the plate culture between. A perfectly black screen,
30 cm. to 40 cm. in diameter is then hung upon the window
directly in front of the object in order to cut off the perpendicular
rays of light.

BOTANICAL DEPARTMENT, CORNELL UNIVERSITY.

Crossing of Cucurbits.*

By L. H. PAMMEL.

So widespread is the popular belief that. several members of
the genera Cucurbita, Cucumis and Citrullus will hybridize and
“mix,” that it is difficult to convince people of these errors.
What is more surprising is that these opinions should find support
among a certain class of popular scientists. It is scarcely neces-
sary to repeat experiments of this kind, after the diligent work of

Naudin, Bailey, Munson and others who have all demonstrated
Seas cae |

* Read by title before -the Section of Botany, A. A. A. S., Madison Meeting,
August, 1893. ee

399

, the absurdity of this popular error. In a paper read before the
Association of Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations,
the writer gave the result of a large number of careful hand _ pol-
linations made in 1892. These were to the effect that the differ-
ent species do not “mix.” Attention was called to the ease with
which crosses could be obtained with nest-egg gourd and other
varieties. All of the crosses obtained last year have been culti-
vated during the present season, and a short report on these may
not be amiss.

It may be stated with positiveness that none of the seed of
numerous varieties of Cucurbita maxima show any trace of C. Pepo
or other cultivated genera. Citrullus vulgaris in numerous varie-
ties show no trace of Cucurbita Pepo, Cucumis Melo and C. sativus ;
nor does C. sativus show any trace of C. Melo when pollinated by
insects.

The different forms of Cucurbita Pepo intercross readily ; not
only was this shown in our hand pollination trials of last year, but
our mixed seed has given us few specimens that are true to type.

A few illustrations will suffice.

Common Pumpkin on Long Warted produces a creeping vine
less vigorous than Common Pumpkin, with leaf somewhat like the
Long Warted. Fruit orange yellow, from four to six inches in
diameter, smooth, without any indications of warts.

Vegetable Marrow on. Long Warted: A long, slender running
vine, something of the type of Vegetable Marrow; fruit golden
yellow, or of cream color, elongated, two to four inches in diam-
eter, all of them warted. ;

Common Pumpkin on Nest-egg Gourd: Leaf and vine of
Nest-ege Gourd ; color of fruit like Nest-egg Gourd, much
elongated and larger than Nest-egg Gourd. .

Common Pumpkin on Perfect Gem: Leaf and vine of Perfect
Gem ; color of fruit creamy yellow, but form and size approaching

Pumpkin.

‘ A mixed lot of seeds of Italian Striped show some of the leaf
characters of Italian Striped ; the stem is fleshy, as in the original,
but it is a creeper, not bushy in its habit, as originally. The fruit
is short, color orange yellow, and approaches Common P umpkin.

360

‘Proceedings of the Botanical Club, A. A. A.-S., Madison Meeting,
August 18-22, 1893,

Fripay, AuGust 18,

In the absence of the President, Prof. W. P. Wilson, the meet-
‘ing was opened by the Vice-President, Prof. W. A. Kellerman.

In. the absence of the Secretary, Prof. W. A. McBride, his
office was filled by the election of Mr. W. T. Swingle.,

_ The report of the Committee on Nomenclature, appointed at
the Rochester meeting of 1892 to prepare a check-list of the
flowering and fern plants of Northeastern North America, was
made by Prof. N. L. Britton, Chairman. The list was presented
nearly complete for printing. Discussion of the report occupied
the remainder of the day’s session. The report was received,
and the following recommendations of the committee were
adopted: ;

1. The amendment of Section III. of the Rochester Code of
Nomenclature by striking out all after the word “ retained.”

This recommendation is based on the mature judgment of the
committee, after watching for a year the progress of the demand

for a rule which shall admit no exceptions whatever and effect
the closest approximation to the immutability of the specific name.

This action authorizes the use of specific names identical with
the generic, such as Catalpa Catalpa, and preserves the immuta-
bility of the specific name, in whatever genus it is first published,
even if the same binomial has been published between the time of
the first publication of the species and its transfer to the accepted
genus, as for example :

rahi treks PINNATUM (Walt.) Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. ii. 39
I ; |
Eytan pinnatum, Walt. Fl. Car. 174 (1788). ic oe
Sisymbrium canescens, Nutt., Gen. ii. 68 (1818); not Sayv-
brium pinnatum, Barn. in Gay. Fl. Chil. i. 125 (1845);
which is to receive another name. :
2. That the general sequence of natural orders as taken up 17
Engler and Prantl’s “ Natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien ” be adopted.
The check-list will therefore begin with the Pteridophyta, fol-
lowed consecutively by the Gymnosperme, Monocctylodone and
Dicotylodonz. . |

361

3. That in determining the name of a genus or species to
which two or more names have been given by an author in the

same volume or on the same page of a volume, precedence shall
decide.

Zissa stands on the same page as Buda in Adanson’s “ Fam-
illes des Plantes,” but has precedence of a few lines, and is to be
adopted. . :

Monpbay, AUGUST 21.

The report of the Treasurer was received and accepted. It
_ indicated a deficit of $6.16, which was made up by voluntary con-
tributions. Prof. A. S. Hitchcock and Dr. Erwin F. Smith were
appointed a committee to nominate officers for the next meeting
of the Club. ese

Discussion of the remainder of the report by the committee on
Nomenclature was postponed until Tuesday, and the matter was
referred to the committee for reconsideration. It consisted of
recommendations relative to the time and method of publication
of the list and to the maintenance of the original name in case of
plants first published as varieties but subsequently elevated to
species, and of plants first published as species but subsequently
reduced to varieties.

Mrs. Britton read a paper on “The Genus Sruchia in North
America,” illustrated by specimens and drawings. The paper will
be published in a future issue of the BULLETIN.

Mrs. Britton remarked also on the necessity of the examina-
tion of types of critical species in the preparation of monographs
or other works of reference. Prof. Greene alluded to the method
of certification of types and duplicate types adopted by him, by
the statement of the place of publication on the labels. Miss
Harrison remarked on the identification of types in the National
Herbarium. :

~ Prof. Kellerman stated that the original drawings of the plates
of Sullivant’s «Icones Muscorum,” together with many of the
Specimens used in executing these drawings, had recently been
incorporated with the bryological collections of the Ohio State
University, ee abe

Prof. A. S. Hitchcock exhibited specimens of the recently-
described Ampelopsis quinquefolia, var. vitacea, Knerr., and re-

362

marked on the relationship of the plant to the Virginia Creeper.
He demonstrated the differences of leaves, tendrils, inflorescences
and canes, remarked on the differences in time of blooming, and
maintained that they are specifically distinct.

Prof. J. C. Arthur exhibited and described a new centrifugal
machine for physiological investigations.

A paper by Mr. D. T. MacDougal, on “The Intertwining of
Tendrils,’ was read by Dr. J. C. Arthur. The plant most studied
in this investigation was Micrampelis lobata.

Mrs. Britton described the Jeger Moss Herbarium recently
acquired by Columbia College. An account of this collection is
published in the last number of the BULLETIN.

Prof. Kellerman alluded to the Ohio State Forestry exhibit at
Chicago, and stated that //ex opaca, hitherto not certainly known
from that State, had been found by him on Sim’s Creek, Lawrence
county, near the Ohio River; he doubted the occurrence of Mag-
nolia tripetala in the State, although it had been reported, and re-
marked that all the localities given for Chamecyparis thyoides
had yielded only Thuja occidentalis. Polypodium polypodioides had
been found on rocks in Scioto county.

Prof. A. S. Hitchcock described the pollination of Gnothera
Missouriensis. This plant was in flower in the vicinity of Manhat-
tan, Kansas, between May 23d and June 6th. The flower opens
in the latter part of the afternoon, but the stigmas may protrude
from the bud as early as 2 p.m. The calyx tube is narrow and
about 11 centimeters long, and is as much as half filled with nec-
tar. Just before 8 p. m. the flowers were abundantly visited by 4
sphinx-moth (Deilephila lineata). An individual would support
itself above the expanded flower, insert its proboscis, which usually
measures about 45 mm., and push its head as far into the throat
as possible. Excepting ants, no other insects were observed to
visit the flowers, and the visits of the moths ceased at dark.
Only the uppermost portion of the nectar is obtained by the in-
sect, but the latter is detained in the flower by its endeavor to
secure more. It would seem that the flower was adapted to 4
moth with a longer proboscis, but none are known to occur in the
weer except the potato moth. Neg
© Prof. Hitchcock also described the pollination’ of Pentstemow ae

Cobea. ae

363

Dr. Erwin F. Smith called attention to the fact that a tumor,
not due to nematodes, was becoming increasingly prevalent in the
United States on the roots of peaches, almonds and other stone
fruits. These tumors vary in size from that of a pea to a man’s
fist. Nursery stock is especially subject to attack, and the roots
of a small tree may often bear half a dozen, nearly the whole
energy of the plant being used up by these abnormal growths.
The disease occurs from New Jersey to Georgia and west through
Michigan and Missouri to Arizona and California. It is now most
prevalent on the Pacific Coast, where its depredations are serious
and increasing every year. A microscopic examination of the
inner tissues of fresh young tumors has not shown the presence of
‘animal or vegetable parasites, and their cause is still a mystery.
The most suggestive hypothesis is that they may be caused by
external irritation, z. ¢., to some parasite acting from without. It
is a subject becoming economically more and more important, and
will soon demand critical study by some plant pathologist.

Prof. D. H. Campbell remarked on a preliminary study of the
prothallium in Ophioglossacez, and exhibited this organ in
Botrychium Virginianum.

Prof. Bessey read‘a paper on “ The Use of Personal Names in
Designating Species.” He strongly condemned the practice.
Prof. Britton called attention to the propriety of the use of per-
sonal adjectives in genera of a very large number of species,
where all the available descriptive adjectives have been exhausted,
and also of the valuable historical feature in the association of the
first collector’s name with a species. Dr. A. B. Seymour ap-
Proved the position taken by Dr. Bessey. Prof. Coulter favored
the use of personal names for the reasons advanced by Dr. Britton
and on the ground that they were conducive to stability.

TurEspay, AUGUST 22.
Prof. J. C. Arthur exhibited and described a new form of reg-
istering auxanometer. or
Mr. W. T. Swingle read a paper on “ The Southernmost Botan-
ical Laboratory of the United States.” He described the Sub-
tropical Laboratory of the Division of Vegetable Pathology, —
United States Department of Agriculture, established at Eustis,

.

364

Florida. The building has been erected by the citizens of Eustis,
is 46 feet long and 34 feet wide and contains six rooms, one of
them a visitor’s laboratory, which is provided for the use of stu-
dents not connected with the institution. There is also an experi-
mental garden of one and one-half acres. The Library consists
of about 1,000 volumes and 1,000 pamphlets, and all the more
important botanical serials are received. /
Mr. Swingle also exhibited and described a new Florida palm,
related to Sadal Palmetto and known as the Etonia palm. He |
called especial attention to the fact that Florida still contains a
large number of new or imperfectly known species of plants.

Prof. Byron D. Halsted described a new species of Exodbast-
dium, E, Pecku, occurring on Andromeda Mariana and causing the
enlargement and modification of its flowers. He also showed
specimens of Rhamphospora Nymphee, an Indian fungus now
found on water-lily leaves in America, of a Phyllosticta following
insect depredations and an Ascomycete on /iséia stratiotes.

Mrs. Britton remarked on some of the more interesting mosses
collected on Saturday’s trip to the dells of the Wisconsin River.

Mr. A. B. Seymour read a paper on “The Synonymy of Valsa
stellulata and its Synonymical Allies.”

He also exhibited copies of a dichotomous key to the lichen
genus C/adonia, arranged by Dr. F. Le Roy Sargent.

A paper by Mr. S. A. Beach, “Some Observations on Black
Knot,” was read’ by Dr. B. D. Halsted and discussed by Prof.
W. H. Brewer and Prof. H. L. Bolley. The infection was noticed
as much worse adjoining a row of old and badly infested plum
trees. Proof was also adduced that infection must have taken
place a year previous to the appearance of the disease.

The following papers were read by title:

“Sand Dune Weeds,” by L. H. Bailey.

“ Propagation of Ranunculus delphinifolius by Runners,” by
W. W. Rowlee.

«Some Notes on the Genninaton of the Spores of Enteridium
Rozeanum,’ by Elias J. Durand.

“Herbarium Entomology,” by C. V. Riley.

“ Yucca Pollination,” by C. V. Riley.

“ Notes on a hexenbesen of Rudus,” by B. T. Galloway.

365

“The Falling of Pine Leaves,” by B. T. Galloway.
“Some Methods employed in the Investigation of parasitic
Fungi and other Organisms,” by B. T. Galloway.

The committee appointed at the Rochester meeting to consider
and report on the advisability of forming a national botanical
society presented a majority report disapproving the formation of
such an organization at the present time, and Prof. C. R. Barnes
presented a minority report recommending its immediate estab-
lishment by the selection by the Club of a committee of ten who
shall select fifteen others, these twenty-five to be the charter mem-
bers of the society. The minority report was accepted, and a
committee of ten selected by ballot.

The Committee on Nomenclature was authorized to proceed
with the publication of the check-list, matters concerning it
not determined by the Club were referred to the committee with
power, and the committee increased to nine members by the
appointment of Professors Edward L. Greene and Wm. Trelease.

Officers for the next meeting were elected as follows: Presi-
dent, Prof. Douglas H. Campbell; Vice President, Prof. Daniel C.

Eaton; Secretary and Treasurer, Mr. W. T. Swingle.
N. L. Brirron.

Titles of Papers read before the Section of Botany, A. A. A. S.,
Madison Meeting, August, 1893.

Photography as an Instrument for recording the microscopic
Characters of Micro-organisms in artificial Cultures, by G. F. At-
kinson, : .
Symbiosis in the Roots of Ophioglossacez, by G. F. Atkinson.

Observations on a Rust affecting the Leaves of the Jersey or
Scrub Pine, by B. T. Galloway.

Prophylla of Graminex, by W. J. Beal.

A new injection Needle for the Study of the Lower Plants, by
J. Christian Bay.

On the Food of Green Plants, by Charles R. Barnes. :

Results of some recent Work on Rust of Wheat, by B. T.
Galloway. erie tee se

.

366
Comparative Study of the Structure and Junction of the Spor-
angia of Ferns in the Dispersion of Spores, by G. F. Atkinson.

The Solandi. Printing applied to Botanical Work, by Byron
‘D. Halsted.

Present Aspects of the Nomenclature Question, a N. L.. Brit-
ton.

Lichens of the Black Hills, by T. A. Williams.

The Bibliography of American Botanical Literature, by j
Christian Bay.

Notes on the Development of Marattia Douglassii, by Douglas
H. Campbell.

The fructification of Juniperus, by John G. Jack.

The Roots of Orchids, by M. B. Thomas.

Preliminary Notes on some Chromogenic Bacteria of the Ames
Flora, by L. H. Pammel.

Further Observations on the Fermentation Tube with special
Reference to Anzrobiosis, Reduction and Gas prot by
Theobald Smith.

Two new and destructive Diseases of Cucurbits, by Erwin F.
Smith. ;

Preliminary Statement concerning Botanical Laboratories and
Instruction in American Universities and Colleges, by Conway
_ MacMillan.

On the Quantitative Analysis of the Colors of Flowers and
Foliage, by J. H. Pillsbury.

The minute Structure and Development of the Motile Organ
in the Leaf of the Red-bud, by S. G. Wright.

The Shrinkage of Leaves in drying, by Byron D. Halsted.

Distribution of the Graminee in the United States, by S. M.
Tracy.

A Consideration of Species based on the eatian of Evolu-
tion, by N. L. Britton.

A Revision of the Genus Plscemititomn; by Elizabeth G.
Britton.

Deviation in Development die to the use of Unripe Seeds, by.
J. C. Arthur.

The principal Diseases of Gms: Fruits now being studied at
Eustis, Fla., by W. T. Swingle. :

367

Cephaluros mycoidea and Phyllosiphon sp., two Parasitic Alga,
new to North America, by W. T. Swingle.

An Analysis of the Conditions affecting the Distribution of
Plants, by Frederick V. Coville.

A Sclerotium Disease-of Plants, by P. H. Rolfs.

Notes on Reséelia pyrata, by L. H. Pammel.

Crossing of Cucurbits, by L. H. Pammel. ,

A case of poisoning by the Wild Parsnip, Cicuta maculata, by
L. H. Pammel. ,

Ulota Americana, Mitten, and Orthotrichum Americanum,
Beauv., by Elizabeth G. Britton.

Paleobotanical Papers read before the Section of Geology and
Geography, A. A. A. S., Madison, Wisconsin, 1893,

PAPERS BY Jos. F. JAMES.

“ Remarks on the Genus Arthrophycus.’—Attention is called to
the fact that this organism was originally described by Harlan in
1831, under the name Fucoides Alleghaniensis. In 1838 Conrad
changed it to Lucoides Harlani, and when, in 1852, Hall changed
the generic name to Arthrophycus, the specific name given by
Conrad was retained, and this is the one under which it has been
generally known. In accordance with the rules of priority, it
should appear as Arthrophycus Alleghaniensis (Harlan).

“ Studies in Problematic Organisms; the Genus Fucoides.’—A
revision of the classifications under which various problematic
organisms have been placed in the attempt to differentiate them
or to identify them with living alge genera. The author outlines
a new scheme of classification based upon recent researches,
which have proved many of the so-called algz to be inorganic
markings, tracks of animals, etc., and have also added to the more
€xact determination of the affinities of many which are true alge.

“ The Value of Pseudo-alge as Geological Guides.’—The author -
oncludes that, inasmuch as the evidence of the organic nature of
Many of the so-called fossil alge is defective, any deductions
based upon the presence of many described species are valueless
and misleading, and that they are not safe geologic guides.

368

PAPERS BY ARTHUR HOLLICK.

“ Recent Discoveries in the Cretaceous Formation on Long
Island.’—The author notes the discovery, during the past sum-
mer, of cretaceous plants on the north shore of Long Island, at
localities not previously reported, thus extending the known
range of the cretaceous strata on the islands. __

“ Some Results obtained in Recent Examinations of the Yellow
Gravel Formation in New Jersey and Northeastward.”—In this
communication reference is made to the discovery of fossil leaves
in the incoherent yellow gravel sandstone at Atlantic Highlands,
N.J. The specimens, although fragmentary, are apparently sim-
ilar to those previously found in the same formation at Bridge-
ton, N. J. : ArtHuR HOLLIcK.

Proceedings of the Madison Botanical Congress.

During the summer of 1893 a committee of American botan-
ists was appointed by Prof. C. E. Bessey, Chairman of the Sec-
tion of Botany, American Association for the Advancement of
Science, and Prof. W. P. Wilson, President of the Botanical Club
associated with the same institution, to arrange for a Botanical
Congress, to be held at Madison, Wisconsin. The call of this
committee for such a congress will be found on page 298 of the
present volume of the BULLETIN.

The Congress met in Science Hall, University of Wisconsin,
Madison, at 10 a. m., Wednesday morning, August 23, 1893, and
was called to order by Prof. J. C. Arthur, Chairman of the com-
mittee.

The following resolution, offered by Prof. C. E. Bessey, was
unanimously adopted:

Resolved, That inasmuch as the attendance of European bot-
anists at this meeting has fallen much below the expectation ©
the organizing committee, so that the desired international char-
acter of the assemblage has not been realized, the name of this
body be the “ Madison Botanical Congress.”

A committee, consisting of Prof, N. L. Britton, Prof. C. x.
_ Bessey, Mr. J. J. Davis, Prof. S. M. Tracy and Prof. Conway Mac- a
millan, was appointed to nominate officers for the Congress. .

369

On the report of this committee, the Congress was officered
as follows:
President—Enpw. L. Geach

Vice-Prissdonic, Henri L. DE VILMORIN.
Lucien M. UNDERWOOD.

( J. C. ARTHUR.

Secretaries. F. V. CovILte.

| B. L. Rosrnson.

Treasurer—C. R. BARNES.

M. de Vilmorin presided over the first session of the Congress.

Communications were received from Professors Ascherson and
Engler, of the International Committee on Botanical Nomen-
clature, appointed at the congress held last August at Genoa,
Italy, and from Dr. Otto Kuntze. They were referred to the
American members of the International Committee, Profs. N. L.
Britton, John M. Coulter and Edw. L. Greene.

Topics for consideration by the Congress were suggested by
the organizing committee, and the following were selected and
referred to committees for preparation before presentation :

1. The Nomenclature of Plant Diseases.

( Byron D. Halsted, Chairman.

Committee. 4 W. T. Swingle.
| L. R. Jones.
2. The Terminology of Anatomy and Morphology.
( Douglas H. Campbell, Chairman.
Committee. « Conway MacMillan.
/ C. R. Barnes.
3. The Terminology of Physiology.
( J. C. Arthur, Chairman.

Committee. 4 W. T. Swingle.
! A. S. Hitchcock.

4. The Nomenclature of Horticulturai Forms.
( Wm. Trelease, Chairman.
Committee. 1 Henri L. de Vilmorin.
| B. L. Robinson.
5. Bibliography and Typography.
( C. R. Barnes, Chairman.
Committee. A. B. Seymour.

-

N. L. Britton.
A committee consisting of M. de Vilmorin and Mr. Coville were
_ 8Ppointed to draft suitable resolutions regarding the death of M.

370

Alphonse DeCandolle, and one consisting of Professors Coulter
and Britton, to draft similar resolutions relative to the death of
Dr. Geo. Vasey.

The Congress convened again on the following morning, the
President in the chair.

Professor L. M. Underwood suggested as an additional topic
for discussion: 6. The Terminology of Plant Geography. The
suggestion was adopted, and the following committee appointed
to prepare-for its presentation: Mr. F. V. Coville, chairman; Mr.
W. T. Swingle, Prof. L. M. Underwood.

In the absence of Prof. Coulter, Prof. Bessey was appointed to
serve on the committee to submit resolutions relative to the death
of Dr. Geo. Vasey.

Prof. W. A. Kellerman, Miss Susan Hallowell and Dr. B. L.
Robinson were appointed a committee on resolutions.

The committee appointed to submit resolutions regarding the
death of M. Alphonse DeCandolle reported as follows:

In response to a common sentiment the members of the
Madison Botanical Congress desire to express their sorrow at the
death of Alphonse De Candolle, and at the same time their pro-
found admiration for the greatness of his life and his work.

To him we have looked up as the patriarch, in our times, of
systematic botany ; and from him we have received not alone the
example and incentive for the highest standard of scientific work,
but the greater lessons of magnanimity, dignity and simple truth.

We feel deeply the loss of such a friend, notwithstanding the
ripeness of his age and the completeness of his work.

Henri L. DE VILMORIN,
F. V. CoviLle,
Committee.

The report was accepted, ordered engrossed, signed by officers
of the Congress and transmitted to the family of the deceased.

Prof. Halsted presented the report of the committee on the
Nomenclature of Plant Diseases. This and the other reports to
gether with their discussion will be published in the official pro-
ceedings of the Congress. After much discussion the report was
referred to a standing committee of seven, consisting of the three
members presenting the report and Professors Bessey, Kellerman,
Atkinson and Mr. Galloway; the committee was requested to To
port at the next meeting of the Section of Botany, A.A. A.S.

371

The report of the committee on the Terminology of Plant
Physiology was presented by Prof. Arthur. After full discussion,
it was referred to a committee of five, consisting of the three mem-
bers presenting the report and Professors Barnes and MacMillan;
the committee was requested to report at the next meeting of
the Section of Botany, A.A. A. S.

The report of the committee on the Teimiapieey of Anatomy
and Morphology was presented by Prof. MacMillan. A commit-
tee of five, formed by the addition of Prof. Farlow and Mr. Roland
Thaxter to the three members making the report, was appointed
to further elaborate the subject and report it as in the two preced-
ing cases.

Prof. Trelease presented the report of the committee on the
Nomenclature of Horticultural Forms, recommending that for the
present the nomenclature of Nicholson’s Dictionary of Gardening
and the Index Kewensis be followed.

Professor Barnes reported for the committee on Bibliography
and Typography, submitting a typographical scheme for the cita-
tion of authors, which was adopted, and recommendations for se-
curing a complete bibliography of literature relating to American
botany, and the production of uniform card indexes to species,
plates and papers, which were referred to a committee of five with
Power to consider and approve means of publication. This
committee consists of Prof. Barnes, Mr. Seymour, Prof. Britton,
Mrs. Alice F. Stevens and Prof. A. S. Hitchcock. This com-
mittee subsequently met and recommended the continuation of
the Index to Recent Literature relating to American Botany pub-
lished in the BULLETIN, with some modification of its present ar-
rangement and typography, and approved the issue of card
indexes to American species and illustrations of American plants
as submitted by Mrs. Stevens and Miss Clark of the United States
_ Department of Agriculture.

Professors Bessey, Britton and Kellerman were appointed a
committee to memorialize the United States Congress and the
Secretary of Agriculture to provide safe and commodious quarters
for the National Herbarium.

The committee appointed to prepare resolutions relative to the
death of Dr. Geo. Vasey, reported as follows:

372

The’ death of Dr. Geo. Vasey, Botanist of the United States
Department of Agriculture, which occurred on March 4th, 1893,
has called from us one of America’s most widely known scientists.
- Dr. Vasey occupied for more than twenty years the most promi-
nent botanical position in the gift of our national government, and
administered the duties of his office in a most effective and en-
lightened manner. It is due to his continued exertions that our
National Herbarium has attained its present rank as one of the
chief centres of botanical research. His extensive contributions
to the literature of the Gramineze have made his name familiar to
botanists of all countries. Be it therefore

Resolved, That the Madison Botanical Congress realizes that
in the death of Dr. Vasey botanical science has suffered a most
serious loss; and .

Resolved, That this preamble and resolutions be entered on the
minutes of the Congress, and that.a copy be engrossed, signed by
the officers of the Congress, and transmitted to the family of the .
deceased. ~

CuHartes E. BEsSEY,
N. L. Britton,

Committee. .

Mr. Coville presented the report of the committee on the
Terminology of Geographical Botany. The report was accepted
and the committee requested to continue the consideration of the
subject and submit it at the next meeting of the Section of Bot-
any, A: A: A. S. .

It was resolved that the secretaries of the Congress be author-
ized to publish and distribute the proceedings, and that the expense
of such publication not met by funds available to the Organizing —
Committee be assessed on the members of the Congress.

The committee on memorializing the government relative to
the National Herbarium reported as follows:

Whereas, The National Herbarium, with all its wealth of
specimens of inestimable value, is at present deposited in a build-
ing which from its construction and use is peculiarly liable to de-
struction by fire; and —

Whereas, Such destruction would be an irreparable loss to the
science of botany. Therefore, be it

Resolved, That we, thé members of the Madison Botanical

Congress, hereby appeal to the Senators and Representatives ©
the National Congress to make early provision for a suitable fire-

proof building for the preservation of this scientific treasure, and Soe

¢

373

we would respectfully request the Secretary of Agriculture to urge
upon Congress the desirability of prompt action in this matter.
CHARLES E. BEsseEy,

N. L. Britton,
W. A. KELLERMAN,
Committee.

Resolutions tendering the cordial thanks of the Congress to
Prof. Chas. R. Barnes and other members of the local committee
of arrangements for their arduous labors in behalf of the comfort
and ‘entertainment of the members, and to Dr. Otto Kuntze of
Friedenau, Germany, for a supply of his pamphlets containing
Proposed amendments to the Paris Code of Nomenclature, were
Teported by the Committee on Resolutions and unanimously
adopted.

The Congress then adjourned.
N. L. Britron.

Organization of a Society of American Botanists,

At the meeting of the Botanical Club of the American Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science, held at Madison, Wis-
consin, August 23, 1893, a committee of ten botanists was selected
by ballot to choose fifteen others, these twenty-five to be charter
members of a new botanical society. The committee met the
following morning and performed the duty assigned, the charter
members thus chosen being as follows: J. C. Arthur, G. F. Atkin-
Son, L. H. Bailey, C: R. Barnes, C. E. Bessey, E. G. Britton, N.
_ L. Britton, D, H. Campbell, J. M. Coulter, F. V. Coville, Daniel

C. Eaton, W. G. Farlow, E. L. Greene, B. D. Halsted, Arthur
Hollick, Conway MacMillan, B. L. Robinson, C. S. Sargent, F. L.
Scribner, J. Donnell Smith, Roland Thaxter, Wm. Trelease, L. M.
Underwood, Lester F. Ward, W. P. Wilson.

Two informal meetings of those of the above list in attendance
on the Madison Botanical Congress were subsequently held, and
a committee of organization appointed consisting of Prof. Wm.
Trelease, Chairman; Prof. J. M. Coulter, Prof. Conway MacMillan,
Prof. L. H. Bailey and Prof. C.S. Sargent.

ce

374

This committee was instructed to inform the others of the
- twenty-five charter members of the action taken, to draw up a
constitution and to report at a meeting to be held beginning on
the Monday preceding the next meeting of the American Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science, and at the same place
selected for the meeting of that association. Numerous topics
were discussed at these informal meetings, among them the name
of the new organization for which the terms American Botanical
Society, Botanical Society of America and Society of American
Botanists were proposed; the standard of membership to be
maintained ; the question of one or mare classes of members; the
fees for membership and initiation; the work of the organization,
including publication, the number of annual meetings and the en-
couragement of research. No formal action on any point was
taken, but the opinions of those present were obtained and or-
dered referred to the chairman of the committee of organization.

Botanical Notes.

Aralia nudicaulis, L., var. elongata, n. var.—Leaves longer and
narrower than the type (5—6 in. long, by 114 in. wide) gradu-
ally tapering to a point, rounded at base, coarsely and irregu-
larly serrate, decidedly paler beneath. .

I collected this on July 11 in the Catskill Mountains, on the
top of Cairo Round Top, Greene county, at an elevation of about
2,000 feet. It was growing in a rocky woods with the type- I
saw several sterile plants, but collected only one in fruit. While
the fruit-on a specimen of the type, collected within a few feet of
this, was perfectly green, the fruit of the variety was entirely ripe-
I did not have an opportunity to verify this, however.

The leaves seem to be 3-foliolate, with a tendency in the ter-
minal leaflet to divide to the base, giving the leaf a very odd and
characteristic appearance. . Gro. V. Nasu.

CLIFTON, N, J., Sept. 6, 1893.

Carex arctata, Boott., var. Faxoni, Bailey. —
A single specimen of this rare sedge was collected by me 4

Grayling, Mich., in 1889. It had not been previously found in
the lower peninsula of this State, and so far as I know, has bese,

375

_ reported only from Isle Royale and Keweenaw county, Mich., the
extreme northern part of Minnesota, Canada, and Lisbon, N. H.
The last-named locality is in about the same latitude as Grayling,
and these are the most Southern stations. G. H. Hicks.

AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, MICH., Aug. 2, 1893.

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.

Acanthorhiza aculeata. (Bot. Mag. t. 7302). F

Description and illustration of this Mexican palm.

Adiantum pedatum (Meehan’s Month. iii. 113, with colored illustra-
tion).
Anthurium Chamberlaini.. J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. t. 7297).

A superb Aroid, presumably native of Venezuela.

Asplenium septentrionale—A new Station for. D.C. Eaton (Zoé,

iv. 185).

Record of the occurrence of this fern in Lower California.
Botanical Nomenclature. Katharine Brandegee (Zoé, iv. 182-184).
Botanical Notes from Texas. E. N. Plank (Gard. and For. vi. 332).

Notes on the rare Berderis Swaseyi, Buckley, and a short
biography of Jacob Ferdinand Lindheimer.

Botany and Forestry. WW. J. Beal (Annual Rep. Sec. State Board

Agric., State of Michigan, xxxi. reprint, 1893).

A short history of the Botanical Department and report of the
exercises of the laying of the corner-stone of the Botanical
Laboratory. :

Brasilianischen Nuts-und Heilpflanzen—Die. Theodor Peckolt

(Pharm. Runds. xi. 181).

Discusses principally species of the genus Aiaslichin
Caladium venosum. N.E. Brown (Gardn. Chron. xiv. 86). De-

scription of two new species from Brazil. oe
California Yellow Bells. C. R. Orcutt (West. Am. Scientist, viii.

38).

With figure of Emmenanthe pendulifera.

Céll-union in herbaceous Grafting. John S. kl (Bot. Gaz.
XViii. 285-293; two. plates; reprinted). ;

376

Collinsia—A new. S. B. Parish (Zoe, iv. 147).

- Description of C. Davidsonii from the Mojave Desert.

Crotalaria longirostrata. J.D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. t. 7306).
Native of Mexico.

Dipladenia eximia. W. Botting Hemsley (Gardn. Chron. xiv.
120). A newly described species from South America.

Draparnaldia—Observations on the Zoospores of. 1. N. Johnson
(Bot. Gaz. xviii. 294-298 ; one plate).

Evaporation of Water from Plants—Some Recent Investigations on
the. Albert F. Woods (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 304-310).

Field Notes at San Emidio. Alice Eastwood (Zoé, iv. 144-147).

Flora of Guadalupe Island—Notes on the. ¥. Franceschi (Zoé, iv.
1 30—I 39).

Notes on 60 species and varieties. .

Flora of Ohio—New Plants for the. Wm. C. Werner (Ohio Agric.
Exp. Sta., Tech. Series, Bull. No. 3; extract). !

Notes on 49 species, hitherto unrecorded from the State,
among them Aconitum Noveboracense, Cardamine arenicola, Elodes
petiolata and Opuntia Rafinesquii.

Flora of Southern California—Additions to the. S. B. Parish (Zoe,
ix, 160-167). — )
Record of new localities for a large number of species.

Forestry for 1892—Report of the Chief of the Division of. B. E.
Fernow (U. S. Depart. Agric. 1893, illustrated).

Fungi of Wisconsin—A Supplementary List of Parasitic. J. J.
Davis (Trans. Wisc. Acad, ix. 153-188; reprint).

Notes on 495 species, supplementary to Prof. Trelease’s list of
1882.
Habenaria—The Genus. H. S. Pepoon (Asa Gray Bulletin, No.

2, pp. 8, 9).

Hepaticarum species nove—IT. F. Stephani (Hedwigia, XXxil-
137-147).

Anastrophyllum ciliatum, from Staten Island, Patagonia; Antho-
ceros Dussii from Martinique; Axthoccros planus from Brazil; and
Balantiopsis Chilensis from Chile are described as new.
Hickory—Our Shellbark. J. T. Rothrock (Forest Leaves iv. 565,

illustrated).

Tris Caroliniana (Gard. and For. vi. 5 34, with Hepp

.

377

Lichenes exotict, If. J. Miiller (Hedwigia, xxxii. 120-136).
Thalloidima Spruceanum and Pertusaria levigata, from Brazil;

Patellaria Magellanica, from Southern South America; Parathe-

lum megalosporum, Pleurotrema Burchellii, Ti omasellia nigrescens,

Polyblastia cesiella, from Brazil; and Pyrenula Cotodk from Bar-

badoes, are described as new.

Marine Diatoms in Fresh Water— The Occurrence of. A. M: Ed-
wards (Journ. N. Y. Micros. Soc. ix. 71-72).

New Localities for California Plants. T. S. Brandegee (Zoé, iv.
148-160). :
Notes on a large number of species. Claytonia saxosa, Chori-

santhe Vortriedet and Chlorogalum purpureum are described as new.

New or Noteworthy North American Plants. John M. Coulter and
E. M. Fisher (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 299-303).

New species and varieties are proposed in the genera Petalo-
stemon, Astragalus, Hedysarum, Aster, Mimulus, Pentstemon and
Dine, a8
Note on Nomenclature. Georg. B. Sudworth (Gard. and LF Or. Vi. |

524). ee

Since the publication of the author’s notes on Bladhia panicu-
lata (Nutt.) Ardisia Pickeringia, Nutt.) it has been found that the
genus /cacorea, Aublet, antedates the genus Bladhia by nine years.
In consequence of this Bladhia paniculata becomes /cacorea
haniwulata.
Notes from the Gull Lake Biological Station of the University of

Minnesota. Conway MacMillan (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 315, 316).

Record of the occurrence of root-hairs in Elodea Canadensis,
and of the excessive luxuriance of Eguisetum limosum at Upper
Cullen Lake.

Notes on the Distribution of Trees and Shrubs in the Deserts and

Desert Ranges of Scuthern California, Southern Nevada, North-
western Arizona and Southern Utah.—Notes on the geographic
and vertical Distribution of Cactuses, Yuccas and Agave of the —
same Territory. C. Hart Merriam (North American Fauna,
No. 7, pp. 285-343, 345-359; reprint).

An Pili contribution to the geographical botany of the
region, preliminary to Mr. Coville's report on the Botany of the
Death Valley Expedition, now in press. .

378

Okie Plants—Notes on Distribution of and Stations for a few rare
and interesting. Wm. C. Werner (Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech.
Series, Bull. No. 3; extract).

Notes on 17 species.

Pepperidge Tree—The. O.C. Simonds (Am. Gardening, xiv. 469).
With illustration of Wyssa aquatica.

Phaenogams—tThe Leader of the. James A. Graves (Asa Gray
Bulletin, No. 2, 2-5).

Notes on Ranunculacee observed about Susquehanna, Penn-
sylvania, and an explanation of the position of this order at the
beginning of the botanical sequence of De Candolle.

Pilze aus dem. konigl. Botanjschen Museum in Berlin.—Einige neue.
P. Hennings (Hedwigia, xxxii. 61-64).

Puccinia xylariuformis, from Chile, is described as new.

Pilze Chiles, soweit dieselben als Nahrungsmittel gebraucht werden.
F. Philippi (Hedwigia, XXxXii. 115-118).

Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah, with Notes and Descriptions
of New Species—List of. Alice Eastwood (Zoé, iv. 113-127;
two plates).

Notes on 141 species, Exeatnioic repens, Asclepias involucrata,
var, tomentosa, Gilia Triodon, G. superba, Phacelia nudicaulis and
Pentstemon Utahensis being described as new.

Primitie Flore Costaricensis—II. T.Durand and H. Pittier (Bull.
Soc. Bot. Belg. xxxi. 119-216).

Continuation of the narrative of the botanical exploration of .
Costa Rica, supplemented by the enumeration of the Mosses col-
lected by M. Pittier, contributed by M. M. Renauld and Cardot,
new species being described in the genera Dicranella, Dicranum,
Campylopus, Holomitrium, Fissidens, Leptodontium, Hyophila, Bar-
bula, Macromitrium, Philonotis, Breutelia (B. Brittonia, the same —
as Dr. Rusby’s 3,137 from Bolivia), Acidodontium, Brach hymentum,
Bryum, Atrichum and Pogonatum; the enumeration of the
Hepatice by F. Stephani, new species being described in the
genera Aneura, Anthoceros, Chiloscyphus, Frullania, Herberta and
Plagiochila, and of the Composite by F. Klatt, where new species
are described in Piptocarpha, Eupatorium, Mikania, Gymnolomia,
Montanoa, Aspilia, Zexmenia, Viguicra; Calea, Liabum, Schiste? :
carpha and Senecio.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

No. to.

No. 11,
No. 12,
No. 13.
a. 14.
No. 1 5.
No. 16.
‘No. 17.

No. 18,

ic

A Preliminary List of North American Species of Cyferus, with Descriptions
of New Forms. By N. L. Britton (1886),. . 4. .... _ , 25 cents.

Cerastium arvense, L.., and its North American Varieties, By Axtintr Hol.
lick and N. L. Britton (1887). (Out of print.)

Plant Notes from Temiscouata County, Canada. By J. 1. Northrop (1887).
(Out of print.)

A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N. L. Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887),.. ....... 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, By N. L. Britton
(ISSR) Ss oa ke ye Os ae ee as . . 25 Cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton, (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus icoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . . 25 cents.

A Recent Discovery of Hybrid Oaks on Staten Island. By Arthur Hollick.
CNG) 2 Se eee ee 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco: Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton. |

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology—An Enumeration of the Mosses Col-
lected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By Elizabeth
G. Britton. (Out of print.)

Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,

Adan; By Ni. Baek (9889), oe es 25 cents.
The Genus £éeocharis in North America. By N. L. Britton (1889),
25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
188s), ae _ . , 25 cents,
A List of State and Local Floras of the United States and British America.
BPN. Li Batok (Sg ye Mik ye IS et Sr.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
ock (1890), . . Se or a 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American hanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
(Boo), So ee ee 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of. Atacama.. By Thos. Morong (1891),
25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, II. A supplementary Enumeration of
Mosses collected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By
Elizabeth G. Britton (1891), . 2.2 + ee ee tts . » 25 cents.

No. 19.
No. 20.

No. 21.
No. 22.
No, 23.
No, 24.
No. se
No. 26.
No, 27.
No. 28.
No. 29.
No. 30.
No. 31.

No. 32.
No. 33.

No. 34.

No. 35.

No. 36.
No. 37-

No. 38.

Notes on North American Halorage. By Thos. Morong (1891), .25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L., Britton.

CBRE 6 is ede os see ee a oe es a ee 25.cents.
Notes on the North American ee of Eriocauleze. By Thos. Morong
MOD I er OA ES, doe Qi al pe 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phaskbcirains Vv. By N. L. Britton
CR a ek ae ce ee . . 25 cents,
The American Species of the Genus Anemone and the Genera which have
been referred to it. By N. L. Britton (1891),. ....... 25 cents.
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By’ Heinrich
UCR rs a ee ee CS ae 25 cents.

A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus J/eidomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North

America, Dy Ne Ly Britton: C1992) 6 oe ew ee ok 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
Se MARION CIOOS ee sg, ee Cat eee ee 25 cents.
The Anatomy of the Stem of Wistaria pees By Carlten C. Curtiss
CPMOS hse a ons Gadus 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy: North Aseria Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
C188) Sore PU ley te es NE ee ee eee 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alhes. By N. L.
SOON CINOR at ge a ee eae bce rey . 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small.
CUBR i a ae ge oe a ee aa ee 25 cents.

West Virginia Mosses. By Elizabeth G. Britton ( 1892), .. . . 25 cents,
A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos, Morong.

(UO et er ea ee ee ee 25 cents.
The North American Species of Lespedeza. By N. L. Britton (1893)
25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N, L. Britton, with the assistance of

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893)... . 2... 00 - et eet $1.50.
An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orchids. By Carlton C. Curtiss
CUR tafe a a ee 5 ha ee Ge ., 25 cents.
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. = John K, Small
CHORDS a ge es gee arg a N54 95 COO
New or Noteworthy North Maailtia Phanerogams, VIL. “By N. L. Britton
(INOS) ee eke eA ee oe ce a ee - 4 a5 cee

The whole series with the exception of Nos. 2, 3, 6 and 10 will be supplied

for $5.

Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889), by N. L. pens
may be had for ek

Address

DR. THOS. MORONG,

Curator of the Herherinar, Columbia College, —
NEW YORK CITY.

| TENTUNYER PORTABLE MICROSCOPE,

IN PERFECT ORDER, :

For $100.00. - - - Catalogue Price, $147.50.
Including THREE OBJECTIVES, 1} in., } in., and } in,
Also an Abbé Condenser, Glass Stage, and Neat Walnut Case.

Address the Editors of the Bulletin, °* Wm. Wales, Fort Lee, N. J.
CHARACEA OF AMERICA. -

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready.. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVite//a, as fol-
lows: JVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
Slomeruiifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates. can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

; . YT. &. Aloe,
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

‘The North American Pyrenomycetes.

With original illustrations by F. W. ANDERSON. 2,500 species of the
old genus “ §pheria,” described and arranged in accordance with the
modern ideas of classification: One thick octavo volume, with over 800
Pages of printed matter and 41 full-page tinted plates illustrating the
genera ; bound in fine cloth, with stamped: covers and gilt-lettered back.
Price, $8,00, with 35 cts. additional if sent by mail. Address,

__J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J.
VIRGINIA PLANTS,

During the present spring and summer I shall collect along the south-
ern boundary of Virginia, from the coast to the mountains, a region un-
explored botanically, and one that will beyond a doubt yield a number
of new and many rare plants. An endeavor will also be made to obtain
all the new species, about a dozen in all, collected by myself and others

uring the past three years invadjacent territory. An effort will be made
hot only to-keep up the standard of previous collections, but also to im-
Prove upon them.in every. way possible. Anyone desiring sets, should

Please address _ 3 |
3 ak ie A. A. HELLER,
411 W. Walnut St., Lancaster, Pa.

ee

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

“ARTISTS’ - MATERIALS.

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
TO RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.

COFFIN, DEVOE & CO,, 176 RANDOLPH ST. CHICAGO. ©

PLANTS OF PARAGUAY.

Two Partial Sets of my PARAGUAY PLANTS remain undis-
tributed and are offered for sale at

$10 PER HUNDRED SPECIMENS.
THOMAS MORONG, °

COLUMBIA COLLEGE,
New YorK CITY.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

: s , : | . ESTABLISHED ioe Se a Eee
EIMER & AMEND,
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF |

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus .

205, 207, 209 & 211 1 Third Ave.,

Corner of 18th Since : NEW YORK.

: | SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES

OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR
E, March's Seline Chemical Sou s
pW, -, cee Bae,
| Schleicher & -Schuell’s nee ead
_ Pure and Common Filter Paper. ie
Doctor ‘C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- hee
ters (Polariscopes). See Me Fe
ESO Gh aie _| Prof. Jolly’s ane Saget Bae et
ssi Gees 282 sg 3 : ances, ote. eee

e Pacis, Patitions. 2
H. day ronesdorft”s P. Chemical.

- PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

aE) ee BULLETIN. oe.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with .
- many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, to shillings. Agents for si
- England, Messrs, Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. ie
- Back Numpers.—The BuLietin was published from 1870 to 1875, caves
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these —
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed |
run on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
‘The price. of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed
separately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
_ for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. XVIII. and XIX. are indexed
separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VIII. cannot now be —— Se hee it is
nee to aSPEnK some ot its numbers. 3

@ THE MEMOIRS.

“The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per. volume in advance: The jnanbeed
can also be purchased singly and an invariable Geer igs ss fixed for: eat

* Volume I contains the following papers t :

No. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus s Care :
spo Bailey. This cannot now be had separately.

No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algee hitherto «
Jersey and Staten Island, by Isaac. c. Martindale.

7 : 168 Rescive Roast Materials i
Professor Byron D. Halsted.
; ions to the Botan’ ae th two plates by Anna
‘urray Vail and 1 Arthur Hobe: Price, 75 cents. ee.

OCTOBER, 1893, = =—S—No.10._ ~~

BU iL

ORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

AND,OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

Contribution to the probable
eee: Albert Schneider

al ae ee A. Dee Sa a
“evws or Foes sean ine

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1893.

President,
HON, ADDISON BROWN,

Vice Presidents,

T. F. ALLEN, M. D, THOMAS MORONG, Ph. D.
eas Recording Secretary, a ous cae Corresponding Secretary, His
_ ‘HENRY H, RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALT, °°

; College of Pharmacy, New ths City. Columbia College, New York City,
nat Editor, Pern Treasurer, . :
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., _ HENRY OGDEN,

Columbia College, New York City, a1 Pine pea AAW Yee SEE -

Associate editors; ge
"EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph.D, ARTHUR OLE Ph. By .
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, te BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. Gee "
- ee : ALA HELLER. — !
ae Ae a Cn aia
JOSEPHINE E _ ROGERS. | _-EFFIE, A. SOUTHWORTH.

"Committee on Finance, ee Aerie to
_ qustus F. ah acts! Reo Pei: f. RUDEIN,
‘Cheameiteee on Aiton : |

_M. M. LE BRUN, MRS. Ss. B CLARKE,
© 9 Bray, Now Yor Ge ss me IW. Sut Stret, New Vork City

o Eeibitors: and Herbarium Committees, :
a "JOSEPHINE E.. ROGERS, ]
bee EFFIE Be SOUTHWORTH,

Pros, THOS. C. PORTER,
ne pests Ph. Th a

BULLETIN -

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Contribution to the Probable Biology of Plasomen.

By ALBERT SCHNEIDER.

It is only for few years that the theory of the cell unit has
been wholly exploded. Since then many valuable discoveries
have been made in regard to cell structure. Briicke, Altmann,
Hartig, Niigeli, Flemming, Stricker, Strassburger, Guignard,
Schmitz, Berthold, Boveri, Biitchli and Wiesner are a few ef the
leading scientists who have made valuable contributions to cytol-
Sy. We must, however, not forget workers of lesser note whose
| contributions in the aggregate are indeed of great value.

Scientists are now agreed that the cell, which has been
heretofore considered the ultimate unit of structure, is made up of
@ multitude of simpler units combining to form, so to speak, cell
®rgans, as cell wall, chromoplastids, cell granules, chromotin
_ threads, nucleoli, etc. All efforts to show that protoplasm (cyto-

i plasm) is a homogeneous substance with a definite arrangement

have been futile. Among the recent workers, Biitchli has en-
deavored to show that cytoplasm always has a reticulated (waben-
artige) Structure. That such a structure is often noticeable is cer-
tainly true. It is likewise true that often such a structure is not
Noticeable. Such efforts, especially when too strongly prompted
to conform to some preconcieved notion, lead to no good results,
ut rather create scientific distrust and confusion. .
. That cytoplasm is not a homogeneous substance is now gen-
_ rally accepted. It is supposed to be made up of a multitude of

380

ultimate living units of structure. Wiesner has probably formu-
lated the most plausible theory in regard to these ultimate units
which he has designated plasomen. The plasomen, like Nageli’s
micellz, have thus far only a hypothetical existence. The fol-
lowing is a brief summary of Wiesner’s reasons for assuming the
existence of plasomen.

1. The more or less constant presence of organized individuals
(nucleus, plastids, etc.) in the cell teaches conclusively that the
cell cannot be the ultimate unit of living structures.

2. Since all organized individuals of the cell originate from
similar organized individuals, through division, it is to be sup-
posed that all organized bodies found within the cell are not
formed spontaneously but through fission.

3. Mitosis teaches that the nucleus as well as cytoplasm con-
sists of autodivisible organic individuals. From this we are in-
duced to conclude that the nucleus and cytoplasm are not the ul-
timate units of structure, but that ¢#ey are built up of ultimate
units. The origin and development of the cell wall indicates that
it is also made up of ultimate units.

4. Autodivision within the cell goes beyond the limits of
direct observation. A limit to the divisibility of living substance
must exist. These last divisible living bodies of the cell are to be
considered the ultimate units of structure (elementarorganismen).
These ultimate units Wiesner designates plasomen.

5. Plasomen have above all the power to divide, and since they
divide continuously up to a certain limit they must also have the
power to grow; but growth necessitates assimilation; hence
divisibility, growth and assimilation are preéminently the propet-
ties of plasomen.

6. Organic cell individuals cues plastids, cell wall, derma-
tosomen, etc.y are plasom aggregates. Cytoplasm is simply 2 —
multitude of undifferentiated plasomen.

7. Growth of cytoplasm, of cell wall, nuclei, plastids, takes
place as does the growth of many-celled organisms; the latter
grow as the result of cell growth and division, the former as the
result of plasom division and growth.

It is not my intention to discuss or explain Wiesner’s theory,

but rather to give what I hold to be additional evidence as to the : ne

381

correctness of his assumptions. While examining root tubercles
of Cycas revoluta | noticcd that the palisade layer cells contained
many rather large cytoplasmic granules (dermatosomen, zell
granula, elementarorganismen, etc.). They are highly refractive,
spherical in shape, and in size varying, beginning at the limits of
of observation to one half mikron (“) in diameter; a few are as
much as one “ in diameter. Only the larger ones were noticeable
with the objectives at my disposal (Zeiss 2.0 mm. hom. imm.
ap. 140). On the addition of aqueous cor. sub. solution (71, per
cent.) they took on a dark stain and were brought to view very
much better. It was seen that the protoplasm was made up of
granules of all sizes up to the limit given. Most of the aniline
dyes stain them more or less. To my knowledge nothing is
superior to the above mentioned sublimate solution. In the case
of Cycas root tubercles it seems to answer much better than Alt-
mann’s method, which consists in adding alcoholic sublimate solu-
tion followed by acid fuchsin stain. The fact that I noticed quitea
number of hourglass forms led me to suppose that they underwent
division, though Wiesner states that they probably have lost the
Power to do so. I made some culture experiments, not with the
€xpectation of developing a culture of plasomen, but rather, if pos-
sible, to study their vitality outside of the cell. .Cycad tubercles
were carefully washed, then dried quickly by means of blotting
Paper which had been passed through the flame of a Bunsen
_ burner; then the tubercle itself was passed through the flame so
as to singe it on all sides. With a sterilized knife the dermal
layer was cut down one side and the tubercle broken (not cut)
across. The inoculations were then made from the green pali-
Sade layer upon various agar-veg. extract media. The inoculated
tubes were then placed in a dark incubator at a constant tempera-
ture of 35° C. After from three to five days a small growth was
Noticed in most tubes at points of inoculation. Examination
Showed the presence of cocci and bacteria. Treating with
aqueous sub. sol. showed also the presence of plasomen. These
Were introduced with the inoculating needle and became more or
less intermixed with the cocci and bacteria culture. I made re-
peated examinations of these cultures at intervals of several days,
always finding a few plasomen. After a period of three or four

882

weeks I was no longer able to detect any. Ina few tubes there’
was no development of bacteria.‘ In these I could study the
plasomen unobstructed. There was no visible growth, but ex-
amination showed the unmistakable presence of the plasomen.
After a time more mature plasomen (dermatosomen) were no-
ticeable, and these mature plasomen were evidently present
in greater numbers than when the inoculation was made. In
about three weeks from the time of inoculation the plasomen
were nearly all mature, often united into small zoogloz. I do
not intend to state that all the plasomen, visible and invisible, in-
troduced with the inoculating needle developed to maturity, since
it is impossible even to conjecture the number introduced. I was
at first inclined to ignore them, thinking they were probably by-
products of the bacteria and cocci. But their presence in inocu-
lated tubes containing no bacteria, and their behavior with
sublimate solution indicated that they were true Plasomen.
I also made plasom cultures from developing tubers of So/a-
num tuberosum and growing roots of Zea Mays with similar
results. In all cases there was for a time an apparent increase ih
the number of mature plasomen coinciding with a decrease in
number of the smaller plasomen; later only mature plasomen
were present, and finally these decreased in number until all had
disappeared. In the case where entire cells were inoculated it
was plainly noticeable that the mature plasomen increased some-
what in number until finally the cell contained only those devel-
oped to maturity. This phenomenon is also often noticeable in
bacterial cells and cells of hyphal fungi found in culture media.
The probably correct explanation of these phenomena is as fol-
lows: The plasomen of Wiesner have a veritable existence and
are capable of developing into mature dermatosomen outside of
the living cell. The plasomen can, however, not divide outside
of the living cell. The reason for this latter supposition is that
the dermatosomen do not continue to exist. The apparent re-
production or increase in number is due to the growth of the in-
visible plasomen to visible dermatosomen. As soon as all plaso-
men capable of growth have reached maturity apparent reproduc-
tion ceases, and the dermatosomen begin to decrease in number
as they are scattered through the culture medium or become dis-
_ organized. 3 os,

383

Cramer has observed the growth of cell walls of certain Si-
phonacez when separated from the living cytoplasm. Numerous
other Observations have been made to demonstrate that the cell
wall of many plants is built up of living plasomen capable of con-
siderable growth. Pfeffer and others are therefore far from right
when they term the cell wall a dead substance.

The question whether cytoplasm, or to use a more correct ex-
pression, plasomen can be induced to divide outside of the living
cell may be settled before very long. I believe it to be only a
question of environment, and not a question of germ-plasm, as
Wiesner and others seem to think.

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, CHAMPAIGN, ILL.

Bibliography.

Altmann—Elementarorganismen, 1890.

Altmann—Die Genese der Zelle, 1887.

Askenasy—Ber. d. deutsch. bot. Ges., Bd. VIII. 1890.

Berthold—Studien iiber Proloplasmamechanic, 1887.

Billroth—Gegenwirkung der Pflanzen-und Thierzellen, 1890.

Boveri—Zellstudien, 1887,

Briicke—Die Elementarorganismen, 1861.

Biitschli—Protoplasmische Schiiume, 1892.

Biitschli—Biolog. Centralbl., Bd. VIII. 1888.

Cramer—Denkschrif, d. Schweiz. naturf. Ges., Bd. XXX, 1887; Bd. XXXII. 1890.

Errera—Ber. d. deutsch. bot. Ges., Bd. IV. 1886.

Flemming—Zellsubstanz. 1882.

Hanstein—Einge Ziige aus der Biologie des Protoplasmas, 1880.

Ljukanou—Grundziige einer Allgemeiner Pathologie der Zelle, 1891.

Mikosch—Sitz, d. Kais. Ak. d. Wissensch., Bd. XCII. 1885.

Nageli—Ak. d. Wissensch. zu Miinchen, Heft 4, 1881.

Pfefier—Pflanzenphysiologie, 1881.

Pfitzer—Morph, Jahrbuch., 1881.

Schimper— Ann, des, Sci. nat., Nr. 3, 1881.

Schmitz—Die Chromatophoren der algen., 1882.

Schmitz—Uber die Structur des Protoplasmas und des Zellkernes der Pflanzenzelle,
1880,

Schwarz—Cohn’s Beitriige zur Biologie der Pflanzen, Bd. IV, 1887.

Van Tieghem—Traité de bot, 1884.

Wiesner—Anatomie and Physiolog, d. Pflanzen, 1881.

Wiesner—Ber, d. deutsch. bot. Ges., Heft 7, 1890.

Wiesner—Elementarstructur, 1892.

___ Zacharias—Ber, d. deutsch, bot. Ges., Heft 5, 1893-

& Zimmermann—Beitriige zur Morph. and Phys. der Pflanzenzelle, Heft 1, 1890.

384

Botanical Notes from Bainbridge, Georgia.

By Auc. F. ForERsTE.

Rectangular Inflorescences—Nature is usually a graceful de-
signer. Many flowers rather stiff and insignificant in themselves
become charming from the skillful taste with which they are
arranged in inflorescences. Upon a person accustomed to be
alert in seeking the beauties of nature, the first sight of Siphon-
ychia diffusa, Chapman, produces a queer effect, half of surprise
and half of discomfort. Here is a plant with its flowers laid out
in rectangular inflorescences—cymes with a flat top, with quad-
ratic outlines, or of a form which at once makes us wish to say
parallelopipedon, as though the other dimensions were equally
stiff and rectangular. In these rectangles the flowers are laid off
almost with the precision of corn rows in a field. This general
effect is not lessened, in what seems a vain attempt of nature at
grace, by the way in which these rectangular inflorescences are
arranged on the stem; for, the stems being almost prostrate, all the
branches being terminated by inflorescences at such heights as
to bring all the inflorescences to within approximately the same
plane, and the inflorescences being all disposed with their diag-
onals vertical or parallel to the stem, their sides all become paral-
lel, so that the final effect is that of a series of rectangular fields,
set out in some Western landscape, where all lines run north and
south or east and west. In the case of this plant, we might say
northeast and southwest, northwest and southeast. . The fact that
adjacent cymes are somefimes disposed ‘at slightly different levels,
suggests the effects of hillsides. The plant must be seen to be
appreciated. It should occur in every botanical garden.

The lower branches consist of, first, two opposite leaves, bear-
ing in the axil nearest the stem an inflorescence about half the
size of the two inflorescences into which the other branches di-
vide. The flowers usually terminate the seventh node from the
main stem, all the terminal buds of the branchlets except the last
being terminated by abortion at the end of each node, so that the |
cyme is a product of seven successive branchings of the stem.

A curious Correllation between Sympodial Development of
Branches and the Retention of Stipules in Leguminose— Two

385

species of Crotallaria were examined. In both cases the flower-
ing peduncles representing the end of the stem are attached di-
rectly opposite the axil of a leaf, but usually a little below its
level; one leafy branch arises from the axil of this leaf, and as-
suming the same direction as the stem apparently terminates it;
another leafy branch starts from the axil of the leaf below, and is
evidently axillary ; four nodes intervene between successive flow-
ering peduncles, so that the order of arrangement of the stem
after it begins flowering: is two leaves usually without anything in
their axils, a third leaf with a leafy branch in its axil, and a final
fourth leaf with a leafy branch in its axil and the terminal flower-
ing pedicel beyond the fourth leaf.

C. sagitialis, L., has long, narrow, inversely sagittate stipules,
whose decurrent margins reach the node below in every case ex-
cept along the first internode of each sympodial branch, which con-
tinues the leafy growth of the stem after the flowering peduncle
has been thrust aside. Along this internode the decurrent margins
of the stipules extend only half way down the internode, and in
Tare instances are confined only to the very top of this internode.
These leafy continuations of the stem being in each case branches,
though sympodial, of course have the first leaf of their one-half
phyllotaxy in a lateral position, causing the decurrent margins of
the stipules of the first internodes to be pressed by the front of the
Subtending leaf and the back of the flowering peduncles, and this
May account for the abortion of part of its decurrent stipular
growth,

3 C. ovalis, Pursh., offers in this respect a more interesting case.
Here the two lower nodes show only the merest traces of stipules
at the node itself. The third node at times has the stipules like-
Wise almost obsolete, but usually the stipules are present, though
of small size and decurrent for only half the length of the inter-
node; much more rarely the stipules of this node nearly equal
those of the fourth node. The fourth node always has the in-
Versely sagittate and rather conspicuous stipules fully developed
and the decurrent margins extending to the next lower node. In
this case the suppression of the two lower stipules and of the
lower part of the decurrent margins of the third can be less
_ Teadily accounted for, and their full retention at the node preced-

é

386

ing sympodial development is interesting. The number of in-
stances in which flowering peduncles of Leguminose are extra-
axillary through sympodial growth is rather larger than at first
suspected. The Germans call these webergiphelte inflorescences.
The word sympodial expresses the opposite of these relations and
is therefore not a good term with which to designate such inflor-
escences. Some better English term, meaning chrust aside, should
be sought, and used in the manuals of botany for the many cases
where such inflorescences occur. This would be a way to advance
morphological botany. Unless such a word can be found, perhaps
the term superseded inflorescences might do.

Cotton.—The cotton plant is of course so well understood that
nothing of botanical interest can be added to our information.
Attention is only called to the fact that the inflorescences here are
again morphologically terminal, superseded by the sympodial
growth of axillary branches. The flower of the upland cotton,
Gossypium album, Ham., is pale yellowish or greenish white early
in the morning. Towards noon it becomes tinged with rose, and
in the later afternoon it is of a strong rose-red color. Changes of
color of plants on fading indicate possibilities as to the normal col-
ors of flowers in the distant future, or earlier by process of selection.
Nature often has solved this problem already by giving to one spe-
cies a color as anormal color which another species of the genus s¢-
cures only on fading. In the Sea Island cotton, G. nigrum, Ham.,
the deep rose-red color is found normally, but only as blotches at
the base of the petals on the inside. It would be easy to produce
cotton with rose-red flowers.

The Practical Utilization of Phyllotaxy in Tobacco Culture. AS
soon as the flower buds of tobacco begin to appear quite gener-
ally in the fields, the tops of the tobacco plants are cut off. De
pending upon the vigor of the plant, the existing conditions of
rain, soil, etc., the plants are topped at various heights. An
expert tobacco grower will top plants at heights varying with
the vigor of the individual plants. When, however, he sends a —
less experienced “hand” into the field, as often he must, he
looks at the field as a whole, and then instructs the hand to top
the tobacco at the eighth, tenth or twelfth leaf, as the case May
be. The hand, of course, does not stop to count. He looks at

387

once for the ninth leaf, which is directly over the first, since the
phyllotaxy is three-eighths. The eighth leaf is then the next one
below, and the tenth the next one above, while the twelfth is
directly above the space between the ninth and the tenth leaf.

In certain seasons it is found that the leaves are not going to
mature equally from insufficient rain or other reasons. In that
case some men remove the lower leaves nearest the ground,
which are apt to ripen too fast under such circumstances. Other
planters prefer to leave the lower leaves on, believing that they
Protect those above from dirt in case of splashing during rain.
The more observant planters, however, know that the lower three
leaves come beneath the spaces between the next three leaves, so
that there is really no protection offered, as any one can see from
the phyllotaxy, and so they cut the lower leaves off if the leaves are
maturing too unequally. The planters have not studied the theo-
retical phyllotaxy, but they understand its practical applications.

«Renewed Growth of Trees in Summer after having already dnce
Sormed their Terminal Scaly Winter Buds —Of course, scaly winter
buds are designed by nature to protect the undeveloped tips of
branches during the winter months. Moreover, the scales repre-
sent leaves, and that in a crude, undeveloped form, in what is
called at times an arrested state of development, as more than
hecessary cases will readily demonstrate. And finally, hardly any
one will deny that the presumption is in favor of a time when
plants, and among them probably ligneous plants, did not possess
any winter buds, but got along the best they could, freezing and
hence dying back in colder climates, and more successfully
bridging the non-growing season in more tropical regions. orne
development of winter buds must have been a gradual one, and it
must have taken some time before they began the development
of terminal scaly buds early enough to have made the matter
very effective, and still longer before these buds were developed
With the greatest economy of material and the greatest efficiency
48 protectors to the life within. At one time there must have
been a very direct connection in time between the causes necessi-
tating winter protection and the efforts of the plants to secure
Such a protection. What it is desired to especially bring under
Notice here is the fact that at present in ligneous plants this direct

388 .

relation, though still apparent, shows the curious anomaly of pre-
senting the effect in early spring and the cause not until the suc-
ceeding winter. In. other words,.in many ligneous plants the
warmth of returning spring has hardly called the vital functions
of the trees again into vigorous action before the growth for the
year is completed, and a few weeks later a well-developed termi-
nal scaly bud awaits the winter. Of course, this bud itself needs
considerable maturing before it will attain all the characters ne-
cessary to endure the winter’s cold, and the parts the scales of the
bud are intended to protect must still, in a large measure, be de-
veloped. But the fact that the more terminal leaves have re-
mained in the crude state of scales when all the freshness of spring
was inviting them on to full development to vigorous leaves can
not be overlooked. Nature is thus shown to plan for the future,
and, to follow this metaphor, she can be said to be prescient, tak-
ing cognizance for the future, laying in her stores at a time when
they are not needed, for future use. This is true in so many ways
that it cannot fail to have attracted attention. _ It is mentioned
here to explain another set of related phenomena.

A study of the new growth of the jack oak, Quercus nigra, L.,
in spring will show that the plant has the work for the present
year all planned out. The growth of the year is already prac-
tically contained in the scaly buds. Before this year’s growth is
fully accomplished she begins to prepare for the next year’s task,
and she lays out only enough work to meet the requirements.
The result is that there is a certain definiteness to this work, so
that it is possible in a certain measure to foretell how much the
plant will do from year to year. This definiteness must bear re-
lations to conditions of climate found in certain areas from over
the plant’s range of distribution. In the case of many plants these
conditions seem to be found over their more northern areas of
distribution. The result is that northward the relations between
the requirements as to the number of leaves necessary for the vig-
orous development of the plant and the provisions for the same are
so well cared for in the amount of growth the plant arranges for
from year to year that it is rather rare to find ligneous plants renew-
ing their growth after having once formed their terminal buds. The

correlations established for more northern areas lose.in value, ee

389

however, in going southward, and the result is that in the South
many ligneous plants, after having already formed their terminal
buds in the spring, begin to develop new growth again in the
_ Summer months, and again form terminal buds. Under excep-
tional conditions this may take place three or four times in the
course of a year.

The black jack oak already mentioned forms a curious in-
‘stance. It is very common, practically a weed on some plantations
near Bainbridge. Cases of repeated renewal 6f growth are very
common here. In the older trees growth has taken place twice dur-
ing this year in the case of certain branches, each time with the for-
mation of a terminal bud. In young sprouts coming up from the
roots this renewal of growth has been quite general, common
enough to present at least a few examples from any accidental
point of view on the plantation. In some limited localities renewed
- growth has been almost general. In a case where a conflagration

by destroying the growth of the present year had for a consider-
able time checked development, adventitious shoots have come
forth, and have three times, in some cases four times, formed
terminal scaly buds. It is interesting to notice how nearly equal
is the number of internodes developed each time. It is a striking
Proof of the fact that this oak has by continual habit so devel-
oped the custom of producing a certain set of internodes and then
a terminal bud, that the oak goes through this spasmodic repeti-
tion of growth and termination by winter buds, even at times
when nature is favorable to a single longer continued growth, be-
fore winter buds weed be prepared.

The dogwood, Cornus florida, L., may be mentioned as a simi-
lar instance, since its new growth is short and quickly formed, and
composed of a fairly definite number of nodes. Some branches
©ccasionally show evidences of two growths during one year.

The persimmon, Diospyros Virginiana, L., is also interesting.

It is very common here as young low bushes, almost a weed,
though not troublesome to the same extent as jack oaks. The num-
ber of internodes formed is much greater than in oaks, and is not
So definite; only a moderate number of the nodes developed
during each period of growth, being actually already indicated in
the terminal bud. Still it is a good case, since cases of renewed

ws

390

growth after the terminal scar had been once formed are rather fre-
quent in some areas, and are not rare anywhere. Probably the
longer season southward, with abundant moisture, has consider-
able to do with it.

In the case of vigorous sprouts or shoots this tendency to re-
newed growth is naturally emphasized, as already noticed in the
case of the jack oak. New shoots from a hickory stump pre-
sented another interesting phase of the subject. On the very
same stump, with sprouts all of the same age, were found a few
which had made their long growth during a single uninterrupted
period. In one shoot the internodes moved closer together and
the leaves grew smaller towards the middlle of its length, evi-
dently preparatory to the formation of a terminal bud; but the
shoot changed its mind, and the succeding leaves became more
distant and larger until, later, the real terminal bud was formed
considerably farther on. In another shoot the leaves were re-
duced to scales towards the middle of the shoot, but the inter-
nodes were still a little too great to admit of the formation of a
scaly bud at this point. While in several cases the shoots had
actually developed scaly terminal buds at one time, and later
these had renewed growth; and, in a single shoot, growth had
taken place spasmodically at three separate intervals.

In the case of the black jack oaks which had suffered from a
conflagration, and later had sent out shoots, the new branches
were exceptionally vigorous. If a plant ever bears superposed
buds it is almost certain to show them in such instances. The
failure of these. shoots to show them makes, it very improbable
that superposed buds ever occur in jack oaks. Instead of that
was found what usually under such circumstances is the alterna-
tive, the development of two additional but lateral buds. Since
no evident leaves normally subtend the two lateral buds and the
scales in oak buds represent only stipules, it was difficult at first to
determine whether we have here a case of lateral dedoublement or
of branching from the lowest axils of the central, usually larger bud.
That the latter was the case was shown, however, by the presence,
in several instances, of single full developed, large leaves in a lateral

position at the base of the central bud, but subtending one of these

lateral buds, while everything else about the various buds was in ee

391

the form of the usual scales. In one instance the central bud had
developed a single—the lowest—internode, and bore at the top
of this internode, in the axil of the first scale, a small lateral bud,
thus making with the two lower lateral buds a group of four scaly
buds in this leaf axil. os

Possibly palazobotany may some day shed light on the evolu-
tion of scaly winter buds. So far the fossil branches of dicoto-
lydenous plants have been practically ignored. In the future
they will no doubt be used to give corroborative. evidence to the
testimony as given by leaves alone, and we may hope for the day
when the winter buds, wherever preserved, will be carefully
studied.

Dropsical Pelargoniums.*

For the past two or three years there has been an increased
number of complaints made to the Experiment Station of a
disease among the hot house Pélargoniums. Specimens received
from at least a dozen places all agree in the chief essentials, while
there are many variations in the details of appearance to the un-
assisted vision.

While the trouble is most noticeable upon the leaf blades it is
by no means confined there. . Upon the stem it shows itself in
peculiar corky ridges which are not unfrequent upon the petioles.
Upon the blades the usual appearance is that of numerous specks
which seem to be supercharged with water giving to those parts
a clear amber look when held up to the light. The first thought
was of bacteria, there being a resemblance of the watery glands
to specks found in the carnation leaves previously studied and
known to be due to micro-organisms.

After making a full test for bacteria and failing to secure germs
or any signs of contagion by inoculation it was concluded that
the Pelargoniums were suffering from a dropsical affliction, and
instead of the trouble being due to any parasite it seems to be
entirely physiological. Photo-impressions were taken of the
leaves showing different phases of the disorder.

In a green-house devoted entirely to Pelargoniums the trouble
Se es

_ * Prepared for the Botanical Club, Madison, Wisconsin, August, 1893.

392

may be seen upon nearly all the plants, in which case the middle
aged leaves show the water-soaked appearance to best advantage.
Later on moulds of the black (Macrosponum, sp.) or gray (Botry-
tts) sorts come in to obscure the view and hasten the destruction
of the foliage. The leaves affected with the dropsy lose their
healthy green color, become at first yellow only in spots or
blotches, but finally so throughout.

Occasionally a plant is so afflicted that it grows but feebly,
and while pushing the normal number of leaves they remain small
and are badly specked before unfolding. The whole plant has a
very sick and stunted appearance, and, of course, is worthless.
Plants that are spotted in a less severe manner may recover after
a time when removed out of doors. The dropsy seems to be the
worst in early spring after the young plants are in the pots and
six inches in height, bearing a dozen leaves or so.

The most frequent form of the trouble is when the translucent
dots are along the veins; this being true in particular of those
plants which suffer most and are dwarfed beyond their fellows.
Occasionally the leaves will be only partially unfolded, and the
upper border brittle and without its normal color; but as a rule
the blotches and pimples are quite evenly distributed, that is, no
one-half or quarter being affected to the exclusion of the other
parts. .

It is true that in some leaves the parts bearing the bulk of the
specks are between or farthest from the veins, while in others the —
trouble is quite generally confined to the veins. This may be 4
varietal effect or possibly due to age of leaf when first afflicted.
Again, sometimes the blotches are exceedingly irregular in out-
line and in others almost circular and quite uniform.

The reason for this unhealthy condition of the pelargoniums
is most likely to be found in the circumstances under which they
are being grown. Prof. Atkinson has met with a similar trouble
which he calls (Edema of the Tomato and treats fully in a recent
Station Bulletin. He concludes that the tumors of the tomato
plant are due to the excess of water favored by insufficient light,
that is, a wet soil and a soil temperature near that of the air. The ©
long nights, short days and cloudy weather of late winter, induce .
the dropsical trouble, especially with a wet warm soil, thus making —

393

root action excessive. The remedy would seem to be in provid-
ing a cooler, dryer soil with increased light for the aerial parts,
whenever possible. Byron D. Hatstep.

Contributions to American Bryology, III.

By. ELizABETH G. BRITTON.

NOTES ON THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF
anes .ORTHOTRICHUM.

A. Those with superficial stomata.

ORTHOTRICHUM OBTUSIFOLIUM, Schrad. Crypt. Gew. 14 (1796).

Though, as its name implies, the leaves of this species are
generally blunt, yet Austin collected specimens on trees in a
swamp, at Jordansville, N. Y., on December 15, 1879, having the
“leaves either obtuse, or acute or even apiculate on the same
stem.” I have verified this statement, and also observed that the
perichetial leaves are occasionally even acuminate, as seen on
Specimens recently collected by me on the Pocono Mountain,
Pennsylvania, the specimens being in fruit, and the leaves bearing
the propagula and dense papilla, which are characteristics of this
species,

Although it generally grows on trees, especially poplars, and
has been collected on elms along highways, and on old apple
trees, yet Austin also gathered it on limestone fences, Sussex Co.,
N. J., and on stone walls, Herkimer Co., N. Y. These specimens
are smaller and darker green than usual, for Canadian and Western
Specimens as well as most European ones are often light yellow
with stems 1-2cm.long. This species is probably more common
in the Eastern States than is supposed, but on account of its de-
Pauperate size and frequent sterility is seldom collected.
OrtTHoTRICHUM sTRIATUM (L.) Hedw.

O. leiocarpum, Br. & Sch. Br. Eu. t. 220 (1 837).

Sullivant and Lesquereux distributed this species as number
183, Musci Bor. Am., Ed. II., 1865, mixed with O. affine, presum-
ably from two localities, as the label reads: Hab. in iisdem cum

394

praecedente (Agassiz) ; etiam per montes Novaeboracenses. The
first locality was Lake Superior, the second locality is not cited in
the Manual, and we have seen no specimens except from the one
referred to above and those collected in Idaho by J. B. Leiberg;
the species seems to be very rarein America. Number 183 agrees
with the description. given by Limpricht, and with European
specimens, and is particularly noticeable for the broad, erose cilia,
alternating with and nearly as broad as the teeth and often united
by transverse bars.

In Austin’s herbarium this species is confused with O. speci-
osum, which also has smooth capsules, but they are longer and
cylindric, not ovoid, and are more exserted ; the teeth are in pairs,
not single, and the cilia are 8, not 16, and much narrower and
tapering. An autograph specimen from T. P. James, collected at
Errol Dam, N. H., is also'O. speciosum, labelled O. letocarpum, and
he and Austin seem to have confused all their corresponcents, for
there are specimens wrongly so labelled, from Macoun, collected
at five Canadian localities, from Fowler in New Brunswick, and
others, all of which prove to be O. speciosum. Macoun’s Canadian
Mosses, No. 126, distributed as QO. /eiocarpum is, in our set all O.
speciosum, as the catalogue cites it. Sullivant had the two species
correctly separated, as autograph specimens sent to Dr. Torrey
show, and in later years Austin corrected his mistake.
ORTHOTRICHUM AFFINE, Schrad. Spic. fl. Germ. 67 (1794).

This species is very differently treated by the three European
serials,* now in course of publication, and seems to be very
variable, judging by the number of varieties described and the
difference in the aspect of the specimens.

It has a strongly ridged exserted capsule, with a short im-
mersed seta, long, tapering neck, and the teeth reflexed when dry,
united in pairs, (4) with eight erect cilia. But it varies from
yellow to almost black, and in size from 1—5 cm.; also the capsule
is either immersed or almost entirely exserted, cylindric oF
urceolate with a flaring mouth, and the teeth are more or less
trabeculate at apex. Venturi keeps it separate from O /as-

*Venturi, Musc. Gall. Part VI. (1887). Braithwaite, British Mosses, Part XIL
(1889). Limpricht, Laubmoose, Part XV. (1891).

395

“igtatum, Bruch; so does Limpricht, but on different characters,
Venturi basing the distinction on the papilla and upper cells of
the leaves, whereas Limpricht distinguishes them by the teeth
being striolate in O. fastigiatum, and papillose in O. affine. Braith-
waite maintains fastigiatum as a variety distinguished by the
smaller size and dark green color of the plants, and the urceolate
capsule. It will be noted, also, that although Venturi places
_ €ffine among the species with superficial stomata in his key, he
figures it with the cells around them overlapping the guard cells.
Braithwaite figures them radiating. ;

The stomata are described by Limpricht as being in two rows
around the middle of the capsule in O. affine, whereas in 0.
Jastigiatum they are said to be few around the base of the spore-
sac. The typical form of O. affine is described by Venturi as hav-
ing an exserted oval cylindric capsule, the plants being yellowish
green and laxly pulvinate, though in thé general description he

- Says they may be yellow or dark green with capsules emergent
or rarely almost immersed. Limpricht states that the cells of the
leaf are thickened throughout in O. affine, though not in O. fastigi-
atum, and Venturi claims that the apical cells of O. fastigiatum are
hexagonal and rounded in O. affine. This would agree with Lim-
Pricht’s observations on the thickening of the walls.
eel FASTIGIATUM, Bruch; Brid. Bryol. Univ. 1. 795,

1826.

Sullivant and Lesquereux distributed as O. affine, in No. 182
of the 2d Ed. of Musci Bor. Am. two markedly different speci-
mens, collected by Agassiz around Lake. Superior, one tall and
yellow with long cylindric exserted capsules, the other small and.
black with immersed urceolate capsules; the latter have striolate
and trabeculate teeth, the former has the teeth entire, not trabecu-
late, and faintly striolate. Evidently then we have the same
Problem here as they have in Europe, only our material is so
Scant that we cannot satisfactorily determine whether the two
Species intergrade or not. Agassiz and Macoun only, have col-
lected around Lake Superior the specimens which agree with 0.
Sastigiatum, and all other American specimens which I have seen
seem to be O. affine. However, a comparison with descriptions

of European specimens show that the main characters are con-
Stant.

396

OrTHOTRICHUM soRDIDUM, S. & L. in Austin’s Musci App. 168

(1870).

Sullivant, Icones Supplement, 67, t. 49 (1874).

This species comes very close to O. fastigiatum, as described
by Limpricht, agreeing with it in the trabeculate and striolate
teeth. The form given by Sullivant (I. c. fig. 10) is seen occa-
sionally, but the teeth are as often trabeculate at apex, as figured
by Limpricht, even in James’ own specimens from Cambridge,
Mass., which are the ones referred to by Sullivant in the Icones.
My experience is, that in the older capsules the delicate trabecu-
late apex of the teeth is broken off, and they appear as figured in
the Icones, though I have seen on one capsule teeth of both kinds.
Limpricht makes a point in the position of the stomata to distin-
guish O. fastigiatum, stating that they are few around the base of
the spore-sac, whereas in O. affine he says they occur in two
rows around the middle of the theca. I find in O. sordidum that
they are usually median as in O. affine, but I have seen them both
in one row and two. The cilia in O. sordidum seem always regu-
lar, not appendiculate. The capsule is more immersed and more
regularly ovoid when mature, before it becomes sulcate, and the
neck is shorter and more suddenly contracted, and almost always:
immersed and invisible in O. sordidum, while in American speci-
mens of QO. fastigiatum, collected at Lake Superior, by Macoun,
the neck is almost entirely exserted. I do not understand why
Venturi refers O. sordidum to the section of QO. arcticum, as its
alliance seems to me to be entirely with the species with which
I have compared it, and its range is from Closter, N. J., al
most at sea level to Kent county, New Brunswick, though it has
been collected at Dixville Notch, N. H., by T. P. James; the
original station being at Cambridge, Mass. The leaves also
-have the nodose, or porose lower cells, which are specially de-
scribed by Limpricht in O. affine and O. fastigiatum. 0. sordidum,
‘though, seems to be more allied to O. affine in its leaves, for the
lower cells have thickened walls, the ends in some cases project
‘ing into papilla, bringing two adjacent ends together so that the
‘papillz appear double; this gives this species a very characteristic
“appearance, which I have not observed in either of the others, a5 _
-the base of the leaves is usually smooth and free from papilla,

397

though I think the amount of thickening of the basal cells de-
pends on their position, the upper ones from the same plants being
quite hyaline and smooth at base, with thin walls. Even the
shape of the cells is variable, for they may be oblong and parallel
with the vein, or they may be rhomboidal and oblique.

In reply to a recent letter of mine, Dr. Venturi says, concern-
ing O. sordidum, that “the group of O. affine differs from that of
‘O. arcticum only in the position and form of the papilla on the
Surface of the teeth. These, like O. affine, have the papilla more
dispersed and irregular and occasionally truncate and reduced to
intersecting lines, whereas in the group of O. arcticum the papille
are smaller, more dense, and distinctly elevated. O. sordidum has
the papille corresponding to the group of O. arcticum, not only in
your specimen, but in all the others which I have examined.
That would not prevent it, however, from being otherwise closely
allied to O. affine.”

OrtHorricuium Lyetiu, Hook. &- Tayl. Musc. Brit. i. 29 t. 22

(1818).

O. papillosum, Hpe. Linnza, xiv. 458 (1860).

O. Pacificum, Hpe. ms. in Herb. Brit. Museum.

O. Sullivantii, Bauer; Austin in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 343
(1879) (?).

O. Pringlei, Miiller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xiii, 121 (1886).

QO. strictum, Vent. (sub-species nova) Bot. Cent. xliv. 419
(1890).

Such is the published synomymy of this species. Several
times it has excited my curiosity, and the following notes and
comparisons have been made. Two authentic specimens of O.
Lyellii collected by Greville in Scotland, in Dr. Torrey’s Her-
barium are dark green plants with the leaves erect or secund, not
crisped, though occasionally recurved or subsquarrose. They are
plentifully sprinkled with brown propagula, and are distinctly
Papillose on both surfaces, or, as Braithwaite describes it, “ with
Prominent conical papilla.” He says in a foot-note that Dr.
Spruce found a marked form by the Ouse, near York, in 1843,
with rigid closely appressed leaves.

O. papillosum, Hpe. 1. c. (O. Lyellii, var. S. & L. Musci Bor. Am.

Ed. ii. no. 185 Senet

398

O. Lyellit var. papillosum, Hpe.; L. & J. Man. 178 (1884).

“ Leaves more highly papillose.”

As the description given by the Manuel seems very meagre.
Hampe’s original is quoted :—Laxe cespitosum, adscendens, fusco-
viride. Caulis curvatis, ramulosus, inferne nudus, superne plan-
iuscula, foliis oblonga-lanceolata, cellulis alaribus subquadrato-
angulatis, hyalinis, superne dense seriatis, elliptico-rotundis, in-
conspicuis, pagina folii papillis prominentibus scabra, nervo
carinato, apice desinente. Theca sessilis, elliptica, leviter striata;
peristomia simplici. In Mont. Sierra Nevada, Californiz. ad
saxa? (Bauer). Adnot. Specimini manca, tame species mem-
orabilis foliis secundis. O. Texana, Sull. affine? We have seen
the type of this species at the British Museum, and compared it
with the specimens distributed by Sullivant & Lesquereux as no.
185 (1. c). The type and a portion of no. 185 agree in the dark
green color of the plants, the erect, appressed, strongly papillose
leaves, without any propagula. The greater portion of no. 185,
however, in our set has the leaves squarrose, the stems more
flexuose and the capsules more conspicuously exserted, approach-
ing O. Pringlei, though the color is darker. |

O. Pacificum, Hpe.; ms. was collected in 1862 by Bauer on
granite rocks near San Francisco on the shore of the ocean. The
plants are dark green, 6 cm. long, rigid, with appressed leaves and
little fruit. The calyptras are immersed and hairy, the old cap-
sules exserted on short pedicels and the lids are gone. It does
not differ from O. papillosum sufficiently to be a species. .

In Sullivant’s herbarium I found the following note:

“O, Lyellit shows a most wonderful disposition to vary accord-
ing to place of growth. The Californian and Oregon specimens
differ only from the European in having longer, narrower leaves,
more crisped and undulate on the margins when dry, and scarcely
ever having on their surface the articulated glands (conferva or-
thotrichi). In nothing else is any difference perceptible.” (EX
amined several times carefully —W. S. S., Oct., 1856).

In the original description of O. Lyellit (Muse. Brit., p. 130),
the leaves are described as follows: “On various parts of their
surface the conferva orthotrichi grows in abundance, so that es
apps strewn with a brown powdery substance.”

¥

399

I also have examined all the.American specimens in our
herbarium and many European; and the latter always differ from
the former in the abundance of the propagula, as well as in being
less crisped. All the American specimens at Kew are without
propagula.

O. Sullivantii, Bauer, is referred to by Austin in the BULLETIN
(I. c.) as “ growing on trees, having the peristome reflexed when
dry and the leaves of a different texture from O. Hainesie,’ but I
“can find no reference to it elsewhere. I have seen the specimens
collected by Bauer, and they also have no filaments, and are
probably O. papillosum, Hpe.

Orthetrichum Pringlei, C. Miiller (1. c.)

Pringle’s types were collected at Winchester Bay and Coos
River, Oregon, and are remarkable for the light yellowish green
color and flexuose branches, as well as for the curly leaves.
Fine specimens have also been sent to us by Thomas Howell,
from Yaquima Bay, in mats six inches across, unmixed with any
other species. At first sight, it would not be referred to O.
Lyellit, and without seeing the specimens growing and intergrad-
ing I should incline to maintain this as a species. Ina letter from
C. Miiller, to whom I sent a series of specimens, he says, July 13,
1888, “Ich melde Ihnen, dass ich jetz damit einverstanden bin,
mein Orthotrichum Pringlet ad forma longifolia crispata papillosa O.
Lyellii zu bringen. Hampe nannte es einmal O. papillosum, ein
anderer mal O. Pacificum.”

I have seen all the types of Hampe’s species referred to, and
he never had any specimens corresponding to O. Pringle. All
his were dark green and rigid. The only other localities from
which QO, Pringlei is represented in our herbarium are Vancouver
Island, collected by Macoun, May 17, 1875 (203), and a few scraps
collected by W. H, Shockley, at Candalaria, Nevada, and part of
S. & L. Musci Bor. Am. number 185, which: also has flexuose ~
branches, though the color is darker green, collected by Bolander
in California. All the other specimens collected in California by
Bolander, Watson and M. A. Howe are dark and rigid. J. B.
Leiberg’s specimens from near Lake Pend d’Oreille, Idaho, are
bright green and stiff, and this is the easternmost locality repre-
Sented in our herbarium. :

400

Orthotrichum strictum, Vent., is described as a ‘‘subspecies of O.
Lyellu, without propagula, and the leaves lanceolate and straight,
the capsules short stalked, otherwise as in O, Lyelliz.”

I have not seen Roll’s specimens, but from the description I
see no differences sufficient for making a new sub-species when
we have already several synonyms abundantly defined. I am
not a believer in sub-species either, and question whether this
is not O. papillosum, Hpe.

Renauld and Cardot, in their check-list of North: American
mosses, maintain four species, Nos. 543-546. Probably only two
of these will stand, O. papillosum and O. Pringlet.

A large suite of European specimens of O. Lyellii from the —
Jaeger Herbarium shows none approaching O. Pringlet in the
general aspect of its curly leaves and flexuose branches.

OrrHotricuum Douctasi, Duby. Mem. Soc. Phys, d’Hist. Nat.

de Geneve, xix. 293, t. I. fig. 2 (1868).

Through the kindness of M. Barbey and M. Eugene Autran,
of the Boissier Herbarium, I have seen the type of this species in
Duby’s herbarium, collected by Douglas on the Columbia River,
in 1830. In comparing the specimens with the description, |. ¢.,
I find one discrepancy. The description reads as follows: “theca
erecta cylindrica sub ore parum dilatata fuscescente ecostata basi
subplicata.” The capsules are not ecostate, for the walls show
eight yellow bands of three or four rows of thickened cells, form-
ing short ridges when the capsules are old and dry. The stomata
are small and superficial, usually one at the termination of each
band, in the middle of the theca, not around the base of the spore-
sac; the surrounding cells are not much modified nor radiating-
The following measurements may be of service in identifying the —
species, which has not been collected since it was described: Seta —
2 mm. long, vaginule 1 mm. long, theca 2.5 mm. long and 1.33
mm. broad, the neck defluent into the seta, exserted beyond the
perichzetial leaves, which are 2-3 mm. long, 1 mm. broad, with a
blunt apex, hyaline concave base, without a revolute margin.
They almost entirely cover the seta. There are but a few cap-
sules preserved; one is quite immature, with the calyptra still on,
and the others are old and deoperculate, but Duby kept ina mica
slide, mounted in balsam, the peristome from which the figures

401

were drawn. Figure b. represents the teeth shorter, and with
fewer segments than the original; they are erect when dry. The
mouth is bordered by several rows of smaller cells, and there is a
hyaline annulus. Figure d. also is poor, because the type has the
neck defluent, and figure f. because the calyptra is lobed, distinctly
striate, and is not nearly as wide as represented, its base clinging
close to the base of the capsule, which, however, is immature. I
compared the specimens with O. 7¢xanum, number 187 of S. & L.
Musci Bor. Am., ed. II., 1865, and with the plate of the latter in
the Icones. The leaves are very similar, being carinate, with
strongly revolute margins, the apex acute, and often plane for a
short distance above the point where the vein disappears, or the
vein may be percurrent. The base of the leaf in O. Zevanum is
narrower and more decurrent at the angles, and the margins are
revolute to the base; the vein is broad and thick, often brown,
and the basal cells are yellow, oblong or sinuous.

It seems probable that QO. Douglasti must be masquerading
under another name in our herbaria, but owing to the imperfect
condition of the type, it would be difficult to prove this.
OrTHoTRICHUM Kinc1anum, Lesq. Mem. Cal. Acad. i. 18 ti

Sull. Icon. Musc. Suppl. 74, t. 55 (1874).

When studying the mosses collected by J. B. Leiberg, I was
permitted by Dr. Watson to examine the type of this species,
Which has only been collected once, by Bolander at the Falls of
the Yosemite. It is closely allied to O. devigatum, Zett., and the
Similarity will be apparent if the figures of both are compared.
O. levigatum is described as a variable species by Venturi, and is
much more common in America than the Manual would indicate,
as it cites only one locality in Western Nevada (Watson). Our
Specimens from this locality, No. 1404 Watson, are not this spe-
cies but seem to be O. Watsoni. Macoun collected O. evigatum
at the Cascades at Yale in 1875, and Austin described it as O.
Macounii, n. sp. (BULLETIN, vi. -343, 1879), but subsequently re-
ferred it to O. Kingianum. It has recently been distributed in
Macoun’s Canadian mosses as No. 454, and has been collected in
two localities near Lake Pend. d’Oreille by Leiberg, showing
mixed with it forms with a broader pyriform capsule and shorter
Seta, as in O. Kingtanum. More ‘Study and sees is desirable of
_ these four species. ;

402

B. Those with immersed stomata.

ORTHOTRICHUM -ANOMALUM, Hedw. Musc. Frond. II. 192, t. 37

(1788).

I have not seen the type of this species, but it would be de-
sirable to know whether it has the teeth united in pairs, and
whether the cilia are present, as Limpricht maintains O. savatile,
Brid., on these characters. Braithwaite recognizes it only as O.
anomalum, var. cylindricum, Sch., claiming that though Bridel’s
name is the older it should be rejected because it was used to in-
clude both O. anomalum and O. saxatile, forgetting that according,
to the Paris code the enlargement or restriction of a species does
not warrant a change of name. Venturi also considers it only a
variety of O. anomalum, but calls it var. saxatile,

We have found that No. 177 S. & L. Musci bor. Am., Ed. II.,
distributed as O. anomalum, agrees with the description of O.
saxatile given by Limpricht, in having the teeth united in pairs,
and eight cilia alternating with them; also the ridges of the cap-
sule are only 8, with occasionally only a trace of the intermediate
ones; the capsules are much exserted, cylindric, and longer than
in O. anomalum. The leaves also have the walls of the lower cells
thickened nodosely, and ‘the perichetial leaves are 4 mm. long.
The specimens were collected at Niagara Falls, and we have not
seen this species from any other locality, though it may be looked
for among those labelled O. anomalum, and has probably been
mistaken for that species.

ORTHOTRICHUM CuPULATUM, Hoff. Deutsch. fl. ii. 26 (1796).

O. strangulatum, P. Beauv. Prod. 81 (1805), fide Braithwaite.

O. strangulatum, Schwaegr. Suppl. I. ii. 53, t. 34 (1816).

I have not verified the synonymy of this species, though the
types are probably at Geneva. O. strangulatum, Sull., of the
Manual, however, is doubly debarred, as Venturi says it is the
same as O. Braunit, Br. & Sch. As is well-known, O. cupulatum
forms a marked group of closely allied forms or species, and
hence has been variously treated by different authors. Braith-
waite describes it as a polymorphous species with one variety,
nudum (O. nudum, Dicks). Venturi recognizes O. nudum as &

species, besides separating off O. urnigerum, Myrin, O. Sardagna- _

403

num, Vent., and O. Venturit, DeNot. Limpricht recognizes six
species in the Laubmoose, and Austin separated off O. Porteri, O.
Peck. and O. Lescurii, the last of which was figured in Sullivant’s:
Supplement to the Icones as var. minus, and referred with the
other two to O. cupulatum as varieties.

Recently, in studying the genus, I came to the conclusion that
Austin’s view. was more in accordance with modern methods, and
seeing that Dr. Venturi had not seen specimens of Austin’s
species, I sent him authenticated specimens asking him for his
opinion, In a letter dated the 11th of September, he says:

“TI have at present at my disposal a set of Austin’s Musci
Appalachiani, and I find that the specimens of O. Lescurit and O.
Porteri agree with those you have recently sent me and with the
Observations made in your letter. I find, however, in the packet
containing O. Portert another label belonging to O. Peckii, and
being unable to distinguish the two forms, which perhaps are
mixed in my specimen, I cited them as synonymns in the Mus-
cologia Gallica. Recently, with the aid of your specimens, I have

obtained a more positive notion of the characters of O. Portert,
which is not found in Europe. I am however still in doubt about
O. Peckti, of which I have a morsel sent me by Lindberg from his
set of the Musci Appalachiani. It may be that O. Peckii is simply
a variety of O. cupulatum, but O. Porteri is in my opinion much
more than a variety. The idea of a species is and always will be
Subjective and changeable according to the views of different
authors. Now-a-days, when species are shaken and pulverized,
as for example, O. pallens in Limpricht’s Laubmoose, and O. nudum
and O. Sardagnanum rank with O. cupulatum, we cannot without
contradiction refuse to recognize O. Porteri. It is true that it has
a distinct preperistome, but without the diagonal striations; and
the teeth besides the longitudinal lines have their outer surface
Papillose. Of more importance and more conclusive in my opin-
ion, is the elongated form of the capsule, which is occasionally
almost cylindric, and the color of the ridges of the pericarp being
an Orange red instead of yellow. In several particulars O. Portert
is intermediate between QO. cupulatum and O. anomalum, having
the short truncate base of the capsule as in the former and the
Ovate-cylindric form and color of the capsule of the latter. Besides

404

the hairs of the calyptra in O. Porteri are distinctly papillose.and.
composed. of 3-4 series of cells, whereas those of O. anomalum, if
they exist at all, are almost simple. With O. nudum and QO. Sar-
dagnanum, it has no resemblance, as their distinctive character is
the defluent neck of the capsule. I shall, therefore, uphold the
autonomy of O. Porteri, leaving solely O. Peckii as a variety of O.
cupulatum, as | have modified my opinion since I wrote the mono-
graph for M. Husnot.

As for O. Lescurii, that also is in my opinion, an excellent
species, even though the very small capsules have the form: of the
capsule of O. cupulatum ; forthe ridges are always eight in O. Les-
cura, and the peristome is papillose and without a preperistome,.
besides all the other characters which determine a species.”

I do not agree with Dr. Venturi in referring O. Peckit as a
variety to O. cupulatum, for it has only eight ridges to the capsule,
which is also elongated as in QO. Porteri, and it is to the latter
species which it should be referred as a synonym, to which posi-
tion Austin consigned it in his herbarium and in the BULLETIN
(vi. 341,.1879).

ORTHOTRICHUM BRACHYTRICHUM, Schimper.

O. brachytrichum, Sch.; L. & J. Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 140
(1879).

Drummonds Musci Americani, 157 pp. with O. odtusifolium.

Austin, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vii. 8 (1880).. Macoun’s Cat. 90
(1892).

We have been favored with a portion of the type of this species
from Kew, and have also seen four sets of Drummond’s mosses.
Dr. Torrey’s, Sullivant’s and those, belonging to the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and the Geological Survey of
Canada at Ottawa. In all except Sullivant’s the specimens are all
O. obtusifolium, but in his set they are mixed with O. drachy-
trichum. The type of the latter, though much resembling the for-
mer in its erect-appresssed leaves, bearing septate propagula, has
the leaves acuminate, not obtuse, at apex, often erose or denticu-
late, occasionally cuspidate and hyaline like O. diaphanum; the
margins are revolute and the cells faintly protuberant, not papil-
lose; the stomata are immersed, not superficial, and the calyptra

sparsely hairy. It differs from O. diaphanum in having only eight A

cilia, and the teeth are united in pairs (4-parted), not single.

405

In Austin’s herbarium there is an autograph specimen from,
James, which is probably the one referred to in the BULLETIN it-),
labelled O. odtusifolium, Drummond’s No. 157, on which Austin has:
written: “equals O. drachytrichum, Sch., of course it is O. obtusifo-
fium,” as undoubtedly it is, James having sent him only a part.
of Drummond’s 157, and not the same as that he sent Schim-
per. The specimen of O. odtusifolium collected by Austin in:
Jordansville Swamp, New York, 1868, above referred to, has.
_ both acute and obtuse leaves on the same plants. These helped
him, also, to confuse the two species.

_ Unequal Segmentation and Its Significance in the Primary Division
of the Embryo of Ferns.

By Geo. F. ATKINSON.

In studying the embryos of several species of the Polypodiacex,
sections were obtained of the primary division which suggested
the possibility of some fundamental law governing unequal seg-
mentation of the egg, in some species at least. In finishing a
camera lucida sketch of an embryo of Preris serrulata 1 noted what
at first was not observed, the two cells with their nuclei were of
unequal size. Thinking some error might have arisen in connec-
tion with the first sketch the preparation was examined again,
when it was easy to note the smaller size of the nucleus in the
smaller anterior segment. Measurements with the micrometer
Showed that the diameter of the nucleus in the posterior segment
Was one-fourth to one-fifth greater than that of the anterior seg-
ment.

If this state of things were reasonably constant it would show
a definite relation existing between the primary segmentation and
the different functions of the two segments. That is to say, the
nucleus of the egg first divides into two unequal nuclei, an an-
terior one smaller than a posterior one; that these unequal nuclei
govern the size of the two primary segments of the embryo by
which that part of the plant chiefly concerned in supplying nutri-
Ment, the root segment, is differentiated from that part chiefly

406

concerned in the reproductive function, the stem segment. This
is important from the fact that at the start the embryo is wholly
dependent upon the prothallium for its nutriment.
The posterior segment, being the larger, presents a much
greater absorbent surface over the prothallial tissue, and by sub-
sequent growth and cell division more quickly reaches the ex-
tended surface characteristic of the foot in the early stage of the
embryo.
For some time in the later divisions of the embryo, the tissue
derived from the posterior segment exceeds in bulk that derived
from the anterior segment. This is recognized as bearing a defi-
nite relation to the function of the different parts of the embryo.
Why should not the impulse to this rational differentiation in the
young tissues of the embryo exist in the egg and be manifested
in the primary unequal division as seen in this example of Pteris
serrulata? Another case was found in the embryo of Adiantum
cuneatum, the anterior segment with its nucleus was smaller than
that of the posterior segment. Goebel, Outlines of Classification
and Special Morphology of Plants, p. 204, figures an embryo of
Adiantum Capillus-veneris showing the anterior segment much
smaller than the posterior segment. The nuclei are not shown, .
and he gives no explanation of the unequal size of the two seg-
ments. If the section were not perpendicular to the first division-
wall, but oblique to it, the size of the cells might vary according
to the focus plane of the microscope or the position of the sec-
tion in the embryo. In the specimens of Preris serrulata and
Adiantum cuneatum, referred to above, it was especially noted that
the primary division wall was perpendicular to the section. This
added to the fact that the nuclei were unequal in size is conclusive
that the stem segment was smaller than the root segment.
A few cases only would not be sufficient evidence to warrant
the assumption that a general law of this nature exists, but it
‘seems to me that it is sufficiently strong to warrant an enquiry as
to its significance. It is desirable that an examination be made of
anumber of embryos showing the primary division, with a view
to see how far this unequal segmentation will hold good. The

fact that in the Polypodiacez the foot is much more highly devel- oe

407

oped than in the lower orders of ferns would seem to favor the
possibility of there being a primary unequal segmentation of the
embryo.
BOTANICAL DEPARTMENT,
CORNELL UNIVERSITY.

Two Perfectly Developed Embryos on a single Prothallium of
Adiantum cuneatum,

By Gro. F. ATKINSON.

It is well known that several archegonia on a single prothallium
of the ferns may possess fertilized eggs. In some cases more than
one of them is known to begin embryological development, but it
is quite rare that more than one becomes a perfectly developed
embryo capable of forming an independent plant. The statement
is sometimes made that while several archegonia may possess fer-
tilized eggs never more than one embryo is perfectly developed.

Heinricher,* in lighting prothallia both above and below, suc-
_ ceeded in causing the development of archegonia in numbers on
both surfaces. In two cases two archegonia possessed fertilized
€ggs which developed into perfect embryos, one each above and
below. This might be considered an abnormal condition induced
from the peculiar condition of lighting.

Rauwenhoff+ notes the development of two embryos on
Single prothallia of Gleichenia. In both of these cases, however,
We are not informed of the comparative strength or advanced con-
dition of growth of the embryos, so that it may be an open ques-
tion whether both of the embryos on a single Pomiaihatn could
have developed into independent plants.

Campbell t also observes two embryos on a sttigle prothallium
of Osmunda, but states that one was far in advance of the other,
and would probably have starved it out before the two could ob-

tain foothold i in the soil. :

_ ™Heéinricher, Beeinnflusst das licht die Organ ‘hides am Farn Embryos, Mitt
heilungen des bot. Inst. zu Graz, Heft IL, pp. 239-253.

+ Rauwenhoff, De geslechtsgeneratie der Gleicheniaceen. Verh. d. tector
Akad. van Wetensch. t. Amsterdam, 1889.
__ $ Campbell, On the Prothallium and Embryo of Osmunda Claytoniana’ wet oO.
ee Ann. Bot. iy 1892, 49-94.

408

In my studies of several species of the Polypodiacez I observed
‘a prothallium of Adtantum cuneatum which showed two well devel-
oped cotyledons of apparently about the same age, and growing
parallel to each other. Examining the specimen carefully it was
noted that both cotyledons were attached to the under surface of
the prothallium side by side, and that by the base of each was a
young leaf the tip of which was rolled up in circinate fashion.
Two well developed roots also issued side by side a little to the
rear of the cotyledons. The roots were long and well fastened to
the substratum. These parts gave every appearance of there
_being two perfectly developed embryos that were in fact two
independent plants from the same prothallium. A sketch was
made of the prothallium with its two plants. It occurred to me
that possibly this apparent development of two perfect embryos
side by side on a single prothallium might be some abnormal
condition of a single embryo in which the stem and root, or possi-
bly the stem and root segment, had forked at a very early period
in its developement. To be certain what the real condition of
things was, the bulk of the cotyledons and roots was cut away and
the prothallium with the young plants attached was cut in serial
sections and mounted for examination. The sections were cut
parallel with the axis of the prothallium and thus parallel with
the embryo. From the point of passing in at one embryo to
the issuing from the other all the sections were saved and
arranged serially. A study showed two separate and perfect
embryos, and they were so far advanced as to be able to exist

independent of the prothallium.
BoTANICAL DEPARTMENT,
CORNELL UNIVERSITY.

Botanical Notes.

Blephilia ciliata (L.) Raf., in Western New York.—On July 2,
1893, I found a small tract of plants of Blephilia ciliata (L.) Raf.,
near Canandaigua, N.Y. The specimens grew in a low, rocky
pasture adjoining a swamp. The plants were fine, being in full —
bloom at that time. *
_ As nearly as I have been able to ascertain, Blephilia ciliata is

409

one of the rare plants of New York. The range of Gray’s Man-
ual, Massachusetts to Minnesota, to be sure includes New York,
but specific instances of its occurrence in the State are not forth-
coming. It is not included in Dr. Tofroy’s Flora of New York,
neither is it catalogued in Paine’s “Plants of Oneida County and
Vicinity,” in the «Cayuga Flora,” nor in the “Plants of Buffalo
and Vicinity.” Mr. David F. Day writes, that until the present
instance, he never had heard of it as occurring in this State. It is
mentioned in the preliminary catalogue of plants growing within
one hundred miles of New York City, but the locality is not
stated. Unless this last citation be based on a New York local-
ity, I believe that the present is the first recorded instance of the
occurrence of the species in New York State.
Exras T. Duranp.

IrHaca, N. Y.

Lnsular Vegetation—To the list of plants seen in a very hasty
Visit made in 188 5 to Great or South Duck Island, on the coast
of Maine, published in the BULLETIN, xii. 103, I can now add the
following species, seen in 1893:

Ranunculus acris, L.,

Arenaria laterifiora, L.,

Cerastium arvense, L.,

Montia fontana, L.,

Impatiens pallida, Nutt.,

Trifolium repens, L..,

Rubus strigosus, L.,

Potentilla Anserina, L.,

Drosera rotundifolia, L.,

Ligusticum Scoticum, Ln,

Epilobium lineare, Muhl,,

Cornus Canadensis, L.,

Linnea borealis, Li,

GCalium trifidum, L. var. pusillum,
Gray., :

Solidago (immature),

Aster Radula, Ait.,

The species in Roman may be considered recent introductions.

Prenanthes alba, L.,

Vaccinium macrocarpon, Ait.,
Menyanthes trifoliata, L.,

Veronica peregrina, L.,

Plantago decipiens, Barn.,

Polygonum aviculare, L.,

Myrica Gale, L.,

Sisyrinchium angustifolium, Mill.,
Smilacina trifolia (L.) Desf.

Triglochin maritima, Ly -

Ruppia maritima, L.,

Juncus Balticus, Deth. var. Uittoralis, Eng.,
Funcus bufonius, L.,
Funcus pelocarpus, E. Mey.,

Lleocharis
Scirpus maritimus, L.,
Festuca

*

Ccrastium arvense, L., was noticed many years ago by Mr. Ed-
ward L. Rand, upon the sheep-fed part of the island. Cerastium

x

viscosum of the earlier list would now be called C, vulgalum, and

410

the Apilobium coloratum of that list is now generally referred to E.
adenocaulon, Haussk. The present list is probably not complete.
Joun H. REDFIELD.

Montia fontana, L.—This diminutive Portulaceous plant,
though widely distributed in the colder and temperate regions of
both hemispheres, has not hitherto been noticed within the limits
of our Atlantic States. It has been seen near Halifax, Nova
_ Scotia, and Shediac, New Brunswick, and thence northerly.

On the 5th of July last it was detected by Mr. Edward L.
Rand, near the eastern shore of Great Cranberry island, two miles
south of Mt. Desert, Maine. Fresh from the study of Mr. Rand’s
specimens, I found it on the 17th of the same month, at two lo-
calities upon South Duck island, ten miles south of Mt. Desert.
Careful search will doubtless reveal other localities on the Maine
coast.

Joun H. REDFIELD.

Su Alcune Briofite Fossil. U. Brizi (Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. ii. 369-
373, 1893). A list is given of twenty-four species of mosses, of
which eighteen are still living near Rome; two are new, A/Ayn-
chostegium orthophyllum and Dicranum Clericti. From the variety
of habitats of the different species, the author concludes that they
must have collected in some slow stream and been imbedded
there. ‘hey are so well preserved that even the cell structure of
the leaves is visible. E...G..B.

Solanum eleagnifolium, forma albiflorum—Corolla white. I
found six or seven plants of this pretty form at El Paso, Texas,
growing close together—probably seedlings from one plant. The
ordinary form of the spécies was abundant close by, but not mixed
with the white-flowered ones. The color of the corolla in
Solanum is well known to vary from violet or purple to white (as
in the common potato), but it is interesting to notice how the
white corolla may become a specific character (as in S. igus),
in which case it rarely varies to purple. S. xigrum is one of the
_-commonest plants in England; and I never saw one with the
‘flowers other than white; yet Coulter (Bot. Rocky Mtn. Reg. P-
268) refers to a bluish form. Similarly, S. ¢riflorum, which iL 8
_ found. commonly in Colorado, had always white flowers in my

411

experience, though in Rep. U. S. Dep. Agric. for 1888 it is said
to have the flowers “white or pale blue.”
T. D. A. CockERELt.
Las Cruces, N. Mex. Aug. 27, 1893.

Reviews of Foreign Literature. .

An Introduction to the Study of the Diatomacee. By Frederick
Wm. Mills, F. R. M. S., author of Photography applied to the
Microscope, with a Bibliography by Julian Deby, F. R. M.S.
(London, Iliffe & Son, 3 St. Bede St., Ludgate Circus. Wash-
ington, D. C.: The Microscopical Publishing Co., 1893.)

This beautifully printed book is somewhat of a disappoint-
ment to the reviewer, and were it not for the extensive bibliog- -
taphy it would be a “twice told tale,” and to us not as well told
as it could have been. True it is, that in an “Introduction” an
author is not supposed to write a monograph upon the subject,
yet we feel that the description of what diatoms are, their habitats
and their physiological properties is told in a very cursory man-
ner, and hardly full enough for the beginner to get a real knowl-
edge of the plants. We much prefer other articles upon the sub-
ject, both for logical arrangement, completeness and lucidity.

The individual chapters upon Structure, Modes of Reproduc-
tion, Collecting and Mounting are too brief, and we cannot but
feel that the “ Introduction” compares very unfavorably with the
“Bibliography,” which of itself makes the book of paramount
value; such a book that no worker in the diatoms can get along
Without, and one that will prove of inestimable stimulation to the
amateur.*

The paper, printing and binding are especially commendable,
and the book is well worth the price asked for it. ae ae

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.

Additions to the Preliminary List of the Uredinee of Ohio. Freda
Detmers (Bull. Ohio Agric. eee Sta. i. 171).

* We note, however, many aes in ~~ Bibliography especially in the numerous
Papers of the later ES ci .

412

Lithmea Henningsiana, Wittm. und Bilbergia Schimperiana
Wittm. Fritz Miller (Ber. deutsch. Bot. Gesell. xi. 364-366).
Agave Antillarum, Desc. O.G. Petersen (Bot. Tidssk. xviii. 266—

270; one plate). .

Analytical Synopsis of the Groups of Fungi. WW. A. Kellerman and
Aug. D. Selby (Bull. Ohio Agric. Ex. Sta. i. 203).

Anatomie der Acanthaceengattungen Afromendoncia und Mendoneta.
E. Gilg. (Ber. deutsch. Bot. Gesell. xi. 351-364; one plate.)
Aphylion unifiorum at London, Ont. J. Alston Moffat (Ott. Nat.

Vil. 99).

A Reader in Botany. Part II. Flower and Fruit. Selected and
adapted from well-known authors by Jane H. Newell (Boston, |
Ginn & Co., 1893, 179 pages, illustrated. Price sixty cents.
As inall her other books, Miss Newell has succeeded in mak-

ing a very attractive little volume, without sacrificing scientific
accuracy or methods. In fact we venture to think that some of
the statements quoted from Miss Buckley’s Short History of Nat-
ural Science would have been better made by the author, or
omitted.

To those who have not had the time nor patience to study
Darwin’s and Miiller’s work on the Fertilization of Flowers by
insects, and are not acquainted with Sprengel’s, these chapters
will serve as a pleasant introduction, and prove an incentive to
further observation and study. The illustrations are all good, and
the scientific names are given in nearly all cases.

Bacillus of Cheese—An Aromatic: LL. H. Pammel (Iowa Agric.
Coll. Ex. Sta., Bull. No. 12, 792).

Bacillus aromaticus, n. sp. is described and figured.
Bibliography of Ohio Botany. W. A. Kellerman (Bull. Ohio_
“Agric. Ex. Sta. i. 180):
Botany at the World’s Fair. J. C. Arthur (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 357- _

364). :
Botanical Notes from Texas. E.N. Plank (Gard. and For. vi. 392)-
California Flora—Southern Extension of. T. S. Brandegee (Zoe, ee

iv. 199, reprint). :.

New plants described are Lupinus aiihaies and Madia valida.
Perityle rotundifolia (Benth.) is concluded to be the rightful name
of the pact has base nae ey known as Amauria rotundi-

413

Sola, Benth., Perityle Fitchii, Torr., and Laphamia peninsularis,
Greene,
Californian Herb-lore—I. da M. Blochman (Erythea, i. 190, 191).

Notes on Peresia microcephala and Trichostema lanatum.

Carex flava, L. og Carex Géderi, Ehrh. O. Gelert (Bot. Tidssk.

XViii, 271, 272).
Contributions a la Flore du Paraguay—Piperacees. C. De Candolle

(Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve, xxxii. No. 2).

Eight species of the genus Piper are enumerated, of which P.
emerascens and P. fulvescens are new. Nine species of the genus
Peperomia are described, one of which P. psilostachya, is new.
Plates are given of the new species.

Distribution of some Forest-trees in the Southern States—The.

Chas, Mohr (Gard. and For. vi. 372).

Notes on Hicoria myristiceformis, H. Pecan and Quercus Du-

randi.

Distribution of some Western Plants—On the.—I. Edw. L. Greene

(Erythea, i. 181-184).

Notes on species of Lepidium, Matricaria discoidea and Madia
Sativa,

Early scientific Expeditions to California—I, Willis L. Tension

(Erythea, i. 185—190).

Mr. Jepson has here given us a valuable and readable ac-
count of the first scientific expedition which visited California—
that of the French explorer, La Peyrouse, who touched at Mon-
terey with two frigates in 1786, five years before the visit of the
Spanish explorer, Malaspina, with whom came the botanists
Henke and Nee. ;

Lrythre2 Centaurium. C.J. S. Bethune (Ott. Nat. vii. 99).

Record of its occurrence at Roach’s Point, Lake Simcoe, Ont.
Evolution and Classification. Chas. E.. Bessey (Bot. Gaz. xviii.

329-333).

Abstract of Vice-Presidential address before the Section of
Botany, A. A. A. S., Madison meeting, August, 1893.
Examination of Glyptodendron, Claypole, and of other so-called

Silurian Land Plants from Ohio. Aug. F. Foerste (Am. Geol.
ee | es ee Ss oe ob VIL).

An analysis of the — — Eatonense, ord tat :

414

originally thought to be a plant and described as such. Compari-
son with other similar specimens has convinced the author that it
is not a plant but a cephalopod, he therefore places this and G.
subcompressum, Beecher, in the sub-genus Glyptodendron, and takes
them out of botany into the cephalopod genus Cyrfoceros.

He also expresses the opinion that other supposed land plants
of the Cincinnati group, viz: Protostigma sigillarioides, Psilophy-
tum gracillinum and Sphenophyllum primevum, described by
Lesquereux, are not such. The first may be a fucoid, the second
probably a Dendrograptus, and the third probably some inorganic ~
marking. A...

Flora of Madison and Vicinity ; a preliminary Paper on the Hora of
Dane County, Wisconsin. \.. S. Cheney and R. H. True —
(Trans. Wisc. Acad. ix. 45-135 ; reprinted).

This is an interesting list of 900 species of plants, with locali-
ties and habitats, observed and collected mainly by the authors,
A feature of the work is the indication of the officinal and non-
officinal medicinal species. Specimens illustrating the catalogue
have been deposited in the herbarium of the University of Wis-
consin.

Flora of Ohio—New Plants for the. Wm. C. Werner (Bull. Ohio
Agric. Ex. Sta. i. 235).

Flora of the Bouldin Island. Katharine Brandegee (Zoé, iv. 211,
reprint).

Flora of the Niagara Peninsula and Shores of Lake Evie—WNotes on
the. John Macoun (Journ. and Proc. Hamilton ‘Ass. ix. 78).
Two species new to Canada are noted, Hemicarpha subsquarrosa

and /imbristylis capillaris.

Flowering Plants of Jamaica—A Provisional List of the Ti ndigenous
and Naturalized. WVilliam Fawcett (Kingston, 1893).

Folk-lore of Plants—The. Carrie M. Derick (Can. Rec. Sci. v-
332-339).

Hemlock in Minnesota. H. B. Ayres (Gard. and For. vi. 418).

Ilex conocarpa, Reiss. J.D. Hooker oe Mag. t..7310). _
Native of Brazil.

Krugia, eine neuer Myrtaccapatuae. I. Urban (Ber. deute™ sa
Bot. Gesell. Xi. 375-376). | :

415

Based on Marltiera elliptica, Griseb, from Trinidad and St.

Vincent.

Leguminose—The Morphology of Root-tubercles of. Albert Schnei-
der (Am. Nat. xxvii. 782; illustrated).

Mamillaria rigidispina, Hildman (Monats. Kakteenk. iii. 111— ah
one figure).

Notes on Distribution of and Stations for a few Rare and Interesting
Ohio Plants. Wm. C. Werner (Bull. Ohio Agric. Ex. Sta. i.
232.

Notes on the Flora of Long Island. S. E. Jelliffe (Science, xxii. 6).
The author gives a condensed account of what has been writ-

ten upon the flora of Long Island, the number of species which

have been identified, and calls attention to some of the most in-
teresting ones. Reference is also made to the geological features
and their probable influence upon the floral distribution.

Nymphea tuberosa.. (Gard. and For. vi. 415).

Ohio Planis—Notes on rare. Aug. D. Selby (Bull. Ohio Agric.
Exper. Sta. i. 241).

Persimmon—The. J. T. Rothrock (Forest Leaves, iv. 72, with
illustrations of Diospyros Virginiana.

Plulosophy of Flower Seasons—The. Uenry L. Clarke (Am. Nat.
XXVli. 769).

Plants of Ohio—New or Rare. W. A. Kellerman (Bull. Ohio
Agric. Ex. Sta. i. 241).

Rape Plant—The. Thomas Shaw (U. S. Depart. Agric. Farmers’
Bull. No. 11). With illustrations.

Redwood in the Oakland Hills—The. Wm. P. Gibbons (Erythea,
i. 161-166).

An account of the isolated forest of Seguota sempervirens,
which occurs back of San Francisco Bay.

Rhodochiton volubile. (Garden, xliv. 8, with colored plate.)

Saccaromyces—The Spore-Forming Species of the Genus. J.
Christian Bay (Am. Nat. xxvii. 685, reprint).

Scitaminee nonnulle nove vel minus cognite. O. G. Petersen
(Bot. Tidssk. xviii. 260-265; three plates).

Costus Friedrichsenii, n. sp., habitat unknown, C. Mexicanus

Liebm. ined. of Mexico and Jschnosiphon pruinosus, n. Ps habitat

unknown, are characterized and illustrated.

416

Sequoia gigantea—Native Habits of. Gustav Eisen (Zoé, iv. 141-
144).

Sterra Nevada Plants in the Coast Range. ‘Katherine Brandegee
(Zoé, iv. 168-176).

Record of the occurrence of 95 species and varieties.

Solidago petiolaris (Meehan’s Month. iii. 129).

Southwestern Plant Groups—A Characteristic. Henry Clarke (Pop.
Sci. Month. xliii. 786).

Illustrations are given of species of Opuntia, Cereus, Vucol
and Agave.

Systematic and Alphabetical Index to New Species of North American
Phanerogams and Pteridophytes published in 1892. Josephine
A. Clark (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herbarium, i. 233).

Tennessee Plants—Some new. S. M. Bain (Asa Gray Bulletin, No.
o.. 10:

Record of 18 species, additional to Dr. Gattinger’s Flora of
the State.

Tipularia discolor. H.C. Beardslee (Asa Gray Bulletin, No. 2, 11,
12).

Tubercules d’ Apios tuberosa et a’ Helianthus tuberosus—Observations -
anatomiques sur les. Paul Nypels (Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. xxxi.
216-230; three plates).

Teratological Notes. J. Burtt Davy (Erythea, i. 192-193).
Observations on Leptosyne gigantea, Agoseris hissuta and Salvia

Columbarie.

The Violet. O.R. Willis (New York Military penny Quarterly, ©
iv. 4-6; six figures).

Description of the native violets about Cornwall, N. Y.; several
new forms are proposed.

Tonina fluviatilis Aubl. V. A. Poulsen (Bot. Fidesk XViii. 279-
292 ; two plates).

A morphological and anatomical study.

Vegetable Pathology for 1892—Report of the Chief of the Division
of. B. T. Galloway (U. S. Depart. Agric., 1893, illustrated).
Vegetation of the Summit of Mt. Diablo. Fdw. L. Greene (Ery-

thea, i. 166-179).

A list of 156 species. Agoseris picorwedea is described as new, a:

Ae ree Malvastrum went is transferred to elrent

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

No,

No.

. 10,

io &

. 12,

» 13.

so

» 15.

. 16,

» 17.

. 18,

College.

A Preliminary List of North American Species of Cyferus, with Descriptions
of New Forms. By N. L. Britton (1886),. .... oe wen Ob CONES

Cerastium arvense, L.., and its North American Varieties. By Arthur Hol-
lick and N. L. Britton (1887). (Out of print.)

Plant Notes from Temiscouata County, Canada. By J. I. Northrop (1887).
(Out of print.)

A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N. L. Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887),. ......... 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, By N. L. Britton
(SSS) oe ee reed Sa 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . . 25 cents.

A Recent Discovery of Hybrid Oaks on Staten Island. By Arthur Hollick.
CRB) ir a ea ee ore os 4 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and: Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology—An Enumeration of the Mosses Col-
lected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho, By Elizabeth
G. Britton. (Out of print.)

Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,

Adans. By N. 1. Britton (1889),°- 0. 2). as s+ se 25 Conte.
The Genus £éeocharis in North America. By N. L, Britton (1889),
25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
RIB ee ee we ey oes < + © OS Cette.
A List of State and Local losis ie the United States and British America.
By. Ni Le Delite (8800) jhe age bie ees ne . $x.
A Descriptive List of angie the Genus Beuchure: By Wm. E. Wheel-
OUR TIROON ee a ie ic be es 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
(IER te ee ee ie ob 2 a5. Comte,
The Flora of the Desert of Assia: “By Thos, ‘hilsone (1891),
25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, II. A supplementary Enumeration of ©
Mosses collected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By
Elizabeth G. Britton (1891), .. 2... 2. ee ee 25 Conte.

No,

35-

No. 36.

No.

37:

No. 38.

Notes on North American Haloragee. By Thos, Morong (1891),.25 cents
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

CRNGE yin sey ea ie Peele ake ee oe 25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocauleze. By Thos. Morong
SOE Ae POON ia Se ar ae a eahcgiginn a 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North Aiuetican Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
(OP oe ee es Sie eae ea 25 cents.

The American Species of the Genus Anemone and the Genera which have
been referred to it. By N. L. Britton (1891),.........- 25 cents.

“Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich

PCM ic es aes ye eee Seg 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of the Seeces of the Genus J/ez‘somia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.

‘A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North

Ampere. Bg NL. Paton CEOs ot ay wa 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
Be PON CISOR eo Page oa ees . 25 cents,
The Anatomy of the Stem of Wistaria Sinensis, By Carlten C. Curtiss

REGO 6S ehh atin eek ee ie ee ee oe ees 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
CIBO y os eee ee a ee ee 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. IL.
SPORE ET cn ec, es pc Bue pe a peer Ata ean See 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small.
CNOOF ieee cw ak a, ek a: dene ee ee nee 25 cents.

West Virginia Mosses. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1892), .. . . 25 cents.
A New Species of Zistera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong.

(1893), 0 Pe POE. C8 oe Ca ee a Sa eee . rey ey Cae . a5 cents,
The North American Species of Liha By N. L. Britton (1893)
25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of
Miss.Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893)... 2. 6. eee ee $1.50.

An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orchids. By Carlton C. Curtiss

CRIs sss, bis ea gat eae OO a ec 25 cents.
Further Notes on American Species of 7olygonum. By John K, Small
(MOD ee ae ee - . + + 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phaherotenis, VIL By N. L. Britton
ORNS 6 a toe i ee 25 cents.

The whole series with the exception of Nos. 2, 3, 6 and 10 will be supplied
for $5.

Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889), by N. L. Britton,
—_ be had for $2.

hades

DR. THOS. MORONG,
Curator of the Herbarium, Columbia College,
NEW YORK CITY.

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

- ARTISTS’ - QATERIALS.

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
TO RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.

COFFIN, DEVOE & CO., 176 RANDOLPH ST, CHICAGO.

PLANTS OF PARAGUAY.

Two Partial Sets of my PARAGUAY PLANTS remain undis-
tributed and are offered for sale at

$10 PER HUNDRED SPECIMENS.
THOMAS MORONG,

COLUMBIA COLLEGE,
New YorRK CITY.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

For SALE. a

A ZENTMAYER PORTABLE MICROSCOPE,

IN PERFECT ORDER,

For $100.00. - - - Catalogue Price, $147.50.
Including THREE OBJECTIVES, 14 in., 4 in., and } in.
Also an Abbé Condenser, Glass Stage, and Neat Walnut Case.

Address the Editors of the Bulletin, °° Wm. Wales, Fort Lee, N. J.
CHARACEA OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVitel/a, as fol-
lows: JVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missourtensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

IT. =. AGLIEWN,
10 East 36th St., N. ¥-

The North American Pyrenomycetes.

By J. B. ELLIS and B. M. EVERHART.

With original illustrations by F. W. ANDERSON. 2,500 species of the
old genus ** Spheria,” described and arranged in accordance with the
modern ideas of classification. One thick octavo volume, with over 800
pages of printed matter and 41 full-page tinted plates illustrating the
genera; bound in fine cloth, with stamped covers and gilt-lettered back.
Price, $8,00, with 35 cts. additional if sent by mail. Address,

J. B. ELLIS, Newfield, N. J.
VIRGINIA PLANTS,

During the present spring and summer I shall collect along the south-
ern boundary of Virginia, from the coast to the mountains, a region un-
explored botanically, and one that will beyond a doubt yield a number
of new and many rare plants. An endeavor will also be made to obtain
all the new species, about a dozen in all, collected by myself and others
during the past three years in adjacent territory. An effort will be made
not only to keep up the standard of previous collections, but also to m=
prove upon them in every way possible. Anyone desiring sets, shoul

please address
A. A. HELLER,
411 W. Walnut St., Lancaster, Mit 4

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave.,

Corner of 18th Street, — : ~NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR aa
‘| E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
Ware. cee faa)
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.
Doctor C, Scheibler’s Saccharome-
ters (Polariscopes). se
} Prof. Jolly’ s a eeudiede Bale - ee
f ances, etc.

: Le Brun F. Desmontes & ba
Paris, Platinum. we

| 222] 1, Tronesdorff’s C. P, Chemicals. Pane

SPECIAL/TIRS: a oe nen Apparatus, Normal Gradouned Glass- ee
ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem-
ian and German Glassware, Filter” Papers, Agate ‘Mortars, Pure
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s_
Burners and Combustion Seleveae oes? and Le easiest for
Ean Soe. oe Beaute, ee

‘LABORATORY ¢ OuTF TS

S FERTILIZERS, | ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES i ae

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

: (1) THE BULLETIN. :
This journal has teen published. consecutively since 1870, beginning with four 5
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with —
_ many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.
Back NuMBERS.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive, i
_ in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00; Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed
oor ‘separately, and a’general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
_ for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. XVIII. and XIX. are hee
Separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VIII. cannot now be supplied complete, but it
ee planned to reprint some of its numbers.

(4) THE MEMOIRS. =~ > 0

_ The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers iS
fe eee ee) ee oe ON ee ee
Volume I contains the following papers:

No: Studies of the ‘Types ok veces Species 0 the Genas Carex, by Prof,
_ L.H. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately.

No. 2—A List of the Marine Alge hitherto observed on the Coasts of New
_Jeney and Staten stand, by Iaae C. Martindale, Price, 50 cents.

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rus
South America, with descriptions of many new marca. Dr. Richard Spruce.
+ 15 Oekits. sb 5

No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits, by Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 50 cents
- Volume II contains.the following papers:

-_-‘No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding Past, with two,
_ plates, by Professor Byron D. Halsted. Price, so cents.

No, 2,—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates, by Anna
ee Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. _ :

» No. 3.—Studies in the ‘Cetanation of Some North American Plats, with Ms
plates, by Theodor F Holm. — Price, $1.00. —

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North rome Species of the Genus. Polygala,
- William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. i Eee
Toei Xo, 1.0m the Flor of Wester Nort Carolina znd ntiguous

ny, by John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, socents
pe OR FES SRS Naia ,

‘No. 3—An Enumeration of the Plants ‘CoMtected. in > ol by :
H. H. Rusby. Meg ee Sot Be Bn

a

_ Epitep By

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB,
‘OFFICERS FOR 1893.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents,

7 ALLEN; M.D, THOMAS MORONG, PRE Dy 5
eS Recording Secretary, : Corresponding Secretary, .
HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL,
es of Pharmacy, New York City. _ Columbia College, New York City. sa a
Editor, Sa : Treasurer,
‘ N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D, HENRY OGDEN,

Columbia College, New York City. — 11 Pine Street, New Sfiateg aay! ae

ie Associate Editors, Boer

J EMILY ‘L. GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. By pee
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, =————s BYRON D.. HALSTED, Se D,
oe A A. HELLER. “or

*

; Curator, — : ee t oyisn as
_ JOSEPHINE, E. ROGERS. _EFFIE A. /SOUTHWORTH.

Be Cireilenes. on Finance, a PAS epee ne 2
| yustus F. POGGENBURG, pases at ee RUDKIN, EE
aN | Committee « on 5 Adoisttbns: eer ee
M. M. LE BRUN, me ett de ae MRS. S. B. “CLARKE,
2 Broeeny, New York City. ee. rhe Ww. Bist See ee City. s

Library aad Herbarium Coeigles

3 JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, . CECILIA A. act
_EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH, esr c

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Notes on Carex.—XVII.
By LL. H. BaAitry;

The most important recent extensions of the ranges of the
carices are the finding of Carex Assiniboinensis, W. Boott, in Northern
Minnesota, by F. F. Wood, and C. alpina, at Grand Marais, Minn.,
on Lake Superior; C. /orta, in Washington county, Eastern Mis-
souri, by H. Eggert; C. capillaris, on Mt. Kineo, Moosehead Lake,
Maine, by Dr. G. G. Kennedy, and in Aroostook county, by M.
L. Fernald. Carex Assiniboinensis is new to the United States,

- having been known heretofore only from the collections of Macoun:
in British America. |

“ CAREX VERNACULA.
C. fetida, American authors, not Allioni.
Distinguished from C. fetida, its European congener, by stiffer
and shorter leaves, shorter spikes, which give the head a more
' Tegular and compact look, and especially by much larger and
broader and more or less prominently nerved perigynia.
This species, which is yet imperfectly known, inhabits the
Mountains from Colorado and Wyoming westward.
CAREX FETA,
C. straminea, var. mixta, Bailey, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and
Sci. xxii, 1 51 (1886), not C. mixta, Raeusch. _
The Pacific coast representative of C. albolutescens (C. straminea,
var. fenea), from which it differs in its much slenderer habit, more
Open and long heads, smaller spikes and perigynia. The peri-

418

gynia are loosely placed in the spike, giving the plant much the
appearance of forms of C. stvaminea and C. fenea. In the Botany
of California it is variously referred to C. /agopodioides, C. adusta,
C. cristata, var. mirabilis, and C. scoparia, var. fulva.

’ Carex lurida, var. PARVULA (Paine).
C. tentaculata, var. parvula, Paine, Cat. Oneida Pl. 105 (1865).
Low (8’ to 16’), very slender, with one or two spikes which are
half or less the size of those in the type, sessile or very nearly so
perigynia not more than half the size of those in the common
form. A diminutive form growing along the Mohawk River,
according to Paine; I have also collected it in Southern Vermont,
and Professor Hitchcock sends it from Ames, Iowa.

’ Carex intumescens, Rudge, var. FERNALDII.

Very slender (about a foot and a half high), with leaves nar-
rower than in the type; spikes reduced to one to three perigynia,
which are erect and slender, being inflated less than half as much
as those in the type-——Cedar Swamp, Aroostook county, Maine,
1893. - M. L. Fernald, 127.

Forms of C. intumescens sometimes occur in dry woods, in
which the spikes are reduced to one or two perigynia; but this
variety differs in the slender perigynia which stand erect in the
spike.

«~

Carex debilis, Michx., var. INTERJECTA.

C. debilis Sartw. Exsicc. No. 118 (1848).

C. debilis 8 Boott, Ill. t. 273 (1860).

Tall and nearly or quite strict, with nearly erect spikes which
are often compound at the base, very loosely flowered; perigy-
nium shorter than in the var. Rudgei, the beak conspicuously
less cylindrical. It differs from the var. stvictior in the much nar-
rower leaves and more loosely flowered spikes. Sartwell collected
it at Penn Yan, N. Y., and Boott reports it from Pennsylvania by
Townsend. Mr. C. L. Shear sends me specimens from Alcove,
eastern New York, which is the first undoubted material I have
obtained to match Boott’s excellent plate and Sartwell’s speci-
mens. I do not know what its range may be. Undoubtedly
various intermediate erect-spiked forms, which have always been
a puzzling part of Cares dedilis will need to be referred here. The

ee

419

erect alternate-flowered spikes and short perigynia distinguish it
from the common var. Rudgei.

Carex granularis, Muhl., var. REcTA, Dewey, Wood’s Cl. Book,
1860, 763.

A very tall slender plant, with narrow erect leaves, narrow
spikes, of which the lower are on very long and slender stalks;
pergynium less inflated than in the type and straighter. Glaucous.
Dewey records it from Southern Illinois (Vasey) and Louisiana
(Hale). I have it from Virginia, Southern Illinois, the mountains
of Georgia, and Mississippi. It is a well-marked form. No one
seems to have taken up the variety except Paine, in his Catalogue
of Oneida plants (1865); but Paine must have misunderstood it,
for I do not know that it occurs in the North.

CAREX GRACILLIMA AESTIVALIS ?

Mr. C. L. Shear sends me from eastern New York, good
specimens of a most distinct and novel carex. He first found
the plant last year (1892), in a moist meadow at Alcove, Albany
county. A single clump only was observed, and it grew with
C. gracillina. In 1893 Mr. Shear found it again at two places in
Greene county—between Windham and Ashland, and at Hunter
—Sgrowing in clumps in mountain pastures. The plant differs
Visibly from C. gracillima in its much stricter habit, narrow leaves,
nearly erect spikes, and by the distinctly beaked and toothed
Perigynium. Its association with C. gracillima, and the fact that
it is uniformly wanting in good achenia, indicate that the plant is
a hybrid. I am unable to determine what its other parent may
be, but the fact that the perigynia are attenuated at the top, that
the leaves are narrowed, the lower sheaths slightly pubescent, and
the habit essentially erect, strongly suggest C. estivalis, and this
Species occurs on the mountains of western Massachusetts and in
“astern New York. I suspect that further search will discover
C. @stivalis in the mountain pastures of Albany and Greene
Counties. It is by no means necessary to the diagnosis of a
hybrid that both parents be found in its vicinity. One parent, or

_ ven both of them, may long since have died out and the hybrid

_ May have persisted; yet the hybrid is usually associated with its
_ Pistillate parent. I have found undoubted hybrids of Rubus in

420

localities where but one parent could be formed. Nor is it strange
that a hybrid should be found to have a somewhat wide distribu-
tion. Carex arctata < castanea (C. Knieskernit) occurs in New
York, Minnesota and upon the Canadian side of Lake Superior;
and I may add that C. gracillima * hirsuta was found at an
early day, according to Dewey (Sill. Journ. xi. 31 5),at Newburgh,
New York, and at Stockbridge, Mass., although it has been re-
corded by Torrey and subsequent writers as having been collected
only at Phillipstown, near the Hudson. It is strange, however,
if C. @stivalis is the missing parent of this beautiful carex, that the
beak should be bifid, for both C. gracillima and C. estivalis have
entire orifices.

This is the third hybrid which seems to have had Carex gracil-
lima for its mother. It is interesting to note, also, that this
species often develops its perigynia apparently without the aid of
pollination.

CAREX STIVALIS, while one of our rarer Carices, has pe
a variety of names. Its first name was Carex Darlingtoni given
by Schweinitz, but the name was not published until Dr. Boott
recorded it, as a synonym, in 1858. The original of this is now
in the possession of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, and
the ticket, in Schweinitz’s hand, says that Darlington collected
the plant upon the Pocono Mountains of northern Pennsylvania.
M. A. Curtis also gave it the name Carex tabularia in his herbar-
ium, and this name was also published as a synonym by Boott.
A specimen bearing this name, and coming from Boott, is in the
Torrey Herbarium. Kunze called the plant Carex Rugeliana in
his “Supplemente zu Schkuhr’s Riedgrisern,” which was published
at‘intervals from 1840 to 1850. I am not sure of the date of this
name, but it is held to be later than Curtis’ Carex estivalis, which
Dr. Gray published in 1842. Finally, Olney, in his Exsiccate,
1871, made it a variety of Carex virescens, with which it has no
immediate affinity. The affinity of the plant is with Carex gracil-
lima, of which John Carey thought, “if not distinct, it is a moun-
tain form.” Dewey confounded it with Carex arctata and Carex
sylvatica. But it is abundantly distinct. Its northernmost station |
is Saddle Mountain, in western Massachusetts, where Dewey found oe
it in 1828, at 800 feet above the base of the mountain. ens

421

THE STRAMINEA GROUP:

‘Willdenow described, in 1809, the plant which has long been
known as Carex adusta, under the name of C. fenea. The descrip-
tion was not understood, however, and Torrey, in 1836, applied
Willdenow’s name to the plant which is now known as C. straminea,
var. fenea. These two feneas now stand, applied to plants very
like each other, and the circumstance is confusing. I shall,
therefore, find some other name for the C. straminea var. fenca
of Torrey, especially as I believe the plant merits specific distinc-
tion. It was first described by Schweinitz in 1824, as Carex albo-
lutescens, and this name I now restore. Unfortunately, Olney
misunderstood Schweinitz’s plant and thought it to be the C. adusta
of our manuals. I have seen Schweinitz’s original, and it is clearly
Torrey’s fwnea. There are forms which are somewhat intermediate
between Carex straminea and C. albolutescens, but one who is
familiar with the two species can easily place them. But I separate
them in order to allow of a philosophical presentation of C. straminea
and its varieties. This species, as heretofore constituted, includes
two coérdinate branches or type, the stramineous or straw-colored:
and the albolutescent or silvery green type. If these types are
considered to be coérdinate varieties, it is impossible to recognize
Several minor forms, which appear to be worthy varietial recogni-
tion, unless resort is taken to the European fashion of sub-varieties.
By removing the albolutescent type, I am able to separate some
of the well-marked forms which now confuse C. straminea vat.
revior into codrdinate varieties. The forms which I desire to
remove from it are:

’ Carex straminea, vat. FERRUGINEA (Gray).

C. fenea, var. 6 Boott. Ill. 118, t. 376 (1862).

C. fenea, var.? ferruginea, Gray Man. 5th ed. 580 (1867).

C. tenera, var. suberecta, Olney, Exsicc. fasc. ii. No. 16 (1871).
Plant very tall and slender, with two or three pointed or long-

Ovate, rusty-green spikes approximate at the top. The spikes

are usually prominently tapering below, and the thin, nearly

nerveless perigynia have loose points. That has somewhat the

look of some forms of C scoparia, but is always readily distin-

Suished by its separated spikes and straminca-like perigynia. I

422

know it only from Ohio and Illinois, but it must have a wider
range.

C. straminea, var. CRAWEI, Boott, Ill. 121, t. 388 (1862).
C. straminea, vat. Meadit, Boott, |. c. t. 389.

Robust forms with very large heads and mostly round, loose
spikes, with very broad, long-pointed perigynia, which easily
shell off when ripe. From Connecticut and New Jersey to Illi-
nois; evidently more common westward.

CAREX ALBOLUTESCENS, Schw. Ann. N. Y. Lyc. i. 66 (1824).
C. straminea, var. fenea, Torr. Monogr. 395 (1836), not C.
Jenea, Willd. (1809).
C. straminea, var. B Gay, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2d ser. x. 362 (1838).
C. leporina, var. bracteata, Liebm. Mex. Halv. 264 (1850).
C. straminea, var. chlorostachys, Boeckl. Linnza, xxxix. 118
(1875).
’ Var. CUMULATA (Bailey).
C. alata, var. pulchra, Olney (mostly), Exsicc. fasc. ii. No. 23
(1871).
C. straminea, var. cumulata, Bailey, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, i.
23 (1889).

CAREX ECHINATA, AND ITS AMERICAN CONGENERS:

The American plants which have been variously known as
Carex echinata, Carex stellulata, Carex sterilis and Carex scirpoides
have been the subject of more neglect than any other American
carex, perhaps more, even, than any other of the older species. of
our flowering plants. This lack of attention is due both to the
polymorphous character of the species and to the uncertainty of a
specific identification with the European plant. Every collector
must have noticed that all printed descriptions of the species are
singularly unsatisfactory, and that widely different forms are
thrown loosely under one name. The species is not an attractive

_ one at best. I have long felt that the-plant has never been un-
derstood, and for two or three years I have made a special effort
to collect material for study. The arrangement of this material,
which I now propose, seems to solve the difficulties which have
always attached to the species. The solution of the perplexities _
_ turns upon two questions: UE hy eat ‘ta

.

425

1. Is the American plant identical with the European? Over
thirty years ago Francis Boott questioned if the American plant is |
the same as the European C. séellulata (or C. echinata), but no
monographer since Muhlenberg seems to have eliminated the
European species from our flora. The plants of the two conti-
nents are exceedingly similar, and yet there is a facial difference
between them which is nearly always apparent and often striking.
Definite specific characters of separation are obscure, and yet I am
convinced that they exist. The American plant is habitually
taller than the European, the scales are sharper and usually
longer, the perigynia are more strongly nerved and more attenu-
ated or conical, and, above all, it is far more variable. The his-
tory of American Carex literature is a continuous record of the
Separation of American and European types. There are probably
no species common to both countries, except those which are
; hyperboreal and occur through the Arctic regions of both hemi- _
spheres, being found in Greenland. There are other supposed
identical species, aside from Carex echinata, which, I think, will
eventually be separated in the two continents. I am satisfied that
the American species under consideration can never be properly
understood until it is treated independently of the European
plant.

2. Is the American species monotypic? Any acute observer
would at once see that our so-called Carex echinata contains two
distinct general types, if the specimens were spread before him;
and, fortunately, these facial attributes are reinforced by excellent
specific characters. One type, to which the Carex sterilis of Will-
denow and the C. scirpoides of Schkuhr belong, is characterized by
distinctly long-beaked spreading or ascending winged perigynia,
and loose, bushy yellowish spikes; the other; which has no name,
is marked. by very short-beaked, small and. nearly wingless peri-
gynia, which are spongy and more or less cordate at the base and
which shell off upon the sheet, and by: more rounded or cylindri-
cal greenish spikes—the terminal one often oblique—in which the
_ perigynia are strongly divaricate or often bent downwards. And
aside from these, the stiff and wide-fruited sea-board plant—
known. as-var. conferta—will be seen to have ample specific char-
acters. I have, therefore, outlined three species from the material

424

heretofore thrown loosely into Carex echinata. This, I hope, will
be better than detailing a mere list of varieties which should have
no coherence, and which should ‘differ from each other in the
very terms by which the species is distinguished from its fellows.
These plants may be outlined as follows:

CAREX STERILIS, Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 208 (1805). Sartwell Exsicc.

No. 37. Boott. Ill. t. 146.

C. scirpoides, Schkuhr, Riedgr. Nachtr. 19, fig. 180 (1806). |

C. stellulata, vars. scirpoides and sterilis, Carey, Gray’s Man.
1848, 544.

C. echinata, var. microstachys, Boeck|. Linnza, xxxix. 125 (1875).

C. echinata, var. microstachya, Boeck. Flora, 1875, 563.

C. echinata, var. microcarpa, Bailey, Coulter’s Rocky Mt. Bot.
395 (1885).

Short, stiff and erect (usually not much exceeding a foot in
height), the old leaves often persistent; head tawny or greenish-yel-
low, short, composed of from three to five smalf loosish contiguous
spikes, of which the uppermost is usually conspicuously attenuated
at the base by the presence of staminate flowers; sometimes the
terminal spike or even the whole head is entirely staminate ; peri-
gynium thin and flat, conspicuously contracted into a slender
beak which is nearly or quite as long as the body and spreading
so as to give the spike an echinate appearance, sharp-edged and
rough on the upper margins, variously nerved and very sharply
toothed.—A common plant, growing in dryish bogs and swales
throughout the Northern States east of the Mississippi; and I ©
also have it from Willow Springs, Arizona (Palmer, 548), and Mt.
Adams, Oregon (Henderson). The plants of Willdenow and
Schkuhr seem to have been variously understood by successive
botanists, although the figures of both C. s¢erilis (fig. 146) and C.
scirpoides (fig. 180) in Schkuhr’s “ Riedgraser’’ are unequivocal.
I have also seen the originals of both plants. The dioeciousness
of the species seem to be only an occasional state, and as I have
not been able to discover other characters which uniformly ac-
company it, I have thrown C. steri/is and C. scerpoides together.

/ Var. EXCELSIOR. :
C. stellulata and C. échinata, American authors. Sartwell,
_ Exsicce. no. 35.

* 425

C. sterilis 8 Boott, Ill. 56, t. 146* (1858).

Taller and more slender (often two feet high), the heads usually
more. scattered and mostly somewhat greener—Common in wet
bogs and woods, apparently in all the Northern States; occurs
also in Louisiana, Mexico, and in Oregon and Vancouver Island.

» Var. CEPHALANTHA (Bailey).
C. echinata, var. cephalantha, Bailey, Mem. Torr: Bot. Club, i.
58 (1889).
Rather stiff but slender and tall, or the top of the culm weak (1
2 feet high); head mostly continuous or more or less dense and
composed of five to eight approximate (rarely scattered), large
(15-30 flowered) green or greenish loose spikes, in which the
mature narrow, long-beaked perigynia usually spread at nearly or
quite right angles——Runs across the country from the northern
borders of the United States northward, from the Atlantic to the
Pacific, reaching as far south as the higher elevations in north-
€astern Pennsylvania. There are two forms in this, one (the type)
marked by aggregated spikes, and one by more or less scattered
spikes. The latter may be worth varietal recognition.

‘Var. ancusrara (Carey).

C. stellulata, var. angustata, Carey, Gray’s Man. 1848, 544.

_ C.echinata, var. angustata, Bailey, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, i. 59
(1889).

Very slender, sometimes almost thread-like, weak, bearing
long and narrow divaricate perigynia, which are either in loose
small heads or in scattered spikes.—New England to Newfound-
land. Apparently also in Montana.

* CaREX ATLANTICA.

C. stellulata, var. jets Chapm. Fl. S. States, 534 (1860),
not C. conferta, Koch.

C. echinata, var. conferta, Bailes: Carex Cat. (1884).

Tall (16 to 24 inches) and very stiff and strong, the leaves
broad but stiff and usually becoming somewhat involute when
dry; spikes contiguous or scattered, spreading, globular or short-
cylindrical, densely flowered, green; the terminal one slenderly
contracted below or even entirely staminate; perigynium large
and very broad (the body about as broad as long), with a distinct

496

rough, bifid beak, strongly many-nerved, especially upon the back,
squarrose or usually retrorse at maturity, shelling off readily when
ripe.—Follows the coast from Newfoundland to Florida; not
common. It is strange that none of the earlier students of the
genus discovered this distinct plant.

«CAREX INTERIOR.

C. scirpoides, Sartwell, Exsicc. No. 36 (1848). C. stellulata, var.

scirpotdes, Boott, Ill. t. 146** (1858).

Very slender, but mostly strict (1-2 feet high), the thin wire-
like culms usually longer than the narrow and rather soft grass-
like leaves ; head composed of two to four little globular contiguous
greenish-tawny spikes, of which the terminal one is usually
slenderly contracted or stipe-like below and often oblique ; peri-
gynium very small and plump, the margins very narrow or
almost none, lightly many nerved on the back, but usually nerve-
less or nearly so on the face, prominently corky at the base, the beak ~
and the teeth very short, spreading or reflexed at maturity and
easily shelling off—Bogs and swamps, in the interior country,
from Maine to Minnesota and Kansas. When this plant is once
understood, I am sure that its identity cannot be mistaken. The
utter confusion in which our Carex echinata has always lain, must
_ be the only reason why the plant was not separated long ago.

Boott knew that it is distinct from C. s¢erilis, but he made the mis-
take of trying to identify it with Schkuhr’s C. scirpoides. But
Schkuhr’s plant, as his plate plainly shows, was a short, stiff,
fulvous plant with oblong spikes and long-beaked broad-winged
perigynia.
~ VAR. CAPILLACEA.

Still more slender or even bristle-like in both culm and leaves,
and habitually lower (sometimes 16 inches, but often only half as
high); perigynium more cordate at the base and broader, strongly
many-nerved upon both ssides.— Eastern Massachusetts, New
Jersey and Central Pennsylvania. Perhaps specifically distinct
from the last. My attention was first called to this plant some
years ago by the late William Boott, who was once inclined, I
think, to publish it.

427

HOMONYMOUS NAMES.

_ The Committee on Nomenclature of the Botanical Club adop-
ted, at Rochester, an article which declares that “the publication
of a generic name or a binomial invalidates the use of the same
name for any subsequently published genus or species, respec-
tively.” This rule, I am instructed, is to be enforced rigidly in
the forthcoming Check List to be issued officially by the Club.
The committee has also decided, by a recent vote upon Carex
Michauxiana and C. Michauxii as a test case, that proper names
differing only in their terminations are homonymous. It is with
much regret and hesitation that I apply this rule to the carices of

the Check List, although I fully sympathize with it. While the
necessary changes are not numerous, they involve some of our
best known species. The innovations which follow as a direct or
_ indirect result of the homonymy of the Check List are as follows:

’ CAREX ABACTA.
C. rostrata, Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 173 (1803), not Stokes in

With. Arrang. Brit. Pl. 2d ed. 1059 (1787).

C. xanthophysa, vars. nana and minor, Dewey, Sill. Journ. xiii.

353, figs. 57, 58 (1828), not C. xana Lam., nor Cham. nor Boott;

minor has been frequently used in the genus.

C. Michauxiana, Boeckl. Linnea, xli. 336 (1877), not C.

Michauxii, Schw. (1824), nor Dewey (1826).

CAREX ABBREVIATA, Schw. in herb.; Boott. Linn. Trans. xx. 141
(1846); Ill. 21 (1858). C. Zorreyt, Tuckm. Enum. Meth. 21
(1843), not C. Zorreyana, Schw. (1824), nor Dewey (1826).
Boott originally attributed the herbarium name adéreviata to

Prescott, but it was really Schweinitz’s, and the error is corrected

in Boott’s Illustrations, i. p. 21.

~CaREx Asa-GRAyI.
C. intumescens, var. globularis, Gray, Ann. N. Y. Lyc. iii. 236

(1834), not C. globularis, Linn.

C. Grayii, Carey, Sill. Journ. 2d ser. iv. 22 (1847), not C. Gray-

ana, Dewey (1834).

~ Var. nIspipuLa (Gray).
C. Grayii, var. hispidula, Gray in ‘herb: Bailey, Mem. Torr.
- Bot. Club, i. 54 (1889).

428

¥ CAREX AUSTRO-CAROLINIANA..

G, Caroliniana, pi a de Sill. Journ. xlv. 173 (1843), not. Schw.
(1824).
Table Mountain, South Carolina.
Carex Cox.insil, Nutt. Gen. N. Am. Pl. ii. 205 (1818).
C. subulata, Michx. F1. Bor.-Am. ii. 173 (1803), not Gmelin,

Syst. ii. part i. 138 (1791), nor Schumch. Faell. i. 270 (1801), nor
Wahl.

C. Michauxu, Dewey, Sill. Journ. x. 273 (1826).

» CAREX DURIFOLIA.

A

C. Back, Boott; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 210, t. 209 (1840),
not C. Backana, Dewey (1836).
Carex Frank, Kunth, Enum, Pl. ii. 498 (1837).

C. atherodes, Frank, Hb. Unio. Itin. (1835), not Sprengel (1826).

C. stenolepis, Torr. Monogr. 420 (1836), not Lessing, Reise
durch Norwegen (1831).

So long ago as 1843 Kunze observed that Torrey’s C. stenolepis
is antedated by Lessing’s, and Gray called attention to the fact in
Silliman’s Journal in 1844.
CAREX LOUISIANICA.

C. Halei, Carey, Chapm. Fl. S. States, 543 (1860), not Dewey
(1846).

Florida to Louisiana and Texas and Arkansas.
CAREX MEMBRANOPACTA.

Carex compacta, R. Br. Ross's Voy: Append. cxliii. (1819), not
Krock. FI. Sil. iii. (1814).

Carex membranacea, Hook, Parry’s 2nd. Voy. Append. 406
not Hoppe, Ic. 71.

Carex saxatilis, var. compacta, Dewey, Sill. Journ. xi. 321 (1826).

Arctic America.
CAREX QUALICUMENSIS.

C. Macounu, A. Bennett; Mace Cat Can. Pl. iv. 147 (1888),
not Dewey (1866).

C. salina, var? robusta, Bailey, Bot. Gaz. xiii. 87 (1888), not
C. robusta, Hochst.

Grows in large patches between tides in the pte of a

: ‘River, Vancouver Island.

/

429

CaREX WALTERIANA.

C. striata, Michx. FI. Bor. Am. ii. 174 (1803), not Gilib. Exerc.
Phyt. ii. 550 (1792); Boott, Ill. t. 151 (1858).

Carolina to Florida. Now renamed in memory of Thomas

“ Walter, author of Flora Caroliniana, 1788.

~ VAR. BREVIS (Bailey).

C. striata, B Boott, Ill. 57 ( 1858).
_C. striata, var. brevis, Mem, Torr. Bot. Club, i. 34 (1889).
New Jersey to North Carolina.

New Genera of Plants from Bolivia.
By H. H Ruspsy. :

(Pirates CLXVII.-CLXX.)

MALPIGHIACE.

Of Bentham and Hooker’s four tribes of Malpighiacee, my
first genus differs from the first in its pyramidal torus; from the
second in its non-climbing habit, and wingless fruits, combined
with two-formed stamens and appendaged anthers ; from the third
by its wingless fruits and two-formed anthers, and from the fourth
by its 10 stamens, those alternate with the petals being the defec-
tive ones. Its habit is certainly at agreement with the last tribe,
and it would easily pass, without dissection, for a species of Cama-
vea; but the androecium and general reproductive characters
Separate it widely therefrom. All things considered it appears
most closely related to the first tribe, where I place it, making an
exception as to its gynobase, between the genera Acmanthera and
Pterandra.

BRITTONELLA.

Caylx ample, foliaceous, somewhat accresent, deeply 5-parted,
8-glandular, the glands ovoid and of medium size. Petals 5, on
short claws, concave and incurved, the margins wavy and erose-
dentate, in this species at least yellow. Stamens 10, sub-distinct,
of 2 forms; those opposite the petals perfect, the filaments stout,
dilated downward, glabrous, their anthers affixed at the outer base,
partly deflexed, slightly winged at the base and appendaged with.

430

a small point; those alternating similarly formed, but much
smaller and apparently imperfect, the anthers scarcely appendaged.
Carpels 3, distinct, on a short pyramidal gynobase; ovary pilose,
the apex slightly 3-dentate; style ventral, linear, truncate or the
stigma slightly capitellate. Nucule 2 or even only 1, irregu-
larly triangular-ovate, irregularly 3 cristate at the upper portion
and corrugated. Seed (immature) ventrally affixed, ovoid, pointed.
Perennial, fruticulose, sub-prostrate, hirsute, with opposite gland-
less leaves, and small, foliaceous stipules, similar to the leaves.
Flowers solitary at the ends of the branches, peduncled.
Dedicated to my distinguished friend, Dr. Nathaniel L. Britton.
\z. PILOSA. Suffruticulose, 5-10 cm. high, pilose throughout ; root
~ vertical, stout; branches ascending; stipules 2-3 mm. long,
1.5-2 mm. broad, ovate, very acute, foliaceous; petioles
scarcely any; leaves .75—-1.5 cm. long, .5—1 cm. broad, ovate,
acute, the base rounded or subcordate, strongly veiny under-
neath ; flowers about 5 mm. broad, the sepals 4 mm. long,
oblong-ovate, the petals somewhat longer; fruit not mature.

Collected near Cochabamba by Mr. Miguel Bang (No. 935).

RUBIACEZ.

Its numerous ovules, capsular fruit, solitary flowers, winged
seeds, regular corolla, and embryo in albumen, fix my second
genus in the Cinchonez. There being no proper bud I cannot be
sure that the corolla is valvate, though it is apparently so. But
the plant apparently has no affinity with any of the genera of the
second section, with imbricate or convolute corolla, notwithstand-
ing a certain similarity in habit with two of them. It therefore
belongs in the Eucinchonee, in which, as shown by its loculicidal
capsule and placente adnate to the middle of the septum, it is
allied to a group of 8 genera, from each of which it is quite dis-
tinct in habit and structure. It is most nearly related to Bow-
vardia, and I place it between this and the little known genus
Heterophyllea.

LECANOSPERMA.

Calyx tube ovoid-campanulate, tuberculate, the limb 5-parted, -
the segments foliaceous and somewhat coriaceous, narrow. Co-
rolla thick and tough, the tube elongated, very slender, the throat
slightly dilated and the mouth again slightly contracted, villous
within at the anther ring, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes ample, hori-
zontally spreading or recurved. Stamens (dimorphous?) 5, Sle-

431

ments wanting, inserted into the base of the throat, the anthers.
included, linear oblong, dorsifixed, the base entire. Disk not
prominent, fleshy; ovary 2-celled; style filiform, included or
barely exserted, the branches 2, linear. Placente fixed along
the central portion of the septum, the ovules rather numerous in
the cells. Capsule globular, costate, the calyx limb imperfectly
deciduous, crustaceo-cartilaginous, imperfectly loculicidal, the sep-
tum delicate, early separating from the walls to simulate a one-
celled capsule. Seeds rather few, peltate, pendulous, imbricated
in two ranks in each cell, circular, saucer-shaped, both as to the
body of the seed and by the incurved wing. Embryo straight, in
semi-corneous albumen, with well-developed caulicle and cotyle-
dons.

A much branched ragged shrub (or tree?) with short spine-
like leafy branchlets, the leaves minute, oblong-linear, semi-fleshy,
_ crowded, the stipules obscure, somewhat sheathing:

Named in allusion to the striking saucer-shaped seeds.

L. tyciorwes. Bark gray, branches numerous, divergent, very
~ unequal, rigid, leaves 3-5 mm. long, I-2 mm. broad, on very
short petioles, elliptical-oblong, entire, thickish, below granular,
roughened, with prominent mid-rib, drying blackish; flowers
(color?) terminal, solitary, peduncled; calyx 4 mm. long, the
lobes 3 mm. long by .5 mm. broad, strap-shaped, slightly
broadened upward, thickish, obtuse, the sinuses open; corolla
nearly 2 cm. long, the tube very slender, the spreading limb
' nearly 1 cm. broad, the lobes broadly ovate, acutish; fruit
pendulous on stout, very tough peduncles, globular, light-
brown, 6 mm. in diameter, 10-costate; seeds nearly 3 mm.
broad, hispid. Collected by Mr. Miguel Bang near Cocha-
bamba (Nos. 1121 and 1122). Distributed as “ Randia.”

COMPOSITE.

My third genus has the homogamous, tubuliflorous heads, the
Sub-entire anther base, the sub-terete, obtuse, papillose style-
branches, and the setose pappus of the 2d tribe, Eupatoriacee.
Of its 3 sub-tribes, it has the appendaged anthers and the 5-angled
akene of the Ageratee. The pappus, entirely setaceous and of
numerous setz, exclude it from the Ist group of this sub-tribe.
Between the 2d and 3d sections it is difficult to decide, as one of
these is described as “insigniter barbellata,’ the other ‘ dbreviter
barbellata.” On the whole, however, its affinities seem rather with
the more strongly barbellate first section, notwithstanding that

432

Bentham relegated it to the second, as a species of Eupatorium.
With none of the 6 genera of this first section does it agree. It
appears to belong between (64) Agrianthus and (65) Symphyopap-
pus, both Brazilian genera. Its most distinct characters are its
spine-tipped involucral scales in 4 strictly vertical ranks, giving a
perfectly regular quadrangularly prismatic involucre, and the very
unequal rigid purple seta of the pappus.

ADDISONIA.

Head homogamous, tubuliflorate and panciflorate. Involucre
narrow, prismatic-quadrangular; scales about 12 to 14, in 4 vertical
ranks, the outer successively shorter, the outermost very small,
rigid, roughened, strongly keeled, produced into a spine-like tip.
Receptacle naked, elevated and prominent as an irregularly and
sharply angled body. Corollas equal, tubular, the limb campanu-
late, its border spreading, strongly 5-toothed. Anthers with
obtuse triangular appendages and obtuse, nearly entire bases.
Style-branches' long, much exserted, obtuse, distinctly dilated
upward, papillose. Achenia sharply 5-angled. Pappus wholly of
sete in a single series, easily detached altogether with the disc,
25-30, very unequal, rigid, stout, purple, moderately barbellate.

A tough (glutinous?) shrub, with elongated, appressed, erect-
spreading branches; alternate, sessile, very small, linear spatulate,
fleshy, papillose leaves, and heads solitary at the ends of abbre-
viated leafy branchlets, these crowded at the ends of the branches.
The involucre, rigid, purple pappus and corolla characters are
suggestive of Svevia, while the general habit is that of Ageratella.
Specimens of the same plant, collected by Pearce, in the Kew
herbarium are marked by Mr. Bentham “ Zupatorium,’ but no
species is named.

Genus dedicated to the honored President of the Torrey Bo-
tanical Club, Judge Addison Brown.

A. vircata. Branches very slender, bright brown, slightly chan-
~ nelled, the internodes shorter than the leaves; leaves 5—I2
mm. long, I-2 mm. broad, linear-spatulate, below narrowed to
a petiole-like base, obtusish, very thick, grayish-green, papil-
lose with prominent broad midrib; heads virgately racemed
and somewhat secund, at maturity 9 mm. long, 3—3.5 mm.
broad. Involucre 6-7 mm. long by 3 mm. broad, regularly
tapering to an acute base; the scales rigid, lanceolate boat-
shaped, above keeled, with scarious spreading margins and
pungently tapering apex, finely several-nerved, papillose;
flowers about 5; corolla dull yellowish-white, 5 mm. long, 5-
toothed, the teeth spreading, acutish; pappus bright purple,

433

rather coarse, rigid, shortly barbellate, somewhat flexuose,
very unequal, some of the sete exceeding the corolla; achenia
oblong with tapering base, 2 mm. long, brown, sharply ribbed.
Collected in Southern Bolivia by Mr. Miguel Bang (No. 868).
Perhaps distributed as “« Chuquiragua.”

VACCINIACEZ:.

A conclusion as to the generic rank of my fourth and last plant
is not entirely free from doubt, but I cannot conscientiously de-
scribe it as a Vaccinium, the only genus which it resembles in
structure. All generic divisions, both of the Vacciniacee and
Ericaceze are perhaps radically wrong. We have either far too
many or far too few genera. If as I consider most probable, the
present living members of these families represent a vastly greater

number of extinct species, then the characteristics of the anthers
constitute good generic characters, and many of our sub-genera
may properly constitute monotypic or small genera. If on the
other hand, these characteristics are trifling, there should be a con-
siderable reduction of the genera. It is greatly to be desired that
the paleontology of this group should be studied out.

From Vaccinium our plant differs in its absolutely solitary,
many-bracted flowers, the pedicel continuous—not articulated—
with the calyx, the calyx prismatic, and especially by the entire
placentze.

VACCINIOPSIS.

Calyx continuous with the pedicel, the tube turbinate, strongly
5-angled, the limb broadly campanulate, deeply 5-toothed. Cor-
olla scarlet, contracted-campanulate, strongly 5-toothed, the teeth
recurved, within lightly pilose. Stamens 10, not coherent, lightly
adherent to the base of the corolla, equal and similar, the filaments
longish, hirsute and incurved above. Anthers adnate, coarsely
Pilose, the cells obscurely muticous on the back, each abruptly
contracted into a simple, straight, rigid beak which opens on the
inner face by an elongated oblique pore, Disk conspicuous,
elevated, cylindrical, 10-grooved with concave summit. Style
stout, elongated, of uniform thickness, truncate. Ovary lightly 5-

lobed, 5-celled, the placente 5, strictly simple, from the inner
angles, fleshy. Ovules very numerous. Fruit not seen.

A (parasitical ?) shrub, with much elongated, simple, slender
branches, alternate, nearly sessile, ovate, 3-5 nerved, fleshy, pale
leaves, and solitary, nearly sessile, axillary flowers, the pedicel and
calyx-tube clothed with broad, appressed, imbricated scales.

454

V. ovata. Branches nearly parallel, 10-30 cm. long, 1-2 mm.

— thick, channelled, the bark gray or slightly reddish gray,

- glabrous, the internodes 2-8 mm. long. Petioles 1.5-2 mm.
long, nearly as broad, flattened, minutely pubescent. Leaves
22.5 cm. long, I-1.5 cm. broad, ovate or some nearly oval,
entire, revolute, the base rounded or very slightly narrowed,
the apex with an obscure blunt point, very thick, 2 pairs of
strong lateral nerves from near the base, below smooth, above
rugose-reticulated; flowers, inclusive of the short concealed
pedicel, nearly 1 cm. long; calyx-tubé 2 mm. long and broad,
the limb 5 mm. broad, its lobes triangular-ovate, acuminate, 2
mm. broad, thick, pale and smooth like the leaves; corolla
scarlet, thick, sparsely and very minutely pubescent outside,
urceolate, 5 mm. long by 4 mm. broad.

Collected by Mr. Miguel Bang in Southern Bolivia (No. 876).

Description of Plates.

Plate CLXVII.

Brittonella pilosa, Rusby. (1) Typical plant; (2) flower; (3) petal, front
view; (4) same, side view; (5) essential organs zz situ; (6) perfect stamen,
showing face; (7) same, side view; (8) imperfect stamen; (9) gynoecium; (10)
immature fruit, side view; (11) pyramidal torns with 2 sepals in background; (12)
radial vertical section of fruit, ;

Plate CL XVIII.

Lecanosperma lycioides, Rusby. (1) Typical fruiting branch; (2) flower; (3)
calyx and pistil; (4) corolla laid open to expose stamens; (5) capsule with portion
removed, lateral view of placenta and seeds; (6) same, front view of placenta with
seeds; (7) concave face of seed; (8) convex face of seed. %

Plate CLXIX.
Addisonia virgata, Rusby. (1) Typical flowering branch; (2) head in flower;
(3) outermost involucral scale; (4) innermost involucral scale; ( 5) complete flower ;
6) 3 of the stamens; (7) style-branches.

Plate CLXX.,
Vacciniopsis ovata, Rusby, (1) Typical flowering branch; (2) flower with
bracted pedicel; (3) nude calyx with pistil; (4) corolla laid open to expose stamens?
(5) a stamen, face view; (6) the same, side view; (8) transverse section of ovary.

The Extent of the Annulus, and the Function of the different Parts
of the Sporangium of Ferns in the Dispersion of Spores.*

By GEo. F. ATKINSON,

A study of the sporangia of the different families of ferns made
to determine the character of the so-called “complete annulus”
makes it necesary to place some restrictions upon the use of that
term as applied to the part of the annulus concerned primarily in
the dispersion of the spores.

In the Polypodiacee the annulus is said to be “incom-
plete.” It extends from the distal end of the stalk over the
dorsum and vertex of the sporangium to the anterior upper
angle. The lip cells in the front possess thickened and ligni-
fied walls, and between them the line of cleavage occurs
at the moment of dehiscence. Between the upper lip cell
and the anterior end of the annulus are two or three cells
with walls exactly like those of the lateral walls of the
Sporangium. Similar cells also exist between the lower lip cell
and the distal end of the stalk at the lower angle of the sporan-
gium. These cells serve as connectives between the lip cells and
the anterior end of the annulus on the one hand and the stalk on
the other. At the moment of dehiscence they serve as a pull
upon the lip cells as the annulus is everting. The lip cells being
- Situated at the middle of the front divide the sporangium in halves
and the line of cleavage started continues straight across the lat-
eral walls of the sporangium. The connectives serve also an-
other very important function. They are passive like the lateral
walls and thus the halves of the sporangium remain intact while
the annulus is being everted and preparing to spring. By this
means the spores are held in place until the annulus springs when
they are hurled violently away.

In the Cyatheacez, Gleicheniacez, and shy dienepb yuancee the
annulus is said to be “complete,” 2. ¢., it extends entirely around
the sporangium.

* The substance of this paper was s presented before the botanical section ok the
A.A. A, S, at the Madison Meeting.

436

In Cyathea brunonis and Citbotium chamissot of the Cyatheacee

which I have examined, divisions strictly homologous with those
pointed put in the Polypodiacez are found. The true annulus,
i. ¢., that portion which functions as the spring, extends from the
lower anterior angle of the sporangium, backward by the side of
the stalk, up the dorsum and over the vertex to the anterior up-
per angle. A series of four to six lip cells similar in appearance
to, but smaller than those of the true annulus, occupies the mid-
dle of the front. Between two of these the line of cleavage occurs.
An upper and lower connective, each consisting of two or three
cells exactly like those of the lateral walls of the sporangium, in-
terrupts the so-called “complete annulus.” Sporangia of both
these species, which had lain in the herbarium over thirty years,
when moistened with water and then dried, or treated with gly-
cerine to extract the water from the cells of the annulus, opened
promptly by the everting of the part of the annulus here designated
as the true annulus. The spring also occurred with as much snap
seemingly as might have taken place at the time of the dehis-
cence of the sporangium. The entire proceeding could easily be
watched under the high power of the microscope, and it was easy
to see which part functioned as the spring and which part was
passive.
In Hymenophyllum demissum and H. ciliatum the true annulus
occupies a greater portion of the circumference of the sporangium
than in the Cyatheacez, but it is not complete. The short stalk
is attached nearly perpendicular to the sporangium by the side of
one end of the annulus. Narrow elongated lip cells are present
joined to the annulus by two small connectives, and in dehiscence
the sporangium is divided into halves.

In the Gleicheniaceze as shown by Gleichenia emarginata the
same divisions are present, but the connectives are quite large and
prominent, as shown when a longitudinal section of the annulus is
made.

In Schizea pusilla and Aneimia Phyllitidis of the Schizeacee®
elongated lip cells and small connectives are present, and the true
annulus when seen in side view and in section stands out quite
prominently from the other parts of ones ring of cells at the pean
_ of the ovate sporangium.

?

437

In Osmunda regalis, cinnamomea, and Claytoniana, and Todea
vivularis the same parts are present, the true annulus being situated
upon the dorsum of the sporangium.

In all these families the sporangium is divided into halves at
the time of dehiscence. The true annulus, the connectives and
the lip cells perform identical functions in all. Were the annulus
in any of them “ complete,’ the highly developed mechanism
which now serves the fern so perfectly in the dispersion of the
spores would be defeated. During the eversion of a “complete”
annulus the lateral walls of the sporangium would be torn to pieces
and the spores would fall to the ground before the spring took
plate, and the present comparatively wide dispersion could not

take place.
BoraNicAL DEPARTMENT, CORNELL, UNIVERSITY,

Notes Upon a New Exobasidium.*

The genus Axodasidium is interesting in standing almost alone
. aS containing parasites in the large group Thelephoree of the
Hymenomycetous Fungi. Authors have differed as to the place
the genus should hold in the classification, but Saccardo ignoring
the views of Schroter and others, disposes of it as above stated.
He describes eleven species, eight of which according to Farlow’s
Index are American. Of these only one is upon a host outside of
the Heath family, namely, Exobasidium Symploci, E. & M. on
Symplocos tinctoria, L. Her. The American species on Ericaceze
may be tabulated with the hosts as follows:
1. Exobasidium Vaccinii (F1.} Woron.

On Arbutus Mensziesii, Arctostaphylus Uva-ursi, Casstope tetra-
ona, Gaylussacia resinosa, Rhododendron viscosum, Vaccinium
macrocarpum, Vaccinium uliginosum, Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea.

2. Exobasidium Andromeda, Pk.

On Andromeda ligustrina.

3. Exobasidium Azalee, Pk.
On Rhododendron nudifiorum. |

*Read before the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S., Madison, Wis., August, 1893.

438

4. Exobasidium discoideum, EI.
On Rhododendron viscosum.

5. Exobasidium Cassandre, Pk.
On Cassandra calyculata.

6. Exobasidium Arctostaphyli, Hark.
On Arctostaphylos pungens.

7. Exobasidium decolorans, Hark.
On Rhododendron occidentale, and Rhododendron viscosum.

The seven species have twelve hosts, and £. Vaccinit has two-
thirds of all. Three species are confined as far as yet known to a
single host each, and Rhododendron viscosum bears three species.

From an economic standpoint the Z. Vaccinii is the only
species destructive to any crop, namely, to the cranberry. During
this summer samples were sent me from Massachusetts asking for
a remedy, the’young stems being much distorted b¥ the fungus.

The members of the genus as a rule are conspicuous, the
general characteristic being a much swollen leaf or branch. The
common azalea or Pinxter flower (Rhododendron nudiflorum) is
known in many places as the “Swamp apple,” because so generally ~
producing upon the tips of the branches swollen masses, large as,
and superficially somewhat resembles, green apples, the work of
E. Azaleg, Pk. In the same genus on Rhododendron viscosum is
E. discoideum, E\\., which develops upon the under surface of the
leaves large, turbinate or discoid galls two or more centemeters
in diameter. The £. Vaccinii wpon some hosts causes the stem
to enlarge to many times its normal size. Galls of E. Andromeda, |
Pk. are cupuliform and lobed, the hollow cavity containing cottony
fibers and are, as the author states,* “ lateral or rarely terminal on
living branches, transforming the leaf buds.”

On the 30th of May last the writer’s attention was niaracted to
a group of Andromeda Mariana plants in a roadway near Farming-
dale, N. J. The tips of the-stems, instead of bending somewhat to
one side and hanging full of the large white corolla bells charac-
teristic of the species, were bolt upright, shorter than usual and
bearing capitate masses of a pale green color. Upon inspection

* Twenty-sixth Report of New York State Museum,

439

these were seen to be abnormally developed stems with their ‘mis-
shapen flowers in dense clusters. Some of the stems bore ordinary:
flowers a few inches below the malformed tips.

An examination assured me that the strange forms were due
to an £xobasidium, and not being able to make it fit into any of
the species described, was constrained to send specimens to Pro-

EXOBASIDIUM Peck, HALs., CAUSING POLYPETALOUS FLOWERS IN ANDROMEDA
MARIANA.

fessor Peck, who is the author of three of the American species of
Exobasidiums, including the one upon Andromeda above men-
tioned. He reported it as unknown to him. It is therefore with
much pleasure that this second Exodbasidium upon the Andromeda
genus, the first bearing the generic name Andromeda by Professor
Peck, is to be called Exobasidium Peckii,in honor of a life-long
faithful laborer in American Mycology.

440

This species is remarkable in being confined almost entirely
to the infloresences where it causes most extravagant enlargement
and distortion of parts. Some of the single flowers are more than
an inch in length and in spread of petals, the bell-shaped corolla
being replaced by one that is wheel-shaped and polypetalous. A
full study of all the abnormal floral organs might show points of
structure of ordinary blossoms with added clearness and possibly
throw light upon obscure parts. The ovary, for example, is raised
a half inch or more above the receptacle and the peculiar placente
greatly exaggerated.

The accompanying engraving is made from a photograph of a
group of a healthy and an affected branch, and shows the abnor-
mally exaggerated almost polypetalous flowers in striking contrast
with the corolla bells of the ordinary form.

Byron D. HALSTED.
RuTGERS COLLEGE, Aug. 2, 1893.

A new Station for Epipactis viridiflora (Hoffm.) Reichenb,

During the last summer one of my former students, Mr. H. B.
Cushing, B. A., found an orchid on Mt. Royal, which, upon care-
ful examination, proves to be what he at first took it for, Epipactis
viridifiora. He first observed it on August 5th, growing on 4
rather dry, wooded hillside on the western slope of Mt. Royal,
not far from the Cdte des Neiges road, and in the vicinity of an
old garden; at that time it was just coming into bloom. On
August 25th, in the same locality, and within a small area, he
found thirty or forty more specimens. Most of these had already
gone out of flower, and some of them had ripened their seeds.

This discovery is of special interest, since, with the exception
of the recently found station at Toronto,* there is no other known
locality for this plant in Canada. |

In 1820 and the following years, Dr. A. F. Holmes made 4 —
very thorough examination of the entire Island of Montreal, yet
this species does not appear in his collection, nor is it to be found

* Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xx. 36.

441

in any of the more recent works, such as those of Macoun and
Provancher ; and we are led to ask if this can be a recent intro-
duction to our flora, or is it an old resident that has been wholly
overlooked? The fact that it has not been found elsewhere in a
district well known to local botanists, and that it occupies a very
small tract, would seem to be opposed to the latter alternative.
D. P. PENHALLOow.
MonTREAL, October, 1893.

Botanical Notes.

Cohesion of the Filaments in Salix myrtilloides.—Dr. Masters, in
his Vegetable Teratology, records two examples of the cohesion
of stamens in the genus Sa/ir. He remarks, without mentioning
the way in which the stamens are united, that this monstrosity
exists normally in S. monandra. His other case is S. calyculata,
in which Professor Anderson found the stamens joined so as to
form a tube.

While examining some specimens of 5S.
myrtillodes, collected near Royal Oak, Oak-
land county, Mich., by Dr. Wright, the fila-
ments of all the stamens of the male flowers
on one branch were found to be united for
about two-thirds of their length, whence they
separated and were developed in the usual
manner. The accompanying figure shows
two male flowers, the smaller one taken from
anormal catkin of S. myrtilloides; the larger is from the speci-

men referred to above and shows the filaments united as described.
Joun K. SMALL.

Notes on Cicuta maculata.*—Members of the Botanical Club
are aware of the widespread belief that cultivated parsnip when
running wild is supposed to be poisonous. This, I think, has been
set at rest by Professor Power’s excellent investigation. Through
Mr. Eugene Brown, a graduate of the Iowa Agricultural College,

* Read by title before the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S. Madison meeting, August
1893, | | :

442

I was permitted last spring to examine some roots in a case in
’ which three children had consumed “Wild Parsnip.” ‘There were
three boys respectively 5,7 and 9 years of age. They were taken
sick about one hour after eating the “Parsnip.” The specimens
sent me were excellently developed, and proved to be Cicuta macu-
lata. Much of wild parsnip referred to commonly in Iowa is this
species, and not the Pastinaca sativa. 1 might also report that I
have eaten the wild Pastinaca sativa without injurious effects.
L. H. PAMMEL.

North American Fungi, Century XXX.—J. B. Ellis and B.
M. Everhart. This, the 30th volume of the N. A. F., comes to
hand in the neat form that has characterized all the preceding “Cen-.
turies.’ The volume contains a great variety of species ranging
from :cidium to Venturia,as shown by the alphabetical index.
By groups, the “ Century” opens with Marasmus ramealis, col-
lected in West Virginia, by L. W. Nuttall (a strong botanical
name) and closes with “3,000 Hadotrichum Blasdalei, Sacc. (in
literis) on Vicia gigantea, Mill Valley, Cal., May, 1893, W. C.
Blasdale.” Several new species now first see the light as Physalo-
spora agrifolia, E. and E., on leaves of Quercus agrifolia, Cal»
W.C. Blasdale; Leptospheria occidentalis, E. and E., on Panicum
Crus-galli, Kansas, E. Bartholomew. In passing it may be said
that the two above named persons have furnished a large number
of interesting specimens. Puecinia Blasdalei, Diet. and Hol. (No.
2989) is another new species in which the California mycologist is
honored. It was found by Mr. Blasdale on (?) Adium serratum in
California in May of the present year. In like manner the Kansas
collector gets full credit in No. “2990 Puccinia Bartholomt, Diet.
Hedwigia, 1892, p. 290.’ On Bouteloua oligostachya, Rockport,
Kas., January, 1893, E. Bartholomew.” The editors of the N. A.

_F. present a new rust of their own in Puccinia heterantha, E. and
E., on Cnothera ovata, collected by Blasdale in California, with
specimens of laboratory cultures of its Acidium, made by the dis~
coverer. Also No. 2985 Uvomyces Chlorogali, n. sp. (no authority
given) on a Chlorogalum, a Blasdale-California find. There is a
new smut, namely: No. 2983 Urocystis Waldsteinie, Pk. om

_ Wealdsteinia fragarioides, by .C. L.. Shear,.an active worker in: :
_ mycology at Alcove, N. Y. There is a good supply of the Ger#

443

cosporas, Septorias and Phyllostictas and Peronospora Corydalis,
De By., is distributed. Near the last, but not least, are the teleu-

tospore and ecidium forms of Gymnosporangium globosum, Farl.
B. D.-H.

Duplicate Binomials—My attention has recently been drawn
to the use of specific names identical with the generic by H.
Karsten, in his “ Deutsche Flora,” a pharmaceutical work of great
value published in Berlin (?) from 1880 to 1883. As this ante-
dates their acceptance in America, I here abstract those which
apply to indigenous or introduced American plants. Our copy
does not indicate the exact dates of the pages. Presumably the
book was published in parts, and reference to an unbound copy
will most likely be necessary for closer approximation than that
given above.

Aruncus Aruncus (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 779. .
Batatas Batatas (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 973.

Cakile Cakile (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 663.

Catalpa Catalpa (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 927.
Corallorhiza Corallorhiza (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 448.
Coronopus Coronopus (1..) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 673.
Eragrostis Eragrostis (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 389.
Fagopyrum Fagopyrum (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 522.
Hepatica Hepatica (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 559.
Lappula Lappula (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 979.
Linaria Linaria (1,.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 947.
Negundo Negundo (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 596.
Opuntia Opuntia (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 888.
Petasites Petasites (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 1062.
Letroselinum Petroselinum (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p, 831.
Phragmites Phragmites (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 379.
Sassafras Sassafras (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 505.
Scolopendrium Scolopendrium (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 278.
Sorghum Sorghum (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 367. —
Taraxacum Taraxacum (L.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 1138.
Vincetoxicum Vincetoxicum (1.) Karst. Deutsche Flora, p. 1030.

N. 1:-B.

444

Reviews of Foreign Literature.

Revisio Generum Plantarum secundum leges nomenclature inter-
nationales cum enumeratio plantarum exoticarum. Otto Kuntze
(Part iii., Section 1, Leipzig, London, Milan, New York and
Paris, 1893).

Since the publication of the first two parts of his now famous
‘‘ Revisio,” Dr. Kuntze has traveled extensively in South America
and made large collections, the enumeration of which will make
the greater portion of the third part of his work. On his return
from his journeyings in the spring of the present year he found
the questions of botanical nomenclature opened by his first volumes
still considerably unsettled, at least in Europe,and determined to
add to his previous important contributions to this subject.

The greater number of the pages at present noticed are taken
up with the collation of everything that has been written on
nomenclature during the last year and a half, with criticisms and
suggestions thereon by the author, in which he naturally approves
the remarks of those who have agreed with him, and pays his
respects to those by whom he has been attacked. One hundred
and twenty-four authors are cited and their writings abstracted
nearly in full; of these, nineteen are Americans.

Chapters follow on “Orthographical License,” in which a very
complete list of similar but not identical generic names is pre-
sented, and a long series of principles proposed to determine
which should be allowed to stand and which should be rejected,
illustrating Dr. Kuntze’s great linguistic attainments; on modifi-
cations of the Paris Code; on “1753, die Nomenclatur der Unbe-
wussten,” where he argues against the acceptance of the date of
publication of the first edition of Linnaeus’ “ Species Plantarum” as
the point of departure in nomenclature of genera and species, thus
disagreeing with the decision of the Genoa Congress, with that of
the North American botanists and of the editors of the “Index
Kewensis;” on “1737, der neue Compromise,” where he indicates
his present willingness to yield the 1735 date, in favor of 1737,and
in this as in the preceding chapter gives a list of generic names

which would be changed from those taken up in his previous ce

445

volumes. The paper closes with a proposed list of international
symbols for briefly designating various features of plants and with
a summary of the principles of nomenclature which he thinks
should now be adopted, consisting of seventy-five articles printed
in German, English and French.

That Dr. Kuntze’s contributions to the science of plant nomen-
clature have been the most valuable, the most voluminous and the
most important ever made goes without saying. Their results
however prove conclusively to our mind that uniform international
agreement on all poinis is unattainable by the recommendations
of congresses or persons to which the whole botanical world is
expected to fully assent. We believe that uniform usage can be
secured, however, by the adoption of a series of simple principles,
supplementary to and explanatory of the Paris Code of 1867, by
a national group of botanists’ who will carry them out to the letter
to the best of their knowledge and allow no exceptions whatever
to interfere. This is what the North American botanists have
well begun by the legislation effected at the Rochester and Madi-
son meetings of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science, and the preparation and printing of the catalogue of fern
and flowering plants of Northeastern America there authorized,
based on these principles, which is now in press.

We are more fortunate than our European brethren, inasmuch
as we have no very great amount of inertia to overcome, and we
have the instructive example of the previous work in just the same
line by our ornithological colleagues, whose principles are re-
ceiving wider and wider adhesion, and who have not deviated one
iota from their rules adopted some seven years ago. Bickerings
over nomenclature are practically a thing of the past among our
students of the feathered race. We believe that this millenium
has arrived for our botanists. That errors will now and then be
made in the readjustment of names is a necessary accompaniment
of the conditions, but they can readily be corrected.

And this is the movement which the learned editor of the
“ Journal of Botany ” facetiously and somewhat wrathfully alludes
to as “the neo-American epidemic.” Well, epidemics do a great
deal of good, we believe, in the elimination of the weak and facili-
tating the survival of the fittest, and as to his compound adjective

446

we cannot object, for everything American is new, and long may
it so remain. But what will he think some day if some feeble-
minded person may happen to designate the methods which he
advocates as “ palzo-Anglic ?” N. Li B.

Proceedings of the Club.

TuesDAY EVENING, OCTOBER 10, 1893.

The President in the chair and twenty-five persons present.

A communication from Mr. Hartley C. Wolle, of Bethlehem,
Pa., addressed to the President, was read, presenting to the Club a
copy of Turner’s Fresh Water Algae of East India, said copy hav-
ing been forwarded by the author to the father of the writer, the
‘Rev. Francis Wolle, who however did not live to receive it.

A communication to the Secretary from Sr. Luis Sodiro, of
Quito, Ecuador, was read, accepting the honor of a corresponding
membership in the Club and presenting a copy of his work on the
Vascular Cryptogams of Ecuador. Dr. Britton spoke of the value —
of this work.

The scientific programme of the evening was then taken up,
and summer experiences were related.

Dr. C. C. Curtiss reported his experiences during the summer
at Wood’s Holl, at Gay Head and at Casco Bay, where he col-
lected many algae.

Mr. John K. Small stated that he had collected in Georgia,
where he had been especially interested in the mosses, but had
made large general collections. He was able to report on exten-
sion of the range of many species, the rediscovery of a number of
rarities and the finding of a number of new species.

Mr. A. A. Heller had interested himself especially in the
Southern Virginia boundary, the limit of the Manual region. His
most interesting work had been the addition of quite a number of
plants to the Manual list, notably that of Cyril/a. He thought
that in order for collectors to be successful in this region it was
very necessary that they consult the proper seasons for visiting
respectively the coast region, the foot hills and the mountains.

447

His.collections amounted to 13,000 or 14,000 specimens, repre-
senting some 500 species.

Mr. T. H. Kearney, Jr., had been collecting in Tennessee and
Kentucky. He had devoted some three. months to this work and
obtained more than 5000 specimens. He noted some of his more
important observations.

Mr. Geo. V. Nash reported collecting in the Catskills and ex-
hibited specimens of several interesting species.

Mr. Henry Kraemer reported upon some laboratory work, re-
ferring especially to Belladonna root. He had found in the
cortical tissue structures bearing all the characteristics of bast and
had afterwards encountered notes by Prof. Schrenk to the same
effect, and had verified the same by an examination of Prof.
Schrenk’s specimens. The supposed bast could be detected only
after clearing and staining.

Mr. Theo. G. White had been specially occupied in geological
work. At Lake Champlain he had obtained from the Potsdam
sandstone a fine large fossil alga. Later, while at the World's
Fair, he had made some interesting collections of the prairie flora.

The President exhibited two specimens of Sofdago speciosa,
one collected by himself many years ago on the line of Sixth
ave., between 135th and 140th streets, where also S. vigida used
to grow, the other recently collected in Westchester county by
Dr. Margaret B. Wilson.

‘Dr. Britton exhibited and remarked upon some numbers of the
American Botanical Register, obtained from the library of Dr,
Hosack. He had not as yet been able to find any reference to

this publication.

Wepnespay EvENING, OCTOBER 25, 1893.

Vice President Allen in the chair and twenty persons sai

eg following papers were read:

. “On the North American Species of the genus Physcomit-
cay by Mrs. Britton. The paper was illustrated by specimens —
and drawings. The genus was originally described with three
species, which in Lesquereux and James’ “ Manual” had been in-
creased to six. Mrs. Britton’s studies had led her to recognize
eleven North American species, six of which she described as new.

448

The paper will be published in the BULLETIN at a future time,

2. “New Genera from Bolivia,” by Dr. Rusby. The paper
was illustrated by specimens and drawings, and is printed in this
number of the BULLETIN,

Dr. Britton referred again to the copy of the “ American
Botanical Register,’ which he had exhibited at the preceding
meeting, stating that he had found a reference to the work in
Silliman’s Journal for 1831, in the form of a prospectus where 100
colored plates of North American plants were proposed to be is-
ued each year at a subscription price of $12.00. Washington was
the place of publication,

He also exhibited a copy of Jung and Berlese’s “ Monographie
du Genre Camellia,’ and Viola Selkirkit, Amelanchier oligocarpa
and Audbus setosus from the Pocono plateau of Pennsylvania.

Turspay Eventinc, NovEMBER 14, 1893.

The President in the chrir and thirty persons present.

A letter was received from Mr. E. D. McCabe, executor of the
estate of Miss Phoebe A. McCabe, stating that her herbarium had
been shipped to the Club, as per previous correspondence. It
contains a large number of Westchester county plants.

The following persons were elected active members:

S. B. Parsons, Flushing, Long Island, N. Y.

Dr. G. Langman, 121 West 57th St., New York City.
_ The President stated that the herbarium accumulated by the
late Mr. P. V. LeRoy, formerly Curator of the Columbia College
Herbarium, and long a member of the Club, was offered for sale
by his daughter, Mrs. Williams, of Peekskill, N. Y.

The Treasurer reported that the Club had received a bequest
of $500.00 under the will of the late Isaac Buchanan, and that
payment of the money was expected at some time during the
coming year.

The following papers were read :

1. “‘Solandi Printing and its Applications to Botany,” by Prof.
Byron D. Halsted. The paper was illustrated by examples of
the results obtained by the process of printing, and will be pub-
lished in the December number of the BULLETIN.

a

449

2. “On the Altitudinal Distribution of Appalachian Ferns,” by
Mr. John K. Small. The paper was illustrated by specimens and
a map, and will be published in the December number of the
BULLETIN.

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American Botany.

Arthrophycus—Remarks on the Genus. Jos. F. James: (Journ. Cin.

_ Soc. Nat. Hist. xvi. 82-86).

This paper was presented before Sec. E. of the A. A. A. S. at
the Madison meeting, and was noted i in the BULLETIN for Septem-
ber, 1893.

Asplenicas—Observaciones sobre algunos Helechos de la Tribu de las.

Jose N. Rovirosa. (Naturaleza, ii. 179, illustrated).

Botanical Report. Brittain and Coxe. (Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. New

Brunswick, viii. 119).

Contains a list of rare plants found on a trip down the Resti-
gouche, in July, 1888.

Cereus Peruvianus—Die Blithe von. K. Schumann on ape

Kakteenkunde, iii. 123).
Composite—Achenial Hairs of. Mary A. Nichols (Bot Gaz. xviii.

378-383; one plate).

Cretaceous Floras in Canada and the United States, and on some

_ new Plants of this Pertod—On the Correlation of early. J.W.

Dawson (Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, x. Sec. iv. 79-93, figs.

I-16.

- The author begins with a review of previous work on the Cre-
taceous plants of British America and their correlation with such
as had been found in the United States and Greenland.

The plants which are described were collected in the Cascade
Coal Basin of the Rocky Mountains, and are all referred to the
Kootanie formation. Angiopteridium Canmorense and Pinus an-
thraciticus are described and figured as new. A. H.
Cryptogame Vasculares Quitenses adiectis speciebus in aliis provinens

ditionis Ecuadorensis hactenus detectis. Auctore Aloisio Sodiro

S. J. (8vo, Quiti, Typis universitatis, 1893, pp. 656, with ©

index and 7 plates.)

450

\

In ashort introduction the author states that although the
fern flora of Quito had been previously collected both by Jameson
and Spruce yet so rich is it in numbers and so extensive the still
unexplored parts of Equador that he has been able to contribute
many new species. In 1883 he published a work entitled “ Re-
censio Cryptogamarum Quitensium,” and the present one is
intended not so much as an enumeration of the new species as a
text-book to encourage others to further search. Hence, be-
sides the Latin descriptions, there is a Spanish one for each
species. The plates are all drawn from specimens in his herbar-
ium, and there are keys for all the genera. This is unquestionably
a valuable contribution to the literature of the ferns and their
allies as well as a work of considerable importance on the local

flora. E. GB;
Cycad—A New. T. H. McBride (Am. Geol. xii. Baie ig
"xi.)

An illustrated description of a new species Bennettites Daco-
tensts, allied to B. Gibsonianus, Carr., found near Minnekahta, 5.
Dakota, in rocks which are probably of Lower Cretaceous age.
Cypripedium montanum. J. D. Hooker eee Bot. Mag. xlix.

tab. 7319.)

Does our Indegenous Flora give fidence of a recent change of
climate? J, Vroom (Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. New Brunswick,
Vii. 72-74.)

Echinocereus Salm Dyckianus. K. Schumann (Monatsch. Kakteen-
kunde, iii. 127, illustrated.)

Embryo-sac in Acer rubrum—Development of the. David M.
Mottier (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 375-378, one plate.)

Ferns—Synoptical List. G. S. Jenman (Bull. Bot. Depart.
Jamaica, Nos. 46-47, 1893.) ;

Species of the genus Asplenium are described.

Flora Brasiliensis—Fasciculus cxiti. Sapindacce 1. 1. Radlkofer

_ (Folio, pp. 225-356, tab. 58-80.)

This part is entirely eccupied with the the treatment of the
genus Seyjania, of which 81 Brazilian species are recognized, most
of them first made known by the author in his previous extensive —
contributions to the literature of this pee eS

451

Flora Brasiliensis—Fasciculus cxiv. Orchidacee 1. A. Cogniaux
(Folio, pp. 1-160, tab. 1-34.)
The genera, species and tribes of Cyripediline, ee and
Neottiinz are here described.

Fossil Fungi. Jos. F. James (Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist. xvi:
94-98. Translated from the French of R. Ferry, in Rev.
Mycologique, April (1893), 54-56.)

The author has performed a good deed in presenting this
translation for the benefit of American readers. He also adds a
few remarks and references at the close, which were not included
in the original paper...

Fungus Diseases of the Sugar Beet. 1. H. Pammel (Am. Mo. Mic.
Journ. xiy, 189-200. Repr. from Bulletin No. 15, lowa
Agricultural Experiment Station.)

Halesia—The Use of the Generic Name. N. L. Britton (Gard. &

For. vi. 433, Oct. 18, 1893 ; 463, 464, Nov. 8th, 1893. Edw.

L. Greene, Erythea, i. 236, Nov. 3, 1893.)

The name Hadesia, P. Br., is shown to belong to a West Indian
tree, now referred to Guettarda, L., and Mohria is proposed ‘to re-
place the later Ha/esia, Ellis, by Dr. Britton in his communication
to “ Garden and Forest,” printed in the issue of that journal of
October 18th, His attention having been called to the publica-
tion of a genus Mohria by Swartz in 1806 for a South African
genus of ferns, and that in the attempt to correct one hononym he
had inadvertently made another, Dr. Britton, in the issue. of
“Garden and Forest’’ for November 8th, proposes the name Mohro-
dendron. In both communications the species are named, thus
effecting publication under Section 2 of the rules adopted by the
Botanical Club of the American Association for the Advancement
of Science at the Rochester meeting. Prof. Greene, in the issue of
“Erythea ” for November 3d, proposes the generic name Carlo-
mohria, this name thus having five days’ priority over Mohroden-
dron. Buthe neither publishes a description of the genus nor
names species belonging to it, and thus, under the same section of
the Rochester rules, has not effected publication. All three of the
names have been given in honor of Dr. Charles Mohr, of Mobile,
Alabama.

452

Hepaticarum species nove III. F. Stephani (Hedwigia, xxxii.

204-214).

.This is taken up with descriptions of new Lazzanias, among
them one from Magellan, and one from Peru.

Inter-twining of Tendrils. D.T. MacDougal (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 396-

397)-

Notes on the tendrils of Micrampelis echinata and Partheno-
cissus quinguefolia.

Junipcrus—Fructification of. John G,. Jack (Bot. Gaz, xviii. 369-

3753; One plate).

Lake Superior Region—A Contribution to the Flora of the. 1. S.

Cheney (Trans, Wisc. Acad. ix. 233).

Three hundred -and forty-five species are listed, including
Musci and Hepatice. |
Mamillaria radiosa,Engelm. (Monatssch. Kakteenkunde, iii. 132,

illustrated), ;

Marine Alge of the Maritime Provinces.: G.-U. Hay (Buil. Nat.

Hist. Soc. New Brunswick, vi. 62-68).

Comprises a list of 84 species with notes.

Notes on a small Collection of Plants, collected in Southwest Colorado
by Mr, J. Cardwell Lees. J. C. Melvill (Mem. and Proc. Man-

chester Lit. and Phil. Soc. vii. 4th Ser. 214-219).

Penicillium and some other Fungi. "A. L. Osborn (Amer. Month.
Micros. Journ. xiv. 241-249).
Philosophy of Flower Seasons—The. Wenry L. Clarke (Am, Nat.

xxvii. 769, reprint).

Pontederia cordata, L—The Histology of the Som of, ¥. M. Wil-
cox (Journ. Cincin. Soc, Nat. Hist. xvi, 101, illustrated). ©

Prenanthes alba (Meehan’s Month, iii. 161, illustrated).

Problematic Organisms— Studies in—No. ti, The Genus Fucoides.

Jos, F. James (Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist.xvi.62-81. PI. III-V.).

In this contribution the author has performed an act for which
many will be grateful, He has first of all included a full transla-
tion of Brongniart’s little known paper published in Mem. Soc.

‘Hist, Nat. Paris i. (1823) 301-321, entitled «Observations on
Fucoides and on some other Fossil Marine Plants.’ The evil

453

which. Brongniart inevitably invited is pointed. out, viz: that the
genus /ucoides as defined by him, was so broad that it was made
the dumping ground for all sorts of fossils, inorganic markings
and casts. About 100 different species and varieties have been
included under it. Subsequent work by Brongniart and by Stern-
berg is referred to, in which the attempt was made to divide
fucodes into genera and sub-genera in accordance with supposed
affinities with living genera. These and other described forms
are criticised as to their algal affinities, and in many instances as
to their organic or inorganic origin by the author, who finally
ends with a list of the species which have been described under
the genus Fucoides, with authority and date of publication, to-
gether with the names under which they are now recognized.
The author has followed the rule of priority in nomenclature, so
that many changes in name may be noted. Thus Fucoides Alle-
gShaniensis, Harlan (1831), becomes Arthrophycus Alleghaniensis
(Harlan) and not A. Harlani, Hall (1852). The only species
which the author would retain under the old genus Fucoides is F-
strictus, in accordance with laws of nomenclature, one of which
‘requires that the sine Ss of a genus proposed be taken as
the type of that genus.” | AH.

Ruthenium Red in Plant Histology, A. B. Aubert (Am. Mo.
Micr. Journ. xiv. 232).
Translation and condensation of a communication to the
Academie des Sciences, Paris, December 26, 1892, by Mr. A.
Joly. .

Salix—A Study of the Venation of. N.M. Glatfelter (Ann. Rep.
Miss, Bot. Gard. v.; reprint; illustrated).

Sketch of the Botany of Ireland. A.G. Moore (Journ. Bot. XXXi.

299-304). |

Notes ona considerable number of Irish plants. Chapter 1
deals with the American species represented: Spiranthes Roman-
soffiana, now known from several stations, Sisyrinchium angusti-
folium at several Galway and Kerry localities, but not certainly
indigenous, Juncus tenuis and the recently observed Polygonum
sagittatum (misspelled sagittifolium), pretty clearly introduced.

454

Vacation Collecting. WW. Whitman Bailey (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 395).
Notes on plants found at Little Compton, R. I. Senebiera
Coronopus is reported as occurring in great abundance.

Winchellia—The Genus. N. H. Winchell (Am. Geol. xii.. 209—

213, Pl. VIII., IX.).

This article is based upon a specimen representing .a new Cre-
taceous genus, from the Yellowstone River, of which the descrip-
tion with accompanying figures was prepared by Leo Lesquereux,
_who proposed to name it after the author. During the delay and
uncertainity, incident to publication by the United States Geolog-
ical Survey, Rev. Mr. Hertzer chose the same name, for a new
genus of Carboniferous trees, in honor of Alexander Winchell.
The same name was also about to be applied by another paleon-
tologist to a new genus of mollusks.

The details of whatever friendly controversy ensued are not
given, but eventually the name was cancelled for the molluscan |
genus and the name Winchellina was adopted for the Carboni-
ferous tree, thus leaving the way clear for the publication of Les-
quereux’s original name. The species is described and figured
therefor as Winchellia triphylla. \ts affinities are with the Ber-
beridacez, and in order to emphasize this there is given a figure
of a leaf of Achlys triphylla, D. C., for purposes of comparison.

But the matter of greatest interest connected with it is that we
have in this new fossil, the leaf of a plant which belongs to an
order now recognized in the fossil form for the first time in
America. Further than this, a comparison of the pods of Jeffer-
sonia diphylla, with certain fossil fruits from the tertiary lignites
of Brandon, Vt. (originally described as Carpolites Brandonianus,
Lesq.), show that these are evidently closely allied to each other,
if not actually belonging to the same genus.

In order that the comparisons may be readily appreciated, the
illustrations include in addition to the leaves of Winchellia triphylla
and Achlys triphylla the fruit Carpolithes Brandonianus, and a pod
of Jeffersonia diphylla. A. H.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

No,

to,

aT

VSS

No. 16,

No. 17,

College.

A Preliminary List of North American Species of Cyferus, with Descriptions
of New Forms. By -N. L. Britton (1886),. 2 bie 25 cents.

Cerastium arvense, L., and its North American Varieties. By Arthur Hol-
lick and N. L. Britton (1887). (Out of print.)

Plant Notes from Temiscouata County, Canada. By J. I. Northrop (1887).
(Out of print.)

A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N;L.Britton ‘and H. Hi Rusby (1887), 0 5 ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, By N. L. Britton
(8388) 08 ee ee ae 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton, (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Aicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . . 25 cents.

A Recent Discovery of Hybrid Oaks on Staten Island. By Arthur Hollick.
C1GSG) ee ere ae eat 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . ... 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology—An Enumeration of the Mosses Col-
lected by Mr. John B, Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By Elizabeth
G. Britton. (Out of print.) ;

Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 77ssa,

Adans, - By Noi. Britton (3880) 6 es 6S . «25 cents.
The Genus Zéeocharis in North America. By N. L. Britton (1889),
25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CSG et eee Pee a ees . . . 25 cents.
A List of State and Local Floras of the United States and British America.
By IN, Li Bln (8890), 20 ee ee ee Le
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Ole TiS era ee es 8 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phancogiuie: Ill. By N. L. Britton
OS ica kt ak as ee ee oe eae ee 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891),
25 cents.

No. 18. Contributions to American Bryology, II. A supplementary Enumeration of

Mosses collected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in-Kootenai County, Idaho. By
Elizabeth G, Britton (1891), . . 2... ++ +e + ee + + . 25 Cents.

No. 19.

No, 22.
No. 23.
No. 24.
pe
No. 26.
No. 27.
No. 28.
No. 29.

No. 30.

No. ai,

No, 32.
No. 33

No, 34-

No. 35.

No. 36.
No. 37-
No. 38.

No. 39.

Notes on North American Halorage. By Thos. Morong (1891), .25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

CHOOT yea a ee es ee eae see ee 25 cents.
Notes on the North American Species of Eriocauleez, By Thos. Morong
CUNO ee ee es at ate 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CRO a i Or eae we a ee 25 cents.
The American Species of the Genus Anemone and the Genera which have
been referred to it. By N. L. Britton (1891),. .... 2. 5 25 cents.
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
ON a ir ae he Ge ba ae 25 cents.

A Preliminary List of the Soden of the Genus J/eisomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchosfora occurring in North

America, By WN, 1, Britton:(189@),, 0 nis ees we 4 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
EA, ROR, CUI ge peek fie eo Lee bac let vey 25 cents,
The Anatomy of the Stem of Wistaria Sinensis. By Carlton C. Curtiss
CIROS irk 2555 0 tein he cee i hs at - + . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Thihcconsiaa VI. By N. L. Britton
mee 6 eS Bp yes a ese ik Rp ace pee eames 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens lev its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L
SEMA CRO les ois els eid 0% eee » . 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum, By John K. Small.
CIOON ee 8 oe cae ee oie ac ate Sh aes te eee 25 cents.

West Virginia Mosses. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1892), .. . . 25 cents.
A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong.

(1893), PR Be ae eB Beas eS ok ae C6 Pi ae ee . 25 cents,
The North American Species of Lespedeza. By N. L. Britton (1893)
25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay
1888-1890, By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893)... . . 2.) 0 ee ee ee $1.50.
An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orchids. By Carlton C. Curtiss
(1893), je $j eg he sce Bae paeiin meget 25 cents:
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K, Small
(1893). 35 aus s he Write 4d Vien Ss th Soe ene e 25. conte:
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. . By N. L. Britton
IOUS 2 98 ee oo ed ee Oe RE » 25, cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . . . . « , 25 cents.

The whole series with the exception of Nos. 2, 3, 6 and 1o will be supplied

for $5.

‘Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889), by N. L. olga
may be had for $2.

Address

_. DR. THOS. MORONG,
Curator of the Herbarium, Columbia College,
NEW YORK CITY.

y

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLXVII.

BRITTONELLA PILOSA, RUSBY.

| BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB,—PLATE CLXVIII,

a
PZ
NW YZ

LECANOSPERMA LYCIOIDES, RUSBY.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE CLXIX.

4 ag
Mca)
Ways

dh
ADDISONIA VIRGATA, RUSBY.

—PLATE CLXX,

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY

eee VACCINIOPSI SOVATA, RUSBY.

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

ARTISTS’ - ATERIALS.»

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
TO RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.

COFFIN. DEVOE & CO,, 176 RANDOLPH ST. CHICAGO.

PLANTS OF PAR AGUAY.

Two Partial Sets of my PARAGUAY PLANTS remain undis-
tributed and are offered for sale at

$10 PER HUNDRED SPECIMENS.
THOMAS MORONG,

COLUMBIA COLLEGR,
NEw YORK CITY.

~ WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.,

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

FOR SALE.«-::

A ZENTMAYER PORTABLE MICROSCOPE,

IN PERFECT ORDER,

For $100.00. -_ - - Catalogue Price,.$147.50.
Including THREE OBJECTIVES, 14 in., 3 in., and } in.
Also an Abbé Condenser, Glass Stage, and Neat Walnut Case.

Address the Editors of the Bulletin, °° Wm. Wales, Fort Lee, N. J.
CHARACEA OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of Mite//a, as fol-
lows: JVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
ship, Allen; A/tssouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomeruiifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). ‘These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared; price of each part $1, the
-actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

gt 5 El 2g Es aE i 8 8 ns
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

MISSOURI PLANTS.

The undersigned has over 1,000 Species of Missouri Plants for
sale, including collections recently made in the southern part of
the State. All good specimens.

Price, $8.00 per 100 Specimens.

HENRY EGGERT,
918 Wash Street, - - - St. Louis, Mo.

KENTUCKY PLANTS.

The undersigned offers for sale Sets of his Plants collected in
Southeastern Kentucky during the past summer. The Sets aver-
age about 250 Species, and will be sold at/the rate of

$8.00 per roo.

T. H. KEARNEY, Jr.,

Columbia College, - - - - New York City.

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave.,

Corner of r8th Street, NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES _
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR rae
EB. March’s Szline Chemical Stone o
Schleicher & Schuell’s ‘Chemically ade

Pure and Common Filter Paper.

ters (Polariscopes). . ;
| Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bal-
“ances, etc. ase
1 Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co,, of x
| Paris, Platinum.—
H. Tronesdorft” s C, P. Chemicals.
SPECIALTIES: 2 fprecceacuiiel “Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glo
ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem- a
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pare.
_. Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, eee and Chena 2 for
Sugar ——

LABORATORY ouTF iTS.

: FOR
FERTILIZERS, ASSAVERS, “UNIVERSITIES 4 AND - COLLEGES,

Doctor C. Scheibler’s Grchaiomee 5 :

- PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(z) THE BULLETIN. :

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with han

oa monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 perannum.
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings. Agents for

England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. ee

: Back Numpers.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive,
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these — ee
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to Sere
rum on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
_ The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed
"separately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
_. for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. XVIII. and XIX. are indexed Peles
grt separately. Price, $2.00. Vol. VIII. cannot now be nie complete, but it is e ;
ere planned | to reprint some of its numbers. ah as

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

So the Se Website price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers
ie also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each.

_ Volume T contains the following papers:

No. 1.—Stndies of the Types of various Species of the Genus. Carex, by Prof.

L H. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately.

‘No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on ihe Coasts of Bia
2 Jersey and Staten Island, by Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents,

No. 3—An Enumeration of the ‘Hepaticse collected: by Dr. H. H. Rusby in
South oe et Seine of many 2 new apes ba Dr. Richard a te! ‘es
Y je bing: alata .
“- No: 4—On eects Fruits, . Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant. _ Price, 50, cents. .
Volume TI contains the following papers: fs
Nov h==On Reserve Food Materials i in Buds Sad Surrounding Parts, with two
lates, by Professor Byron D. Halsted. Price, 5o cents
- No. 2,—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plate, by ‘Anna
: Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. |

No. 3.—Studies in the Germination ot — North ‘American Plants,» wil
ete Speech Holm. Price, $1.00. | iad

OFFICERS FOR 1893.

Pectin
‘HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents,
_ THOMAS: MORONG, boi Dd.

“Corresponding pallens
JOHN K. SMALL, -
‘Columbia College, New York Gir.

T reasurer,

HENRY OGDEN,

BULDGLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian
Mountain System.

By JOHN K. SMALL.

The following paper is a small portion of the results obtained
in collecting and tabulating the altitudes observed and recorded
for the plants of the East American Flora. The work was fin-
ished last winter, but was then, and is still, withheld from publica-
tion in order that more observations may be secured. It is too
incomplete as yet to furnish any exact conclusions, and this part
is here presented for the purpose of calling attention to this still
almost entirely unknown department of Eastern North American
Botany.

Careful and systematic altitudinal observations of plant sta-
tions have for a long time been recorded in England, and in the —
last few years the work has been prosecuted to some extent by
_ Dr. C. Hart Merriam and his assistants in the pursuit of his bio-
logical survey for a portion of Arizona, especially in the vicinity
of San Francisco Mountain. But in the eastern part of our con-
tinent, where the floral features are perhaps better known than
anywhere else in North America, there is practically nothing on
record concerning it. It is hoped that this preliminary contribu-
tion will excite an interest in the subject among our botanists
and lead them to observe and record, as nearly correct as pos-
sible, the altitudes of the plants with which they may meet,
especially in the Farr Mountain aula and the contigu- —
ous edeset ~

456

A tentative attempt has been made to correlate the distribu-
tion of the following ferns with the faunal distribution as worked
out by Dr. J. Allen (Geographical Distribution of North American
Mammals, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. iv. 199-244 (1892)), and I
have used the terms applied by him there to faune for flore. In
the main, the distribution of ferns appears to agree with that of
mammals, but there seem to be some discrepancies which further
observations may tend to reduce.

Dr. Allen has divided and subdivided the faunal areas of North
America into Realms, Regions, Subregions, Provinces, Subprovinces,
Districts and Faune. The latter only need concern us at present,
and of his eleven faunz four cover the territory under considera-
tion. These are known as the CANADIAN, the ALLEGHANIAN, the
CAROLINIAN, and the LouIsIANIAN, and their geographic limits in
the following lines are taken from Dr. Allen’s paper already men-
tioned; however, their western portions are not considered here.

1. The CanapiAN Fora includes the northern half of New
England, Northern Ontario, New Brunswick, Quebec, and the
southwestern angle of Newfoundland. In addition to this more
or less connected area, it is represented by detached tracts of
greater or less extent along the summits of the Appalachian
Mountain System as far south as Georgia.

2. The ALLEGHANIAN Frora is bounded on the north by the
Canadian, and on the south by the Carolinian. It runs southward
as an irregular belt on the upper slopes of the mountains, separat-
ing the Canadian from the Carolinian.

3. The Carouinian Fiora meets the Ad/leghanian on the abies
in Pennsylvania, New York and New Jersey, and doubles the moun-
tain system where the latter runs out in Northern Alabama and
Georgia. It passes into the plains on the west and on the east
descends into the pene-plains, reaching the Atlantic Ocean from
Virginia to New York, and separated from the water from Vir-
ginia southward by the Lowiszanian.

4. The Louisianian Fora includes all the Southern States
south of the Carolinian except the extreme end of South Florida.

Now, what I hope to be able to work out in the future is:
1,—how far the Canadian flora descends down the slopes from the __
- summits of our highest mountain peaks ; 2.—at what altitude the :

Perna |

Canadian meets the Alleghanian flora along the upper slopes, and
hhow far the latter extends down the mountain sides; 3.—the alti-
tude to which the Carofinian rises to meet the Aleghanian ; 4.—
the line where the Louisianian and the Carolinian come together.
This can be done only by the collection and tabulation of an im-
Mense number of altitudinal observations on all the plants of
Eastern North America, and I take occasion through this channel
to ask my fellow botanists to note and record careful observations
when in the field, and report to me at their convenience.

Of course, the areas, belts or lines, as the case may be, will be
affected by local conditions, and are influenced in the same way
by the latitude as well as the altitude, the latter being a more or
less perfect exhibition of the former in a perpendicular manner.
On account of the influence of latitude the lines which bound the
different areas will, if we start at the north and go south, gradually
converge towards the mountains and rise towards the summits as
the latitude decreases. If the direction be from south to north
the lines will descend from the highlands and diverge at angles or
curves from the mountains, expanding into broad areas towards
the north. The problem is, as already stated, to locate these lines.

With the assistance of data at hand and the geographic dis-
tribution, the ferns as given below have been placed each in its
respective flora or floras, and by the aid of altitudes the direction
of the lines can be seen in a general way. -

Potypopium potypopioipEs (L.) A. S. Hitchcock. (Polypodium
incanum, Swartz.). Ranges from sea-level, from Virginia Beach,
Va. (Britton) to Florida and the Gulf coast to 4,000 feet on
Blowing Rock Mt., N. C. (Small & Heller); occurs at 1,000
feet in Winston county, Ala. (Mohr); at 3,000 feet at Estatoah
Falls, Ga. (Small); at 2,100 feet at Marion, Va. (Miss Vail).
[| Southern Carolinian ; Louisianian.|

PoLypopiuM VULGARE L. Ranges from sea-level along the At-
lantic coast, from Central New Jersey northward to 5,800 feet
on Grandfather Mt., N. C. (Small & Heller); occurs at 1,000
feet in Winston county, Ala. (Mohr); at 3,000 feet in Rabun
county, Ga. (Small); at 5,678 feet on White Top Mt., Va.
(Small); at 2,700 feet in Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at

458

2,300 feet on the Pocono Mt., Pa. (Porter); at 2,100 feet near
Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail); at 4,000 feet in Northern Ver-
mont (Pringle). [Cavolinian ; Alleghanian ; Canadian. |

CHEILANTHES ALABAMENSIS (Buckl.) Kunze. Occurs at 450 feet
in Bibb county, Ala. (E. A. Smith); at 600 feet near Flor-
ence, Ala. (Mohr); at 1,000 feet in Lawrence county, Ala.
(Mohr). [Carolinian, ]

CHEILANTHES TOMENTOSA Link. Occurs at 600 feet near Florence,

_ Ala. (Mohr); at 1,900 feet in Swain county, N.C. (Beardslee & |
Kofoid); at 1,000 feet at Toccoa Falls, Ga. (Small); at 1,500
feet on the highest ridge in Talladega county, Ala. (Mohr).
[Carolinian.| :

CHEILANTHES LANOSA (Michx.) Watt. (Chetlanthes vestita, Swartz.)
Ranges from near sea level along the Atlantic coast from New
York southward to 1,900 feet in Swain county, N. C. (Beardslee
& Kofoid); occurs at 750 feet in Gwinnett county, Ga. (Small);.
800 feet at in Cullman county, Ala. (Mohr); at 1,000 feet at
Roanoke, Va. (Britton); at 1,500 feet at Harper’s Ferry, Md.
(J. D. Smith); at 250 feet in Lancaster county, Pa. (Porter).
[Alleghanian; Carolinian. ? |

PELLEA ATROPURPUREA (L.) Link. Ranges from 150 feet at
Tuckahoé, N. Y. (Mrs. Britton) to 2,200 feet in Smyth county,
Va. (Small); occurs at 1,000 feet in Ala. (Mohr); at 2,000 féet
on Mt. Willoughby and Mt. Horr, Vt. (Faxon). [Alleghanian.]

PELLAA GRACILIS (Michx.) Hooker. Ranges from 2,000 feet in
Sullivan county, Pa. (C. E. Smith) to 2,500 feet on Mt. Wil-
loughby, Vt. (Faxon), descends to 100 feet in Northern Ver-
mont (Pringle). [ Adleghanian.]

Preris Aguitina L. Ranges from sea level along the Atlantic
coast to 5,000 feet on Grandfather Mt., N. C. (Small and
Heller); occurs at 3,000 feet in Rabun county, Ga. (Small); at
3,500 feet on the Iron Mts., Va. (Mrs. Britton); at 2,700 feet
in Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 2,300 feet on the Po-
cono Plateau, Pa. (Porter); at 1,200 feet at Westmore, Vt.
(Deane); at 1,200 feet at Jaffrey, N. H. (Deane). [Canadian,
Alleghanian, Carolinian, Louistanian.| re

Avinatum Capitius-VeEneris L. Ranges from sea level in Flor- 9

ida to 250 feet in Central Alabama (Mohr); occurs at 700 feet

459

at South Pittsburg, Tenn. (Middleton); at 1,3000 feet at Cum-
berland Falls, Ky. (J. D. Smith). [Lowisianian; Carolinian.]

ADIANTUM PEDATUM L. Ranges from sea level, along the Atlan-
tic coast from New Jersey northward, to 5,000 feet on White
Top Mt., Va. (Small); occurs at 1,000 feet in Northern Ala-
bama (Mohr); at 1,200 feet near Toccoa Falls, Ga. (Small); at
4,000 feet on Blowing Rock Mt., N. C. (Small and Heller); at

2,700 feet in Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 2,000 feet
near Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail); at 1,000 feet at Franconia,
N. H. (Faxon); at 2,500 feet in Willoughby Mt.,-Vt. (Faxon).
[Carolinian ; Alleghanian.]

WoopwarDIA AREOLATA (L.) Moore. Ranges from sea level
along the Atlantic coast to 3,000 feet in the Great Smoky
Mts., N:-C, (Beardslee & Kofoid); occurs at 800 feet near

_ Cullman, Ala. ( Mohr). [Louzstantan ; Carolinian; Alleghanian. |

WoopwarpiA Vireinica (L.) Smith. Ranges from sea level along
the Atlantic and Gulf coasts to 1,300 feet in Huntingdon
county, Pa. (Lowrie); occurs at 200 feet near Colchester, Vt.
(Pringle) ; at 300 feet at Belchertown, Vt. (Jesup). [Loudsian-
tan; Carolinian; Alleghanian.]

ASPLENIUM ACROSTICHOIDES Swartz. Ranges from near sea level
along the Atlantic coast, from New Jersey northward to 5,000
feet on White Top Mt., Va. (Mrs. Britton); occurs at 2,700
feet in Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 2,000 feet at On-
teora, N. Y. (Miss Vail); at 1,000 feet at Amherst, Vt.
(Brainerd); at 1,500 feet at Willoughby, Vt. (Rusby). [Ade-
ghanian.|

ASPLENIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx. At 200 feet in Vermont
(Pringle); ascends to 1,000 feet at Danville, Vt. (Faxon);
occurs at 3,700 feet on Blue Mt., N. Y. (Miss Knight); at
1,200 feet in Blair county, Pa. (Porter); at 1,000 feet in Win-
ston county, Ala. (Mohr). [Aleghanian.]

ASPLENIUM BrapLeyi D.C. Eaton. At 1,600 feet on Lookout
_ Mt., Ala. (Mohr) ; descends to 1,000 feet at Stone Mt., Ga.

_ (Small) ; to 260 feet i in Lancaster county, Pa. (Small). oes
bees : oe

460

ASPLENIUM EBENOIDES R. R. Scott. Ranges from sea level at
Philadelphia, Pa. (Scott), to 1,400 feet at Mt. Crawford, Va.
(Heller); occurs at 400 feet in Hale county, Ala. (Miss Tut-
wiler); at 300 feet near Easton, Pa. (Porter, Small); at 500
feet in Sussex county, N. J. (Rusby); at 700 feet near Canaan,
Conn. (Adam). [Adleghanian.]

ASPLENIUM FONTANUM (L.) Bernh. Occurs at about 600 feet
above Williamsport, Pa. (McMinn).

ASPLENIUM FILIX-FazMINA (L.) Bernh. Ranges from sea level
along the Atlantic coast to 6,000 feet on Grandfather Mt., N.
C. (Small & Heller); occurs at 800 feet in Cullman county,
Ala. (E. A. Smith); at 5,000 feet on White Top Mt., Va.
(Mrs. Britton); at 2,700 feet in Garrett county, Md. (J. D.
Smith); at 2,000 feet at Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail); at 2,000
in Northern Vermont (Brainerd, Rusby). [Lowisianian ; Caro-
linian ; Alleghanian ; Canadian.)

ASPLENIUM MONTANUM Willd. Ranges from Northern eines
vania to Georgia along the mountains, descends from 4,500
feet on Grandfather Mt., N. C. (Small & Heller) to 260 feet in
Lancaster county, Pa. (Porter); at 1,600 feet on Lookout Mt.,
Ala. (Mohr); at 1,500 feet in Georgia (Small); at 2,700 feet in
Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 1,500 feet on Mt. Tam-
many, N. J. (Knipe). [ Adleghanian.]

ASPLENIUM PARVULUM Mart. & Gal. Ranges from near the At-
lantic coast, from Florida to Virginia, to 2,400 feet in Smyth
county, Va. (Small); occurs at 1,000 feet in Lawrence county,
Ala. (Mohr); at 1,700 feet near Johnson City, Tenn. (Porter).
[Louisianian, Carolinian.| —

ASPLENIUM PINNATIFIDUM Nutt. Ranges from sea level at Phila-
delphia, Pa. (Nuttall) to 4,300 feet on Grandfather Mt., N.C. .
(Small & Heller); occurs at 600? feet in Blount county, Ala. (J-.
D. Smith); at 1,500 feet at Stuart, Va. (Heller); at 1,500 feet at
Harper's Ferry, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 300 feet in Eastern
Pennsylvania (Porter). [Adleghanian.]

ASPLENIUM PLATYNEURON (L.) Oakes. Ranges from sea level ©

along the Atlantic coast to 4,200 feet on Blowing Rock Mt., a

eo aN (Small & Heller); occurs at 2,000 feet in Rabun county, ;

461

Ga. (Small); at 2,700 feet in Garrett county, Md., (J. 2.
Smith); at 2,000 feet in Monroe county, Pa. (Porter); at 500
feet in Vermont (Brainerd, Pringle). [Alleghanian; Caro-
lintan. |

ASPLENIUM Ruta-murARIA, L. Ranges from Vermont to New
Jersey at about 300 feet; occurs at 1,600 feet on Lookout
Mt., Ala. (Mohr); at 1,500 feet at Warm Springs, N. C. bye 8 Se
Smith); at 2,100 feet at Marion, Va. (Judge Brown); at 250
feet in Northampton county, Pa. (Porter); at 2,200 feet on
Mt. Willoughby, Vt. (Faxon). [Adeghanian.]

ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES, L. Ranges from near sea level from
New Jersey northward to 2,500 feet on Mt. Mansfield and
Mt. Horr, Vt. (Faxon); occurs at 2,000 feet on the Pocono
Mt., Pa. (Porter); at 2,100 feet in Smyth county, Va. (Small);
at 1,000 feet near Gadden, Ala. (Mohr). [AMeghamian.]

ASPLENIUM VIRIDE, Hudson. At 4,000 feet on Mt. Mansfield, Vt.
(Pringle) descends to 2,000 feet in Smuggler’s Notch, Vt.
(Faxon). [Canadian ; Alleghanian ?.]

SCOLOPENDRIUM SCOLOPENDRIUM (L.) Karst. (Scolopendrium vul-
gare, Smith.) Ranges from about 800 feet in Onondago
county, N. Y. (Pursh and others) to 700 feet near South Pitts-
burg, Tenn. (Cheatham). [ Alleghanian ; Carolinian.|

CAMPTOSORUS RHIZOPHYLLUs (L.) Link. Ranges from sea level in
New Jersey and New York to 3,000 feet near Blowing Rock,
N. C. (Small and Heller); occurs at 2,500 feet in Smith county,
Va. (Small); at 100-500 feet in Northern Vermont (Faxon,

Brainerd). [Carolinian; Alleghanian.]

Puecopreris Dryopreris (L.) Fee. Ranges from 500? feet in

Western New Jersey to 2,000 feet at Onteora, N.Y. (Miss
Vail); occurs at 1,000 feet in Hampshire county, W. Va. (J. D.
Smith) ; at 1,100 feet in Luzerne county, Pa. (Heller); at 1,300 |
feet at Westmore, Vt. (Deane); af 2,000 feet at Randolph, N.
H. (Churchill). [Adleghanian.]

PHEGOPTERIS HEXAGONOPTERA (L.) Fee. Ranges from near sea-
level along the Northern Atlantic coast to 4,000 feet on Roan
Mt., N. C. (Britton); occurs at 600 feet at Florence, Ala. —

462

(Mohr); at 2,400 feet near Marion, Va. (Mrs. Britton) ; at 2,700
feet in Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 500 feet in
Northern Vermont (Brainerd). [Louzseanian ; Carolinian ;
Alleghanian. |

PHEGOPTERIS PHEGOPTERIS (L) Underw. (Phegopteris polypodioides
Fee.) Ranges from 600 feet at Newton, N. J. (Miss Thomp-
son) to 4,000 feet in Northern Vermont (Pringle); occurs at
2,000 feet in Monroe county, Pa. (Mrs. Britton); at 2,200 feet
at Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail); at 2,500 on Willoughby Mt.,
Vt. (Rusby). [Alleghanian ; Canadian.)

Dryopreris Boorrn (Tuckerm.) Underw. Ranges from sea level
from New Jersey to Massachusetts, to 2,000 in Northern Ver-
mont (Brainerd). ‘[Alleghanian.|

Dryopteris cristata (L.) A. Gray. Ranges from near sea level,
from New Jersey northward, to 2,700 feet in Garrett county,
Md. (J. D. Smith); occurs at 2,000 feet on the Pocono Mt., Pa.
(Porter); at 1,200 feet at Jaffrey, N. H. (Deane); at 1,300 feet
at Westmore, Vt. (Deane). [Carolinian ; Alleghanian. |

_ Dryopreris crisrara, var. Cuinroniana (D. C. Eaton) Underw.

_ Ranges sea level from New Jersey northward to 1,300 feet at
Westmore, Vt. (Deane). [Carolinian; Alleghanian.]

DRYOPTERIS FRAGRANS (L.) Schott. At 2,000-4,000 feet on Mt.
Mansfield, Vt. (Faxon); descends to 750 feet near Shelburne,
N. H. (Deane); to 400 feet on cliffs, Vt. (Pringle). [Cana-
dian ; Alleghanian.]

Dryorteris Gotpreana (Hook.) A. Gray. Ranges from near sea

level northward, (100 feet, Vt. (Pringle)), to 5,000 feet on White _

Top Mt., Va. (Britton); occurs at 3,500 feet in Swain county,
N. C. (Beardslee and Kofoid); at 2,700 feet in Garrett county,
Md. (J. D. Smith); at 1,200 feet in Blair county, Pa. (Porter) ;
at 2,500 feet on Willoughby Mt., Vt. ‘Faxon). [AUeghanian; —
Canadian. |

DRYOPTERIS MARGINALIS (L.) A. Gray. Ranges from sea level
along the Atlantic coast from New Jersey northward to 5,000 ©
feet on White Top Mt., Va. (Small); occurs at 1,800 feet on
Lookout Mt., Ala. (Mohr); at 4,200 feet on Blowing Rock Mt,

463

N.C. (Small and Heller); at 2,700 in Garrett county, Md. (J.
D. Smith); at 2,000 feet at Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail); at 1,000
feet in Northern Vermont (Brainerd). [Lowistanian ; Carolin-
tan, Alleghanian; Canadian. |

Dryopreris Novesoracensis (L.) A. Gray. Ranges from sea
level along the Atlantic coast, from N. C.,northward,to 5,000 feet
on White Top Mt., Va. (Mrs. Britton); occurs at 650-900 feet
in Northern Alabama (Mohr); at 2,200 feet, near Marion, Va.
(Mrs. Britton); at 2,700 feet in Garrett county, Md. (J. D.
Smith); at 2,000 feet on the Pocono Mt., Pa. (Porter); at
2,200 ft., Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail); at 1,500 feet in Northern
Vermont (Brainerd). : [ Alleghanian ; Canadian? |

DRYOPTERIS SPINULOSA (Retz.) Kuntze. Ranges from near sea
level in New York and New Jersey to 2,600~5,000 feet on
White Top Mt., Va. (Mrs. Britton); occurs at 2,700 feet in
Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 2,200 on the Pocono
Mt., Pa. (Porter); at 2,000 feet at Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail) ;
at 500 feet in Northern Vermont (Brainerd); at 5,000 feet on
Mt. Adams, N. H. (Deane). [Aleghanian ; Canadian.]|
. DRYOPTERIS SPINULOSA, var. DILITATA (Hoffm.) Underw. Ranges
from 500 feet in Northern New Jersey, northward to 6660 feet
on Clingman’s Dome, N. C. (Beardslee and Kofoid); occurs at
6,000 feet on Grandfather Mt., N.C. (Small and Heller); at

_ 5678 feet on White Top Mt., Va. (Miss Leeming); at 2,300
feet on the Pocono Mt., Pa. (Porter); at 2,600 feet at Ava-
lanche Pass, N. Y., (Britton) ; at 4,500 feet on the mountains
of New England (Deane, Faxon, Brainerd, Pringle). [-A/e-
ghanian; ; Canadian.]|

_DRYOPTERIS SPINULOSA, Var. INTERMEDIA (Muhl.) Underw. Ranges
from near sea level from New Jersey northward to 5,000 feet
on White Top Mt., Va.(Mrs. Britton); occurs at 2,000 feet on
the Pocono Mt., Pa. (Porter); at 2,000 feet at Onteora, N.Y.
(Miss Vail); at 5,000 feet on the mountains of New England ©
(Faxon, Brainerd, Pringle, Deane). [ Alleghanian ; Canadian. |

Dryorreris THELYPTERIS (L.) A. Gray. Ranges from sea level _

along the Atlantic coast to 2,000 feet in Northern Vermont
(Brainerd); occurs at 300 feet in Baltimore county, Md. (J. D.

464

Smith); at 700 feet at Shelburne, N. H. (Deane). . [ Louzsi-
antan ; Carolinian ; Alleghamian. |

POLYSTICHUM ACROSTICHOIDES (Michx.) Schott. Ranges from near
sea level along the Atlantic coast to 2,700 feet in Garrett
county, Md. (J. D. Smith); occurs at 2,000 feet in Rabun
county, Ga. (Small); at 2,400 feet near Marion, Va. (Judge
Brown); at 2,000 feet at Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail) ; at 2,000
feet in Northern Vermont (Pringle, Deane). [Louésianian ;
Carolinian ; Alleghanian. |

POLYSTICHUM ACROSTICHOIDES, var. SCHWEINITZII (Beck.). Near sea
level in New Jersey; ascends to 1,500 feet in Habersham
county, Ga. (Small); to 2,000 feet on the Pocono Mt., Pa.
(Mrs. Britton); to 2.500 feet at Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail).
| Adleghanian.]|

PotysticHuM Braun (Spenner). (Aspidium Braunit, Spenner.)
Ranges from 2,000 feet on North Mountain, Sullivan county,
Pa., to 5,000 feet at Randolph, Vt. (Churchill); descends to
1,000 feet at Ferrisburg and Williamstown, Vt. (Faxon, Pringle).
[ Adleghanian ; Canadian.) :

CYSTOPTERIS BULBIFERA (L.) Bernh. Ranges from near sea level
northward to 3,500 feet at Mountain Lake, Va. (Britton) ; oc-

_ curs at 1,000 feet in Winston county, Ala. (Mohr); at 1,300
feet on Willoughby Mt., Vt. (Deane). [Carolinian; Alleghan-
ian. | oes

CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. Ranges from near sea level
along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts to 5,000 feet on Mt. Wash-
ington, N. H. (Faxon); occurs at 1,000 feet in Winston county,
Ala. (Mohr); at 3,000 feet on Pond Mt., Va. ‘Miss Cathcart) ;
at 2,700 feet in Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 2,700
feet at Avalanche Pass, N. Y. (Britton); at 3,000 feet in
Northern Vermont (Pringle, Faxon). [Loudsianian; Carolin-
tan ; Alleghanian ; Canadian. | |

CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS, var. DENTATA, Hook. Ranges from 300 —
feet in Lancaster county, Pa. (Porter), to 5,500 feet on Roan
Mt., N.C. (J. D. Smith). [Aleghanian ; Canadian ?) a

_ ONocLEA sensisitis L. Ranges from sea level along the Atlantic

_ and Gulf coasts to 3,200 feet in Preston county, W. Va. (J. D.

465

Smith); occurs at 2,100 feet in Smith county, Va. (Mrs. Liver-
more); at 2,000 feet at Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail); at 1,200
feet at Jaffrey, N. H. (Deane); at 1,000 feet in Northern Ver-
miont (Brainerd, Pringle.) [Louéstanian; Carolinian; Allegha-
nian. |

OnocLeA StrRuTHIOPTERIS (L.) Hoffm. Ranges from near sea
level along the northern Atlantic coast, (New Jersey and north-
ward}, to 2,000 feet at Willoughby, Vt. (Rusby); ascends to
1,200 feet in Bald Eagle Valley, Pa. (Porter). [Ad/eghanian.]

Woodsta alpina (Bolton.)S. F. Gray (Woopsta uyposorEa R. Br.).

At 2,000-4,200 feet on Mt. Mansfield, Vt. (Faxon, Pringle);

_ descends to 2,000 feet on Mt. Willoughby, Vt. (Faxon, Pringle):
[ Canadian. |

WoobsIA GLABELLA R. Br. At 4,000 feet on Mt. Mansfield, Vt.

(Faxon); descends to 1,500 feet on the same mountain (Pringle) ;

_ to 1,000-2,500 feet at Willoughby, Vt.(Faxon); to 900 feet at
Gorham, N. H. (Deane). [Canadian; Alleghantan ?.]

WoopsiA Itvensis (L.) R. Br. Ranges from near sea level from
Northern New Jersey northward to 5,000 feet on Mt. Lincoln,
N. H. (Faxon); occurs at 5,000 feet at Randolph, N. H.
(Churchill); at 3,000 feet on Mt. Mansfleld, N. H. (Faxon); at
2,000 feet at Crawford Notch, N. H. (Faxon); at 900 feet at
Gorham, N. H. (Deane); at 1,800 feet at Plattekill Clove,
N. Y. (Miss Vail) ; at 700 feet in Lycoming county, Pa. (Small
& Heller); at 250 feet in Bucks county, Pa.(Porter). [Ade-
ghanian ; Canadian. |

Woopsia optusa (Spreng.) Torr. Ranges from near sea level in
Northern New Jersey and northward to 2,200 feet at Broad Ford,
Va, (Mrs. Britton); occurs at 1,000 feet in Winston county, Ala.
(Mohr); at 1,500 feet in Alleghany county, Md.(J. D. Smith) ;
at 1,000 feet in Northern Vermont (Brainerd). [Ad/eghanian.]|

DicksoNIA PUNCTILOBULA (Michx.) A. Gray. Ranges from near
sea level along the Atlantic coast from New Jersey northward
to 5,678 feet on White Top Mt., Va. (Small); occurs at 1,200
feet in Winston county, Ala. (Mohr); at 4,500 feet on Blowing
Rock Mt., N. C. (Small & Heller); at 2,700 feet in Garrett

466

county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 2,000 feet on the Pocono Mt.,
Pa. (Porter); at 2,000 feet at Onteora, N. Y. (Miss Vail); at
2,000 feet in Northern Vermont (Brainerd). [Caroliman ; Alle-
ghanian ; Canadian.)

TRICHOMANES Perers! A. Gray. At 1,000 feet along Black Creek,
Etowah county, Ala. (Mohr), and from 1,000-1,200 feet along
the Sipsey River, Ala. (Peters). [Carolinian.]

TRICHOMANES RADICANS Swartz. At 600 feet in Marion county,
Ala. (Mohr); at 1,000 feet in Hale county, Ala. (E. A. Smith);
at 1,000 feet in Winston county, Ala. (Mohr). [Lowzszanian ;
Carolinian. ? |

LyGoDIUM PALMATUM (Bernh.) Swartz. Ranges from near sea
level in Massachusetts and New Jersey to 2,100 on the Pocono
Plateau, Pa. (Porter). [Adleghanian.]

OsMUNDA CINNAMOMEA L. Ranges from sea level along the At-
lantic coast to 5,678 feet on White Top Mt., Va. (Mrs. Britton);
occurs at 3,000 feet in Rabun county, Ga. (Small); at 2,700
feet in Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 2,000 feet on the
Pocono Mt., Pa. (Porter); at 2,000 feet in Greene county, N.
Y. (Miss Vail); from 90-1,000 feet in Northern Vermont
(Pringle, Brainerd). [Loudstanian; Carolinian,; Alleghanian ;
Canadian. |

OsMUNDA CINNAMOMEA, forma FRONDOSA (A. Gray). Britton.
Ranges from sea level in New Jersey and New York to 3,000 |
feet on Pine Mt., Grayson county, Va. (Small). [Carolinian;
Alleghanian|

OsmunpA Crayrontana L. Ranges from sea level along the
Northern Atlantic coast (New Jersey to Maine) to 5,000 feet
on White Top Mt., Va. (Mrs. Britton); occurs at 2,700 feet in
Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 2,000 feet on the Pocono
Mt., Pa. (Porter); at 2,200 feet near Onteora, N. Y. (Miss
Vail); from g0~-1,000 feet in Northern Vermont (Brainerd,
Pringle), and from 700-1,000 feet in Coos county, N. H.
(Deane). [Alleghanian.]}

_ Osmunpa reGALIs L. Ranges from sea level along the Atlantic —

___- €0ast to 3,000 feet on Brushy Mt., Va. (Small); occurs at 2,700

467

feet in Garrett county, Md. (J. D. Smith); at 2,000 feet on the
Pocono Mt., Pa. (Porter); at 2,000 feet at Onteora, N. Y.
(Miss Vail); from 90-1,000 feet in Northern Vermont (Pringle,
Brainerd); at 1,000 feet in Coos county, N. H. (Deane).
[Loutstanian ; Carolinan, Alleghanian.|

Notes upon various Species of Iridaceze and other Orders.

By Tuomas MORONG.

IRIDACEE.

Two species of /ris must be added to the list of those within
the range of A. Gray’s Manual, Ed. 6, and one other if Canada be
included.

Iris Germanica, L., the great violet-colored flag of Middle
Europe, was found by Mr. A. A. Heller during the last year ap-
parently. well established near Mt. Crawford, Western Virginia.
Probably a garden escape.

Iris Missouriensis, Nutt. (J. Tolmieana, Herb.) occurs in Mis-
souri and Nebraska, and more commonly towards the southwest.

Iris Hookeri, Penny, Steud. Nom. Bot. Pt. 1, 822 (1840). This
has been established as a good species by Mr. Watson (Coult.
Bot. Gaz. xii. 100). It occurs in Newfoundland and along the
lower St. Lawrence (Pringle). /. Canadensis, which one might at
first thought imagine it to be, has not yet been identified. This,
as nearly as we can judge, is merely a form of J. versicolor, L.., but
may prove distinct when we come to understand the Cinadian
species more thoroughly.

Tris tridentata, Pursh, not hitherto detected in our territory, is
most commonly called /. ¢ripetala, Walter, but Walter's name is
antedated by J. ¢ripetala, L. f. Supp. 97 (1781), a different species,
now transferred to Morea, but remaining a synonym nevertheless.

SISYRINCHIUM.

The species of the Atlantic States should be eciad S&S. Be
mudianum, L., in spite of the fact that it is not known to occur in
Bermuda, as this was undoubtedly the original name given to it

468

-by Linnzus. In Sp. Pl. 954, he mentions two forms: “a S. Ber- —

mudiana,’ which he says grows in Virginia, and «8 S. Bermudien-
sts,’ which is attributed to the Bermudas. The first is founded
upon Plukenet’s t. 61, f. 1, and Dillenius’ t. 41, f. 49, both of
which are evidently our plant, and the habitat cited is Virginia.
It differs very essentially from S. Bermudiense, the Bermudan
plant. Linnzeus apparently had not seen this latter plant, as no
specimen of it is preserved in his Herbarium (deste Hemsley, Brit.
Journ. Bot. xxii. 109).

As to the question whether there are two or more species in the
Atlantic States, I am very well satisfied after a careful study of all
the forms that so far we cannot be sure of more than one. The
distinctions made between S. angustifolium, Mill. and S. anceps,
.Cav.do not seem to hold. Both have from one to several pedun-
cles, and both have seeds nearly smooth, faintly and deeply pitted.
Abundant specimens of both, contained in the Herbarium of Co-
lumbia College, as well as specimens collected fresh in the vicin-
ity of the city of New York, show this to be the fact.

S. mucronatum, Mx, is merely a narrow-winged form of S.
Bermudianum. It seems to me that Dr. Asa Gray, in the first
edition of his Manual, named the plant correctly, regarding anceps
and mucronatum merely as forms of S. Bermudianum.

The synonymy will stand as follows:

S. Bermudianum, L. Sp. Pl. 954 (175 3).

S. angustifolium, Mill. Dict. (1768).

S. anceps, Cav. Diss. 6, 345, t. 190, f. 2 (1788).
S. gramineum, Curtis, Bot. Mag. t. 464 (1799)-
S. mucronatum, Mx. FI. ii. 33 (1803).

ORCHIDACEZ.

In an article contained in the BULLETIN OF THE TORREY Bo-

TANICAL CLUB, xx. 31, the writer maintained the essential identity

of Habenaria ciliaris (L.) R. Br. and Hadenaria blephariglottis
(Willd.) Torr.

On the 23d of last July I had a good opportunity to compare —

the two, then in flower, growing side by side on Staten Island,
New York.. A critical study of the plants in fresh blossom has

-led me to modify my opinion to some ‘extent. The thing which . |

+

469

had puzzled me the most in my first examination was an inter-
‘mediate form bearing yellow flowers, with both naked and fringed
or cut-toothed petals, H, blephariglotts being described in the
books as having only white petals with naked margins. Of this
intermediate form I found several examples mixed among the two
species. This I now believe is a hybrid, and fully accounts for
the apparent running together of the two. The real ci/aris and
blephariglottis are perhaps sufficiently distinct to be regarded as
separate species. The latter has somewhat smaller, pure white
petals, a narrower, oblong tip, and flowers three or four days
earlier than cé#aris In ciliaris the lip broadens in the middle and
the corolla is of a deep yellow or orange tint. So far as size and
habit, the margins of the petals and the fringe of the lip are con-
cerned, scarcely any distinction between the two seems to exist, and
they must be regarded as very closely related. The fact that they
hybridize, if nothing else, would show this to be the case.

In that article I also noticed a monstrous form of H. ciliaris,
obtained by Mr. Henry Ogden in the vicinity of New York. I
have now to mention still another irregularity of this species.
Mrs: J.C: Wright, of Fairfield, Conn., sends us a proliferous form
which has four additional racemes of flowers growing from the
summit of the regular raceme. The plant is normal in other
respects.

COMMELINACE/E.

Commelina communis, 1.., not noted in Gray’s Manual. Occurs
extensively in and around the city of New York, and along the
Susquehanna River in Pennsylvania, from its mouth to the hills
above Harrisburg. It may readily be distinguished from C. Vir-
ginica, L., by its spathe, which is split to the base, and by its
glabrous, or nearly glabrous, stem and leaves, and from C. nudt-
jfiora, L., by its open spathe, generally much broader leaves and
more robust habit, as well as by the much larger seeds of the ventral
cell, which are rugose and deeply pitted instead of being merely
reticulated as in C. nudiflora. This species is usually regarded as
introduced, but as the writer found it this summer on the Susque-
hanna, it has every appearance of being native. In this connec-
tion, it is worthy of note that Linnzus gives its habitat as

ss “America.”

470

TRADESCANTIA.

Four well marked species of this genus are found within our
bounds:

Tradescantia rosea, Vent., occurring from Maryland to Florida
and west to Missouri and Texas. :

Tradescantia net, L., not 7: Virginica, as usually
written.

Tradescantia pilosa, Lehm., Nov. Act. Ac. Caes. Leop. xiv. Pt.
2, 822, t. 48 (1828).

This is a good species, entirely distinct from 7. Virginiana. It
has stout stems which are more or less pubescent or pilose, often
flexuous (7: flexuosa, Raf.), and is especially distinguished by its
numerous umbels (1-7), commonly dense and many-flowered,
terminal and axillary or on axillary branches. Pedicels and sepals
usually glandular hairy. Mr. Eggert, of St. Louis, Mo., in sending
specimens from his neighborhood, writes that it has larger leaves
and more numerous flowers and blossoms much later than 7;
Virginiana (July).

Tradescantia brevicaulis Raf. Atl. Jour. 150 (1832). Probably —

the plant named “7: Virginica, var. villosu, Watson,” in Gray’s
Manual, Ed. 6. This should not be confounded with 7 Virgint-
ana, as it is clearly distinct. A dwarf plant, one to six inches

high, or oftentimes acaulescent. The stem, leaves, pedicels and —

calyx are pilose with long spreading hairs which are seldom if
ever glandular. The leaves are narrow and sometimes 12 inches
in length; the bracts wider and often larger. Umbels 4 to 12-

flowered, with rays I to 2 inches long. Corolla rather small, blue

or rose-purple.
Mr. Eggert collected this form in Missouri, and writes that it
grows on rocky hillsides, and blossoms very early, scarcely any

flowers to be seen by the end of May. Rafinesque reports it from

Illinois and Kentucky.
| SCITAMINE.

Thalia dealbata, Roscoe, recently received from Mr. Een é Z

grows in the swamps of Missouri.

AMARYLLIDACE/ or
Hymenocallis occidentalis (Leconte) Kunth. Specimens of this,

471

obtained the last summer in Missouri by Mr. Eggert, raise the
question anew whether we have more than one species in the At-
lantic States. Mr. Watson, in Proc. Am. Ac. xiv. 301, describes
two species, 7. Palmeri, S. Wats. and H. humilis, S. Wats. as oc-
curring in Florida. Leconte notes four other species growing in
the States just north of Florida, of which he writes full and elab-
orate descriptions, accompanied by excellent drawings of three of
them. These species he names Pancratium Mexicanum, P. rota-
tum, P. coronarium and P. occidentale. The last species he assigns
to Georgia, Tennessee and Kentucky, and this without much
doubt is the same as the Illinois and Missouri plant. As Leconte
was a very accurate observer and better acquainted with the habits
and forms of these plants than any writer since his time, I have
no doubt that he is correct in his conclusions, whether his names
are to be adopted or not. Whether any of his species is the old
P. Carolinianum of Linnzus or not has long been a mooted ques-
tion. The species of Linnzus is founded upon Catesby’s figure
(Nat. Hist. Car. i. App. 5), deseribed by Catesby as « Lilio-
Narcissus Polianthos,” and seen by him in a “ bog near Palluchu-
cula, an Indian town on the Savannah river, Georgia." Nothing
just like this figure has been found since.

The border of the staminal cup is represented with 2 and 3
- large triangular teeth between each pair of stamens, and the flower
cluster with 2 spathe-like bracts at the base. Some botanists are
disposed to regard this as a rude drawing of H. rotata or H. ocet-
dentalis, while others (e. g. Baker in Amaryll. 113) consider it P.
maritimum, a common European species. Neither Walter nor
Elliott profess to have seen it, nor is it contained in any American
or European Herbarium. For the present, therefore, we are com-
pelled to regard it as a myth.

Hf. occidentalis seems quite clearly distinct from H. dacera,
Salisb. (#7. rotata, Herb.) which Mr. Watson in the work cited
above regards as probably the original of the Linnzan plant.

HASMODORACE.,

Of this order as now arranged by Engler and Prantl, we have
only a single genus in this country, namely, GyrorueEca, Salisb,

‘Trans. Lin. Soc. i. 327 (1815).

472

Heritiera, Gmel. (1791) which Kuntze substitutes for Elliott's
Lachnanthes had been used two years previously by Dryander
(Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 456) for a genus of the Sterculiacee. The
older names for Dryander’s genus cited by Kuntze, such as
Amygdalus, Burm. and Atunus, Rumpf. are pre-Linnzan. The
next in priority appears to be Gyrotheca.

A single species only is known:

Gyrotheca capitata (Walt.). It is a little singular that Walter’s
specific name has been changed into “ tinctoria”’ by all the writers
who have quoted him, from Pursh to Kuntze. The plant is placed
by Walter among his “Anonymo” genera, the term he uses
when he is doubtful about the genus, but his description is so full
that no one can doubt what is meant.

The synonymy will stand as follows:

Gyrotheca capitata (Walt.).

Anonymo capitata, Walt. Fl. Car. 68 (1788).

Dilatris Caroliniana, Lam. Ill. i. 127 (1791).

Fleritiera Gmelini, Michx. FI. i. 21 (1803).

_ Ddiatris tinctoria, Pursh, Fl. 30 (1814).

Gyrotheca tinctoria Salisb. Trans. Hort. Soc. i. 327 (1812).

Lachnanthes tinctoria FM. Sk. i. 47 (1817).

Heritiera tinctoria (Gmel.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 699 (1891).

\

NAIADACEE.

Potamogeton Spirillus, Tuckerm. In Britten's Journal of Bot-
any for October, 1893, Mr. A. Bennett, commenting upon my

adoption of Tuckerman’s name for this species, advances the re

opinion that it should be called P. dimorphum, Raf., on the ground
that Rafinesque in his review of Barton’s Flora of 1815 in the
Monthly Magazine and Critical Review of 1817 proposes this name
in the place of P. diversifolius used by Barton for what he con-
siders a new species, since that name had already been applied by

Rafinesque himself to Michaux’s Ayéridus. 1 should agree to this _ |

if we could be sure that Barton meant by his description in 1815,

supplemented by his drawing and description in 1823, the plant

which we now know as Spzrillus. I must differ from Mr. Bennett,
_ however, in thinking that P. Spirillus was meant. The figure of
_ Barton represents a plant, as Barton himself puts it, with “« sub-

473

mersed leaves very delicately filiform,” some of those in the plate
being over two inches in length. These are exactly the leaves of
P. diversifolius, Raf. (P. hybridus, Michx.), and unlike those of
_ Spirillus which are much shorter and broader. The only spikes of
fruit shown are emersed ones which are figured as sessile. Now
neither diverstfolius nor Spirillus ever has emersed sessile spikes,
but they are on peduncles from two to nine lines in length, and
usually several times longer than the submersed ones. No Potam-
ogeton answering to this figure in all respects has, so far as I
know, been detected since Barton’s day either in New Jersey, his
locality, or anywhere else in the United States. New Jersey has
.been pretty thoroughly searched from one end to the other, and
we should have been very likely to have seen this erratic form
were it there. I am compelled to believe that in spite of his as-
sertion to the contrary, Barton really had some form of Michaux’s
hybridus in hand. In the course of his article Mr. Bennett makes
a fling which is unworthy of him, and which I have most certainly
done nothing to provoke. He says (p. 295): “but the ‘law’ that
is desired to be forced on us, ‘that any species or variety that has
been so named under any other species or variety cannot be used
in the same genus,’ will be of somewhat difficult application.
Students certainly will never know, and even monographers
will not be safe, as proved by Dr. Morong’s own work, where
he must (by his own law) change the names of at least three of
his species, having failed to ascertain that they were in use before.”
Mr. Bennett seems to hold me responsible for this “ law,” whereas
it is a rule of nomenclature adopted by our National Association
of botanists at their meeting at Madison last August, a meeting
at which I was not present, and did not influence in the least. I
certainly do approve of it as a good rule, under what is termed the
law of priority, a law which Mr. Bennett himself must acknowledgé
as sound, or his anxious search after the earliest names is useless. I
think it would be difficult for Mr. Bennett to show that American
botanists have ever manifested a desire to force this or any of
their rules in nomenclature upon anybody either in this country
or abroad. Certainly we shall lose no sleep if our British cousins
choose to follow a different set of rules.

474

Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky, with a List of
Plants collected in Harlan and Bell Counties in 1893,

By T. H. KEARNEY, JR.

Last summer while debating the weighty question of the se-
lection of a field for botanical exploration, it occurred to me that
the mountain counties of Southeastern Kentucky presented a de-
sirable region. Here was a country almost overlooked by the
collector. Since Rafinesque made his journey to the “ Wasioto or
Cumberland Mountains,” little work had been done in that part of
the State. Moreover, the position of that country on the south-
ern edge of the northern flora, as usually defined, seemed to
promise the finding of southern plants new to the northern range.

Unfortunately I was unable to get into the field before the
first of August. Leaving Knoxville on that date, I went to Pen-
nington’s Gap, Va., ona branch of the L. & N.R.R. Here I
secured the services of a negro,a team of mules and a wagon,
and by means of this combination reached Harlan C. H., Ky.,
after a ride of twenty-five miles over the roughest road imaginable.

Leaving Pennington’s, we followed the North Fork of Powell’s
River through the gap in the main range of the Cumberland Moun-
tains. Then the road crossed Little Black Mountain, a parallel
ridge, and descended gradually into the valley where the three
“forks”’ unite to form the Cumberland River.

Harlan “Town” proved to be a fair type of the Southern
mountain village—dirty, exceedingly ugly and thoroughly lawless.
A stay of a few days here convinced me that I must get further
into the mountains to secure good results, though at least one

plant of interest, Viola villosa, Walt., was found here. Itisa well — :

marked species, and no one who has seen it growing would con- |
sider it otherwise. The roundish, cordate or reniform leaves lie

flat on the ground. The appressed pubescence of the upper

surface gives ita silvery appearance. The under surface is pur-

plish on the veins, or sometimes the whole surface hasa purple
hue. In the same vicinity, Clethra acuminata, Michx., Ovals

_ -vecurva, Ell., Magnolia iripetala, L.. and oe tenuifolia, Nutt. ce
: oy were LM ag

475

From Harlan I went up the Poor Fork of the Cumberland, by
the same primitive conveyance, to Poor Fork Postoffice, about
twenty-one miles above Harlan. Here, at the house of the worthy
and hospitable postmaster, I stayed for nearly a month.

The Poor Fork flows through a narrow valley between two

ranges of the Cumberland system, the Big Black and the Pine
' Mountain. The Big Black Mountain is over 3,000 feet high at
points; the Pine is much lower. In geological formation, the
district is almost entirely sandstone and shale. On the Pine there
is an occasional outcropping of limestone.

In the immediate vicinity of Poor Fork I collected Campanula
divaricata, Michx., Hydrastis Canadensis, L., Panicum capillare
campestre, Gattinger, and Panicum ramulosum, Michx. (growing
on moist shale on the river bank). A form of Acalypha Virginica
L. with every part, even the bracts, much reduced in size, was
abundant in a low, sandy field.

On the Big Black Mountain, Azalea lutea, L.; Gahum Jlati-
folium, Michx.; Carex aestivalis, M. A. Curtis; Zrautvetteria Caro-
linensis (Walt.) A. M. Vail; Astzilbe, diternata (Vent.) Britt. (A. de-
andra, Don.) and Holcus lanatus, L., appeared.

On a spur of the Big Black known as Benham’s Spur, Panax
guinquefolia, ..; Thalictrum coriaceum (Britt.) Small*; Aruncus
Aruncus (L.) Karst.; Magnolia Fraseri, Walt.; Hystrix Hystrizx
(L.) MacMillan, and Corycarpus diandrus (Michx.) Kuntze were
found.

The Pine Mountain presented a more varied and interesting
flora. Magnolia macrophylla, Michx., very conspicuous because
of the whitened under surface of its huge leaves, with large ovoid
or semi-globose cones of a dull flesh-color, Solidago erecta, Pursh,
Aster leiophyllus lanceolatus, Porter, Meibonnia laevigata (Nutt.)
Kuntze, Clintonia umbellata (Michx.) Torr., Disporum lanuginosum
(Michx.) Britt. and Pogonia trianthophora (Sw.) B. S. P. were
collected on its slopes.

A ledge of exposed, dry sandstone at the summit yielded Cap-
noides sempervirens (L.) Borkh., Lechea racemulosa,.Michx., rather
depauperate specimens of Guaphalium Hellen, Britt., Eupatorium

* Mem, Torr. Club, iv. 96.

476

pudescens, Muhl., Agrostis intermedia, Scribn.,* Panicum commuta-
tum latifolium Scribn. n. var.t and a Lysimachia, nearest to L.
radicans, but differing in its erect habit and broader and shorter
leaves, less pointed at either end.

On the shaded north side of this ledge Heuchera Rugeli,
Shuttlew., Peramium pubescens (Willd.) C. C. Curtiss, Leptorchis lilu-
folia (L.) Kuntze, and Asplenium montanum, Willd., were found.

After several weeks spent in the neighborhood of Poor Fork,
I resolved to try the valley of the Cumberland at some point
further down. Leaving my quarters in Harlan county, I had a
two days’ ride over an abominable road to Wasioto, a small lum-
ber town fifty-five miles below Poor Fork Postoffice, and about
one mile above Pineville, the county-seat of Bell county.

Along the road I saw great quantities of Panicum flexile (Gat-
tinger) Scribn.,t a species resembling P. capillare, but very distinct.

About nine miles above Wasioto the Cumberland enters a
gorge locally known as the “ Narr’s”” (Narrows), through which it
flows for several miles. Here, on the bluffs, many interesting
plants were collected. Among them I would mention udus
odoratus, L., Stuartia pentagyna, ’ Hér., Scutellaria saxatilis, Rid-
dell, Aster prenanthoides, Muhl., and a Houstonia which I refer,
doubtfully, to Pursh’s H. zenella.§

* «Spikelets not crowded, pedicels capillary, usually much longer than the spike
lets; flowering glume about 3/ line long, sometimes with a short and delicate dorsal
awn.

“Culms erect or geniculate below, 2-3 ft. high; leaves spreading, 2-6 lines
wide, the uppermost 4-8 in. long; panicle 7-14 in. long, pyramidal, the rather firm
branches at first erect, those uppermost often spreading while the base of the panicle

is yet included in the loose, upper leaf-sheath. Spikelets less crowded and smaller — ie

than in A. eda¢a, with the flowering glume broader at the more rounded apex.
Intermediate between A. e/ata and A. perennans.”
+ “ Leaves very broad, panicle large, the widely spreading branches few-flowered.” _
$ Panicum capillare flexile, Gattinger, Cat. Tenn. FI., 94 (1887).
§ Houstonia tenella, Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 106?
Aspect and habit of H. serpy//ifolia, Perennial by extensively creeping, filiform
rootstocks. Stems slender, smooth, much branched. Leaf 5-7 mm. long, oblong-

spatulate, obtuse or slightly pointed at apex, tapering into a slender petiole from se :
one-fourth to twice as long, conspicuously veined; the upper surface, with the margin
_ and petiole, furnished with scattered, strigose, white hairs; flowers few on very long

peduncles, deep blue, about one-half as large as those of H. serpyllifolia; tube of —
corolla very slender, about twice as long as the lobes and 3104 times as dese: as the
d lobes of the Bio Laser, oly, veigee fruit not seen, ;

477

For the entire fifty miles between Poor Fork and Wasioto, the
Pine Mountain remains the same in height and character. It is
only broken at Wasioto, where the Cumberland passes through
it. The Black Mountain, however, breaks up into a number of
lesser ridges, of which the chief is known as the Log Mountain.

The Pine still proved the most interesting collecting ground.
In a ravine on the south slope, a single specimen of the rare and
little-known Gaylussacia ursina (M, A. Curtis) Torr. & Gray, a
much branched shrub about I m. in height, was found. The best
it could yield in the way of inflorescence or fruit was a few clusters
of apparently unfertilized ovaries. Lodelia puberula, Michx., Galax
aphylla, L., and the magnificent grass, Erianthus contortus, Ell.,
also appeared in the ravine.

On the dryer ridges of the Pine, Eupatorium verbenefolium,
Michx., Chrysopsis graminifolia, Nutt., Juncus biflorus, Ell., and an
interesting little Panicum with membranaceous leaf-margins, Pant-
cum nitidum crassifolium, A. Gray, possibly Elliott's P. ciatum,
flourished. In the richer soil of the north slope grew Artstolochia
Sipho, LHér., Pyrularia pubera, Michx., Cimicifuga Americana,
Michx. and Eupatorium sessilifolium L.

In the neighborhood of Wasioto, a well-marked variety of
Panicum capillare, Panicum capillare geniulatum Scribn.,* was
found to be frequent in the loose soil of railroad embankments.

On Clear Creek, Oxypolis rigida (L.), Raf.,t Solidago arguta,
Ait., S. patula, Muhl. and S. Curtisu, Torr. & Gray, were collected.
On dry slate along the same stream Phyllanthus Carolinensis, Walt.,
and Aster dumosus, L., were found.

Towards the end of September I left Kentucky, regretting
much that circumstances had not permitted me to begin collecting
earlier in the season in a country whose flora would seem to

promise so much of interest.
_ Appended is a complete list of the plants collected in Bell and

-*« Culms usually prostrate or ascending, geniculate or much branched, with
numerous oblong or ovate diffusely branched panicles. Spikelets more numerous
than in var. a [the ordinary form]. This corresponds to var. geniculatum of P.
proliferum.”

+ Tiedemannia rigida, Coult. and Rose.

478

Harlan counties. For the names of the grasses I am indebted to
Prof. F. Lamson-Scribner.

176. Asplenium montanum, Willd.
323. Asplentum Trichomanes, L.
48, 210, 395. Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link.
\ 47. Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh.
142. Dicksonia punctilobula (Michx.) A. Gray.
389, 573. Dryopteris intermedia (Muhl.) A. Gray.
61. Dryopteris marginalis (L.) A. Gray.
211. Dryopteris Noveboracensts (L.) A. Gray.
129. Polypodium vulgare, L.
566. Pteris aguilina, L.
130. 7suga Canadensis (L.) Carr.
2, 134, 436. Alisma Plantago, L.
187. Sagittaria latifolia, Willd,
23. Agrostis alba, L., var.
221, 283, 367, 382. Agrostis elata, Trin. (?)
39, 174. Agrostis intermedia, Scribn.
381. Agrostis perennans, Tuckerm.
384. Andropogon nutans, L.
364, 377. Andropogon provincialis, Lam.
379. Andropogon scoparius, Michx.
313, 368. Aristida gracilis, Ell.
314. Aristida purpurascens, Poir.
365. Arundinaria gigantea tecta (Walt.) Scribn. [Arundo tecta,
Walt. ].
36, 74, 279. Brachyelytrum erectum (Schreb.) Beauv.
276. Bromus ciliatus purgans (L.) A. Gray.
375. Cinna arundinacea, L,
235. Corycarpus diandrus (Michx.) Kuntze.
43. Danthonia spicata, Beauv.
140. Eleusine Indica (L.) Gaertn.
236. Elymus Canadensis, L. 5
196, 263, 370. Eragrostis capillaris, Nees. .
150. Eragrostis Frankii, Meyer.
55- Zragrostis hypnoides (Lam.) B.S. P.
28, 158. Eragrostis Purshii, Schrad.
—- 385. Erianthus contortus, Ell.
+ 93. Holcus lanatus, L.
371. Homalocenchrus Virginicus (Willd,) Britton.
237. Hystrix Hystrix (L.) MacMillan.
383, 578. Muhlenbergia diffusa, Schreb.
366. Muhlenbergia Mexicana (L.) Trin.
33+ 234. Muhlenbergia tenuiflora (Willd.) B. S. x.
_ 309, 380. Panicum agrostidiforme, Lam.
os saiaaeeu culate Miche:

479

-

151. Panicum capillare campestre, Gattinger.
317, 335, 378, 497. Panicum capillare geniculatum, Scribn.
152, 229. Panicum clandestinum, L.
34, 54. Panicum commutatum, Schultes.
299. Panicum commutatum latifolium, Scribn,
316, 425, 567. Panicum filiforme, L.
312, 579. Panicum flexile (Gattinger) Scribn.
53. Panicum laxifiorum, Lam.
52. Panicum microcarpon, Muhl.
594. Panicum nitidum crassifolium, A, Gray.
58, 141. Panicum nitidum pubescens (Chapm.) Scribn. [ Panicum laxt-
fiorum pubescens, Chapm ]
315, 374. Panicum proliferum, Lam.
35, 50, 57. Panicum ramulosum Michx.
20. Panicum sanguinale, L.
258, 298, 376. Panicum Walteri, Poir.
172, Lanicnm sp.
195, 253. Paspalum leve, Michx.
26, 56, 386. Paspalum longepedunculatum, Le Conte.
197. Paspalum setaceum, Michx.
373. Steglingia flava (L.) Kuntze.
278, 369. Sporobolus vagineflorus (Torr.) Vasey.
125. 155. Carex estivalis, M. A. Curtis.
119, Carex cephalophora, Muhl.
319. Carex crinita, Lam.
156. Carex rosea radiata, Dewey.
73, 115. Carex virescens, Muhl.
281. Carex sp.
595- Cyperus diandrus, Torr.
201. Cyperus flavescens, L.
222, 318. Cyperus retrofractus, Torr.
204, 411. Cyperus strigosus, L.
463. Dulichium spathaceum (L.) Pers. a‘
27, 202. Eleocharis ovata (Roth) R. Br.
46. Kyllingia pumila, Michx.
24, 205. Rynchospora glomerata (L.) Vahl.
428. Scirpus cyperinus (L.) Kunth. |
149. Scirpus debilis, Pursh.
3. Scirpus polyphyllus, Vahl.
108. Scleria pauciflora, Muhl.
173, 466. Scleria triglomerata, Michx.
49, 97. Fimbristylis capillaris (L.) A, Gray.
448, 590. Commelina nudifiora, L.
a Funcus acuminatus, Michx.
488. Funcus biforus, Ell.
22, 3D 203. Funcus marginatus, Rostk.
. Eat Chamaelirium oy Snpeadoar Walt.

480

112, 295, 580. Clintonia umébellata (Michx.) Torr.
113, 178, 243. Disporum lanuginosum (Michx.) Britton.
132, §72. Medeola Virginiana, L.
190 Polygonatum biflorum commutatum anne Morong. [ fody-
gonatum commutatum, Schultes. }
133, 348, 426. VAGNERA RACEMOosA (L.) Morong. [ Smilacina racemosa, Desf.]
485. Smilax glauca, Walt.
337. Smilax rotundifolia, L.
297. Achroanthes untfolia (Michx.) Raf.
487. Gyrostachys simplex (A. Gray) Kuntze.
429. Leptorchis Uilitfolia (L.) Kuntze.
249, 430, 493. Peramium pubescens ( Willd.) C. C. Curtiss.
105. Fogonia trianthophora (Sw.) B. S. P.
104. Pogonia verticillata (Willd.) Nutt.
7, 60. Alnus serrulata, Willd.
114, 165. Betula lenta, L.
72. Carpinus Virginica (Marsh.) Sudworth.
110. Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Sudworth.
181. Fagus atropunicea (Marsh.) Sudworth.
400. Quercus alba, L,
147. Quercus Prinus, L.
247. Quercus tinctoria, Bartr.
329, 443. Adicea pumila (L.) Raf.
336, 441. Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Willd.
342, 533- Laportea Canadensis (L.) Gaud.
340, 584. Pyrularia pubera, Michx.
41, 84. Aristolochia Serpentaria, L.
286, 343, 516, 591. Aristolochia Sipho, L’Heér.
410. Polygonum hydropiperoides, Michx. —
284. Polygonum Pennsylvanicum, L.
552. Polygonum sagittatum, L.
481. Polygonum scandens, L.
447, 515. Polygonum Virginianum, L,
70. Mollugo verticillata, L.
10, 78, 245. Anychia Canadensis (L.) B.S. P.
198. Anychia dichotoma, Michx.
32. Sagina decumbens Smithii (A. Gray) S. Wats.
209. Magnolia Fraseri, Walt.
310. Magnolia macrophylla, Michx.
18. Magnolia tripetala, L.
5- Asimina triloba (L.) Dunal.
575) 593. Cimicifuga Americana, Michx.
153. Clematis Virginiana, L.
244. Hydrastis Canadensis, L. '
250, 290. Thalictrum coriaceum (Britt) Small.
163. Trautvetteria Carolinensis (Walt.) A. M. Vail. rae
67. Caulophyllum thalictroides (L.) Michx,

481

6. Menispermum Canadense, L.
330, 444, 532. Lindera Benzoin (L,) Blume.
216. Sassafras Sassafras (1.) Karst.
123, 301. Capnotdes sempervirens (L.) Borkh,
19. Podostemon ceratophyllus, Michx.
I, 128. Lenthorum sedoides, L.
117. Astilbe diternata (Vent.) Britton.
81. Heuchera Rugelii, Shuttlew.
44. Heuchera villosa, Michx.
154, 294, 555. Hydrangea arborescens, L.
87, Hamamelis Virginiana, L.
168, 184, 289, 307. Agrimonia striata, Michx. -
193. Aruncus Aruncus (L.) Karst.
71. Cerasus serotina (Ehrh.) Loisel.
305. Crategus coccinea, L,
65. Crategus Crus-Galli, L.
226, Potentilla Monspeliensis,L. [F. Norvegica, L.]
507. Pyrus arbutifolia (L.) L. f.
85. Rosa humilis, Marsh.
131, 326, 571. Rubus odoratus, L.
76. Baptisia tinctoria (L.) R. Br.
496. Cassia nictitans, L.
439. Cercts Canadensis, L.
100. Clitoria Mariana, L.
267. Cracca Virginiana, L.
328, 442, 558. Falcata comosa (L.) Kuntze.
127. Lespedeza hirta (L.) Ell.
eee 456, 492. Lespedeza intermedia (S. Wats.) Britton.
355, 541. Lespedeza Nuttallit, Darl.
126, 392, 494. Lespedeza procumbens, Michx.
235. Lespedeza repens (L.) Bart.
354, 489, 542. Lespedeza Virginica (L.) Britton.
465, 529, 538. MEIBOMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA (Torr. & Gray.) [Desmodium panicu-
latum angustifolium, Torr. & Gray.]
83, 242. Meibomia grandiflora (Walt.) Kuntze,
261, 406, 458, 576. Meibomia levigata (Nutt.) Kuntze,
260, 402, 491. Meibomia Marylandica (L.) Kuntze.
80. Meibomia nudifiora (L.) Kuntze. ©
457. Meibomia viridifora (L.) Kuntze.
11, 280, 470. Oxalis recurva, Ell.
51, 464. Linum striatum, Walt.
99, 303) 352 508. Linum Virginianum, L.
164, 265. Polygala Curtissii, A. Gray.
139, 177, 421. Acalypha gracilens, A. Gray.
Dok: 327» 445- Acalypha Virginica, L.
a Age, Euphorbia corollata, L.
199, Euphorbia maculata, L.

482

523. Phyllanthus Carolinensis, Walt.
143. “hus copallina, L.
509. flex opaca, Ait.
239. Luonymus htt dc L. .
240. Acer, sp.
223. /mpatiens aurea, Muhl,
8. Jmpatiens biflora, Walt.
409. Rhamnus Carolinianus, Walt.
274, 333) 592. Ampelopsis guinguefolia (L.) Michx.
562. Vitis estivalis, Michx.
322, 548. Stuartia pentagyna, L’Her.
136. Ascyrum hypericoides, L.
397. Hypericum Drummondii (Grev. & Hook.) Torr. & Gray.
256. Hypericum gentianoides (L.) B.S. P. z ‘
9, 433. Hypericum maculatum, Walt.
12, 16. Hypericum mutilum, L.
75. Hypericum prolificum, L
220. Helianthemum majus (L.) B.S. P.
495, 565. Lechea minor, L. [L. thymifolia, Michx.]
122, 230, 320. Lechea racemulosa, Michx.
246, 345. Solea concolor (Forst.) Ging.
13, 102. Viola villosa, Walt.
271. Cuphea petiolata (L.) Koehne.
66. Rotala ramosior (L.) Koehne.
212. Circea Lutetiana, L.
94, 519. Lpilobium coloratum, Muhl.
15. Fussiea decurrens (Walt.), D. C.
59. Ludwigia alternifolia, L.
31. Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell.
116, 148. Aralia racemosa, L.
349, 414, 482. Aralia spinosa, L.
207. Panax guinguefolia, L.
186. Cicuta maculata, L. :
499. Oxypolis rigida (L.) Raf.
287. Sanicula Canadensis, L.
95» 241, 423, 547. Thaspium atropurpureum (Desr.) Nutt.
118, 293, 596. Thaspium barbinode (Michx.) Nutt.
302, 490. Cornus florida, L.
17, 546. Clethra acuminata, Michx.
' 89. Azalea lutea, L.
206. Azalea nudiflora, L.
107. Gaultieria procumbens, L.
182. Kalmia latifolia, L.
144. Oxydendrum arboreum (L.) D.C.
311. Rhododendron maximum, L.
417. Andromeda ligustrina (L.) Muhl. — Sane
2 Soe ve opiates ursina (M. A. — Torr. and. cece ~

483

82. Vaccinum corymbosum, L.
86, 291. Vaccinium stamineum, L.
106, 454, 467. Galax aphylla, L.
189, Lysimachia quadrifolia, L
" 121, Steironema sp.
473. Diosyyros Virginiana, L.
98, 514. Asclepias obtustfolia, Michx.
472, 588. Cuscuta Gronovii, Willd.
530. Phlox maculata, L.
424. Prunella vulgaris, L.
455, 545. Collinsonia Canadensis, L,
304, 401. Cuntla Mariana, L.
64. LHedeoma pulegioides (L.) Pers.
157. Jsanthus brachiatus (L.) B, S. P.
63. Koellia incana (Michx.) Kuntze.
228. Lycopus Virginicus, L.
92. Melissa officinalis, L.
162, 399. Monarda clinopodia, L.
469. Scutellaria laterifiora, L.
391. Scutellaria saxatilis, Riddell.
194. Stachys cordata, Riddell.
270. Trichostema dichotomum, L.
362, 476, 536, 557. Chelone glaéra, L. ‘
145. Dasystoma pedicularia (L.) Benth.
91. DASYSTOMA L&VIGATA (Raf.) Britton. [Gerardia levigata,
Raf.]
; 200. llysanthes gratioloides (L.) Benth.
183, 225. Mimulus ringens, L.
273, 501. Scrophularia Marylandica, L
334, 474. Epiphegus Virginiana (J) Bart.
508, 559. Cephalanthus occidentalis, L.
68. Diodia teres, Walt.
277. Galium circezans, Michx.
159. Galium latifolium, Michx.
233. Galium pilosum, Ait.
4,450. Galium tinctorium, L.
30, 213, 232, 537. Galium triflorum, Michx.
ey 528. Houstonia purpurea, L. .
396. Houstonia tenella, Pursh.?
40, 77, 388. Houstonia tenutfolia, Nutt.
103. Mitchella repens, dee
88, 437. Viburnum acerifolium, L.
325. Viburnum Lentago, L.
«AS 169, 227, 344. Campanula Americana, L.
124, 581. Campanula divaricata, Michx.
224, 468. Lobelia cardinalis, :
19 254. Lobelia —

es ~

353» 413, 484.
292, 431, 462.
446.

161, 390, 535, 570.
522, 551.

262, 412, 459.
356, 526, 549, 569.
90a,

35% 451.
435 525-
252, 268, 564.
90, 259.

475.

346, 403, 453.

296, 415.

405.

266, 427, 540.
-553-

185.

394, 438.

191, 393, 432, 502.
218.

331, 520.

486.

1763

166, 214, 398.

416,

285, 479.

120, 404.

219.

359, 506, 561.
179.

96, 171, 180, 217.
192.

IOI, 231.

——-:167, 255, 418.
360, 477, 503, 586.
: 272,

339, 460, 556, 589.
440.

324.

518.

480.
4°7, 500, 511, 577.

343

484

Lobelia puberula, Michx.
Lobelia sy philitica, L,

Aster azureus, Lindl.

Aster divaricatus, L.

Aster dumosus, 1.

Aster infirmus, Michx.

Aster laterifiorus (L.) Britton.
Aster leiophyllus lanesnicteis, Porter.
Aster patens, Ait.

Aster prenanthoides, Muhl.
Aster surculosus, Michx.
Aster undulatus, L.

Bidens levis (L.) B.S. P.

BRACHYCHA&TA SPHACELATA (Raf.) Britton.

cordata (Short) Torr. & Gray. ]
Cacalia atriplicifolia, L
Chrysopsis graminifolia, Nutt.
Chrysopsis Mariana (L.) Nutt.
Coreopsis tripteris, L.
Elephantopus Carolinianus, Willd.
Elephantopus tomentosus, L.
Erechthites hieracifolia (1.) Raf.
Lrigeron Canadensis, L.
Lupatorium ageratoides, L. f.
Lupatorium album, L.
Eupatorium pubescens, Muhl.
Eupatorium purpureum, L.
Lupatorium serotinum, Michx.
Eupatorium sessilifolium, L.

[ Brachycheta

Eupatorium verbena folium, Michx. Uae ot CeUCKI/ATE, Willd.] _

Gnaphalium Helleri, Britt.
Helenium autumnaile, L.
Helianthus decapetalus, L.
Helianthus parviflorus, Bernh.
Heliopsis helianthoides (L.) B. S. P.
Lfieracium Gronovit, L.

fieracium paniculatum, L.
Lactuca spicata (Lam.) A. S, Hitchcock.
Pluchea fetida (L.) D. C.
Prenanthes altissima, L.
Prenanthes Serpentaria, Pursh.
Rudbeckia laciniata, L.

Rudbeckia spathulata, Michx.
Sericocarpus asteroides (L.) B.S. P.
Solidago arguta, Ait.

_ Solidago arguta, Ait. (?)

co ieoee L

i

485

357» 504. Solidago Canadensis, L.
358, 505, 524, 544. Solidago Curtisii, Torr. and Gray.
170, 238, 422, 563. Solidago erecta, Pursh.
517. Solidago flexicaulis, L.
420. Solidago nemoralis, Ait.
109. Solidago odora, Ait.
498. Solidago patula, Muhl.
531. Solidago rugosa, Mill. :
269, 583. Verebesina alternifolia (L.) Britton. [ Actinomeris sguarrosa,
Nutt.]
483. Verbesina occidentalis (L.) Walt.
188, Vernonia gigantea (Walt.) Britton. [Vernonia altissima,
Nutt.]

The Solandi Process of Sun Printing. *

The above title might suggest that the following article should
appear, if anywhere, in some journal upon physics, or at least not
in one devoted strictly to botany. However, its purpose is only
to treat a subject in its relation to the study of plant life, and there-
fore is offered only as a contribution to botanical technique.

The process consists, briefly, in exposing the subject, neces-
sarily somewhat translucent, to the sunlight in a printing frame in
common use by photographers, with a sheet of sensitized paper
back of the subject, in the same manner as a print is taken from a
negative of the ordinary sort. The paper which has thus far proved
the most successful has been the “ American Aristotype,” for the —
manner of using which full directions accompany the same, and
will not be entered into here.

The sun print thus obtained after it has been toned becomes __

the negative from which the positive picture is printed. To do
this quickly and to the best advantage, the negative print is placed
back downward in a dish containing a thin layer of common
kerosene, care being taken to wipe it free from all surface oil
after being removed. This negative saturated with the kerosene
is placed face inward upon a clean plate of glass in the printing

o *The substance of this paper, with many illustrative prints, was presented before
a ee 1893.

486

frame and upon it a fresh sheet of the «‘ Aristo”’ paper is laid and
clamped in place. The printing of the positive in the full\sun-
light is the work of only a half minute or so, but better results
‘ are often obtained by a slower printing in diffused light; in fact
the same rules hold good for this form of printing as for that of
ordinary negatives taken by means of the camera.

The process of toning is the same for the positive as the nega-
tive, and in the same bath an indefinite number of either or both
may be undergoing the process at the same time.

The fact that the object needs to be partially translucent
places limitations upon the application of the process, as likewise
does the inability to enlarge or reduce the size of the object.
There are, however, very many instances when the process may
be employed with a considerable degree of satisfaction, and in
some cases it is possible to bring out points of structure not re-
corded by the ordinary methods of photography. The principle
is different, for in the one reflected light is ordinarily employed
and a surface picture only is obtained; but by the Solandi (Sol
and I) process the picture is obtained by the unequal transmission
of light through the different parts of the object. For example
a leaf variegation may be confined to the surface cells and is
easily caught by photography, but not in the sun print. On the
other hand the variegation may be more than skin deep and the
results may be reversed by the two methods. Any object that is
naturally thin enough to permit the passage of light, even feebly,
may become a subject for sun printing, the time of exposure ©
being correspondingly increased. Thick leaves like the orange,

through which but little light seems to pass will give good prints

after an exposure of a few hours, while ordinary leaves, as those

ot the maple, are quickly done. The orange leaf is a case in point — a

where the sun print reveals in a striking manner the number, size,

position, etc., of the oil glands, all of which are not secured in the

common photograph. Anything like the venation of leaves is of
course secured’ with full details by the process of transmitted

light. In like manner many good records can be made of the —
various rusts, leaf spots and blights upon foliage, and excellent =

pictures of wood are secured when thin sections in any direchion
of ied gain are employed.

487

In the case of leaves the negative may be secured from the
freshly gathered specimens without any preparation; but dry ob-
jects from the herbarium work fully as well and often better when
they are first saturated with the kerosene, in the same way as for
the negative sun-prints and wiped free of excess of oil before
being placed in the frame.

It was my hope to show to the readers of the BULLETIN actual
specimens of the work done by the Solandi process, but it may
be even better to present two engravings, as they will indicate
that the sun prints may be used for illustrations in printed articles
with a fair degree of success. Figure 1 shows a leaf of the com-

Fic. 1.—HoLtityHock LEAF WITH Rust (Puccinia malvacearum, Mont.).

mon hollyhock badly infested with the rust (Puccinia malvacearum,
Mont.); this object being chosen as one that is a fair average as
pathological specimens go, there being no marked light and dark
patches as seen from a surface view. The transmitted light brings
out the sori of the Puccinia in sufficient prominence to make them
fairly distinct and much better than could have been done by or-
dinary photography. The second is another leaf (Polygonatum),

488

but of a widely different class from the mallow, in which the vein-
ing is prominent and the work of a leaf miner is illustrated, as
also the presence of a blight (Pyl/ostica cruenta, Fr.) following in
the wake of the ruin caused by the insect and producing its fruit-
ing pycnidia.

By this process there is no opportunity for any minifying or
magnifying of the object, and each detail is as exact as to size,
location, etc., as possible. But the strongest pvints in favor of the
process, aside from the merits of the results, are the ease with
which the picture may be taken by any one, and the remarkable
cheapness, for no camera or dark room is needed, and the whole
time for the first exposure of the object until the positive is fin-

Fic. 2.—LraF OF Polygonatum biflorum with Leaf-Miner, followed by
Phyllosticta cruenta, FR.

ished may not be more than three hours.

There is nothing new in sun-printing, for Professor Kellerman
and other American botanists have employed it. The chief point
to be urged is the use of the clarifying agent, kerosene, for sub-
jects when they are dry and for negative prints. This not only
diminishes the time of exposure ten fold and more, but remark-
ably sharpens the details of the positive picture.

Byron D. HALsTED.

RuTGERS COLLEGE, November 13, 1893.

489.

The Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Following out a recommendation of the Committee on Biblio-
graphy and Typography of the Madison Botanical Congress,*
the form of our monthly record of American Botanical Literature
will be changed in the next volume, so that the citations will be
by authors instead of by subjects. It will be set in smaller type
than the rest of the BULLETIN, and the titles will be printed off on
library cards if a sufficient number of subscribers to these cards is
_ obtained to justify their production. The proposed style of these
cards is as here illustrated:

Lagerheim, G. von. Ueber das Vorkommen von Europzischen
Uredineen auf der Hochebene von Quito. Bot. Centralb. 54: 324-

331. 1893.

Puccinia coronata and P. gramints are recorded as occurring in Ecuador, and
Fusarium uredinis is described as new.
Matthew, W.D. A Study of the Scale characters of the Northeast-
ern American Species of Cuscuta. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 20: 310—-
314. pl. 164, 165. 10 Aug. 1893.

_ Description and illustration of the corolla-scales, calyx and ovary of twelve species.

All correspondence concerning these cards should be addressed

to
Tue CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL Suppcy Co.,

CAMBRIDGE, Mass.

i

It is hoped that the record of papers may be made even more
complete than hitherto, and if omissions are noted, it is earnestly
requested that the attention of the editors may be called to them,
The various journals and serial publications have been divided up
among the editors, and Prof. Lucien M. Underwood, Prof. Con-
way Macmillan, Mr. F. V. Coville and Dr. S. Ely Jelliffe, who have
kindly consented to codperate in the work.

| Botanical Notes.
Heliotropism of the Common Mallow.—While in California
_ some years ago my attention was drawn to the common mallow

——- * See Botanical Gazette, xvii. 355, and BULLETIN, xx. 371.

490

of the Pacific coast (Malva dorealis) on account of the very
marked degree with which it exemplified the turning of leaves
toward the sun. At the time a note was made upon the observa-
tions for all times of day and night: in one of the botanical jour-
nals. :

The common mallow of the Eastern, Middle and Western
States (Walva rotundifolia) is no exception, and when growing in
rich soil free from all other vegetation the heliotropism is striking
enough. While at the Madison meeting of the A. A. A. S., the
writer called, in private, the attention of several botanists to the
phenomenon, and as it proved to be new to them, the following
note is ventured, feeling quite sure that it will call out response
from others who have long observed the same thing.

In the morning the blades of the leaves, if the day is clear,
will be placed with their upper surface at right angles to the rays
of the sun, and, by slowly turning, this position is maintained
throughout the day. :

Prof. Tracy informs me that the heliotropism of the cotton
plant is well known even among the growers of the crops, and
this leads one to wonder if the members of the Malvaceze may
not be quite generally influenced in the same way. It would be
interesting to learn of the observations in this direction that have
_ been made upon our native plants of the mallow family.

Byron D. HALstTeD.

RUTGERS COLLEGE, October 13, 1893.

Note on Scabiosa australis —It may be of interest to note that
on the 24th of last September I visited the station for Scadiosa
australis mentioned in the January, 1893, BULLETIN, and found the
plant abundant. It is evidently spreading southward. Specimens
were noticed in the village of Whitney’s Point, two miles south of

the original locality. WILLARD N. CLUTE.
BINGHAMTON, N. Y., October 29, 1893.

491

Proceedings of the Club.
WEDNESDAY EVENING, NOVEMBER 29TH, 1893.

Dr. J. Bernard Brinton in the chair and sixteen persons
present.

The following papers were read :

“On the Genus Amelanchier, Medic.,’ by Dr. N. L. Hnnee
illustrated by specimens.

‘ ne Geographical Disuibutian of the Plants of Pennsyl-
vania,” by Prof. Thos. C. Porter.

Dr. Britton exhibited a copy of Trew’s “ Plante Selectz,” re-
cently acquired by the botanical library of Columbia College.

Index to Recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Aberrant Forms in Cultivated Diatoms. Samuel Lockwood (Am.
Mo. Mic. Journ. xiv. 269—27 3).

From “ Le Diatomiste,” June, 1893.

Acer rubrum, var. Drummondi. . Spath (Gartenfl. xli. 357, with
colored illustration).

Additions to the Flora of Colorado—Fungt. T. D. A. Cockerell
(Zoé, iv. 282).

Aechmea Barleei. HH. Witte (Gartenfl. xli. 359, with illustration).

Agave Americana. N. H. George and L. Wittmack (Gartenfl. xli.

269, with figures).

Ampelopsis guinquefolia—A Variety of. E. B. Knerr (Trans.
Kansas Acad. Sci. xiii. 69).

Annual Report of the State Botanist of the State of New York.
Charles H. Peck (45th Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist., Al-
bany, 1893; reprint). |
A list of plants not heretofore recorded from the State is given,

fifteen or more species of Fungi are described as new, a study of

- the New York species of the genus Omphalia and other notes.

, a ee sobre alcunos Helechos Mexicanos de la

aren de las. José N. Rovirosa (Naturaleza (Ser. ii.) ii. 1 79).

492

With illustrations of species of Asplenium, Darea, Cenopieris,

Athyrium, Diplazium, Hemidictyum and Anisogonium.

Bacterial Flora of the Atlantic Ocean in the Vicinity of Wood's Holl’
Mass. H.L. Russell (Bot. Gaz. xviii. 383-395, 411-419; one
plate).

Baptisia leucophea. (Meehan’s Month. iii. 177, with colored plate.)

Bugraphical Skizzen—I. Friedrich Sellow. Ign. Urban (Engler’s
Bot. Jahrb. xvii. 177-198).
Biographical sketch of this South American botanical collector,

whose specimens have added so much to our knowledge of the

flora of Brazil and Uruguay.

Bocconia arborea—Estudios relativos a la. Manuel M. Villada
(Naturaleza (Ser. ii.) ii. 207).

Botanical Aspect of Pike's Peak—The. WV. avard (Gard. and For.
vi. 452).

Botanical Notes from Texas. E. N. Plank (Gard. and For. vi. 272;
513).

Botanical Notes. Alice Eastwood (Zoé, iv. 186).

Botany of Martha's Vineyard—Observations on the Geology and.
Arthur Hollick (Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. xiii. 8; reprint).

Brasilianischen Nutz-und Heilpflanzen—Die. Theodor Peckholt
(Pharm. Rundsch. xi. 287).

Brassavola glauca. Alexander Bode (Gartenfl. xli. 176, with —
figure). 3

Calceolaria andina. J.D. Hooker (Curtis Bot. Mag. xlix. t. 7326).

__ Describes a new species from Chili.

Californian Flora—Southern Extension of. T. S. Brandegee (Zoé,
iv. 199).

Californian Uredinee—New. P. Dietel (Erythea, i. 247-252). |
Descriptions of new species in Uredo, Uromyces and Puccinia.

Cane Diseases and Pests in Trinidad, J.H. Hart (Bull. Misc. Infor.
Trinidad, Roy. Bot. Gard., June, 1893). :

_ Carduus heterolepis. J. N. Rose (Erythea, i. 234). |

Saleloae of the North American Phenogams and Vascular Crypto-
e coiget in the Blake Herbarium. te thes and F. P. Bae

493

Composite Flora of Kausas—The Relations of the. A. S. Hitchcock
(Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. xiii. 89).

Contributions to Western Botany. Marcus E. Jones (Zoé, iv. 254).

Includes a Revision of the American species of Aquilegia north |
of Mexico, notes on Zowssendia, and descriptions of new species or
varieties in Thelypodium, Caulanthus, Lepidium, Astragalus, Poten-
tilla, Frasera, Emmenanthe, Phacelia, Gilia, Pentstemon and Erio-
gonum.

Corrections in Nomenclature—IlT, Edw. L. Greene (Erythea, i.
206-208).

The name Forsellesia is proposed for Glossopetalon, A. Gray
(1853) not Schreber, and Bourdonia for Keerlia, A. Gray (1852)
not D. C. Sutneria, Duham., is taken up for Calycanthus, L.
Two species of Lotus and three of Astragalus, bearing homonyms,
are re-named.

Corrections in Nomenclature—IV. Edw. L. Greene (Erythea, i.
246, 247).

Prof. Greene maintains that his generic name Carlomohria
should be adopted for Ha/esta, Ellis, and here names the species.
He also proposes Cofina for Mohria, Sw., which he holds to be a
homonym of Morea. Species of Zradescantia and Delphinium are
re-named, and Mimulus Congdoni, Robinson, is transferred to
Lunanus.
Delphinum—Neue Arten der Gattung. E. Huth (Bull. Herb. Boiss.

i. 327~336; Pl. 14-17).
D. Penardi and D. Barbeyi, from Colorado, and D. Ehrenbergii,

from Mexico are characterized.

Diatomacee of Minnesota. Inter-Glacial Peat. Benjamin W.
Thomas (20th Ann. Rep. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of
Minnesota ; pp. 291-320).

Diatomacee—What ts a species in the? Arthur M. Edwards (Am.

is Month. Micr. Journ. xiii. 212).

2 Dipladenia atropurpurea. eas xliv. 488, with colored illustra-

. tions.) |

__Erythronium mesochoreum, ¥. B. Knerr;Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci.

494

flora of Bouldin Island. Katharine Brandegee (Zoe, iv. 211).

flora of Greenland—A Contribution to the. WW. ¥E. Meehan (Proc.
Acad. Sci. Phila., April, 1893, 205). :

Flora of Kansas—Additions to the. B. B. Smyth (Trans. Kansas
Acad. Sci. xiii. 96).

Flora of Staten Island— Additions to the. W.T. Davis (Proc. Nat.
Sci. Assoc. Staten Island, Oct. 14, 1893).

Flowering Plants and Ferns Collected in Franklin County, Kansas—_

A List of. W.E. Castle (Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. xiii. 80.)

fungi—New West American. J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart
_ (Erythea. i. 197-206).

Descriptions of twenty-nine species in various genera.

Fungus from the Coal Measures—A New. H. “dupes (Am. Geol.

Xii. 289, 290, PI. xiii.).

A description of the new genus and species, Dactyloporus
archeus, from the carboniferous formation in Tuscarawas county,
Ohio. It is stated to be generically allied to Polyporus as to its
sporiferous tubes, and again to Agaricus by its pileus and trunk. ~
A wretchedly poor plate, similar in execution to others which

have recently appeared in the same publication, accompanies the
description.

Georgia ( Tetraphis) pellucida et les Espeeces alliees. N.C. Kindberg

(Rev. Bryol. xx. 92, 1893).

Four North American species are briefly described, of which
two bear new names. Georgia cuspidata is said to be different
from G. pellucida in the curved capsules and excurrent vein of the
pericheetial leaves. The specimens were collected in Canada by
Macoun, and near Columbus, Ohio, by Schrader. We have seen
Prof. Macoun’s specimens and do not think them worthy of spe- —
cific rank as the capsules are often curved and the pedicels very

variable in length in G. pellucida; on the same plant the vein a
may disappear below the apex in the lower bracts, and be excur- ae

rent in the upper.

G. trachypoda is said to differ from G. geniculata in the seta

Be being rough above, not below and not geniculate. It will be re-_
i fueeibicres, that Braithwaite cites a variety aber Lindb., founded

495

on North American specimens of G. pellucida, with curved cap-
sules, and that the pedicel of G. geniculata is described as rough
above the bend, not below. jG eRe
_ Gilia superba. Phacelia nudicaulis. Alice Eastwood (Zoé, iv,
296).
The author reduces the two above species to Gilia subnuda,
Torr., and Phacelia demissa, A. Gray.
Gossypium lanceforme, Miers. James Britten (Journ. Bot. xxxi.
330-331).
Description of a new species from Mexico.
Grasses from Mexico—Descriptions of new. ae Vasey (Contr.
U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 281).
New species of Paspalum, Panicum, Aristida, Muhlenbergia,
Sporobolus and Eragrostis are described.
Grasses from the United States—Descriptions of new or noteworthy.
George Vasey (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 267).
Descriptions of new species of Stipa, Orysopsis, Muhlenbergia,
- Sporobolus, Bouteloua, Sieglingia, Eragrostis, Melica, Poa, Festuca,
and Elymus.
Grasses—Notes on some Pacific Coast. George Vasey (Contr.
U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 265..
Guide to the Study of the Common Plants. Volney M. Spalding
(12 mo. pp. xxiii. 246. Boston, Heath & Co., 1893).
Halesia vy. Mohria. WW. Watson (Gard. and For. vi. 486).
Halesia vs. Mohria oa Mohrodendron. J. 4. Redfield, N. L. Brit-
ton (Gard. and For. vi. 518).
Heuchera sanguinea. (Gartenfl. xli. 617, with colored plate.)
Indefinite Stamens and subsessile Pods in Cleome. Edw. L. Greene
(Erythea, i. 233-234).
| Introduced Plants in the Arid Region. E. L. Berthould (Bot. Gaz,

xviii. 435).

: 5 Lamin eo Die aN, ee ee and Geographical Distribution

(Of the. William Albert Setchell (Trans. Conn. Acad. ix. 333, _
- reprint). ;

ae ae Hair Structures—On certain. Walter C. Blasdale (Erythea, i i.

: cl atalas one aang

496

Liatris scariosa. N. E. Brown (Gardn. Chron. xiv. 593, with
figure). :

Lichens from California and Mexico, collected by Dr. Edward Palmer
from 1888—1892—List of. J. W. Eckfeldt (Contr. U.S. Nat.

Herb. i. 291).
Lobeliaceous Plants—Twe rare. Edw. L. Greene (Erythea, i. 237,
238).

The genus Baclea is proposed for the Vemacladus DES tfolius,
Robinson, and Bolelia lata described as new.

Maize—A Botanical and Economic Study. John W. Harshberger
(Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. i. No. 2, 75-202; three plates).

Masdevallia racemosa. F. C. Lehmann (Gartnfl. xli. 488, illus-

trated).

Michigan Plants—_New and rare. G.¥H. Hicks (Asa Gray Bull.
No. 3, 1893).

Novitates occidentales—V. Edward L. Greene (Erythea, i. 221—
224).

New species and varieties are described in Astragalus, Amelan-
clier, Saxifraga, Arabis, Senecio and Ptiloria.

Novitates occidentales—VT. Edw. L. Greene (Erythea, i i. 258-260).
Descriptions of new species in Lotus, Helianthemum, Poly-
gonum and Uropappus.

New Plants—Descriptions of three. J. N. Rose (Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. i. 289).
Ranunculus Cooleye and Ligusticum Macounii from Alaska,

and Spheralcea Orcuttii from the Colorado Desert, are the “species hee

described. ‘ s

New Plants from Texas and Colorado—Descriptions of four. J. M2
Holzinger (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 288). .
Descriptions of Claytonia Bodini, Baptisia lanceolata, vat.
Texana, Stemodia Schotti, and Oxybaphus Bodini. Ce

Odontoglossum constrictum, Lindl., var. Sanderianum, Roch. aS
Kranzlin (Gartenfl. xli. 65). :

me Odontoglossum cirrhosum. iL Wittmack a xli. |. 593: wi
Le colered eae

497

Our Native Ferns and their Allies. 1.M. Underwood (Fourth Edi-

tion, revised, 1893).

The author continues to improve this valuable little book, by
bringing the list of publications under each chapter up to date,
and incorporating the results of recent investigations and collec-
tion, as well as revising the nomenclature to conform to the
Rochester Code. It supplies in a handy and’ inexpensive form
much valuable information, and besides its high scientific value is
an interesting and attractive addition to the library.

Papaveraceas—Los Alcaloides de las. Manuel M. Villada (Natur-
aleza (Ser. ii.) ii. 212). .
Perityle rotundifolia (Amauria). T.S. Brandegee (Zoé, iv. 210).

_Phanerogamic Parasites—On the Structure of the Haustoria of Some.
George J. Pierce (Ann. Bot. vii. 291, with plates).

Phenogams and Vascular Cryptogams of Maine—A Contribution to
the. F.L. Harvey and F. P. Briggs (Bull. Maine State Col-
lege Lab. i. No 2).

Phyllospadix—The Genus. William Russell Dudley (Wilder

Quarter-Century Book, Ithaca, N. Y., 1893, reprint).
A critical study of the genus, with illustrations of P. Zorreye

Pinon Gathering among the Parramint Indians. B. H. Dutcher

(Am. Anthrop. Oct. 1893).

Describing the gathering of the nuts of Pinus monophylla.
Pitcairnia floccosa. . Wittmack and C. E. Kirschoff (Gartenfl.

xli. 352, with figures.)

Plante Glazioviane nove. minus cognite. P. Taubert (Bot. Jahrb.

Xvii. 502).

New species from Brazil are described in the genera Saccog-
lottis, Oxalis, Poecilandra, Drosera, Turnera, Klotzschia, Didymo-
panax, Gaylussacia, Agarista, Buddleia, Coccoloba, Cryptocarya,
Hufelandia, Acrodiclidium, Phebe, Ocotea, Pellea, Anemia, and
thirteen species of fungi. A new genus in the Gentianacee, with
one species, Senea caerulea, is also described.

_ Plants Collected by the Garfield University Expedition of 1889—List
ah Me Pec Carleton (Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. xii. 50). ve

498

Plant Intelligence. Walter C. Kerr (Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten
Island, Oct. 14, 1893).
Description of the movements exhibited by the flowering scape
of Ezchornia crassipes.

Plants of Mason County, Mich. H. T. Blodgett (Asa Gray Bull.
No. 3, 1893).

Planis New to Florida—tList of. J. M. Holzinger (Contr. U. S.
Nat. Herb. i. 288).

Popular American Plant Names—II. Fanny D. Bergen (Bot.

Gaz. xviii. 411). ;

_ Preliminary Report of the Microscopical Organisms of the Brooklyn

Water Supply. Smith Ely Jelliffe (Brooklyn Medical Journal,

Vii. 593-617).

A report is made upon the organisms found during the six
months from November, 1892, to May, 1893, and details of the
method of examination, a short resumé of the work done in sim-
ilar lines, the seasonal distribution and the sanitary relationships
are discussed. A series of plates giving the comparative abund-
ance of the organisms is given; a partial bibliography of the
American titles on the microscopical examinations of water sup-_

plies. Three plates, representing most of the organisms that _

appear in the lists, close the contribution.

Quercus Prinos (Gardn. Chron. xiv. 61, with figure).

Report of the Botanist. 1. R. Jones (Report Vermont State Agric.
Exp. Sta. for 1892, illustrated).

Report on “ Cacao” in Nicaragua. (Bull. Roy. Bot. Gard. Trinidad,
Sept., 1893.)

Report upon the Hills of Louisiana, south of the U. S. and P. R. R.,
to Alexandria, La—A preliminary. Part II. Otto Lerch
(pamph. pp. 159, Baton Rouge, 1893).

This is a characteristic elementary document, designed for

popular use. There are some facts in regard to the distribution __

of plants which are of interest, and these may be found under |
_ ‘Botanical Notes’ on pages 151-158. Thus the trees andshrubs _
; are grouped according to the character of the soil in which they
grow, which is always a matter of interest. A list of twenty her-

499

baceous plants is also included, under the heading ‘ Medicinal
Herbs,’ and finally there is what purports to be a list of ‘Grasses.”
In this latter may be noted species of Carex, Scirpus, Cyperus, Jun-
cus, Eleocharis, Rhyncospora, Lespedeza (/) etc. OS »

Rhipsalis Warmingiana. G. A. Lindberg (Gartenfl. xli. 8, with
figures).

Riparian Botany of the Lower Sacramento. Willis L. Jepson
(Erythea, i. 238-246).

Robinia Neo-Mexicana. \. Wittmark and F. Brettschneider (Gar-
tenfl. xli. 649, with colored plate).

Rodriguesia Calopectron. ¥E. Regel (Gartenfl. xli. 281, with colored
plate).

Rubber of the Orin iets A. Ernst (Bull. Misc. Infor. Trin-

idad, Roy. Bot. Gard., June, 1893).
Describing Hevea Brasiliensis and the methods by which the

rubber is collected. .
Rust of Mountain Ash—The. Byron D. Halsted (Gard. and For.

vi. 508).

Note on Gymnosporangium globosum.

Salvinia natans on Staten Island. W. C. Kerr (Proc. Nat. Sci.

Assoc. Staten Island, October 14, 1893).

Record. of its recent introduction.

Sap of Trees and its Movements—The so-called. Charles R. Barnes

(Science, xxi. 239-241).

An address delivered before the State Horticultural Society of
Wisconsin.
Sectioning Fern Prothallia and other delicate Objects W. B.
Thomas (The Microscope (II.) i. 167-168).

Selective Absorption of Heat by Leaves. G. A. Meyer (Trans. Kan-
sas Acad. Sci. xiii. 48). :
Senecio sagittifolius. J. D. Hooker (Curtis Bot. Mag. xlix. t.

7322). |

Describes a new species from Uruguay.
Serjania—Arten—Drei neue. L. Radlkofer (Bull. Herb. Boiss. i.

464-468). ee a |

ar betes

500

S, alurigera from Peru, S. /ateritia from Guatemala, and S.
didymadenia from Bolivia (Rusby, 517, distributed as S. clematidt-
_Solia, Camb. ?).

Skizze der Vegetationsverhalinisse von Santiago in Chile. 1o &
Meigen (Engler's Bot. Jahrb. xvii. 199-294).
A general account of the flora of the region, supplemented by
a list of several hundred species collected by the author, novelties
being described in the following genera: Calceolaria, Draba, Gilia
C:nothera, Pernettya, Senecio, Solanum and Valeriana.

Sudamerikanische Hochgebirgspflanzen. WW. Siber (Gartenfl. xli.
425,452). With colored illustrations of Paranephelius uniflorus,

Espeletia grandiflora, Eryngium pumillum and Veronica cupres-
sotdes.

Laxodium distichum. Maxwell T. Masters (Gardn. Chron. xiv.
659, with figure.)

Lexas Trees—Notes on Some of the. J. Reverchon (Gard. and For.

Vi. 503).

Aisculus arguta, Roped marginatus, Rhus copalina, var. lan-
ceolata, Sophora affinis, Prosopis juliflora and Bumelia lanuginosa are
the species discussed.

Tillandsia Lorentziana Griseb. und andere Argentinische Arten—

Bemerkungen zu. ¥F. Kurtz (Gartenfl. xli. 404).

Uredinee of the San Francisco Bay Region—The. WV. C. Blasdale
(Asa Gray Bull. No. 3, 1893).

Vagrant Crucifers. John Higgins (Asa Gray Bull. No. 3, 1893).
Variations in Dominant Species of Plants. W. A. Carleton (Trans.
Kansas Acad. Sci. xiii. 24).
Victoria regia. HH. Gaerdt (Gartenfl. xli. 651). =
_ ‘Vitis Baileyana, Munson. T. V. Munson (Leaflet, pp. 2, dated
June 20, 1893, issued November, 1893).
Description of the grape first described by Mr. Munsonas V.
Virginiana; this name being a homonym of a Lamarckian species — af
is here changed to the above.

Vitis in Kansas—The Distribution of the Genus. A. ia Hitchcock ie
1 Sees Raises Acad. Sci, xiii. 79).

501

Water Lily Trees—The. ¥.W. Burbidge (Garden, xliv. 438).

With colored illustration of Magnolia Fraseri.

West American Conifere—Notes on—ITI, J. G. Lemmon (Ery-
thea, i. 224-231). :

Mr. Lemmon here discusses the synonymy and nomenclature
of the Monterey Pine and the Knob-cone Pine, and concludes that
the former should be known as Pinus radiata, Don, and the latter
as P. attenuata, Lemmon.

Western Kansas—Some Notes on Condensed Vegetationin. Minnie

Reed (Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. xiii. 91).

Winter-Killing of Trees and Shrubs—The. Aven Nelson (Wyo-

ming Exper. Sta. Bull. No. 15, 1893).

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

No. 8

No. 17.

No, 18.

i, Meet Ge Britton: (Bon). 0 eo

College.

A Preliminary List of North American species of Cyferus, with Descriptions
of New Forms. By N. L. Britton (1886),. .... + + + « 25 cents.

Cerastium arvense, L., and its North American Varieties. By Arthur Hol-
lick and N, L. Britton (1887). (Out of print.)

_ Plant Notes from Temiscouata County, Canada. By J. I. Northrop (1887).

(Out of print.)
__ A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. L. Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887), ......... 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CROCE sy el ae ia ee BE Orin Goan Soe ae ak a 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Aicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents.

A Recent Discovery of Hybrid Oaks on Staten Island. By Arthur Hollick.
RRO sg Oe et ee An ie 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L-
Britton. ;

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (IBRD tho g 2 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology—An Enumeration of the Mosses Col-
lected by Mr. John B, Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho. By Elizabeth
G. Britton, (Out of print.)

Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 77ssa,.
Adams. - By WN, 1a Britton (4880); 0 oes gg 25 cents.

The Genus £/eocharis in North America, By N. L. Britton (1889),

25 cents. —

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton

IO kee eee -, , 85 conte

A List of State and Local Floras of the United States and British America.
By N. Tx Britton (1890)/ 09070 5 ts a es $x.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wn. E. Wheel-
OR CEN), ae a ee ee ye - age
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
CUO ee ee as 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891),

25 cents. _
Contributions to American Bryology, II. A supplementary Enumeration of
Mosses collected by Mr. John B. Leiberg in Kootenai County, Idaho, By

No. 35-

No, 36.

No. 37:

No. 38.

No. 39.

Notes on North American Halorage. By Thos. Morong (+891),.25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N, L. Britton.

(TOQR) rc eal ee ie . . 25 cents.
Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos, Morong’
CUO I ce ee we oe ee : se CONE,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
(Ne ee ee ey . . 25 cents.
The American Species ot the Gent Anemone and the Genera which have
been referred to it. By N. L. Britton (1891),. . . . 25 cents.
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
mies CIB0A)s yt 7. ts. 328 cents.

A Preliminary List of the Species of the Gens: Meibomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Aynchospora occurring in North

America. By N. L. Britton (1892),... . . . . 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi Bolivia. By N.
L. Britton (1892), . $53 . 25 cents,
The Anatomy of the Stem of Wistaria Shas By Carlten C. Curtiss
(1892), .. 2§ cents.
New or Noteworthy North hinickes Phaldssruiiaiise, VI. “By N. L. Britton

CRBs ee ee ee ee ee ge Oe : 25 cents. —
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North Aniesteast Alles. By N. L,
Britton (1892), oe DCA ee ig gt ae 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of Acsierloads Species of je emnners By John K. Small.
(1892), pe ee ghy igs Dea eras ma ig gr mimmen renee ear. Ch yee 25 cents,
West Virginia Niceoehc: By Elizabeth G. Britton (1892), -, . 39 cents;
A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong.
(1893), . . 25 cents.
The North Aomerichn’ Species oe Lisa: By N. ‘ Britton (1893),
25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), . . .. $1.50
An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orchids. By Carlton C. Curtiss
(tee eg er ne a cee ee eg _ . 25 cents,
Further Notes on Asoericani Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
(1893), : 25 cents
New or Noteworthy North American Pheserogeins; VII. By N. L. Britton
(MOG 3 Bi es Ae ee ., 25 cents,
Contributions to American Bryology, IIL— Notes on he North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, 25 cents.

The whole. series with the exception of Nos. 2, 3, 6 and 10 will be supplied

for $5.

Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey cde by N. L. Britton,

may be had for $2.

Address

qu): ae § HOS. MORONG,

_ Curator of the Herbarium, Columbia College,
NEW YORK CITY.

F. W. DEVOE & CO.

ESTABLISHED 1852.

OFFICES, CORNER FULTON AND WILLIAM STREETS,
New York.

“ARTISTS - PATERIALS.

Sketching Outfits of All Kinds.

Tube Colors, Water Colors, Crayons, Drawing Paper.
Canvas, Brushes, Oils and Mediums.
Mathematical Instruments,

House Painters’ Colors. Fresco Colors.

Fine Varnishes.

CORRESPONDENCE INVITED CATALOGUES OF OUR DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
TO RESPONSIBLE PARTIES.

_ COFFIN, DEVOE & CO,, 176 RANDOLPH ST. CHICAGO.

‘Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.

Successors to all Business in Botanical Supplies in

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.,

DEAELRS IN
Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and Ap-

paratus, Microscopes, Books, Specimens,
Everything Useful to Botanists.

Se pele aeititensi Cameme GUARANTEED. 1

~ WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. i

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

FoR SALE. de

A ZENTMAYER PORTABLE MICROSCOPE,

IN PERFECT ORDER,

For $100.00. - - - Catalogue Price, $147.50.
Including THREE OBJECTIVES, 1} in., 4 in., and } in
Also an Abbé Condenser, Glass Stage, and Neat Walnut Case.

Address the Editors of the Bulletin, °° Wm. Wales, Fort Lee, N. J.
CHARACEA OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of Vite//a, as fol-
lows: Vitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Alissouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). ‘These fascicles will be issued
‘from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

‘Se dee: cdah nds
10 East 36th St., N. ¥.

M ISSOURL ‘PLANTS,

The undersigned has over 1,000 Species of Missouri Plants for
sale, including collections recently made in the southern part ot
the State. All good specimens.

Price, $8.00 per 100 Specimens.

HENRY EGGERT,
918 Wash Street, - - - St. Louls, vib

KENTUCKY PLANTS.

The undersigned offers for sale Sets of his Plants collected in
Southeastern Kentucky during the past summer. The Sets aver-
age about 250 Species, and will be sold at the rate of

$38.00 per 100.

T. H. KEARNEY, Jr.,

Columbia College, - - - - #£New York City.

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, _ & 211 Third Ave.,

Zi . Corner of 18th Street,

Super Chemists ¢ Soa
"LABORATORY OUTFITS

NEW YORK.
SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED coe ke
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

| EB. March’s Szline Chemical, Scone

Ware. oy
Schleicher & Schuell’s “Chemically
- Pure and Common Filter Paper
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Sacchar
ters (Polariscopes). oe

Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity”
ances, etc.

ae Brun F. Desmontes & Co

BF Sore Hae anne

- PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

a a ) THE BULLETIN. ;
: This" journal has been published consecutively smee 1870, pesianue with feast
pages: monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1892 over 32 pages monthly with |
many full page illustrations were issued, The subscription price is $2 per annum.
‘Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

SACK Numpers.—The BuLLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, sphiives:
y volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
on as one volume (Vol. VI.), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes VII. to XVII. have been indexed
separately, and ; general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which inay be | had.
for 5e. cents, bigs wie of hog is oe oo. Vols. XVIII. and XIX. are indexed

pre price i is aa’ at $3.00 per ‘velo a in Seta tie : mbers
sec ‘singly and an invariable price will be ni = each,

, soa Algze hitherto” oS ‘the
eae Margiiale, desis cine